As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2006

Registration No. 333-136110

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT No. 1

TO FORM S-11

ON FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


GTJ REIT, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Governing Instruments)

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563
(516) 881-3535

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Jerome Cooper
President
c/o GTJ Co., Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563
(516) 881-3535

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Stuart M. Sieger, Esq.

Adam P. Silvers, Esq.

Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

1425 Reckson Plaza

1425 Reckson Plaza

East Tower, 15th Floor

East Tower, 15th Floor

Uniondale, New York 11556

Uniondale, New York 11556

(516) 663-6546

(516) 663-6519

(516) 663-6746 (Telecopy)

(516) 663-6719 (Telecopy)


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public :   As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this registration statement and the satisfaction or waiver of all other conditions under the merger agreement described herein.

If the securities being registered on this form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Proposed Maximum

 

 

Proposed Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of

 

Title of Securities Being

 

 

Amount to be

 

 

Offering

 

 

Aggregate Offering

 

 

Registration

 

Registered

 

 

Registered(1)

 

 

Price per Share

 

 

Price(2)

 

 

Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, $.001 par value per share

 

 

 

15,564,454 shares

 

 

 

 

$

11.14

 

 

 

 

$

173,388,018

 

 

 

 

$

18,553

 

 

 

(1)              Includes 10,000,000 shares offered in connection with a business combination and 3,769,122 shares to be offered as part of a distribution of earnings and profits to stockholders following the Reorganization

(2)              Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.

(3)              Previously paid


The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 




Subject to completion, dated October 19, 2006

The information in this proxy statement/prospectus is not complete and may be changed. GTJ REIT, Inc. may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this document is a part, is declared effective. This proxy statement/prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer, solicitation or sale is not permitted or would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Green Bus Lines, Inc.
Triboro Coach Corporation
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

                         , 2006

Dear Shareholder:

You are cordially invited to attend a special joint meeting of the shareholders of Green Bus Lines, Inc., a New York corporation (“Green”), Triboro Coach Corp., a New York corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., a New York corporation (“Jamaica”) (Green, Triboro and Jamaica, being sometimes referred to as a “Bus Company” and collectively as the “Bus Companies”), to be held on               , 2006, at        a.m., Eastern Time (the “special meeting”). The special meeting will be held at                          .

As described in the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus, at the special meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“merger agreement”) that the Bus Companies have entered into as of July 24, 2006 with GTJ REIT, Inc. (“GTJ REIT”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Triboro Acquisition, Inc., Green Acquisition, Inc. and Jamaica Acquisition, Inc., New York corporations, and to approve the mergers contemplated by the merger agreement.

If holders of record of two-thirds (2 ¤ 3) of the common stock, including voting trust certificates, of each of the Bus Companies, as of the record date,          , 2006, voting separately, vote to adopt and approve the merger agreement and to approve the mergers, and the other conditions in the merger agreement are satisfied or waived, Green Bus Lines, Inc. would be merged with and into Green Acquisition, Inc., with the latter as the surviving corporation, Triboro Coach Corp. would be merged with and into Triboro Acquisition, Inc., with the latter as the surviving corporation, Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. would be merged with and into Jamaica Acquisition, Inc., with the latter as the surviving corporation, and the Bus Companies would become wholly owned subsidiaries of GTJ REIT.

As described in this proxy statement/prospectus, upon the approval of the mergers and the satisfaction of the other conditions in the merger agreement and a closing:

(a)     Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of GTJ REIT common stock;

(b)     Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137 shares of GTJ REIT common stock; and

(c)     Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of GTJ REIT common stock.

The Bus Companies’ Board of Directors investigated, considered and evaluated the terms and conditions of the merger agreement. Based on its review, the Bus Companies’ Board of Directors has unanimously determined that the mergers are fair to, and in the best interests of the shareholders of the Bus Companies and recommends that you vote FOR approving the merger agreement and approving the mergers.

Your vote is very important, regardless of the number of shares you own of record or as a voting trust beneficiary. No Bus Company can complete its merger unless the merger agreement is adopted and approved and the mergers are approved, respectively by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding common stock of each Bus Company entitled to vote at the special meeting. Whether or not you plan to attend the special meeting in connection with the proposed mergers, please promptly complete, sign and return the enclosed proxy card in the envelope provided. Your proxy card may also include instructions about how to vote by telephone or by using the Internet. Your shares then will be represented at the special meeting. If you attend the special meeting, you may, by following the procedures discussed in the accompanying documents, withdraw your proxy and vote in person.

The accompanying Notice of Special Meeting, the proxy statement/prospectus and the proxy card explain the proposed mergers and provide specific information concerning the special meeting. Please read these materials carefully. IN PARTICULAR, PLEASE SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 16 OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.

On behalf of the Board of Directors of the Bus Companies, I would like to express our appreciation for your continued interest in the affairs of the Bus Companies. We look forward to seeing you at the special meeting.

 

Sincerely,

 

Jerome Cooper

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors and President

Lynbrook, New York

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the merger described in this proxy statement/prospectus, passed upon the fairness or merits of this transaction, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure in this document. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This proxy statement/prospectus is dated               , 2006, and is first being mailed to the shareholders of the
Bus Companies beginning on or about             , 2006.




GREEN BUS LINES, INC.
TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION
JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563
(516) 881-3535


NOTICE OF SPECIAL JOINT MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
To Be Held on                    , 2006
Commencing at            a.m., Eastern Time


                        , 2006

Dear Shareholder:

You are cordially invited to attend a special joint meeting of shareholders of Green Bus Lines, Inc., a New York corporation (“Green”), Triboro Coach Corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (“Jamaica”) (sometimes referred to as a “Bus Company” or collectively as the “Bus Companies”) (the “special meeting”) commencing at                a.m. Eastern Time on                    , 2006 at                                               .

We are holding this special meeting so that, and you will be asked:

(a)           as a Green shareholder, to vote on the merger of Green with and into Green Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, with the latter as the surviving corporation;

(b)          as a Triboro shareholder, to vote on the merger of Triboro with and into Triboro Acqusition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, with the latter as the surviving corporation;

(c)           as a Jamaica shareholder, to vote on the merger of Jamaica with and into Jamaica Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, with the latter as the surviving corporation; and

(d)          to grant discretionary authority to vote upon any matters not known by our Board of Directors a reasonable period of time before the Bus Companies mailed this proxy statement/prospectus as may properly come before the special meeting, including authority to vote in favor of any postponements or adjournments of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies.

The mergers, and a related reorganization of the Bus Companies, are more fully described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, which you should read carefully in its entirety before voting.

Shareholders of record or beneficiaries of voting trusts of each Bus Company as of the close of business on               ,               , 2006 (referred to as the “record date”) are entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting. A list of shareholders eligible to vote at the special meeting will be available for review during the Bus Companies’ regular business hours at its headquarters, located at 444 Merrick Road, Lynbrook, New York, for ten days prior to the special meeting. At least two-thirds (2/3) of the common stock outstanding on the record date of each Bus Company must be voted, voting separately to approve the mergers in order for the mergers to be completed. Therefore, your vote is very important. Your failure to vote your shares will have the same effect as voting against the mergers.

It is important for your shares to be represented at the special meeting. We hope that you will promptly mark, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy even if you plan to attend the special meeting. Your proxy card may also include instructions about how to vote by telephone or by using the Internet. If you attend the special meeting, you may vote in person even if you have already returned a proxy card. You should not send any certificates representing Bus Company common stock or voting trust certificates with your proxy.

We look forward to seeing you at the meeting.

 

For the Board of Directors,

 

Secretary

Lynbrook, New York

 

 




ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

You may obtain copies of information relating to the Bus Companies, without charge, by contacting the Bus Companies at:

Green Bus Lines, Inc.
Triboro Coach Corporation
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY  11563
Telephone:  (516) 881-3535

We are not incorporating the contents of the websites of the SEC, the Bus Companies or any other person into this document. We are only providing the information about how you can obtain certain documents that are specifically incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus at these websites for your convenience.

In order for you to receive timely delivery of the documents in advance of the special meeting, the Bus Companies should receive your request no later than                     , 2006.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING AND THE REORGANIZATION

 

1

SUMMARY

 

5

RISK FACTORS

 

16

THE REORGANIZATION

 

27

DESCRIPTION OF FAIRNESS OPINION

 

34

BUSINESS OF THE BUS COMPANIES

 

52

OUR REAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT POLICIES

 

59

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

71

MANAGEMENT OF OUR COMPANY

 

100

OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

106

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

107

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

108

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION AND OUR PROPOSED STATUS AS A REIT

 

110

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

 

124

SHARE REPURCHASES

 

129

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND CORPORATE LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

 

130

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

139

THE MERGER

 

139

RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS

 

146

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

149

REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

 

149

LEGAL MATTERS

 

149

EXPERTS

 

149

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

150

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

ATTACHMENTS

 

 

A—AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

A-1

B—SECTION 623 AND 910 OF THE NEW YORK BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

 

B-1

C—OPINION OF RYAN BECK & CO .

 

C-1

 




QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE THE SPECIAL MEETING AND THE REORGANIZATION

The following are some questions that you, as a shareholder of one or more of the Bus Companies, may have regarding the mergers and the Reorganization being considered at the special meeting of the Bus Companies’ shareholders and brief answers to those questions. The Bus Companies urge you to read carefully the remainder of this proxy statement/prospectus because the information in this section may not provide all the information that might be important to you with respect to the merger and the Reorganization being considered at the special meeting. Additional important information is also contained in the attachments to, and the documents incorporated by reference in, this proxy statement/prospectus.

Q:              Why am I, as a Bus Company shareholder, receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

A:              The Bus Companies have determined to effect a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) whereby each of the Bus Companies will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“GTJ REIT”). The Reorganization would be effected by a merger of each of the Bus Companies with a wholly-owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, which are the mergers referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus on which you are being requested to vote. Please see “The Merger Agreement” beginning on page        of this proxy statement/prospectus. A copy of the merger agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Attachment A. In order to complete the mergers, the shareholders of each Bus Company must approve the merger agreement and approve the mergers. The Bus Companies are holding a special joint meeting of their shareholders to obtain these approvals. This proxy statement/prospectus contains important information about the mergers, the merger agreement, the special meeting and the Reorganization, which you should read carefully. The enclosed voting materials allow you to vote your shares without attending the special meeting. Your vote is very important. We encourage you to vote as soon as possible.

Q:              Why is the Reorganization being proposed?

A:              As a result of the sales of the Bus Companies’ bus assets to New York City and the execution of leases with New York City and others, the Bus Companies now receive a substantial amount of income and cash flow. Because the Bus Companies were organized more than half-century ago, their real property is still owned by “C” corporations. For tax purposes, these are corporations which are taxed on their income and do not “pass through” their tax liabilities to the shareholders, as would occur in, for example, a limited partnership or a limited liability company. Accordingly, the substantial income being generated under the leases described above is being taxed at the corporate level at a tax rate of approximately 45% and then, if distributed to the shareholder as dividends, would be taxed again at, for example, rates ranging from approximately 15% to 25% which would result, if such income were fully distributed, in a combined tax rate on the income ranging from approximately 53% to 59%. Accordingly, the Bus Companies’ Board of Directors determined that the only tax efficient solution to the above situation is the creation of a real estate investment trust, or “REIT”. All of the real property of the Bus Companies can be acquired by a REIT in a tax free reorganization. Furthermore, the income earned by the REIT’s real properties will not be taxed to the REIT provided there is compliance with the REIT rules. Among other requirements, the REIT rules provide, with certain exceptions, that at least 90% of REIT net income for each year must be distributed to REIT shareholders. Income from the Bus Companies’ outdoor maintenance, paratransit and other activities will continue to be subject to corporate taxation.

Q:              What will happen in the mergers?

A:              Pursuant to the merger agreement, Green would be merged with and into Green Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT and the surviving corporation, Triboro would be merged with and into Triboro Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT and the surviving

1




corporation, and Jamaica would be merged with and into Jamaica Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT and the surviving corporation.

Q:              What are Bus Company shareholders voting on?

A:              Bus Company shareholders are voting on a proposal to approve and adopt the merger agreement and approve the mergers. Bus Company shareholders are also voting on a proposal to approve any adjournment of the special meeting.

Q:              What vote of Bus Company shareholders is required to approve and adopt the merger agreement and to approve the mergers?

A:              Approval of the proposal to adopt the merger agreement and to approve the mergers requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding common stock of each Bus Company entitled to vote at the special meeting, voting separately.

Q:              What consideration will Bus Company shareholders receive in the mergers?

A:              (a)   Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of GTJ REIT common stock;

(b)          Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137shares of GTJ REIT common stock; and

(c)           Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of GTJ REIT common stock.

Q:              When do GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies  expect the mergers to be completed?

A:              GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies are working to complete the mergers as quickly as practicable and currently expect that the mergers could be completed promptly after the special meeting. However, we cannot predict the exact timing of the completion of the mergers because they are subject to other conditions.

Q:              What are the United States federal income tax consequences of the mergers and the Reorganization?

A:              We expect the mergers to qualify as reorganizations within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the mergers qualify as reorganizations under Section 368(a), Bus Company shareholders generally will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of GTJ REIT common stock in exchange for their Bus Company common stock in connection with the mergers. As part of attaining REIT status subsequent to the mergers, GTJ REIT intends to make a distribution in 2007 of undistributed historical earnings and profits of the Bus Companies totaling $62,000,000, consisting of $20,000,000 in cash and $42,000,000 in GTJ REIT common stock, as elected by each stockholder of GTJ REIT as of the record date of the distribution. It is anticipated that if shareholders elect to receive at least 32% in cash, such funds will be sufficient to satisfy tax liabilities arising from this distribution. Tax matters are complicated, and the tax consequences of the mergers to each Bus Company shareholder will depend on the facts of each shareholder’s situation. You are urged to read carefully the discussion in the section entitled “Federal Income Tax Consequence of the Reorganization and Our Proposed Status as a REIT” beginning on page     of this proxy statement/prospectus and to consult with your tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences of your participation in this transaction.

2




Q:           When and where will the special meeting be held?

A:              The special meeting will take place at            , on            , 2006 at             a.m. Eastern Time at            .

Q:              Who can attend and vote at the special meeting?

A:              All holders of record of the common stock, or beneficiaries of voting trusts, of one or more Bus Companies at the close of business on               , 2006, the record date, are entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting. As of the record date, there were      shares of Green common stock,       shares of Triboro common stock and       shares of Jamaica common stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the special meeting.

Q:              How do the Bus Companies’ Boards of Directors recommend that Bus Company shareholders vote?

A:              The Bus Companies’ Boards of Directors unanimously recommends that the Bus Company shareholders vote “ FOR ” the proposal to approve and adopt the merger agreement and to approve the mergers and any adjournment of the special meeting. The Bus Companies and their Boards of Directors have determined that the merger agreement and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, including the mergers, are fair to and in the best interests of Bus Companies and their shareholders. Accordingly, the Bus Companies’ Boards of Directors has approved the merger agreement and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, including the mergers. For a more complete description of the recommendation of the Bus Companies’ Board of Directors, see “The Merger—Recommendation of the Bus Companies’ Board of Directors and Its Reasons for the Merger” beginning on page      of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Q:              Are there any risks related to the mergers, the Reorganization, or owning GTJ REIT common stock?

A:              Yes. You should carefully review the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page     of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Q:              Are there any shareholders who have already agreed to vote in favor of the mergers?

A:              No. Although management of the Bus Companies are in favor of the mergers and the Reorganization, there are no voting agreements with any person.

Q:              Am I entitled to appraisal or dissenters’ rights?

A:              Yes. Under New York law, Bus Company shareholders are entitled to appraisal rights.  See “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders” beginning on page      of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Q:              What should I do now in order to vote on the proposals being considered at the special meeting?

A:              Shareholders of record of one or more of the Bus Companies or shareholders holding voting trust certificates as of the record date of the special meeting may vote by proxy by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the accompanying pre-addressed postage paid envelope or by submitting a proxy over the Internet or by telephone by following the instructions on the enclosed proxy card. Additionally, you may also vote in person by attending the special meeting. If you plan to attend the special meeting and wish to vote in person, you will be given a ballot at the special meeting. Whether or not Bus Company shareholders, including holders of voting trust certificates plan to attend the special meeting, they should give their proxy as described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

3




Q:              Should I send in my Bus Company share or voting trust certificates now?

A:              No. You should not send in your Bus Company stock or voting trust certificates until you receive a separate transmittal letter. Following the mergers, a transmittal letter will be sent to Bus Company shareholders informing them of where to deliver their Bus Company stock or voting trust certificates in order to receive shares of GTJ REIT common stock. You should not send in your Bus Company stock or voting trust certificates prior to receiving this letter of transmittal.

Q:              What will happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote?

A:              An abstention occurs when a shareholder attends a meeting, either in person or by proxy, but abstains from voting. If you abstain, it will have the same effect as voting NO on the proposal to approve and adopt the merger agreement and to approve the mergers. The approval of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding common stock of each of the Bus Companies is required to approve the merger agreement and mergers, and it is important that shareholders vote on the mergers.

Q:              Can I change my vote after I have delivered my proxy?

A:              Yes. You can change your vote at any time before your proxy is voted at the special meeting by:

·        delivering a signed written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Bus Company at:

Green Bus Lines, Inc.
Triboro Coach Corporation
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY
(516) 881-3535

·        signing and delivering a new, valid proxy card bearing a later date; and delivered to the attention of the Bus Companies’ Secretary;

·        submitting another proxy by telephone or on the Internet; or

·        attending the special meeting and voting in person, although your attendance alone will not revoke your proxy.

Q:              What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials for the special meeting?

A:              You may receive more than one set of voting materials for the special meeting, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. Please complete, sign, date and return EACH proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive. Please note that if you sign a proxy but do not complete the portion as to an item, your vote will be treated as FOR such item.

Q:              Who can help answer my questions?

A:              If you have any questions about the merger or how to submit your proxy, or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus, the enclosed proxy card, voting instructions or the election form, you should contact:

Innisfree M&A, Inc.

501 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10072

Call Collect (212) 750-5833

Call Toll-Free (877) 800-5187

E-mail: info@innisfreema.com

 

4




SUMMARY

The following is a summary that highlights certain material information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete description of the merger agreement and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, including the merger, we encourage you to read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the attached annexes.

Introduction

The mergers are part of a proposed reorganization (the “Reorganization”) of Green, Triboro and Jamaica, three affiliated New York corporations with long historical roots in the operation of private bus routes in New York City, as subsidiaries of GTJ REIT. The bus businesses of the Bus Companies were acquired by New York City in late 2005 and early 2006, leaving the Bus Companies with a portfolio of real property and a group of outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business.

Participants in the mergers and the Reorganization

In addition to Green, Triboro and Jamaica, the participants in the mergers are the following wholly owned subsidiaries of GTJ REIT (sometimes referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the “Company” “we”, “us”, or “our”, except to the extent it is used in a discussion of federal tax matters, in which case such term refers only to GTJ REIT unless the context indicates otherwise), namely, Green Acquisition, Inc., Triboro Acquisition, Inc. and Jamaica Acquisition, Inc.

Goal of the Mergers

The goal of the Mergers is to make the Bus Companies wholly-owned subsidiaries of GTJ REIT, which then proposes to take actions necessary to become a REIT.

Merger Consideration

Upon consummation of the mergers, the Bus Companies will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of GTJ REIT and their presently outstanding common stock will be converted as follows:

(a)            Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of GTJ REIT common stock;

(b)           Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137 shares of GTJ REIT common stock; and

(c)            Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of GTJ REIT common stock.

Required Vote

In order to approve the mergers, there will be required the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding common stock, including voting trust certificates, of each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica, voting separately.

Bus Company shareholders entitled to vote

Each person owning common stock of a Bus Company of record, or owning a voting trust certificate as of the record date,      , 2006 is entitled to vote on the mergers. The voting trustee will not be voting any common stock held in the voting trust.

5




Time and place of special meeting

The special meeting, subject to adjournment, is to be held on      , 2006 at       Eastern Time, at                     .

Common management of the Bus Companies

The businesses of the Bus Companies have been managed under the direction of a common Board of Directors. The Board of Directors meets approximately once a month to discuss matters relating to the Bus Companies. All corporate actions by the Board of Directors with respect to the Bus Companies are decided by the directors, including the election of officers for each of the Bus Companies. The common Boards of Directors is maintained in place under voting trust agreements in which approximately 88% of the Green common stock, 89% of the Triboro common stock and 91% of the Jamaica common stock is voted by a single voting trustee, Jerome Cooper, who is also the Chief Executive Officer of the Bus Companies and of the Company. Mr. Cooper will not vote any of the common stock of which he is the voting trustee, at the special meeting and voting shall instead be done by the holders of voting trust certificates.

Present operations

The Bus Companies, including their subsidiaries own a total of six rentable real properties, four of which are leased to New York City and one of which is leased to a commercial tenant (all five on a triple net basis), and one of which is used by our operations and the remainder of which is leased to a commercial tenant but not on a triple net basis. The annual gross rental income of all of the real properties from third party tenants is approximately $9,500,000. There is an additional real property of negligible size which is not rentable. In addition, the Bus Companies and their subsidiaries collectively operate a group of outdoor maintenance businesses, and a paratransit business, with aggregate sales of approximately $27,000,000 in 2005.

Reasons for the proposed mergers and Reorganization

As a result of the sales of the Bus Companies’ bus assets to New York City and the execution of the leases described above with New York City and others, the Bus Companies now receive a substantial amount of income and cash flow. Because the Bus Companies were organized more than a half-century ago, their real property is still owned by “C” corporations. For tax purposes, these are corporations which are taxed on their income and do not “pass through” their tax liabilities to the shareholders, as would occur in, for example, a limited partnership or a limited liability company. Accordingly, the substantial income being generated under the leases described above is being taxed at the corporate level at a tax rate of approximately 45% and then, if distributed to the shareholders as dividends, would be taxed again at, for example, rates ranging from approximately 15% to 25%, which would result, if such income were fully distributed, in a combined tax rate on the income rates ranging from approximately 53% to 59%.

One solution to this situation is the transfer of all of the real properties to entities which could “pass through” the tax liability. Such transfers would be treated as a sale of the real properties and would generate very substantial tax liabilities. Another solution, sale of the properties to third parties, would entail similar very substantial tax liabilities.

The Board of Directors determined that the only tax efficient solution to the above situation is the creation of a REIT. Because of special tax rules applicable to REITs, all of the real property of the Bus Companies can be acquired by a REIT in tax free reorganizations. Furthermore, the income earned by the REIT’s real properties will not be taxed to the REIT provided there is compliance with the REIT rules. Among other requirements, the REIT rules provide, with certain exceptions, that at least 90% of net

6




income for each year must be distributed to REIT shareholders. Income from the Bus Companies’ outdoor maintenance, paratransit and other activities will continue to be subject to corporate taxation.

Ryan Beck Fairness Opinion

The Bus Companies’ Board of Directors engaged Ryan Beck & Co. to advise as to the relative valuations of each of the Bus Companies as part of the mergers. Ryan Beck & Co. reviewed information concerning the Bus Companies including third party valuations of their real properties and outdoor businesses. Ryan Beck & Co. derived the relative valuations of the Bus Companies from that information and so advised the Bus Companies’ Board of Directors. A description of the opinion of Ryan Beck & Co. is included in “Description of Fairness Opinion”, beginning on page    , of this proxy statement/prospectus, and a copy of the opinion of Ryan Beck & Co. is included as Attachment C to this proxy statement/prospectus.

Based on the valuations of the real properties and outdoor maintenance businesses, and the paratransit business, and considering the ownership of the same in whole or part by each of the Bus Companies, we have been advised by Ryan Beck & Co. that the relative valuation of each the Bus Companies (as part of GTJ REIT) is Green - 42.088%, Triboro - 38.287% and Jamaica - 19.625%. Accordingly, under the Reorganization, 10,000,000 shares of our common stock will be distributed as follows: 4,208,800 shares to the shareholders of Green, 3,828,700 shares to the shareholders of Triboro and 1,962,500 shares to the shareholders of Jamaica, in such case in proportion to the outstanding shares held by such shareholders of each Bus Company, respectively, constituting the merger consideration.

Distribution of earnings and profits

As part of becoming a REIT, we intend, after the mergers, to make a distribution of the Bus Companies’ undistributed historical earnings and profits, estimated to be not more than $62,000,000 to GTJ REIT stockholders as of the record date of such distribution. We intend to distribute, in 2007, $20,000,000 in cash, and the remainder in shares of GTJ REIT common stock valued by its Board of Directors. There is no assurance that our shareholders, after the Reorganization, will be able to realize that value (or any other particular value) for a share of our Common Stock. We expect that each shareholder may elect a combination of cash and stock, or exclusively cash or stock. If more than $20,000,000 of cash is elected in the aggregate, we expect that, for some or all of the Bus Company shareholders, the cash paid would be less than the cash elected, and the cash will be distributed pro rata to each stockholder electing to receive some or all of his or her distribution in cash, in an amount totaling $20,000,000, and the balance of the distribution to each such stockholder will be made in shares of our Common Stock.

Annual Dividends

In order to remain a REIT, GTJ REIT will be required to pay dividends to our stockholders each year equal to at least 90% of our net income, and exclusive of real property capital gains if any.

Recommendation of Bus Companies’ Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of the Bus Companies recommends that you vote FOR approval and adoption of the merger agreement and approval of the mergers.

Risk Factors

In evaluating the merger agreement, the merger and the Reorganization, you should be aware that there are a numbers of risks related to the same. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page      of this proxy statement/prospectus.

7




Share ownership of Bus Company directors and executive officers

The directors and officers of the Bus Companies own, collectively, 121.50 shares of Green (approximately 3.2% of the Green common stock outstanding on the record date), 70.7 shares of Triboro (approximately 5.5% of the Triboro common stock outstanding on the record date/and 459.0 shares of Jamaica (approximately 4.5% of the Jamaica common stock outstanding on the record date),  The foregoing does not include common stock held by voting trusts, since the voting trustee will not be voting such common stock in connection with the merger agreement or the mergers.

Interests of Bus Company directors and executive officers in the mergers and the Reorganization

No director or executive officer of the Bus Companies has any interest in the mergers and the Reorganization other than as a shareholder of the Bus Companies. None of such persons hold options on common stock of the Bus Companies nor will receive any payment in connection with the mergers and the Reorganization.

It should be noted that Jerome Cooper will act as President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of GTJ REIT, Paul Cooper will act as a Vice President and a director of GTJ REIT, Douglas Cooper, a former director, will act as a Vice President and Director of GTJ REIT and Michael Kessman will act as Chief Accounting Officer of GTJ REIT. See “Management of Our Company” beginning on page      of this proxy statement/prospectus for information on the proposed compensation and stock options of such persons.

Right of Appraisal

Shareholders of the Bus Companies who do not vote FOR the mergers and who strictly adhere to procedures specified by applicable law will be entitled to seek appraisal for their shares of common stock. However, the merger agreement provides that if appraisal is sought for Bus Company common stock otherwise entitled to an aggregate of 3% or more of the 10,000,000 shares of GTJ REIT common stock to be issued in the mergers, GTJ REIT can terminate the merger agreement. See “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders” beginning on page      of this proxy statement/prospectus.

No listing of GTJ REIT common stock

It is not presently anticipated that GTJ REIT will list its common stock on a securities exchange or electronic trading system. Accordingly, it is not anticipated that a trading market will develop for the GTJ REIT common stock. The board of directors of GTJ REIT may, however, determine to effect such listing or otherwise assist in the creation of a trading market in the future, but there can be no assurance of the same.

Conditions to the completion of the mergers

A number of conditions must be satisfied or waived before the mergers can be completed. These include, among others:

Conditions to GTJ REIT’s  obligations to complete the mergers

GTJ REIT’s obligations to complete the mergers is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver in writing by us, and or before the effectiveness of the merger, of the following conditions:

·        the Bus Companies’ representations and warranties contained in the merger agreement must be accurate in all material respects as of the effective time of the merger as if made at the effective time of the mergers.

8




·        Each covenant or obligation that each of the Bus Companies are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the closing of the merger shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

·        The Registration Statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part shall have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall remain effective through closing of the mergers.

·        All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any governmental body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory agencies) required to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the delivery of the certificate of merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us or our subsidiaries.

·        No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the mergers shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any legal requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the mergers that makes consummation of the mergers illegal.

·        There shall not be pending or threatened any legal proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement; (ii) relating to the mergers and seeking to obtain from each of the Bus Companies or us or any of their or our respective subsidiaries any damages that may be material to each of the Bus Companies or us or any of their or our subsidiaries; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect each of the Bus Companies stockholders’ ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to our common stock; (iv) which would materially and adversely affect our rights to own the assets or operate the business of the Bus Companies; or (v) seeking to compel any of the Bus Companies or us or to dispose of or hold separate any material assets, as a result of the mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

·        Appraisal rights shall not have been perfected pursuant to Section 623 of the New York Business Corporation Law by shareholders or beneficial owners thereof of the Bus Companies with respect to more than 3% of the number of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the mergers.

·        Each Bus Company shall have received written resignation letters from each of the directors and officers of the Bus Companies requested by us effective as of the effective time of the Reorganization.

Conditions to Bus Companies’ obligations to complete the merger

The Bus Companies’ obligations to complete the merger is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver in writing by them, at or before the effective time of the mergers, of the following conditions:

·        Each covenant and obligation that we are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the closing of the mergers shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

·        The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall remain effective through closing of the mergers.

·        The merger agreement shall have been duly adopted by affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of each of the Bus Companies.

9




·        All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any governmental body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory authorities) required to consummate the mergers and the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement (other than the delivery of the certificate of merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Bus Companies.

·        No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the mergers by each of the Bus Companies shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any legal requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the mergers that makes consummation of the mergers by each of the Bus Companies illegal.

Termination of the merger agreement

Either GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies can terminate the merger agreement as follows:

(a)            A non-breaching party can terminate on account of a breach by the other party

(b)           Either GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies can terminate upon an adverse action by a governmental entity

(c)            Either GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies can terminate if the mergers have not occurred by January 31, 2007, subject to extention by agreement of the parties.

United States federal income tax consequences

We expect the mergers to qualify as reorganizations within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the mergers qualify as reorganizations under Section 368(a), Bus Company shareholders generally will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of GTJ REIT common stock in exchange for Bus Company common stock in connection with the mergers. As part of attaining REIT status, GTJ REIT intends to make a distribution, in 2007 of undistributed historical earnings and profits of the Bus Companies of a sum expected to be not more than $62,000,000, $20,000,000 in cash and $42,000,000 in GTJ REIT common stock, as elected by each GTJ REIT stockholder as of the record date of such distribution. It is anticipated that if shareholders elect to receive at least 32% in cash, such funds will be sufficient to satisfy tax liabilities arising from this distribution. Tax matters are complicated, and the tax consequences of the mergers to each Bus Company shareholder will depend on the facts of each shareholder’s situation. You are urged to read carefully the discussion in the section entitled “Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization and Our Proposed Status as a REIT” beginning on page     of this proxy statement/prospectus and to consult with your tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences of your participation in this transaction.

Material Difference in rights of Bus Company shareholders and GTJ REIT shareholders

As part of the proposed Reorganization, the Bus Company shareholders are being requested to approve mergers of the Bus Companies with and into subsidiaries of GTJ REIT, and in exchange for their common stock of the Bus Companies, which are New York corporations, they would receive common stock of GTJ REIT, which is a Maryland corporation.

There are differences between the rights of New York shareholders in view of New York law and the Bus Companies’ articles of incorporation and by-laws, as compared with and rights of Maryland stockholders in view of Maryland law and GTJ REIT’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws, The following is only a summary and is qualified by the terms of the laws and documents referred to above.

10




The following table summarizes the material differences:

 

 

Bus Company Shareholders

 

GTJ REIT Stockholders

Notice of Meetings

 

No less than 10 and no more than 40 days notice.

 

No less than 10 and no more than 90 days notice.

Quorum

 

At least one third for Green and Triboro.
at least 50% for Jamaica.

 

At least 50%

Voting

 

Majority present unless otherwise required by law.

 

Majority present unless otherwise required by law.

Dividends

 

Within discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

Within discretion of the Board of Directors except that for so long as the Board deems it in the best interest of GTJ REIT to qualify as a REIT, at least 90% of net income to be paid in dividends.

Written Consent

 

Shareholders may act by unanimous written consent.

 

Stockholders may act by unanimous written consent.

Dissenting Shareholders

 


A shareholder has the right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares if he does not assent to:

A. a merger or consolidation except when:

The shareholder is a member of the parent in a merger;
The shareholder is a member of the surviving corporation unless the merger changes the rights of the shareholder;
The shares are listed.

B. a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation which requires shareholder approval.

C. a share exchange. (Section 910 of the New York Business Corporation Law).

 


A stockholder has a right to demand and receive payment of the fair market value of the stockholder’s stock if:

A. the corporation consolidates or merges.

B. The stockholder’s stock is to be acquired in a share exchange.

C. The corporation transfers its assets in a manner requiring shareholder consent.

D. The corporation amends its charter in a way that alters the contract rights of any outstanding stock and substantially adversely affects the stockholder’s rights, unless the right to do so is reserved in the charter.

E. Business combination with an interested stockholder or affiliate. (Section 3-202 of the Maryland General Corporation Law).

Voting

 

Shareholders’ voting is required for mergers, consolidation, dissolution and election of directors.

 

Stockholders’ voting is required for mergers, consolidation, dissolution and election of directors.

Shareholding

 

No restriction on amount.

 

No person may hold more than 9.9% of the outstanding common stock.

 

11




Other differences in the rights of the Bus Company shareholders and GTJ REIT shares should be noted, although they are based on agreements and not corporate law:

(a)    The holders of up to 90% of the common stock of the Bus Companies are now parties to voting trust agreements, under which the voting trustee exercises substantially all of the voting rights of such shareholders. By contrast, there will be no voting trusts related to GTJ REIT.

(b)   GTJ REIT expects to enter into a Stockholders’ Rights Agreement before the mergers (the Bus Companies do not have this). The Stockholders’ Rights Agreement provides for the issuance of rights to purchase Series A preferred stock which are convertible into common stock, or common stock, at below market values to all stockholders of GTJ REIT other than one or more persons owning, or seeking to own, collectively, 15% or more of the GTJ REIT common stock without approval by the Board of Directors. The effect of the Stockholders Rights Agreement is to discourage tender offers for or purchases of common stock of GTJ REIT, by an individual or a group, of 15% or more, without Board of Directors approval, thereby providing a barrier to a takeover not approved by the Board of Directors.

12




Expected Organizational chart after the Reorganization

The following chart represents our organization after the Reorganization (“QRS” means qualified REIT subsidiary, and “TRS” means taxable REIT subsidiary):

GRAPHIC

The above chart reflects the following. First Green, Triboro and Jamaica are merged into subsidiaries of GTJ REIT. Each of them has a subsidiary or subsidiaries (“Subsidiaries”) holding their respective real property. Green’s Subsidiary would form two LLCs and transfer a real property to each of the same. Triboro and Jamaica’s Subsidiaries each have one real property, and they would each form an LLC and transfer a real property to it. GTJ would form three LLCs and transfer its real properties to them. GTJ

13




would designate Shelter Express as a TRS (“Opco Holdco”) before the mergers and transfer to it all of its non-real estate subisidiares (“OpCos”). From a REIT perspective, each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica and their respective Subsidiaries, GTJ, and all of the LLCs holding GTJ’s real properties, are expected to be treated as qualified REIT subsidiaries or disregarded for federal tax purposes. Opco Holdco and the OpCos are expected to be treated as taxable REIT subsidiaries

Summary of pro forma consolidated financial data

Assuming approval by the Bus Companies’ shareholders and consummation of the Reorganization, our pro forma operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, the six months ended June 30, 2006, and our pro forma financial position at June 30, 2006 are as follows:

Summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial consolidated information

The following summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed consolidated financial data of GTJ REIT, Inc. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statement information is based on, and should be read together with the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and 2003 which are found elsewhere in this prospectus.

Pro forma combined condensed consolidated statement of operations data:

 

 

GTJ REIT, INC.

 

 

 

Six months
ended

 

Years ended
December 31,

 

 

 

June 30, 2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

(in  thousands)

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Operating revenue

 

 

$

14,078

 

 

$

27,527

 

$

25,436

 

$

20,915

 

Rental income

 

 

5,337

 

 

9,648

 

9,632

 

8,762

 

Total

 

 

19,415

 

 

37,175

 

35,068

 

29,677

 

Operating expenses

 

 

18,373

 

 

29,962

 

27,524

 

22,667

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

1,042

 

 

7,213

 

7,544

 

7,010

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

(459

)

 

(1,673

)

(2,344

)

(2,067

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

583

 

 

5,540

 

5,200

 

4,943

 

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

1,808

 

 

1,515

 

858

 

1,821

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

(1,225

)

 

4,025

 

4,342

 

3,122

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

(1,225

)

 

$

4,025

 

$

4,342

 

$

3,122

 

 

Pro forma combined condensed consolidated balance sheet data:

 

 

June 30, 2006

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

$

8,217

 

 

Working capital

 

 

$

1,690

 

Total assets

 

 

$

63,811

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

46,599

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

$

17,212

 

 

 

14




Changes in Control

Under the provisions of our charter, no individual may own more than 9.9% of our outstanding common stock, in order to insure that REIT ownership rules are not violated. In addition, our board of directors has approved a Stockholder Rights Agreement to be entered into before the mergers, which is designed to discourage any group from acquiring, or seeking to acquire, in the aggregate, more than 15% of our outstanding common stock, without our board of directors’ approval. In addition, Maryland law has a number of provisions that would discourage or prohibit takeovers of our company without the approval of our board of directors.

Risk Factors

Our company, following the Reorganization, will be subject to a number of risks, among which are the following:

·        We are not raising any financing in this offering, so that we will have to obtain other sources of funding for our growth

·        We may incur debt up to 75% of our gross assets to expand our business, which could lead to an inability to pay distributions to our stockholders; additionally, distributions payable to our stockholders may include a return of capital.

·        If we do not qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we will be taxed as a corporation.

·        We may be required to borrow money, sell assets or issue new securities for cash to pay distributions required of us as a REIT.

·        As with the common stock of the Bus Companies, there is no public market for our common stock and none may develop in the foreseeable future. Thus, although your shares are freely transferable, there may not be a market for the same.

For further information, see “Risk Factors” commencing on page 16 .

15




RISK FACTORS

Before you vote on the mergers described in this proxy statement/prospectus, you should be aware that we are subject to various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before you decide to approve the Reorganization. The following include the material risks known to us at this time, other than those which are generic and applicable to a variety of businesses.

Transaction risks

Our company is newly formed and has not yet commenced business operations, which makes our future performance and the performance of your investment difficult to predict.

Our company was incorporated on June 26, 2006. We have no prior operating history as a REIT. Therefore, our future performance and the performance of your investment can not be predicted at this time.

Our failure to qualify as a REIT would subject us to corporate income tax and would materially impact funds available for distribution.

We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with the tax year ending December 31, 2007. Qualifying as a REIT will require us to meet several tests regarding the nature of our assets and income on an ongoing basis. A number of the tests established to qualify as a REIT for tax purposes are factually dependent. Therefore, you should be aware that while we intend to qualify as a REIT, it is not possible at this early stage to assess our ability to satisfy these various tests on a continuing basis. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our company will in fact qualify as a REIT or remain qualified as a REIT.

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any year, we would pay federal income tax on our net income. We might need to borrow money or sell assets to pay that tax. Our payment of income tax would substantially decrease the amount of cash available to be distributed to our stockholders. In addition, we no longer would be required to distribute substantially all of our taxable income to our stockholders. Unless our failure to qualify as a REIT is excused under relief provisions of the federal income tax laws, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year following the year in which we failed to qualify.

In addition, even if we qualify as a REIT in any year, we would still be subject to federal taxation on certain types of income.  For example, we would be subject to federal income taxation on the net income earned by our “taxable REIT subsidiaries”, that is, our corporate subsidiaries with respect to which elections are made to treat the same as separate, taxable subsidiaries, presently including our outdoor maintenance and para transit businesses.

The proposed distribution of undistributed historical earnings and profits to the Bus Company shareholders, consisting of cash and/or common stock, will be taxable to them as a dividend.

The proposed earnings and profits distribution would be taxable to the Bus Company shareholders as a dividend.  The federal tax rate will be 15%, based on present tax law, and the state taxes will vary from state to state.  Any shareholder electing cash of less than the tax on the distribution to such shareholder will be required to pay taxes on some or all of such distribution from a source other than the distribution.

We may have to spinoff our taxable REIT subsidiaries.

On a going forward basis, at least 75% of our assets must be those which may be held by REITs. Our outdoor maintenance and para transit business assets, and any other assets we may add to that group, are not qualified to be held directly by a REIT. Accordingly, we may be required, in the future, to spinoff these businesses in order to protect our status as a REIT. If we do so, we may be distributing a significant

16




portion of our assets, which could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock. It should be noted, however, that such distribution would be made to the then holders of our common stock.

Real property business risks

Our real property portfolio is derived from the Bus Companies and we may not grow or diversify our real estate portfolio in the foreseeable future.

We will own six income producing real properties which are presently owned, collectively, by the Bus Companies. We are raising no funds in this offering and so, without a sale of an existing real property, which is not contemplated for at least 10 years, the raising of funds by the sale of debt or equity securities or significant mortgage financing, our real property portfolio will not grow or be diversified.

We have not determined what other kinds of real property may be the subject of a future investment.

The formation of the Company and the Reorganization are based on the Bus Companies’ real property and outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business. We have formulated no plans with respect to future real property investments. Therefore, we can not predict the future business direction of the Company.

Adverse financial conditions in New York City will affect all of our initial portfolio of real properties.

All of our real property is commercial and is located in Queens and Brooklyn, New York and New York City is the sole tenant of four of the properties. The lack of diversity in the properties which we will own, and their principal tenant, New York City, should we not diversify after the Reorganization, could increase your risk of owning our shares. We are not raising any funds in this offering for diversification. Adverse conditions at that limited number of properties or in the location in which the properties exist would have a direct negative impact on your return as a stockholder.

Negative characteristics of real property investments

Financing of our real property could lead to loss of the same if there is a default.

The growth and diversification of our real property business is expected to be financed, in substantial part, by mortgage financing. We may borrow sums up to 75% of the value of our real property portfolio. Such loans may result in substantial interest charges which can materially reduce distributions to our stockholders. The documentation related to such loans is expected to contain covenants regulating the manner in which we may conduct our businesses and may restrict us from pursuing opportunities which could be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, if we are unable to meet our payment or other obligations to our lenders, we risk loss of some or all of our real property portfolio.

We depend upon our tenants to pay rent, and their inability or refusal to pay rent will substantially reduce our collections and thus cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

Our real property, particularly those we may purchase after the Reorganization, will be subject to varying degrees of risk that generally arise from such ownership. The underlying value of our properties and the ability to make distributions to you depend upon the ability of the tenants of our properties to generate enough income to pay their rents in a timely manner. Their inability or unwillingness to do so may be impacted by employment and other constraints on their finances, including debts, purchases and other factors. Additionally, the ability of commercial tenants of commercial properties would depend upon their ability to generate income in excess of their operating expenses to make their lease payments to us. Changes beyond our control may adversely affect our tenants’ ability to make lease payments and consequently would substantially reduce both our income from operations and our ability to make distributions to you. These changes include, among others, the following:

·        changes in national, regional or local economic conditions;

17




·        changes in local market conditions; and

·        changes in federal, state or local regulations and controls affecting rents, prices of goods, interest rates, fuel and energy consumption.

Due to these changes or others, tenants may be unable to make their lease payments. A default by a tenant, the failure of a tenant’s guarantor to fulfill its obligations or other premature termination of a lease could, depending upon the size of the leased premises and our ability to successfully find a substitute tenant, have a materially adverse effect on our revenues and the value of our common stock or our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

If we are unable to find tenants for our properties, particularly those we may purchase after the Reorganization, or find replacement tenants when leases expire and are not renewed by the tenants, our revenues and cash available for distribution to our stockholders will be substantially reduced.

Lack of diversification and liquidity of real estate will make it difficult for us to sell underperforming properties or recover our investment in one or more properties.

Our business will be subject to risks associated with investment primarily in real property. Real property investments are relatively illiquid. Our ability to vary our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions will be limited. We cannot assure you that we will be able to dispose of a property when we want or need to. Consequently, the sale price for any property we may purchase of the Reorganization may not recoup or exceed the amount of our investment.

Lack of geographic diversity may expose us to regional economic downturns that could adversely impact our real property operations or our ability to recover our investment in one or more properties.

All of the properties we will initially own are located in the counties of Queens and Brooklyn, New York City. Geographic concentration of properties will expose us to economic downturns in New York City. A recession in this area could adversely affect our ability to generate or increase operating revenues, attract new tenants or dispose of unproductive properties.

Each of the Bus Company real properties has been, and continues to be, used as a bus depot or automobile facility and has certain environmental conditions.

Generally all the Bus Companies’ real property have had activity regarding removal and replacement of underground storage tanks and soil removal. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was heated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace earth which had been removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place. Closures of existing New York State Department of Environmental Control spill numbers may be warranted if it can be shown that the remaining degree of impact is non threatening and within acceptable levels. Each of the properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as a transit depot including maintenance of vehicles. We can not assess what further liability may arise from these sites.

Discovery of previously undetected environmentally hazardous conditions at our real properties may decrease our revenues and the return on your shares of common stock.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous real property owner or operator may be liable for the cost to remove or remediate hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. These costs could be substantial. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial

18




expenditures or prevent us from entering into leases with prospective tenants that may be impacted by such laws. Environmental laws provide for sanctions for noncompliance and may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, by private parties. Certain environmental laws and common law principles could be used to impose liability for release of and exposure to hazardous substances, including asbestos-containing materials into the air. Third parties may seek recovery from real property owners or operators for personal injury or property damage associated with exposure to released hazardous substances. The cost of defending against claims of liability, of complying with environmental regulatory requirements, of remediating any contaminated property, or of paying personal injury claims could reduce the amounts available for distribution to you.

A number of risks to which our real properties may be exposed may not be covered by insurance.

We could suffer a loss due to the cost to repair any damage to properties that are not insured or are underinsured. There are types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as losses due to terrorism, wars, earthquakes or acts of God, that are either uninsurable or not economically insurable. We may acquire properties that are located in areas where there exists a risk of hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or other acts of God. Generally, we will not obtain insurance for hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or other acts of God unless required by a lender or we determine that such insurance is necessary and may be obtained on a cost-effective basis. If such a catastrophic event were to occur, or cause the destruction of one or more of our properties, we could lose both our invested capital and anticipated profits from such property.

You may not receive any distributions from the sale of one of our properties, or receive such distributions in a timely manner, because we may have to provide financing to the purchaser of such property.

If we sell a property or our company, you may experience a delay before receiving your share of the proceeds of such liquidation. In a forced or voluntary liquidation, we may sell our properties either subject to or upon the assumption of any then outstanding mortgage debt or, alternatively, may provide financing to purchasers. We may take a purchase money obligation secured by a mortgage as partial payment. To the extent we receive promissory notes or other property instead of cash from sales, such proceeds, other than any interest payable on those proceeds, will not be included in net sale proceeds until and to the extent the promissory notes or other property are actually paid, sold, refinanced or otherwise disposed of. In many cases, we will receive initial down payments in the year of sale in an amount less than the selling price and subsequent payments will be spread over a number of years. Therefore, you may experience a delay in the distribution of the proceeds of a sale until such time.

Our outdoor maintenance businesses and paratransit business depend on large direct or indirect municipal contracts and require substantial capital.

We will operate several outdoor maintenance businesses including bus shelters, bill boards advertising displays and outdoor construction and maintenance support. Much of this business is related to large customer contracts with municipalities. The loss by customers of one or more of those contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, these businesses have required significant capital and may require significant additional capital in the future. In addition to the risk related to additional investment, the capital may have to be funded by borrowing or asset sales in order to have funds available for REIT mandated distributions to our stockholders, increasing the cost of such capital. In addition, our paratransit business depends on the continuance of one major agreement with the Metropolitan Transit Authority.

19




Risks related to our common stock

The absence of a public market for our common stock will make it difficult for you to sell your shares.

Prospective stockholders should understand that our common stock, like that of the Bus Companies, is illiquid, and they must be prepared to hold their shares of common stock for an indefinite length of time. Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and initially we do not expect a market to develop. We have no current plans to cause our common stock to be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any market system or in any established market either immediately or at any definite time in the future. While our board of directors may attempt to cause our common stock to be listed or quoted in the future, there can be no assurance that this event will occur. Accordingly, stockholders will find it difficult to resell their shares of common stock. Thus, our common stock should be considered a long-term investment. In addition, there are restrictions on the transfer of our common stock. In order to qualify as a REIT, our shares must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons at all times and no more than 50% of the value of our issued and outstanding shares may be owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer individuals and certain entities at all times. Our charter provides that no person may own more than 9.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. Any attempted ownership of our shares that would result in a violation of one or more of these limits will result in such shares being transferred to an “excess share trust” so that such shares will be disposed of in a manner consistent with the REIT ownership requirements. In addition, any attempted transfer of our shares that would cause us to be beneficially owned by less than 100 persons will be void ab initio (i.e., the attempted transfer will be considered to never have occurred).

The allocation of our common stock among the Bus Companies’ shareholders has been established by appraisals and a fairness opinion, rather than market values.

We have allocated 10,000,000 shares, the initial amount of our outstanding common stock, among the stockholders of the Bus Companies, as follows:  4,208,800 shares for the Green shareholders, 3,828,700 shares for the Triboro shareholders and 1,962,500 shares for the Jamaica shareholders. These allocations are based on appraisals of the Bus Companies’ real property and outdoor maintenance businesses’ and a paratransit business’s assets and liabilities, and a fairness opinion provided by Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. There is no external reference for the value of the Bus Companies and their holdings based on either a market capitalization basis or a recent sale basis. While we do not consider the allocation arbitrary, it is not referenced to actual trading or sale transactions.

Our stockholders’ interests may be diluted by the proposed earnings and profits distribution, issuances under our Stock Option Plan, and other common stock issuances, which could result in lower returns to our stockholders.

Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to cause us to issue additional shares of our common stock, or shares of preferred stock on which it can set the terms, and to raise capital through the issuance of options, warrants and other rights, on terms and for consideration as the board of directors in its sole discretion may determine, subject to certain restrictions in our charter in the instance of options and warrants. Any such issuance could result in dilution of the equity of the stockholders. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, authorize us to issue common stock or other interests or our securities to persons from whom we purchase real property or other assets, as part or all of the purchase price. The board of directors, in its sole discretion, may determine the value of any common stock or other equity or debt securities issued in consideration of property or services provided, or to be provided, to us.

We have adopted the 2006 Incentive Stock Option Plan, under which 1,000,000 of common stock is reserved for issuance, and under which we may grant stock options, restricted stock and other performance awards to our officers, employees, consultants and independent directors. The effect of these grants,

20




including the subsequent exercise of stock options, could be to dilute the value of the stockholders’ investments.

In addition, we intend to make available 5,564,454 shares of our common stock as part of the distribution of a sum expected to be not more than $62,000,000 of earnings and profits which is a condition for our obtaining REIT status, but assuming all of the $20,000,000 of cash is elected, only 3,769,122 of such shares will be issued. This issuance will be dilutive.

Federal income tax requirements

The requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net income may require us to incur debt, sell assets or issue additional securities for cash, which would increase the risks associated with your investment.

In order to qualify as a REIT, we must distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our net income, other than any net capital gains. To the extent that we distribute at least 90% but less than 100% of our net income in a calendar year, we will incur no federal corporate income tax on our distributed net income, but will incur a federal corporate income tax on any undistributed amounts. In addition, we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount we distribute to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under federal income tax law. We intend to distribute at least 90% of our net income to our stockholders each year so that we will satisfy the distribution requirement and avoid the 4% excise tax. However, we could be required to include earnings in our taxable income before we actually receive the related cash. That timing difference could require us to borrow funds or raise additional capital to meet the distribution requirement and avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. In case we don’t distribute 100% of our net income, we will be subject to taxation at the REIT level on the amount of undistributed net income and to the extent we distribute such amount, you will be subject to taxation on it at the stockholder level.

The minimum distribution requirements for REIT’s may require us to borrow, sell assets or issue additional securities for cash to make required distributions, which would increase the risks associated with your investment in our company.

Under existing tax law, we would be taxed at the corporate level if, within 10 years of our election to be taxed as a REIT, we sell any real property acquired in the Reorganization in a taxable transaction. For that reason, we presently intend to hold such real property for at least 10 years of our election to be taxed as a REIT. This policy would eliminate a sale as a way to obtain liquidity and would prevent a sale which would otherwise be made to take advantage of favorable market conditions.

Distributions may include a return of capital

C corporation earnings and profits distributions payable to stockholders may include a return of capital, as distinct from a return on capital. To the extent that our distributions exceed our undistributed historical earnings and profits, such amounts will constitute a return of capital for federal income tax purposes, to the extent of a stockholder’s basis in his stock, and thereafter will constitute capital gain. GTJ REIT expects to borrow monies to make a portion of the $20 million cash payment which is part of the distribution of earnings and profits.  In addition, GTJ REIT may be required, in the future to borrow to make all or a portion of the distribution of real property related income required to retain its proposed status as a REIT, or in the alternative, to sell equity securities to obtain funds for such purpose.

Acquisition risks

Our inability to identify or find funding for acquisitions could prevent us from diversification or growth and could adversely impact the value of your investment in our company.

We may not be able to identify or obtain financing to acquire additional real properties. If we qualify as a REIT, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net income, excluding net capital gains, to

21




our stockholders in each taxable year, and thus our ability to retain internally generated cash is very limited. Also, acquisition capital may be required by our outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses. Accordingly, our ability to acquire properties or to make capital improvements to or remodel properties will depend on our ability to obtain debt or equity financing from third parties or the sellers of properties.

If mortgage debt is unavailable at reasonable rates, we may not be able to finance the purchase of additional properties. If we place mortgage debt on properties we acquire in the Reorganization, which we plan to do, we will run the risk of being unable to refinance the additional properties when the loans become due, or of being unable to refinance on favorable terms. If interest rates are higher when we refinance the properties, our income would be reduced. We may be unable to refinance properties. If any of these events occurs, our cash flow would be reduced. This, in turn, would reduce cash available for distribution to our stockholders and may hinder our ability to raise more capital.

We plan to incur mortgage and other indebtedness, which could result in material damage to our business if there is a default.

Significant borrowings by us will increase the risks of owning shares of our company. If there is a shortfall between the cash flow generated by our properties and the cash flow needed to service our indebtedness, then the amount available for distributions to our stockholders will be reduced or eliminated. In addition, incurring mortgage debt increases the risk of loss since defaults on indebtedness secured by a property may result in lenders initiating foreclosure actions. In that case, we could lose the property securing the loan that is in default, thus reducing the value of your investment. If any mortgages or other indebtedness contain cross-collateralization or cross-default provisions, a default on a single loan could affect multiple properties.

Additionally, when providing financing, a lender may impose restrictions on us that affect our distribution and operating policies and our ability to incur additional debt. Loan documents we enter into may contain covenants that limit our ability to further mortgage the property, merge with another company, or discontinue insurance coverage. These or other limitations may limit our flexibility and our ability to achieve our operating plans. In particular, we are currently negotiating and anticipate entering into a revolving line of credit with a bank to use for our future acquisitions, which we anticipate will have significant restrictions and covenants. Our failure to meet such restrictions and covenants could result in an event of default under our line of credit and result in the foreclosure of some or all of our properties.

Investing in properties through joint ventures creates a risk of loss through the inaction or misconduct of a joint venture partner.

Joint venture investments may involve risks not present in an acquisition, including, for example:

·        the risk that our co-venturer or partner in an investment might become bankrupt;

·        the risk that such co-venturer or partner may at any time have economic or business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals; or

·        the risk that such co-venturer or partner may be in a position to take action contrary to our instructions or requests or contrary to our policies or objectives, such as selling a property at a time when it would have adverse consequences for our stockholders.

Actions by such a co-venturer or partner might have the result of subjecting the applicable property to liabilities in excess of those otherwise contemplated and may have the effect of reducing our cash available for distribution. It also may be difficult for us to sell our interest in any such joint venture or partnership in such property.

22




Borrowings may increase our business risks

The $20 million cash distribution, and continuing income distributions will cause us to borrow to meet our working capital requirements.

We may not be able to fund our working capital needs. If we qualify as a REIT, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net income, excluding net capital gains to our stockholders in each taxable year. However, depending on the size of our operations, we will require a minimum amount of capital to fund our daily operations. In addition, we may require working capital for our outdoor maintenance businesses and paratransit business. We may have to obtain financing from either affiliated or unaffiliated sources to meet such cash needs. This financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all, which could adversely affect our operations and decrease the value of your investment in our company.

We are presently considering a working capital loan of up to $80,000,000. There is no assurance the same will be obtained, or, if obtained will be on terms we would want or could afford.

As we incur indebtedness which will be needed for operations, we increase the expenses of our operations, which could result in a decrease in cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

The risk associated with your ownership of our common stock depends upon, among other factors, the amount of debt we incur. We intend to incur indebtedness in connection with our acquisition of properties. We may also borrow for the purpose of maintaining our operations or funding our working capital needs. Lenders may require restrictions on future borrowings, distributions and operating policies. We also may incur indebtedness if necessary to satisfy the federal income tax requirement that we distribute at least 90% of our net income, excluding net capital gains, to our stockholders in each taxable year. Borrowing increases our business risks.

Debt service increases the expense of operations since we will be responsible for retiring the debt and paying the attendant interest, which may result in decreased cash available for distribution to you as a stockholder. In the event the fair market value of our properties were to increase, we could incur more debt without a commensurate increase in cash flow to service the debt. In addition, our directors can change our policy relating to the incurrence of debt at any time without stockholder approval.

We will incur indebtedness secured by our properties, which may subject our properties to foreclosure.

Incurring mortgage indebtedness increases the risk of possible loss. Most of our borrowings to acquire properties would be secured by mortgages on our properties. If we default on our secured indebtedness, the lender may foreclose and we could lose our entire investment in the properties securing such loan which would adversely affect distributions to stockholders. For federal tax purposes, any such foreclosure would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage and, if the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds the basis of the property to our company, there could be taxable income upon a foreclosure. Such taxes would be payable by us if the sale was of Bus Company properties and took place within 10 years after our REIT election. To the extent lenders require our company to cross-collateralize our properties, or our loan agreements contain cross-default provisions, a default under a single loan agreement could subject multiple properties to foreclosure.

Increases in interest rates, which have been occuring for the past several years, will increase the amount of our debt payments and adversely affect our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders.

A change in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates which could increase debt service requirements on variable rate debt and could reduce the amounts available for distribution to you as a stockholder. A change in economic conditions could cause the terms on which borrowings become

23




available to be unfavorable. In such circumstances, if we are in need of capital to repay indebtedness in accordance with its terms or otherwise, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments.

Our ability to change policies without a stockholder vote

Our policies described in this prospectus, including the limits on debt, may be changed or eliminated by our board of directors at any time without a vote of our stockholders.

Our policies, including policies intended to protect you as a stockholder and the policies described in this prospectus with respect to acquisitions, financing, limitations on debt and investment limitations, have been determined by our board of directors and can be changed at any time without a vote of our stockholders or notice to you as a stockholder if our board of directors so determines in the exercise of its duties. Therefore, these policies and limitations may not be meaningful to protect your interests as a stockholder.

Possible adverse consequences of limits on ownership and transfer of our shares

The limitation on ownership of our stock in our charter will prevent you from acquiring more than 9.9% of our common stock and may force you to sell common stock back to us.

Our charter limits the beneficial and constructive ownership of our capital stock by any single stockholder to 9.9% of the number of outstanding shares of each class or series of our stock including our common stock. We refer to these limitations as the ownership limits. Our charter also prohibits the beneficial or constructive ownership of our capital stock by any stockholder that would result in (1) our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, (2) five or fewer individuals, including natural persons, private foundations, specified employee benefit plans and trusts, and charitable trusts, owning more than 50% of our capital stock, applying broad attribution rules imposed by the federal tax laws, (3) our company otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT for federal tax purposes. In addition, any attempted transfer of our capital stock that would result in GTJ REIT being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons will be void ab initio (i.e., such transfer will be considered to never have happened). If you acquire shares in excess of the ownership limits or in violation of the ownership limitations, we:

·        will consider the transfer (in whole or part) to be null and void;

·        will not reflect the transaction on our books;

·        may institute legal action to enjoin the transaction;

·        will not pay dividends or other distributions to you with respect to those excess shares;

·        will not recognize your voting rights for those excess shares; and

·        will consider the excess shares held in trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary.

If such shares are transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary, you will be paid for such excess shares a price per share equal to the lesser of the price you paid or the “market price” of our stock. Unless shares of our common stock are then traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on a national market system, the market price of such shares will be a price determined by our board of directors in good faith. If shares of our common stock are traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on a national market system, the market price will be the average of the last sales prices or the average of the last bid and ask prices for the the date of determination.

If you acquire our common stock in violation of the ownership limits or the restrictions on transfer described above:

·        you may lose your power to dispose of the stock;

24




·        you may not recognize profit from the sale of such stock if the “market price” of the stock increases; and

·        you may incur a loss from the sale of such stock if the “market price” decreases.

Anti-takeover provisions related to us

Our proposed Stockholder Rights Agreement is designed to discourage takeover attempts without approval of our Board of Directors.

The Stockholder Rights Agreement we intend to enter into provides that a right is deemed to be issued and outstanding in conjunction with each outstanding share of our common stock. If any person or group, as defined in the agreement, acquires more than 15% of our outstanding common stock without the approval of our board of directors, each holder of a right, other than such 15% or more holders, will be entitled to purchase 1000 th  of a share of our Series A preferred stock for $50.00 which is convertible into our common stock at one-half of the market value of our common stock, or to purchase, for each right, $50.00 of our common stock at one-half of the market value. The effect of this provision is to materially dilute the holdings of such 15% or more holders and substantially increase the cost of acquiring a controlling interest in us. These types of provisions generally inhibit tender offers or other purchases of a controlling interest in a company such as ours.

Limitations on share ownership and transfer may deter a sale of our company in which you could profit.

The limits on ownership and transfer of our equity securities in our charter may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for your common stock. The ownership limits and restrictions on transferability will continue to apply until our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.

Our ability to issue preferred stock may include a preference in distributions superior to our common stock and also may deter or prevent a sale of our company in which you could otherwise profit.

Our ability to issue preferred stock and other securities without your approval also could deter or prevent someone from acquiring our company. Our charter authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 10 million shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors may establish the preferences and rights, including a preference in distributions superior to our common stockholders, of any issued preferred stock designed to prevent, or with the effect of preventing, someone from acquiring control of our company.

Maryland anti-takeover statute restrictions may deter others from seeking to acquire our company.

Maryland law contains many provisions, such as the business combination statute and the control share acquisition statute, that are designed to prevent, or have the effect of preventing, someone from acquiring control of our company without approval of our board of directors. Our bylaws exempt our company from the control share acquisition statute (which eliminates voting rights for certain levels of shares that could exercise control over us) and our board of directors has adopted a resolution opting out of the business combination statue (which prohibits a merger or consolidation of us and a 10% stockholder for a period of time) with respect to affiliates of our company. However, if the bylaw provisions exempting our company from the control share acquisition statute or the board resolution opting out of the business combination statute were repealed by the board of directors, in its sole discretion, these provisions of Maryland Law could delay or prevent offers to acquire our company and increase the difficulty of consummating any such offers. See “Important Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws.”

25




Because of our staggered board of directors, opposition candidates would have to be elected in two separate years to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

We presently have a seven person board of directors. Each director has or will have a three year term, and only approximately one-third of the directors will stand for election each year. Accordingly, in order to change a majority of our board of directors, a third party would have to wage a successful proxy contest in two successive years, which may deter proxy contests.

Certain provisions of our charter make stockholder action more difficult.

We have certain provisions in our charter and bylaws that require super-majority voting and regulate the opportunity to nominate directors and to bring proposals to a vote by the stockholders.

Forward-looking statements

We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus which may prove to be inaccurate.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws which are intended to be covered by the safe harbor created by those laws. Historical results and trends should not be taken as indicative of future operations. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies and expectations, are generally identifiable by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “prospects,” or similar expressions. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and future prospects on a consolidated basis include, but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions generally and the real estate market specifically; legislative or regulatory changes, including changes to laws governing the taxation of REITs; availability of capital; interest rates; our ability to service our debt; competition; supply and demand for operating properties in our current and proposed market areas; generally accepted accounting principles; and policies and guidelines applicable to REITs; and litigation. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Although we believe the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements, and the forward-looking statements themselves, are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that these forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in these forward-looking statements, the inclusion of this information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans, which we consider to be reasonable, will be achieved.

26




THE REORGANIZATION

Introduction

The issuance of 10,000,000 shares of common stock by our company relates to a proposed reorganization (the “Reorganization”) of three affiliated New York corporations with long historical roots in the operation of private bus routes in New York City, namely Green Bus Lines, Inc. (“Green”), Triboro Coach Corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.,  (“Jamaica”) (collectively referred to as the “Bus Companies”). The bus businesses of the Bus Companies were acquired by New York City in late 2005 and early 2006, leaving the Bus Companies with a portfolio of real property, outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business (see “Purchase of Bus Companies’ bus assets by New York City” below). The issuance of up to an additional 5,564,454 shares is part of a distribution of earnings and profits of the Bus Companies relating to an election of GTJ REIT, Inc. to be treated as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) beginning with its taxable year ending December 31, 2007.

Historical background of the Bus Companies

Green

In the early part of the twentieth century, entrepreneurs secured permits from New York City to operate surface transit in Manhattan, Brooklyn, and Queens and established transit systems in areas where there had not previously been public transportation. In 1925, approximately one hundred sixty of these bus operators determined to organize themselves into one company, and formed Green.

By the 1920s, New York City’s surface transit policy began to change and it sought to modernize its transit system by replacing its street railways with buses and replacing the street railway franchises and permits with bus franchises.

During the following years, Green grew, and acquired several bus companies with operations in Queens County. The last, and largest, acquisition occurred in 1943, when Green purchased the Manhattan & Queens Transit Company, thereby providing Green with the routes that connected Jamaica with Manhattan.  The 1950’s saw the initiation of express bus service connecting Queens with Manhattan.

By the 1970’s, operating costs had increased dramatically while revenues remained flat or even declined. New York City, in order to keep surface transit available in the outer boroughs, agreed to subsidize the fares paid by passengers so that the fares would remain at a reasonable level, and to supply Green and other companies with sufficient funding to continue operations. Green’s bus assets were acquired by New York City in January 2006.

Triboro

Triboro was formed in 1931 and began operating a bus line from Corona to Flushing, Queens. Over the succeeding years, Triboro expanded its operations throughout northwestern Queens County. In 1936, Triboro received a 10-year franchise incorporating nine routes in northwestern Queens from New York City. Thereafter, Triboro began to experience financial problems. In 1946, New York City offered the Triboro franchise to Green provided it could act quickly to rescue Triboro from financial failure. Triboro’s outstanding shares were purchased by the controlling shareholders of Green, who then offered the shares to the shareholders of Green. Certain of the Green shareholders declined the purchase of the Triboro shares, but the majority of shares were purchased by such persons, resulting in a substantial commonality of ownership of Green and Triboro. Triboro’s bus assets were acquired by New York City in February 2006.

27




Jamaica

Jamaica evolved from the Long Island Electric Railway (“LIER”), which was incorporated in 1894. LIER, which operated routes in Nassau and Queens, went bankrupt in 1926, and its routes in Nassau County were abandoned. The Queens routes continued to operate under Jamaica-Central Railway, the company that emerged from the reorganization of LIER. In 1931, New York City announced a plan to widen Jamaica Avenue. In order to do so, Jamaica-Central would have been required to remove its track and have it re-laid, and so instead, it motorized its Jamaica Avenue route. A subsidiary, Jamaica Buses, Inc. (“Jamaica Bus”), was formed that year to operate the buses on the motorized route. In 1933, New York City granted a franchise to Jamaica Bus in exchange for the surrender of all of Jamaica-Central’s trolley franchises. Jamaica Bus then motorized all of its other routes.

Similarly to Triboro, Jamaica-Central and Jamaica Bus thereafter experienced financial difficulties and were taken over by Green, which offered the shares to the Green shareholders, the majority of whom purchased such shares providing a substantial commonality of ownership with Green and Triboro. Jamaica’s bus assets were acquired by New York City in January 2006.

Command

Command Bus Company, Inc. (“Command”) is the successor to the Pioneer Bus Corporation, which was formed from an amalgamation of three small school bus and charter service operators in 1954. Pioneer operated only school bus, charter, and racetrack service until 1960, when it secured a franchise for the local route between Mill Basin and the Kings Highway station of the Brighton Line in Brooklyn. Command was acquired by the Bus Companies using funds provided by each of them and is owned as follows: Green 40%; Triboro 40% and Jamaica Central 20%. Its bus assets were acquired by New York City in December 2005.

GTJ

In the mid 1990s, the Bus Companies experienced increasing operating costs and declining revenues. In order to preserve bus service but maintain fares at reasonable levels, New York City made a decision to subsidize the fares paid by passengers, and to supply the Bus Companies with sufficient funding to continue their operations. The management of the Bus Companies determined that it would be in the best interest of the Bus Companies and their shareholders to develop other businesses, which were placed under GTJ Co., Inc. (“GTJ”), a joint venture company previously formed by the Bus Companies. Based on funds which have previously been provided by the respective Bus Companies at the time of its formation, GTJ was and is owned as follows:  Green 40%; Triboro 40%; and Jamaica 20%.

Shareholders of the Bus Companies

Since their formation, the Green, Triboro and Jamaica shareholders transferred their shares to family members or, on occasion, sold their shares to the Bus Companies. As a result, Green as of July 17, 2006, has 214 shareholders, Triboro has 209 shareholders and Jamaica has 178 shareholders, many of whom own shares in two, or all three, of the Bus Companies.   The holders of a majority of the shares of each Bus Company, have, for decades, entered and reentered into voting trust agreements to effect a stable, common management of the Bus Companies. The sole voting trustee is presently Jerome Cooper, Chief Executive Officer of the Bus Companies and Chief Executive Officer of our company.

Common management of the Bus Companies

From the acquisition of Triboro, and then Jamaica by the shareholder of Green, the businesses of the Bus Companies have been managed under the direction of a common Board of Directors. The Board of Directors meets approximately once a month to discuss matters relating to all of the Bus Companies. All corporate actions with respect to the Bus Companies are decided by the Board of Directors, including the election of officers for each of the Bus Companies. The Board of Directors is maintained in place under

28




voting trust agreements. The present trustee under these voting trust agreements is Jerome Cooper, the Chief Executive Officer of the Bus Companies and Chief Executive Officer of our company.

Operations in the recent past

Since the mid 1990’s, New York City made public statements related to its intention to terminate the franchises held by the Bus Companies and its incorporation of the bus routes into the Metropolitan Transit Authority operations. These statements became more frequent and more pointed. In 1999, the franchise agreements, which had been renewed regularly over the past half-century, expired and were not renewed by New York City. New York City continued to work with the Bus Companies on an ad hoc basis. New York City then began in earnest to negotiate for the purchase of the Bus Companies’ bus assets. At that time, the Bus Companies, in addition to owning the bus routes, owned depots which were stocked with various spare parts and also employed the drivers, mechanics and executive employees necessary to run the bus lines. The buses themselves were owned by New York City and provided under lease to the Bus Companies. Under their arrangement with New York City, the Bus Companies were reimbursed for expenses approved by New York City and in addition received a payment for the services rendered in managing the bus operations and rent for the use of the depots.

Purchase of  Bus Companies’ bus assets by New York City

On November 29, 2005 an agreement (the “Sale Agreement”) was entered into between New York City and the Bus Companies and several of their subsidiaries.

In accordance with the Sale Agreement, the Bus Companies agreed to sell to New York City all of their bus assets including routes, tangible personal property related to bus operations and goodwill. The total purchase price for the bus assets was $25,000,000 allocated as follows:  Green - $10,822,000, Triboro - $9,487,000 and Jamaica - $4,691,000. These amounts include a reallocation of the $3,405,000 paid for the Command Bus bus assets. Command Bus is jointly owned by the Bus Companies. These sums were received upon the respective closing of the purchase of the assets of the Bus Companies, which occurred between December 2005 and February 2006. The Bus Companies were also be paid for spare parts and supplies and the book value of tangible assets in an aggregate amount of approximately $5,000,000.

In addition, upon the conclusion of certain litigations, New York City may pay up to $500,000 to the Bus Companies in the following maximum amounts:  Green - $216,440, Triboro - $189,740 and Jamaica - $93,820. These amounts include reallocation of the maximum sum to be paid to Command Bus Company, Inc. in the amount of $68,100. It is highly probable that the actual payments will aggregate substantially less than $500,000. In 1975, New York City signed a labor protection agreement pursuant to the labor protection provisions of the Federal Transit Act in order to satisfy a condition for receiving federal transit funds. At the time of the sale of bus assets to New York City, the Bus Companies’ non-union employees made a claim against New York City that it must require the MTA to offer jobs to the non-union employees and to otherwise preserve all of the non-union employees’ pre-existing rights, privileges and benefits as a condition of the transfer of bus assets. The Bus Companies were not the subject of this claim. In negotiations for the sale of the Bus Companies’ bus assets to New York City, New York City agreed to pay the Bus Companies up to an additional $500,000 if 100% of the claimants agreed to the proposed settlement of their claims as follows: Green - $216,440, Triboro - $189,740 and Jamaica - $93,820. These amounts include reallocation of the maximum sum to be paid to Command Bus Company, Inc. in the amount of $68,100. If less than 100% of the claimants agree to the settlement, which is the most likely case, New York City will pay the Bus Companies a lesser amount.

New York City assumed many of the liabilities of the Bus Companies including claims for personal injury and property damage, claims related to certain outstanding litigations, obligations under union agreements, pension obligations, severance payments, claims under collective bargaining agreements, workers compensation back-charges, holiday pay and certain operating expenses. In addition, New York

29




City agreed to offer employment to the employees of the Bus Companies, most of whom accepted such offer.

New York City leased certain real property of the Bus Companies for use as bus depots, as follows:

·        A Triboro subsidiary leased New York City its premises at 85-01 24 th  Avenue, East Elmhurst, NY for an initial term of 21 years, with a first year rent of $2,585,000 escalating to a 21 st  year rent of $3,785,000.

·        A Green subsidiary leased New York City its premises at 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, NY for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $2,795,000 escalating to a 21 st  year rent of $4,092,000.

·        A Green subsidiary leased New York City its premises at 49 -19 Rockaway Beach Blvd., NY for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $605,000 escalating to a 21 st  year rent of $886,000.

·        A Jamaica subisdiary leased New York City its premises at 114-15 Guy R. Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $1,515,000 escalating to a 21 st  year rent of $2,218,000.

These leases are “triple net” leases. This means that New York City has agreed to pay all expenses of the properties, including maintenance, insurance and taxes. Each lease has two renewal terms of 14 years each, so that the total term is a maximum of 49 years. The term of each lease commenced on the date that the Bus Company in question closed the sale of its bus company assets to New York City.

The Bus Companies will be required to pay income taxes on the sums received from New York City pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the amount of which is estimated at approximately $9,586,000. In addition, the Bus Companies incurred approximately $3,100,000 of expenses related to the sale, including lease negotiation commissions, legal and accounting fees. As a result, only $12,314,000 of the $25,000,000 purchase price is available for distribution.

The Bus Companies have classified their assets related to their former bus businesses as “discontinued” on their balance sheets. At June 30, 2006, these were as follows. Green - $16,634,728, Triboro - $11,049,145, Jamaica - $4,419,447 and Command - $ 3,179,665. Details on these amounts may be found at Note 3 to their respective financial statements, entitled “Discontinued Operations” in the financial statements beginning on page F-1.

Present operations

At the present time, the Bus Companies, including their subsidiaries, own a total of seven parcels of real property (one of which is of negligible size), four of which are leased to New York City and two of which are leased to commercial interests, all but one of which are on a triple net basis. The annual gross rental income from third party tenants is approximately $9,500,000. In addition, the Bus Companies and their subsidiaries, collectively, operate a group of outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business with aggregate sales of approximately $27,000,000 in 2005. A more complete description of the ongoing businesses of the Bus Companies is set forth below.

Reasons for the Reorganization

Following the transactions with New York City, the Bus Companies started receiving a substantial amount of income and cash flow primarily as a result of the real property leases. Since the Bus Companies were organized more than a half-century ago, their real property is owned by “C” corporations. For tax purposes, C corporations are taxed on their income and do not “pass through” tax liability to their shareholders, as would occur in, for example, a limited partnership or a limited liability company. Accordingly, the substantial income being generated under the leases described above will, if the Reorganization does not take place, be taxed at the corporate level at a tax rate of approximately 45% and

30




then, if distributed to the shareholders, would be taxed again as dividends at rates ranging from approximately 15% to 25%, which would result, if such income were fully distributed, in a combined tax rate on the income ranging from approximately 53% to 59%. One solution to this situation is the transfer of all of the real properties to entities which could “pass through” the tax liability to their shareholders. However, such transfers would be viewed as a sale of the real properties and would generate estimated tax liabilities at the corporate level in excess of $73,000,000.

Accordingly, retaining the existing structure or a transfer of the real properties has very substantial tax costs, and neither were deemed by the Board of Directors of the Bus Companies to be in the best interests of their shareholders. Management determined that the only tax efficient solution to the above situation is the creation of a real estate investment trust or REIT.

All of the real property of the Bus Companies can be transferred to a REIT without incurring tax recognition. Furthermore, all of the income earned by the properties owned by the REIT will not be taxed to the REIT, provided that REIT rules are complied with. Among other matters, REIT rules require that 90% of the REIT’s net income, other than net capital gains, must be distributed to the REIT shareholders on account of each year. See “REIT Tax Rules” below.

In order to adopt an efficient REIT structure, it is necessary in the first instance to combine the Bus Companies and their subsidiaries under a single holding company, which is referred to as the Reorganization. We are a Maryland corporation and will act as a holding company to own the assets of the Bus Companies. We have formed three New York corporations as wholly-owned subsidiaries, and propose that each of the Bus Companies merge with one of the subsidiaries, thereby collectively becoming our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We would also own GTJ, Inc. (presently a jointly owned subsidiary of the Bus Companies) which in turn owns certain of the real property described above and all of the outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business. The mergers require the approval of the holders of at least 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the outstanding shares of common stock of each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica, voting separately and not as one class.

Ownership of our common stock by Bus Company shareholders

A key issue in the Reorganization is how many of our shares of common stock will be owned by each shareholder of each of the Bus Companies. We will issue a total of 10,000,000 shares of our authorized but unissued common stock to the shareholders of the Bus Companies in connection with the Reorganization. We have had appraisals of the real estate and outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses of the Bus Companies performed. Certain of these assets are owned directly by each bus company, respectively. Other assets, such as the stock of GTJ, Inc. and its outdoor maintenance subsidiaries, paratransit subsidiary and real property, are owned jointly by the Bus Companies, 40% by Green, 40% by Triboro and 20% by Jamaica. A valuation model has been developed for each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica. Based upon that model, used in the fairness opinion described elsewhere in this prospectus, the relative value of the three companies have been determined to be as follows:  Green—42.088%, Triboro—38.287% and Jamaica—19.625%.

Accordingly, to effect the Reorganization, a total of 4,208,800 shares have been allocated to the shareholders of Green, a total of 3,828,700 shares have been allocated to the shareholders of Triboro and a total of 1,962,500 shares have been allocated to the shareholders of Jamaica, a grand total of ten million shares.

The shares allocated to a Bus Company have then been reallocated among its shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings of that Bus Company as follows.

·        There are presently 3,766.50 shares of Green outstanding, so that the 4,208,800 shares allocated to the Green shareholders will be issued at a rate of 1,117.429975 shares for each outstanding share of Green.

31




·        There are presently 1,277.10 shares of Triboro outstanding, so that the 3,828,700 shares allocated to the Triboro shareholders will be issued at a rate of 2,997.964137 shares for each outstanding share of Triboro.

·        There are presently 10,064.00 shares of Jamaica outstanding, so that the 1,962,500 shares allocated to the Jamaica shareholders will be issued at a rate of 195.001987 shares for each outstanding share of Jamaica.

No fractional shares will be issued to any person, and fractions will be rounded up or down to the nearest whole share.

Distribution of earnings and profits

Among other matters that must occur in order for us to become a REIT, we must distribute to our shareholders all of the historical earnings and profits accumulated by the Bus Companies but not previously distributed as a condition to our conversion to a REIT. We have been advised that the total of the earnings and profits of the Bus Companies not previously distributed, including the gain on the transactions with New York City, is a sum expected to be not more than $62,000,000.

We expect to make a distribution of $62,000,000 in the following manner. We will make a total of $20,000,000 of cash available for the distribution. The substantial portion of this cash amount is expected to come from a revolving credit loan to be implemented at the time of the Bus Companies’ mergers, with the balance from working capital. We expect to make 5,564,454 shares of our common stock available for the distribution at a price, based in part on the fairness opinion set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, at a price of $11.14 per share since we expect all of the $20,000,000 of cash to be elected, we do not expect to issue more than 3,769,122 shares of common stock. The $11.14 price per share is based solely on appraisals of the Bus Companies’ assets and liabilities and is not based on market or trading values, and was derived by dividing such appraised value by the 13,769,122 shares of common stock we expect to be outstanding. Therefore, there is no assurance that our shareholders, after the Reorganization, will be able to realize that value (or any other particular value) for a share of our Common Stock. Each GTJ REIT stockholder on the record date of the distribution will be advised of the amount of the distribution to that stockholder, based on his or her share ownership, and will be entitled to elect the manner in which the distribution is to be made; for example, all cash, all stock, or a combination of cash and stock.

To the extent that the aggregate elections for cash exceed $20,000,000, we expect that the cash portion of the distribution will be reduced among some or all of the electing stockholders and the balance of the distribution will be made in shares of common stock valued at $11.14 per share. These shares of common stock are also being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The earnings and profits distribution will be taxable to the GTJ REIT stockholders as a dividend. The federal tax rate will be 15%, based on present tax law, and the state taxes will vary from state to state. Any shareholder electing cash of less than the tax on the distribution to such shareholder will be required to pay taxes on some or all of such distribution from a source other than the distribution.

32




Expected Organizational chart after the Reorganization

The following chart represents our organization after the Reorganization (“QRS” means qualified REIT subsidiary, and “TRS” means taxable REIT subsidiary):

GRAPHIC

The above chart reflects the following. First Green, Triboro and Jamaica are merged into subsidiaries of GTJ REIT. Each of them has a subsidiary or subsidiaries (“Subsidiaries”) holding their respective real property. Green’s Subsidiary would form two LLCs and transfer a real property to each of the same. Triboro and Jamaica’s Subsidiaries each have one real property, and they would each form an LLC and transfer a real property to it. GTJ would form three LLCs and transfer its real properties to them. GTJ

33




would designate Shelter Express as a TRS (“Opco Holdco”) before the mergers and transfer to it all of its non-real estate subisidiares (“OpCos”). From a REIT perspective, each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica and their respective Subsidiaries, GTJ, and all of the LLCs holding GTJ’s real properties, are expected to be treated as qualified REIT subsidiaries or disregarded for federal tax purposes. Opco Holdco and the OpCos are expected to be treated as taxable REIT subsidiaries.

DESCRIPTION OF FAIRNESS OPINION

Opinion of Ryan Beck & Co.

The Board of Directors of the Bus Companies retained Ryan, Beck & Co. (“Ryan Beck”) to advise them with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the holders of shares of common stock or voting trust certificates in Green, Triboro and Jamaica. Ryan Beck has been asked to advise the Bus Companies’ shareholders as to the fairness in valuation in the combination of Green, Triboro and Jamaica, and their respective subsidiaries, into a single holding company (the “Reorganization”). This would be determined by the allocation of our shares among the Green, Jamaica and Triboro shareholders.

The full text of Ryan Beck’s opinion, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the opinion and the review undertaken in connection with the opinion, is included as Attachment C to this prospectus. You should carefully read the opinion. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

The Ryan Beck opinion did not address the merits of the underlying business decision to enter into the Reorganization and does not constitute a recommendation to any holder of shares as to how to vote in connection with the merger agreements.

In arriving at its opinion, Ryan Beck has, among other things:

·        reviewed annual reports for the Bus Companies for the years ending December 31, 2003–2005;

·        reviewed certain interim reports and quarterly reports for the Bus Companies;

·        reviewed certain business, financial and other information regarding the Bus Companies;

·        reviewed seven appraisals, dated February 2, 2006, prepared by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc., relating to real estate owned by the Bus Companies;

·        reviewed a valuation, prepared by Empire Valuation Consultants, relating to the fair market value of a minority common stock interest in GTJ;

·        participated in discussions among representatives of the Bus Companies and their financial and legal advisors;

·        reviewed historical documentation regarding the formation and incorporation of the Bus Companies.

In connection with its review, Ryan Beck has relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the foregoing financial and other information, including all accounting, legal and tax information and did not assume any responsibility for any independent verification of such information and assumed such accuracy and completeness for purposes of the opinion. In arriving at its opinion, Ryan Beck did not prepare any independent evaluations or appraisals. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses performed by Ryan Beck, but describes, in summary form, the material analyses of Ryan Beck in connection with it fairness opinion. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to a partial or summary description.

34




Methodology

In developing a methodology to determine the allocation of shares of the reorganized company among the Green, Triboro and Jamaica shareholders, Ryan Beck looked at the present operations of the Bus Companies. Currently, the Bus Companies, including their subsidiaries, own a total of six rentable real properties, four of which are leased to New York City and two of which are leased to commercial interests. In addition, the Bus Companies, collectively, own GTJ. Given that the Bus Companies sold their bus businesses to New York City, the bus businesses, as such, have no value, and the sale consideration, and financial assets, have been substituted therefor. The value of the Bus Companies exists in their real property net financial assets, and GTJ and its subsidiaries.

In determining a value for the real property, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. was engaged to appraise the seven parcels of real property. Empire Valuation Consultants was engaged to determine the value of GTJ.

In determining a net value for each of the Bus Companies, Ryan Beck first determined which Bus Company held title to each specific real property. Based upon the appraisals provided by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc., it was determined that Green held real property worth $51,800,000; Triboro held real property worth $39,400,000; and Jamaica held real estate worth $23,100,000. Ryan Beck then examined the value of GTJ, which, in its entirety, is comprised of two real properties and operating businesses. Cushman & Wakefield appraised the real property at $39,095,000, and Empire Valuation Consultants, Inc., valued the operating businesses at $5,800,000. Accordingly, the combination of these valuations yields a total value for GTJ of $44,895,000. The ownership of GTJ is Green—40%, Triboro—40% and Jamaica—20%.

The next step was to review the current balance sheets of the Bus Companies. This information, which was provided by the Bus Companies, is an accounting of assets and liabilities other than their real property. Based upon data provided by the Bus Companies, Green’s total non-real property assets are $10,760,888 and total liabilities are $7,524,189. Triboro’s total non-real property assets are $14,821,195 and total liabilities are $5,777,060. Jamaica’s total non-real property assets are $4,905,965 and total liabilities are $2,950,002.

Ryan Beck combined the net value of each of the Bus Companies, (Green—$72,994,699; Triboro—$66,402,135 and Jamaica—$34,034,963), to produce a total net asset value of the Bus Companies of $173,431,797. To then determine share allocation in the reorganized company, Ryan Beck divided each Bus Company’s net value by the combined value of the Bus Companies to reach a fractional share allocation ratio. Accordingly, based upon the data provided by Cushman & Wakefield, Empire Valuation Consultants and the Bus Companies. Based thereon, Green shareholders should receive shares equal to 42.088% of the reorganized company, Triboro shareholders should receive share equal to 38.287% of the reorganized company and Jamaica shareholders should receive shares equal to 19.624% of the Reorganized company.

Ryan Beck, was retained by the Board of Directors of the Bus Companies as an independent contractor to determine that the consideration offered the shareholders of the Bus Companies in the Reorganization is fair, from a financial point of view. Ryan Beck received a fee of $100,000 for its opinion.

Prior to this engagement, Ryan Beck did not have an investment banking relationship with the Bus Companies other than as the successor custodian of certain bonds of the Bus Companies approximately $125,000 face amount. Ryan Beck may solicit investment banking business from us in the future.

35




Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary

Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

5,706,873

 

Investments

 

798,345

 

Accounts Receivable

 

4,255,670

 

Total Assets

 

10,760,888

 

Liabilities

 

7,524,189

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

3,236,699

 

 

Real Estate

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary leased to the City of New York the depot and facilities located at 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, New York.

Building and Land Value—$42,600,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidary leased to the City of New York the depot located at 49-19 Rockaway Beach Blvd., Arverna, New York.

Building and Lane Value—$9,200,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

36




Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries

Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

5,575,184

 

Investments

 

2,674,051

 

Accounts Receivable

 

6,571,960

 

Total Assets

 

14,821,195

 

Liabilities

 

5,777,060

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

9,044,135

 

 

Real Estate

Triboro leased to the City of New York a bus depot located in East Elmhurst, New York.

Value—$39,400,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

37




Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.

Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

1,711,130

 

Investments

 

297,647

 

Accounts Receivable

 

2,897,188

 

Total Assets

 

4,905,965

 

Liabilities

 

2,950,002

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

1,955,963

 

 

Real Estate

Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. leased to the City of New York a bus depot located at 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York.

Value—$23,100,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

38




GTJ Co, Inc.

Valuation Summary

Based on the opinion of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC, which was engaged to evaluate GTJ Co., Inc., not including real estate, the fair market value of a minority interest in the common stock of GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006, is reasonably stated at $29,000 per share, on a post-real estate divested basis.

Common Shares Outstanding

 

Share Price

 

Value

 

 

200

x

$29,000

=

$5,800,000

 

 

Real Estate

G.T.J. Co., Inc. has leased to Avis Rent-A-Car System an industrial building located at 23-85 87 th  Street East Elmhurst, New York.

Value - $24,000,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns an industrial building located on 1.39 acres of land located at 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York.

Value – $3,200,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns 9.0 acres of excess land located at 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York.

Value – $11,800,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns a vacant site containing 0.072 acres of land at the North West corner of Rockaway Beach Blvd. and Beach 49 th  Street Arverne, New York.

Value – $95,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

39




 

GTJ Co., Inc.

Valuation Summary

Business Value(1)

 

$

5,800,000

 

Real Estate(2)

 

 

 

23-85 87 th  Street

 

 

 

East Elmhurst, NY

 

24,000,000

 

Building at 612 Wortman Avenue

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

3,200,000

 

Vacant land at 612 Wortman Avenue

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

11,800,000

 

Vacant land at Rockaway Beach Blvd. and Beach 49 th  Street

 

 

 

Arverne, NY

 

95,000

 

TOTAL

 

$

44,895,000

 

 

 

Ownership

 

 

 

Triboro Coach Corp. and Subsidiaries (40.0%)

 

$

17,958,000

 

Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries (20.0%)

 

8,979,000

 

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiaries (40.0%)

 

17,958,000

 

TOTAL

 

$

44,895,000

 

 


(1)           Based on the opinion of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC, dated March 31, 2006.

(2)           As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisals, dated February 2, 2006.

 

Relative Valuation of Bus Companies

 

 

Interest in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

Real Estate

 

Other Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Net Asset Value

 

Relative %

 

Green Bus and Subsidiaries

 

 

$

17,958,000

 

 

$

51,800,000

 

$

10,760,888

 

$

7,524,189

 

$

72,994,699

 

 

42.088

%

 

Triboro and Subsidiaries

 

 

17,958,000

 

 

39,400,000

 

14,821,195

 

5,777,060

 

66,402,135

 

 

38.288

%

 

Jamaica and Subsidiaries

 

 

8,979,000

 

 

23,100,000

 

4,905,965

 

2,950,002

 

34,034,963

 

 

19.624

%

 

Total

 

 

$

44,895,000

 

 

$

114,300,000

 

$

30,488,048

 

$

16,251,251

 

$

173,431,797

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

A copy of the fairness opinion is included as Attachment C to this prospectus.

40




PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statement information set forth below is presented to reflect the pro forma effects of the following transaction as if they occurred on the dates indicated as discussed below:

GTJ REIT, Inc. (“the Company”) plans to issue a total of approximately 13,769,122 shares of which 10,000,000 shares of common stock are for a planned reorganization (“the Reorganization”) of three affiliated New York Corporations Green Bus Lines, Inc. , (“Green ”) Triboro Coach Corporation,  (“Triboro”) Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., (“Jamaica”), collectively referred to the “Bus Companies”. The additional 3,769,122 represent dividend shares to be issued to the shareholders of the Bus Companies for undistributed earnings and profits through the date of the REIT election.

The combined value of the Bus Companies has been computed based on the value of each of the Bus Companies, (Green - $72,994,699; Triboro - $66,402,135 and Jamaica - $34,034,963), to produce a total net asset value of the Bus Companies of $173,431,797. 

There are a group of shareholders who commonly own more than 52.7% of Green, 54.4% of Triboro, and 62.5% of Jamaica. The Reorganization will be accounted for as combination of entities under the common control and are recorded at the historical basis of the entities as of the date acquired by the Company, The  unaudited condensed historical combined balance sheet at June 30, 2006 included herein includes the combination of Bus Companies, Command Bus Company, Inc, (“Command”), and GTJ Co., Inc. (“GTJ”) which the Company anticipates  will be materially consistent with the Company’s presentation of its actual consolidated balance sheet after the consummation of the Reorganization.

The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet has been prepared as if the Reorganization had occurred on June 30, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2006 gives effect to the unaudited pro forma adjustments necessary to account for the Reorganization.

The unaudited pro forma condensed historical combined statements of operations for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, combine the historical consolidated statements of operations of the Bus Companies and GTJ and the financial statements of Command for each such year, which financial statements are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and (2) reflects the combination of such companies during a period of common control, which we anticipate will be materially consistent with our presentation of consolidated statements of earnings after the consummation of the Reorganization.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statement information is based on, and should be read together with the financial statements as of June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, which are found elsewhere in this prospectus.

41




GTJ REIT, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2006
(unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

 

GTJ REIT
Historical

 

Green
Historical

 

Triboro
Historical

 

Jamaica
Historical

 

GTJ
Companies
and
Subsidiaries

 

Command
Bus
Lines, Inc.

 

Intercompany
Adjustment

 

Total

 

Proforma
Adjustments

 

GTJ
REIT, Inc.

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$   1,273

 

 

 

$    737

 

 

 

$    650

 

 

 

$ 4,310

 

 

 

$    —

 

 

 

$        —

 

 

$   6,970

 

 

10,000

 (c)

 

 

$   4,527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,000

)(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,313

 (d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(756

)(d)

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601

 

 

Due from bus companies

 

 

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(976

)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

 

4,584

 

 

 

4,476

 

 

 

2,853

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

764

 

 

 

(14,137

)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

14,674

 

 

 

7,258

 

 

 

2,831

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

2,416

 

 

 

 

 

27,970

 

 

(8,313

)

 

 

19,657

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

684

 

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,454

 

 

 

 

 

4,454

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

21,676

 

 

 

12,932

 

 

 

6,565

 

 

 

14,755

 

 

 

3,180

 

 

 

(15,113

)

 

43,995

 

 

(10,756

)(c)

 

 

33,239

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

1,409

 

 

 

976

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

6,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,637

 

 

 

 

 

9,637

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,690

 

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

1,961

 

 

 

3,791

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,660

 

 

 

 

 

7,660

 

 

Investments in affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,117

)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid real estate commission

 

 

 

 

 

1,251

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,684

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,178

 

 

 

 

 

1,178

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,190

 

 

 

 

 

4,190

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,533

 

 

 

 

 

1,533

 

 

Total

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$ 27,829

 

 

 

$19,933

 

 

 

$10,140

 

 

 

$31,715

 

 

 

$3,180

 

 

 

$(18,230

)

 

$ 74,567

 

 

$(10,756

)

 

 

$ 63,811

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$        —

 

 

 

$      —

 

 

 

$      —

 

 

 

$    803

 

 

 

$    —

 

 

 

$        —

 

 

$      803

 

 

$        —

 

 

 

$      803

 

 

Line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

495

 

 

10,000

 (c)

 

 

10,495

 

 

Note payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

Liabilites from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

7,611

 

 

 

2,518

 

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

 

 

13,603

 

 

 

 

 

13,603

 

 

Due to affialated companies

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

12,183

 

 

 

2,154

 

 

 

(14,574

)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to bus companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(716

)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

 

 

 

 

1,609

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

592

 

 

 

2,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,982

 

 

 

 

 

4,982

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

9,251

 

 

 

2,773

 

 

 

3,270

 

 

 

18,531

 

 

 

3,014

 

 

 

(15,290

)

 

21,549

 

 

10,000

 (b)

 

 

31,549

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

857

 

 

 

 

 

857

 

 

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

9,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,780

 

 

 

 

 

9,780

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

18,409

 

 

 

2,826

 

 

 

3,270

 

 

 

24,370

 

 

 

3,014

 

 

 

(15,290

)

 

36,599

 

 

10,000

 (b)

 

 

46,599

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

(2,021

)(b)

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138

 (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 (d)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional-paid-in-capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

998

 

 

2,021

 (b)

 

 

3,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,862

 (b)

 

 

41,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,052

)(d)

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

21,309

 

 

 

18,681

 

 

 

7,692

 

 

 

5,373

 

 

 

(334

)

 

 

(2,940

)(a)

 

49,781

 

 

(62,000

)(b)

 

 

(13,271

)

 

Accumulated comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

(12,266

)

 

 

(1,701

)

 

 

(839

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,832

)

 

 

 

 

(14,832

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,420

 

 

 

17,107

 

 

 

6,870

 

 

 

7,345

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

(2,940

)

 

37,968

 

 

(20,756

)

 

 

17,212

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$ 27,829

 

 

 

$19,933

 

 

 

$10,140

 

 

 

$31,715

 

 

 

$3,180

 

 

 

$(18,230

)

 

$ 74,567

 

 

$(10,756

)

 

 

$ 63,811

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

42




GTJ REIT, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

GTJ REIT
Historical

 

Green
Historical

 

Triboro
Historical

 

Jamaica
Historical

 

GTJ
Companies
and
Subsidiaries

 

Command
Bus Lines,
Inc.

 

Inter-
company
Adjustment

 

Total

 

Proforma
Adjustments

 

GTJ REIT, Inc

 

 

Operating revenue

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$      —

 

 

 

$      —

 

 

 

$  —

 

 

 

$14,078

 

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$        —

 

 

$14,078

 

 

$        —

 

 

 

$14,078

 

 

Rental income

 

 

 

 

 

1,911

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

751

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,337

 

 

 

 

 

5,337

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

1,911

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

751

 

 

 

15,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,415

 

 

 

 

 

19,415

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

16,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,403

 

 

378

(f)

 

 

18,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

592

(f)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

 

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

769

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

(479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,012

 

 

(970

)

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,000

)

 

(81

)

 

(378

)(f)

 

 

(459

)

 

 

Income (loss) gain from continuing operartions
before income
taxes

 

 

 

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

769

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,000

)

 

1,931

 

 

(1,348

)

 

 

583

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,808

 

 

 

 

 

1,808

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations before income loss of unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

451

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

951

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,000

)

 

123

 

 

(1,348

)

 

 

(1,225

)

 

 

Income (loss) from affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,130

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$   913

 

 

 

$   903

 

 

 

$486

 

 

 

$     951

 

 

 

$—

 

 

 

$(3,130

)

 

$     123

 

 

$(1,348

)

 

 

$(1,225

)

 

 

Income (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$     (.09

)

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$     (.09

)

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,769

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,969

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

43




GTJ REIT, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Green
Historical

 

Triboro
Historical

 

Jamaica
Historical

 

GTJ Co.,
and Subsidiaries
Historical

 

Command
Bus
Company,
Inc.
Historical

 

Inter-
company
Adjustment

 

Total

 

Proforma
 Adjustments 

 

GTJ REIT,
Inc.

 

Operating revenue

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

27,527

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

27,527

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

27,527

 

 

Rental income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,969

 

 

7,679

(h)

 

 

9,648

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,496

 

 

 

 

 

37,175

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

236

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,024

 

 

756

(h)

 

 

29,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,182

(h)

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(236

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,472

 

 

5,741

 

 

 

7,213

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,209

)(g)

 

(1,055

)

 

(618

)(h)

 

 

(1,673

)

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(236

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,209

)

 

417

 

 

5,123

 

 

 

5,540

 

 

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

380

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

 

(616

)

 

 

(399

)

 

 

(302

)

 

 

2,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,209

)

 

(1,098

)

 

5,123

 

 

 

4,025

 

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,475

)(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

774

 

 

 

$

991

 

 

 

$

393

 

 

 

$

2,428

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(5,684

)

 

$

(1,098

)

 

$

5,123

 

 

 

$

4,025

 

 

Income (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,769

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,969

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

44




GTJ REIT, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Green
Historical

 

Triboro
Historical

 

Jamaica
Historical

 

GTJ Co.,
and
Subsidiaries
Historical

 

Command
Bus
Company, Inc.
Historical

 

Intercompany
Adjustment

 

Total

 

Proforma
Adjustments

 

GTJ
REIT, Inc.

 

Operating revenue

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

25,436

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

25,436

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

25,436

 

 

Rental income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,953

 

 

7,679

(j)

 

 

9,632

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,389

 

 

 

 

 

35,068

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

245

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,585

 

 

757

(j)

 

 

27,524

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,182

(i)(j)

 

 

7,544

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,804

 

 

5,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(818

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,096

)(i)

 

(1,914

)

 

(430

)(j)

 

 

(2,344

)

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,096

)

 

(110

)

 

5,310

 

 

 

5,200

 

 

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

167

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

 

 

858

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

 

(412

)

 

 

(502

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,096

)

 

(968

)

 

5,310

 

 

 

4,342

 

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

 

156

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(390

)(i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

(256

)

 

 

$

(346

)

 

 

$

67

 

 

 

$

1,053

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,486

)

 

$

(968

)

 

$

5,310

 

 

 

$

4,342

 

 

Income (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,769

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,969

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

45




GTJ REIT, INC.
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
(unaudited)
(in thousands except per share data)

 

 

Green
Historical

 

Triboro
Historical

 

Jamaica
Historical

 

GTJ Co. and
Subsidiaries
Historical

 

Command
Bus Company, Inc.
Historical

 

Intercompany
Adjustment

 

Total

 

Proforma
Adjustments

 

GTJ
REIT, Inc.

 

Operating revenue

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

20,915

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

20,915

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

20,915

 

 

Rental income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,083

 

 

7,679

 

 

 

8,762

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,998

 

 

 

 

 

29,677

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

251

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,728

 

 

757

(l)

 

 

22,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,182

(l)

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(251

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

 

5,740

 

 

 

7,010

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(245

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,409

)(k)

 

(1,654

)

 

(413

)(l)

 

 

(2,067

)

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(251

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,409

)

 

(384

)

 

5,327

 

 

 

4,943

 

 

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

596

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,821

 

 

 

 

 

1,821

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before equity in loss of affiliated companies

 

 

(847

)

 

 

(576

)

 

 

(83

)

 

 

710

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,409

)

 

(2,205

)

 

5,327

 

 

 

$

3,122

 

 

Equity in loss of affiliated companies

 

 

(2,096

)

 

 

(2,096

)

 

 

(1,048

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,240

(k)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

$

(2,943

)

 

 

$

(2,672

)

 

 

$

(1,131

)

 

 

$

710

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

3,831

 

 

$

(2,205

)

 

$

5,327

 

 

 

$

3,122

 

 

Income (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

Weighted-average common share outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,769

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,969

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

46




NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Basis of Presentation

(1)           Gives effect to the proposed issuance of 13,769,122 shares of common stock held by the GTJ REIT relating to the Reorganization of the Bus Companies. The mergers will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control and are recorded at the historical basis of the entities being acquired.

The combined the net value of each of the Bus Companies, (Green—$72,994,699; Triboro—$66,402,135 and Jamaica—$34,034,963), to produce a total net asset value of the Bus Companies of $173,431,797.  Based on the valuations of the real properties and outdoor maintenance businesses, and the paratransit business, and considering the ownership of the same in whole or part by each of the Bus Companies, the relative valuation of each the Bus Companies (as part of the Reorganization) is Green—42.088%, Triboro—38.287% and Jamaica—19.625%.

Accordingly, under the Reorganization, 10,000,000 shares of our common stock will be distributed 4,208,800 shares to the shareholders of Green, 3,828,700 shares to the shareholders of Triboro and 1,962,500 shares to the shareholders of Jamaica, in such case in proportion to the outstanding shares held by such shareholders of each Bus Company, respectively.

As part of becoming a REIT, the Company proposes, after the Reorganization, to make a distribution of the Bus Companies’ historical undistributed earnings and profits, calculated to be an estimated $62,000,000.  The Company would distribute up to $20,000,000 in cash, and also make available for distribution 5,564,454 shares of the Company’s common stock, valued at $11.14 per share calculated as follows:

Total Value of the Company

 

$

173,431,797

 

Assumed E&P—Cash distribution

 

20,000,000

 

Total value after cash distribution

 

153,431,797

 

Assumed E&P—Stock distribution

 

42,000,000

 

Total value after stock distribution

 

$

111,431,797

 

Reorganization shares

 

10,000,000

 

Share Value Post Earnings and Profits

 

$

11.14

 

 

Each shareholder may elect a combination of cash and stock, or exclusively cash or stock. If more than $20,000,000 of cash is elected in the aggregate, cash distributed to each stockholder electing to receive some or all of his or her distribution in cash will be reduced such that the aggregate cash distribution will total $20,000,000, and the balance of the distribution to each such stockholder will be made in our common stock. For the purposes of the pro forma, the Company assumed that $20,000,000 would be distributed in cash and 3,769,122 shares (with an approximate value of $42,000,000) would be distributed.

The dilutive income (loss) per common share reflects grants of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Award Plan for all periods presented.

47




NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2006

Intercompany Adjustments

(a)   The intercompany adjustments reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts necessary to prepare consolidated financial statements. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

·         The elimination of $358,000 receivable/payable between Green Bus and Jamaica, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $4.5 million receivable/payable between Green and GTJ, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $1.3 million, unconsolidated losses from affiliates, and investments in affiliates between Green and GTJ and Command Bus Company, Inc. (“Command”) since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $358,000 receivable/payable between Triboro and Jamaica, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $103,000 receivable/payable between Triboro and Command, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $4.4 million receivable/payable between Triboro and GTJ, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $1.3 million, unconsolidated losses from affiliates, and investments in affiliates between Triboro and GTJ and Command, since the companies will be consolidated.

·    The elimination of $2.6 million receivable/payable between Jamaica and the GTJ, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $625,000, unconsolidated losses from affiliates, and advances in affiliates between Jamaica and GTJ and Command, since the companies will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $1.1 million receivable/payable between Command and GTJ, since the companies will be Consolidated.

Pro Forma Adjustments

(b)   To record shares issued in the reorganization and the payment of the dividend distribution to the shareholders.

(c)   To record the borrowing of $10.0 million of GTJ REIT, Inc.’s proposed credit line facility to be used to pay the cash part of the dividend distribution.

(d)   To record the reclassification of cash related to discontinued operations to cash, record cash used for the payment of salaries and interest expense, and record cash used for the 2005 dividend distribution.

48




NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006

(e)                                 Intercompany Adjustments

The intercompany adjustments reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts necessary to prepare consolidated financial statements. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

·         The elimination of Green’s $451,000 equity income of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Triboro’s $451,000 equity income of the GTJ and Command, since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of  Jamaica’s $226,000 equity income of the GTJ and Command, since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $2.0 million service fees charged to the Bus Companies by Varsity Transit, Inc, which is part of the GTJ and will be consolidated.

(f)    Pro Forma Adjustments

·         Effect of new management compensation of $970,000 as a result of the proposed new compensation structure as a result of the reorganization and compensation charges related to the issuance of stock options under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123. (SFAS No. 123) which requires the Company to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.

·    Effect of interest expense on the borrowing of $10.0 million of GTJ REIT, Inc.’s proposed credit facility to be used to pay the cash part of the dividend distribution to the shareholders.

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

Intercompany Adjustments

(g)   The intercompany adjustments reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts necessary to prepare consolidated financial statements. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

·         The elimination of Green’s $1.4 million equity income of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Triboro’s $1.4 million equity income of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Jamaica’s $700,000 equity income of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $2.2 million service fees charged to the Bus Companies by Varsity Transit, Inc which is part of the GTJ and will be consolidated.

(h)   Pro Forma Adjustments

·         Effect of new management compensation of $1.9 million as a result of the proposed reorganization and compensation charges related to the issuance of stock options under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123. (SFAS No. 123) which requires the

49




NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Company to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee us required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.

·         Effect of $7.7 million of rental income related to the leases with New York City.

·         Effect of interest expense on the borrowing of $10.0 million of GTJ REIT, Inc.’s proposed credit facility to be used to pay the cash part of the dividend distribution to the shareholders.

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

Intercompany Adjustments

(i)    The intercompany adjustments reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts necessary to prepare consolidated financial statements. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

·         The elimination of Green’s $156,000 equity income of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Triboro’s $156,000 equity income equity losses of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Jamaica’s $67,000 equity loss of the GTJ and Command, since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $1.1 million service fees charged to the Bus Companies by Varsity Transit, Inc which is part of the GTJ, and will be consolidated.

(j)    Pro Forma Adjustments

·    Effect of new management compensation of $1.9 million as a result of the proposed reorganization new compensation structure as a result of the reorganization and compensation charges related to the issuance of stock options under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123. (SFAS No. 123) which requires the Company to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee us required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.

·    Effect of $7.7 million of rental income to the leases with New York City.

·    Effect of interest expense on the borrowing of $10.0 million of GTJ REIT, Inc.’s proposed credit facility to be used to pay the cash part of the dividend distribution to the shareholders.

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2003

(k)    Intercompany Adjustments

The intercompany adjustments reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts necessary to prepare consolidated financial statements. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

·         The elimination of Green’s $2.1 million equity loss of the GTJ and Command Bus Lines, Inc. since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of Triboro’s $2.1 million equity loss of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

50




NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

·         The elimination of Jamaica’s $1.05 million equity loss of the GTJ and Command since both will be consolidated.

·         The elimination of $1.4 million service fees charged to the Bus Companies by Varsity Transit, Inc which is part of the GTJ and will be consolidated.

(l)     Pro forma Adjustments

·         Effect of new management compensation of $1.9 million as a result of the proposed reorganization new compensation structure as a result of the reorganization and compensation charges related to the issuance of stock options under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123. (SFAS No. 123) which requires GTJ REIT, Inc., to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee us required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.

·         Effect of $7.7 million of rental income related to the leases with New York City.

·         Effect of interest expense on the borrowing of $10.0 million of GTJ REIT, Inc.’s proposed credit facility to be used to pay the cash part of the dividend distribution to the shareholders.

Excluded from the Pro Forma Adjustments were the following:

·         Transaction expenses of $2.4 million related to professional fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Reorganization

These expenses will be recorded in the periods incurred.

51




BUSINESS OF THE BUS COMPANIES

Introduction

Our business immediately after the Reorganization will consist of: (a) the ownership of six rentable real properties, five of which have triple net leases and (b) the ownership and operation of a group of outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business.

Real Property Business

Green real property

Green presently owns two real properties that are leased to New York City.

Green owns real property located at 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, New York (the “147 th  Avenue Property”) in fee simple. The 147 th  Avenue Property consists of a 151,068 square foot industrial building located on 6.567 acres. The 147 th  Avenue Property is comprised of three parcels. The main parcel contains an entire block which is bordered by Rockaway Boulevard to the South, 167 th  Avenue to the North, 146 th  Avenue to the West and 147 th  Avenue to the East. A second parcel is located on the SE corner of 147 th  Avenue and 167 th  Street and a third parcel is located on the NE corner of 147 th  Avenue and 167 th  Street. The real property is leased to New York City as a bus depot for an initial term of twenty-one years with a first year rent of $2,795,000.00 which rent escalates to a 21 st  year rent of $4,092,000.00. Rent continues to escalate during the following two fourteen year extension terms. Cushman and Wakefield has appraised the 147 th  Avenue Property at $42,600,000.

Green also owns real property at 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Queens, New York (the “Rockaway Beach Property”) in fee simple. The Rockaway Beach Property consists of a 28,790 square foot industrial building on 3.026 acres. The Rockaway Beach Property is located on both the north and south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard. One parcel is located on the South side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 47 th  and Beach 49 th  Street. This parcel is developed with a 28,790 square foot industrial building. The second parcel which is comprised of six contiguous tax lots is located on the North side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 49 th  Street and Beach 50 th  Street. The Rockaway Beach property has been leased to New York City as a bus depot for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $605,000 escalating over the term to a 21 st  year rent of $886,000. The rent escalates during the two fourteen year extension terms. Cushman and Wakefield has appraised the Rockaway Beach Property at $9,200,000.

Triboro real property

Triboro owns real property located at 8501 24 th  Avenue, East Elmhurst, New York (the “24 th  Avenue Property”) in fee simple. The 24 th  Avenue Property consists of a 118,430 square foot industrial building on 6.432 acres. The 24 th  Avenue Property is located on the block front bordered by 23 rd  Avenue to the North, 24 th  Avenue to the South, 85 th  Street to the West and 87 th  Street to the East in East Elmhurst, New York. The 24 th  Avenue Property has been leased to New York City as a bus depot for an initial term of 21 years, with a first year rent of $2,585,000.00 escalating during the term to a 21 st  year rent of $3,785,000.00. The rent escalates during the two fourteen year extension terms. Cushman and Wakefield has appraised the 24 th  Avenue Property at $39,400,000.

Jamaica real property

Jamaica owns real property at 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York (the “Guy Brewer Property”) in fee simple. The Guy Brewer Property consists of a 75,800 square foot industrial building on 4.616 acres. The Guy Brewer Property is located on the NE corner of 115 th  Avenue and Guy Brewer Boulevard in Jamaica, New York. The Guy Brewer Property has been leased to New York City as a bus

52




depot for an initial term of twenty one years with a first year rent of $1,515,000.00 escalating to a 21 st  year rent of $2,218,000.00. Escalations continue during two fourteen year renewal terms. Cushman and Wakefield has appraised the Guy Brewer Property at $23,100,000.

New York City Credit Ratings

New York City’s general credit rating by three prominent rating companies is as follows as of September 25, 2006:

(i)    Standard & Poor’s AA- .   This rating means an obligor rated “AA” has very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. It differs from the highest rated obligators only in small degree. The “-” sign indicates a lower ranking within this category.

(ii)   Moody’s A1 .   This rating means issuers or issues rated “A” have present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues. The number “1” sign indicates a higher ranking within this category.

(iii)  Fitch Ratings A+ .   “A” ratings means a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. The “+” sign indicates a higher ranking within this category.

These ratings are not a guarantee of solvency of New York City or a prediction as to future credit worthiness, which is particularly relevant in the case of leases that may continue, at the option of New York City, for a period of up to 49 years. These ratings may change at any time in the future.

GTJ real property

GTJ, a jointly-owned subsidiary of the Bus Companies, owns real property at 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York (the “Wortman Property”) in fee simple. The Wortman Property consists of an industrial building of 27,250 square feet located on 10.389 acres. The Wortman Property is located along the entire block front surrounded by Wortman Avenue to the North, Cozine Avenue to the Sourth, Fountain Avenue to the East and Montauk Avenue to the West. An additional parcel made up of three tax lots is located along the entire block front bordered by Cozine Avenue, Milford Avenue, Flatlands Avenue and Logan Street. The Wortman Property is primarily leased to Varsity Bus Co., Inc. (“Varsity Bus”) as a bus depot, which purchased certain bus routes and buses from the Bus Companies in 2003 (see “Related Party Transactions”. Varsity has occupied a portion of the Wortman Property since 2003 based on an oral agreement, and has now entered into a written lease related to its tenancy. Under the lease, Varsity is leasing 195,813 square feet of outdoor parking and approximately 11,852 square feet of indoor maintenance and office space for $231,800 per year from September 2005 to January 2006 and for $311,800 per year from February 2006 to August 2006, increasing by the cost of living index from September 2006 to August 2010 through when the term ends. Varsity also pays a 60% share of utility and building maintenance costs. Varsity has the right to terminate the term on six months’ notice at an earlier date. Varsity also has the right to lease the space for up to four - five year consecutive extension terms after 2010 at a rental rate equal to 90% of then fair market value at the beginning of the first extension term, with rent for following years at a compounding of annual CPI index increases. The balance of the Wortman Property is occupied by Transit Facility Management, Inc., a subsidiary of GTJ, as a bus depot. Transit Facility Management, Inc. operates a fleet of buses.  Rent is accrued at the rate of approximately $150,000 per year at the present time for its use of the Wortman Property. Cushman and Wakefield has appraised the Wortman Property at $11,800,000.

GTJ also owns real property at 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, New York (the “87 th  Street Property”) in fee simple. The 87 th  Street Property consists of a 52,020 square foot industrial building on

53




7.016 acres. The 87 th  Street Property is located on the block front bordered by 23 rd  Avenue to the North, 24 th  Avenue to the South, 87 th  Street to the West and 89 th  Street to the East in East Elmhurst, New York. The 87 th  Street Property is leased to Avis Rent-A-Car Systems, Inc. as an automobile leasing and maintenance depot under a lease dated October 31, 2003 with a term ending October 31, 2023, with a base rent of $1,800,000 per year. For the sixth, eleventh and sixteenth years, the base rent will be increased by the greater of 105% of the immediately preceding base rent or the cumulative cost of living index increase for the preceding five years but not in excess of 115% of the immediately preceding base rent. The initial base rent has been reduced to $1,530,000 per year until rezoning takes place at which time the initial base rent will be increased to $1,800,000 per year. Cushman and Wakefield has valued the 87 th  Street Property at $24,000,000.

No plans for renovation or improvement

Our real properties were, and except for the 87 th  Street Property, currently are, used as bus depots. We have no plans or obligations to renovate or develop any of our present real properties.

Financing

At June 30, 2006, there was a mortgage on the GTJ real property for $2,500,000, under which $1,666,201 is outstanding with interest at the prime lending rate of the mortgagee which was 8.5% as of the last billing in October 2006. The Bus Companies also have a $4,000,000 revolving credit under which $495,300 was outstanding at June 30, 2006.

Competitive Position

We believe the Bus Companies’ real properties are in a favorable competitive position, as we believe that there are not numerous sites in Queens and Brooklyn, New York that are suitable as bus depots or for the mass parking of automobiles.

Insurance Coverage

The Bus Companies’ real properties are covered under an umbrella liability insurance policy providing for $10,000,000 of coverage. The Bus Companies also insure their real and personal property. We believe that the Bus Companies’ insurance coverage is adequate in amount and coverage.

Occupancy

The Bus Companies’ real properties are fully occupied. New York City is the sole tenant of four of the real properties, Avis Rent A Car is the sole tenant of the fifth real property, and Varsity Bus is the majority tenant of the sixth real property, the balance of which is occupied by GTJ’s paratransit operations.

Expiration of leases

The New York City leases expire in 2026 and 2027 and the Avis Rent A Car lease expires in 2023. The only lease that expires in the next 10 years is the Varsity Bus lease which expires in 2010. Such lease represents approximately 11.79% of the Bus Companies’ real property and approximately 3.18% of the Bus Companies’ gross rental income.

54




Depreciation

The following table provides information on depreciation of the Bus Companies’ real property:

Property

 

 

 

Tax Basis

 

Depreciation Method

 

Remaining Life

 

147 th  Street and Rockaway Beach

 

$

3,448,262

 

 

MACRS

 

 

 

20 years

 

 

24 th  Avenue

 

$

1,993,628

 

 

MACRS

 

 

 

20 years

 

 

Guy Brewer

 

$

2,520,674

 

 

MACRS

 

 

 

20 years

 

 

Wortman and 87 th  Street

 

$

3,589,790

 

 

MACRS

 

 

 

20 years

 

 

 

Real property taxes

The following table provides information on real property taxes of the Bus Companies’ real property. We are not planning any improvements to any of the real property.

Property

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

Annual Amount

 

147 th  Street

 

11.3060

%

 

$

390,115

 

 

Rockaway Beach

 

11.3060

%

 

$

61,236

 

 

24 th  Avenue

 

11.3060

%

 

$

372,593

 

 

Guy Brewer

 

11.3060

%

 

$

154,895

 

 

Wortman

 

11.3060

%

 

$

117,350

 

 

87 th  Street

 

11.3060

%

 

$

362,560

 

 

 

Certain Rental Data

The following table sets forth certain rental data of the Bus Companies’ real property. It should be noted that rentals include outdoor parking and indoor maintenance and office space. For purposes of the following, aggregate rent is divided by aggregate square footage used, since the leases do not differentiate between outdoor parking and indoor maintenance and office space. No data prior to 2006 is provided for the real properties leased to New York City since, for the previous five years, the same were used by the Bus Companies for their bus operations. No data prior to 2003 is provided for the 87 th  Street and Wortman properties, since prior to 2003, the same were used by the Bus Companies for their operations.

Property

 

 

 

Rental Per Square Foot

 

 

 

147 th  Avenue (New York City)

 

2006—$9.7

5

Rockaway Beach (New York City)

 

2006—$4.5

8

24 th  Avenue (New York City)

 

2006—$9.2

1

Guy Brewer (New York City)

 

006—$7.52

2

Wortman (Varsity Bus lease only)

 

9/2003—8/2004—$1

.10

 

 

9/2004—8/2005—$1

.10

 

 

9/2005—1/2006—$1

.17

 

 

2/2006—8/2006—$1

.50

87 th  Street (Avis Rent A Car)

 

2003—2006 average—$5.8

8

 

Environmental Issues

The Bus Companies’ real property have had removal and replacement of underground tanks. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was heated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace the soil that was removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and some groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place. Closures of existing New York State Department of Environmental Control spill numbers may be warranted if it can be shown

55




that the remaining degree of impact is non threatening and within acceptable levels. Each of the real properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as transit depots including maintenance of vehicles.

The following apply to each of the Bus Companies’ real properties:

·        147 th  Avenue Property—twenty underground storage tanks (“USTs”) were removed and two USTs were abandoned. Approximately 3,135 tons of soil were removed and some soil and groundwater contamination remains.

·        Rockaway Beach Property—sixteen USTs were abandoned and there appears to be little soil contamination.

·        24 th  Avenue Property—11 USTs were removed and four USTs were abandoned. Approximately 1,461 tons of soil were removed. Some petroleum products remain in the soil and groundwater.

·        Guy Brewer Property—10 USTs were removed and one UST was abandoned. Approximately 3,062 tons of soil were removed. Some petroleum products remain in the soil and groundwater.

·        Wortman Property—thirty USTs were removed. Approximately 2,966 tons of soil were removed. Soil and groundwater contamination remains.

·        87 th  Street Property—twenty-two USTs were removed and two USTs were abandoned. Approximately 5,635 tons of soil were removed. Soil and groundwater contamination remains.

Each of these properties is being monitored by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“DEC”). Sampling and reports are being periodically provided by the Bus Companies to DEC.

While the Bus Companies do not anticipate liabilities beyond continuing tests and some additional soil removal, it is possible that material liabilities may result from past contamination. The Bus Companies are responsible for environmental cleanup issues other than those due to the conduct of their respective tenants.  Based on conditions existing prior to the present tenancies, the Bus Companies believe that the aggregate clean up costs are approximately $1,300,000 to $2,600,000. A liability for remedial investigation and feasibility study has been recorded in the aggregate amount of $1,300,000.

The tenants of the Bus Companies’ real properties are responsible for environmental conditions which occur during their tenancies, based on the terms of their respective leases.

Outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses

The Bus Companies, through their commonly owned subsidiary, GTJ, operate a group of outdoor maintenance businesses and a paratransit business. The majority of these operations are based in the New York metropolitan area, with additional operations based in the Los Angeles, California and Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan areas. This group also includes a number of other subsidiaries which are inactive and have little or no assets. The active subsidiaries are described below.

New York metropolitan area operations

These operations include MetroClean Express Corp., Shelter Express Corp. Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp. and Transit Facility Management Corp.

MetroClean Express Corp.

MetroClean Express Corp. was founded in 1998 and has two major divisions, the outdoor advertising service division and the traffic control services division.

56




The outdoor advertising service division provides services to outdoor advertising agencies for which we install and maintain bus shelters, urban panels, banners, murals, kiosks, automated pay toilets, video screens and information centers. The work provided under these contracts is for the installation and maintenance of these structures, as well as the posting of advertisements in their illuminated and nonilluminated display boxes.

The traffic control services division provides operation support to engineering and construction companies for which it protects road crews working on highways and roadways. With the use of safety barriers and vehicles equipped with protectors and attenuators, our crews secure work areas to allow contractors to conduct their services. Other aspects of this division are the installation of concrete barriers which provide protection and security on highways and buildings. In addition, this division owns and offers for lease bucket trucks, light towers, cargo vans, back-up trucks, display boards, arrow boards, concrete barriers, wooden barriers, man-lifts and under bridge inspection units.

Shelter Express Corp.

Shelter Express provided service to CBS Outdoor, which completed its contract with New York City for installation, maintenance and posting of all the bus shelters in the five boroughs of New York. A new contract was awarded to Cemusa USA, a Spanish corporation currently doing business in Miami, Boston and San Antonio. Cemusa is expected to replace the existing 3,200 New York City bus shelters, install over 330 newsstands and construct 20 automated pay toilets. On June 26, 2006, Shelter Express entered into an agreement with Cemusa to provide labor, equipment and supervision to service existing bus shelters throughout New York City. During the five year term, Shelter Express will maintain all shelters existing at the beginning of the term which are not subsequently removed. Removals are expected to begin in year 3 of the term and will be carried out for Cemusa by Shelter Express. Shelter Express is negotiating with Camusa for the installation and maintenance of replacement shelters. There can be no assurance this latter agreement will be entered into, and Shelter Express does not believe a failure to enter into the same will be materially adverse to its present business.

Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp.

Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp. is a licensed electrical contractor which provides support services for the activities of MetroClean Express and Shelter Express and services other customers. Based on the growth and development of outdoor furniture advertising, Shelter Electric clients now also include Clear Channel Outdoor for electrification of bus shelters in Worchester County and wall hangings in malls and Titan Outdoor for outdoor kiosks, CBS Outdoor for urban panels.

Los Angeles metropolitan area operations

Shelter Clean, Inc. is based in Los Angeles, California. Shelter Clean was established in 2000 and provides support services for outdoor furniture advertisements to advertising agencies. Shelter Clean also engages in the installation, maintenance, posting repair and cleaning of bus shelters, kiosks and other related structures where additional displays are located. Shelter Clean’s major contracts at the present time are with CBS Outdoor, JC DeCaux Outdoor, Van Wagner Outdoor, Orange County Transit Authority and the City of Los Angeles Department of Transportation. As part of its services Shelter Clean provides its customers with site selection and marking, permit acquisition and execution, sub-contractor liaison, assembly and installation, record keeping, cost analysis and inventory control. Its services include cleaning, trash containment, damage repair, graffiti removal, glass replacement, lighting repair and repainting.

57




Phoenix area operations

On May 1, 2006 Shelter Clean of Arizona, Inc. commenced outdoor maintenance operations in Phoenix, Arizona with a three year contract and the possibility of a two year extension option. This operation requires capital expenditures for leased premises and trucks and other equipment.

Transit Facility Management Corp.

Transit Facility Management Corp. (“TFM”) is one of several private paratransit bus companies in New York City under contract to the Metropolitan Transit Authority as part of the joint plan between the Metropolitan Transit Authority and the New York City Department of Transportation to provide paratransit service. This service is provided by the Metropolitan Transportation Authority to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. TFM began operating paratransit service in October 2001, providing door-to-door public transportation service to people with disabilities unable to use conventional public transit services. The routes held by TFM include transit services in each of the five boroughs of New York City.

Starting with a fleet of 50 vans in 2001 TFM has expanded and is now operating 95 vans and 5 sedans with approximately 208,000 service vehicle hours and carrying 303,000 passengers annually. The vans are purchased by the New York City Transit Authority and provided without charge to TFM. These vehicles provide seating capacity for 7 passengers and availability of up to three wheelchair passengers.

The paratransit service is regulated by the New York City Transit Authority. Based on the need for this particular service for the disabled community, there is growth potential over the next several years. TFM’s contract with the Metropolitan Transit Authority, as extended, expires on September 30, 2008.

Employees

Shelter Express, MetroClean and Shelter Electric had a total of 146 employees as of April 1, 2006, 122 of whom are union members. Transit Facility Management had 176 employees as of April 1 2006, 145 of whom are union members. Shelter Clean had 80 employees as of April 1, 2006, none of whom are union members. The union agreements expire between May 2006 for Shelter Electric while Shelter Express and Metro Clean expire in June 2007. TFM’s labor contract expires in August 2007. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good.

Facilities

Shelter Express, MetroClean and Shelter Electric share leased facilities of approximately 60,000 square feet in Long Island City, New York under a month to month lease providing for current rent of $225,000 per year. TFM occupies approximately one-third of the Wortman Property and pays approximately $150,000 in annual rent.

Litigation

The outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses are presently not parties to any litigation except litigation in the ordinary course of their business, carrying no material liabilities for such businesses.

58




Competition

Each of the outdoor maintenance businesses faces substantial competition in its respective market. Competition is based on price and level of service. These companies compete with companies with greater financial and physical resources, including greater numbers of vehicles and other equipment. The Company believes that its outdoor services operations are significant in each market in which it operates as a percentage of all such services in the market.

Appraisal

The outdoor maintenance and paratransit operations have been appraised by Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC collectively at $5,800,000.

REAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT POLICIES

Introduction

Following the Reorganization, we will have a portfolio of six rentable real properties, four of which are leased to New York City and one of which is leased to Avis Rent A Car, each under long-term triple net leases and one of which is leased to the purchasers of Varsity Bus, with the balance of such real property occupied by the GTJ’s paratransit operations. We do not plan to sell any of these properties for at least 10 years, for tax reasons, and view them as (a) a source of current earnings and (b) a source of financing, which, together with financing we may desire to obtain through possible sales of our debt or equity securities, may be used to expand and diversify our real property operations.

The following discussion assumes that we will develop a real property portfolio beyond the six real properties we will own upon the Reorganization and relates to such future real properties, although there can be no assurance that any of the same will be acquired.

Our real property investment objectives

Our objective is to acquire quality real properties so we can provide our stockholders with:

·        stable cash flow available for distribution;

·        preservation and protection of capital; and

·        growth of income and principal without taking undue risk.

Additionally, we intend to:

·        invest in income producing real property generally through equity investments in a manner which permits us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and

·        Seek to realize capital appreciation upon the ultimate sale of the properties.

We believe the following are key factors for our success in meeting our objectives.

Investing in real estate

We will seek to acquire quality real properties at favorable prices rather than lesser real properties at low prices. We believe that quality tenants seek well-managed properties that offer superior and dependable services, particularly in competitive markets.

We believe that a critical success factor in property acquisition lies in possessing the flexibility to move quickly when an opportunity presents itself to buy or sell a property. We believe that employing highly qualified industry professionals will allow us to better achieve this objective.

59




We intend to acquire fee ownership of real properties, but may also enter into joint venture arrangements. We seek to maximize current and long-term net income and the value of our assets. Our policy is to acquire assets where we believe opportunities exist for reasonable investment returns.

Decisions relating to the purchase or sale of properties will be made by our board of directors. Our board of directors is responsible for monitoring the administrative procedures, investment operations and performance of our company to ensure our policies are carried out. Our board of directors will review our investment policies to determine that our policies are in the best interests of our stockholders and will set forth their determinations in the minutes of the board meetings. You will have no voting rights with respect to implementing our investment objectives and policies, all of which are the responsibility of our board of directors and may be changed at any time.

Types of investments

We intend to invest primarily in quality real properties. To the extent it is in the best interests of our stockholders, we will strive to invest in a geographically diversified portfolio of real properties that will satisfy our primary investment objectives of providing our stockholders with stable cash flow, preservation of capital and growth of income and principal without taking undue risk. Because a significant factor in the valuation of income-producing real property is the potential for future income, we anticipate that the majority of properties we acquire will have both the potential for growth in value and providing cash distributions to stockholders.

We intend to acquire properties with cash and mortgage or other debt, we may also acquire properties for cash or shares of our common stock. On properties purchased on an all-cash basis, we may later incur mortgage indebtedness by obtaining loans secured by selected properties, if favorable financing terms are available. The proceeds from such loans would be used to acquire additional properties and increase our cash flow.

We do not intend to incur aggregate indebtedness in excess of 75% of the gross fair market value of our real properties. Fair market value will be determined by an internal or independent certified appraiser and in a similar manner as the fair market determination at the time of purchase satisfactory to our board of directors.

Revolving Credit

GTJ REIT is negotiating for a revolving credit loan to take effect upon the merger of the Bus Companies with subsidiaries of GTJ REIT. It is not anticipated that an agreement will be entered into prior to that point in time. The revolving credit loan may be secured by GTJ REIT’s real properties, or the loan may be unsecured with a negative covenant on mortgaging to others. The amount being sought by GTJ REIT is approximately $72,500,000 with a term of three or more years, with payments to be of interest only prior to maturity. The loan proceeds may be used for the substantial portion of the cash payment to be made as part of the proposed distribution of earnings and profits by GTJ REIT, for working capital purposes and to bridge the acquisition of additional real properties until permanent financing can be obtained to replace the same.

Considerations related to possible acquisitions

The following considerations will be evaluated by us in relation to potential purchases of real property:

·        geographic location and type;

·        construction quality and condition;

60




·        potential for capital appreciation;

·        the general credit quality of current and potential tenants;

·        the potential for rent increases;

·        the interest rate environment;

·        potential for economic growth in the tax and regulatory environment of the community in which the property is located;

·        potential for expanding the physical layout of the property;

·        occupancy and demand by tenants for properties of a similar type in the same geographic vicinity;

·        prospects for liquidity through sale, financing or refinancing of the property;

·        competition from existing properties and the potential for the construction of new properties in the area; and

·        treatment under applicable federal, state and local tax and other laws and regulations.

We will not close the purchase of any property unless and until we obtain an environmental assessment, a Phase I review, for each real property purchased and are generally satisfied with the environmental status of the real property.

We may also enter into arrangements with the seller or developer of a real property whereby the seller or developer agrees that if, during a stated period, the property does not generate a specified cash flow, the seller or developer will pay in cash to our company a sum necessary to reach the specified cash flow level, subject in some cases to negotiated dollar limitations.

In determining whether to purchase a particular real property, we may obtain an option on such property. The amount paid for an option, if any, is normally surrendered if the real property is not purchased, and is normally credited against the purchase price if the real property is purchased.

In purchasing real properties, we will be subject to risks, including:

·        changes in general economic or local conditions;

·        changes in supply of or demand for similar competing properties in an area;

·        changes in interest rates and availability of permanent mortgage funds which may render the sale of a property difficult or unattractive;

·        changes in tax, real estate, environmental and zoning laws;

·        periods of high interest rates and tight money supply which may make the sale of properties more difficult;

·        tenant turnover; and

·        general overbuilding or excess supply in the market area.

We anticipate that the purchase price of properties we acquire will vary depending on a number of factors, including size and location. In addition, our cost will vary based on the amount of debt we incur in connection with financing the acquisition. We may not be able to purchase a diverse portfolio of real properties unless we find sources of financing, since no funds are being raised in this offering. It is difficult to predict the actual number of properties that we will actually acquire because the purchase prices of properties varies widely and our investment in each will vary based on the amount and cost of leverage we use.

61




Real property acquisition

We intend to acquire real properties through wholly-owned subsidiaries of our company. In addition to fee simple interests, we may acquire long-term ground leases. Other methods of acquiring a real property may be used when advantageous. For example, we may acquire properties through a joint venture or the acquisition of substantially all of the interests of an entity that in turn owns a parcel of real property.

We are currently negotiating and anticipate entering into an $72.5 million revolving line of credit with a financial institution, which we plan to use to facilitate our acquisition opportunities, with the intention of placing permanent financing on the acquired property at a later date. We believe our line of credit will allow us to secure acquisition contracts faster after we identify a strategic property, and will be an attractive feature of our bids to sellers seeking to complete a sale quickly. We may also use our line of credit to pay required REIT distributions to our stockholders, as necessary. There is no assurance the line of credit can or will be obtained.

We may commit to purchase real properties subject to completion of construction in accordance with terms and conditions specified by our board of directors. In such cases, we will be obligated to purchase the real property at the completion of construction, provided that (1) the construction conforms to definitive plans, specifications and costs approved by us in advance and embodied in the construction contract and (2) an agreed upon percentage of the real property is leased beforehand. We will receive a certificate of an architect, engineer or other appropriate party, stating that the real property complies with all plans and specifications. Our intent is to leave development risk with the developer.

If remodeling is required prior to the purchase of a real property, we will anticipate paying a negotiated maximum amount either upon completion or in installments commencing prior to completion. Such amount will be based on the estimated cost of such remodeling. In such instances, we will also have the right to review the seller’s books during and following completion of the remodeling to verify actual costs. In the event of substantial disparity between estimated and actual costs, an adjustment in purchase price may be negotiated.

We are not specifically limited in the number or size of properties we may acquire or on the percentage of net proceeds of this offering which we may invest in a single property. The number and mix of properties we may acquire will depend upon real estate and market conditions and other circumstances existing at the time we are acquiring our real properties.

Joint ventures

We may invest in general partnership and joint venture arrangements with other real estate investors. You should note that there is a potential risk that our company or its joint venture partner will be unable to agree on a matter material to the joint venture on joint venture decisions and we may not control the decision. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient financial resources to exercise any right of first refusal that may be part of a partnership or joint venture agreement.

Our policies with respect to borrowing

When we think it is appropriate, we will borrow funds to acquire or finance properties. We may later refinance or increase mortgage indebtedness by obtaining additional loans secured by selected properties, if favorable financing terms are available. We will use the proceeds from such loans to acquire additional properties for the purpose of increasing our cash flow and providing further diversification. We anticipate that aggregate borrowings, both secured and unsecured, will not exceed 75% of our real property fair market value. Our board of directors will review our aggregate borrowings to ensure that such borrowings are reasonable in relation to our net assets. We may also incur indebtedness to finance improvements to properties and, if necessary, for working capital needs or to meet the distribution requirements applicable to REITs under the federal tax laws.

62




When incurring secured debt, we will seek to incur nonrecourse indebtedness, which means that the lenders’ rights upon our default generally will be limited to foreclosure on the property that secured the obligation, but we may have to accept recourse financing, where we remain liable for any shortfall between the debt and the proceeds of sale of the mortgaged real property. If we incur mortgage indebtedness, we will endeavor to obtain level payment financing, meaning that the amount of debt service payable would be substantially the same each year, although some mortgages are likely to provide for one large payment and we may incur floating or adjustable rate financing when our board of directors determines it to be in our best interest.

Our board of directors controls our policies with respect to borrowing and may change such policies at any time without stockholder approval.

Sale or disposition of our real property

Our board of directors will determine whether a particular real property should be sold or otherwise disposed of after consideration of the relevant factors, including performance or projected performance of the property and market conditions, with a view toward achieving our principal investment objectives.

When appropriate to minimize our tax liabilities, we may structure the sale of a real property as a “like-kind exchange” under the federal income tax laws so that we may acquire qualifying like-kind replacement property meeting our investment objectives without recognizing taxable gain on the sale. Furthermore, our general policy will be to reinvest in additional real properties proceeds from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of our real properties that represent our initial investment in such real property or, secondarily, to use such proceeds for the maintenance or repair of existing properties or to increase our reserves for such purposes. The objective of reinvesting such portion of the sale, financing and refinancing proceeds is to increase the total value of real estate assets that we own, and the cash flow derived from such assets to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Despite this policy, our board of directors may determine to distribute to our stockholders all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of real properties. In determining whether any of such proceeds should be distributed to our stockholders, our board of directors will consider, among other factors, the desirability of real properties available for purchase, real estate market conditions and compliance with the REIT distribution requirements. Alternatively, our board of directors may determine not to make distributions of capital.

In connection with a sale of a property, our preference will be to obtain an all-cash sale price. However, we may accept a purchase money obligation secured by a mortgage on the property as partial payment. There are no limitations or restrictions on our taking such purchase money obligations. The terms of payment upon sale will be affected by custom in the area in which the property being sold is located and the then economic conditions. To the extent we receive notes, securities or other property instead of cash from sales, such proceeds, other than any interest payable on such proceeds, will not be included in net sale proceeds available for distribution until and to the extent the notes or other property are actually paid, sold, refinanced or otherwise disposed of. Thus, the distribution of the proceeds of a sale to you as a stockholder, may be delayed until such time. In such cases, we will receive payments in the year of sale in an amount less than the selling price and subsequent payments will be spread over a number of years.

A property may be sold before the end of the planned holding period if:

·        in the judgment of our board of directors, the value of a property might decline substantially;

·        an opportunity has arisen to improve other properties;

·        we can increase cash flow through the disposition of the property; or

·        in our judgment, the sale of the property is in our best interest.

63




The determination of whether a particular property should be sold or otherwise disposed of will be made after consideration of the relevant factors, including prevailing economic conditions, with a view to achieving maximum capital appreciation. We cannot assure you that this objective will be realized. The selling price of a property will be determined in large part by the amount of rent payable under the lease. If a tenant has a repurchase option at a formula price or if operating expenses increase without a commensurate increase in rent under our gross leases, we may be limited in realizing any appreciation. In connection with our sales of properties, we may lend the purchaser all or a portion of the purchase price. In these instances, our taxable income may exceed the cash received in the sale. The terms of payment will be affected by custom in the area in which the property being sold is located and the then-prevailing economic conditions.

In addition to the above considerations, GTJ REIT does not intend to sell the real properties it would acquire from the Bus Companies for a period of 10 years after it makes a REIT election. Under current tax law, if a real property thus acquired is sold within such 10 year period, GTJ REIT would be taxed on the gain from the sale of such real property in the hands of the Bus Companies, and a distribution of any of the profits would be taxed to the stockholder as a dividend. This would result in the high and double taxation which the Bus Companies are seeking to reduce by engaging in the Reorganization.

Lease purchases

To the extent consistent with our proposed REIT status, we may acquire long-term ground leases, or master leases for real property we can then sublet as determined by our board of directors.

Changes in our investment objectives

Subject to the limitations in our charter, our bylaws and the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, the business and policies of our company will be controlled by our board of directors. Our board of directors has the right to establish policies concerning investments and the right, power and obligation to monitor our procedures, investment operations and performance of our company.

Thus, prospective stockholders must be aware that the board of directors, acting consistently with our organizational documents, applicable law and their fiduciary obligations, may elect to modify or expand our objectives and policies from time to time.

Making loans and investments in mortgages

We do not plan to make loans to other entities or persons unless secured by mortgages, although we may advance funds to GTJ. We will not make or invest in mortgage loans unless we obtain an appraisal concerning the underlying property from a certified independent appraiser. In addition to the appraisal, we will obtain a customary lender’s title insurance policy or commitment as to the priority of the mortgage or condition of the title.

We will not make or invest in mortgage loans on any one property if the aggregate amount of all mortgage loans outstanding on the property, including the loans of our company, would exceed an amount equal to 75% of the fair market value of the property, unless we find substantial justification due to the presence of other underwriting criteria.

Investment in securities

We will not invest in equity securities of another entity, other than a wholly-owned subsidiary, directly or indirectly, unless our board of directors approves the investment as part of a real property investment. We may purchase our own securities if the board of directors determine such purchase to be in our best interests. We may in the future acquire some, all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other

64




REITs or similar entities where that investment would be consistent with our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements. There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must satisfy to qualify as a REIT. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, and we intend to divest securities before any registration would be required.

Distribution policy

We cannot assure you that we will make distributions. In order to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, among other things, we are required to distribute each taxable year at least 90% of our net income, other than net capital gains but may be unable to do so.

We will have a policy of generally making distributions on a quarterly basis. We will seek to avoid, to the extent possible, the fluctuations in distributions that might result if distribution payments were based solely on actual cash received during the distribution period. To implement this policy, we may use cash received during prior periods or cash received subsequent to the distribution period and prior to the payment date for such distribution payment, to pay annualized distributions consistent with the distribution level established from time to time by our board of directors. Our ability to maintain this policy will depend upon the availability of cash flow and applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT under the federal income tax laws. Therefore, we cannot assure you that there will be cash flow available to pay distributions or that distributions will not fluctuate. If cash available for distribution is insufficient to pay distributions to you as a stockholder, we may obtain the necessary funds by borrowing, issuing new securities or selling assets. These methods of obtaining funds could affect future distributions by increasing operating costs.

To the extent that distributions to our stockholders are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividend income. To the extent that our distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such amounts will constitute a return of capital to our stockholders for federal income tax purposes, to the extent of their basis in their stock, and thereafter will constitute capital gain.

65




SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
GTJ REIT, Inc.

GTJ REIT, Inc. was formed on June 23, 2006 and as yet to commence operations. As a result, there is no historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002, and 2001 and as of June 30, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data of Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary, which you should read in conjunction with its financial statements and the related notes contained in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at those dates and for those periods, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have each been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at that date and for that period, not contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 are unaudited. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

1,911

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

1,252

 

$

(118

)

$

(236

)

$

(246

)

$

(251

)

$

(299

)

$

(294

)

Income tax expense

 

791

 

202

 

380

 

167

 

596

 

38

 

314

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

452

 

529

 

1,389

 

156

 

(2,499

)

(1,035

)

(483

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

913

 

209

773

 

(257

)

(3,346

)

(1,372

)

(1,091

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(2,988

)

581

 

954

 

718

 

1,322

 

1,116

 

832

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

8,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income from discontinued operations

 

5,281

 

581

 

954

 

718

 

1,322

 

1,116

 

832

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,194

 

$

790

 

$

1,727

 

$

461

 

$

(2,024

)

$

(256

)

$

(259

)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)
(unaudited)

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

1,273

 

 

$

4

 

$

11

 

$

24

 

$

22

 

$

41

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

16,635

 

 

19,971

 

19,869

 

15,063

 

36,892

 

34,676

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,409

 

 

1,517

 

1,754

 

2,469

 

2,002

 

2,488

 

Total assets

 

 

$

27,829

 

 

$

28,161

 

$

27,397

 

$

26,360

 

$

39,581

 

$

37,843

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

 

$

16,769

 

 

$

24,214

 

$

20,862

 

$

17,033

 

$

29,534

 

$

21,171

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

18,409

 

 

$

24,774

 

$

21,135

 

$

16,968

 

$

29,541

 

$

21,177

 


(1)            On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on January 9, 2006, with the City of New York  to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. As a result of the Agreement and sale of bus assets, the operations of the bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

66




SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data of Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, which you should read in conjunction with its financial statements and the related notes contained in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at those dates and for those periods, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have each been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at that date and for that period, not contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 are unaudited. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

 

Six
Months Ended
June 30
,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

1,094

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

770

 

$

(27

)

$

(54

)

$

(90

)

$

(93

)

$

(139

)

$

(137

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

770

 

(27

)

(54

)

(90

)

(93

)

(139

)

(137

)

Income tax expense

 

318

 

217

 

345

 

412

 

483

 

368

 

385

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

452

 

530

 

1,390

 

156

 

(2,499

)

(1,035

)

(483

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

904

 

286

 

991

 

(346

)

(3,075

)

(1,542

)

(1,005

)

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(1,902

)

603

 

992

 

1,784

 

509

 

548

 

450

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

 

7,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income from discontinued operations

 

5,305

 

603

 

992

 

1,784

 

509

 

548

 

450

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,209

 

$

889

 

$

1,983

 

$

1,438

 

$

(2,566

)

$

(994

)

$

(555

)

 

 

 

At June, 30 ,

 

At December 31,

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

736

 

 

$

30

 

$

73

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

7

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

11,049

 

 

18,055

 

18,150

 

20,928

 

27,433

 

24,378

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

976

 

 

1,003

 

1,057

 

2,169

 

1,242

 

1,334

 

Total assets

 

 

$

19,934

 

 

$

24,538

 

$

24,319

 

$

23,223

 

$

28,824

 

$

25,894

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

 

$

2,518

 

 

$

13,165

 

$

14,206

 

$

13,536

 

$

16,850

 

$

11,768

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

2,826

 

 

$

13,487

 

$

14,329

 

$

13,779

 

$

17,068

 

$

11,987

 


( 1)            On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on February 20, 2006, with the City of New York  to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. As a result of the Agreement and sale of bus assets, the operations of the bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

67




SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries, which you should read in conjunction with its financial statements and the related notes contained in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at those dates and for those periods, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have each been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at that date and for that period, not contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 are unaudited. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

$

751

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

$

470

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(87

)

$

78

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87

)

78

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

210

 

 

 

56

 

 

302

 

11

 

83

 

124

 

78

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

 

226

 

 

 

264

 

 

695

 

78

 

(1,249

)

(518

)

(241

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

486

 

 

 

208

 

 

393

 

67

 

(1,332

)

(729

)

(241

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

(897

)

 

 

84

 

 

215

 

(70

)

217

 

(92

)

136

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

 

 

3,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income from discontinued operations

 

 

2,878

 

 

 

84

 

 

215

 

(70

)

217

 

(92

)

136

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

3,364

 

 

 

$

292

 

 

$

608

 

$

(3

)

$

(1,115

)

$

(821

)

$

(105

)

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

650

 

 

$

63

 

$

87

 

 

$

93

 

 

$

62

 

$

392

 

Assets from discontinued operations

 

 

4,419

 

 

8,231

 

8,279

 

 

11,896

 

 

14,936

 

13,849

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

514

 

 

514

 

514

 

 

514

 

 

514

 

514

 

Total assets

 

 

$

10,140

 

 

$

11,922

 

$

11,831

 

 

$

12,609

 

 

$

15,928

 

$

14,834

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

 

$

1,757

 

 

$

8,137

 

$

7,742

 

 

$

8,732

 

 

$

11,281

 

$

8,476

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

3,270

 

 

$

8,917

 

$

8,491

 

 

$

8,758

 

 

$

11,289

 

$

8,543

 


(1)            On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on January 30, 2006, with the City of New York to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. As a result of the Agreement and sale of Acquired Assets, the operations of the Bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

68




SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data of GTJ Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries, which you should read in conjunction with its financial statements and the related notes contained in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at those dates and for those periods, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have each been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at that date and for that period, not contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 are unaudited. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands) 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

    2006    

 

    2005    

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

15,660

 

$

14,725

 

$

29,496

 

$

27,389

 

$

21,998

 

$

80,845

 

$

77,980

 

Operating income (loss)

 

(479

)

1,215

 

1,762

 

2,140

 

1,614

 

1,158

 

2,708

 

Other income (expense)

 

1,919

 

237

 

1,155

 

(819

)

(246

)

(3,807

)

(2,520

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

1,440

 

1,452

 

2,917

 

1,321

 

1,368

 

(2,649

)

188

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

489

 

124

 

489

 

268

 

659

 

174

 

(1,353

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

951

 

1,328

 

2,428

 

1,053

 

709

 

(2,475

)

(1,165

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

(17

)

(11

)

160

 

(326

)

(6,670

)

 

 

Total income from discontinued operations

 

(17

)

(11

)

160

 

(326

)

(6,670

)

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

934

 

$

1,317

 

$

2,588

 

$

727

 

$

(5,961

)

$

(2,475

)

$

(1,165

)

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)
(unaudited)

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

4,310

 

 

$

3,130

 

$

3,177

 

$

3,114

 

$

2,526

 

$

2,406

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4,600

 

 

4,439

 

4,594

 

3,843

 

3,637

 

6,758

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

6,738

 

 

5,959

 

6,224

 

6,375

 

14,978

 

17,839

 

Total assets

 

 

$

31,715

 

 

$

30,350

 

$

31,208

 

$

28,585

 

$

40,595

 

$

45,069

 

Line of credit

 

 

$

495

 

 

$

200

 

$

200

 

$

 

$

3,000

 

$

2,120

 

Notes payable

 

 

1,666

 

 

1,666

 

1,735

 

2,490

 

12,084

 

10,334

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

24,370

 

 

$

23,921

 

$

27,340

 

$

24,436

 

$

31,509

 

$

33,528

 

 

69




SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
Command Bus Company, Inc.

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data of Command Bus Company, Inc., which you should read in conjunction with its financial statements and the related notes contained in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at those dates and for those periods, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have each been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements at that date and for that period, not contained in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 are unaudited. For the six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim consolidated financial statements, have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

     2006     

 

     2005     

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

$

196

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

(1,647

)

$

(337

)

$

(287

)

$

(113

)

$

(42

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

196

 

 

8

 

 

886

 

(337

)

(287

)

(113

)

(42

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

196

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

886

 

$

(337

)

$

(287

)

$

(113

)

$

(42

)

 

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

3,180

 

 

$

5,023

 

$

6,591

 

$

7,195

 

$

10,690

 

$

8,826

 

Total liabilities

 

 

$

3,014

 

 

$

9,247

 

$

10,341

 

$

9,601

 

$

12,681

 

$

9,323

 


(1)           On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on December 5, 2005, with the City of New York  to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. As a result of the Agreement and sale of Acquired Assets, the operations of the Bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

70




MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GTJ REIT, Inc.

GTJ REIT, Inc. was formed on June 23, 2006 and as yet to commence operations. As a result, these are no historical financial information as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31,  2005, 2004, and 2003 and as of June 30, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.

Bus Companies

Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion below includes Green, Triboro and Jamaica and their collectively owned affiliates Command and GTJ.

Overview

Operations in the recent past

During the past several years, New York City had made public statements related to its termination of the franchises held by the Bus Companies and the incorporation of the bus routes into the Metropolitan Transit Authority operations. These statements became more frequent and more pointed. The franchise agreements, which had been renewed regularly over the past half-century, expired and were not renewed by New York City; however New York City continued to work with the Bus Companies on an ad hoc basis and under the threat of litigation then began to negotiate for the purchase of the Bus Companies’ bus assets. The Bus Companies, in addition to owning the bus routes, owned depots which were stocked with various spare parts and employed both the drivers, mechanics and executive employees necessary to run the bus lines. The buses were owned by New York City and provided to the Bus Companies. Under their arrangement with New York City, the Bus Companies were reimbursed for expenses approved by New York City and in addition received a payment for the services rendered in managing the bus operations and the use of the depots.

Purchase of bus assets by New York City

On November 29, 2005 an agreement (the “Sale Agreement”) was entered into between the City and the Bus Companies and several of their subsidiaries.

In accordance with the Sale Agreement, the Bus Companies agreed to sell to New York City all of their bus assets including routes, tangible personal property related to bus operations and goodwill. The total purchase price for the bus assets was $25,000,000 allocated as follows:  Green - $10,822,000, Triboro - $9,487,000 and Jamaica - $4,691,000. These amounts include a reallocation of the $3,405,000 paid for the Command assets. Command is jointly owned by the Bus Companies. These sums were received upon the respective closing of the purchase of the assets of the Bus Companies, which occurred between December 2005 and February 2006. New York City also purchased spare parts and supplies at their invoiced value and other tangible assets at book value.

In addition, upon the settlement of certain litigations, New York City will pay up to $500,000 to the Bus Companies in the following maximum amounts:  Green - $216,440, Triboro - $189,740 and Jamaica - $93,820. These amounts include reallocation of the maximum sum to be paid to Command in the amount of $68,100.

71




New York City leased certain real property of the Bus Companies for use as bus depots, as follows:

·        Triboro leased New York City its premises at 85-10 24th Avenue, East Elmhurst, NY for an initial term of 21 years, with a first year rent of $2,585,000 escalating to a 21st year rent of $3,785,000.

·        Green leased New York City its premises at 165-25 147th Avenue, Jamaica, NY for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $2,795,000 escalating to a 21st year rent of $4,092,000

·       Jamaica leased New York City its premises at 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $1,515,000 escalating to a 21st year rent of $2,218,000.

These leases are what are known as “triple net” leases. This means that the City has agreed to pay all expenses of the properties, including maintenance, insurance and taxes. Each lease has two renewal terms of 14 years each, so that the total term is a maximum of 49 years. The term of each lease commenced on the date that the Bus Company in question, closed the sale of its bus company assets to the City.

Green

Results of Operations

As a result of sale of Green’s bus operations, all operations related to the bus operations have been reclassified as discontinued operations. The remaining operations of Green are related to the real properties owned and operated by Green and reflect the depreciation recorded on each of the buildings and leasehold improvements as well as Green’s equity ownership in GTJ and Command.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 vs. Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth results of operations of Green for the periods indicated:

 

 

Six  Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating revenue

 

$

1,911,332

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

551,024

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

107,992

 

118,101

 

Total operating expenses

 

659,016

 

118,101

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

1,252,316

 

(118,101

)

Provision for income taxes

 

791,297

 

202,395

 

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of taxes

 

451,956

 

529,756

 

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

912,975

 

209,260

 

Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(2,987,891

)

580,894

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

8,269,428

 

 

Net income

 

$

6,194,512

 

$

790,154

 

 

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 represents rental income from New York City for the recently signed leases for Green’s real properties. There were none in the 2005 period.

72




General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $551,024 and was primarily related to $462,000 of environmental clean-up costs and professional fees and other expenses totaling $89,024. There were none in the 2005 period.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $107,992, a decrease of $10,109 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 depreciation expense of $118,101. Depreciation expense represents depreciation on Green’s real properties.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax represents federal, state, and local taxes on income before income taxes. Provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $791,297, an increase of $588,902 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 provision for income taxes of $202,395.

Equity in Earnings of Affiliated Companies, Net of Taxes

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax was $451,956 for the six months ended June 30, 2006, a decrease of $77,800 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 which showed equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax of $529,756. The decrease was related to increased earnings from Green’s forty percent interest in Command totaling $75,217 offset by decreased earnings of $153,017 from Green’s forty percent interest in GTJ.

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Taxes

Income (loss) from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Green’s bus operations. Discontinued operations reflected a loss of $2,987,891 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 versus income of $580,894 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in loss of discontinued operations of $3,568,785 is primarily related to increased professional fees and costs related to the Reorganization.

Gain on Sale of Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

Gains on sale of discontinued operations reflect the gain on the sale of Green’s bus operations to New York City in the 2006 period.

Net Income (Loss)

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, Green had net income of $6,194,512 versus net income of $790,154 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in net earnings is primarily attributable to gain on the sale of Green’s bus company operations to New York City.

73




Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

The following table sets forth results of operations of Green for the periods indicated:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Operating revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

236,205

 

245,656

 

251,395

 

Total operating expenses

 

236,205

 

245,656

 

251,395

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in (loss) earnings of affiliated companies

 

(236,205

)

(245,656

)

(251,395

)

Provision for income taxes

 

380,038

 

166,630

 

595,720

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

1,389,712

 

156,196

 

(2,498,879

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

773,469

 

(256,090

)

(3,345,994

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

953,499

 

717,525

 

1,322,420

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,726,968

 

$

461,435

 

$

(2,023,574

)

 

Depreciation

For 2005, depreciation and amortization expense decreased $9,451 to $236,205 from $245,656 in 2004. For 2004, depreciation and amortization decreased $5,739 to $245,656 from $251,395 income in 2003. Depreciation  and amortization expense represents depreciation on the Green’s owned real properties.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes represents federal, state, and local taxes on income before income taxes. For 2005, the provision for taxes increased $213,408 to $380,038 from $166,630 in 2004. For 2004, the provision for income taxes decreased $429,090 to $166,630 from $595,720 for 2003.

Equity in Earnings (Loss) Of Affiliated Companies, Net of Tax

For 2005, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax was $1,389,712, an increase of $1,233,516 from the 2004 equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax was earnings of $156,196. The increase was related to increased earnings from Green’s forty percent interest in GTJ totaling $744,332 and increased earnings from Green’s forty-percent interest in Command totaling $489,184. For 2004, the equity in earnings (loss) increased $2,655,075 from a loss of $2,498,879 in 2003. The increase was related to increased earnings from Green’s interest in GTJ totaling $2,675,116 offset by decreased earnings from Command totaling $20,041 in 2003.

Income From Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Green’s bus operations. For 2005, discontinued operations reflected income of $953,499 an increase of $235,974 from $717,525 in 2004. The increase of $235,974 was primarily related to higher income tax expense recorded of $316,109 in 2004 compared to $121,502 recorded in 2005. For 2004, income from discontinued operations decreased $604,895 from $1,322,420 in 2003. The decrease of $604,895 was primarily related to higher income tax expense recorded in 2004 of $316,109 compared to a tax benefit of $161,824 recorded in 2003.

Net Income (Loss)

For 2005, Green had net income of $1,726,968 compared to net income of $461,435 in 2004 and a net loss of $(2,023,574) in 2003. The changes were due to the factors discussed above.

74




Financial Position

June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) vs. December 31, 2005

Current assets increased by $783,915 to $21,676,516 at June 30, 2006 from $20,892,601 at December 31, 2005, primarily due to decreases in assets from discontinued operations of $340,587 and decreases in prepaid expenses of $220,645 and prepaid income taxes of $103,889, which were offset by increases in cash and cash equivalents of $1,268,591.

Deferred leasing commissions increased by $1,251,065 at June 30, 2006 from $0 at December 31, 2005, and was related to the real estate commission that Green paid for the negotiation of its lease that was entered into with New York City.

Current liabilities decreased $3,894,505 to $9,251,413 at June 30, 2006 from $13,145,918 at December 31, 2005.  The decrease was primarily related to a reduction in liabilities from discontinued operations of $4,974,454 most of which were assumed by the New York City as part of the sale of Green’s bus operations. This decrease was partially offset by increases in income tax payable of $801,068.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004

Current assets increased by $629,469 to $20,892,601 at December 31, 2005 from $20,263,132 at December 31, 2004.

Investment in affiliates increased to $795,094 at December 31, 2005 from $0 at December 31, 2004 which was primarily related to earnings from unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Current liabilities decreased $739,458 to $13,145,918 at December 31, 2005 from $13,885,376 at December 31, 2004.

Cash Flows

Six months ended June 30, 2006 vs Six months ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

At June 30, 2006, Green had $6,499,765 in cash and cash equivalents, including cash from discontinued operations, an increase of $4,869,594 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2005:

 

 

Six  Months Ended

 

 

 

June  30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash used in operating activities

 

$

(5,829,875

)

$

(1,403,555

)

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

11,469,674

 

(5,285

)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(150,285

)

(150,285

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5,489,514

 

$

(1,559,125

)

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities of $(5,829,875) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $4,426,320 versus ($1,403,555) of cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash provided by operating activities was primarily related to the (i) net earnings from continuing operations of $912,975, (ii) decreases in prepaid expenses of $220,645, (iii) prepaid income taxes of $103,889, (iv) increases in income taxes payable of $801,068. These increases were primarily offset by (i) a deferred income tax benefit of $255,521, (ii) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $451,956, and (iii) an increase in prepaid real estate commission of $1,251,065, and (iv) net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $6,508,394.

For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash used in operating activities of $1,403,555 was primarily related to (i) net income from continuing operations of $209,260, (ii) increases in due from affiliates of

75




$85,979, (iii) increase in prepaid expenses of $17,211, (iv) increase in prepaid income taxes of $50,974. These changes were partially offset by net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $1,246,036, and equity earnings of affiliated companies of $529,756.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $11,469,674 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $11,474,959 versus $5,285 used for investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase was primarily related to proceeds from the sale of property and equipment of $326,789, and cash proceeds received from the sale of discontinued operation totaling $11,142,885 which was included as part of cash provided by discontinued operations.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $150,285 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, and represents dividend payments made to shareholders.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and Year Ended December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

At December 31, 2005, Green had $1,010,251, including cash from discontinued operations, in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $2,179,045 from the year ended December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, Green had $3,189,296, including cash from discontinued operations, in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $1,153,839 from the year ended December 31, 2003. The change in cash and cash equivalents was as follows:

 

 

For The Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(2,237,712

)

$

1,266,636

 

$

2,427,487

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

359,237

 

(70,797

)

(844,049

)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(300,570

)

(42,000

)

(606,000

)

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(2,179,045

)

$

1,153,839

 

$

977,438

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for 2005 was $2,237,712 as compared with cash provided by operating activities in 2004 of $1,266,636, a difference of $3,504,348. For 2005, cash used in operating activities of $2,237,712 was primarily related to (i) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $1,389,712, (ii) deferred tax benefit of $101,121, (iii) and net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $1,853,291. These decreases in cash flow were partially offset by (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $773,469, (ii) depreciation expense of $236,205, and, (iii) decreases in prepaid income taxes of $103,889.

For 2004, cash provided by operating activities of $1,266,636 was primarily related to (i) the net loss from continuing operations of $256,090, (ii) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $156,196, (iii) increases in prepaid income taxes of $70,871, (iv) decrease in income tax payable of $181,673. These changes were partially offset by (i) depreciation expense of $276,753, (ii) net amounts due to/from affiliates of $186,054 and (iii) net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $1,520,322.

For 2003, cash provided by operating activities of $2,427,487 was primarily related to (i) the net loss from continuing operations of $3,345,994, (ii) increases in prepaid income taxes of $310,533, (iii) net amounts due from affiliates of $362,976. These increases were partially offset by (i) equity loss of affiliated companies of $2,498,879, (ii) depreciation expense of $558,528, and (iii) net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $3,031,019.

76




Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $359,237 for 2005 increased $430,034 versus cash used in investing activities at $(70,797) for 2004 and was related to cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $359,237. For 2004, cash used in operating activities decreased $773,252 from $844,049 in 2003. For 2004, cash used in investing activities was primarily related to (i) capital expenditures of $13,500 and (ii) amounts due from affiliates of $515,701 partially offset by cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $458,404. For 2003, cash used in investing activities was primarily related to amounts due from affiliates of $961,518 offset by cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $117,469.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities of $300,570 for 2005 increased $258,570 versus $42,000 for 2004. For 2004, cash used in financing activities decreased $564,000 from $606,000 in 2003. Cash used in financing activities in 2005 related to the payment of dividends. The 2004 amount related to the repurchase of Green stock and in 2003, amount related to net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations of $600,000.

Triboro

As discussed above, as a result of the sale of Triboro’s bus routes, all operations related to the bus operations has been reclassified to discontinued operations. The remaining operations of Triboro are related to the real property owned and operated by Triboro and reflect the depreciation recorded on the building and leasehold improvements, as well as Triboro’s equity ownership in GTJ and Command.

Results of Operations

Six Months ended June 30, 2006 vs. Six Months ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth results of operations of Triboro for the periods indicated:

 

 

Six  Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating revenue

 

$

1,093,555

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

296,508

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

27,100

 

26,796

 

Total operating expenses

 

323,608

 

26,796

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

769,947

 

(26,796

)

Provision for income taxes

 

318,487

 

217,504

 

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of taxes

 

451,956

 

529,756

 

Income from continuing operations

 

903,416

 

285,456

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(1,902,321

)

603,628

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

7,207,363

 

 

Net income

 

$

6,208,458

 

$

889,084

 

 

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 represents rental income under the leases from New York City for Triboro’s real property. There were none in the 2005 period.

77




General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2006 were $296,508 and was primarily related to $231,000 of environmental clean-up costs and professional fees and other expenses totaling $65,508.    There were none in the 2005 period.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $27,100, an increase of $304 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 depreciation expense of $26,796. Depreciation expense represents depreciation on the Triboro’s real property.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax represents federal, state, and local taxes on earnings before income taxes. Provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $318,487, an increase of $100,983 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 provision for income taxes of $217,504.

Equity in Earnings of Affiliated Companies, Net of Taxes

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax was $451,956 a decrease of $77,800 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 which showed equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax of $529,756. The increase was related to increased earnings from Triboro’s forty percent interest in Command totaling $75,217 offset by decreased earnings of $153,017 from Green’s forty percent interest in GTJ.

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Taxes

Income (loss) from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Triboro’s bus operations. Discontinued operations reflected a loss of $1,902,321 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 versus a gain of $603,628 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase of $ 2,505,949 is primarily related to increased professional fees and costs related to the Reorganization.

Gain on Sale of Discontinued Operations, Net of Taxes

Gains on sale of discontinued operations of $7,207,363 reflects the gain on the sale of Triboro’s bus operations to New York City.

Net Income

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, Triboro had net income of $6,208,458 versus net income of $889,084 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase in net income is primarily attributable to the gain on the sale of Triboro’s bus operations to New York City.

78




Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

The following table sets forth results of operations of Triboro for the periods indicated:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Operating revenue and subsidies

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

54,200

 

90,095

 

93,042

 

Total operating expenses

 

54,200

 

90,095

 

93,042

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

(54,200

)

(90,095

)

(93,042

)

Provision for income taxes

 

344,551

 

412,148

 

483,195

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

1,389,712

 

156,196

 

(2,498,879

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

990,961

 

(346,047

)

(3,075,116

)

Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

991,592

 

1,784,017

 

509,684

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,982,553

 

$

1,437,970

 

$

(2,565,432

)

 

Depreciation

For 2005, depreciation and amortization expense decreased $35,895 to $54,200 from $90,095 in 2004. For 2004, depreciation and amortization decreased $2,947 from $93,042 in 2003. Depreciation and amortization expense represents depreciation on Triboro’s real property.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes represents federal, state, and local taxes on earnings before income taxes. For 2005, the provision for taxes decreased $67,597 to $344,551 from $412,148 in 2004. For 2004, the provision for income taxes decreased $71,047 from $483,195 in 2003.

Equity in Earnings (Loss) Of Affiliated Companies, Net of Tax

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies in 2005, net of tax was $1,389,712, an increase of $1,233,516 from the 2004 equity earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax of $156,196. The increase was related to increased earnings from Triboro’s forty percent interest in GTJ totaling $639,578 offset by decreased earnings of $204,868 from Triboro’s forty percent interest in Command. For 2004, equity in earnings (loss) increased $2,655,075 from a loss of $2,498,879 in 2003. The increase was related to increased earnings from Triboro’s interest in GTJ totaling $2,675,116 offset by decreased earnings from Command totaling $20,041.

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Triboro’s bus operations. For 2005, discontinued operations reflected a gain of $991,592, a decrease of $792,425 from income of $1,784,017 in 2004. The decrease of $792,425 was primarily related to an increase in the operating subsidy. For 2004, income from discontinued operations increased $1,274,333 from $509,684 in 2003. The increase of $1,274,333 was primarily related to an increase in the operating subsidy.

Net Income (Loss)

For 2005, Triboro had net income of $1,982,553 compared to $1,437,970 in 2004 and a net loss of $2,565,432 in 2003. The changes were due to the factors discussed above.

79




Financial Position

June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) vs. December 31, 2005

Current assets decreased by $3,488,891 to $12,931,717 at June 30, 2006 from $16,420,608 at December 31, 2005, primarily due to (i) decreases in assets from discontinued operations of $4,476,777, (ii)  increases in amounts due from affiliates of $977,134, and (iii) an increase in cash of $706,349. These increases were partially offset by (i) decreases in other receivables of $32,446, (ii) decreases in prepaid expenses of $182,144, and (iii) decreases in prepaid income taxes of $481,007.

Deferred leasing commissions increased by $825,530 at June 30, 2006 from $0 at December 31, 2005, which was related to the real estate commission that Triboro paid for the negotiation of its lease that was entered into with New York City.

Current liabilities decreased $6,511,438 to $2,773,485 at June 30, 2006 from $9,284,923 at December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily related to the decrease in liabilities from discontinued operations of $6,575,615.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004

Current assets increased by $1,791,596 to $16,420,608 at December 31, 2005 from $14,629,012 at December 31, 2004 primarily due to (i) increases in assets from discontinued operations of $2,217,616 and (ii) increases in prepaid income taxes of $471,236, partially offset by a decrease in the net amounts due from affiliates of $851,828.

Investment in affiliates increased by $795,094 at December 31, 2005 from $0 at December 31, 2004, primarily related to earnings from unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Current liabilities increased $1,330,565 to $9,284,923 at December 31, 2005 from $7,954,358 at December 31, 2004. This increase was primarily related to (i) the liabilities from discontinued operations of $1,147,646, (ii) income taxes payable of $78,825, and (iii) other current liabilities of $101,453.

Cash Flows

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 vs Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

At June 30, 2006, Triboro had $5,394,474 in cash and cash equivalents, including cash from discontinued operations, an increase of $1,652,062 from the six months ended June 30, 2005:

 

 

Six  Months Ended

 

 

 

June  30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(7,010,237

)

$

1,080,622

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

10,039,395

 

(58,741

)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(152,065

)

(166,637

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,877,093

 

$

855,244

 

 

 

80




Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities of $(7,010,237) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 decreased $8,090,859 versus $1,080,622 of cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash provided by operating activities was primarily related to (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $903,416, (ii) decreases in prepaid expenses of $182,144, (iii) decreases in prepaid income taxes of $481,007, and (iv) decreases in other current liabilities of $137,230. These factors were primarily offset by (i) increases in deferred income tax benefit of $103,476, (ii) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $451,956, (iii) increases in leasing commissions of $825,530, (iv) an increase in income taxes payable of $70,413 and (v)  net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $(6,022,419) and an increase in due to affiliates of $974,492.

For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash provided by in operating activities of $1,080,622 was primarily related to (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $285,456, (ii) net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $1,874,650. These factors were partially offset by net amounts due from affiliates of $527,067, and equity earnings of affiliated companies of $529,756.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $10,039,395 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $10,098,136 versus $58,741 of cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005. The increase was due to cash proceeds received from sale of discontinued operations of $9,875,411.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities of $152,065 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 decreased $14,572 versus $166,637 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash used in financing activities of $152,065 was for dividend payments. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash used in financing activities was for dividend payments of $153,137 and $13,500 for the repurchase of Triboro stock.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

At December 31, 2005, Triboro had $2,726,894 in cash and cash equivalents, including cash from discontinued operations, a decrease of $160,274 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in cash and cash equivalents was as follows:

 

 

For The Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(537,867

)

$

2,170,934

 

$

5,874,057

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

696,295

 

(881,122

)

(1,638,035

)

Cash (used in) financing activities

 

(318,702

)

(26,400

)

(2,848,836

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(160,274

)

$

1,263,412

 

$

1,387,186

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for 2005 decreased $2,708,801 to $537,867 versus $2,170,934 of cash provided by operating activities for 2004. For 2005, cash used in operating activities of $537,867 was primarily related to (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $990,961, (ii) depreciation expense of $54,200, and (iii) net amounts due from affiliates of $211,209. These factors were partially offset by (i) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $1,389,712, (ii) an increase of other receivables of $34,290, (iii) an increase in prepaid expenses of $74,459, (iv) prepaid income taxes of $186,171, and (v) an increase in net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $118,130.

81




For 2004, cash provided by operating activities of $2,170,934 was primarily related to (i) the net loss from continuing operations of $346,047, (ii) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $156,196, (iii) increases in other receivables of $230,280 and (iv) of prepaid expenses of $156,324. These increases were partially offset by depreciation expense of (i) $90,095; (ii) net amounts due from affiliates of $574,229, and (iii) net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $2,409,120.

For 2003, cash provided by operating activities of $5,874,057 was primarily related to (i) the net loss from continuing operations of $3,075,116, (ii) increase in net amounts due to affiliates of $142,460. These increases were partially offset by (i) equity loss of affiliated companies of $2,498,879, (ii) depreciation expense of $93,042, (iii) decreases in other receivable of $103,001, (iv) decreases in prepaid expenses of $24,682, and (v) net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $6,358,375.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $696,295 for 2005 increased by $1,577,417 versus $881,122 of cash used in investing activities for 2004. For 2005, cash used in investing activities was related to $4,865 of capital expenditures, an increase of $643,261 in amounts due from affiliates, and $57,899 from cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations.

For 2004, cash used in investing activities was related to $3,990 of capital expenditures. a decrease in the amount due from affiliates of $1,201,638, and $324,506 of cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations.

For 2003, cash used in investing activities was related to $3,500 of capital expenditures, an increase in the amount due from affiliates of $1,642,833, and offset by $8,298 of cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $318,702 for 2005 increased by $292,302 versus $26,400 for 2004. Cash used in financing activities decreased $2,822,436 from $2,848,836 in 2003. Cash used in financing activities in 2005 related to the payment of dividends totaling $305,202 and to the repurchase of Triboro stock of $13,500. The 2004 amount related to the repurchase of Triboro stock totaling $26,400. The 2003 amount related to the repurchase of Triboro stock totaling $4,500.

Jamaica

As discussed above, as a result of the sale of Jamaica’s bus routes, all operations related to the Bus operations has been reclassified to discontinued operations. The remaining operations of Jamaica are related to the real property owned and operated by Jamaica and represent the depreciation recorded on the related buildings and leasehold improvements as well as Jamaica’s equity ownership in GTJ and Command.

82




Results of Operations

Six months ended June 30, 2006 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

The following table sets forth results of operations of Jamaica for the periods indicated:

 

 

Six  Months Ended

 

 

 

June  30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating revenue

 

$

751,110

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense

 

280,701

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

280,701

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliated companies

 

470,409

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

209,741

 

55,909

 

Equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

225,978

 

264,878

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

486,646

 

208,969

 

Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(896,991

)

83,915

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

3,775,342

 

 

Net income

 

$

3,364,997

 

$

292,884

 

 

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 represents rental income under the leases with New York City for Jamaica’s owned real property. There were none in the 2005 period.

General and Administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $280,701 and primarily represents $231,000 for environmental costs and  professional fees and other expenses totaling $49,701.

Equity in Earnings, Net of Tax

Equity in earnings, net of tax $225,978 for the six months ended June 30, 2006, a decrease of $38,900 from the six months ended June 30, 2005, which showed equity in income of affiliated companies, net of tax of $264,878.  The decrease was related to decreased earnings from Jamaica’s twenty percent interest in GTJ totaling $76,508 offset by increased earnings of $37,608 from Jamaica’s twenty percent interest in Command.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision  for income tax represents federal, state, and local taxes payable on earnings before income taxes. Provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $209,741, compared to a provision of $55,909 for the six months ended June 30, 2005.

83




Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

The following table sets forth results of operations of Jamaica for the periods indicated:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Operating revenue and subsidies

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

301,507

 

11,412

 

83,483

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

694,856

 

78,098

 

(1,249,440

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

393,349

 

66,686

 

(1,332,923

)

Discountinued Operarations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

214,638

 

(69,553

)

217,639

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

607,987

 

$

(2,867

)

$

(1,115,284

)

 

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes represents federal, state, and local taxes on earnings before income taxes. For 2005, the provision for taxes increased $290,095 to $301,507 from $11,412 in 2004. For 2004, the provision for income taxes decreased $72,071 from $83,483 in 2003.

Equity in Earnings (Loss) Of Affiliated Companies, Net of Tax

For 2005, the equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax was $694,856, an increase of $616,758 from the 2004 equity in earnings of affiliated companies, net of tax of $78,098. The increase was related to increased earnings from the Company’s twenty percent interest in GTJ totaling $372,167 and increased earnings from Command totaling $244,591. For 2004, the equity in earnings increased by $1,327,538 over an equity in loss of affiliated companies, net of tax of $1,249,440 in 2003. The change was related to increased earnings from Jamaica’s twenty-percent interest in GTJ totaling $1,337,558 offset by decreased earnings from Command totaling $10,020 in 2003.

Income (loss) From Discontinued Operations

For 2005, discontinued operations reflected a gain of $214,638, an increase of $284,191 from a loss of $69,553 in 2004. The increase of $284,191 is primarily attributable to other non-operating income of $145,123 received in 2005. For 2004, loss from discontinued operations decreased $287,192 from a gain of $217,639 in 2003. The decrease is primarily attributable to higher service fees charged to Jamaica totaling $472,383 compared to $266,010 in 2003.

Net Income (Loss)

For 2005, Jamaica had net income of $607,987 compared to a loss of $2,867 in 2004 and a loss of $1,115,284 in 2003. The changes were due to the factors discussed above.

84




Financial Position

June 30, 2006 (unaudited) vs. December 31, 2005

Current assets decreased by $544,562 to $6,564,822 at June 30, 2006 from $7,109,384 at December 31, 2005, primarily due to (i) decreases in assets from discontinued operations of $1,626,327, (ii) offset by increases in cash from continuing activities of $587,537, and (iii) amounts due from affiliates of $396,329.

Deferred leasing commissions increased by $607,679 at June 30, 2006 from $-0- at December 31, 2005, primarily related to the real estate commission that Jamaica paid for its negotiation of its lease with New York City.

Current liabilities decreased $3,688,864 to $3,269,255 at June 30, 2006 from $6,958,119 at December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily related to the liabilities from discontinued operations of $4,422,082 most of which were assumed by New York City as part of the sale of Jamaica’s bus operations. This decrease was partially offset by increases in income taxes payable of $241,875, and amounts due to affiliates of $275,386.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004

Current assets decreased by $682,039 to $7,109,384 at December 31, 2005 from $7,791,423 at December 31, 2004. The decrease is primarily related to decreases (i) in amounts due from affiliates of $96,800, (ii) decreases in assets from discontinued operations of $422,004, and (iii) in prepaid income taxes of $131,017.

Investment in affiliates increased to $397,546 from $0 at December 31, 2004.

Current liabilities increased $277,777, to $6,958,119 at December 31, 2005 from $6,680,342 at December 31, 2004. The increase is primarily related to increases in (i) liabilities from discontinued operations totaling $246,076, and (ii) in income tax payable of $82,461, partially offset by a decrease of $69,296 of amounts due to affiliates.

Cash Flows

Six months ended June 30, 2006 vs Six months ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

At June 30, 2006, Jamaica had $931,126 in cash and cash equivalents, including cash from discontinued operations, an increase of $754,582 for the six months ended June 30, 2006:

 

 

Six  Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash used in operating activities

 

$

(3,961,438

)

$

(253,714

)

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

5,100,379

 

(47,491

)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(384,359

)

(53,197

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

754,582

 

$

(354,402

)

 

85




Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities of $(3,961,438) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $3,707,724 versus $253,714 of cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash used in operating activities of $(3,961,438) was primarily related to (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $486,646 (ii) decreases in prepaid expense of $75,301, (iii) increase in income taxes payable of $241,875, (iv) increases in other current liabilities of $317,403 and (v) change in the amount due to/from affiliates of $275,386. The increases were partially offset by (i) deferred tax benefit of $89,484, (ii) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $225,978, (iii) increase in prepaid income taxes of $65,000, (iv) increase in deferred leasing commissions and other assets of $623,619, (v) cash used in discontinued operations of $(4,242,553). For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash used in operating activities of $253,714 was primarily related to net income from continuing operations of $208,969, partially offset by equity in earnings of affiliated companies of $264,878 and net cash flow used in discontinued operations of $227,301.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $5,100,379 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $5,147,870 versus $47,491 of cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005, and was primarily due to cash proceeds from sale of discontinued operation of $4,846,323.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $384,359 for the six months ended June 30, 2006, an increase of $331,162 versus $53,197 for the six months ended June 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash used in financing activities of $84,359 was for dividend payments and net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations was $300,000. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cash used in financing activities was for dividend payments of $42,697 and $10,500 for the repurchase of Jamaica stock.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

At December 31, 2005, Jamaica had $176,544 including cash from discontinued operations in cash and cash equivalents a decrease of $917,362 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in cash and cash equivalents was as follows:

 

 

For The Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(782,229

)

$

501,647

 

$

2,682,088

 

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(254,987

)

(768,595

)

175,763

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

119,854

 

(10,500)

 

(1,789,185

)

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(917,362

)

$

(277,448

)

$

1,068,666

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used by operating activities of $782,229 for 2005 increased $1,283,876 versus cash provided by operating activities of $501,647 for 2004. For 2005, cash used by operating activities of $782,229 was primarily related to (i) the net earnings from continuing operations of $393,349, (ii) decreases in other receivables of $37,830, (iii) decreases in prepaid income taxes of $33,870, and (iv) decrease in amounts in due to/from affiliates of $53,504 offset by (i) equity earnings of affiliated companies of $694,856, (ii) increase in prepaid expenses of $44,521, and (iii) cash used by discontinued operations of $551,628. For 2004, cash provided by operating activities decreased $2,180,441 from $2,682,088 in 2003. For 2004, cash provided by operating activities of $501,647 was primarily related to the net earnings from continuing operations of $66,686 offset by equity earnings of affiliated companies of $78,098, and increases in other receivables of $62,621, and net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $584,187. For 2003, cash

86




provided by operating activities of $2,682,088 was primarily related to the net loss of $1,332,923 offset by an increase in prepaid expenses of $75,395 offset by equity loss of affiliated companies of $1,249,440 and net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $2,869,954.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities of $254,987 for 2005 decreased $513,608 versus $768,595 for 2004. For 2004, cash used in investing activities increased $944,358 from $175,763 of cash provided by investing activities in 2003. For 2005, cash used for investing activities of $254,987 was primarily related to (i) capital expenditures of $107,415, (ii) increase in amount due from affiliates of $6,705, and (iii) net cash flow used for investing activities attributable to the discontinued operations of $140,867. For 2004, cash used for investing activities of $768,595 was primarily related to (i) amount due to affiliates of $619,739 and (ii) net cash flow used for investing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $148,856. For 2003, cash provided by investing activities of $175,763 was primarily related to (i) a decrease in amount due from affiliates of $167,685 and (ii) net cash flow provided by discontinued operations of $8,078.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities of $119,854 for 2005 was an increase of $130,354 versus cash used in financing activities of $10,500 for 2004. For 2004, cash used in financing activities decreased $1,778,685 from $1,789,185 in 2003. For 2005, cash provided by financing activities of $119,854 was primarily related to the payment of dividends totaling $169,646 and the repurchase of Jamaica stock for $10,500, offset by net cash provided by financing activities of $300,000 from discontinued operations. For 2004, cash used for financing activities was related to the repurchase of Jamaica stock of $10,500. For 2003, cash used for financing activities of $1,789,185 was primarily related to the repurchase of Jamaica stock for $3,500 and cash used in financing activities of $1,785,685 from discontinued operations.

87




GTJ

Results of operations

The results of operations for GTJ include the accounts of GTJ Co., Inc. and its subsidiaries:

Six months ended June 30, 2006 vs. Six months ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth results of operations of GTJ and its subsidiaries for the periods indicated:

 

 

Six  Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating revenue

 

$

15,659,651

 

$

14,725,433

 

Operating and maintenance expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment maintenance and garage expenses

 

1,567,381

 

1,470,278

 

Transportation expenses

 

3,592,697

 

2,972,220

 

Contract maintenance and station expenses

 

3,679,868

 

3,627,957

 

Traffic solicitation and advertising

 

 

66,393

 

Insurance and safety expenses

 

1,437,958

 

1,480,777

 

Administrative and general expenses

 

4,343,620

 

2,943,770

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

267,011

 

252,050

 

Operating and highway taxes

 

937,706

 

730,428

 

Other operating expenses

 

312,531

 

(33,507

)

Total operating and maintenance expenses

 

16,138,772

 

13,510,366

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

(479,121

)

1,215,067

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

Service fees, net of related expenses

 

1,103,979

 

448,649

 

Interest income

 

108,471

 

150,452

 

Interest expense

 

(107,277

)

(60,585

)

Change in insurance reserves

 

17,869

 

(179,416

)

Ceding commission

 

 

(68,241

)

Other nonoperating income (expense)

 

796,275

 

(53,910

)

Total other income (expense)

 

1,919,317

 

236,949

Income (loss) from continuing operations before Income

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes

 

1,440,196

 

1,452,016

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

489,000

 

124,377

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

951,196

 

1,327,639

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(17,133

)

(11,035

)

Net income

 

$

934,063

 

$

1,316,604

 

 

 

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $15,659,651 an increase of $934,218 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 operating revenue of $14,725,433. The increase of $934,218 was primarily attributable to increased revenue from Metro Clean of $186,992 as a result of increased business, increased revenue from Shelter Clean Arizona of $248,825 as a result of opening an office in Arizona, and an increase of rental revenue of $183,757

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $16,138,772 an increase of $2,628,406 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 operating expenses of $13,510,366. The increase of $2,628,406 was primarily the result of increased costs of transportation expenses of $620,477 and administrative and

88




general expenses of $1,399,850 related to professional fees incurred in connection with the reorganization as result of increased business in GTJ’s outdoor maintenance business.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $1,919,317, an increase of $1,682,368 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 of $236,949. The increase of $1,682,368 was primarily the result of a termination fee related to termination agreement between GTJ and the Bus Companies for various services that GTJ performed for the Bus Companies.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax represents federal, state, and local taxes on net income before income taxes. The provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was an increase of $364,623 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 of $124,377 and was primarily the result of increased tax expense related to increased income of continuing operations of $1,440,196.

Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

Discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was a loss of $17,133 an increase of $6,098 from the six months ended June 30, 2005 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $11,035. Amounts primarily represent remaining wind-down costs of the Varsity Charter and Varsity Coach business which was sold in 2003.

Net Income

For the six months ended June 30, 2006, GTJ had net income of $934,063 versus net income of $1,316,604. The decrease in net income was primarily due to the factors discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Operating revenue

 

$

29,496,053

 

$

27,389,249

 

$

21,997,994

 

Operating and maintenance expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment maintenance and garage expenses

 

3,207,224

 

3,181,049

 

2,312,778

 

Transportation expenses

 

6,174,946

 

5,530,292

 

4,597,621

 

Contract maintenance and station expenses

 

7,199,675

 

6,669,902

 

5,229,497

 

Insurance and safety expenses

 

3,065,220

 

1,072,939

 

724,087

 

General and administrative expenses

 

5,718,506

 

6,443,391

 

5,182,137

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

467,799

 

529,735

 

467,526

 

Operating and highway taxes

 

1,443,422

 

1,438,431

 

1,430,103

 

Other operating expenses

 

457,353

 

383,843

 

440,729

 

Total operating and maintenance expenses

 

27,734,145

 

25,249,582

 

20,384,478

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

1,761,908

 

2,139,667

 

1,613,516

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fees, net of related expenses

 

2,311,836

 

1,095,579

 

1,409,388

 

Interest income

 

135,935

 

177,259

 

97,024

 

Interest expense

 

(144,587

)

(153,780

)

(200,434

)

Change in insurance reserves

 

(1,077,488

)

(1,298,719

)

(1,244,343

)

Ceding commission

 

(68,241

)

(364,365

)

(159,192

)

(Loss) on disposal of asset

 

 

 

(8,995

)

Other nonoperating (expense)

 

(2,815

)

(275,311

)

(138,780

)

Total other income (expense)

 

1,154,640

 

(819,337

)

(245,332

)

89




 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

2,916,548

 

1,320,330

 

1,368,184

 

Provision for income taxes

 

488,320

 

267,635

 

659,141

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

2,428,228

 

1,052,695

 

709,043

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

159,733

 

(325,563

)

(6,669,700

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

2,587,961

 

$

727,132

 

$

(5,960,657

)

 

Operating Revenue

For 2005, operating revenue increased $2,106,804 to $29,496,053 from $27,389,249 in 2004. For 2004, operating revenue increased $5,391,255 from $21,997,994 in 2003. The increase of $2,106,804 in 2005 compared to 2004 was primarily related to increased revenues from GTJ’s paratransit business of approximately $1,050,000. The increase of $5,391,255 in 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily the result of (i) increased rental revenue of approximately $1,200,000, (ii) increased revenues from GTJ’s paratransit business of approximately $356,000 as a result of the increase in the number of vehicles from 2003, and (iii) increased revenues from GTJ’s outdoor maintenance business of approximately of $3,835,000.

Operating Expenses

For 2005, operating expenses increased $2,484,563 to $27,734,145 from $25,249,582 in 2004. For 2004, operating expenses increased $4,865,104 to $25,249,582 from $20,384,478 in 2003. The increase of $2,484,563 in 2005 compared to 2004 was primarily related to (i) increased transportation expenses of $644,654, (ii) increased contract maintenance and station expenses of $529,773, and (iii) increased insurance and safety expenses of $1,992,281. These costs increased as the result of the increase in revenues which resulted in increased labor costs and related benefits. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in general and administrative expenses of $724,885. This decrease was primarily related to a pension curtailment charge of approximately $400,000 that occurred in 2004. The increase of $4,865,104 in 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily related to (i) increased costs related to equipment maintenance and garage expenses of $868,271 (ii) increased transportation expenses of $932,671, (iii) increased contract maintenance and station expenses of $1,440,405, (iv) increased insurance and safety expenses of $348,852, and (v) increased general and administrative costs of $1,261,254 These costs increased as the result of the increase in revenues which resulted in increased labor costs and related benefits, and commissions paid to third party for services rendered to GTJ.

Other Income (Expense)

For 2005, other income (expense) increased $1,973,977 to $1,154,640 from other income (expense) of $(819,337) in 2004. For 2004, other income (expense) decreased by $(574,005) to $(819,337) from other income (expense) of $(245,332) in 2003. The increase of $1,973,977 in 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily related to (i) increase of $1,216,257 of service fees charged by GTJ to the Bus Companies, (ii) reduction in insurance reserves of $221,231 from GTJ’s Transit Alliance Insurance subsidiary, and (iii) decreased commissions on insurance policies written by GTJ’s Transit Alliance Insurance subsidiary. The decrease of $574,005 in 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily related to (i) decreases in services fees charged by GTJ to the Bus Companies of $313,809 and (ii) increased commissions on insurance policies written by GTJ of $205,173.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax represents federal, state, and local taxes on net income before income taxes. The provision for income taxes for 2005 was a provision of $488,320, compared to a provision of $267,635 in 2004, and a provision of $659,141 in 2003.

90




Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

For 2005, income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes increased $485,296 to income of $159,733 from a loss of $325,563 loss in 2004. For 2004, loss from discontinued operations, net of tax decreased $6,344,137 to a loss of $325,563 from a loss of $6,669,700. The increase of $485,296 in 2005 compared to 2004 is primarily attributable to the wind-down costs of the Varsity Charter Corp. and Varsity Coach Inc. businesses which were sold in 2003. The 2003 amount of $6,669,700 includes the actual costs related to sale of Varsity Charter Corp. and Varsity Coach Inc., while 2004 includes only amounts related to the winding-down of the businesses.

Net Income (Loss)

For 2005, GTJ had net income of $2,587,961, compared to income of $727,132 in 2004, and a loss of $5,960,657 in 2003. The changes in net income were primarily due to the factors discussed above.

Financial Position

June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) vs. December 31, 2005

Current assets increased by $843,039 to $14,754,720 at June 30, 2006 from $13,911,681 at December 31, 2005, primarily due to increases in cash of $1,179,934,  prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1,307,939, accounts receivable of $161,796, and assets of discontinued operations of $210,426. These increases were offset by decreases in notes receivable of $401,337, amounts due from affiliates of $1,429,719 and deferred tax assets of $186,000.

Current liabilities increased $2,037,401 to $18,530,792 at June 30, 2006 from $16,493,391 at December 31, 2005.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004

Current assets decreased $565,090 to $13,911,681 at December 31, 2005 from $14,476,771 at December 31, 2004.

Current liabilities decreased $3,286,455 to $16,493,391 at December 31, 2005 from $19,779,846 at December 31, 2004, primarily due to decreases in liabilities of discontinued operations of $1,129,179, amounts due to affiliates of $1,171,778, and other current liabilities of $1,967,842.

Cash Flows

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 vs Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

At June 30, 2006, GTJ had $4,310,364 in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $1,793,590 for the six months ended June 30, 2006:

 

 

For The Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

1,547,264

 

$

(772,195

)

Cash provided by investing activities

 

(662,330

)

227,983

 

Cash provided by (used in) by financing activities

 

295,000

 

(69,444

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,179,934

 

$

(613,656

)

 

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $1,547,264 as compared with cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005 of $(772,195), a difference of $2,319,459. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, cash provided by operating activities of

91




$1,547,264 was primarily related to net earnings from continuing operations of $951,196, decrease in (i) net operating activities with affiliates of $1,085,830, and (ii) decreases in other current and non current liabilities of $395,817 (iii) depreciation expense of $267,011, and (iv) provision for income taxes of $183,000. These decreases were partially offset by (i) changes in the income reserve of $481,665 (ii) increases in accounts receivable of $161,796, (iii) increases in accounts payable of $281,426 and (iv) cash provided by discontinued operations of $14,574.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities of $662,330 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $890,313 versus $227,983 of cash provided by investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2005.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $295,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and increased $364,444 from cash used in financing activities of $69,444 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 and was primarily the result from increased borrowings under the company’s line of credit.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and Year Ended December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

At December 31, 2005, GTJ had $3,130,430 in cash and cash equivalents a decrease of $46,647 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in cash and cash equivalents was as follows:

 

 

For The Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(1,893,952

)

$

(1,799,004

)

$

6,118,835

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

1,618,344

 

(892,825

)

(6,645,625

)

Cash provided by financing activities

 

228,961

 

2,755,108

1,114,349

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(46,647

)

$

63,279

 

$

587,559

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for 2005 was $1,893,952 as compared with cash used in operating activities of $1,799,004, a difference of $94,948. For 2005, cash used in operating activities of $1,893,952 was primarily related to net income of continuing operations of $2,428,228 offset by (i) change in insurance reserves of $1,158,386, increases in (ii) net operating activity with affiliates of $1,190,397, (iii) accounts receivable of $516,709, (iv) prepaid expenses and other current and non current assets of $359,399, and (v) cash used in discontinued operations of $1,290,907.

For 2004, cash used in operating activities of $1,799,004 was primarily related to (i) the net income from continuing operations of $1,052,695, primarily offset by increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $1,865,231, and cash used in discontinued operations of $821,472.

For 2003, cash provided by operating activities of $6,118,835 was primarily related to (i) the net income from continuing operations of $709,043, and decreases in (i) change in insurance reserve of $1,782,765, (ii) net operating account activity with affiliates of $603,470, (iii) prepaid expenses and other current and non current assets of $681,799, and (iv) retainange receivable of $2,375,709. These changes were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $1,273,531.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of $1,618,344 for 2005 increased $2,511,169 versus cash used in investing activities of $892,825 for 2004 and was related to the proceeds of securities available for sale of

92




$1,399,152 and a decrease in restricted cash of $413,394. For 2004, cash used in investing activities increased $5,752,800 versus cash used in investing activities of $6,645,625 for 2003. For 2004, cash used in investing activities was primarily related to (i) increase in restricted cash of $1,064,330, (ii) purchases of securities of $877,000, and (iii) purchases of property and equipment of $382,963, offset by proceeds of securities available for sale of $1,406,226.  For 2003, cash used in investing activities was primarily related (i) increase in restricted cash of $977,349, (ii) purchases of securities of $5,348,300, and (iii) purchases of property and equipment of $305,181, offset by proceeds of securities available for sale of $5,344,000.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities of $228,961 for 2005 decreased $2,526,147 versus cash provided by financing activities of $2,755,108 for 2004. For 2004, cash provided by financing activities increased $1,640,759 from $1,114,349 in 2003.  Cash provided by financing activities in 2005 primarily related to cash received from notes receivable of $232,406. The 2004 amount relates to cash proceeds from line of credit of $200,000 and net financings from affiliates of $3,309,693, offset by principal payments made on notes payable of $754,585. The 2003 amount relates to proceeds of notes payable from bank of $2,500,000, proceeds of line of credit of $3,150,000, net financings from affiliates of $2,375,487, offset by payments on notes payable of $2,761,138, and payments on lines of credit of $4,150,000.

Command

Results of Operations

As previously discussed, as a result of the sale and proposed sale of the Command’s bus routes, all operations related to the Bus Company operations has been reclassified to discontinued operations. The remaining operations of the Command are related to the real properties owned and operated by the Bus Companies and represent the depreciation recorded on each of the related buildings and leasehold improvements.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 vs. Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth results of operations of Command for the periods indicated:

 

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

195,827

$

7,784

 

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

195,827

$

7,784

 

 

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Taxes

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Command’s bus operations. Discontinued operations reflected income of $195,827 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 versus income of $7,784 for the six months ended June 30, 2005.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

The following table sets forth results of operations of Command for the periods indicated:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net loss from operations of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(1,646,778

)

$

(336,643

)

$

(286,541

)

Gain on sales of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

2,533,095

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

886,317

 

$

(336,643

)

$

(286,541

)

 

93




Gain (Loss) From Discontinued Operations , Net of Taxes

Gains (loss) from discontinued operations reflect the operating results of Command’s bus operations. For 2005, discontinued operations reflected a loss of $1,646,778 an increase of $1,310,135 from a loss of $336,643 in 2004. For 2004, loss from discontinued operations increased $50,102 from a loss of $286,541. Gains on sale of discontinued operations reflect the gain on the sale of the bus operations to New York City.

Gain on Sale of Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

Net income (loss)

For 2005, Command had net income of $886,317 compared to a loss of $336,643 in 2004 and a loss of $286,541 in 2003. The changes in net income (loss) were primarily due to the factors described above.

Financial Position

June 30, 2006 (Unaudited) vs. December 31, 2005

Current assets decreased by $1,843,447 to $3,179,665 at June 30, 2006 from $5,023,112 at December 31, 2005 and was primarily attributable to a decrease in cash of $990,078 and amounts due from New York City of $888,805, offset by an increase in amounts due from affiliates of $431,846.

Current liabilities decreased $6,232,413 to $3,014,153 at June 30, 2006 from $9,246,566 at December 31, 2005, and was primarily attributable to reduction in deferred Credit Union pension liability as a result of the merger of union plan with the MTA’s plan totaling $3,715,757.

December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004

Current assets increased by $1,004,029 to $5,023,112 at December 31, 2005 from $4,019,083 at December 31, 2004. The increase in current assets is attributable to discontinued operations.

Current liabilities increased $3,372,370 to $9,246,566 at December 31, 2005 from $5,874,196 at December 31, 2004 and is primarily the result of decreases in the amount due for deferred operating assistance of $1,458,529 and the amount due for the injury and damages reserve of $1,539,781.

Cash Flows

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 vs Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)

At June 30, 2006, Command had $857,255 in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $653,435 for the six months ended June 30, 2006:

 

 

For The Six Months
Ended June 30

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash used in operating activities

 

$

(1,799,713

)

$

(747,027

)

Cash provided by investing activities

 

809,635

 

 

Cash used for financing activities

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(990,078

)

$

(747,027

)

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities of $1,799,713 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased $1,052,686 versus $747,027 for the six months ended June 30, 2005.

94




December 31, 2005 vs. December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2004 vs. December 31, 2003

At December 31, 2005, Command had $1,847,333 in cash and cash equivalents an increase of $896,486 for the year ended December 31, 2004. The change in cash and cash equivalents was as follows:

 

 

For The Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(3,157,908

)

$

451,085

 

$

1,032,575

 

Cash provided by investing activities

 

3,405,000

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

649,394

 

(482,696

)

(347,168

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

896,486

 

$

(31,611

)

$

685,407

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash (used in) operating activities of $(3,157,908) for 2005 decreased $3,608,993 versus $451,085 for 2004. For 2004, cash provided by operating activities decreased $581,490 from $1,032,575 in 2003.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities of $649,394 for 2005 increased $1,132,090 versus cash used in financing activities of $482,696 for 2004. For 2004, cash used in financing activities increased $135,528 from $347,168 in 2003.

Financial Position of GTJ REIT

Background

Upon the Reorganization, GTJ REIT will succeed to the financial position of the Bus Companies.

In the fourth quarter of 2005 and the first quarter of 2006, the Bus Companies sold their bus assets to New York City for $25,000,000. After such sale, the combined assets of the Bus Companies principally consisted of real properties formerly used in bus operations, which are leased to New York City and to other commercial tenants and which generate gross annual rental income of approximately $9,500,000. Substantially all of these leases are “triple net” and there are no expenses for the Bus Companies, in that such tenants pay for taxes, insurance, repairs and the like. The other assets of the Bus Companies consist of their collective interest in GTJ and the subsidiaries of GTJ, which, at this time, do not require financing.

The Bus Companies have a $2,500,000 secured revolving credit facility and $4,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility, under which a total of $2,160,000 is presently outstanding.

Ongoing cash needs

GTJ REIT will not require cash for its operations, both real property and the TRSs. However, GTJ REIT will require cash for paying dividends to its shareholders and paying the costs related to the Reorganization. In addition, GTJ REIT will have to pay taxes on the substantial taxable income the Bus Companies now have. Because of the income produced by the real properties, there is adequate financing for this purpose.

GTJ REIT will have a substantial tax payment in 2007 related to the 2006 sales of the bus assets of approximately $9,586,000, which can be made from existing cash reserves, but which will use the substantial part thereof. Accordingly, GTJ REIT plans to obtain a revolving credit to refinance and replace the current revolving credits totaling $6,500,000, to provide it with needed liquidity.

On October 6, 2006, the Company (the “Borrower”) along with Green Bus Holding Corporation., Triboro Coach Holding Corporation., and Jamaica Holding Corporation. which own the NYC properties that are currently leased to the City of New York, at which the City conducts operations associated with passenger bus services (“Operating Subsidiary Borrowers) made application to ING Investment Management (“Lender”) for a $72,500,000 revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit is for three

95




years with two one year extensions and bears interest at a rate of 140 basis points over the 30-Day Libor Rate and is paid monthly and is subject to condition precedent to closing.

REIT Related Payments

As a REIT, GTJ REIT will be required to distribute at least 90% of its net income, exclusive of capital gains, and may elect to distribute 100% thereof in order to avoid taxation at the corporate level. These distributions would utilize fully GTJ REIT’s rental income. In addition, and on a one time basis, GTJ REIT will have to make a distribution of undistributed historical earnings and profits of the Bus Companies and has committed, $20,000,000 in cash for that purpose. Accordingly, GTJ REIT, Inc. will have to borrow this sum from the anticipated revolving credit.

Possible acquisitions

The Board of Directors of GTJ REIT may determine to expand its real property holdings. This would be done through cash purchases of properties that the Board of Directors determines to be consistent with the investment policies of GTJ REIT which would be funded from the revolving credit. It is anticipated that once these properties are purchased using the revolving credit, permanent mortgage financing will be placed on the real properties and the revolving credit will be paid down accordingly. It is also possible that GTJ and its subsidiaries will desire to make an acquisition, some of which may need to be funded by GTJ REIT. GTJ REIT would, in that case, and subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, provide such financing, which again is expected to be obtained from the $72,500,000 revolving credit.

Cash payments for financing

Payment of interest under the $72,500,000 revolving credit, and under permanent mortgages, will consume a portion of the cash flow of GTJ REIT, reducing net income and the resulting distributions to be made to the stockholders of GTJ REIT.

Contractual Obligations

The Company leases certain operating facilities and certain equipment under operating, expiring at various dates through fiscal year 2010. In addition, the Company has a line of credit as described in detail above. The table below summarizes the principal balances of our obligations for indebtedness and lease obligations as of March 31, 2006 in accordance with their required payment terms:

 

 

Payments due by calendar year period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

2006

 

2007-2008

 

2009-2010

 

Thereafter

 

Line of Credit

 

$

200,000

 

$

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable

 

1,666,201

 

1,666,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

1,360,823

 

458,897

 

608,577

 

293,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,227,024              

 

$

2,325,098

 

$

608,577

 

$

293,349

 

 

$

 

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company did not have any significant off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K. 

Financial Condition

As of June 30, 2006 on a combined company basis, cash and cash equivalents totaled $15.3 million.

Inflation

Certain of our long-term leases on our properties contain provisions to mitigate the adverse impact of inflation on our operating results. Such provisions include clauses entitling us to receive (i) scheduled fixed base rent increases and (ii) base rent increases agreed upon. In addition, five out of six of our leases are in

96




triple net, leases, requiring tenants to pay operating expenses, including maintenance, real estate taxes, insurance and utilities, thereby reducing our exposure to increases in costs and operating expenses resulting from inflation.

Environmental Matters

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, statues, ordinances, rules and regulations, as an owner of real property, we may liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances at, on, in or under our properties, as well as certain other potential costs relating to hazardous or toxic substances (including government fines and penalties and damages for injuries to persons and adjacent property). These laws impose liability without regard to whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence or disposal of those substances. This liability may be imposed on us in connection with the activities of an operator of, or tenant at, the property. The cost of any required remediation, removal, fines or personal or property damages and our liability therefore could exceed the value of the property and or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of those substances, or the failure to properly dispose of or remove those substances, may adversely affect our ability to sell  or rent that property or to borrow using that property or to borrow using that property as collateral, which, in turn, would reduce our revenues and ability to make distributions.

A property can also be adversely affected through physical contamination or by virtue of an adverse effect upon the value attributable to the migration of hazardous or toxic substances, or other contaminants that have or may have emanated from other properties. Although tenants under net leases are primarily responsible for any environmental damages and claims related to the leased premises, in the event of a bankruptcy or inability of a tenant to satisfy any obligations with respect to the property leased to that tenant, we may be required to satisfy such obligations. In addition, we may be held directly liable for any such damages or claims irrespective of the provisions of any lease.

From time to time, in connection with the conduct of our business, and prior to the acquisition of any property from a third party or as may be required by our financing sources, we authorize the preparation of Phase I environmental reports and, when necessary, Phase II environmental reports, with respect to our properties. There can be no assurance; however, that the environmental reports will reveal all environmental conditions at our properties or that the following will not expose us to material liability:

·        The discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions;

·        Changes in law;

·        Activities relating to properties in the vicinity of our properties.

Changes in laws increasing the potential liability for environmental conditions existing on properties or increasing the restrictions on discharges or other conditions may result in significant unanticipated expenditures or may otherwise adversely affect the operations of our tenants, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Set forth below is a summary of the accounting policies that management believes are critical to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Certain of the accounting policies used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are particularly important for an understanding of the financial position and results of operations presented in the historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We have also provided a summary of significant accounting policies in the notes to the consolidated and consolidated financial statements of the Bus Companies and their collectively owned investments. These policies require the application of judgment and assumptions by management and, as a result, are subject to a degree of uncertainty. Due to this uncertainty, actual results could differ from estimates calculated and utilized by management.

97




Green

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Green Bus Lines, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiary, Green Bus Holding Corporation. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s 40% investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method.

Jamaica

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Jamaica Buses, Inc. and Jamaica Bus Holding Corporation. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s 20% investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method.

Triboro

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Triboro Coach Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Triboro Coach Holding Corp. and Two Borough Express, Inc. (which terminated operations prior to 1992). The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

GTJ Co., Inc .

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GTJ Co., Inc. and its subsidiaries: Varsity Transit, Inc., Varsity Coach, Corp., Varsity Charter Corp., The Bus Depot, Inc., Satellite Transportation of New York Corp., MetroClean Express Corp. (“MetroClean”), Metroclean Express of New Jersey, Inc., Shelter Express Corp. (“Shelter”), Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp., ShelterCLEAN, Inc., ShelterCLEAN of Colorado, Inc., ShelterClean of Arizona, Inc., Transit Facility Management Corp., Transit Facility Claims Corp., Transit Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd., A Limited Sticky Situation, Just Another Limited Sticky Situation, The Third Limited Sticky Situation Corp., The Fourth Limited Sticky Situation Corp. and A Very Limited Sticky Situation, each of which is wholly-owned.

The following subsidiaries perform outdoor maintenance services and include: MetroClean Express Corp, Metroclean Express of New Jersey, Inc., Shelter Express Corp, Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp., and ShelterCLEAN, Inc., and ShelterClean of Arizona, Inc., Transit Facility Management Corp is paratransit bus company providing paratransit services to the City of New York. Transit Alliance Insurance Co., LTD provided insurance to several of the Companies other subsidiaries. Transit Facility Claims Corp., provides third party administrative services in conjunction with the Transit Alliance Insurance Co., LTD.

Varsity Transit, Inc., Varsity Coach Corp, Satellite Transportation of New York Corp, Varsity Charter Corp, A Limited Sticky Situation, Just Another Limited Sticky Situation, The Third Limited Sticky Situation, The Fourth Limited Sticky Situation, A Very Limited Sticky Situation, and ShelterClean of Colorado, and The Bus Depot, Inc. are all inactive subsidiaries.

98




The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Buildings

We record buildings at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on the buildings and improvements is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from ten to twenty years. Expenditures for significant renovations or improvements that extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets are reviewed when events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment or at least annually for impairment. The carrying value of these long-lived assets are compared to the undiscounted future net operating cash flows attributable to the assets. An impairment loss is considered if the net carrying value of the asset exceeds the undiscounted future net operating cash flows attributable to the asset and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the real estate asset may not be recoverable. The impairment loss recognized equals the excess of net carrying value over the related fair value of the asset. No impairment charges have been recognized through December 31, 2005.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13  “Accounting for Leases”, as amended, referred to herein as SFAS No. 13, SFAS No. 13 requires that revenue be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property.

Deferred Taxes

We measure deferred income taxes using enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in effect for the periods the underlying assets or liabilities are expected to settle. We may record a valuation allowance against our deferred income tax assets balance when it is more likely than not that the benefits of the net tax asset balance will not be realized, and record a corresponding charge to income tax expense.

Green

As previously discussed, as a result of the sale and proposed sale of the Green’s bus routes, all operations related to the Bus operations has been reclassified to discontinued operations. The remaining operations of Green are related to the real estate properties owned and operated by Green and represent the depreciation recorded each on the related buildings and leasehold improvements.

99




MANAGEMENT OF OUR COMPANY

General

Our board of directors is responsible for the management of our business and affairs. Our executives will manage our operations, subject to the direction of our board of directors.

Under the MGCL, each director is required to discharge his or her duties in good faith, in a manner reasonably believed to be in our best interests and with the care of an ordinarily prudent person in a like position under similar circumstances. Our board of directors include seven individuals, four of whom are independent directors as defined in the North American Securities Administrators Association (“NASAA”) guidelines. A director is deemed to be independent if in the last two years he or she is not associated, directly or indirectly, with our company or the Bus Companies. Serving as a director of an affiliated company does not, by itself, preclude a director from being considered an independent director, in accordance with the guidelines of NASAA applicable to REITs.

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, four of whom are deemed independent. We have a staggered board of directors. Class I directors have a term expiring in 2007, Class II directors have a term expiring in 2008 and Class III directors have a term expiring in 2009. Directors elected at such times shall be elected to three year terms.

The following table and biographical descriptions set forth certain information with respect to the individuals who are our officers and directors:

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

 

 

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper

 

77

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors and Class III Director

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Cooper

 

45

 

Vice President and Class II Director

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas Cooper

 

59

 

Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary and Class I Director

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Kessman

 

55

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

John Feerick

 

69

 

Class I Director

 

 

 

 

 

David Jang

 

45

 

Class II Director

 

 

 

 

 

John J. Leahy

 

63

 

Class III Director

 

 

 

 

 

Donald M. Schaeffer

 

55

 

Class III Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper has been principally employed as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Bus Companies and GTJ for the past 9 years. Jerome Cooper is Paul Cooper’s father and Douglas Cooper’s uncle. Mr. Cooper received a Bachelors degree in Political Science from Ohio State University and a Bachelor of Laws degree from Fordham School of Law.

100




Paul A. Cooper has served on the board of directors of the Bus Companies for the past 8 years. For the past five years, Mr. Cooper’s principal occupation has been as principal of Lighthouse Real Estate Ventures and its affiliates (collectively “Lighthouse”). Lighthouse owns, manages and leases commercial office buildings in the Greater New York metropolitan area for its own account and the account of its investors. Mr. Cooper received a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Pennsylvania and a Juris Doctor degree from Fordham University. Mr. Cooper is the son of Jerome Cooper and the cousin of Douglas A. Cooper.

Douglas A. Cooper served on the board of directors of the Bus Companies from approximately 1985 to February 2006. He has acted as general counsel to the Bus Companies for the past fourteen years. Mr. Cooper is a member of Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C. since 1998. He is presently a co-managing partner of that firm. Mr. Cooper graduated from Hamilton College, and received his Juris Doctor degree from Fordham Law School. He also earned a masters degree in Corporate Law from NYU Law School. Douglas Cooper is the nephew of Jerome Cooper and the cousin of Paul A. Cooper.

Michael Kessman has served on the board of directors of the Bus Companies since June 1998. He has been employed by the Bus Companies as the senior controller and Chief Accounting Officer since November 1985. Mr. Kessman  graduated from Syracuse University with a bachelors degree in accounting.

John Feerick has been a professor of law at Fordham University School of Law since 1982. From 1982 to 2002 he served as the Dean of Fordham University School of Law. Professor Feerick also sits on the board of directors of Wyeth, Sentinel Group Funds and Sentinel Group Tax PA Fund. He has held several prestigious public positions and is a published author. Professor Feerick is a graduate of Fordham College in 1958 and Fordham Law School in 1961. Mr. Feerick is deemed an independent director.

David M. Jang has been a Vice President at Multi-Bank Securities, an investment-banking firm since August of 2005. Prior to joining Multi-Bank, Mr. Jang was the Director of Institutional Sales at Sovereign Securities from March 2003 to August 2005 and President of CPE Management from September 1999 to March 2003. Mr. Jang graduated from Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania with a Bachelors of Science in economics. Mr. Jang is deemed an independent director.

John J. Leahy is presently a consultant. From 1998 to 2005 Mr. Leahy was Managing Director of Citibank Private bank operations in Long Island. Prior to that, Mr. Leahy was a Senior Vice President of Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. Mr. Leahy holds a Bachelors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Dayton, and a Masters degree in Business Adminstration from Long Island University. Mr. Leahy is deemed an independent director.

Donald M. Schaeffer has extensive accounting and legal experience in real estate and tax. In 1982, he joined the accounting firm, Kandel Schaeffer, in which he eventually became an officer and owner. Through successor accounting firms, he became co-owner and President of Schaeffer & Sam, P.C., which he has practiced with for the past five and a half years. He graduated from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, in 1972 and Columbia University School of Law in 1975. He is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of New York. Mr. Schaeffer is deemed an independent director.

Committees of our board of directors

Audit Committee

We have an audit committee comprised of three directors Messrs. Jang, Leahy and Schaeffer, all of whom are deemed independent directors. Mr. Schaeffer is designated as Chairman, being the audit committee financial expert. The audit committee will:

·        make recommendations to our board of directors concerning the engagement of independent public accountants;

·        review the plans and results of the audit engagement with the independent public accountants;

101




·        approve professional services provided by, and the independence of, the independent public accountants;

·        consider the range of audit and non-audit fees; and

·        consult with our independent public accountants regarding the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

Executive Compensation Committee

We have an executive compensation committee comprised of Messrs. Feerick, Jang, and Leahy, all of whom are deemed independent directors, to establish compensation policies and programs for our directors and executive officers. At present, our executive compensation committee serves only to determine awards under our 2006 incentive award plan. However, at a later date, the executive compensation committee will exercise the powers of our board of directors in connection with establishing and implementing compensation matters.

Directors’ compensation

We will pay each of our non-officer directors an annual retainer of $10,000 and annually grant a 5,000 share stock option at fair market value on the date of grant. In addition, we will pay non-officer directors $500.00 for attending each board and committee meetings.

Executive officer compensation

The following are the present executive officer salaries:

·        Jerome Cooper—base salary of $250,000 per year plus bonuses which may be granted by the board of directors in its discretion for his duties as Chief Executive Officer of the company and an additional $250,000 for his duties as President of GTJ, the subsidiary that manages the  outdoor maintenance businesses and paratransit business. Jerome Cooper has been granted an option under our 2006 Incentive Award Plan (“2006 Plan”) to purchase 100,000 shares of our Common Stock at $11.14 per share, the fair market value we have determined for our distribution of the Bus Companies’ undistributed earnings and profits and which is included in the fairness opinion discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. The option vests over three years and is exercisable for a period of ten years (these terms are referred to as an “Initial Incentive Option”).

·        Paul A. Cooper—a base salary of $150,000 per year plus bonuses which may be granted by the board of directors in its discretion. Paul Cooper has been granted an Initial Incentive Option for 50,000 shares of our Common Stock.

·        Douglas A. Cooper—a base salary of $150,000 per year plus bonuses which may be granted by the board of directors in its discretion. Douglas Cooper has been granted an Initial Incentive Option for 50,000 shares of our Common Stock.

·        Michael Kessman—a base salary of $207,000 per year plus bonuses which may be granted by the board of directors in its discretion.

There are no employment agreements with any of our executive officers.

102




Compensation of Bus Company Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the compensation of each executive officer of the Bus Companies and/or their subsidiaries for the three years ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

Annual  Compensation

 

Other

 

Name  and Position

 

 

 

Year

 

Salary

 

 Bonus 

 

Compensation (1)

 

Stanley Brettschneider

 

2005

 

$

549,611

 

 

 

 

 

$

49,258

 

 

Stanley Brettschneider

 

2004

 

$

504,329

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stanley Brettschneider

 

2003

 

$

480,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerard Cherpock

 

2005

 

$

135,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerard Cherpock

 

2004

 

$

121,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerard Cherpock

 

2003

 

$

108,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper

 

2005

 

$

477,432

 

 

 

 

 

$

40,733

 

 

Jerome Cooper

 

2004

 

$

402,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper

 

2003

 

$

394,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Doris Drantch

 

2005

 

$

245,320

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,989

 

 

Doris Drantch

 

2004

 

$

227,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Doris Drantch

 

2003

 

$

209,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Eagar

 

2005

 

$

274,098

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,023

 

 

Stephen Eagar

 

2004

 

$

248,329

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Eagar

 

2003

 

$

235,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Eagar

 

2005

 

$

155,557

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,695

 

 

Thomas Eagar

 

2004

 

$

141,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Eagar

 

2003

 

$

134,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael I Kessman

 

2005

 

$

232,100

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,957

 

 

Michael I Kessman

 

2004

 

$

217,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael I Kessman

 

2003

 

$

208,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)           Unpaid vacation pay

Compensation Committee interlocks and insider participation

There are no Compensation Committee interlocks or insider participation as to compensation decisions.

2006 Incentive Award Plan

The following is a summary of the principal features of the 2006 Plan. This summary highlights information from the 2006 Plan. Because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. To fully understand the 2006 plan, you should carefully read the entire 2006 Plan, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Securities subject to the 2006 plan

The shares of stock subject to the 2006 plan are our common stock. Under the terms of the 2006 plan, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to options, restricted stock awards, stock purchase rights, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other awards will be no more than 1,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment under specified circumstances.

103




Awards under the 2006 plan

The Compensation Committee will be the administrator of the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Our officers, employees, consultants and non-officer directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Plan. The administrator determines which of our officers, employees, consultants, and non-officer directors will be granted awards.

Nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase our common stock at a specified price which, except with respect to NQSOs intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable, in the discretion of the administrator, in one or more installments after the grant date. The exercisability of the installments of a NQSO may be subject to the satisfaction of individual or company performance criteria established by the administrator. NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator.

Incentive stock options, or ISOs, will be designed to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to certain restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs generally must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to officers and employees and must expire within ten years from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns, or is deemed to own, at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock, the 2006 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire within five years from the date of grant.

Restricted stock may be sold to participants at various prices or granted with no purchase price, and may be made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the vesting conditions are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and may receive distributions prior to the time the restrictions lapse. Also, distributions on restricted stock may be subject to vesting conditions and restrictions.

Deferred stock may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or distribution rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with stock options or separately. SARs granted by the administrator in connection with stock options typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the related option, but alternatively may be based upon an exercise price determined by the administrator. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to any SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation, there are no restrictions specified in the 2006 Plan on the exercise prices of SARs, although restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the SAR agreements. The administrator may elect to pay SARs in cash or our common stock or a combination of both.

104




Distribution equivalents represent the value of the distributions per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant.

Performance awards may be granted by the administrator to officers, employees or consultants based upon, among other things, the achievement of performance goals. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance criteria and may be paid in cash or our common stock or a combination. Performance awards to officers, employees and consultants may also include bonuses granted by the administrator, which may be payable in cash or our common stock or a combination of both.

Stock payments may be authorized by the administrator in the form of shares of our common stock or an option or other right to purchase our common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement in lieu of all or any part of cash compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable to the officer, employee or consultant. Stock payments may be based on the achievement of performance goals.

The administrator may designate officers and employees as Section 162(m) participants, whose compensation for a given fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator may grant to Section 162(m) participants options, restricted stock, deferred stock, SARs, dividend equivalents, performance awards, cash bonuses and stock payments that are paid, vest or become exercisable upon the achievement of performance goals for our company, or any subsidiary, division or operating unit of our company related to one or more of the following performance criteria net income; pre-tax income; operating income; cash flow; earnings per share; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization; return on equity; return on invested capital or assets; cost reductions or savings; or appreciation in the market value of a share of our common stock.

Option grants to non-officer directors

Each of our non-officer directors will receive an option for 5,000 shares of our common stock as of the date of their appointment and a similar option at each annual meeting of our stockholders thereafter (“Director Options”). Each person who thereafter is elected or appointed as a non-officer director will receive a Director Option on the date such person is first elected as a non-officer director and at each annual meeting of our stockholders thereafter. The Director Options will vest on grant.

Amendment and Termination of the 2006 Plan

The board of directors may not, without stockholder approval, amend the 2006 Plan to increase the number of shares of our stock that may be issued under the 2006 Plan.

The board of directors may terminate the 2006 Plan at any time. The 2006 Plan will be in effect until terminated by the board of directors. However, in no event may any award be granted under the 2006 plan after ten years following the 2006 Plan’s effective date. Except as indicated above, the board of directors may modify the 2006 plan from time to time. We will seek shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan in conjunction with approval of the Mergers.

105




OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows, as of the date of the Reorganization, the number and percentage of shares of our common stock owned by (1) any person who is known by us who will be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (2) each director and executive officer and (3) all directors, and executive officers as a group, assuming, in all cases, completion of the Reorganization, since no shares of our common stock will be outstanding prior thereto:

Name

 

 

 

Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned Assuming
Completion of the
Reorganization

 

Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding(8)

 

Jerome Cooper(1)

 

 

105,575

 

 

 

*

 

 

Paul A. Cooper(2)

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

*

 

 

Douglas A. Cooper(3)

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

*

 

 

Michael Kessman

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

*

 

 

John Feerick(4)

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

*

 

 

David Jang(5)

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

*

 

 

John J. Leahy(6)

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

*

 

 

Donald M. Schaeffer(7)

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

*

 

 

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8)

 

 

125,575

 

 

 

*

 

 


*                     Represents less than 1.0% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)           Does not include 100,000 shares which may be purchased under an Incentive Option, none of which is exercisable within the 60 days of June 30, 2006.

(2)           Does not include 50,000 shares which may be purchased under an Incentive Option, none of which is exercisable within the 60 days of June 30, 2006.

(3)           Does not include 50,000 shares which may be purchased under an Incentive Option, none of which is exercisable within the 60 days of June 30, 2006.

(4)           Includes 5,000 shares which may be purchased within 60 days under a Director’s Option.

(5)           Includes 5,000 shares which may be purchased within 60 days under a Director’s Option.

(6)           Includes 5,000 shares which may be purchased within 60 days under a Director’s Option.

(7)           Includes 5,000 shares which may be purchased within 60 days under a Director’s Option.

(8)           Based on 13,769,122 shares to be initially outstanding after the Reorganization and the distribution of earnings and profits.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no stockholders. There will be no trading market for our shares of common stock as of the date of the Reorganization and none is expected to develop.

CERTAIN INFORMATION
ABOUT THE BUS COMPANIES’ COMMON STOCK

No officer or director of any of Green, Triboro or Jamaica owns in excess of one percent of the outstanding common stock of any such Bus Company except that Jerome Cooper, President and a director, owns 1.19% of the outstanding common stock of Triboro and 1.52% of the outstanding common stock of Jamaica. Mr. Cooper is the sole voting trustee of voting trusts relating to Green, Triboro and Jamaica under which he has up to 90% of the voting power. However, Mr. Cooper will not be voting on the Reorganization or the mergers, and the voting trusts will terminate upon consummation of the mergers.

106




No officer or director of any Bus Company holds any option for the purchase of a Bus Company’s common stock, nor will such person receive anything of value in connection with the mergers except in consideration of his or her Bus Company common stock.

There is not, nor has there been, any trading market for the common stock of any Bus Company. Bus Companies have, from time to time, repurchased their common stock from their shareholders, and such common stock is retired.

Each of the Bus Companies has paid dividends on its common stock to its shareholders. Cumulative dividends per year for the three years ended December 31, 2005 paid by each of the Bus Companies is as follows:

 

 

Cumulative  Dividends Paid Per Share of Common Stock

 

 

 

          2003          

 

          2004          

 

          2005          

 

Green

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

$

300,570

 

 

Triboro

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

$

305,202

 

 

Jamaica

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

- 0 -

 

 

 

$

169,646

 

 

 

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

General

We may experience conflicts of interests with our directors, officers and affiliates from time to time with regard to our investments, transactions and agreements in which they hold a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.

Our board of directors has not adopted any policies with regard to transactions or agreements involving a security holder of our company, except as pertains to the anti-takeover provisions of the MGCL and the ownership limitations set forth in our charter. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Corporate Law and Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-Takeover Provisions of the MGCL” and “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Competition for the Time and Service of Our Executive Officers

Our company relies on our executive officers to manage our business under the supervision of our board of directors. Certain executive officers may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us and the various existing real estate programs and any future real estate programs or business ventures that they may organize or serve. Further, during times of intense activity in other programs, these key executives may devote less time and fewer resources to our business than are necessary to manage our business.

Acquisitions and leases of property from or to our directors, officers and affiliates

We may acquire and lease properties from our directors or officers or their affiliates, or sell or lease the same to them, although there are not plans to do so at this time. The prices or rent we pay for such properties will not be the subject of arm’s-length negotiations. For any acquisition or lease of a property from one of those parties, our charter provides that a majority of our board of directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, including a majority of our independent directors, must determine that the transaction and the purchase price or rent are fair and reasonable.

107




We may purchase properties from persons with whom our directors, officers and affiliates have business relationships

We may purchase properties from sellers with whom our affiliates have business relationships. If we purchase properties from such sellers, our affiliates may experience a conflict between the current interests of our company and its interests in preserving any ongoing business relationship with such seller.

Non-arm’s-length agreements; conflicts; competition

The agreements and arrangements, including those relating to compensation, between our company and our directors, officers or affiliates are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations, but are expected to approximate the terms of arm’s-length transactions. Our affiliates are not prohibited from providing services to, and otherwise dealing or doing business with, persons who deal with us, although there are no present arrangements with respect to any such services except for the legal representation of our company by Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF”), an affiliate of Douglas A. Cooper, a director, Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary.

Legal counsel for our company is affiliated with an officer and director

Douglas Cooper, a director and officer of our company, is a partner of RMF. RMF is also acting as counsel for the Bus Companies. There is a possibility in the future that the interests of the various parties may become adverse and, under the Code of Professional Responsibility of the legal profession, RMF may be precluded from representing any one or all of such parties as to adverse matters, subject to waivers by the parties.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2005, the directors and executive officers of the company, and their affiliates and associates have engaged in the following transactions with the Bus Companies, (excluding customary salary payments as employees of one or more of the Bus Companies).

Paul A. Cooper

Paul A. Cooper (“P. Cooper”) is a director and officer of the Company. In April, 2005, Lighthouse 444 Limited Partnership (“Lighthouse”), the owner of the building at 444 Merrick Road, Lynbrook, NY, and of which P. Cooper is a general partner, leased 5,667 square feet of office and storage space to the Bus Companies for a term of five years at an annual rent of approximately $160,000 for the first year, increasing to approximately $177,000 for the fifth year. In connection with this lease, there was a $231,000 expenditure (allowance) by the landlord for leasehold improvements. This lease will continue following the Reorganization.

Lighthouse Real Estate Advisors, LLC (“LREA”), of which P. Cooper is a member, received a leasing commission between 2003 and 2006 for the leasing of 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, New York on behalf of GTJ Co., Inc. to Avis Rent-A-Car System, Inc. in the aggregate sum of $1,100,000 (3.056% of gross rent). LREA also received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of 85-01 24 th  Avenue, East Elmhurst, New York on behalf of Triboro Coach Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $840,540 (1.318% of gross rent).

Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC (“LREM”), of which P. Cooper is a member, received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York on behalf of Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $615,000 (1.645% of gross rent). LREM also received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of (i) 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica,

108




New York and (ii) 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Edgemere, New York on behalf of Green Bus Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $1,281,579 (1.528% of gross rent).

The Avis fee was for finding the tenant and negotiating the lease. The New York City fees were for negotiating the leases. P. Cooper is one of several partners or members of Lighthouse, LREA and LREM.

Douglas A. Cooper

Douglas Cooper (“D. Cooper”) is a director and officer of our company and a partner of RMF, which has acted as counsel to the Bus Companies for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $505,126 and $530,874, respectively representing fees and expenses for litigation with New York City and others, the sale of the Bus Companies’ bus assets to New York City or its agencies, preparation of all documentation related to the Reorganization and general corporate matters.

Stanley Brettschneider

Stanley Brettschneider is a director of each of the Bus Companies. Prior to September 1, 2003, the Bus Companies owned and operated a school bus operation through GTJ and its subsidiaries, Varsity Transit, Inc. and Varsity Coach Corp. (“Varsity”). For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, Varsity incurred losses from its school bus contract services of $3,485,620 and $3,971,856 respectively, due to the high costs associated with labor, benefits, and maintenance. Terminating this business would have resulted in approximately $6,000,000 of penalties, and a negative performance report available to other municipalities. Accordingly, starting in February 2003, the Bus Companies determined to dispose of Varsity’s buses and routes. In doing so, they met and negotiated with existing operators in the school bus industry, as well as entities (“Buyers”) associated with Stanley Brettschneider, and owned by his wife and children, including Varsity Bus. Mr. Brettschneider is a key employee of the Bus Companies, a member of their Board of Directors and is related by marriage to certain of our directors and officers.

Initially 282 of Varsity’s buses were sold to the Buyers for $3,101,708. Approximately 255 of Varsity’s routes were sold to the Buyers for an initial payment of $3,000 per route, equaling $765,000, and additional payments of $1,000 per year per route for three years based on the recent five year operating extension offered to the New York City School Bus Contractors by the Department of Education which will equal $765,000, a total of $1,530,000.

The total sale price of $4,631,708 was payable as follows: $2,666,708 in cash, which was paid, and a four year promissory note in the amount of $1,200,000 with interest payable at six percent, which is being paid. The promissory note was reduced by means of a $250,000 lump sum payment made in 2003 and there are current monthly installments of $22,211. The $765,000 balance of the route purchase price was negotiated without a specific time of payment, because it depended on route renewals. $255,000 of such amount has been paid through June 30, 2006.

In connection with such sale, the Bus Companies leased the Buyers a portion of the Wortman Property. Such leasing was on an oral basis, and the lease has recently been reduced to writing. The terms of the lease are set forth in Business of the Bus Companies—Real Property Business—GTJ Property. The lease, which began in 2003 and terminates in 2010, is subject to extension as described in the above referenced section of this prospectus.

The Bus Companies estimated, in 2003, that the lease to the Buyers would represent an underpayment of estimated and projected market rent for the premises so leased of approximately $3,350,000 through 2010, but nevertheless believed the transaction was in the best interest of the Bus Companies because it curtailed the Bus Companies’ losses of approximately $4 million per year, led to transactions with the Buyers and others for buses and routes aggregating an excess of $7 million and led to

109




the vacancy of the 87 th  Street Property, then used for Varsity, so that the same could be leased to Avis Rent A Car for approximately $1.8 million a year. The underpayment of market rent appears, as of the current time, to be substantially in excess of such estimated and projected amount due to unforeseen increases in commercial rents in excess of the Consumer Price Index in the New York City metropolitan area and also due to significant increases in New York City real property taxes.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION AND OUR
PROPOSED STATUS AS A REIT

This section summarizes certain federal income tax issues. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all of the tax issues that may be important to you.

The statements in this section are based on the current federal income tax laws governing qualification as a REIT. We cannot assure you that new laws, interpretations thereof, or court decisions, any of which may take effect retroactively, will not cause any statement in this section to be inaccurate.

We do not deem this tax advice to potential stockholders. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences to you of receiving our common stock and of our election to be taxed as a REIT. Specifically, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the federal, state, local, foreign, and other tax consequences of such investment and election, and regarding potential changes in applicable tax laws.

Taxation related to the Reorganization

The mergers

The Reorganization will consist, in the first instance, of the merger of each Bus Company with and into a subsidiary of our company, with the subsidiary being the surviving corporation, and the Bus Company shareholders receiving common stock of our company. This is referred to as a type A merger for tax purposes.

Internal Revenue Code Section 368 identifies the basic types of tax-free reorganizations, including mergers, and provides for non-recognition of gain if certain requirements are met. A type A merger requires a state law merger, which is the case here. In terms of structure, the target company (a Bus Company) will merge into a subsidiary of the acquiring company (our company), and the shareholders of the target company will exchange target company stock for stock of the acquiring company.

Accordingly, we believe the Bus Company shareholders should not recognize gain on the receipt of our common stock in the Mergers, and their tax basis in such common stock should be equal to their basis in their Bus Company common stock. The holding period for our Common Stock will include their holding period of their Bus Companies Common Stock. At such time as a former Bus Company shareholder disposes of the same in a recognition transaction, such as a sale for cash, there will be recognition of income in an amount equal to the difference between the amount received and the tax basis for the shares thus disposed of. See “Tax Opinions” below.

A Bus Company shareholder who exercises dissenter’s rights (see “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders”) will generally recognize long term capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the shareholder’s basis in his or her Bus Company common stock.

Tax advice has not been rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, Weiser LLP.

Distribution of undistributed historical earnings and profits

Following the Reorganization, during the first year of our operation as a REIT, expected to be the year ending December 31, 2007, it is expected that there will be a distribution of the Bus Companies’

110




accumulated and undistributed historical earnings and profits, as one condition to our qualification as a REIT. The amount of the accumulated and previously undistributed earnings and profits is expected to be not more than $62,000,000. Accordingly we expect to make a distribution of such amount, $20,000,000 of which is expected to be made available in cash and the remainder in shares of our common stock valued by our Board of Directors. There is no assurance that our shareholders, after the Reorganization, will be able to realize that value (or any other particular value) for a share of our Common Stock. It is expected that each holder will be able to elect to receive cash, our common stock or some combination thereof. To the extent that more than $20,000,000 of cash is elected in the aggregate, it is expected that the cash distributed among all or some electing stockholders will be reduced so that the aggregate cash consideration does not exceed $20,000,000, and the balance of the distribution will be made in shares of our common stock.

For tax purposes, we expect that this will be a taxable dividend. Accordingly, it is expected that each GTJ REIT stockholder will be taxed in full on the distribution received by stockholder, whether in cash or common stock. The effective federal tax rate on dividends is presently 15%, and with state taxes, the aggregate tax rate will vary from 15% to 25%. Accordingly, it is expected that there will be an aggregate tax obligation arising from the distribution of more than $9,300,000 and less than $16,100,000. The cash portion of the distribution is intended to provide GTJ REIT stockholders with, among other matters, the funds to pay the taxes to be incurred as a result of the distribution.

Taxation of our company as a REIT

We plan to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the federal income tax laws effective beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2007. We cannot assure you, however, that we will qualify or remain qualified as a REIT.

In addition, our qualification as a REIT depends, among other things, upon our meeting the requirements of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code throughout each year. Accordingly, because our satisfaction of such requirements will depend upon future events, including the final determination of financial and operational results, no assurance can be given that we will satisfy the REIT requirements during the taxable year that will end December 31, 2007, or in any future year.

Our REIT qualification depends on our ability to meet on a continuing basis several qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that fall within specified categories, the diversity of our share ownership, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. We describe the REIT qualification tests, and the consequences of our failure to meet those tests, in more detail below.

If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the net income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” which means taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:

·        we will pay federal income tax on our net income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to our stockholders during, or within a specified time period after the calendar year in which the income is earned;

·        we may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference that we do not distribute or allocate to our stockholders;

·        we will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business and (2) other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property;

111




·        we will pay a 100% tax on our net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business;

·        if we fail to satisfy either the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Requirements for Qualification—Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on (1) the gross income attributable to the greater of the amounts by which we fail the 75% and 95% gross income tests, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability;

·        if we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our net income for such year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for such year (unless an election is made as provided below), and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, we will pay a 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amount we actually distributed;

·        we may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain; and

·        if we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation generally subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a tax basis determined by reference to the C corporation’s basis in the asset, which will be true for the assets acquired by us from the Bus Companies, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of such asset during the 10-year period after we acquire such asset. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of (1) the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition and (2) the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired the asset. It should be noted that all of the Bus Company real properties will fall into this category, so that we are planning to hold the same for the full 10 year period.

·        Although we may be taxed as a REIT, the income of our outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses, and other businesses that may be owned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries, will be taxed at the corporate level as if we were a “C” corporation.

Requirements for qualification of our company as a REIT

We must meet the following requirements to be taxed as a REIT, which we anticipate meeting:

(1)   we are managed by one or more trustees or directors;

(2)   our beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares;

(3)   we would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the federal income tax laws;

(4)   we are neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to specified provisions of the federal income tax laws;

(5)   our shares will be owned beneficially by at least 100 persons;

(6)   not more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares will be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, including specified entities, during the last half of any taxable year;

(7)   we elect to be taxed as a REIT and satisfy all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the Internal Revenue Service that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status;

(8)   we use a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and comply with the record keeping requirements of the federal income tax laws; and

112




(9)   we meet other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of our income and assets.

We must meet requirements 1 through 4 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will not apply to us until our second taxable year, which we presently anticipate will be 2008.

If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding shares in a taxable year and have no reason to know that requirement 6 above was violated, we will be deemed to have satisfied that requirement for such taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, and a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes are each considered one individual owner. However, a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the federal income tax laws is not considered one owner but rather all of the beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our shares in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.

We plan to issue sufficient common stock with sufficient diversity of ownership to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 set forth above. In addition, our charter restricts the ownership and transfer of our stock so that we should continue to satisfy requirements 5 and 6.

A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are considered to be assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, all of the capital stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any of our “qualified REIT subsidiaries” will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of such subsidiaries will be considered to be assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of our company. We currently have three any corporate subsidiaries, and after the Reorganization, we plan to have six qualified REIT subsidiaries, for each real property we will have acquired in the Reorganization.

In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Thus, our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities and items of income of our operating partnership will be treated as assets and gross income of our company for purposes of applying the requirements described in this prospectus.

Among other matters that must occur in order to have us become a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders all of the earnings and profits accumulated by the Bus Companies prior to the conversion to a REIT which were not previously distributed. We have been advised that the total of the earnings and profits of the Bus Companies not previously distributed, including the gain on the transactions with New York City, is expected to be a sum of not more than $62,000,000. We expect to make a distribution of this amount in the following manner.

113




We expect to make a distribution of undistributed historical earnings and profits to GTJ REIT stockholders on the record date of the distribution. We expect to make a total of $20,000,000 of cash available for the distribution with the remainder of such distribution to be made with common stock valued by our Board of Directors. Therefore, there is no assurance that our shareholders, after the Reorganization, will be able to realize that value (or any other particular value) for a share of our Common Stock. Each stockholder of GTJ REIT will be advised of the amount of the distribution to that shareholder, based on his or her share ownership, and will be entitled to elect the manner in which the distribution is to be made, for example, all cash, all stock, or a combination of cash and stock.

To the extent that the aggregate elections for cash exceed the total amount set forth above of $20,000,000, it is expected that the cash portion of the distribution will be allocated among some or all of the electing shareholders and the balance of the distribution will be made in stock. These shares of common stock are also being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Income tests for our company

We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, for each taxable year, must consist of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test includes:

·        rents from real property;

·        interest on debt or obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property; and

·        dividends or other distributions on and gain from the sale of shares in other REITs.

Second, at least 95% of our gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above, dividends, other types of interest, gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of the foregoing. The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of those tests to our company.

Rents and interest income of our company

Rent that we receive from our tenants will qualify as “rents from real property” in satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if the following conditions are met:

·        The amount of rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of gross receipts or sales.

·        Neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, known as a “related party tenant.”

·        If the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with a lease of our real property exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease, the rent that is attributable to personal property will not qualify as “rents from real property.”

We generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than through a taxable subsidiary which is subject to a special election (a taxable REIT subsidiary or “TRS”) or an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. However, we need not provide services through a TRS or an independent

114




contractor, but instead may provide services directly, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant.” In addition, we may render a de minimis amount of “non-customary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through a TRS or an independent contractor, as long as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our gross income from the property. We plan to use a TRS for management services the REIT is not permitted to provide.

We do not expect to charge rent for any of our properties that is based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, except by reason of being based on a fixed percentage of gross revenues, as described above. Furthermore, to the extent that the receipt of such rent would jeopardize our REIT status, we will not charge rent for any of our properties that is based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person. In addition, we do not anticipate receiving rent from a related party tenant, and we have represented that, to the extent that the receipt of such rent would jeopardize our REIT status, we will not lease any of our properties to a related party tenant. We also do not anticipate that we will receive rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with a lease of our real property that exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease. Furthermore, to the extent that the receipt of such rent would jeopardize our REIT status, we will not allow the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of our real property to exceed 15% of the total rent received under the lease. Finally, we do not expect to furnish or render, other than under the 1% de minimis rule described above, “non-customary” services to our tenants other than through an independent contractor, and, to the extent that the provision of such services would jeopardize our REIT status, we will not provide such services to our tenants other than through an independent contractor.

If our rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with a lease of our real property exceeds 15% of the total rent we receive under the lease for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that we receive during the taxable year that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT status. Furthermore, if either (1) the rent we receive under a lease of our property is considered based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person or (2) the tenant under such lease is a related party tenant, none of the rent we receive under such lease would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, if the rent we receive under such lease, plus any other income that we receive during the taxable year that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT status. Finally, if the rent we receive under a lease of our property does not qualify as “rents from real property” because we furnish non-customary services to the tenant under such lease, other than through a TRS, a qualifying independent contractor or under the 1% de minimis exception described above, none of the rent we receive from the related party would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, if the rent we receive from such property, plus any other income that we receive during the taxable year that is not qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT status.

To the extent that we receive from our tenants reimbursements of amounts that the tenants are obligated to pay to third parties or penalties for the nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, those amounts should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that we receive interest accrued on the late payment of the rent or other charges, that interest will not qualify as “rents from real property,” but instead will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. We may receive income not described above that is not qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. We will monitor the amount of non-qualifying income that our assets produce and we will manage our portfolio to comply at all times with the gross income tests.

For purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, the term “interest” generally excludes any amount that is based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, the term

115




“interest” generally does not exclude an amount solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of gross receipts or sales. Furthermore, if a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the secured property or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to such provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the secured property, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, interest received on debt obligations that are not secured by a mortgage on real property may not be qualified income, and would be excluded from income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

Unlike many other REITs, we will have a substantial operation, namely the outdoor maintenance and paratransit operations, that will not generate qualifying income. The operations of this group will be engaged through Shelter Express. The income of the TRSs will not be attributed to us for purposes of applying the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Dividends to us from the TRSs will qualify for the 95% income test.

Failure to satisfy our  income tests

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% and 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for such year if we qualify for relief under the relief provisions of the federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions generally will be available if:

·        our failure to meet such tests is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect; and

·        we attach a schedule of the sources of our income to our tax return.

We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amounts by which we fail the 75% and 95% gross income tests, multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

Prohibited transaction rules

A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We anticipate that none of our assets will be held for sale to customers and that a sale of any such asset would not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. Nevertheless, we will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provisions in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction, and will otherwise attempt to avoid any sale of assets that will be treated as being held “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” We cannot provide assurance, however, that we can comply with such safe-harbor provisions or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.”

Asset tests of our company

To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy two asset tests at the close of each quarter of each taxable year. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:

·        cash or cash items, including receivables specified in the federal tax laws;

·        government securities;

·        interests in mortgages on real property;

116




·        stock of other REITs;

·        investments in stock or debt instruments but only during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or offerings of debt with a term of at least five years; or

·        interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds.

The second asset test has two components. First, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets. Second, we may not own more than 10% of any one issuer’s outstanding securities as measured by vote or value. For purposes of both components of the second asset test, “securities” does not include our stock in other REITs or any qualified REIT subsidiary or our interest in any partnership.

We anticipate that, at all relevant times, (1) at least 75% of the value of our total assets will be represented by real estate assets, cash and cash items, including receivables, and government securities and (2) we will not own any securities in violation of the 5% or 10% asset tests. In addition, we will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and we will manage our portfolio to comply at all times with such tests.

Our company is allowed to own up to 100% of the stock of TRSs, which can perform activities unrelated to our tenants, such as third-party management, development, and other independent business activities, as well as provide services to our tenants. We and our subsidiary must elect for the subsidiary to be treated as a TRS. We may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of the stock of a taxable subsidiary that is not treated as a TRS. Overall, no more than 20% of our assets can consist of securities of TRSs, determined on a quarterly basis.

If we should fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we would not lose our REIT status if (1) we satisfied the asset tests at the close of the preceding calendar quarter and (2) the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by an acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets. If we did not satisfy the condition described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence, we still could avoid disqualification as a REIT by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which the discrepancy arose.

Shelter Express and other subsidiaries which own the outdoor maintenance businesses and paratransit business, will become TRSs. If the asset value of the outdoor maintenance and paratransit businesses would endanger our REIT status, we will consider the sale of the same, or distribution of the same to our stockholders in a “spin off” transaction.

Distribution requirements

To qualify as a REIT, each taxable year we must make distributions, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:

·        the sum of (1) 90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding our net capital gain or loss, and (2) 90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

·        the sum of specified items of non-cash income.

We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax return for such year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration and no later

117




than the close of the subsequent tax year. At the present time, we plan to make distributions on a quarterly basis.

We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to our stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year or, in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, by the end of January following such calendar year, at least the sum of:

·        85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year;

·        95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year; and

·        any undistributed taxable income from prior periods;

we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distributed. We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% excise tax described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements.

From time to time, we may experience timing differences between (1) our actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and (2) the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. In that case, we still would be required to recognize such excess as income in the taxable year in which the difference arose even though we do have the corresponding cash on hand. Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property which exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. Therefore, we may have less cash available for distribution than is necessary to meet the applicable distribution requirement or to avoid corporate income tax or the excise tax imposed on undistributed income. In such a situation, we might be required to borrow money or raise funds by issuing additional stock.

We may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirements for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts we distribute as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the Internal Revenue Service based on the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.

Record keeping requirements

We must maintain specified records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with such requirements.

Our failure to qualify as a REIT

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we will be subject to federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In such a year, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders in calculating our taxable income. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders in such year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to our stockholders would be taxable as ordinary income. Subject to limitations in the federal income tax laws, corporate stockholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.

118




US taxation of our stockholders on account of REIT operations

As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable “U.S. stockholder” must take into account, as ordinary income, distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits and that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or that we retain as long-term capital gain. The Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 reduced the tax rate for qualified dividend income to 15%. However, dividends from REITs generally are not subject to this lower rate except to the extent attributable to dividends distributed by the TRSs. REIT dividends paid to a U.S. stockholder that is a corporation will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations, except that dividends we receive from taxable companies, including our TRSs, and then distribute to our stockholders, will qualify for the lower rate. As used herein, the term “U.S. stockholder” means a holder of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

·        a citizen or resident of the United States;

·        a corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of an political subdivision thereof;

·        an estate whose income from sources without the United States is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States; or

·        any trust with respect to which (A) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and (B) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends as long-term capital gain without regard to the period for which the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 15% or 25% rate distributions. A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that is received in a taxable year. In that case, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.

If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits but does not exceed the adjusted basis of a U.S. stockholder’s common stock, the U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on the distribution. Instead, such distribution will reduce the stockholder’s adjusted basis of its common stock. A U.S. stockholder will recognize a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in its common stock as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the common stock has been held for one year or less, assuming the common stock is a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, to the extent of the REIT’s earnings and profits not already distributed, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year. We will notify U.S. stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income or capital gain dividends.

119




Taxation of U.S. stockholders on their disposition of our common stock

In general, a U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of the common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held the common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. However, a U.S. stockholder generally must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and other distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of the common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases other shares of common stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.

Capital gains and losses

A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate for the year 2006 is 35%. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to non-corporate taxpayers is generally 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year. For taxable years ending after December 31, 2010, the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains will increase to 20%. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of depreciable real property is 25% to the extent that such gain would have been treated as ordinary income if the property were a type of depreciable property other than real property. With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our non-corporate stockholders at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for non-corporate taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer can deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.

Basis of Bus Company shareholders in our common stock

Our common stock will be issued to the Bus Company shareholders in the Reorganization in exchange for their shares of common stock of the Bus Companies. Accordingly, their basis in the Bus Company shares, and the holding period of such shares, will be carried over to our shares. It is our understanding that substantially all of the Bus Company shares were received by gift or inherited. The basis of shares received as a gift would generally be the donor’s basis. The basis of shares received by inheritance would generally be the value of such shares in the decedent’s estate. Bus Company shareholders may find it difficult to establish the basis of the same, and should consult with their tax advisors. To the extent they are unable to establish their basis, upon a distribution to them in excess of our earnings, or a sale of our shares by them, the full amount of such distribution or sale proceeds may be taxable to them, since they have the burden of establishing their basis in our shares.

120




Information reporting requirements and backup withholding

We will report to our stockholders and to the Internal Revenue Service the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless such holder either:

·        is a corporation or comes within another exempt category and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or

·        provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A stockholder who does not provide us with his or its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us. The Treasury Department has issued regulations regarding the backup withholding rules as applied to non-U.S. stockholders.

Taxation of tax-exempt stockholders

Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts and annuities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income. While many investments in real estate generate unrelated business taxable income, the Internal Revenue Service has issued a published ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute unrelated business taxable income, provided that the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute unrelated business taxable income. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance its acquisition of the common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute unrelated business taxable income under the “debt-financed property” rules. Furthermore, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws are subject to different unrelated business taxable income rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as unrelated business taxable income. Finally, in some circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our stock is required to treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as unrelated business taxable income. The percentage of the dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as unrelated business taxable income is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if our company were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. The unrelated business taxable income rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our stock only if:

·        the percentage of the dividends that the tax-exempt trust must otherwise treat as unrelated business taxable income is at least 5%;

·        we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our shares be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and

121




·        either (A) one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock or (B) a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock.

Taxation of non-U.S. stockholders

The rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge those non-U.S. stockholders, if any, to consult their own tax advisers to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on ownership of the common stock, including any reporting requirements.

A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distributions. A non-U.S. stockholder may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax. We plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:

·        a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files the required form evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or

·        the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.

The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations with respect to the withholding requirements for distributions made after December 31, 2000, and we will comply with these regulations.

A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits but does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, such a distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether or not the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. stockholder may obtain a refund of amounts that we withhold if it later determines that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” under special provisions of the federal income tax laws. The term “U.S. real property interests” includes interests in U.S. real property and stock in corporations at least 50% of whose assets consists of interests in U.S. real property. Under those rules, a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of U.S. real property interests as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gain rates applicable to U.S. stockholders and might also be subject to the alternative minimum tax. A

122




nonresident alien individual also might be subject to a special alternative minimum tax. A non-U.S. corporate stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such distributions. We must withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder will receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.

A non-U.S. stockholder generally will not incur tax under the provisions applicable to distributions that are attributable to gain from the sale of U.S. real property interests on gain from the sale of its common stock as long as at all times non-U.S. persons hold, directly or indirectly, less than 50% in value of our stock. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If the gain on the sale of the common stock were taxed under those provisions, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed in the same manner as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax, a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals, and the possible application of the 30% branch profits tax in the case of non-U.S. corporations. Furthermore, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on gain not subject to the provisions applicable to distributions that are attributable to gain from the rule of U.S. real property interests if either:

·        the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain; or

·        the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his capital gains.

Other tax consequences

We and/or you may be subject to state and local tax in various states and localities, including those states and localities in which we or you transact business, own property, or reside. The state and local tax treatment in such jurisdictions may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the effect of state and local tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.

Tax opinions

In connection with the mergers and our proposed election to be taxed as a REIT beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2007, we have received two opinion letters from Herrick, Feinstein LLP addressing the federal income tax treatment of certain aspects of these transactions. In one of the opinion letter, Herrick, Feinstein LLP has rendered opinions that, based upon, subject to, and limited by the assumptions and qualifications set forth in the opinion letter, for federal income tax purposes: (i) the mergers of the Bus Companies and the acquisition companies wholly-owned by GTJ REIT will each qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; (ii) none of GTJ REIT, the Bus Companies and the acquisition companies will recognize gain or loss solely as a result of the mergers; (iii) the asset holding periods and tax bases of each of the Bus Companies will carry over to the acquisition companies after the mergers; and (iv) shareholders of the Bus Companies who receive GTJ REIT common stock in exchange for their Bus Company stock in the Mergers pursuant to the Merger Agreement will not recognize gain or loss solely as a result of the Mergers to the extent of the GTJ REIT common stock received in the exchange, to the extent that they hold their Bus Company stock exchanged as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code immediately before the exchange, and such Bus Company shareholders will have the same tax bases and holding periods in such GTJ REIT common stock as they have with respect tot he Bus Company stock exchange in the Mergers. In the second opinion letter, Herrick, Feinstein LLP has rendered opinions that, based upon, subject to, and limited by the assumptions and qualifications set forth in the opinion letter, after the

123




mergers the proposed methods of organization and operation of GTJ REIT, its expected ownership structure, the expected distribution of earnings and profits of the Bus Companies and their subsidiary corporations and GTJ REIT’s expected income and assets, will enable GTJ REIT to qualify as a REIT commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2007.

Herrick, Feinstein LLP’s opinion letters were addressed to the boards of Directors of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT, Inc. In addition, Herrick, Feinstein LLP opinions did not address the accuracy or completeness of statements or information contained in the registration statement, or the proxy statement/prospectus. Furthermore, it must be emphasized that the opinion letters were based and conditioned upon certain assumptions and representations made by us as to factual matters (including our representations concerning our income and properties and the past, present, and future conduct of our business operations as set forth in this prospectus/proxy statement and one or more factual certificates provided by our officers). The opinions were expressed as of their dates and Herrick, Feinstein LLP has no obligation to advise of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed or any subsequent change in the applicable law. Moreover, such qualification as a REIT depends upon GTJ REIT, Inc.’s ability to meet, through actual annual operating results, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the various requirements imposed under the Internal Revenue Code as discussed below, the results of which will not be reviewed by Herrick, Feinstein LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of our operation for any one taxable year will satisfy such requirements. An opinion of counsel is not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge any aspect of the mergers or our qualification as a REIT.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

Introduction

The following description of our capital stock highlights certain provisions of our charter and bylaws as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. Because it is a description of what is contained in our charter and bylaws, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Our common stock

Under our charter, we will have 100,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, available for issuance. We have authorized the issuance of up to 15,564,454 shares of our common stock in connection with the Reorganization and the earnings and profits distribution described elsewhere in this prospectus although we expect only 13,769,122 shares to be issued. We have also reserved 1,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2006 Plan. The common stock offered by this prospectus, when issued, will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. The common stock is not convertible or subject to redemption.

Holders of our common stock:

·        are entitled to receive distributions authorized by our board of directors after payment of, or provision for, full cumulative distributions on and any required redemptions of shares of preferred stock then outstanding;

·        are entitled to share ratably in the distributable assets of our company remaining after satisfaction of the prior preferential rights of the preferred stock and the satisfaction of all of our debts and liabilities in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of our company; and

·        do not have preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights or preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities.

124




Except as otherwise provided, all shares of our common stock will have equal voting rights. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect our directors standing for election at any given time. The voting rights per share of our equity securities issued in the future will be established by our board of directors.

Our charter provides that we may not, without the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of all the shares entitled to vote on the matter:

·        amend our charter, including, by way of illustration, amendments to provisions relating to director qualifications, fiduciary duty, liability and indemnification, conflicts of interest, investment policies or investment restrictions, except for amendments with respect to classifications and reclassifications of our capital stock and increases or decreases in the aggregate number of shares of our stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series;

·        sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of our business or as otherwise permitted by law;

·        cause a merger or reorganization of our company except as permitted by law; or

·        dissolve or liquidate our company.

Further, only stockholders holding two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock may remove a director for cause for which they vote at a meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to vote on a matter may do so at a meeting in person or by a proxy executed in writing or in any other manner permitted by law directing the manner in which he or she desires that his or her vote be cast. Any such proxy must be received by our board of directors prior to the date on which the vote is taken. Stockholders may take action without a meeting if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter.

Our preferred stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors without further stockholder action to provide for the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, with such voting powers and with such terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption, as our board of directors shall approve. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no preferred shares outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any preferred shares. There is no requirement that a majority of the independent directors approve the issuance of preferred stock. We have authorized a Series A Preferred Stock consisting of 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock in connection with our Shareholders Rights Plan.

Issuance by us of additional securities and debt instruments

Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional securities, including common stock, preferred stock, convertible preferred stock and convertible debt, for cash, property or other consideration on such terms as they may deem advisable and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of capital stock of our company without approval of our stockholders. We may issue debt obligations with conversion privileges on such terms and conditions as the board of directors may determine, whereby the holders of such debt obligations may acquire our common stock or preferred stock. We may also issue warrants, options and rights to buy shares on such terms as the directors deem advisable subject to certain restrictions in our charter, despite the possible dilution in the value of the outstanding shares which may result from the exercise of such warrants, options or rights to buy shares, as part of a ratable issue to stockholders, as part of a private or public offering or as part of other financial arrangements. Our board of directors, with the requisite approval of our stockholders, may also amend our charter from time to time to increase or

125




decrease the aggregate number of shares of our stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our common stock

In order to qualify as a REIT under the federal tax laws, we must meet several requirements concerning the ownership of our outstanding capital stock. Specifically, no more than 50% in value of our outstanding capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer persons, as defined in the federal tax laws to include specified private foundations, employee benefit plans and trusts, and charitable trusts, during the last half of a taxable year, other than our first REIT taxable year. Moreover, 100 or more persons must own our outstanding shares of capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year, other than our first REIT taxable year.

Because our board of directors believes it is essential for our company to qualify and continue to qualify as a REIT and for other corporate purposes, our charter, subject to the exceptions described below, provides that no person may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the federal tax laws, (i) more than 9.9% of each class or series of our capital stock, including the common stock; or (ii) such amount of our capital stock as would result in (1) our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons; (2) five or fewer individuals, including natural persons, private foundations, specified employee benefit plans and trusts, and charitable trusts, owning more than 50% of our capital stock, applying broad attribution rules imposed by the federal income tax laws; or (3) our company otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT for federal tax purposes.

Our charter provides that, subject to the exceptions described below, any transfer of capital stock that would result in our capital stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons, determined without reference to any rules of attribution, will be null and void. Any transfer of shares of GTJ REIT common stock, which would otherwise result in ownership in violation of the ownership limits described in the proceding paragraph would result in such shares being transferred automatically to a trust effective on the day before the purported transfer of such shares. We have designated as the initial trustee, one of TRSs. The beneficiary of the trust will be one or more charitable organizations that are named by our company.

The shares will remain shares of issued and outstanding capital stock and will be entitled to the same rights and privileges as all other stock of the same class or series. The trust will receive all dividends and distributions on the shares-in-trust and will hold such dividends or distributions in trust for the benefit of the beneficiary. The trust will vote all shares held in the trust. The trust will designate a permitted transferee of the shares, provided that the permitted transferee purchases such shares-in-trust for valuable consideration and acquires such shares-in-trust without such acquisition resulting in the violation of one or more ownership limitations.

Our charter requires that the prohibited owner of the shares pay to the trust the amount of any dividends or distributions received by the prohibited owner that are attributable to any such shares and the record date of which was on or after the date that such shares of stock became shares. The prohibited owner generally will receive from the trust the lesser of:

(1)   the price per share such prohibited owner paid for the shares; or

(2)   the price per share received by the trust from the sale of such shares held in the trust.

The trust will distribute to the beneficiary any amounts received by the trust in excess of the amounts to be paid to the prohibited owner.

The shares held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to our company, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of:

(1)   the price per share in the transaction that created such shares-in-trust; or

126




(2)   the market price per share on the date that our company, or our designee, accepts such offer.

We will have the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold such shares.

If you own, directly or indirectly, more than 5%, or such lower percentages as required under the federal tax laws, of our outstanding shares of stock, then you must, within 30 days after the close of each year, provide to us a written statement or affidavit stating your name and address, the number of shares of capital stock owned directly or indirectly, and a description of how such shares are held. In addition, each direct or indirect stockholder shall provide to us such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits.

The ownership limits generally will not apply to the acquisition of shares of capital stock by an underwriter that participates in a public offering of such shares. In addition, our board of directors, upon receipt of a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel and upon such other conditions as our board of directors may direct, may exempt a person from the ownership limits. However, the ownership limits will continue to apply until our board of directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of our company to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

All certificates representing our common or preferred shares, if any, will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

The ownership limits in our charter may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover or other transaction or change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for your shares or otherwise be in your interest.

Our Proposed Stockholder Rights Agreement

We have approved a Stockholder Rights Agreement (“Rights Agreement”) which we expect to enter into before the mergers. Under the Rights Agreement, each share of our common stock issued shall include one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Shares”), at a price of $50.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in the Rights Agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”), a copy of which was filed with the registration statement of which proxy statement/prospectus is a part. Every statement herein is qualified by the terms of the Rights Agreement . Each Right alternatively entitles the holder to purchase $50.00 of our common stock from us at one-half of its then fair market value.

Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than (A) the Company, (B) a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, (C) any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (D) any entity holding common stocks for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) have acquired beneficial ownership of fifteen (15%) percent or more of our outstanding common stock or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the board of directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of fifteen (15%) percent or more of our outstanding common stock (the earlier of such dates being called the “Distribution Date”), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of the common stock certificates outstanding by such common stock certificate.

127




The Rights Agreement provides that until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with our common stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), our common stock certificates issued will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for common stock will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the common stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights (“Right Certificates”) will be mailed to holders of record of the common stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will then evidence the Rights.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on December 31, 2016 (the “Final Expiration Date”), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by us, in each case, as described below.

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Preferred Shares or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Preferred Shares, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Preferred Shares of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares at a price, or securities convertible into Preferred Shares with a conversion price, less than the then-current market price of the Preferred Shares or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends paid out of earnings or retained earnings or dividends payable in Preferred Shares) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

The number of outstanding Rights and the Preferred Shares or common stock issuable upon exercise of each Right are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split of the common stock or a stock dividend on the common stock payable in common stock or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the common stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

Preferred Shares purchased upon exercise of the Rights will not be redeemable. Each Preferred Share will be entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $1 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 1000 times the dividend declared per common stock, or if the Preferred Shares are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. In the event of liquidation, the holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment of $50,000 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 1000 times the payment made per common stock, or if the Preferred Shares are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. Each Preferred Share will have 1000 votes, voting together with the common stocks, or if the Preferred Shares are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which common stocks are exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1000 times the amount received per common stock, or if the Preferred Shares are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. These rights are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

From and after the Distribution Date, the liquidation amount of the Preferred Shares ($50,000 per share) is convertible into shares of common stock at a rate of 50% of the market value of the common stock on the Distribution Date, subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations and distributions, and for mergers and asset acquisitions. Thereafter, voting and dividend rights will be based on the common stock equivalent of the Preferred Shares, that is, each Preferred Share, for such purpose, shall be treated as if it had been fully converted into shares of common stock.

In the event that we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of our consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current exercise price of the Right, that number of

128




shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of common stocks having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of the outstanding common stocks, our board of directors may, at its option, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void) for one-half of the number of common stocks, one-thousandths of Preferred Shares or other securities or property for which the Rights are then exercisable.

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at our election, be evidenced by depositary receipts) and in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Shares on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

At any time prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person, our board of directors may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.0001 per Right (the “Redemption Price”). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time on such basis with such conditions as the board of directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

The terms of the Rights may be amended by our board of directors without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment to lower certain thresholds described above to not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001 % and the largest percentage of the outstanding common stocks then known to us to be beneficially owned by any person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than an excepted person) and (ii) 10%, except that from and after such time as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person no such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

SHARE REPURCHASES

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may determine to offer to repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time. Should the board of directors make such determination, it will communicate the same to all stockholders in writing at their addresses set forth on the stockholder records of the company and will comply with applicable law. The offer, if made, shall be on such terms as the board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine.

129




CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND CORPORATE LAW AND OUR CHARTER
AND BYLAWS

The following is a summary of certain provisions of Maryland law, our charter and our bylaws in effect as of the date of this prospectus.

Our charter and bylaws

Stockholder rights and related matters are governed by the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, and our charter and bylaws. Our board of directors approved our charter and bylaws. A majority of our independent directors must approve or ratify any subsequent amendment to our charter and bylaws. Provisions of our charter and bylaws, which are summarized below, are likely to make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and are likely to discourage or make more difficult any attempt by a person or group to obtain control of our company.

Stockholders’ meetings

An annual meeting of our stockholders will be held upon reasonable notice for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. A special meeting of our stockholders may be called in the manner provided in the bylaws, including by the president or a majority of our board of directors or a majority of the independent directors, and will be called by the secretary upon written request of stockholders holding in the aggregate at least 25% of the outstanding shares. Upon receipt of a written request, either in person or by mail, stating the purpose(s) of the meeting, we will provide all stockholders, within 10 days after receipt of this request, written notice, either in person or by mail, of a meeting and the purpose of such meeting to be held on a date not less than 10 nor more than 90 days after the distribution of such notice, at a time and place specified in the request, or if none is specified, at a time and place convenient to our stockholders. At any meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on the applicable record date. In general, the presence in person or by proxy of a majority of the outstanding shares constitutes a quorum, and the majority vote of our stockholders will be binding on all of our stockholders.

Our board of directors

Our charter provides that the number of directors of our company shall be seven, which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the By-laws, provided such number may not be fewer than three or more than fifteen. A majority of the directors will be independent directors. This provision may only be amended by a vote of our stockholders holding at least two-thirds of our voting securities. A vacancy in our board of directors caused by the death, resignation or incapacity of a director or by an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. With respect to a vacancy created by the death, resignation or incapacity of an independent director, the remaining independent directors will nominate a replacement. Any director may resign at any time and may be removed with cause by our stockholders owning at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares.

Because holders of common stock have no right to cumulative voting for the election of directors, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of the shares of common stock with a majority of the voting power of the common stock will be able to elect all of the directors.

We have a staggered board of directors, with each director having a three year term once a full cycle of elections take place. Accordingly, only approximately one-third of the directors are to be elected at any annual meeting. At the present time, two of our seven directors will serve until the 2007 annual meeting of

130




stockholders, two of our directors will serve until the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders and three of our directors will serve until the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders.

Fiduciary duties

Our directors are deemed to be in a fiduciary relationship to us and our stockholders and our directors have a fiduciary duty to the stockholders to supervise our executives.

Limitation of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers

We have included in our charter a provision limiting the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except as may be required by Maryland law.

We will indemnify our present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities. However, we shall not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

Our charter provides that none of our directors or officers will be liable to our company or our stockholders for money damages and that we will indemnify and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to our directors, our officers, their affiliates and any individual who, while our director or officer at our request, served as a director, trustee, partner or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for losses they may incur by reason of their service in those capacities; provided, however, we will not indemnify or hold harmless our directors and officers unless all of the following conditions are met:

·        the party was acting on behalf of or performing services on the part of our company;

·        our directors and officers have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of our company;

·        such indemnification or agreement to be held harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our stockholders; and

·        such liability or loss was not the result of:

negligence or misconduct by our officers or directors (other than the independent directors); or

gross negligence or willful misconduct by the independent directors.

The SEC takes the position that indemnification against liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 is against public policy and unenforceable. Furthermore, our charter prohibits us from indemnifying our directors for liabilities arising from or out of a violation of state or federal securities laws, unless one or more of the following conditions are met:

·        there has been a successful determination on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the party seeking indemnification;

·        such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the party seeking indemnification; or

·        a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the party seeking indemnification and finds that indemnification of the settlement and related costs should be made and the court considering the request has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published opinions of any state securities regulatory authority in which shares of our stock were offered and sold as to indemnification for securities law violations.

131




We may advance amounts to persons entitled to indemnification for reasonable expenses and costs incurred as a result of any proceeding for which indemnification is being sought in advance of a final disposition of the proceeding only if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

·        the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services by the indemnified party for or on behalf of our company;

·        the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder of our company or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder of our company acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement;

·        the party receiving such advances furnishes our company with a written statement of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct described above; and

·        the indemnified party receiving such advances furnishes to our company a written undertaking, personally executed on his or her behalf, to repay the advanced funds to our company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct described above.

Authorizations of payments will be made by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors.

Also, our board of directors may cause our company to indemnify or contract to indemnify any person not specified above who was, is, or may become a party to any proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of our company, or is or was serving at the request of our company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, to the same extent as if such person were specified as one whom indemnification is granted as described above. Any determination to indemnify or contract to indemnify will be made by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of disinterested directors.

We intend to purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify such parties against the liability assumed by them in accordance with our charter in a sum of at least $5 million.

The indemnification provided in our charter is not exclusive to any other right to which any person may be entitled, including any right under policies of insurance that may be purchased and maintained by our company or others, with respect to claims, issues or matters in relation to which our company would not have obligation or right to indemnify such person under the provisions of our charter.

Defenses available to our directors and officers

There are defenses available to our directors and officers under Maryland corporate law in the event of a stockholder action against them. A director or officer may contend that he or she performed the action giving rise to the stockholder’s action in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of our company and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position under similar circumstances would have used. The directors and officers also are entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements prepared by experts, including accountants, consultants and counsel, who were selected with reasonable care or a committee of the board of directors on which the director does not serve as to a matter within its authority so long as the director has a reasonable belief that the committee merits its confidence.

Inspection of our books and records

We will keep, or cause to be kept, full and true books of account on an accrual basis of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We will maintain at all times at our principal office all of our books of account, together with all of our other records, including a copy of our charter.

132




Any stockholder or his or her agent will be permitted access to all of our records at all reasonable times, and may inspect and copy any of them. As part of our books and records, we will maintain an alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of our stockholders along with the number of shares held by each of them. We will make the stockholder list available for inspection by any stockholder or his or her agent at our principal office upon the request of the stockholder.

We will update, or cause to be updated, the stockholder list at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein.

We will mail a copy of the stockholder list to any stockholder requesting the stockholder list within ten days of the request, subject to verification of the purpose for which the list is requested, as discussed below. The copy of the stockholder list will be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in a readily readable type size. We may impose a reasonable charge for copy work incurred in reproducing the stockholder list.

The purposes for which a stockholder may request a copy of the stockholder list include, without limitation, matters relating to stockholders’ voting rights and the exercise of stockholders’ rights under federal proxy laws.

If our board of directors neglects or refuses to exhibit, produce or mail a copy of the stockholder list as requested, our board of directors will be liable to any stockholder requesting the list for the costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by that stockholder for compelling the production of the stockholder list, and for actual damages suffered by any stockholder by reason of such refusal or neglect. It will be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the stockholder list is to secure such list of stockholders or other information for the purpose of selling such list or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a stockholder relative to the affairs of our company. We may require that the stockholder requesting the stockholder list represent that he or she is not requesting the list for a commercial purpose unrelated to the stockholder’s interests in our company and that he or she will not make any commercial distribution of such list or the information disclosed through such inspection. These remedies are in addition to, and will not in any way limit, other remedies available to stockholders under federal law, or the laws of any state.

Restrictions on roll-up transactions

In connection with a “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of our company and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we would be required to obtain an appraisal of all of our properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with directors and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by our company. Our properties will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our properties as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of properties over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for the benefit of our company and our stockholders. We will include a summary of the independent appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the stockholders in connection with a proposed roll-up transaction.

133




In connection with a roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to stockholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:

·        accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or

·        one of the following:

·        remaining stockholders of our company and preserving their interests in our company on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

·        receiving cash in an amount equal to the stockholder’s pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

Our company is prohibited from participating in a roll-up transaction:

·        which would result in our stockholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in our charter, including rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, annual reports, annual and special meetings, amendment of the charter, and dissolution of our company;

·        which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of shares by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor; in which our stockholder’s rights to access of records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in our charter and described in “Inspection of Books and Records” above; or

·        in which our company would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if our stockholders do not approve the roll-up transaction.

Anti-takeover provisions of the MGCL

The following paragraphs summarize certain provisions of Maryland law and our charter and bylaws which may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company.

Business combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder (defined as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares or an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation) or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board. Thereafter, any such business combination must be

134




recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (a) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (b) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has opted out of these provisions of the MGCL only with respect to affiliates of our company and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and any affiliate of our company. As a result, any affiliate who becomes an interested stockholder may be able to enter into business combinations with us that may not be in the best interest of our stockholders without compliance by our company with the super-majority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

Control share acquisitions

The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved at a special meeting by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares of stock in a corporation in respect of which any of the following persons is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of shares of stock of the corporation in the election of directors:

(1)          a person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition,

(2)          an officer of the corporation, or

(3)          an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation.

“Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

(a)           one-tenth or more but less than one-third,

(b)          one-third or more but less than a majority, or

(c)           a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined without regard to the absence of voting rights for the

135




control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply to (a) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Section 2.13 of our bylaws contains a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our stock. We cannot assure you that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future by the board of directors, in which event the control share acquisition statute would apply to us.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions, and since we qualify, we have elected to put each of the following into effect: 

·        a classified board,

·        two-thirds vote requirements for removing a director,

·        a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors,

·        a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred, and

·        a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Rights Agreement

We have adopted the Rights Agreement described above under “Shareholder Rights Agreement” above, which we expect to enter into at the time of the mergers.

Dissolution or termination of our company

We are an infinite-life corporation which may be dissolved under the MGCL at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of our entire board and the stockholders of at least two-thirds of our voting stock.

136




Transactions with affiliates

We have established restrictions on dealings between our company and our officers, directors or affiliates in our charter and elsewhere. Under the MGCL, each director is required to discharge his duties in good faith, in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of our company and with the care of an ordinarily prudent person in a like position under similar circumstances. In addition, Maryland law provides that a transaction between our company and any of our directors or between our company and any other corporation, firm or other entity in which any of our directors is a director or has a material financial interest is not voidable solely because of the common directorship or interest if:

·        the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed to or known by the directors and the transaction is authorized, approved or ratified by the disinterested directors; or

·        the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed to or known by our stockholders and the transaction is authorized approved or ratified by the disinterested stockholders; or

·        the transaction is fair and reasonable to our company.

Advance notice of director nominations and new business

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws which includes delivery of notice to our secretary not less than 60 not more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (A) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (B) by the board of directors, or (C) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

COMPARISON OF RIGHTS OF NEW YORK AND MARYLAND SHAREHOLDERS

As part of the proposed Reorganization, the Bus Company shareholders are being requested to approve mergers of the Bus Companies with and into subsidiaries of GTJ REIT, and in exchange for their common stock of the Bus Companies, which are New York corporations, they would receive common stock of GTJ REIT, which is a Maryland corporation.

There are differences between the rights of New York shareholders in view of New York law and the Bus Companies’ certificates of incorporation as compared with and rights of Maryland stockholders in view of Maryland law and GTJ REIT’s certificate of incorporation.

The following table summarizes the material differences:

 

Bus Company Shareholders

 

GTJ REIT Stockholders

Notice of Meetings

 

No less than 10 and no more than 40 days notice.

 

No less than 10 and no more than 90 days notice.

Quorum

 

At least one third for Green and Triboro. Majority for Jamaica.

 

A majority

Voting

 

Majority present unless otherwise required by law.

 

Majority present unless otherwise required by law.

137




 

Dividends

 

Within discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

Within discretion of the Board of Directors except that for so long as the Board deems it in the best interest of GTJ REIT to qualify as a REIT, at least 90% of net income to be paid in dividends.

Written Consent

 

Shareholders may act by unanimous written consent.

 

Stockholders may act by unanimous written consent.

Dissenting Shareholders

 


A shareholder has the right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares if he does not assent to:

A. a merger or consolidation except when:

The shareholder is a member of the parent in a merger;
The shareholder is a member of the surviving corporation unless the merger changes the rights of the shareholder; The   shares are listed.

B. a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation which requires shareholder approval.

C. a share exchange. (Section 910 of the New York Business Corporation Law).

 


A stockholder has a right to demand and receive payment of the fair market value of the stockholder’s stock if:

A. the corporation consolidates or merges.

B. The stockholder’s stock is to be acquired in a share exchange.

C. The corporation transfers its assets in a manner requiring shareholder consent.

D. The corporation amends its charter in a way that alters the contract rights of any outstanding stock and substantially adversely affects the stockholder’s rights, unless the right to do so is reserved in the charter.

E. Business combination with an interested stockholder or affiliate. (Section 3-202 of the Maryland General Corporation Law).

Voting

 

Shareholders’ voting is required for mergers, consolidation, dissolution and election of directors.

 

Stockholders’ voting is required for mergers, consolidation, dissolution and election of directors.

Shareholding

 

No restriction on amount.

 

No person may hold more than 9.9 percent of the outstanding common stock.

 

Other differences in the rights of the Bus Company shareholders and GTJ REIT shares should be noted, although they are based on agreements and not corporate law:

(a)   The holders of up to 90% of the common stock of the Bus Companies are now parties to voting trust agreements, under which the voting trustee exercises substantially all of the voting rights of such shareholders. By contrast, there will be no voting trusts related to GTJ REIT.

(b)   GTJ REIT has a Stockholders’ Rights Agreement (the Bus Companies does not have this). Stockholders’ Rights Agreement is discussed in more detail in “Description of Our Capital Stock—Our Proposed Stockholder Rights Agreement” above. In substance, it provides for the issuance of a substantial amount of common stock at below market values to all stockholders of GTJ REIT, other than one or more persons owning, collectively, 15% or more of the GTJ REIT common stock without approval by the Board of Directors. The effect of the Stockholders Rights Agreement is to discourage tender offers for or

138




purchases of common stock of GTJ REIT, by an individual or a group, of 15% or more, without Board of Directors approval, thereby providing a barrier to a takeover not approved by the Board of Directors.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We will issue 10,000,000 shares in the Reorganization and we expect to issue not more than 3,769,122 shares in connection with the subsequent distribution of earnings and profits, although we will make a total of 5,564,454 shares for such purpose. All of the shares of common stock issued in the Reorganization, and in connection with distribution of accumulated earnings and profits, will be freely tradable under the federal securities laws, except shares held by affiliates of our company, including officers and directors, who shall be governed by the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

THE MERGER

The following is a summary of the material terms of the merger agreement that will effect the Reorganization. The following description may not contain all the information about it that is important to you. We encourage you to read the merger agreement itself, which is attached as Annex A and incorporated in this prospectus by reference. A copy of the merger agreement is included as Attachment A to this prospectus.

The merger agreement provides that upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the merger agreement, each of the Bus Companies will be merged with and into subsidiaries we have created for such purpose, which will be the surviving corporations in the merger. The merger will become effective at the time the certificates of merger are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York.

Our board of directors has determined, based on appraisals of our assets and a fairness opinion, that the merger is advisable and in the best interests of the Bus Company shareholder and that the merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Bus Company shareholder. Accordingly, our board of directors has approved the merger agreement.

Purpose and structure of the mergers

The purpose of the mergers are to permit the Bus Companies shareholders to become stockholders of our company, which intends to qualify as a REIT. The reason the Reorganization has been structured as a merger is to effect a prompt and orderly transfer of ownership the Bus Companies to us. We believe that undertaking the proposed Reorganization in the form of a merger represents the most efficient way of accomplishing the transfer of ownership.

Effective time of the mergers

If the merger agreement and the mergers are approved by the requisite vote of the Bus Company shareholders, holders of an aggregate of two-thirds or more must vote in favor, and the other conditions to the merger are satisfied or, to the extent permitted, waived, the mergers will be consummated and become effective at the time the certificates of merger are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York or such later time as otherwise agreed by us and the Bus Companies and provided in the certificates of merger. If the merger agreement and the mergers are approved by the Bus Companies shareholders, we expect to complete the merger as soon as practicable after the special meetings of shareholders of the Bus Companies.

139




Consideration to be received by Bus Companies shareholders

As of the effective time of the mergers, by virtue of the mergers and without any further action of the Bus Companies, us or any holder of any of our respective equity securities:  each share of common stock of each Bus Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the mergers, shall be converted into the right to receive the following shares of our common stock:

·        Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of our common stock.

·        Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137 shares of our common stock.

·        Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of our common stock.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the effective time of the mergers, the exchange agent will mail to the record holders of the Bus Companies common stock: (i) a letter of transmittal in customary form and containing such provisions as we may reasonably specify (including a provision confirming that delivery of certificates for our common stock shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the stock certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of such stock certificates to the exchange agent) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of stock certificates in exchange for our common stock as contemplated by the merger agreement. Upon surrender of a stock certificate to the exchange agent for exchange, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the exchange agent or the company (1) the holder of such stock certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, the number of our shares of common stock resulting from the application of the exchange ratios set forth above and (2) the stock certificate so surrendered shall be canceled. Until surrendered as contemplated by the merger agreement, each of the Bus Companies stock certificates shall be deemed, from and after the effective time of the mergers, to represent only number of shares of common stock resulting from the application of the exchange ratios set forth above. If any stock certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the company may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance of our shares of common stock, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate to provide an appropriate affidavit and to deliver a bond (in such sum as the surviving corporation may reasonably direct) as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the exchange agent, and us, as the surviving corporation with respect to such stock certificate.

Solicitation of proxies; expenses of solicitation

We will bear all expenses in connection with the solicitation of proxies. Solicitation of proxies will be made principally by mail. The Bus Companies have retained InnisFree M & A Incorporated , to act as their solicitation agent in connection with such proxy solicitation. Proxies also may be solicited in person or by telephone, facsimile or other means by our directors, officers and regular employees. These individuals will receive no additional compensation for these services, but will be reimbursed for any transaction expenses incurred by them in connection with these services.

Principal covenants contained in the merger agreement

Access

Subject to confidentiality restrictions, the Bus Companies have agreed to provide us and our authorized representatives with access at reasonable times upon prior notice to the properties, books, records, tax returns, contracts, information, documents and personnel of the Bus Companies as they relate to their business as we may reasonably request for the purpose of making such investigation of our

140




business, properties, financial condition and results of operations as we may deem appropriate or necessary.

Confidentiality

Except as required by law, we and the Bus Companies have agreed to hold, and to cause their respective officers, employees, accountants, counsel, financial advisers and other representatives and affiliates to hold, any confidential information of the other party confidential.

Conduct of the Bus Companies’ businesses pending the closing of the mergers

The Bus Companies have agreed to use reasonable commercial efforts to: (i) ensure that each of the companies conducts its business and operations (A) in the ordinary course of business, and (B) in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and the requirements of all existing contracts; and (ii) ensure that each of the Bus Companies preserves intact its current business organization, keeps available the services of its current officers and employees (except when in the good faith judgment of such services are not in the best interests of the Company) and maintains its relations and goodwill with all material suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, licensors, licensees, employees and other Persons having business relationships with the respective companies.

In addition, the Bus Companies have agreed not to, and to cause their respective subsidiaries not to, without our prior consent (which consent we agree will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

·        declare, accrue, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock or repurchase, redeem or otherwise reacquire any shares of capital stock or other securities, except repurchases of unvested shares at cost in connection with the termination of the employment or consulting relationship with any employee or consultant pursuant to stock option or purchase agreements existing as of the date of this Agreement;

·        sell, issue, deliver, grant or authorize the sale, issuance, delivery or grant of (A) any capital stock or other security, (B) any stock rights, options or equity-based compensation awards, (C) any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock or other security;

·        enter into any contract or otherwise agree with respect to the sale, voting, repurchase or registration of any capital stock or other securities;

·        amend or permit the adoption of any amendment to any of the Bus Companies’ charter documents, or effect or become a party to any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction;

·        acquire any equity interest or other interest in any other entity;

·        make capital expenditures that exceed $250,000 in the aggregate;

·        except in the ordinary course of business, enter into any contract, or modify or amend any existing contract, providing for (A) severance or termination pay, (B) indemnification of officers and directors, or (C) benefits which are contingent upon the occurrence of a transaction involving the company of the nature contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise granting any severance or termination pay to any present or former director, officer or employee of any Bus Company or its subsidiaries;

·        except in the ordinary course of business, purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any right or other asset from any other person or sell, transfer, convey, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of, or lease or license, any right or other asset to any other person (except for purchases and sales of assets by each of the Bus Companies, including their subsidiaries

141




not having a value, or not requiring payments to be made or received, in excess of $10,000 individually and $50,000 in the aggregate), or waive, relinquish or otherwise impair any material right or any duties or obligations of confidentiality;

·        lend money or other property to any person, including, without limitation, any present or former director, officer or employee of either of the Bus Company or their subsidiaries, or incur or guarantee any indebtedness;

·        except in the ordinary course of business, incur, assume or prepay any indebtedness, or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible for the obligations of any other person;

·        except in the ordinary course of business: (A) enter into any contract that would constitute a material contract had it been entered into as of the date of the agreement, or (B) terminate, cancel or request any material change in any material contract or any contract entered into described above;

·        waive, release, assign, settle or compromise any material legal proceedings; or

·        except in the ordinary course of business pursuant to existing agreements and Bus Company employee plans, (A) establish, adopt, amend, terminate or make contributions to any Bus Company employee plan or any plan, agreement, program, policy, trust, fund or other arrangement that would be an Bus Company employee plan if it were in existence as of the date of the merger agreement; (B) pay any bonus or make any profit-sharing or similar payment to, or increase the amount of the hourly wage rates, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to, any of its present or former directors, officers or employees, or (C) become obligated to do any of the foregoing;

·        make or revoke any material tax elections or file any amended tax returns except as required by applicable law;

Indemnification of officers and directors

The certificates of incorporation of our merger subsidiaries, as the surviving corporations in the mergers, will contain the same provisions with respect to indemnification and exculpation from liability set forth in the Bus Companies’ current certificates of incorporation and bylaws, which provisions will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in any manner that would adversely affect the rights of individuals who on or prior to the completion of the mergers were directors, officers, employees or agents of the Bus Companies, unless such modification is required by law; and

The Bus Companies have agreed to procure, prior to the completion of the mergers, appropriate “tail insurance coverage” to cover their current officers and directors for claims based on conduct occurring prior to the completion of the mergers, which coverage shall be substantially similar to their current officer and director liability coverage. We have agreed that the surviving corporations will maintain that insurance coverage for a period of not less than five years following the completion of the mergers or, in the event coverage is not available for a five-year period, such lesser period as is available but not less than three years. The surviving corporations shall take no action that would lead to the termination or modification of such insurance coverage prior to the expiration of that period.

Reasonable efforts to complete transactions

We and the Bus Companies have agreed to use our respective reasonable efforts to take all actions to consummate the transactions contemplated by the merger agreements, including:

·        the making of all necessary applications, registrations and filings;

142




·        the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, licenses, consents, approvals or waivers from third parties;

·        the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement; and

·        the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings challenging the merger agreement.

Notice of breach; disclosure

We and the Bus Companies have agreed promptly to notify the other of: (i) any of its representations or warranties contained in the merger agreements becoming untrue or inaccurate, (ii) failure to comply with or satisfy covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under the merger agreements, (iii) the occurrence of events which individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect, or (iv) the commencement of or, to the extent there is knowledge of the threat of, any litigation involving or affecting, the Bus Companies or any of their subsidiaries which would have been required to have been disclosed in or pursuant to the merger agreements. The parties represented to each other that, other than as previously disclosed to each other, they do not have any actual knowledge of a breach of the representations and warranties being made by such other party pursuant to the merger agreements.

Disclosure

We and the Bus Companies have agreed not to issue any press release or other public statements with respect to the transactions, including the merger, without first obtaining the prior consent of the other parties. However, in the event of any press release that may be required by applicable law, we will use reasonable best efforts to consult with each other before issuing, and to provide each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any such press release or other public statement.

Representations and warranties in the merger agreement

The Bus Companies’ representations and warranties

The Bus Companies have made representations and warranties in the merger agreement to us relating to a number of matters, including but not limited to, the following:

·        their corporate existence and good standing;

·        their capital structure and other similar corporate matters;

·        their power and authority to enter into the merger agreement and consummate the merger and the validity, enforceability of the merger agreement;

·        consents and approvals required of them for the completion of the merger;

·        the financial statements for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005;

·        the absence of material litigation;

·        their compliance with applicable law; and

·        the absence of a broker or financial adviser retained by their boards of directors in connection with the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

143




Our representations and warranties

We have made representations and warranties in the merger agreement relating to a number of matters, including but not limited to, the following:

·        our corporate existence and good standing;

·        our power and authority to enter into the merger agreement and consummate the merger and the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the merger agreement;

·        the absence of conflict with our governing documents, agreements and obligations and applicable laws, judgments and orders; and

·        requirement of consents and approvals of governmental authorities and other persons.

Conditions to consummation of the mergers

Conditions to our obligations to complete the mergers

Our obligations to complete the mergers is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver in writing by us, and or before the effectiveness of the merger, of the following conditions:

·        the Bus Companies’ representations and warranties contained in the merger agreement must be accurate in all material respects as of the effective time of the merger as if made at the effective time of the mergers.

·        Each covenant or obligation that each of the Bus Companies are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the closing of the merger shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

·        This Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall remain effective through closing of the mergers.

·        All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any governmental body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory agencies) required to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the delivery of the certificate of merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us or our subsidiaries.

·        No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the mergers shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any legal requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the mergers that makes consummation of the mergers illegal.

·        There shall not be pending or threatened any legal proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement; (ii) relating to the mergers and seeking to obtain from each of the Bus Companies or us or any of their or our respective subsidiaries any damages that may be material to each of the Bus Companies or us or any of their or our subsidiaries; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect each of the Bus Companies stockholders’ ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to our common stock; (iv) which would materially and adversely affect our rights to own the assets or operate the business of the Bus Companies; or (v) seeking to compel any of the Bus Companies or us or to dispose of or hold separate any material assets, as a result of the mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

144




·        Appraisal rights shall not have been perfected pursuant to Section 623 of the New York Business Corporation Law by shareholders or beneficial owners thereof of the Bus Companies with respect to more than 3% of the number of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the mergers.

·        Each Bus Company shall have received written resignation letters from each of the directors and officers of the Bus Companies requested by us effective as of the effective time of the Reorganization.

Conditions to Bus Companies’ obligations to complete the merger

The Bus Companies’ obligations to complete the merger is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver in writing by them, at or before the effective time of the mergers, of the following conditions:

·        Each covenant and obligation that we are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the closing of the mergers shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

·        The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall remain effective through closing of the mergers.

·        The merger agreements shall have been duly adopted by affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of each of the Bus Companies.

·        All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any governmental body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory authorities) required to consummate the mergers and the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement (other than the delivery of the certificate of merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Bus Companies.

·        No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the mergers by each of the Bus Companies shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any legal requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the mergers that makes consummation of the mergers by each of the Bus Companies illegal.

Termination of the merger agreement

The merger agreement may be terminated prior to the effectiveness of the mergers:

·        by mutual written consent of the Bus Companies and us;

·        by the Bus Companies (provided they are not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained in the merger agreement), upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on our part, or if any of our representations or warranties shall have become untrue or misleading, in either case 30 days following notice to us of such breach or untruth;

·        by us (provided that we are not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained in the merger agreement), upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of a Bus Company, or if any representation or warranty of a Bus Company shall have become untrue or misleading, in either case continuing 30 days following notice to the Bus Company of such breach or untruth;

145




·        by either us or the Bus Companies if any governmental entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the merger and such order, decree or ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

·        by either us or the Bus Companies if the merger shall not have occurred by January 31, 2007 (herein referred to as the “Outside Date”), unless the failure to consummate the merger is the result of a breach of covenant set forth in the merger agreement or a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in the merger agreement by the party seeking to terminate. However, either we or the Bus Companies may extend the Outside Date, but no more than three times in the aggregate, and each time by no more than one month, but in no event beyond April 30, 2007, by providing written notice thereof to the other party between three and five business days prior to the next scheduled Outside Date if (i) the merger shall not have been consummated by that date because the requisite governmental approvals have not been obtained and are still being pursued and (ii) the party requesting such extension has satisfied all the conditions required to be satisfied by it and has not violated any of its  obligations under the merger agreement in a manner that was the cause of or resulted in the failure of the merger to occur on or before the Outside Date;

·        by the Bus Companies (provided that the terminating party is not in material  breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement  contained in the merger agreement), if stockholder approval shall not  have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote  at a duly held meeting of their shareholders or at any adjournment or  postponement thereof called for such purpose;

If we and the Bus Companies terminate the merger agreement, neither party will have any further obligations under the merger agreement, except as they relate to the survival of the confidentiality provisions and the obligation of the Bus Companies to pay all fees and expenses in connection with the merger agreement.

Regulatory approvals

We do not believe that any material regulatory approvals are required to permit completion of the merger from U.S. regulatory authorities, including the antitrust authorities.

RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS

Bus Company shareholders entitled to vote on the adoption of the merger agreement have dissenter’s rights to dissent from the mergers and obtain the fair value of their Bus Company shares in cash in accordance with the procedures established by New York law.

Sections 623 and 910 of the New York Business Corporation Law (“NYBCL”) provide that if the mergers are consummated, Bus Company shareholders who object to the mergers prior to the special meeting to be held to approve the same, and who follow the procedures specified in Section 623 (summarized below), will have the right to receive cash payment of the fair value of their Bus Company shares. The procedures of Section 623 must be followed precisely; if they are not, Bus Company shareholders may lose their right to dissent. As described more fully below, such “fair value” would potentially be determined in judicial proceedings, the result of which cannot be predicted. Bus Company shareholders exercising dissenters’ rights may not receive consideration equal to or greater than the value of our common stock to be owned by them following completion of the Reorganization. A copy of Sections 623 and 910 are included as Attachment B to this prospectus.

146




The statutory procedures outlined below are complex. What follows is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of Section 623 of the NYBCL. Bus Company shareholders wishing to exercise their dissenters’ rights should consult their own legal advisers to ensure that they fully and properly comply with the requirements of New York law.

Any Bus Company shareholder who is entitled to vote on the adoption of the merger agreement will have the right to receive cash payment of the fair value of his or her Bus Company shares and the other rights and benefits provided in Section 623 if such shareholder: files with the relevant Bus Company a written objection to the merger prior to the vote by the Bus Company shareholders on the adoption of the merger agreement and does not vote in favor of the adoption of the merger agreement. The written objection must include:

·        notice of the shareholder’s election to dissent;

·        the shareholder’s name and residence address;

·        the number of Bus Company shares as to which the shareholder dissents; and

·        a demand for payment of the fair value of such Bus Company shares if the merger is consummated.

A vote against adoption of the merger agreement will not satisfy the requirement of filing a written objection. Failure to vote against adoption of the merger agreement will not waive a Bus Company shareholder’s right to receive payment if the shareholder has filed a written objection in accordance with Section 623 and has not voted in favor of adoption of the merger agreement. If a shareholder abstains from voting on adoption of the merger agreement, this will not waive his or her dissenter’s rights so long as the appropriate written objection to the Bus Company merger is properly and timely filed. Since a proxy left blank will be voted by the proxy voter FOR adoption of the merger agreement, any Bus Company shareholder who wishes to exercise his or her dissenter’s rights must either vote against adoption of the merger agreement or abstain. Written objection is not required from any Bus Company shareholder to whom a Bus Company did not give proper notice of the special meeting of shareholders.

A Bus Company shareholder may not dissent as to less than all Bus Company shares, held of record by him or her, or that he or she owns beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner of shares as to less than all Bus Company shares held of record by the nominee or fiduciary.

All written objections to a Bus Company merger and notice of election to dissent should be addressed to the Bus Company in question. If a person is a shareholder of two or three of the Bus Companies, such written objection must be sent to each such Bus Company.

If the merger agreement is adopted by a Bus Company’s shareholders, within 10 days after such approval, the Bus Company will give written notice of the approval by registered mail to each Bus Company shareholder who filed a timely written objection, except for any shareholder who voted in favor of adoption of the merger agreement.

Either at the time of filing of the notice of objection or within one month after the filing of the notice of objection, a dissenting Bus Company shareholder must submit the certificates representing his or her dissenting Bus Company shares to the Bus Company in question, which shall note conspicuously on the certificates that a notice of election has been filed, and will then return the certificate to the shareholder. Any Bus Company shareholder who fails to submit his or her certificates for notation within the required time shall, at the option of the Bus Company upon written notice to such Bus Company shareholder within 45 days from the date of filing such notice of objection, lose his or her dissenter’s rights unless a court, for good cause shown, otherwise directs.

147




Within 15 days after the expiration of the period within which Bus Company shareholders may file their notices of objection, or within 15 days after the completion of the merger, whichever is later (but in no case later than 90 days after Bus Company shareholders adopt the merger agreement), the Bus Company will make a written offer by registered mail to each Bus Company shareholder who has filed a notice of objection, to pay for his or her dissenting shares at a specified price which the Bus Company considers to be their fair value. If the merger has occurred, the Bus Company must accompany the offer by an advance payment to each shareholder who has submitted his or her stock certificates of an amount equal to 80% of the amount of the offer. Acceptance of such payment does not constitute a waiver of any dissenters’ rights. The offer must be made at the same price per share to all the dissenting Bus Company shareholders. If, within 30 days after the making of an offer, the Bus Company and any dissenting Bus Company shareholders agree on the price to be paid for dissenting shares, the balance of payment for the shares must be made within 60 days after the making of the offer or the completion of the merger, whichever is later, and upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares.

If a Bus Company fails to make an offer to its dissenting Bus Company shareholders within the 15-day period described above, or if it makes the offer and any dissenting Bus Company shareholder fails to agree with the Bus Company within 30 days thereafter upon the price to be paid for his or her shares, the Bus Company is required, within 20 days after the expiration of whichever is the applicable of the two periods, to institute a special proceeding in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, to determine the rights of dissenting Bus Company shareholders and to fix the fair value of their shares. If the Bus Company fails to institute a proceeding within the 20-day period, any dissenting shareholder may institute a proceeding for the same purpose not later than 30 days after the expiration of the 20-day period. If the dissenting shareholder does not institute a proceeding within the 30-day period, his or her dissenter’s rights are lost unless the court, for good cause shown, otherwise directs.

During each proceeding, the court will determine whether each dissenting shareholder is entitled to receive payment for his or her shares and, if so, will fix the value of such shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the date the Bus Company shareholders voted to adopt the merger agreement, taking into consideration the nature of the transactions giving rise to the shareholder’s right to receive payment for his or her dissenting shares and its effect on the Bus Company and its shareholders, the concepts and methods then customary in relevant securities and financial markets for determining the fair value of shares of a corporation engaging in a similar transaction under comparable circumstances and all other relevant factors. The court shall determine the fair value of the shares without a jury and without referral to an appraiser or referee. The court will also award interest on such amount to be paid from the completion of the merger to the date of payment unless the court finds that a Bus Company shareholder’s refusal to accept the Bus Company’s offer of payment was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith. Each party to such proceeding will bear its own costs and expenses unless the court finds the refusal of payment by the Bus Company shareholders arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith, in which case the Bus Company’s costs will be assessed against any or all dissenting Bus Company shareholders who are party to such proceeding. The court, in its discretion, may also apportion or assess any part of the dissenting Bus Company shareholder’s costs against a Bus Company if it finds that the fair value of the shares, as determined, materially exceeds the amount which the Bus Company offered to pay, or that no offer or advance payment was made by the Bus Company, or that the Bus Company failed to institute such special proceeding within the specified period, or that the actions of the Bus Company in complying with its obligations under Section 623 were arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith. Within 60 days following the final determination of the applicable proceeding, the Bus Company shall pay to each dissenting Bus Company shareholder the amount found to be due him or her upon the shareholder’s surrender of all certificates representing dissenting shares.

The enforcement by a Bus Company shareholder of his or her right to receive payment for shares in accordance with Section 623 excludes the enforcement by such shareholder of any other right to which he

148




or she might otherwise by entitled by virtue of his or her ownership of Bus Company shares (unless the shareholder withdraws his or her notice of election or the merger is abandoned), except that the stockholder will retain the right to bring or maintain an appropriate action to obtain relief on the grounds that the merger will be or is unlawful or fraudulent as to him or her. A Bus Company shareholder’s notice of election may be withdrawn at any time prior to his or her acceptance in writing of an offer to purchase his or her dissenting shares by the Bus Company, but no withdrawal may be made later than 60 days from the completion of the merger (unless the Bus Company failed to make a timely offer) without the consent of the Bus Company.

It should be noted that this offering relates to the Reorganization and not a sale, and we have determined that appraisal for more than three (3%) percent (300,000 shares) of the common stock we would issue in the Reorganization would be unfair to the remaining Bus Company shareholders, and accordingly, the merger agreement provides that if demands for appraisal are made, which if prosecuted would affect more than three (3%) percent (300,000 shares) of the common stock we propose to issue in the Reorganization, we, in our sole discretion, may terminate the merger agreement and the Reorganization.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Bus Companies are not currently involved in any material litigation, nor to their knowledge, is any material litigation threatened against them. Our company is not involved in any litigation.

REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm. So long as we are filing reports under the Exchange Act, SEC reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and periodic reports on Form 8-K, can be viewed at www.sec.gov.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters (other than tax) will be passed upon for us by Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C., Uniondale, New York. Herrick, Feinstein LLP has provided to the boards of directors of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT opinions regarding certain federal income tax matters relating to the mergers and GTJ REIT’s qualification as a REIT as filed as Exhibits to this Registration Statement, but has not passed on any legal matters in the Registration Statement or this proxy statement/prospectus, including the discussions of tax matters therein.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary, Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Jamaica Railways Inc. and Subsidiaries, GTJCo., Inc. and Subsidiaries and the financial statements of Command Bus Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and the financial statements of GTJ REIT, Inc. as of June 23, 2006 (date of inception) through June 30, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report, which GTJ REIT, Inc’s report includes an emphasis of a matter paragraph relating to a substantial doubt about the ability of GTJ REIT, Inc. to continue as a going concern, of Weiser LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

149




ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-11 on Form S-4 of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part under the Securities Act with respect to the shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference and the schedules and exhibits to this prospectus. For further information regarding our company and the shares offered by this prospectus, reference is made by this prospectus to the registration statement and such schedules and exhibits.

The registration statement and the schedules and exhibits forming a part of the registration statement filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission can be inspected and copies obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxies and information statements and other information regarding our company and other registrants that have been filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of such site is http://www.sec.gov.

150




FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Enclosed are the audited financial statements of GTJ REIT, Inc for the period from June 23, 2006 (date of inception) through June 30, 2006, and each of the Bus Companies, GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries and Command Bus Company, Inc. for the three years ended December 31, 2005 and their unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005.

F- 1




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-3

 

Balance Sheet at June 30, 2006

 

F-4

 

Statement of Operations for the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to
June 30, 2006

 

F-5

 

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

 

F-6

 

Statement of Cash Flows for the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

 

F-7

 

Notes to Financial Statements                          

 

F-8

 

 

F- 2




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
GTJ REIT, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of GTJ REIT, Inc. as of June 30, 2006 and the related statement of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from June 23, 2006 (date of inception) through June 30, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GTJ REIT, Inc. as of June 30, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from June 23, 2006 (date of inception) through June 30, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming GTJ REIT, Inc. will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company had no revenue or operations during the development stage that raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Weiser LLP
New York, New York
October 16, 2006

F- 3




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

BALANCE SHEET

June 30, 2006

ASSETS

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

Common stock, $.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 issued and outstanding

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 4




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

Operating revenue

 

$

 

Operating expenses

 

 

Net income

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 5




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

For the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

 

 

Common stock

 

Additional

 

Deficit
accumulated
during the
development

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

paid in capital

 

stage

 

Equity

 

Common shares issued at June 23, 2006 at $0.001 per share

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 6




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the period from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

Operating activites:

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

 

N et cash provided by operating activities

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activites

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

Cash—beginning of periods

 

 

Cash—end of periods

 

$

 

S upplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 7




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Period June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

NOTE 1—Organization, Business and Operations

GTJ REIT, Inc. (a development stage enterprise) (the “Company”) was incorporated in Maryland on June 23, 2006 as a blank check company and was formed to engage in any lawful act or activity including, without limitation or obligation, qualifying as a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860, or any successor sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for which corporations may be organized under Maryland General Corporation Law.

At June 30, 2006, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

On July 24 2006, the Company entered into merger agreements (the “Agreements”) with by and among TRIBORO COACH CORP., a New York corporation (“Triboro”); JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC., a New York corporation (“Jamaica”); GREEN BUS LINES, INC., a New York corporation (“Green” and together with Triboro and Jamaica, collectively referred to as the “Bus Companies” and each referred to as a “Bus Company”); GTJ REIT, INC., a Maryland corporation (“GTJ REIT”); TRIBORO ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Triboro Acquisition”); JAMAICA ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Jamaica Acquisition”); and GREEN ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Green Acquisition”, and together with Jamaica Acquisition and Triboro Acquisition collectively referred to as the “Acquisition Subsidiaries” and each referred to as an “Acquisition Subsidiary”).

Under the terms of the Agreements, each share of common stock of each Bus Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the mergers, shall be converted into the right to receive the following shares of our common stock:

·        Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of our common stock.

·        Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137 shares of our common stock.

·        Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of our common stock.

The Bus Companies, including their subsidiaries own a total of six rentable parcels of real property, four of which are leased to New York City and one of which is leased to a commercial tenant (all five on a triple net basis), and one of which is used by the Bus Companies operations and the remainder of which is leased to a commercial tenant not on a triple net basis. There is an additional property of negligible size which is not rentable. The Bus Companies and their subsidiaries, collectively, operate a group of outdoor maintenance businesses, and a paratransit business.

Upon completion of the mergers, the Company plans to adopt a Real Estate Investment (“REIT”) structure. In order to adopt a REIT structure, it is necessary in the first instance to combine the Bus Companies and their subsidiaries under a single holding company, the “Reorganization”. The Company will be the holding company. The Company has formed three wholly-owned New York corporations and each of the Bus Companies will merge with one of these subsidiaries to become wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. The mergers require the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of common stock of each of Green, Triboro and Jamaica, voting separately and not as one class.

F- 8




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
Period June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

NOTE 1—Organization, Business and Operations (Continued)

Based on third-party valuations of the real property, outdoor maintenance businesses, and the paratransit business, and considering the ownership of the same in whole or part by each of the Bus Companies, the Company has been advised by an outside appraisal firm that the relative valuation of each the Bus Companies (as part of GTJ REIT, Inc.) is Green—42.088%, Triboro—38.287% and Jamaica—19.625%. Accordingly, under the Reorganization, 10,000,000 shares of the Company common stock will be distributed 4,208,800 shares to the shareholders of Green, 3,828,700 shares to the shareholders of Triboro and 1,962,500 shares to the shareholders of Jamaica, in such case in proportion to the outstanding shares held by such shareholders of each Bus Company, respectively.

The Reorganization will be accounted for as combination of entities under the common control and are recorded at the historical basis of the entities as of the date acquired by the Company.

As part of becoming a REIT, the Company is required, after the Reorganization, to make a distribution of the Bus Companies’ historical undistributed earnings and profits, estimated to be not more than $62,000,000. The Company expects to distribute $20,000,000 in cash, and also expects to make available 5,564,454 of the Company’s shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company expects all of the $20,000,000 to be elected, and does not expect to issue more than 3,769,122 shares of common stock. The $11.14 value per share is based solely on appraisals of the Bus Companies’ assets and liabilities and is not based on market or trading values, and was derived by dividing such appraised value by the 13,769,122 shares of common stock the Company expects to be outstanding. Therefore, there is no assurance that the Company’s shareholders, after the Reorganization, will be able to realize that value (or any other particular value) for a share of the Company’s common stock. Each GTJ REIT stockholder on the record date of the distribution may elect a combination of cash and stock, or exclusively cash or stock. If more than $20,000,000 of cash is elected in the aggregate, the cash will be distributed pro rata to each stockholder electing to receive some or all of his or her distribution in cash, in an amount totaling $20,000,000, and the balance of the distribution to each such stockholder will be made in shares of the Company’s common stock.

In order to remain a REIT, the Company will be required to pay dividends to its stockholders each year equal to at least 90% of our net income, and exclusive of net capital gains if any.

The Mergers are subject to conditions to complete the Mergers and may be terminated by:

·        mutual written consent of the Bus Companies and us;

·        The Bus Companies (provided they are not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained in the merger agreement), upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on our part, or if any of our representations or warranties shall have become untrue or misleading, in either case 30 days following notice to us of such breach or untruth;

·        the Company (provided that we are not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained in the merger agreement), upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of a Bus Company, or if any representation or warranty of a Bus Company shall have become untrue or misleading, in either case continuing 30 days following notice to the Bus Company of such breach or untruth;

F- 9




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
Period June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

NOTE 1—Organization, Business and Operations (Continued)

·        either the Company or the Bus Companies if any governmental entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the merger and such order, decree or ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

·        either the Company or the Bus Companies if the merger shall not have occurred by January 31, 2007 (herein referred to as the “Outside Date”), unless the failure to consummate the merger is the result of a breach of covenant set forth in the merger agreement or a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in the merger agreement by the party seeking to terminate. However, either we or the Bus Companies may extend the Outside Date, but no more than three times in the aggregate, and each time by no more than one month, but in no event beyond April 30, 2007, by providing written notice thereof to the other party between three and five business days prior to the next scheduled Outside Date if (i) the merger shall not have been consummated by that date because the requisite governmental approvals have not been obtained and are still being pursued and (ii) the party requesting such extension has satisfied all the conditions required to be satisfied by it and has not violated any of its  obligations under the merger agreement in a manner that was the cause of or resulted in the failure of the merger to occur on or before the Outside Date;

·        the Bus Companies (provided that the terminating party is not in material  breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement  contained in the merger agreement), if stockholder approval shall not  have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote  at a duly held meeting of their shareholders or at any adjournment or  postponement thereof called for such purpose.

If the Company and the Bus Companies terminate the merger agreement, neither party will have any further obligations under the merger agreement, except as they relate to the survival of the confidentiality provisions and the obligation of the Bus Companies to pay all fees and expenses in connection with the merger agreement.

The Company does not believe that any material regulatory approvals are required to permit completion of the merger from U.S. regulatory authorities, including the antitrust authorities.

The Company had no revenue or operations from June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006. These factors, among others, indicate that the Company may be unable to continue operations as a going concern. The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon consummation of the Mergers.

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Income Taxes

Once the Company commences operations, the Company will elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2007. As a REIT, the Company is not required to pay federal corporate income taxes on our taxable income to the extent it is currently distributed to our stockholders.

F- 10




GTJ REIT, Inc.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)
Period June 23, 2006 (inception) to June 30, 2006

However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depends upon the Company’s ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code related to annual operating results, asset diversification, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company will be organized or able to operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, the Company will be subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on our taxable income at regular corporate tax rates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE 3—Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

NOTE 4—Subsequent Event

On October 6, 2006, the Company (the “Borrower”) along with Green Bus Holding Corporation., Triboro Coach Holding Corporation., and Jamaica Holding Corporation. which own the NYC properties that are currently leased to the City of New York, at which the City conducts operations associated with passenger bus services (“Operating Subsidiary Borrowers) made application to ING Investment Management (“Lender”) for a $72,500,000 revolving line of credit. There would be a minimum revolver floor funding of $18,000,000 (“Floor Funding”). Subsequent advances and pay-downs to revolver floor shall be in sums of not less than $2,000,000. The revolving line of credit would be reduced to $70,000,000 for the two one-year extension periods. At the present time there is no commitment on the part of Lender to make the loan described is this Note 4.

Interest would be at a rate of 140 basis points over the 30-Day Libor Rate and is paid monthly. The Borrower and Operating Subsidiary Borrowers would have the option at closing to fix the rate of the Floor Funding at a rate of 160 basis points over the three year Treasury yield. The proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes, stock buy backs, property acquisitions and earnings and profit distributions to shareholders.

The term of the revolving line of credit would be three years with two one year extensions, provided there is no event of default beyond any applicable cure period at the time of the extensions. The closing date would be no later than December 31, 2006. In the event the shareholders of the Company and/or its predecessors or the registration statement on Form S-4 has not been declared effective by December 30, 2006, the Borrower and Operating Subsidiary Borrowers shall have a thirty day option to extend the closing date to January 30, 2007. The revolving line of credit may be repaid in any amount in excess of the Floor Funding during the term of the loan.

F- 11




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003, AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
2006 AND 2005 (UNAUDITED)

CONTENTS

 

Page

 

 

Number

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-13

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-14

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-15

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

F-16

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-18

 

F- 12




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Weiser LLP

New York, New York

July 21, 2006

F- 13




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,272,938

 

$

4,347

 

$

11,490

 

Due from affiliates

 

5,045,580

 

4,955,580

 

4,975,727

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

14,673,873

 

15,014,460

 

14,489,533

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

220,645

 

213,494

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

 

103,889

 

172,818

 

Deferred income taxes

 

684,125

 

593,680

 

400,070

 

Total current assets

 

21,676,516

 

20,892,601

 

20,263,132

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,409,421

 

1,517,413

 

1,753,619

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

1,960,855

 

4,956,210

 

5,379,844

 

Investment in affiliates

 

1,247,050

 

795,094

 

 

Deferred rental income

 

284,451

 

 

 

Deferred leasing commissions

 

1,251,065

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

27,829,358

 

$

28,161,318

 

$

27,396,595

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 

$

25,539

 

$

4,500

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

7,611,368

 

12,585,822

 

13,611,688

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,128,736

 

327,668

 

16,476

 

Due to affiliates

 

31,309

 

125,870

 

172,070

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

75,019

 

72,588

 

Other current liabilities

 

480,000

 

6,000

 

8,054

 

Total current liabilities

 

9,251,413

 

13,145,918

 

13,885,376

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

9,158,038

 

11,628,193

 

7,250,112

 

Total liabilities

 

18,409,451

 

24,774,111

 

21,135,488

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 4,750 shares authorized, 3,766.5 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and in 2005 and 2004, respectively

 

376,650

 

         376,650

 

       376,650

 

Retained earnings

 

21,309,301

 

15,265,074

 

13,838,676

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(12,266,044

)

(12,254,517

)

(7,954,219

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

9,419,907

 

3,387,207

 

6,261,107

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

27,829,358

 

$

28,161,318

 

$

27,396,595

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 14




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue and subsidies

 

$

1,911,332

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

551,024

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

107,992

 

118,101

 

236,205

 

245,656

 

251,395

 

Total operating expenses

 

659,016

 

118,101

 

236,205

 

245,656

 

251,395

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

1,252,316

 

(118,101

)

(236,205

)

(245,656

)

(251,395

)

Provision for income taxes

 

791,297

 

202,395

 

380,038

 

166,630

 

595,720

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

451,956

 

529,756

 

1,389,712

 

156,196

 

(2,498,879

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

912,975

 

209,260

 

773,469

 

(256,090

)

(3,345,994

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

(2,987,891

)

580,894

 

953,499

 

717,525

 

1,322,420

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

8,269,428

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

5,281,537

 

580,894

 

953,499

 

717,525

 

1,322,420

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,194,512

 

$

790,154

 

$

1,726,968

 

$

461,435

 

$

(2,023,574

)

Income (loss) per common share—
basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

242.39

 

$

55.56

 

$

205.36

 

$

(67.47

)

$

(863.59

)

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

(793.28

)

$

154.23

 

$

253.15

 

$

189.04

 

$

341.31

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

2,195.52

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,644.63

 

$

209.79

 

$

458.51

 

$

121.57

 

$

(522.28

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

 

3,766.50

 

3,766.50

 

3,766.50

 

3,795.50

 

3,874.50

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 15




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Loss) income

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

 

3,874.5

 

 

$

387,450

 

 

$

15,438,015

 

 

 

$

(5,786,201

)

 

 

$

10,039,264

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,023,574

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,023,574

)

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,905

)

 

 

(9,905

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $685,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,038,695

 

 

 

1,038,695

 

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(49,754

)

 

 

(49,754

)

 

Total comprehensive (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,044,538

)

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(13.5

)

 

(1,350

)

 

(4,650

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,000

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

3,861.0

 

 

386,100

 

 

13,409,791

 

 

 

(4,807,165

)

 

 

8,988,726

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

461,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

461,435

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,471

)

 

 

(20,471

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $1,816,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,724,353

)

 

 

(2,724,353

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(402,230

)

 

 

(402,230

)

 

Total comprehensive (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,685,619

)

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(94.5

)

 

(9,450

)

 

(32,550

)

 

 

 

 

 

(42,000

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

3,766.5

 

 

376,650

 

 

13,838,676

 

 

 

(7,954,219

)

 

 

6,261,107

 

 

Dividends paid, $79.80 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

(300,570

)

 

 

 

 

 

(300,570

)

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,726,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,726,968

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,009

)

 

 

(8,009

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax $2,498,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,748,103

)

 

 

(3,748,103

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(544,186

)

 

 

(544,186

)

 

Total comprehensive (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,573,330

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

3,766.5

 

 

376,650

 

 

15,265,074

 

 

 

(12,254,517

)

 

 

3,387,207

 

 

Dividends paid, $39.90 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150,285

)

 

 

 

 

 

(150,285

)

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,194,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,194,512

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,527

)

 

 

(11,527

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,182,985

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

3,766.5

 

 

$

376,650

 

 

$

21,309,301

 

 

 

$

(12,266,044

)

 

 

$

9,419,907

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 16




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,194,512

 

$

790,154

 

$

1,726,968

 

$

461,435

 

$

(2,023,574

)

Less: Net gain from discontinued operations

 

5,281,537

 

580,894

 

953,499

 

717,525

 

1,322,420

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

912,975

 

209,260

 

773,469

 

(256,090

)

(3,345,994

)

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for deferred income taxes

 

255,521

 

46,666

 

(101,121

)

(55,202

)

139,546

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

companies, net of tax

 

(451,956

)

(529,756

)

(1,389,712

)

(156,196

)

2,498,879

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

107,992

 

118,101

 

236,205

 

276,753

 

558,528

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

16,264

 

Prepaid expenses

 

220,645

 

(17,212

)

(7,151

)

8,020

 

8,080

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

103,889

 

(50,974

)

103,889

 

(70,871

)

(310,533

)

Deferred leasing commissions

 

(1,251,065

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred rental income

 

(284,451

)

 

 

 

2,525

 

Accounts payable

 

(25,539

)

(300

)

 

(3,097

)

 

Income tax payable

 

801,068

 

152,675

 

 

(181,673

)

198,149

 

Due to affiliates

 

(184,560

)

(85,979

)

 

186,054

 

(362,976

)

Other current liabilities

 

474,000

 

 

 

(1,384

)

(6,000

)

Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

(6,508,394

)

(1,246,036

)

(1,853,291

)

1,520,322

 

3,031,019

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(5,829,875

)

(1,403,555

)

(2,237,712

)

1,266,636

 

2,427,487

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

(13,500

)

 

Due from affiliates

 

 

 

 

(515,701

)

(961,518

)

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

11,142,885

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used in) provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

326,789

 

(5,285

)

359,237

 

458,404

 

117,469

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

11,469,674

 

(5,285

)

359,237

 

(70,797

)

(844,049

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(150,285

)

(150,285

)

(300,570

)

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

(42,000

)

(6,000

)

Net cash flow used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(150,285

)

(150,285

)

(300,570

)

(42,000

)

(606,000

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

5,489,514

 

(1,559,125

)

(2,179,045

)

1,153,839

 

977,438

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year (includes $1,005,904 and $3,177,806 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $3,177,806 (2005),  $3,176,731 (2004), and $1,035,707 (2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

1,010,251

 

3,189,296

 

3,189,296

 

2,035,457

 

1,058,019

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year (includes $5,226,826 and $1,625,319 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $1,005,904 (2005), $3,177,806 (2004), and $2,011,437 (2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

$

6,499,765

 

$

1,630,171

 

$

1,010,251

 

$

3,189,296

 

$

2,035,457

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

$

1,825

 

$

2,788

 

$

17,229

 

$

29,832

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

216,944

 

$

142,919

 

$

224,456

 

$

485,009

 

$

32,175

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 17




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) operated franchised transit bus routes in the City of New York (the “City”) pursuant to an operating authority which expired on April 30, 2005, and an Operating Assistance Agreement (“OAA”) with the City which expired on September 30, 1997. The Company and the City have, by mutual understanding, continued to abide by the terms of the OAA. Funding for and continuation of operations of the Company’s franchised transit bus routes were dependent upon the continuation of its operating authority and operating assistance relationship with the City.

On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on January 9, 2006 (the “Transition Date”) with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations (the “Acquired Assets”). The Acquired Assets include fixtures, furniture and equipment; maintenance records; personnel records; operating schedules; and the intangible value of the development, administration and maintenance of such assets, including the value related to the development and training of employees, the value related to the development of routes and operating schedules, and going concern value or good will for a purchase price of $9,460,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the City will pay additional consideration as follows: (1) an amount equal to the actual invoice cost for the Company’s inventory of spare parts and fluids, provided that the Company represent and warrant to the City that it has paid or will pay such invoiced amounts; (2) an amount equal to the book value (net of accumulated depreciation) of the Company’s other tangible assets that are Acquired Assets as of the date of closing; (3) if all of the Claimants in the Non-Union Employees v. New York City Department of Transportation and Green Bus Lines, Inc. execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional $189,200. If less than 100% of the Claimants execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional amount to be determined by multiplying the percentage of the Claimants who executed the Forms by $300,000, and the Company will receive 37.84% of the amount.

Under the Agreement, the City is going to assume, defend and indemnify the Company against the following: (1) all claims as a result from operations and maintenance of buses up through and including the Transition Date; (2) all claims, losses or damages for bodily injury and/or property damage resulting from or alleged to result from the operation and/or maintenance of buses up to the Transition Date; (3) any and all funding obligations, claims, losses, damages, fines, costs and expenses associated with any withdrawal, termination, freezing or other liability related to the various pension plans; (4) all claims with respect to accrued leave; (5) any claims made by any union or any member of any union arising under any collective bargaining agreement; (6) obligation to pay additional or retrospective premiums in connection with any Workers’ Compensation Retrospective Policy; (7) obligation to pay accumulated holiday pay; and (8) any claim or demand is made, any and all claims asserted by vendors in regard to Bus Service, up through and including the Transition Date.

In connection with the Agreement, the City leased the depot and facilities from the Company located at 165-25 147th Avenue, Jamaica, New York, for an initial term of 21 years with a first-year rent of $2,795,000 and a 21st-year rent of $4,092,000 and the depot located at 49-19 Rockaway Beach Blvd., Arverne, New York, for an initial term of 21 years with a first-year rent of $605,000 and a 21st-year rent of $866,000.

The leases are “triple net” leases in that the City agrees to pay all expenses on the property. Each lease has two renewal terms of 14 years each so that the total term is a maximum of 49 years. The term of

F- 18




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

each lease commenced on the date the Company in question closed the sale of the bus company to the City. The terms of the leases are consistent with current market rates.

In 2005, the Company decided along with its two sister New York Corporations namely Triboro Coach Corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica-Central Railways, Inc. (“Jamaica”) a plan to reorganize into a new formed company called GTJ REIT, Inc.

As a result of the Agreement and sale of Acquired Assets, the operations of the Bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Subsidy Programs:

Pursuant to the OAA, the Company received significant operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies. Through December 31, 2003, the total annual subsidy was based on a formula which provided the Company a reimbursement of operating deficits subject to annual caps on the rate of increase in reimbursable expenses. As of January 1, 2004, there was no cap on reimbursement of operating deficits, but certain labor costs were not reimbursed. The OAA provided that the Company earned a fixed annual management fee and additional quarterly fees if certain performance standards were met. Operating assistance provided by state and local governments totaled $4,013,094 and $9,908,886 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively (unaudited) $47,491,337, $36,856,266, and $35,732,962 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and was paid to the Company under the provisions of the OAA. In addition to the annual subsidy, the City reimbursed the Company for auto liability insurance premiums which covered the operation of the vehicles, and such costs.

Under the OAA, the City guaranteed the payment of the Company’s self-insured injuries and damages claims incurred through December 31, 2001. As further discussed below under “Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve,” effective January 1, 2002, the City provided an auto liability insurance program which did not require the Company to retain self-insurance for any portion of injuries and damages claims coverage. The City will still reimburse the Company and damages or claims filed that were incurred prior to January 1, 2002.

The City withheld and currently holds a portion of the annual subsidy for injuries and damages claims accrued as of December 31, 2002, for claims which occurred prior to January 1, 2002. Such withheld amounts will be received when the related claims are paid subject to a minimum funding level. For the aggregate amounts so withheld $2,275,249 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), $2,122,649 and $3,586,279 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004, these amounts are included as assets from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Under the provisions of the OAA, the operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies were subject to audit by those agencies, and such subsidies may be adjusted based on the results of such audits.

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators are prosecuting an action commenced on September 24, 2003, by service of a complaint of the City of New York. The action is based on a violation of their civil rights pursuant to Section 1983 of the Civil Rights Law of 1871, claiming that the City has

F- 19




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

conspired to put the Companies out of business in order to avoid paying compensation for its condemnation rights. To date, the City of New York has not answered the complaint. There is a motion pending by the City to dismiss the complaint.

Union Contract:

The Company has a Memorandum of Understanding with the Amalgamated Transit Union Local 1179 (the “Union”) which expired on December 31, 2002. On January 28, 2005, this Memorandum was modified to include a one-time one thousand ($1,000) dollar bonus for 2003 which will be paid to those employed as of the agreement date and a 3% increase in wages retroactive to January 1, 2004, which amounted to $1,588,275, of which $944,275 related to retroactive wages in 2004. Union employees as of the agreement date are also eligible for a longevity bonus.

Lease and Assumption Agreements:

The Company receives its buses at no cost from the City.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2006, Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements. The information described in the Notes to the Financial Statements for these periods is unaudited. The Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the entire fiscal year end for any period.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Green Bus Lines, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiary, Green Bus Holding Corporation. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Investee companies that are not consolidated, but over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s 40% investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. Whether or not the Company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the investee company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the investee company. Under the equity method of accounting, an investee company’s accounts are not reflected within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations; however, the Company’s share of the earnings or losses of the investee company is reflected in the caption “Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s carrying

F- 20




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

value in an equity method Investee company is reflected in the caption “Investment in affiliates” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

When the Company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee company is reduced to zero, no further losses are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless the Company guaranteed obligations of the Investee company or has committed additional funding. When the Investee Company subsequently reports income, the Company will not record its share of such income until it equals the amount of its share of losses not previously recognized (see Note 6).

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition- Rental Properties:

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13. “Accounting for Leases”, as amended, referred to herein as SFAS No. 13. SFAS No. 13 requires that revenue be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property. In those instances in which we fund tenant improvements and the improvements are deemed to be owned by us, revenue recognition will commence when the improvements are substantially completed and possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant. When the Company determines that the tenant allowances are lease incentives, the Company commences revenue recognition when possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant for tenant work to begin. The properties are being leased to tenants under operating leases. Minimum rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The excess of amounts so recognized over amounts due pursuant to the underlying leases amounted to approximately $284,451 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2006.

Revenue Recognition—Bus Operations:

The Company recorded passenger revenue when the service is performed. Operating assistance subsidies were recorded in the periods to which the subsidy relates. Revenue from passenger and operating subsidiaries were included as part of gain (loss) from discontinued operations. The monthly operating assistance subsidy checks for January 2006 and 2005 were received in December 2005, 2004 and are reported as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Information:

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share”, basic earnings per common share (“Basic EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares

F- 21




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share (“Diluted EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents and convertible securities then outstanding. SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. There were no common stock equivalents for any of the periods presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted per share information:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,194,512

 

$

790,154

 

$

1,726,968

 

$

461,435

 

$

(2,023,574

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

3,766.5

 

3,766.5

 

3,766.5

 

3,795.5

 

3,874.5

 

Basic and Diluted Per Share Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted

 

$

1,644.63

  

$

209.79

 

$

458.51

 

$

121.57

 

$

(522.28)

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecast undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets to their net carrying value. The amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net book value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the related assets.

When impairment indicators are present, investments in affiliated companies are reviewed for impairment by comparing their fair value to their respective carrying amounts. The Company makes its estimate of fair value by considering discounted cash flow analyses and balance sheet liquidation values. If the fair value of the investment has dropped below the carrying amount, management considers several factors when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, including the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliated company, and other factors influencing the fair market value, such as general market conditions.

Discontinued Operations:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company present the operations of the Bus operations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).

F- 22




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted cash represents certain certificates of deposit amounting to $-0- at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $741,488 at December 31, 2005, and $712,069 at December 31, 2004, that are on deposit with various government agencies as collateral to meet statutory self-insurance funding requirements.

Amortization of Deferred Leasing Commissions

Deferred leasing commissions will be amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the lease.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost (see Note 4). Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

 

Useful lives

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

10 -15

 

 

                                                                    

Investments:

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. Interest on securities is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Estimated fair value is determined based on market quotes.

Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve:

The Company established reserves for anticipated future settlements of injuries and damages claims arising from accidents up to the Company’s maximum self-insurance level of $500,000 per accident for accidents that occurred after December 31, 1992, and prior to January 1, 2002, and $75,000 for accidents that occurred prior to December 31, 1992. The required claims reserves were determined by management after considering factors such as the nature and extent of the injuries or damages and prior experience with similar types of claims.

Under the terms of the OAA, the City guaranteed the reimbursement of monies paid by the Company for its self-insured portion of injuries and damages claims (see Subsidy Programs above).

Effective January 1, 2002, the City implemented a new auto liability insurance program, which includes auto liability insurance coverage obtained on the Company’s behalf with several insurance companies (rated A, A+ or A++) and paid directly by the City to the Company and then the Company pays the premium. This insurance program provides for coverage up to $20 million per claim and is not subject to any self-insurance retention by the Company. In addition, under the new auto liability insurance

F- 23




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

program, the Company is not responsible for the administration or payment of insurance claims arising after January 1, 2002. The Company is not aware of any factors, which might impair the insurance companies’ or the City’s ability or intent to pay claims covered under the auto liability insurance program. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not reflect reserves for such claims arising after January 1, 2002.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Comprehensive Income:

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.”
SFAS No. 130 sets forth rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components.
SFAS No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and the minimum pension liability to be included in comprehensive income.

Environmental Matters:

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity, and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations. Environmental costs are also capitalized in recognition of legal asset retirement obligations resulting from the acquisition, construction and/or normal operation of a long-lived asset. Costs related to remedial investigation and feasibility studies, environmental contamination treatment and cleanup are charged to expense. Estimated future incremental operations, maintenance and management costs directly related to remediation are accrued when such costs are probable and estimable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements :

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133 and 140. This statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that require bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative

F- 24




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, as defined. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB “Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-in interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109’’ (“FIN 48”), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustments to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment to FAS 140,” which permits an entity to account for one or more classes of servicing rights at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. This statement is effective as of January 1, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect of this statement.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R), which supercedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based transactions using APB No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FAS No. 123R requires additional disclosures relating to the income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payments. On April 14, 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission announced it would permit most registrants subject to its oversight additional time to implement the requirements in SFAS No. 123(R). As announced, the SEC will permit companies to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year (instead of their next reporting period) that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006, will have an immaterial impact on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the potential financial impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R).

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Variable interest entities, some of which were formerly referred to as special purpose entities, are generally entities for which their other equity investors (1) do not provide significant financial resources for the entity to sustain its activities, (2) do not have voting rights or (3) have voting rights that are disproportionately high compared with their economic interests. Under FIN 46R, variable interest entities must be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership arising from the variable interest

F- 25




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

entity. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures if a significant variable interest is held but not required to be consolidated. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS No. 150). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS No. 149). The provisions of SFAS No.149 that relate to SFAS No. 133 and No. 138 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, provisions of SFAS No. 149 which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The changes in SFAS No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS No. 149 (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133 and No. 138, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying financing component to conform it to language used in FIN 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes resulted in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated above and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In addition, except as stated above, all provisions of SFAS No.149 should be applied prospectively. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In October 2003, Statement of Accounting Position (“SOP”) 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” was issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for loans acquired through a transfer (including a business combination) that have differences between their contractual cash flows and their expected cash flows, due in part to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires that the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition to be collected over the acquirer’s initial investment be recognized on a level-yield basis over the loan’s life. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is recognized as a future yield adjustment. Future decreases in actual cash flows over the original expected cash flows are recognized as an impairment and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. SOP 03-3 was adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2005. The adoption of SOP 03-3 has had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

F- 26




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections - a replacement of APB No. 20 and
FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principles. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). This standard requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The new reporting requirements and related new footnote disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006 as defined. The new measurement date requirement applies for fiscal year ending after December 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“SFAS 157”). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time-to-time exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage.

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

As stated in Note 1, on November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement and subsequently closed on January 9, 2006 with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. Accordingly, the results have been presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

F- 27




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

The following table sets forth the detail of the Company’s net income (loss) from discontinued operations:

 

 

Bus Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

75,941,986

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

1,075,001

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

121,502

 

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

953,499

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

67,123,967

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

1,023,634

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

306,109

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

717,525

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

65,357,868

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

1,160,596

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(161,824

)

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

1,322,420

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

3,864,184

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

(2,612,475

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

375,416

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

(2,987,891

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

$

11,722,994

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

3,453,566

 

 

Net gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

8,269,428

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from discontinued operation

 

 

$

38,280,520

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

559,439

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(21,455

)

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

580,894

 

 

T

The gain on sale of discontinued operation is calculated as follows:

Gross proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

$

11,142,885

 

Write-off of liabilities assumed by New York City

 

2,262,994

 

Net book value of assets sold

 

(1,682,885

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

$

11,722,994

 

 

F- 28




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

As of June 30, 2006, all proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations have been received by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company are primarily related to cash received from the sale of the assets, operating subsidies due from New York City, and deferred tax assets. The remaining liabilities are primarily related to accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes, other current liabilities, and deferred pension liability.  The remaining cash and amount received from the New York City for operating subsidies will be used to pay the remaining liabilities of the Company as well as the distribution to the Shareholders.

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of Bus Operations:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

5,226,826

 

$

1,005,904

 

$

3,177,806

 

Operating subsidies receivable

 

2,315,072

 

1,864,419

 

197,934

 

Current portion of operating subsidies receivable—injuries and damages withholding

 

9,923

 

601,970

 

1,268,204

 

Due from the City of New York

 

7,947

 

694,760

 

574,971

 

Other current assets

 

 

978,324

 

1,498,946

 

Inventory

 

 

1,284,123

 

1,311,887

 

Deferred income taxes

 

7,114,105

 

8,584,960

 

6,459,785

 

Total current assets

 

$

14,673,873

 

$

15,014,460

 

$

14,489,533

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded pension expense

 

$

137,522

 

$

604,255

 

$

1,543,978

 

Available for sale securities

 

1,501,415

 

756,347

 

764,331

 

Restricted cash

 

 

741,488

 

712,069

 

Property and equipment, net

 

286,456

 

664,109

 

898,873

 

Other assets

 

35,462

 

67,362

 

34,166

 

Operating subsidies receivable—injuries and damages
withholding

 

 

2,122,649

 

1,426,427

 

 

 

$

1,960,855

 

$

4,956,210

 

$

5,379,844

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

23,827

 

$

3,026,828

 

$

2,287,811

 

Accrued payroll, vacation pay, and accrued taxes

 

2,981,294

 

2,702,437

 

2,734,352

 

Due to City of New York

 

 

1,397,000

 

3,025,824

 

Deferred income taxes

 

4,204,935

 

5,189,534

 

5,311,548

 

Other current liabilities

 

401,312

 

270,023

 

252,153

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

7,611,368

 

$

12,585,822

 

$

13,611,688

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred union pension liability

 

$

9,158,038

 

$

9,158,036

 

$

3,316,326

 

Personal injury and property damage claims

 

 

2,470,157

 

3,933,786

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

$

9,158,038

 

$

11,628,193

 

$

7,250,112

 

 

The net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations was $(1,853,291) in 2005 and $1,520,322 in 2004, and $3,031,019 in 2003. The net cash used in investing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $359,237 in 2005, $458,404 in 2004 and $117,469 in

F- 29




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

2003. The net cash used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $-0- (2005), $-0- (2004), and $600,000 (2003).

The net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations of $(6,508,394) and $(1,246,036) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively. The net cash provided by (used in) investing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $326,789 and $(5,285) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively. The net cash used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $0 and $0 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

4.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

Property and equipment from continuing operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

433,877

 

$

433,877

 

$

433,877

 

Building and improvements

 

5,491,123

 

5,491,123

 

5,491,123

 

 

 

5,925,000

 

5,925,000

 

5,925,000

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(4,515,579

)

(4,407,587

)

(4,171,381

)

 

 

$

1,409,421

 

$

1,517,413

 

$

1,753,619

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $107,992 and $118,101, related to these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $236,205, $245,656, and $251,395 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Property and equipment from discontinued operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

1,099,822

 

$

1,099,822

 

$

1,099,822

 

Revenue vehicles and accessories

 

 

346,534

 

346,534

 

Registered devices

 

 

20,538

 

20,538

 

Office and garage equipment

 

616,094

 

2,464,413

 

2,461,306

 

 

 

1,715,916

 

3,931,307

 

3,928,200

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(1,429,460

)

(3,267,198

)

(3,029,327

)

 

 

$

286,456

 

$

664,109

 

$

898,873

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $35,770 and $118,938 related to these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $237,872, $267,555, and $307,132 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F- 30




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

5.    INVESTMENTS:

The following is a summary of marketable securities included as part of discontinued operations at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government debt securities

 

$

784,827

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(28,480

)

 

$

756,347

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

784,827

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(28,480

)

 

$

756,347

 

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government debt securities

 

$

784,802

 

 

$

940

 

 

 

$

(21,411

)

 

$

764,331

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

784,802

 

 

$

940

 

 

 

$

(21,411

)

 

$

764,331

 

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government

 

$

784,827

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(32,955

)

 

$

751,872

 

debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

784,827

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(32,955

)

 

$

751,872

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities, because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations.

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

260,280

 

$

260,280

 

Due after one year and up to five years

 

175,000

 

164,739

 

Due after five years and up to ten years

 

200,000

 

185,528

 

Due after ten years

 

149,547

 

141,325

 

 

 

$

784,827

 

$

751,872

 

 

F- 31




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES:

The Company has 40% interests in Command Bus Company, Inc., and G.T.J. Company, Inc. These companies did not declare dividends during 2005, 2004, and 2003. Summary combined financial information for these affiliates is as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

29,496,053

 

 

$

25,173,844

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2,428,228

 

 

$

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation

 

159,733

 

 

(1,646,778

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

2,533,095

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,587,961

 

 

$

886,317

 

 

Total assets

 

$

30,350,521

 

 

$

5,023,112

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

23,921,508

 

 

$

9,246,566

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

27,389,249

 

 

$

24,176,344

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1,052,695

 

 

$

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

(325,563

)

 

(336,643

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

727,132

 

 

$

(336,643

)

 

Total assets

 

$

31,207,996

 

 

$

6,591,175

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$27,339,938

 

 

$

10,341,492

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$21,997,994

 

 

$

24,205,682

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

709,043

 

 

$

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

(6,669,700

)

 

(286,541

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,960,657

)

 

$

(286,541

)

 

 

 

 

F- 32




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES: (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

15,659,651

 

 

$

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

951,196

 

 

$

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(17,133

)

 

195,827

 

 

Net income

 

$

934,063

 

 

$

195,827

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

14,725,433

 

 

$

13,326,531

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1,327,639

 

 

$

-0-

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(11,035

)

 

7,784

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,316,604

 

 

$

7,784

 

 

 

The Company advanced to (received from) Jamaica Buses, Inc. and Command Bus Company, Inc. $358,128 and $103,222, respectively at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $358,128 and $103,222, respectively at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The Company advanced $53,527 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) to Transit Facility Management Corp. and $0 to The Bus Depot, Inc., at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. Both these companies are subsidiaries of GTJ.

7.    NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK:

On December 30, 2003, the Company, along with the Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Command Bus Company, Inc., and G.T.J. Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Affiliated Group”), replaced its then-existing credit facility with a new facility consisting of mortgages and lines of credit which had an expiration date of June 30, 2004. The facility has been renegotiated over several renewals and has now been extended to March 31, 2007. Currently, the entire group has a $6.5 million facility consisting of a $4 million line of credit, which is secured by approximately $4.5 million of cash and bonds held by the Affiliated Group and a $2.5 million second mortgage secured by a mortgage over property owned by G.T.J. Company, Inc., in New York City. The facility of $6.5 million is being used to finance the working capital needs of the Affiliated Group. The facility bears interest at prime rate and is adjusted from time to time. The loans are collateralized by all tangible assets of the Affiliated Group.

As of June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004, $0 was outstanding under this line of credit. The line bore interest at a fluctuating rate based on the bank’s prime rate.

The Affiliated Group is required to satisfy certain financial ratios and covenants. Tangible net worth must not be less than $22,000,000 as of December 31, 2005, the cash flow coverage ratio must not be less than 1.1 to 1.0, the Leverage Ratio shall not be more than 4.5 to 1.0, and capital expenditures shall not be more than $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.

F- 33




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

7.    NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK: (Continued)

The Affiliated Group did not meet certain covenants for these financial statements and has requested waivers from the bank for the breach of these covenants. Waivers have been provided to the Affiliated Group.

8.    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Approximately 88% of the Company’s common stock is held under a Voting Trust Agreement which expires in November 2007. The stock held under the agreement shall be voted at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company by the trustee as may be in the judgment of the trustee, for the best interest of the shareholders of the Company. The trustee is a shareholder/officer of the Company. The Company has the right of first refusal to purchase shares from any shareholder desiring to sell shares at a price established by the Board of Directors.

In the normal course of business, the Company under a stock repurchase program will buy back common shares. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company repurchased approximately 13.5 shares.

In 2005, the Company paid dividends to shareholders totaling $300,570 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 the Company paid dividends of $150,285 (unaudited).

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

Non-Union:

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of its non-union employees. Participant benefits are based on years of service and the participant’s compensation during the last three years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

Plan assets primarily consist of convertible equity securities, guaranteed deposit accounts, corporate debt securities and fixed income contracts.

The following tables present certain financial information for the Company’s non-union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

7,470,513

 

$

7,461,521

 

Service cost

 

275,678

 

241,924

 

Interest cost

 

474,368

 

461,080

 

Actuarial loss/(gain)

 

914,323

 

(172,688

)

Benefits paid

 

(531,620

)

(521,324

)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

8,603,262

 

$

7,470,513

 

 

F- 34




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair asset plan value at beginning of the year

 

$

8,486,208

 

$

7,991,746

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

380,998

 

719,029

 

Employer contributions

 

396,680

 

365,692

 

Benefits paid

 

(531,620

)

(521,324

)

Expenses paid

 

(73,716

)

(68,935

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

8,658,550

 

$

8,486,208

 

Funded status

 

$

55,288

 

$

1,015,695

 

Unrecognized prior service costs

 

85,185

 

96,443

 

Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)

 

647,518

 

(551,909

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

787,991

 

$

560,229

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amount recognized in the balance sheet consists of:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit costs

 

$

787,991

 

$

560,229

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

Net Amount Recognized

 

$

787,991

 

$

560,229

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations shown above at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

5,211

 

$

137,838

 

$

275,678

 

$

241,924

 

259,746

 

Expense cost

 

14,672

 

39,638

 

79,275

 

72,127

 

72,775

 

Interest cost

 

83,477

 

237,184

 

474,368

 

461,080

 

458,826

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(116,025

)

(335,830

)

(671,661

)

(625,252

)

(540,059

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

1,949

 

5,630

 

11,258

 

11,258

 

11,258

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

(10,716

)

$

84,460

 

$

168,918

 

$

161,137

 

$

262,546

 

 

F- 35




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s postretirement benefit expense shown above for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

The Agreement with the City provides that all eligible members of the plan will join the City plan and will be credited for all service with the Company for the purposes of vesting and benefit accruals and that benefits for all eligible members of the plan will be on substantially the same terms and conditions as the current non-union plan.

Included in the agreement with the City, the pension plan is going to be merged into the Metropolitan Transit’s Authority DB Pension Plan (“MTA DB Plan”). This resulted in a plan curtailment under the SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlement and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”. The curtailment was caused by the fact that the non-union employees ceased future benefit accruals under the pension plan.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a loss of approximately $83,237 which was recorded in the second quarter.

The transfer of plan assets to the MTA DB Pension Plan on March 3, 2006, resulted in the settlement of the company’s obligation with regard to the plan assets and liabilities.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of the plan’s experience gain/(loss) as of the date of settlement or asset transfer date. As a result, the Company’s recognition of a loss of $776,972 due to the transfer of assets in excess of benefit liability plus the immediate recognition of the existing gain at $61,502 as of the asset transfer done on March 3, 2006, which resulted in an overall settlement loss of $715,470. This charge was recorded in the second quarter of 2006.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity securities

 

 

59

%

 

 

59

%

 

Debt securities

 

 

36

%

 

 

39

%

 

Cash and other

 

 

5

%

 

 

2

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

Union:

In addition, the Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of its union employees. Participant benefits are based on the employee’s monthly pay as of December 31, 1997

F- 36




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

plus a flat dollar monthly benefit for service after 1997. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes, in accordance with guidelines contained in the union contract. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Plan assets consist primarily of money market funds, corporate bonds, common and preferred equity securities, government securities and fixed income contracts.

The following tables present certain financial information for the Company’s union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

81,435,702

 

$

73,196,643

 

Service cost

 

2,217,268

 

1,965,803

 

Interest cost

 

4,863,033

 

4,738,117

 

Actuarial loss

 

4,007,468

 

5,652,781

 

Benefits paid

 

(4,130,086

)

(4,117,642

)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

88,393,385

 

$

81,435,702

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of asset plan value at beginning of the year

 

$

77,070,171

 

$

71,618,383

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

4,206,021

 

7,272,211

 

Employer contributions

 

2,783,696

 

2,855,554

 

Benefits paid

 

(4,130,086

)

(4,117,642

)

Expenses paid

 

(694,453

)

(558,335

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

79,235,349

 

$

77,070,171

 

Funded status

 

$

(9,158,036

)

$

(4,365,531

)

Unrecognized transition amount

 

736,445

 

1,700,384

 

Unrecognized prior service costs

 

(140,184

)

(156,406

)

Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)

 

17,580,383

 

11,333,545

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

9,018,608

 

$

8,511,992

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amount recognized in the balance sheet consists of:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

$

(9,158,036

)

$

(3,316,326

)

Intangible asset

 

596,261

 

1,543,978

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

17,580,383

 

10,284,340

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

9,018,608

 

$

8,511,992

 

 

F- 37




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations shown above at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

60,810

 

$

1,108,634

 

$

2,217,268

 

$

1,965,803

 

$

1,713,606

 

Interest cost

 

1,972,356

 

2,431,516

 

4,863,033

 

4,738,117

 

4,573,642

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(2,415,195

)

(3,050,056

)

(6,100,112

)

(5,677,592

)

(4,885,737

)

Amortization of transition amount

 

385,613

 

481,970

 

963,939

 

963,939

 

963,939

 

Amortization of prior service costs

 

 

(8,112

)

(16,222

)

(16,222

)

(16,222

)

Recognized actuarial loss (gain)

 

 

963,952

 

349,174

 

75,909

 

202,946

 

Curtailment under FAS 88

 

580,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

583,584

 

$

1,927,904

 

$

2,277,080

 

$

2,049,954

 

$

2,552,174

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s postretirement benefit expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6

%

6.5

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

4.0

%

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

The Agreement with the City provides that all eligible members of the plan will join the City plan and will be credited for all service with the Company for the purposes of vesting and benefit accruals and that benefits for all eligible members of the plan will be on substantially the same terms and conditions as the current non-union plan.

As of September 30, 2006, agreements related to merger of the plan are awaiting the signatures of the various interested parties (Green, Local 1181 Union, MTA, and City of New York). Once the agreements have been adopted, the merger of the retirement plans and the transfer of the Green Union Retirement Plan assets into the MTA DB Pension Plan will occur within ninety days.

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans are based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and the risk of asset classes and the correlation of those returns.

F- 38




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company pension plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity securities

 

 

58

%

 

 

53

%

 

Debt securities

 

 

27

%

 

 

28

%

 

Cash and other

 

 

15

%

 

 

19

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

Other Retirement Benefits:

The Company entered into an agreement with the Union which stipulates that the Union will provide health benefits directly to its members based on a plan developed by it for its members. The Company had agreed to fund the health benefits of such plan, subject to certain limitations and the condition that the City provides the funds necessary therefore under the provisions of the OAA. The Company and Union are currently working under the provisions of the expired agreement (see Note 1).

The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its non-union employees who covers all employees who, at the plan’s anniversary date, have completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age. The plan is funded by employee salary deferral contributions and employee discretionary contributions. There were no discretionary contributions made by the Company during 2005 and 2004.

The Company sponsors retirement benefits to its non-union employees under a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) which covers all employees who, at the Plan’s anniversary date, have completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age.

The Company participates in a multiemployer plan that provides health care benefits, including defined postretirement health care benefits to substantially all non-union employees. The amount contributed to the plan and charged to benefit cost was $51,101 and $356,175, for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $527,725 and $517,930, and $535,588 for 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

The Agreement with the City provides that all eligible members of Plan will join the City Plan and will be credited for all service with the Company for the purposes of vesting and benefit accruals and that  benefits for all eligible members of the plan will be on substantially the same terms and conditions as the current non-union plan.

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has an agreement with Varsity Transit, Inc. (“Transit”), an affiliate, under which Transit provides the Company with certain administrative and data processing services. Total service fees incurred under this agreement and included in other nonoperating expenses were $745,019 and $204,765 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $420,684, $414,921 and $434,472 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Net advances due from Transit aggregated $1,738,161 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $4,605,832 at December 31, 2005 and $1,581,459 at December 31, 2004. Additionally, advances due from GTJ aggregated $2,739,000 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $2,709,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

F- 39




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC (“LREM”), of which Paul Cooper, who is the son of the Company’s Chairmen Jerry Cooper,  is a member, received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Edgemere, New York on behalf of Green Bus Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $1,281,580.

Douglas A. Cooper, Ruskin, Moscou, Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF”), of which Douglas Cooper is a partner and is the nephew of Jerome Cooper, has acted as counsel to the Company for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $43,743, $96,671, and $34,953, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) were  $6,327,  and $20,815, respectively.

11.    INCOME TAXES:

The provisions for income taxes from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

689,153

 

$

163,826

 

$

320,009

 

$

57,825

 

$

252,662

 

State and local

 

357,665

 

85,235

 

161,150

 

164,007

 

203,512

 

Deferred

 

(255,521

)

(46,666

)

(101,121

)

(55,202

)

139,546

 

 

 

$

791,297

 

$

202,395

 

$

380,038

 

$

166,630

 

$

595,720

 

 

The provisions for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

2,517,216

 

$

53,150

 

$

 

$

(64,411

)

$

(50,385

)

State and local

 

735,454

 

13,636

 

(34,380

)

16,711

 

(30,627

)

Deferred

 

576,312

 

(88,241

)

155,882

 

353,809

 

(80,812

)

 

 

$

3,828,982

 

$

(21,455

)

$

121,502

 

$

306,109

 

$

(161,824

)

The Company files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns. In addition, the parent company and its subsidiary file separate returns for local purposes.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

 

F- 40




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book over tax depreciation

 

 

$

410,532

 

 

$

431,976

 

$

339,423

 

State and local taxes, net

 

 

213,226

 

 

161,704

 

60,647

 

Environmental Investigation & Feasibility Study

 

 

157,080

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

780,838

 

 

593,680

 

400,070

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rental income

 

 

(96,713

)

 

 

 

Real estate taxes

 

 

 

 

(75,019

)

(72,588

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

$

684,125

 

 

$

518,661

 

$

327,482

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from discontinued operations at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Injuries and damages claims reserve

 

$

 

$

839,853

 

$

1,337,487

 

Vacation accrual

 

4,280

 

681,086

 

564,771

 

Retirement plan’s additional minimum liability

 

7,039,895

 

7,039,895

 

4,541,160

 

Other

 

5,881

 

5,268

 

16,367

 

State and local taxes, net

 

64,049

 

18,858

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

7,114,105

 

8,584,960

 

6,459,785

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidy withholdings

 

 

(721,700

)

(1,219,335

)

Pension expense

 

(3,540,771

)

(3,841,359

)

(3,576,812

)

Book over tax depreciation

 

 

(53,301

)

(57,378

)

State and local taxes, net

 

(664,164

)

(573,174

)

(458,023

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,204,935

)

(5,189,534

)

(5,311,548

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

2,909,170

 

$

3,395,426

 

$

1,148,237

 

 

F- 41




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

The Company and two affiliates own all of the common stock of the affiliates accounted for under the equity method (see Note 5). The Company and its affiliates exercise significant influence over these affiliates and   intend to maintain permanent investments in these affiliates. Accordingly, taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of these affiliates prior to January 1, 1993 (date of SFAS No. 109 adoption). Accumulated undistributed earnings (losses) of affiliates for which no provision (benefit) for income taxes has been made was approximately $707,389 and $(682,327) at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Legal M atters

The Company is a plaintiff in the two lawsuits described in Note 1. The Company is also involved in several lawsuits and other disputes which arose in the ordinary course of business; however, management believes that these matters will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Environmental Matters

The Company’s real property has had activity regarding removal and replacement of underground storage tanks. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was thermally treated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace earth which had been removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place at certain locations. In July 2006 the Company entered into an informal agreement with the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) whereby the Company’s has committed to a three-year remedial investigation and feasibility study (the “Study”) for all site locations. In conjunction with this informal agreement, the Company has retained the services of an environmental engineering firm to assess the cost of the study. The Company’s engineering report has an estimated cost range in which the low-end of the range, of approximately $1.3 million (of which the Company portion is $462,000) was only for the Study. In addition, a high-end range estimate, of approximately $2.6 million (of which the Company portion was $938,000 ) was included which provided a “worst case” scenario whereby the Company would be required to perform full remediation on all site locations. While management believes that the amount of the Study and related remediation is likely to fall within the estimated cost range, no amount within that range can be determined to be the better estimate. Therefore, management believes that recognition of the low-range estimate is appropriate. While additional costs associated with environmental remediation and monitoring are probable, it is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the amount of any future obligation until the Study has been completed. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has recorded a liability of $462,000 related to its portion of the Study as disclosed in the engineering report. Presently, the Company is not aware of any claims or remediation requirements from any local, state or federal government agencies. Each of the properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as transit depots including maintenance of vehicles.

13.   SIGNIFICANT TENANTS

One tenant constitutes 100% of rental revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited).

F- 42




GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)
and Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

14.   FUTURE MINIMUM RENT SCHEDULE

Future minimum lease payments to be received by the Company as of December 31, 2005 under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

2006

 

$

3,326,680

 

2007

 

3,400,000

 

2008

 

3,400,000

 

2009

 

3,400,000

 

2010

 

3,400,000

 

Thereafter

 

66,874,941

 

 

 

$

83,801,621

 

 

F- 43




TRIBORO COACH AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, and
SIX Months Ended JUNE 30, 2006

CONTENTS

p

F- 44




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Weiser LLP

New York, New York

July 21, 2006

F- 45




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

736,572

 

$

30,223

 

$

73,191

 

Other receivables

 

 

32,446

 

33,095

 

Due from affiliates

 

4,936,677

 

3,959,543

 

4,811,371

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

7,258,468

 

11,735,245

 

9,517,629

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

182,144

 

183,955

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

 

481,007

 

9,771

 

Total current assets

 

12,931,717

 

16,420,608

 

14,629,012

 

Property and equipment, net

 

976,192

 

1,003,292

 

1,057,492

 

Assets from discontinued operation

 

3,790,677

 

6,319,296

 

8,632,822

 

Investment in affiliates

 

1,247,049

 

795,094

 

 

Other assets

 

162,647

 

 

 

Deferred leasing commissions

 

825,530

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

19,933,812

 

$

24,538,290

 

$

24,319,326

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities from discontinued operation

 

$

2,518,221

 

$

9,093,836

 

$

7,946,190

 

Income taxes payable

 

10,164

 

80,577

 

1,752

 

Due to affiliates

 

 

2,641

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

245,100

 

107,869

 

6,416

 

Total current liabilities

 

2,773,485

 

9,284,923

 

7,954,358

 

Deferred income taxes liabilities

 

52,538

 

130,867

 

115,134

 

Liabilities from discontinued operation

 

 

4,071,103

 

6,259,736

 

Total liabilities

 

2,826,023

 

13,486,893

 

14,329,228

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 2,000 shares authorized, 1,277.10 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and in 2005, 1,290.6 in 2004

 

127,305

 

127,305

 

128,655

 

Retained earnings

 

18,681,216

 

12,624,824

 

10,959,623

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(1,700,732

)

(1,700,732

)

(1,098,180

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

17,107,789

 

11,051,397

 

9,990,098

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

19,933,812

 

$

24,538,290

 

$

24,319,326

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 46




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

  2005  

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue and subsidies

 

$

1,093,555

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

296,508

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

27,100

 

26,796

 

54,200

 

90,095

 

93,042

 

Total operating expenses

 

323,608

 

26,796

 

54,200

 

90,095

 

93,042

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, and equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies

 

769,947

 

(26,796

)

(54,200

)

(90,095

)

(93,042

)

Provision for income taxes

 

318,487

 

217,504

 

344,551

 

412,148

 

483,195

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

451,956

 

529,756

 

1,389,712

 

156,196

 

(2,498,879

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

903,416

 

285,456

 

990,961

 

(346,047

)

(3,075,116

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

(1,902,321

)

603,628

 

991,592

 

1,784,017

 

509,684

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

7,207,363

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operation

 

5,305,042

 

603,628

 

991,592

 

1,784,017

 

509,684

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,208,458

 

$

889,084

 

$

1,982,553

 

$

1,437,970

 

$

(2,565,432

)

Income (loss) per common share- basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

707.40

 

$

221.18

 

$

767.83

 

$

(266.60

)

$

(2,334.05

)

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

(1,489.56

)

$

467.71

 

$

768.32

 

$

1,374.44

 

$

386.85

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

5,643.54

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,861.37

 

$

688.89

 

$

1,536.15

 

$

1,107.84

 

$

(1,947.20

)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

 

1,277.1

 

1,290.6

 

1,290.6

 

1,298.0

 

1,317.5

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 47




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Loss) income

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

 

1,317.5

 

 

$

131,745

 

$

12,114,895

 

 

$

(490,047

)

 

$

11,756,593

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(2,565,432

)

 

 

 

(2,565,432

)

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax $64,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95,263

)

 

(95,263

)

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(49,754

)

 

(49,754

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,710,449

)

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(4.5

)

 

(450

)

(4,050

)

 

 

 

(4,500

)

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

1,313.0

 

 

131,295

 

9,545,413

 

 

(635,064

)

 

9,041,644

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

1,437,970

 

 

 

 

1,437,970

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax $33,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(60,886

)

 

(60,886

)

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(402,230

)

 

(402,230

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

974,854

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(22.4

)

 

(2,640

)

(23,760

)

 

 

 

(26,400

)

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

1,290.6

 

 

128,655

 

10,959,623

 

 

(1,098,180

)

 

9,990,098

 

Dividends paid, $236.48 per share

 

 

 

 

 

(305,203

)

 

 

 

(305,203

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

1,982,553

 

 

 

 

1,982,553

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax $23,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58,366

)

 

(58,366

)

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(544,186

)

 

(544,186

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,380,001

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(13.5

)

 

(1,350

)

(12,150

)

 

 

 

(13,500

)

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

1,277.10

 

 

127,305

 

12,624,823

 

 

(1,700,732

)

 

11,051,396

 

Dividends paid, $59.53 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(152,065

)

 

 

 

 

(152,065

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

6,208,458

 

 

 

 

6,208,458

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,208,458

 

Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

1,277.10

 

 

$

127,305

 

$

18,681,216

 

 

$

(1,700,732

)

 

$

17,107,789

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 48




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Six Months Ended 
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,208,458

 

$

889,084

 

$

1,982,553

 

$

1,437,970

 

$

(2,565,432

)

Less gain from discontinued operations

 

(5,305,042

)

(603,628

)

(991,592

)

(1,784,017

)

(509,684

)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

903,416

 

285,456

 

990,961

 

(346,047

)

(3,075,116

)

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(103,476

)

4,263

 

8,525

 

(1,820

)

6,662

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

(451,956

)

(529,756

)

(1,389,712

)

(156,196

)

2,498,879

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

27,100

 

24,776

 

54,200

 

90,095

 

93,042

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

(130,201

)

 

(34,290

)

(230,280

)

103,001

 

Prepaid expenses

 

182,144

 

(6,494

)

(74,459

)

(156,324

)

24,682

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

481,007

 

(43,700

)

(186,171

)

 

 

Deferred leasing commissions

 

(825,530

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

(162,647

)

 

 

(11,843

)

6,992

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

  —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Income tax payable

 

(70,413

(90

)  

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Due to affiliates

 

(974,492

)

(527,067

)

211,209

 

574,229

 

(142,460

)

Other current liabilities

 

137,230

 

(1,416

)

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

(6,022,419

)

1,874,650

 

(118,130

)

2,409,120

 

6,358,375

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(7,010,237

)

1,080,622

 

(537,867

)

2,170,934

 

5,874,057

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

 

(4,865

)

(3,990

)

(3,500

)

Due from affiliates

 

 

 

643,261

 

(1,201,638

)

(1,642,833

)

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

9,875,411

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by (used in)
investing activities attributable to
discontinued operations

 

163,984

 

(58,741

)

57,899

 

324,506

 

8,298

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

10,039,395

 

(58,741

)

696,295

 

(881,122

)

(1,638,035

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(152,065

)

(153,137

)

(305,202

)

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(13,500

)

(13,500

)

(26,400

)

(4,500

)

Net cash flow used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

(2,844,336

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(152,065

)

(166,637

)

(318,702

)

(26,400

)

(2,848,836

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

2,877,093

 

855,244

 

(160,274

)

1,263,412

 

1,387,186

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year (includes $2,696,671 and $2,817,976 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $2,813,976 (2005), $1,619,215 (2004), and $236,482 (2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

2,726,894

 

2,887,168

 

2,887,168

 

1,623,756

 

236,570

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year (includes $4,867,414 and $3,722,799 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $2,696,671 (2005), $2,813,977 (2004), and $1,619,215(2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

$

5,603,987

 

$

3,742,412

 

$

2,726,894

 

$

2,887,168

 

$

1,623,756

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

1,944

 

$

3,485

 

$

9,106

 

$

14,589

 

$

34,517

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

1,792,729

 

$

356,077

 

$

581,573

 

$

984,526

 

$

110,990

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 49




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS :

Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) operated franchised transit bus routes in the City of New York (“the City”) pursuant to an operating authority which had expired April 30, 2005 and an Operating Assistance Agreement (“OAA”) with the City which expired on September 30, 1998. The Company and the City have, by mutual understanding, continued to abide by the terms of the OAA. Funding for and continuation of operations of the Company’s franchised transit bus routes were dependent upon the continuation of its operating authority and operating assistance relationship with the City.

Recent Developments

On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on February 20, 2006 (the “Transition Date”) with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations (the “Acquired Assets”). The Acquired Assets include fixtures, furniture and equipment; maintenance records; personnel records; operating schedules; and the intangible value of the development, administration and maintenance of such assets, including the value related to the development and training of employees, the value related to the development of routes and operating schedules, and going concern value or good will for a purchase price of $8,125,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the City will pay additional consideration as follows: (1) an amount equal to the actual invoice cost for the Company’s inventory of spare parts and fluids, provided that the Company represent and warrant to the City that it has paid or will pay such invoiced amounts; (2) an amount equal to the book value (net of accumulated depreciation) of the Company’s other tangible assets that are Acquired Assets as of the date of closing; (3) if all of the Claimants in the Non-Union Employees v. New York City Department of Transportation and Green Bus Lines, Inc. execute Settlement Authorization Forms; the City will pay the Company an additional $162,500. If less than 100% of the Claimants execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional amount to be determined by multiplying the percentage of the Claimants who executed the Forms by $300,000, and the Company will receive 32.50% of the amount.

Under the Agreement, the City is going to assume, defend and indemnify the Company against the following: (1) all claims as a result from operations and maintenance of buses up through and including the Transition Date; (2) all claims, losses or damages for bodily injury and/or property damage resulting from or alleged to result from the operation and/or maintenance of buses up to the Transition Date; (3) any and all funding obligations, claims, losses, damages, fines, costs and expenses associated with any withdrawal, termination, freezing or other liability related to the various pension plans; (4) all claims with respect to accrued leave; (5) any claims made by any union or any member of any union arising under any collective bargaining agreement; (6) obligation to pay additional or retrospective premiums in connection with any Workers’ Compensation Retrospective Policy; (7) obligation to pay accumulated holiday pay; and (8) any claim or demand is made, any and all claims asserted by vendors in regard to Bus Service, up through and including the Transition Date.

In connection with the Agreement, Triboro Coach Holding Corp. leased to the City premises at 85-01 24th Avenue, East Elmhurst, NY for an initial term of 21 years, with a first year rent of $2,585,000 and a 21st year rent of $3,785,000.

F- 50




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

The lease is a triple net lease in that the City agrees to pay all expenses on the property. Each lease has two renewal terms of 14 years each so that the total term is a maximum of 49 years. The term of each lease commenced on the date the Company in question closed the sale of the bus company to the City. The terms of the leases are consistent with current market rates.

In 2005, the Company decided along with its two sister New York Corporations namely Green Bus Lines, Inc. (“Green Bus”) and Jamaica-Central Railways, Inc. (“Jamaica”) plan to reorganize into a new formerly formed company called GTJ REIT, Inc.

As a result of the Agreement and sale of Acquired Assets, the operations of the Bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Subsidy Programs:

Pursuant to the OAA, the Company received significant operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies. Through December 31, 2003, the total annual subsidy was based on a formula which provided the Company a reimbursement of operating deficits subject to annual caps on the rate of increase in reimbursable expenses. As of January 1, 2004, there was no cap on reimbursement of operating deficits, but certain labor costs were not reimbursed. The OAA provided that the Company earn a fixed annual management fee and additional quarterly fees if certain performance standards were met. Operating assistance provided by state and local governments totaled $10,016,117 and $16,801,015 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited), respectively, $36,812,517, $32,642,297 and $29,927,737 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and was paid to the Company under the provisions of the OAA. In addition to the annual subsidy, the City reimbursed the Company for auto liability insurance premiums which covered the operation of the vehicles, and such costs.

Under the OAA, the City guaranteed the payment of the Company’s self-insured injuries and damages claims incurred through December 31, 2001. As further discussed below under “Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve,” effective January 1, 2002, the City provided an auto liability insurance program which did not require the Company to retain self-insurance for any portion of injuries and damages claims coverage. The City will still reimburse the Company and damages or claims filed that were incurred prior to January 1, 2002.

The City withheld and currently holds a portion of the annual subsidy for injuries and damages claims accrued as of December 31, 2002, for claims which occurred prior to January 1, 2002. Such withheld amounts will be received when the related claims are paid subject to a minimum funding level. For the aggregate amounts so withheld $3,776,365 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $2,938,183 and $3,963,201 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004, these amounts are included as assets from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Under the provisions of the OAA, the operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies were subject to audit by those agencies, and such subsidies may be adjusted based on the results of such audits.

F- 51




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators (the “Companies”) are also prosecuting an action commenced in August 2004 by service of a complaint on the City of New York and The Metropolitan Transportation authority (“MTA”). The Companies seek declaratory and injunctive relief compelling the City of New York to honor certain contractual obligations involving the pensions and other rights of the Companies’ employees. The Companies also seek to compel the MTA to honor such employee rights. A motion to dismiss by the MTA has been stayed until March 2005.

Union Contract:

The Company has a Memorandum of Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Transport Workers Union Local 100 and Transport Workers Union of America, AFL-CIO (the “Union”) which expired on March 31, 2003. Approximately 91% of the Company’s labor force is covered under the Union.

Lease and Assumption Agreements:

The Company receives its buses at no cost from the City.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2006, Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements. The information described in the Notes to the Financial Statements for these periods is unaudited. The Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the entire fiscal year end for any period.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of Consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Triboro Coach Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Triboro Coach Holding Corp. and Two Borough Express, Inc. (which terminated operations prior to 1992). The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investee companies that are not consolidated, but over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s 40% investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. Whether or not the Company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the investee company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the investee company. Under the equity method of accounting, an investee company’s accounts are not reflected within the Company’s

F- 52




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations; however, the Company’s share of the earnings or losses of the investee company is reflected in the caption “Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s carrying value in an equity method investee company is reflected in the caption “Investment in affiliates” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

When the Company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee company is reduced to zero, no further losses are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless the Company guaranteed obligations of the Investee company or has committed additional funding. When the Investee company subsequently reports income, the Company will not record its share of such income until it equals the amount of its share of losses not previously recognized. (see Note 6).

Revenue Recognition- Rental Properties:

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13  “Accounting for Leases”, as amended, referred to herein as SFAS No. 13. SFAS No. 13 requires that revenue be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property. In those instances in which we fund tenant improvements and the improvements are deemed to be owned by us, revenue recognition will commence when the improvements are substantially completed and possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant. When the Company determines that the tenant allowances are lease incentives, the Company commences revenue recognition when possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant for tenant work to begin. The properties are being leased to tenants under operating leases. Minimum rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The excess of amounts so recognized over amounts due present to the underlying leases amounted to approximately $162,647 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2006.

Revenue Recognition- Bus Operations:

The Company recorded passenger revenue when the service is performed. Operating assistance subsidies were recorded in the periods to which the subsidy relates. Revenue from passenger and operating subsidies were included as part of gain (loss) from discontinued operations. The monthly operating assistance subsidy checks for January 2006 and 2005 were received in December 2005, 2004 and are reported as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Information:

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share”, basic earnings per common share (“Basic EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share (“Diluted EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents and convertible securities then outstanding. SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no

F- 53




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

common stock equivalents for any of the periods presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted per share information:

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,208,458

 

$

889,084

 

$

1,982,553

 

$

1,437,970

 

$

(2,565,432

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

1,277.10

 

1,290.6

 

1,290.6

 

1,298.0

 

1,317.5

 

Basic and Diluted Per Share Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share – basic and diluted

 

$

4,861.37

 

$

688.89

 

$

1,536.15

 

$

1,107.84

 

$

(1,947.20

)

 

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecast undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets to their net carrying value. The amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net book value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the related assets.

When impairment indicators are present, investments in affiliated companies are reviewed for impairment by comparing their fair value to their respective carrying amounts. The Company makes its estimate of fair value by considering discounted cash flow analyses and balance sheet liquidation values. If the fair value of the investment has dropped below the carrying amount, management considers several factors when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, including the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliated company, and other factors influencing the fair market value, such as general market conditions.

F- 54




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Discontinued Operations:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company present the operations of the Bus operations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Amortization of Deferred Leasing Commissions:

Deferred leasing commissions will be amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the lease.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost (see Note 4). Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

 

Useful lives

Buildings and improvements

 

10-25 years

 

Investments:

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.”  Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. Interest on securities is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary or available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Estimated fair value is determined based on market quotes.

The Company maintains certain available-for-sale securities of $204,238 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $208,067 and $214,007 on deposit with various governmental agencies to meet statutory self-insurance funding requirements at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These investments included in the available-for-sale securities on the accompanying balance sheet primarily consist of U.S. Treasury debt and state and local municipal bonds.

Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve:

The Company established reserves for anticipated future settlements of injuries and damages claims arising from accidents up to the Company’s maximum self-insurance level of $500,000 per accident for accidents that occurred after December 31, 1992 and prior to January 1, 2002, and $75,000 for accidents occurring prior to December 31, 1992. The required claims reserves were determined by management after

F- 55




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

considering factors such as the nature and extent of the injuries or damages and prior experience with similar types of claims.

Under the terms of the OAA, the City guaranteed the reimbursement of monies paid by the Company for its self-insured portion of injury and damages claims (see Subsidy programs above).

Effective January 1, 2002, the City implemented a new auto liability insurance program, which includes auto liability insurance coverage obtained on the Company’s behalf with several insurance companies (rated A, A+ or A++) and paid directly by the City. This insurance program provides for coverage up to $20 million per claim and is not subject to any self insurance retention by the Company. In addition, under the new auto liability insurance program, the Company is not responsible for the administration or payment of insurance claims arising after January 1, 2002. The Company is not aware of any factors, which might impair the insurance companies’ or the City’s ability or intent to pay claims covered under the auto liability insurance program. The accompanying financial statements do not reflect reserves for such claims arising after January 1, 2002.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Comprehensive Income:

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” SFAS No. 130 sets forth rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and the minimum pension liability from an investment in an affiliate to be included in comprehensive income.

Environmental Matters:

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity, and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations. Environmental costs are also capitalized in recognition of legal asset retirement obligations resulting from the acquisition, construction and/or normal operation of a long-lived asset. Costs related to remedial investigation and feasibility studies, environmental contamination treatment and cleanup are charged to expense. Estimated future incremental operations, maintenance and management costs directly related to remediation are accrued when such costs are probable and estimable.

F- 56




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133 and 140. This statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that require bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, as defined. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-in interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN48”), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustments to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment to FAS 140,” which permits an entity to account for one or more classes of servicing rights at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. This statement is effective as of January 1, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect of this statement.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R), which supercedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based transactions using APB No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FAS No. 123R requires additional disclosures relating to the income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payments. On April 14, 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission announced it would permit most registrants subject to its oversight additional time to implement the requirements in SFAS No. 123(R). As announced, the SEC will permit companies to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year (instead of their next reporting period) that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006, will have an immaterial impact on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the potential financial impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R).

F- 57




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Variable interest entities, some of which were formerly referred to as special purpose entities, are generally entities for which their other equity investors (1) do not provide significant financial resources for the entity to sustain its activities, (2) do not have voting rights or (3) have voting rights that are disproportionately high compared with their economic interests. Under FIN 46R, variable interest entities must be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership arising from the variable interest entity. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures if a significant variable interest is held but not required to be consolidated. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS No. 150). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS No. 149). The provisions of SFAS No.149 that relate to SFAS No. 133 and No. 138 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, provisions of SFAS No. 149 which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The changes in SFAS No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS No. 149 (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133 and No. 138, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying financing component to conform it to language used in FIN 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes resulted in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated above and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In addition, except as stated above, all provisions of SFAS No.149 should be applied prospectively. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

F- 58




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

In October 2003, Statement of Accounting Position (“SOP”) 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” was issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for loans acquired through a transfer (including a business combination) that have differences between their contractual cash flows and their expected cash flows, due in part to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires that the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition to be collected over the acquirer’s initial investment be recognized on a level-yield basis over the loan’s life. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is recognized as a future yield adjustment. Future decreases in actual cash flows over the original expected cash flows are recognized as an impairment and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. SOP 03-3 was adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2005. The adoption of SOP 03-3 has had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“SFAS 154”), SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principles. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). This standard requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The new reporting requirements and related new footnote disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, as defined. The new measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157. Fair Value Measurements , (“SFAS 157”). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F- 59




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time-to-time exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage.

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

As stated in Notes, on November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement and subsequently closed on January 9, 2006 with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. Accordingly, the results have been presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

The following table sets forth the detail of the Company’s net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations:

 

 

Bus Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

58,225,302

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

932,600

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(58,992

)

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

$

991,592

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

57,682,411

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

2,184,740

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

400,723

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

1,784,017

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

54,629,379

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

977,790

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

468,106

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

509,684

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from discontinued operation

 

 

$

13,148,558

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

(1,880,919

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

21,402

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

(1,902,321

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

$

11,103,393

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

3,896,030

 

 

Net gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

7,207,363

 

 

 

F- 60




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

 

 

Bus Operations

 

Six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from discontinued operation

 

 

$

29,756,792

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

597,262

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(6,366

)

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

603,628

 

 

 

The gain on sale of discontinued operation is calculated as follows:

Gross proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

$

9,875,411

 

Write-off of liabilities assumed by New York City

 

2,978,393

 

Net book value of assets sold

 

(1,750,411

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

$

11,103,393

 

 

As of June 30, 2006, all proceeds from sale of sale of discontinued operations have been received by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company are primarily related to cash received from the sale of the assets, operating subsidies due from New York City, and deferred tax assets. The remaining liabilities are primarily related to accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes, and other current liabilities. The remaining cash and amount received from the New York City for operating subsidies will be used to pay the remaining liabilities of the Company as well as the distribution to the Shareholders.

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of Bus Operations:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

1,948,131

 

$

2,696,671

 

$

2,813,976

 

Operating subsidies receivable

 

3,776,365

 

3,293,828

 

882,685

 

Current portion of operating subsidies receivable injuries and damages withholding

 

590,943

 

244,593

 

455,582

 

Due from the City of New York

 

37,223

 

578,572

 

543,359

 

Prepaid expenses

 

20,584

 

1,485,339

 

931,236

 

Inventory

 

 

1,501,235

 

1,397,380

 

Other current assets

 

25,929

 

 

197,063

 

Deferred income taxes

 

859,293

 

1,915,978

 

2,245,151

 

Other

 

 

19,029

 

51,197

 

Total current assets

 

$

7,258,468

 

$

11,735,245

 

$

9,517,629

 

 

F- 61




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidies receivable injuries and damages withholding

 

$

 

$

2,938,183

 

$

3,963,201

 

Property and equipment, net

 

847,449

 

1,132,800

 

1,314,826

 

Other assets

 

23,945

 

139,251

 

761,970

 

Marketable investments

 

2,919,283

 

2,109,062

 

2,592,825

 

Total long term assets

 

$

3,790,677

 

$

6,319,296

 

$

8,632,822

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

13,272

 

$

2,629,950

 

$

1,088,746

 

Accrued payroll and vacation pay

 

 

2,880,754

 

2,747,569

 

Loans payable-New York City

 

 

422,168

 

422,188

 

Accrued taxes

 

1,379,909

 

88,934

 

72,236

 

Deferred income taxes

 

764,421

 

 

 

Deferred operating assistance

 

 

2,310,150

 

2,557,666

 

Other current liabilities

 

360,619

 

761,880

 

1,057,785

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

2,518,221

 

$

9,093,836

 

$

7,946,190

 

Reserve personal and property damage claims

 

$

 

 

$

3,142,560

 

$

4,167,578

 

Other

 

 

6,646

 

699,538

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

921,897

 

1,392,620

 

Total non current liabilities

 

$

 

$

4,071,103

 

$

6,259,736

 

 

The net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations was $(118,130) in 2005, $2,409,120 in 2004 and $6,358,375 in 2003. The net cash provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $57,899 in 2005, $324,506 in 2004 and $8,298 in 2003. The net cash used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $-0- in 2005 and 2004 and $2,844,336 in 2003.

The net cash flow provided by (used in) operating attributable to discontinued operations was $(6,022,419) and $1,874,650 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited). The net cash provided by (used in) investing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $163,984 and $(58,741) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The net cash provided by financing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $-0- for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited).

F- 62




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment from continuing operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

110,402

 

$

110,402

 

$

110,402

 

Building and improvements

 

3,280,201

 

3,280,201

 

3,280,201

 

 

 

3,390,603

 

3,390,603

 

3,390,603

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

2,414,411

 

(2,387,311

)

(2,333,111

)

 

 

$

976,192

 

$

1,003,292

 

$

1,057,492

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $27,100 and $26,796 related to these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $54,200, and $90,095 and 93,042 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

Property and equipment from discontinued operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

733,754

 

$

726,454

 

$

721,589

 

Revenue vehicles and accessories

 

 

180,492

 

180,492

 

Registered devices

 

 

14,769

 

14,769

 

Office and garage equipment

 

1,022,297

 

2,761,362

 

2,739,259

 

 

 

1,756,051

 

3,683,077

 

3,656,109

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(908,602

)

(2,550,277

)

(2,341,283

)

 

 

$

847,449

 

$

1,132,800

 

$

1,314,826

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $56,546 and $112,354 related to assets included as part of discontinued operations during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $168,419, $211,522 and $143,876 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

5.    INVESTMENTS

The following is a summary of marketable securities which are included as part of assets from discontinued operations at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively:

 

 

Available-for-sale-securities

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

$

1,707,957

 

 

$

8,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,716,221

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale-securities

 

$

1,707,957

 

 

$

8,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,716,221

 

 

F- 63




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

5.    INVESTMENTS (Continued)

 

 

Available-for-sale-securities

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

$

2,068,461

 

 

$

42,124

 

 

 

$

(1,522

)

 

$

2,109,063

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale-securities

 

$

2,068,461

 

 

$

42,124

 

 

 

$

(1,522

)

 

$

2,109,063

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale-securities

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

$

2,510,497

 

 

$

88,185

 

 

 

$

(5,857

)

 

$

2,592,825

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale-securities

 

$

2,510,497

 

 

$

88,185

 

 

 

$

(5,857

)

 

$

2,592,825

 

 

The Amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations.

 

 

Cost

 

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

430,000

 

 

 

$

430,000

 

Due after one year and up to five years

 

634,196

 

 

 

634,041

 

Due after five years and up to ten years

 

633,464

 

 

 

634,903

 

Due after ten years

 

10,297

 

 

 

17,277

 

 

 

$

1,707,957

 

 

 

$

1,716,221

 

 

F- 64




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES

The Company has 40% interests in Command Bus Company, Inc. and G.T.J. Company, Inc. (“GTJ”). These companies did not declare dividends during 2005, 2004 and 2003. Summary combined financial information for these affiliates is as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc

 

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

29,496,053

 

 

$

25,173,844

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2,428,228

 

 

$

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation

 

159,733

 

 

(1,646,778

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

2,533,095

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,587,961

 

 

$

886,317

 

 

Total assets

 

$

30,350,521

 

 

$

5,023,112

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

23,921,508

 

 

$

9,246,566

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

27,389,249

 

$

24,176,344

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1,052,695

 

$

 

 

Loss  from operations of discontinued operation

 

(325,563

)

(336,643

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

727,132

 

$

(336,643

)

 

Total assets

 

$

31,207,996

 

$

6,591,175

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

27,339,938

 

$

10,341,492

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

21,997,994

 

 

$

24,205,682

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

709,043

 

 

$

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

  (6,669,700

)

 

(286,541

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,960,657

)

 

$

(286,541

)

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

15,659,651

 

 

$

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

951,196

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(17,133

)

 

195,827

 

 

Net income

 

$

934,063

 

 

$

195,827

 

 

 

F- 65




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

14,725,433

 

 

$

13,326,531

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1,327,639

 

 

$

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(11,035

)

 

7,784

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,316,604

 

 

$

7,784

 

 

 

7.    NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK

On December 30, 2003, the Company, along with the Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Command Bus Company, Inc. and G.T.J. Company, Inc.  and Subsidiaries (the “Affiliated Group”), replaced its then-existing credit facility with a new facility consisting of mortgages and lines of credit which had an expiration date of June 30, 2004. The facility has been renegotiated over several renewals and has now been extended to March 31, 2007. Currently, the entire group has a $6.5 million facility consisting of a $4 million line of credit, which is secured by approximately $4.5 million of cash and bonds held by the Affiliated Group and a $2.5 million second mortgage secured by a mortgage over property owned by G.T.J. Company, Inc., in New York City. The facility of $6.5 million is being used to finance the working capital needs of the Affiliated Group. The facility bears interest at prime rate and is adjusted from time to time. The loans are collateralized by all tangible assets of the Affiliated Group.

As of June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004, $0 was outstanding under this line of credit. The line bore interest at a fluctuating rate based on the bank’s prime rate.

The Affiliated Group is required to satisfy certain financial ratios and covenants. Tangible net worth must not be less than $22,000,000 as of December 31, 2005, the cash flow coverage ratio must not be less than 1.1 to 1.0, the Leverage Ratio shall not be more than 4.5 to 1.0, and capital expenditures shall not be more than $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.

The Affiliated Group did not meet certain covenants for those financial statements and has requested waivers from the bank for the breach of these covenants. Waivers have been provided to the Affiliated Group.

8.    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Approximately 89% of the Company’s common stock is held under a Voting Trust Agreement which expires in November 2007. The stock held under the agreement shall be voted at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company by the trustee as may be in the judgment of the trustee for the best interest of the shareholders of the Company. The trustee is a shareholder/officer of the Company.

In the normal cause of business, the Company under a stock repurchase program will buy back common shares. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company repurchased approximately 4.5 shares, for the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company repurchased approximately 22.4 shares, and for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company bought back 13.5 shares.

F- 66




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

8.    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

The Company has the right of first refusal to purchase shares from any shareholder desiring to sell shares at a price established by the Board of Directors at the date of the sale.

9.    PENSION PLANS AS OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of its nonunion employees. Participant benefits are based on years of service and the participant’s compensation during the last three years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

Plan assets primarily consist of equity securities, corporate debt securities, money market accounts and government securities.

The following tables present certain financial information for the Company’s non-union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

7,460,838

 

$

7,251,283

 

Service cost

 

253,556

 

245,938

 

Interest cost

 

439,257

 

455,337

 

Actuarial loss

 

348,326

 

86,649

 

Benefits paid

 

(576,455

)

(578,369

)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of year

 

$

7,925,522

 

$

7,460,838

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

7,761,169

 

$

7,515,112

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

213,230

 

526,111

 

Employer contributions

 

370,000

 

364,000

 

Benefits paid

 

(576,455

)

(578,369

)

Expenses paid

 

(64,711

)

(65,685

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

 

$

7,703,233

 

$

7,761,169

 

Funded status

 

$

(222,289

)

$

300,331

 

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

146,523

 

159,352

 

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

834,365

 

97,993

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

758,599

 

$

557,676

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit costs

 

$

758,599

 

$

557,676

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

758,599

 

$

557,676

 

 

F- 67




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLANS AS OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS (Continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit obligations shown above at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

38,536

 

$

126,778

 

$

253,556

 

$

245,938

 

$

211,448

 

Expense

 

21,467

 

37,768

 

75,538

 

72,243

 

70,895

 

Interest cost

 

131,280

 

219,628

 

439,257

 

455,337

 

456,381

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(171,053

)

(306,052

)

(612,103

)

(582,138

)

(537,709

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

8,946

 

6,414

 

12,829

 

12,929

 

12,929

 

Net period benefit cost

 

$

29,176

 

$

84,536

 

$

169,077

 

$

204,309

 

$

213,944

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

Included in the agreement with the City, the pension plan is going to be merged into the Metropolitan Transit’s Authority DB Pension Plan (“MTA DB Plan”). This resulted in a plan curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”. The curtailment was caused by the fact that the non-union employees ceased future benefit accruals under the pension plan.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a loss of approximately $142,840 (unaudited) which was recorded in the second quarter.

The transfer of plan assets to the MTA DB Pension Plan on April 12, 2006, resulted in the settlement of the Company’s obligation with regard to the plan assets and liabilities.

On April 12, 2006, the assets of the plan were transferred to the MTA D Pension Plan. As a result, SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of the plan’s experience gain/ (loss) as of the date of settlement or asset transfer date. As a result, the Company recognized a loss of approximately $830,062 (unaudited) due to transfer of assets in excess of benefit liability plus immediate

F- 68




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    PENSION PLANS AS OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS (Continued)

recognition of existing gain of approximately $181,000 (unaudited) which results in an overall settlement loss of approximately $649,062 (unaudited). This change will be recorded in the second quarter of 2006.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

Equity   securities

 

 

35

%

 

 

31

%

 

Debt securities

 

 

61

%

 

 

67

%

 

Cash and other

 

 

4

%

 

 

2

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

In addition, the Company participates in a multi-employer pension plan which provides defined benefits to substantially all union employees. Amounts charged to pension expense and contributed to the plan amounted to $4,931,853 and $3,368,343 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $2,224,546, $2,193,976, and $2,263,950 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company participates in a multi-employer plan that provides health care benefits, including defined postretirement health care benefits, to substantially all nonunion employees. The amount contributed to the plan and charged to benefit cost was $119,109 and $336,575 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) Respectively and $669,373, $611,313 and $646,935 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans are based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and the risk of asset classes and the correlation of those returns.

Defined Contribution Plan:

The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its non-union employees. The plan covers all employees who, at the Plan’s anniversary date, have completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age. The plan is funded by employee salary deferral contributions and employer discretionary contributions. There were no discretionary contributions made by the Company during 2004 or 2003.

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has an agreement with Varsity Transit, Inc. (“Transit”), an affiliate, under which Transit provides the Company with certain administrative and data processing services. Total service fees incurred under this agreement and included in other nonoperating expenses were $804,592 and $221,691 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and $465,455, 441,525, and $437,916 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Net advances due from Transit aggregated $949,962 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $2,177,448 and $2,388,658 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F- 69




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Advances due from G.T.J. Co., Inc. aggregated $1,640,000 and $1,610,000 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Net advances due to and due from Green Bus Lines, Inc. aggregated $0 and $0 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Advances due to Jamaica Central Railways aggregated $0 and $0 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Advances due from Jamaica Buses, Inc. and Command Bus Company, Inc. were $358,128 and $103,222, respectively at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and at December 31, 2004. Advances due from Transit Facility Management Corp. were $351,363 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $351,363 and $351,363 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Lighthouse Real Estate Advisors, LLC (“LREA”), of which Paul Cooper, the son of the Chairman of the Company , received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of 85-01 24th Avenue, East Elmhurst, New York on behalf of Triboro Coach Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $840,540 which represented 1.318% of the gross rent.

Douglas A. Cooper, Ruskin, Moscou, Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF”), of which Douglas Cooper is a partner and is the nephew of Jerome Cooper, has acted as counsel to the Company for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $48,220, $50,811, and $32,841, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) were  $6,700, and $11,411, respectively.

11.    INCOME TAXES

The provisions for income taxes for continuing operations are as follows:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

270,616

 

$

132,789

 

$

205,303

 

$

279,110

 

$

373,208

 

State and local

 

151,347

 

80,452

 

130,723

 

134,858

 

103,325

 

Deferred

 

(103,476

)

4,263

 

8,525

 

(1,820

)

6,662

 

 

 

$

318,487

 

$

217,504

 

$

344,551

 

$

412,148

 

$

483,195

 

 

The provisions for (benefit from) income taxes for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

2,316,273

 

$

89,191

 

$

(126,745

)

$

258,763

 

$

370,532

State and local

 

676,239

 

26,964

 

(65,269

)

72,670

 

(17,120

)

Deferred

 

924,920

 

(122,521

)

133,022

 

69,290

 

114,694

 

 

$

3,917,432

 

$

(6,366

)

$

(58,942

)

$

400,723

 

$

(468,106

)

 

F- 70




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The Company files consolidated Federal and combined state income tax returns. In addition, separate returns are filed for local purposes.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remedial investigation feasibility study

 

 

$

78,540

 

 

$

 

$

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

 

78,540

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate taxes

 

 

 

 

36,520

 

24,111

 

Depreciation

 

 

75,778

 

 

61,929

 

62,545

 

Deferred rental income

 

 

55,300

 

 

 

 

State and local taxes, net

 

 

 

 

32,418

 

28,478

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

131,078

 

 

130,867

 

115,134

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

 

$

52,538

 

 

$

130,867

 

$

115,134

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Injuries and damages claims reserves

 

 

$

670,364

 

 

$

840,547

 

$

1,189,053

 

Vacation accrual

 

 

 

 

719,796

 

646,555

 

Pension Expense

 

 

182,245

 

 

182,245

 

253,755

 

State and local taxes, net

 

 

6,684

 

 

151,129

 

132,986

 

Other

 

 

 

 

22,261

 

22,802

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

 

859,293

 

 

1,915,978

 

2,245,151

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidy withholdings

 

 

670,364

 

 

771,058

 

1,119,565

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

29,302

 

46,420

 

Unrealized gain on investments

 

 

16,200

 

 

16,200

 

39,600

 

Other

 

 

77,857

 

 

105,337

 

187,035

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

764,421

 

 

921,897

 

1,392,620

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

 

$

94,872

 

 

$

994,081

 

$

852,531

 

F- 71




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

The Company and two affiliates own all of the common stock of the affiliates accounted for under the equity method (see Note 5). The Company and its affiliates exercise significant influence over these affiliates and intend to maintain permanent investments in these affiliates. Accordingly, taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of these affiliates prior to January 1, 1993 (date of SFAS No. 109 adoption). Accumulated undistributed earnings of affiliates for which no provision (benefit) for income taxes has been made was approximately $707,389 and $(682,327) at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Matters

The Company is involved in several lawsuits and other disputes which arose in the ordinary course of business; however, management believes that these matters will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Environmental Matters

The Company’s real property has had activity regarding removal and replacement of underground storage tanks. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was thermally treated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace earth which had been removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place at certain locations. In July 2006 the Company entered into an informal agreement with the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) whereby the Company has committed to a three-year remedial investigation and feasibility study (the “Study”) for all site locations. In conjunction with this informal agreement, the Company retained the services of an environmental engineering firm to assess the cost of the study. The Company’s engineering report has an estimated cost range in which the low-end of the range, of approximately $1.3 million (of which the Company portion is $231,000) was only for the Study. In addition, a high-end range estimate, of approximately $2.6 million (of which the Company portion was $469,000) was included which provided a “worst case” scenario whereby the Company would be required to perform full remediation on all site locations. While management believes that the amount of the Study and related remediation is likely to fall within the estimated cost range, no amount within that range can be determined to be the better estimate. Therefore, management believes that recognition of the low-range estimate is appropriate. While additional costs associated with environmental remediation and monitoring are probable, it is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the amount of any future obligation until the Study has been completed. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has recorded a liability of $231,000 related to its portion of the Study as disclosed in the engineering report. Presently, the Company is not aware of any claims or remediation requirements from any local, state or federal government agencies. Each of the properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as transit depots including maintenance of vehicles.

13.    SIGNIFICANT TENANTS

One tenant constitutes 100% of rental revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited).

F- 72




TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and
Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

14.    FUTURE MINIMUM RENTS SCHEDULE

Future minimum lease payments to be received by the company as of December 31, 2005 under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

2006

 

$

2,223,408

 

2007

 

2,585,000

 

2008

 

2,585,000

 

2009

 

2,585,000

 

2010

 

2,585,000

 

Thereafter

 

50,844,624

 

Total

 

$

63,408,032

 

 

 

F- 73




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003 AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006 AND 2005 (UNAUDITED)

CONTENTS

 

Page Number

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

F-75

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and June 30, 2006
(unaudited)

 

 

F-76

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F-77

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

F-78

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F-79

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

F-80

 

 

 

F- 74




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Weiser LLP

New York, New York

July 21, 2006

F- 75




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

650,433

 

$

62,896

 

$

87,167

 

Other receivables

 

513

 

2,063

 

1,742

 

Due from affiliates

 

2,906,624

 

2,510,295

 

2,607,095

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

2,830,692

 

4,457,019

 

4,879,023

 

Prepaid expenses

 

15,939

 

75,301

 

74,273

 

Deferred income taxes

 

95,621

 

1,810

 

11,106

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

65,000

 

 

131,017

 

Total current assets

 

6,564,822

 

7,109,384

 

7,791,423

 

Property and equipment, net

 

514,174

 

514,174

 

514,174

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

1,588,755

 

3,773,728

 

3,400,085

 

Investment in affiliates

 

623,525

 

397,546

 

 

Available-for-sale-securities

 

129,913

 

127,464

 

125,000

 

Other assets

 

111,715

 

 

 

Deferred leasing commissions

 

607,679

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

10,140,583

 

$

11,922,296

 

$

11,830,682

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operation

 

$

1,755,928

 

$

6,178,010

 

$

5,931,934

 

Income tax payable

 

324,483

 

82,608

 

147

 

Due to affiliates

 

922,347

 

646,961

 

716,257

 

Deferred income tax

 

 

25,603

 

25,253

 

Other current liabilities

 

266,497

 

24,937

 

6,751

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,269,255

 

6,958,119

 

6,680,342

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

908

 

1,959,288

 

1,810,320

 

Total liabilities

 

3,270,163

 

8,917,407

 

8,490,662

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 30,000 shares authorized, 10,064 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and in 2005, 10,166 in 2004

 

16,830

 

16,830

 

17,000

 

Retained earnings

 

7,692,256

 

4,411,797

 

3,983,786

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(838,666

)

(1,423,738

)

(660,766

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

6,870,420

 

3,004,889

 

3,340,020

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

10,140,583

 

$

11,922,296

 

$

11,830,682

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 76




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue and subsidies

 

$

751,110

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

280,701

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

280,701

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in earnings of affiliated companies

 

470,409

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

209,741

 

55,909

 

301,507

 

11,412

 

83,483

 

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

225,978

 

264,878

 

694,856

 

78,098

 

(1,249,440

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

486,646

 

208,969

 

393,349

 

66,686

 

(1,332,923

)

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

(896,991

)

83,915

 

214,638

 

(69,553

)

217,639

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

3,775,342

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued
operations

 

2,878,351

 

83,915

 

214,638

 

(69,553

)

217,639

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,364,997

 

$

292,884

 

$

607,987

 

$

(2,867

)

$

(1,115,284

)

Income (loss) per common shares—basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

48.20

 

$

20.60

 

$

38.96

 

$

6.53

 

$

(129.89

)

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

(88.85

)

$

8.27

 

$

21.26

 

$

(6.81

)

$

21.21

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

373.94

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

333.30

 

$

28.88

 

$

60.22

 

$

(.28

)

$

(108.68

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

 

10,096.0

 

10,142.50

 

10,096.0

 

10,209.0

 

10,262.3

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 77




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Earnings

 

(Loss) income

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

 

10,302

 

 

 

$

17,227

 

 

$

5,115,710

 

 

$

(493,842

)

 

 

$

4,639,095

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,115,284

)

 

 

 

 

(1,115,284

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

153,260

 

 

 

153,260

 

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,877

)

 

 

(24,877

)

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(986,901

)

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(57

)

 

(3,443

)

 

 

 

 

(3,500

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

10,268

 

 

 

17,170

 

 

3,996,983

 

 

(365,459

)

 

 

3,648,694

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,867

)

 

 

 

 

(2,867

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94,193

)

 

 

(94,193

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(201,114

)

 

 

(201,114

)

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(298,174

)

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(170

)

 

(10,330

)

 

 

 

 

(10,500

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

17,000

 

 

3,983,786

 

 

(660,766

)

 

 

3,340,020

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid, $16.69 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(169,646

)

 

 

 

 

(169,646

)

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

607,987

 

 

 

 

 

607,987

 

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(490,879

)

 

 

(490,879

)

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(272,093

)

 

 

(272,093

)

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(154,985

)

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(170

)

 

(10,330

)

 

 

 

 

(10,500

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

10,064

 

 

 

16,830

 

 

4,411,797

 

 

(1,423,738

)

 

 

3,004,889

 

 

Dividends paid, $4.20 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(84,538

)

 

 

 

 

( 84,538

)

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,364,997

 

 

 

 

 

3,364,997

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

585,072

 

 

 

585,072

 

 

Additional minimum pension liability, investment in affiliate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,950,069

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

10,064

 

 

 

$

16,830

 

 

$

7,692,256

 

 

$

(838,666

)

 

 

$

6,870,420

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 78




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,364,997

 

$

292,884

 

$

607,987

 

$

(2,867

)

$

(1,115,284

)

Less gain (loss) from discontinued operations

 

2,878,351

83,915

214,638

 

(69,553

)

217,639

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

486,646

 

208,969

 

393,349

 

66,686

 

(1,332,923

)

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(89,484

)

1,091

 

(4,363

)

(6,553

)

(16,203

)

Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliated companies, net of tax

 

(225,978

)

(264,878

)

(694,856

)

(78,098

)

1,249,440

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

(111,415

)

 

37,830

 

(62,621

)

5,103

 

Prepaid expenses

 

75,301

 

36,283

 

(44,521

)

1,768

 

(75,395

)

Prepaid income taxes

 

(65,000

)

 

33,870

 

21,222

 

 

Deferred leasing commissions and other assets

 

(623,619

)

(6,325

)

(1,028

)

(3,563

)

 

Income tax payable

 

241,875

 

 

 

 

 

Due to affiliates

 

275,386

 

(1,553

)

53,504

 

(21,600

)

(17,888

)

Other current liabilities

 

317,403

 

 

(4,386

)

219

 

 

Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

(4,242,553

)

(227,301

)

(551,628

)

584,187

 

2,869,954

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(3,961,438

)

(253,714

)

(782,229

)

501,647

 

2,682,088

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

 

(107,415

)

 

 

Due from (to) affiliates

 

 

 

(6,705

)

(619,739

)

167,685

 

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

4,846,323

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used in) provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

254,056

 

(47,491

)

(140,867

)

(148,856

)

8,078

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

5,100,379

 

(47,491

)

(254,987

)

(768,595

)

175,763

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(84,359

)

(42,697

)

(169,646

)

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(10,500

)

(10,500

)

(10,500

)

(3,500

)

Net cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

(300,000

)

 

300,000

 

 

(1,785,685

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(384,359

)

(53,197

)

119,854

 

(10,500

)

(1,789,185

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

754,582

 

(354,402

)

(917,362

)

(277,448

)

1,068,666

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year (includes $13,698 and $1,006,715 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $1,006,715 (2005), $1,277,953 (2004), and $240,325 (2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

176,544

 

1,093,906

 

1,093,906

 

1,371,354

 

302,688

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year (includes $280,694 and $554,059 (June 30, 2006 and 2005 unaudited), $113,698 (2005), $1,006,739 (2004), and $1,277,953 (2003) of discontinued operations cash

 

$

931,126

 

$

739,504

 

$

176,544

 

$

1,093,906

 

$

1,371,354

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

2,401

 

$

10,799

 

$

29,817

 

$

8,705

 

$

36,304

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

160,850

 

$

37,091

 

$

37,091

 

$

27,875

 

$

40,074

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 79




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.   DESCRIPTIONS OF BUSINESS:

Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) operated franchised transit bus routes in the City of New York (“the City”) pursuant to an operating authority which expired until April 30, 2005, and an Operating Assistance Agreement (“OAA”) with the City which expired on September 30, 1997. The Company and the City have, by mutual understanding, continued to abide by the terms of the OAA. Funding for and continuation of operations of the Company’s franchised transit bus routes were dependent upon the continuation of its operating authority and operating assistance relationship with the City.

On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on January 30, 2006 (the “Transition Date”) with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations (the “Acquired Assets”). The Acquired Assets include fixtures, furniture and equipment; maintenance records; personnel records; operating schedules; and the intangible value of the development, administration and maintenance of such assets, including the value related to the development and training of employees, the value related to the development of routes and operating schedules, and going concern value or good will for a purchase price of $4,010,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the City will pay additional consideration as follows: (1) an amount equal to the actual invoice cost for the Company’s inventory of spare parts and fluids, provided that the Company represent and warrant to the City that it has paid or will pay such invoiced amounts; (2) an amount equal to the book value (net of accumulated depreciation) of the Company’s other tangible assets that are Acquired Assets as of the date of closing; (3) if all of the Claimants in the Non-Union Employees v. New York City Department of Transportation and Green Bus Lines, Inc. execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional $80,200. If less than 100% of the Claimants execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional amount to be determined by multiplying the percentage of the Claimants who executed the Forms by $300,000, and the Company will receive 16.04% of the amount.

Under the Agreement, the City is going to assume, defend and indemnify the Company against the following: (1) all claims as a result from operations and maintenance of buses up through and including the Transition Date; (2) all claims, losses or damages for bodily injury and/or property damage resulting from or alleged to result from the operation and/or maintenance of buses up to the Transition Date; (3) any and all funding obligations, claims, losses, damages, fines, costs and expenses associated with any withdrawal, termination, freezing or other liability related to the various pension plans; (4) all claims with respect to accrued leave; (5) any claims made by any union or any member of any union arising under any collective bargaining agreement; (6) obligation to pay additional or retrospective premiums in connection with any Workers’ Compensation Retrospective Policy; (7) obligation to pay accumulated holiday pay; and (8) any claim or demand is made, any and all claims asserted by vendors in regard to Bus Service, up through and including the Transition Date.

In connection with the Agreement, Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. leased to the City premises at 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, NY for an initial term of 21 years with a first year rent of $1,515,000 and a 21st year rent of $2,218,000.

F- 80




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTIONS OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

The lease is a triple net lease in that the City agrees to pay all expenses on the property. Each lease has two renewal terms of 14 years each so that the total term is a maximum of 49 years. The term of each lease commenced on the date the Company in question closed the sale of the bus company to the City. The terms of the lease are consistent with current market rates.

In 2005, the Company decided along with its two sister New York Corporations namely Green Bus Lines, Inc. (“Green”) and Triboro Coach, Inc. (“Triboro”) plan to reorganize into a newly formed company called GTJ REIT, Inc.

As a result of the Agreement and sale of Acquired Assets, the operations of the Bus operations are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Subsidy Programs:

Pursuant to the OAA, the Company received significant operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies. Through December 31, 2003, the total annual subsidy was based on a formula which provided the Company a reimbursement of operating deficits subject to annual caps on the rate of increase in reimbursable expenses. As of January 1, 2004, there was no cap on reimbursement of operating deficits, but certain labor costs were not reimbursed. The OAA provided that the Company earn a fixed annual management fee and additional quarterly fees if certain performance standards here are met. Operating assistance provided by state and local governments totaled $20,124,571, $18,224,508 and $16,888,514 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, $4,013,094 and $$9,908,886 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and was paid to the Company under the provisions of the OAA. In addition to the annual subsidy, the City reimbursed the Company for auto liability insurance premiums which cover the operation of the vehicles, and such costs.

Under the OAA, the City guaranteed the payment of the Company’s self-insured injuries and damages claims incurred through December 31, 2001. As further discussed below under “Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve,” effective January 1, 2002, the City provided an auto liability insurance program which did not require the Company to retain self-insurance for any portion of injuries and damages claims coverage. The City will still reimburse the Company and damages or claims filed that were incurred prior to January 1, 2002.

The City withheld and currently holds a portion of the annual subsidy for injuries and damages claims accrued as of December 31, 2002, for claims which occurred prior to January 1, 2002. Such withheld amounts will be received when the related claims are paid subject to a minimum funding level. For the aggregate amounts so withheld $1,799,718 and $2,327,629 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and $1,340,141 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited). At June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004, these months are included as assets from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Under the provisions of the OAA, the operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies were subject to audit by those agencies, and such subsidies may be adjusted based on the results of such audits.

F- 81




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTIONS OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators are prosecuting an action commenced on September 24, 2003, by service of a complaint of the City of New York. The action is based on a violation of their civil rights pursuant to Section 1983 of the Civil Rights Law of 1871, claiming that the City has conspired to put the Companies out of business in order to avoid paying compensation for its condemnation rights. To date, the City of New York has not answered the complaint. There is a motion pending by the City to dismiss the complaint.

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators (the “Companies”) are also prosecuting an action commenced in August 2004 by service of a complaint on the City of New York and The Metropolitan Transportation authority (“MTA”). The Companies seek declaratory and injunctive relief compelling the City of New York to honor certain contractual obligations involving the pensions and other rights of the Companies’ employees. The Companies also seek to compel the MTA to honor such employee rights. A motion to dismiss by the MTA has been stayed until March 2005.

Union Contract:

The Company had a Memorandum of Agreement with the Transport Workers Union Local 100 and Transport Workers Union of America AFL-CIO (the “Union”), which expired on March 31, 2003. The Union has been working without a contract since April 1, 2003. Approximately 89% of the Company’s labor force is covered under the Union.

Lease and Assumption Agreements:

The Company receives its buses at no cost from the City.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2006, Consolidated Statements of Operations, Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements. The information described in the Notes to the Financial Statements for these periods is unaudited. The Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the entire fiscal year end for any period.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of Consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Jamaica Buses, Inc. and Jamaica Bus Holding Corporation. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. All

F- 82




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s 20% investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method.

Investee companies that are not consolidated, but over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the Company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the investee company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee company. Under the equity method of accounting, an investee company’s accounts are not reflected within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations; however, the Company’s share of the earnings or losses of the investee company is reflected in the caption “Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee company is reflected in the caption “Investment in affiliates” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

When the Company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee company is reduced to zero, no further losses are recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless the Company guaranteed obligations of the Investee company or has committed additional funding. When the Investee company subsequently reports income, the Company will not record its share of such income until it equals the amount of its share of losses not previously recognized. (see Note 6).

The properties are being leased to tenants under operating leases, minimum rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Revenue Recognition—Rental Properties:

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13  “Accounting for Leases”, as amended, referred to herein as SFAS No. 13, SFAS No. 13 requires that revenue be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property. In those instances in which we fund tenant improvements and the improvements are deemed to be owned by us, revenue recognition will commence when the improvements are substantially completed and possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant. When the Company determines that the tenant allowances are lease incentives, the Company commences revenue recognition when possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant for tenant work to begin.

The properties are being leased to tenants under operating leases. Minimum rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  The excess of amounts so recognized over amounts due pursuant to the underlying leases amounted to approximately $111,715 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2006.

F- 83




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Revenue Recognition Bus Operations:

The Company records passenger revenue when the service is performed. Revenue from passenger and operating subsidiaries are included as part of gain (loss) from discontinued operations. Operating assistance subsidies are recorded in the periods to which the subsidy relates. The monthly operating assistance subsidy checks for January 2006 and 2005 were received in December 2005, 2004 and are reported as deferred revenue in the balance sheet, and are included in liabilities from discontinued operations.

Income (loss) Per Share Information:

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share”, basic earnings per common share (“Basic EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share (“Diluted EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents and convertible securities then outstanding. SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no common stock equivalents for any of the periods presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted per share information:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,364,997

 

$

292,884

 

$

607,987

 

$

(2,867

)

$

(1,115,284

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

10,096

 

10,142.50

 

10,096.0

 

10,209.0

 

10,262.3

 

Basic and Diluted Per Share Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted

 

$

333.3

 

$

28.88

 

$

60.22

 

$

(.28

)

$

(108.68

)

 

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

F- 84




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecast undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets to their net carrying value. The amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net book value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the related assets.

When impairment indicators are present, investments in affiliated companies are reviewed for impairment by comparing their fair value to their respective carrying amounts. The Company makes its estimate of fair value by considering discounted cash flow analyses and balance sheet liquidation values. If the fair value of the investment has dropped below the carrying amount, management considers several factors when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, including the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliated company, and other factors influencing the fair market value, such as general market conditions.

Discontinued Operations:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company present the operations of the Bus operations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Amortization of Deferred Leasing Commissions:

Deferred leasing commissions will be amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the lease.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost (see Note 4). Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

 

Useful lives

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

10 - 25

 

 

 

The Company did not record any depreciation expense during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

F- 85




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $86,907 and $199,912 related to assets included as part of discontinued operations during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $251,091, $253,691 and $269,563 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

Investments:

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. Interest on securities is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary or available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Estimated fair value is determined based on market quotes.

The Company maintains certain available-for-sale securities which are included from assets from discontinued operations of $130,000 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), $178,000 and $178,015 on deposit with various governmental agencies to meet statutory self-insurance funding requirements at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These investments included in the available-for-sale securities on the accompanying balance sheet primarily consist of U.S. Treasury debt and state and local municipal bonds.

Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve:

The Company established reserves for anticipated future settlements of injuries and damages claims arising from accidents up to the Company’s maximum self-insurance level of $500,000 per accident for accidents that occured after December 31, 1992 and prior to January 1, 2002, and $75,000 for accidents occurring prior to December 31, 1992. The required claims reserves were determined by management after considering factors such as the nature and extent of the injuries or damages and prior experience with similar types of claims. Under the terms of the OAA, the City has guaranteed the reimbursement of monies paid by the Company for its self-insured portion of injury and damages claims (see Subsidy Programs above).

Effective January 1, 2002, the City implemented a new auto liability insurance program, which includes auto liability insurance coverage obtained on the Company’s behalf with several insurance companies (rated A, A+ or A++) and paid directly by the City. This insurance program provides for coverage up to $20 million per claim and is not subject to any self insurance retention by the Company. In addition, under the new auto liability insurance program, the Company is not responsible for the administration or payment of insurance claims arising after January 1, 2003. The Company is not aware of any factors, which might impair the insurance companies’ or the City’s ability or intent to pay claims covered under the auto liability insurance program. The accompanying financial statements do not reflect reserves for such claims arising after January 1, 2003.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

F- 86




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Comprehensive Income:

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” SFAS No. 130 sets forth rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and the minimum pension liability from an investment in an affiliate to be included in comprehensive income.

Environmental Matters:

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity, and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations. Environmental costs are also capitalized in recognition of legal asset retirement obligations resulting from the acquisition, construction and/or normal operation of a long-lived asset. Costs related to remedial investigation and feasibility studies, environmental contamination treatment and cleanup are charged to expense. Estimated future incremental operations, maintenance and management costs directly related to remediation are accrued when such costs are probable and estimable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB No. 109 (FIN 48)”, which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement for tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133 and 140. This statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that require bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, as defined. The Company does not expe`ct that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment to FAS 140,” which permits an entity to account for one or more classes of servicing rights at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. This statement is effective as of January 1, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect of this statement.

F- 87




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R), which supercedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based transactions using APB No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FAS No. 123R requires additional disclosures relating to the income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payments. On April 14, 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission announced it would permit most registrants subject to its oversight additional time to implement the requirements in SFAS No. 123(R). As announced, the SEC will permit companies to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year (instead of their next reporting period) that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006, will have an immaterial impact on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the potential financial impact of adopting SFAS No.  123(R).

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Variable interest entities, some of which were formerly referred to as special purpose entities, are generally entities for which their other equity investors (1) do not provide significant financial resources for the entity to sustain its activities, (2) do not have voting rights or (3) have voting rights that are disproportionately high compared with their economic interests. Under FIN 46R, variable interest entities must be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership arising from the variable interest entity. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures if a significant variable interest is held but not required to be consolidated. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS No. 150). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS No. 149). The provisions of SFAS No. 149 that relate to SFAS No. 133 and No. 138 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, provisions of SFAS No. 149 which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The changes in SFAS No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS No. 149(1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133 and No. 138, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying financing component to conform it to language used in FIN 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes resulted in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated above and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In addition, except as stated above, all

F- 88




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

provisions of SFAS No.149 should be applied prospectively. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In October 2003, Statement of Accounting Position (“SOP”) 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” was issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for loans acquired through a transfer (including a business combination) that have differences between their contractual cash flows and their expected cash flows, due in part to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires that the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition to be collected over the acquirer’s initial investment be recognized on a level-yield basis over the loan’s life. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is recognized as a future yield adjustment. Future decreases in actual cash flows over the original expected cash flows are recognized as an impairment and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. SOP 03-3 was adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2005. The adoption of SOP 03-3 has had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principles. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). This standard requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The new reporting requirements and related new footnote disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, as defined. The new measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“SFAS 157”). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time-to-time exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage.

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

As stated in Note 1, on November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement and subsequently closed on January 30, 2006 with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the

F- 89




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

Company’s bus operations. Accordingly, the results have been presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

The following table sets forth the detail of the Company’s net income (loss) from discontinued operations:

 

 

Bus Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

30,806,296

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

223,101

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

8,463

 

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

214,638

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

28,635,970

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

(59,062

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

10,491

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

(69,553

)

 

Year ended December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

28,980,299

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

146,966

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(70,673

)

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

217,639

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

4,809,467

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

(702,818

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

194,173

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

(896,991

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

$

5,337,408

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1,562,066

 

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

3,775,342

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

15,391,627

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

41,095

 

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(42,820

)

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

$

83,915

 

 

 

The gain on sale of discontinued operation is calculated as follows:

Gross proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

$

4,846,323

 

Write-off of liabilities assumed by New York City

 

1,330,407

 

Net book value of assets sold

 

(839,322

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

$

5,337,408

 

 

As of June 30, 2006, all proceeds from sale of sale of discontinued operations have been received by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company are primarily related to cash received from the sale of

F- 90




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

the assets, operating subsidies due from New York City, and deferred tax assets. The remaining liabilities are primarily related to accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes, and other current liabilities. The remaining cash and amount received from the New York City for operating subsidies will be used to pay the remaining liabilities of the Company as well as the distribution to the Shareholders.

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of Bus Operations:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

280,694

 

$

113,698

 

$

1,006,739

 

Operating subsidies receivable

 

1,344,142

 

1,337,519

 

828,989

 

Current portion of operating subsidies receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

injuries and damages withholding

 

582,983

 

550,491

 

796,913

 

Due from the City of New York

 

6,445

 

239,405

 

277,534

 

Other current assets

 

 

29,202

 

109,701

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

134,316

 

Inventory

 

 

502,241

 

273,599

 

Deferred income taxes

 

616,428

 

1,684,463

 

1,451,232

 

Total current assets

 

$

2,830,692

 

$

4,457,019

 

$

4,879,023

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidies receivable injuries and damages withholding

 

$

 

$

1,799,718

 

$

1,557,477

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,139,582

 

1,486,820

 

1,635,612

 

Available for sale securities

 

350,966

 

345,403

 

206,996

 

Other assets

 

98,207

 

141,787

 

 

Total non current assets

 

$

1,588,755

 

$

3,773,728

 

$

3,400,085

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

51,033

 

$

825,655

 

$

412,778

 

Accrued payroll and vacation pay

 

 

1,326,940

 

1,258,852

 

Note payable

 

 

300,000

 

 

Due to City of New York—subsidy

 

 

1,237,575

 

1,420,919

 

Due to City of New York

 

 

199,112

 

752,790

 

Accrued taxes payable

 

1,315,318

 

 

 

Non-union pension payable

 

94,261

 

988,052

 

368,928

 

Union health and welfare payable

 

55,991

 

383,077

 

60,744

 

Deferred income tax liability

 

37,983

 

667,216

 

845,340

 

Other current liabilities

 

201,342

 

250,383

 

811,583

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,755,928

 

6,178,010

 

5,931,934

 

Other liabilities

 

908

 

1,959,288

 

1,810,320

 

Total liabilities

 

$

1,756,836

 

$

8,137,298

 

$

7,742,254

 

 

The net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations of $(551,628) in 2005 and $584,187 in 2004, and $2,869,954 in 2003. The net cash (used in) provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations of ($140,867) in 2005, ($148,856) in 2004 and $8,078 in 2003. The net cash provided by (used in) financing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $300,000 (2005), $ -0-(2004), and $(1,785,685) (2003).

F- 91




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

3.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

The net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinued operations of $(4,242,553) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $227,301 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited). The net cash provided by (used in) investing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $254,056 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $(47,491) for the six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited). The net cash used in financing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $(300,000) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited).

4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

Property and equipment from continuing operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

434,364

 

$

434,364

 

$

434,364

 

Building and improvements

 

1,025,976

 

1,025,976

 

1,025,976

 

 

 

1,460,340

 

1,460,340

 

1,460,340

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(946,166

)

(946,166

)

(946,166

)

 

 

$

514,174

 

$

514,174

 

$

514,174

 

 

Property and equipment from discontinued operations is as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

   2004   

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

2,571,785

 

$

2,571,785

 

$

2,466,765

 

Revenue vehicles and accessories

 

 

49,620

 

49,620

 

Registered devices

 

 

30,291

 

30,291

 

Office and garage equipment

 

889,648

 

1,829,490

 

1,882,869

 

 

 

3,461,433

 

4,481,186

 

4,429,545

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(2,321,851

)

(2,994,366

)

(2,793,933

)

 

 

$

1,139,582

 

$

1,486,820

 

$

1,635,612

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $86,898 and $123,930 related to assets included as part of discontinued operations during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $251,091, $253,691 and $259,563 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

F- 92




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

5.   INVESTMENTS:

The following is a summary of marketable securities. The fair market value of available-for-sale securities approximates cost.

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government debt
securities

 

 

$

36,000

 

 

$

36,000

 

$

36,115

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

 

142,000

 

 

142,000

 

72,604

 

Bank certificates of deposit

 

 

302,879

 

 

294,867

 

357,593

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

 

$

480,879

 

 

$

472,867

 

$

466,312

 

 

The amortized costs and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations.

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

 

$

276,425

 

 

$271,172

 

$

268,708

 

Due after one year and up to five years

 

 

125,000

 

 

125,000

 

125,000

 

Due after five years and up to ten years

 

 

52,870

 

 

52,870

 

52,870

 

Due after ten years

 

 

26,584

 

 

23,825

 

19,734

 

 

 

 

$

480,879

 

 

$472,867

 

$466,312

 

 

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES:

The Company has 20% interests in Command Bus Company, Inc. and G.T.J. Company, Inc. (“GTJ”). These companies did not declare dividends during 2005, 2004 or 2003. Summary combined financial information for these affiliates is as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

29,496,053

 

 

$

25,173,844

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2,428,228

 

 

$

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation

 

159,733

 

 

(1,646,778

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

2,533,095

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,587,961

 

 

$

886,317

 

 

Total assets

 

$

30,350,521

 

 

$

5,023,112

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

23,921,508

 

 

$

9,246,566

 

 

 

F- 93




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES: (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

27,389,249

 

 

$

24,176,344

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

1,052,695

 

 

$

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

(325,563

)

 

(336,643

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

727,132

 

 

$

(336,643

)

 

Total assets

 

$

31,207,996

 

 

$

6,591,175

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$27,339,938

 

 

$

10,341,492

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$21,997,994

 

 

$

24,205,682

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

709,043

 

 

$

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

(6,669,700

)

 

(286,541

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,960,657

)

 

$

(286,541

)

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

15,659,651

 

 

 

$

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

951,196

 

 

 

$

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(17,133

)

 

 

195,827

 

 

Net income

 

$

934,063

 

 

 

$

195,827

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

G.T.J
Company, Inc.

 

Command Bus
Company, Inc.

 

Total operating revenues and subsidies

 

$

14,725,433

 

 

$

13,326,531

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1,327,639

 

 

$

 

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation

 

(11,035

)

 

7,784

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,316,604

 

 

$

7,784

 

 

 

 

F- 94




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

7.    NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK:

On December 30, 2003, the Company, along with Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary, Command Bus Company, Inc., and G.T.J. Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Affiliated Group”), replaced its then-existing credit facility with a new facility consisting of mortgages and lines of credit which had an expiration date of June 30, 2004. The facility has been renegotiated over several renewals and has now been extended to March 31, 2007. Currently, the entire group has a $6.5 million facility consisting of a $4 million line of credit, which is secured by approximately $4.5 million of cash and bonds held by the Affiliated Group and a $2.5 million second mortgage secured by a mortgage over property owned by G.T.J. Company, Inc., in New York City. The facility of $6.5 million is being used to finance the working capital needs of the Affiliated Group. The facility bears interest at prime rate and is adjusted from time to time. The loans are collateralized by all tangible assets of the Affiliated Group.

As of June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005, and 2004, $0 was outstanding under this line of credit. The line bore interest at a fluctuating rate based on the bank’s prime rate.

The Affiliated Group is required to satisfy certain financial ratios and covenants. Tangible net worth must not be less than $22,000,000 as of December 31, 2005, the cash flow coverage ratio must not be less than 1.1 to 1.0, the Leverage Ratio shall not be more than 4.5 to 1.0, and capital expenditures shall not be more than $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.

The Affiliated Group did not meet certain covenants for these financial statements and has requested waivers from the bank for the breach of these covenants. Waivers have been provided to the Affiliated Group.

8.    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Approximately 91% of the Company’s common stock is held under a Voting Trust Agreement which expires on December 1, 2010. The stock held under the agreement shall be voted at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company by the trustees as may be, in the judgment of the trustees, for the best interest of the shareholders of the Company. The trustees are shareholders/officers of the Company.

The Company has the right of first refusal to purchase shares from any shareholder desiring to sell shares at a price established by the Board of Directors at the date of the sale. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company repurchased approximately 34 shares and for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company repurchased back approximately 102 shares.

9.   PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) which covers substantially all of its nonunion employees. Participant benefits are based on years of service and the participant’s compensation during the last three years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

Plan assets primarily consist of equity securities, corporate debt securities and government securities.

F- 95




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

9.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS (Continued)

The following tables present certain financial information of the Company’s non-union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

8,263,329

 

$

7,916,686

 

Service cost

 

264,865

 

241,423

 

Interest cost

 

528,857

 

505,848

 

Actuarial loss

 

1,050,980

 

39,359

 

Benefits paid

 

(408,588

)

(439,987

)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of year

 

$

9,699,443

 

$

8,263,329

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

7,054,084

 

$

6,570,441

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

252,152

 

589,778

 

Employer contributions

 

571,277

 

396,328

 

Benefits paid

 

(408,588

)

(439,987

)

Expenses paid

 

(68,314

)

(62,476

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

 

$

7,400,611

 

$

7,054,084

 

Funded status

 

$

(2,298,832

)

$

(1,209,245

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

75,749

 

85,571

 

Unrecognized net actuarial cost

 

2,285,899

 

997,305

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

62,816

 

$

(126,369

)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

$

75,749

 

$

85,571

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

(988,052

)

(368,928

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

975,119

 

156,988

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

62,816

 

$

(126,369

)

 

F- 96




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

9.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit obligation shown above at December 31:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net restated benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

21,260

 

$

132,432

 

$

264,865

 

$

241,423

 

$

217,301

 

Expense

 

15,765

 

31,238

 

62,476

 

69,559

 

59,710

 

Interest cost

 

124,264

 

264,428

 

528,857

 

505,848

 

492,287

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(133,224

)

(279,932

)

(559,865

)

(516,017

)

(449,461

)

Recognized actuarial loss

 

26,127

 

37,968

 

75,937

 

30,666

 

59,374

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

2,267

 

4,912

 

9,822

 

9,899

 

9,957

 

Net period benefit cost

 

$

56,459

 

$

191,046

 

$

382,092

 

$

341,378

 

$

389,168

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

Included in the agreement with the City, the pension plan is going to be merged into the Metropolitan Transit’s Authority DB Pension Plan (“MTA DB Plan”). This resulted in a plan curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”. The curtailment was caused by the fact that the non-union employees ceased future benefit accruals under the pension plan.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a curtailment loss of approximately $73,482, which was recorded in first quarter of 2006.

The transfer of plan assets to the MTA DB Pension Plan on March 24, 2006, resulted in the settlement of the company’s obligation with regard to the plan assets and liabilities.

F- 97




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

9.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognized the plan’s experience gain/(loss) as of the date of settlement or asset transfer date. As a result, the Company’s recognition of a gain of approximately $1,091,074 due to transfer of benefit liability in excess of assets plus immediate recognition of the existing loss of approximately $1,023,949 which results in an overall settlement gain of approximately $67,125. This was recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2006.

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans are based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and risk of the asset classes and the correlation of those returns.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity Securities

 

 

58

%

 

 

56

%

 

Debt Securities

 

 

40

%

 

 

39

%

 

Cash and Other

 

 

2

%

 

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

In addition, the Company participates in a multi-employer pension plan which provides defined benefits to substantially all union employees. Amounts charged to pension expense and contributed to the plan amounted to $2,159,776 and $1,695,534 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, (unaudited) respectively, and $1,046,168, $1,050,755, $1,031,661 in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

The Company participates in a multi-employer plan that provides health care benefits, including defined postretirement health care benefits, to substantially all nonunion employees. The amounts contributed to the plan and charged to benefit cost were $59,775, and $247,317 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $493,797, $470,739 and $494,999 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plan:

The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its non-union employees which covers all employees immediately upon employment and is funded by employee salary deferral contributions and employer discretionary contributions. There were no discretionary contributions made by the Company in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company has an agreement with Varsity Transit, Inc. (“Transit”), an affiliate, under which Transit provides the Company with certain administrative and purchasing services. Total service fees incurred under this agreement and included in loss from discontinued operations, aggregated $470,393 and $142,452 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and  $293,727, $255,070 and $266,010 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F- 98




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

10.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: (Continued)

Net advances due from Transit aggregated $963,243 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and net advances due from Transit aggregated $902,300 and $929,804 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Advances due from GTJ aggregated $1,599,533 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), and $1,569,533 at December 2005 and 2004. Advances due to Green Bus Lines, Inc. aggregated $358,128 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), and $358,128 at December 31, 2005 and 2004. Advances due to Triboro Coach Corp. aggregated $358,128 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), and $358,128 at December 31, 2005 and 2004. Advances due from Command Bus Company, Inc. were $53,792 and $53,792, at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Advances due from Transit Facility Management Corp. were $53,965 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), and $53,965 at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC (“LREM”), of which P. Cooper is a member, received a leasing commission in 2006 for the leasing of 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York on behalf of Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. to New York City in the aggregate sum of $615,000 (1.645% of gross rent).

Douglas A. Cooper, Ruskin, Moscou, Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF”), of which Douglas Cooper is a partner and is the nephew of Jerome Cooper, has acted as counsel to the Company for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $361, $33,519, and $26,314, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) were $2,603 and $-0-, respectively.

11.    INCOME TAXES:

The expense (benefit) for income taxes for continuing operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, are summarized as follows:

 

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

  2006  

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

186,333

 

$

34,102

 

$

205,835

 

$

(11,294

)

$

47,575

 

State and local

 

112,892

 

24,105

 

100,035

 

29,259

 

52,111

 

Deferred

 

(89,484

)

(2,298

)

(4,363

)

(6,553

)

(16,203

)

 

 

$

209,741

 

$

55,909

 

$

301,507

 

$

11,412

 

$

83,483

 

 

F- 99




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

The expense (benefit) for income taxes for discontinued operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, are summarized as follows:

 

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

  2006  

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

1,042,743

 

$

 

$

 

$

(11,657

)

$

41,885

 

State and local

 

304,622

 

 

(2,337

)

2,474

 

(3,079

)

Deferred

 

408,874

 

(42,820

)

10,800

 

19,674

 

(109,479

)

 

 

$

1,756,239

 

$

(42,820

)

$

8,463

 

$

10,491

 

$

(70,673

)

 

The Company files a consolidated Federal income tax return. The Company’s subsidiaries file a combined state income tax return and the parent company files a separate state income tax return. In addition, separate returns are filed for New York City purposes.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book over tax depreciation

 

 

$

1,810

 

 

$

1,810

 

$

11,106

 

State and local taxes, net

 

 

15,271

 

 

 

 

Remedial investigation & feasibility study

 

 

78,540

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate taxes

 

 

 

 

25,603

 

25,253

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

 

$

95,621

 

 

$

(23,793

)

$

(14,147

)

 

F- 100




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

11.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Injuries and damages claims reserves

 

 

$

 

 

$

665,849

 

$

845,339

 

Vacation accrual

 

 

 

 

352,762

 

304,763

 

State and local taxes, net

 

 

35,356

 

 

89,764

 

87,058

 

Book over tax depreciation

 

 

162,146

 

 

163,742

 

128,046

 

Retirement plan’s additional minimum liability

 

 

390,048

 

 

390,048

 

62,957

 

Other

 

 

28,878

 

 

22,298

 

23,069

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

 

616,428

 

 

1,684,463

 

1,451,232

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidy withholdings

 

 

 

 

 

665,850

 

845,340

 

Other

 

 

37,983

 

 

1,366

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

37,983

 

 

667,216

 

845,340

Net deferred tax asset

 

 

$

578,445

 

 

$

1,017,247

 

$

605,892

 

 

The Company and two affiliates own all of the common stock of the affiliates accounted for under the equity method (See Note 6). The Company and its affiliates exercise significant influence over these affiliates and intend to maintain permanent investments in these affiliates. Accordingly, taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of these affiliates prior to January 1, 1993 (date of SFAS No. 109 adoption). Accumulated undistributed earnings of affiliates for which no provision (benefit) for income taxes has been made was approximately $353,694 and $(341,163) at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Legal Matters

The Company is a plaintiff in the two lawsuits described in Note 1 above, Subsidy Programs. The Company is also involved in several lawsuits and other disputes which arose in the ordinary course of business; however, management believes that these matters will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Environmental Matters

The Company’s real property has had activity regarding removal and replacement of underground storage tanks. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was thermally treated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace earth which had been removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place at certain locations. In July 2006 the Company’s entered into an informal agreement with

F- 101




JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: (Continued)

the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) whereby the Company’s have committed to a three-year remedial investigation and feasibility study (the “Study”) for all site locations. In conjunction with this informal agreement, the Company’s retained the services of an environmental engineering firm to assess the cost of the study. The Company’s engineering report has an estimated cost range in which the low-end of the range, of approximately $1.3 million (of which the Company portion is $231,000) was only for the Study. In addition, a high-end range estimate, of approximately $2.6 million (of which the Company portion was $469,000) was included which provided a “worst case” scenario whereby the Company would be required to perform full remediation on all site locations. While management believes that the amount of the Study and related remediation is likely to fall within the estimated cost range, no amount within that range can be determined to be the better estimate. Therefore, management believes that recognition of the low-range estimate is appropriate. While additional costs associated with environmental remediation and monitoring are probable, it is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the amount of any future obligation until the Study has been completed. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has recorded a liability of $231,000 related to its portion of the Study as disclosed in the engineering report. Presently, the Company is not aware of any claims or remediation requirements from any local, state or federal government agencies. Each of the properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as transit depots including maintenance of vehicles.

13.    SIGNIFICANT TENANTS

One tenant constitutes 100% of rental revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited).

14.   FUTURE MINIMUM RENTS SCHEDULE

Future minimum lease payments to be received by the Company as at December 31, 2005 under non-cancellable operating leases are as following:

2006

 

$1,396,895

 

2007

 

1,515,000

 

2008

 

1,515,000

 

2009

 

1,515,000

 

2010

 

1,515,000

 

Thereafter

 

29,798,687

 

Total

 

$37,255,582

 

 

F- 102




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003
AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006 AND 2005 (UNAUDITED)

Contents

 

Page No.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

F-104

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

F-105

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F-106

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

F-107

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F- 108

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

F-109

 

 

 

F- 103




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Weiser LLP
New York, New York
July 21, 2006

F- 104




GTJ CO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE S HEETS

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

4,310,363

 

 

$

3,130,429

 

$

3,177,077

 

Accounts receivable, net of retainange, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $15,000 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $15,000 in 2005 and 2004

 

 

4,600,585

 

 

4,438,789

 

4,593,545

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

 

791,343

 

 

580,917

 

366,073

 

Note receivable

 

 

40,395

 

 

441,732

 

 

Securities available for sale, current portion

 

 

 

 

 

1,399,152

 

Due from affiliates

 

 

1,459,926

 

 

2,889,645

 

2,937,024

 

Prepaid expenses and other other current assets

 

 

3,417,108

 

 

2,109,169

 

2,003,900

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

135,000

 

 

321,000

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

14,754,720

 

 

13,911,681

 

14,476,771

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

6,738,166

 

 

5,958,817

 

6,223,814

 

Assets from discontinued operation

 

 

319,244

 

 

371,443

 

431,232

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,690,484

 

 

4,078,396

 

4,491,790

 

Retainage receivable

 

 

 

 

387,288

 

336,488

 

Securities available for sale, less current portion

 

 

1,048,352

 

 

747,527

 

774,507

 

Other assets

 

 

842,082

 

 

510,886

 

282,911

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

131,000

 

 

194,000

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,190,483

 

 

4,190,483

 

4,190,483

 

Total assets

 

 

$

31,714,531

 

 

$

30,350,521

 

$

31,207,996

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit

 

 

$

495,300

 

 

$

200,000

 

$

200,000

 

Notes payable-bank, current portion

 

 

1,666,201

 

 

1,666,201

 

833,328

 

Accounts payable

 

 

803,160

 

 

1,053,362

 

984,425

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,007,798

 

 

642,446

 

645,987

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

 

858,491

 

 

32,853

 

1,162,032

 

Deposit liability

 

 

175,807

 

 

125,348

 

37,273

 

Due to affiliates

 

 

12,183,296

 

 

12,351,274

 

13,523,052

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

340,739

 

 

421,907

 

2,389,749

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

18,530,792

 

 

16,493,391

 

19,779,846

 

Notes payable-bank, less current portion

 

 

 

 

 

902,317

 

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

4,413,422

 

 

4,895,087

 

6,178,821

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

598,000

 

 

598,000

 

208,000

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

 

622,344

 

 

619,719

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

205,700

 

 

1,315,311

 

270,954

 

Total liabilities

 

 

24,370,258

 

 

23,921,508

 

27,339,938

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 200 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and in 2005 and 2004, respectively

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

997,961

 

 

997,961

 

997,961

 

Retained earnings

 

 

5,372,612

 

 

4,438,549

 

1,850,588

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(26,300

)

 

(7,497

)

19,509

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

7,344,273

 

 

6,429,013

 

3,868,058

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

$

31,714,531

 

 

$

30,350,521

 

$

31,207,996

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 105




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue

 

$

15,659,651

 

$

14,725,433

 

$

29,496,053

 

$

27,389,249

 

$

21,997,994

 

Operating and maintenance expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment maintenance and garage expenses

 

1,567,381

 

1,470,278

 

3,207,224

 

3,181,049

 

2,312,778

 

Transportation expenses

 

3,592,697

 

2,972,220

 

6,174,946

 

5,530,292

 

4,597,621

 

Contract maintenance and station expenses

 

3,679,868

 

3,627,957

 

7,199,675

 

6,669,902

 

5,229,497

 

Traffic solicitation and advertising

 

 

66,393

 

 

 

 

Insurance and safety expenses

 

1,437,958

 

1,480,777

 

3,065,220

 

1,072,939

 

724,087

 

Administrative and general
expenses

 

4,343,620

 

2,943,770

 

5,718,506

 

6,443,391

 

5,182,137

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

267,011

 

252,050

 

467,799

 

529,735

 

467,526

 

Operating and highway taxes

 

937,706

 

730,428

 

1,443,422

 

1,438,431

 

1,430,103

 

Other operating expenses

 

312,531

 

(33,507

)

457,353

 

383,843

 

440,729

 

Total operating and maintenance expenses

 

16,138,772

 

13,510,366

 

27,734,145

 

25,249,582

 

20,384,478

 

Income from operations

 

(479,121

)

1,215,067

 

1,761,908

 

2,139,667

 

1,613,516

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fees, net of related expenses

 

1,103,979

 

448,649

 

2,311,836

 

1,095,579

 

1,409,388

 

Interest income

 

108,471

 

150,452

 

135,935

 

177,259

 

97,024

 

Interest expense

 

(107,277

)

(60,585

)

(144,587

)

(153,780

)

(200,434

)

Change in insurance reserves

 

17,869

 

(179,416

)

(1,077,488

)

(1,298,719

)

(1,244,343

)

Ceding commission

 

 

 

(68,241

)

(68,241

)

(364,365

)

(159,192

)

Loss on disposal of asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,995

)

Other nonoperating expense (income)

 

796,275

 

(53,910

)

(2,815

)

(275,311

)

(138,780

)

Total other income (expense)

 

1,919,317

 

236,949

 

1,154,640

 

(819,337

)

(245,332

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

1,440,196

 

1,452,016

 

2,916,548

 

1,320,330

 

1,368,184

 

Provision for income taxes

 

489,000

 

124,377

 

488,320

 

267,635

 

659,141

 

Net income from continuing
operations

 

951,196

 

1,327,639

 

2,428,228

 

1,052,695

 

709,043

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

(17,133

)

(11,035

)

159,733

 

(325,563

)

(6,669,700

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

934,063

 

1,316,604

 

$

2,587,961

 

$

727,132

 

$

(5,960,657

)

Income (loss) per common shares—basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

4,755.98

 

$

6,638.20

 

$

12,141.14

 

$

5,263.48

 

$

3,545.22

 

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

(85.66

)

$

(55.17

)

$

798.67

 

$

(1,627.82

)

$

(33,348.50

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

4,670.32

 

$

6,583.02

 

$

12,939.81

 

$

3,635.66

 

$

(29,803.28

)

Weighted/average common shares oustanding—basic and diluted

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 106




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Paid-

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

in Capital

 

Earnings

 

(Loss) income

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

 

200

 

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

$

997,961

 

 

$

6,906,810

 

 

$

181,670

 

 

 

$

9,086,441

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,960,657

)

 

 

 

 

(5,960,657

)

 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,142

 

 

 

15,142

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,945,515

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

200.0

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

997,961

 

 

946,153

 

 

196,812

 

 

 

3,140,926

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

727,132

 

 

 

 

 

727,132

 

 

Adjustment to retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

177,303

 

 

 

 

 

177,303

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(177,303

)

 

 

(177,303

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

727,132

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

200.0

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

997,961

 

 

1,850,588

 

 

19,509

 

 

 

3,868,058

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,587,961

 

 

 

 

 

2,587,961

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,006

)

 

 

(27,006

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,560,955

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

200.0

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

997,961

 

 

4,438,549

 

 

(7,497

)

 

 

6,429,013

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

934,063

 

 

 

 

 

934,063

 

 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,803

)

 

 

(18,803

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

915,260

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

200.0

 

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

$

997,961

 

 

$

5,372,612

 

 

$

(26,300

)

 

 

$

7,344,273

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 107




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

934,063

 

$

1,316,604

 

$

2,587,961

 

$

727,132

 

$

(5,960,657

)

Net (income) loss from discontinued operations

 

17,133

 

11,035

 

(159,733

)

325,563

6,669,700

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

951,196

 

1,327,639

 

2,428,228

 

1,052,695

 

709,043

 

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for deferred taxes

 

183,000

 

(17,000

)

(33,000

)

(285,000

)

(208,000

)

Loss (gain) on disposal of equipment

 

(4,415

)

(3,379

)

(6,170

)

62,286

 

159,050

 

Change in insurance reserves

 

(481,665

)

(1,540,694

)

(1,158,386

)

(103,139

)

1,782,765

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

267,011

 

252,050

 

465,342

 

449,492

 

596,879

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(161,796

)

(70,220

)

(516,709

)

(753,179

)

(1,273,531

)

Net operating account activity with affiliates

 

1,085,830

 

(255,112

)

(1,190,397

)

 

603,470

 

Prepaid expenses and other current and noncurrent assets

 

(380,834

)

(825,744

)

(359,399

)

(1,865,231

)

681,799

 

Retainage receivable

 

 

 

 

(50,800

)

(25,056

)

2,375,709

 

Accounts payable

 

(281,426

)

22,095

 

68,937

 

87,533

 

465,512

 

Deposit liability

 

(40,028

)

437,211

 

(37,273

)

1,370

 

(316,371

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

87,220

 

47,533

 

(188,025

)

253,840

 

Other current and non current liabilities

 

395,817

 

(175,226

)

(260,951

)

588,722

 

288,670

 

Net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

14,574

 

(11,035

)

(1,290,907

)

(821,472

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,547,264

 

(772,195

)

(1,893,952

)

(1,799,004

)

6,118,835

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

387,912

 

327,333

 

413,394

 

(1,064,330

)

(977,349

)

Purchase-securities available for sale

 

(18,424

)

 

 

(877,000

)

(5,348,300

)

Proceeds-securities available for sale

 

1,240

 

8,320

1,399,152

 

1,406,226

 

5,344,000

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(903,586

)

(107,670

)

(206,177

)

(382,963

)

(305,181

)

Proceeds from disposal of assets

 

(124,272

)

 

 

11,975

 

25,242

 

165,775

 

Investments in affiliates

 

(5,200

)

 

(50,000

)

 

 

Net cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

(5,524,570

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(662,330

)

227,983

 

1,618,344

 

(892,825

)

(6,645,625

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable to bank

 

495,000

 

 

 

 

2,500,000

 

Proceeds from lines of credit

 

(200,000

)

 

 

200,000

 

3,150,000

 

Principal payments on notes payable

 

 

(69,444

)

(69,444

)

(754,585

)

(2,761,138

)

Principal payments on notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

232,406

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,150,000

)

Net financing from affifiates

 

 

 

 

65,999

 

3,309,693

 

2,375,487

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

295,000

 

(69,444

)

228,961

 

2,755,108

 

1,114,349

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

1,179,934

 

(613,656

)

(46,647

)

63,279

 

587,559

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

$

3,130,430

 

3,177,077

 

3,177,077

 

3,113,798

 

2,526,239

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 

$

4,310,364

 

$

2,563,422

 

$

3,130,430

 

$

3,177,077

 

$

3,113,798

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

71,991

 

$

72,509

 

$

144,586

 

$

216,856

 

$

640,465

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

349,378

 

$

116,661

 

$

536,000

 

$

707,000

 

$

273,000

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 108




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

By the end of December 2004, GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) was mainly involved in the bus shelter cleaning and advertisement placement business through two companies located in Long Island City, New York, namely, Shelter Express Corp., Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp. and Metroclean Express Corp., and a company in Los Angeles, California, ShelterCLEAN, Inc. Additionally, the Company owns certain rental real estate properties, performs electrical maintenance work in a variety of environments, and operates two businesses relating to captive insurance and the administration of insurance claims. The Company had operated school buses under contracts principally with the New York City Board of Education (“NYCBOE”), Port Washington School District (“Port Washington”) and the Sewanhaka Central High School District of Elmont, New York (“Sewanhaka”). In June 2003, the contracts with the NYCBOE were assigned to various third party operators and also to a new company formed by previous management of Varsity Transit, Inc. The Company owned two businesses in the Western United States. Both businesses performed repair and maintenance services to free standing bus shelters; one is in Los Angeles and the other in Aurora, Colorado (see Note 3). The business in Aurora, Colorado was shut down in 2003.

School Bus Operations

The NYCBOE school bus contract was extended for five years beginning in July 2000 and as mentioned above the remaining years on the contract were assigned to various operators in September 2003. The Sewanhaka school bus contract expired in June 2003 and was not renewed.

Pursuant to its contractual rights as defined in the aforementioned contracts, the New York City Office of Auditor General has conducted an examination of the financial records of one of the Company’s subsidiaries, Varsity Transit, Inc. (“Transit”), for the period from July 1, 1985 to June 30, 1993. In connection therewith, a claim for alleged overpayments and cost justification increases in the approximate amount of $1,068,000 had been made against Transit through the 1992–1993 school year. In addition, if the NYCBOE were permitted to reduce the per diem rates, additional amounts would be due from the Company inasmuch as the rates being paid since the 1993–1994 school year have been higher than those that the New York City Office of Auditor General contends are correct. Transit had commenced a legal action, which sought a declaratory judgment and other equitable relief barring the NYCBOE from seeking to recover the alleged overpayments and from retroactively reducing the per diem rates paid to the plaintiff contractors. The NYCBOE had asserted a counterclaim for the alleged overpayments claimed as a result of the audit.

Under an agreement entered into between Transit and the NYCBOE, which ended on June 30, 2000, the NYCBOE retained a portion of each current monthly billing until this claim is resolved. The Company continued to invoice the NYCBOE and the NYCBOE continued to retain amounts, which represent the difference between the per diem rates billed and the lower per diem rates as a result of the examination, up to June 30, 2000. In June 2003, Transit and NYCBOE reached a settlement in the cost justification case. As a result of the settlement, all retainage receivables held by the NYCBOE will not be paid; however the NYCBOE will permit Transit to use additional amounts owed as a credit for the new buses purchased by Transit from July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2003. As a result of this credit, no cash was paid by Transit to the NYCBOE.

F- 109




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

In September 2003, the Company through two subsidiaries, Varsity Transit, Inc. (“Transit’’) and Varsity Coach Corp. (“Coach’’), exited the school bus business and sold the majority of the Company’s school bus runs to other Contractors.

Insurance Operations

The Transit Alliance Insurance Co., LTD (“Transit Alliance’’) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on April 26, 1999 as an exempted Company with limited liability and holds an Unrestricted Class “B’’ Insurers License, subject to the provisions of the Insurance Law (2004 Revision) of the Cayman Islands. Transit Alliance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GTJ.

Ownership

The Company is owned by Green Bus Lines, Inc. (“Green”)_(40%), Triboro Coach Corporation (“Triboro”) (40%) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (“Jamaica”) (20%) (collectively, the “Shareholders”), and shares management with the Shareholders through a common Board of Directors.

Recent Developments

In November 2005, the Shareholders of the Company reached agreement with New York City to sell all of their bus assets including rates, tangible property related to bus operations. The sale of the bus assets left the shareholders, including their subsidiaries, with seven parcels of property, four of which are leased to New York City and two of which are leased to commercial interests, all but one of which are on a triple net basis. Following the transactions with New York City, the Bus Companies started receiving a substantial amount of income and cash flow primarily as a result of the real property leases. Since the Bus Companies were organized more than a half-century ago, their real property is owned by “C” corporations. For tax purposes, C corporations are taxed on their income and do not “pass through” tax liability to their shareholders, as would occur in, for example, a limited partnership or a limited liability company. As a result, the Shareholders decided to reorganize into a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”).

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2006, Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements. The information described in the Notes to the Financial Statements for these periods is unaudited. The Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the entire fiscal year end for any period.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GTJ Co., Inc. and its subsidiaries: Transit, Varsity Transit, Inc., Varsity Coach, Inc., Varsity Charter Corp., The Bus Depot, Inc., Satellite

F- 110




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Transportation of New York Corp., MetroClean Express Corp. (“MetroClean”), Metroclean Express of New Jersey, Inc., Shelter Express Corp. (“Shelter”), Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp., ShelterCLEAN, Inc., ShelterCLEAN of Colorado, Inc., Transit Facility Management Corp., Transit Facility Claims Corp., Transit Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd., A Limited Sticky Situation, Just Another Limited Sticky Situation, The Third Limited Sticky Situation Corp., The Fourth Limited Sticky Situation Corp. and A Very Limited Sticky Situation, each of which is wholly-owned. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decide whether to consolidate that entity. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition—Rental Properties

The Company’s revenue in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 “Accounting for Leases’’, as amended, referred to herein as SFAS No. 13, SFAS No. 13 requires that revenue be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property. In those instances in which we fund tenant improvements and the improvements are deemed to be owned by the Company, revenue recognition will commence when the improvements are substantially completed and possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant for the tenant work to begin. The properties are being leased under operating leases. Minimum rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. When the Company determines that the tenant allowances are lease incentives, the Company commences revenue recognition when possession or control of the space is turned over to the tenant for tenant work to begin.

Revenue Recognition —School Bus/Paratransit Operations

Revenue applicable to the NYCBOE and the Sewanhaka contracts are recorded in equal monthly installments over the school year (September to June) as services are rendered. Paratransit and transit operations and charter services are recognized upon completion of the related bus trip.

Revenue Recognition—Service Operations

Cleaning maintenance and claims service revenue is recognized upon completion of the related service.

Revenue Recognition—Insurance Operations

Premiums are recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the policy term. The portion of premiums that will be earned in the future are deferred and reported as unearned premiums.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecast undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets to their net carrying value. The

F- 111




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net book value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the related assets.

When impairment indicators are present, investments in affiliated companies are reviewed for impairment by comparing their fair value to their respective carrying amounts. The Company makes its estimate of fair  value by considering discounted cash flow analyses and balance sheet liquidation values. If the fair value of the investment has dropped below the carrying amount, management considers several factors when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, including the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliated company, and other factors influencing the fair market value, such as general market conditions.

Discontinued Operations

The consolidated financial statements of the Company present the operations of the Bus operations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Securities Available for Sale

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when the Company has the intent to purchase and sell securities at any time. Securities available for sale are stated at fair value, which is determined based on market quotes.

The investments of Transit Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd. are classified as available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, except for unrealized gains attributable to the deposit liability as these amounts are recorded as adjustments to the deposit liability. Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific-identification basis and are included in investment income.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the underlying improvement.

 

 

Useful lives

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

10 – 25

 

 

 

F- 112




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Deposit Liability

SFAS No. 113, Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts, addresses the specific conditions which must be met for reinsurance contracts to satisfy the transfer of risk criteria. The criteria are that the reinsurer has assumed significant insurance risk under the reinsured portions of the underlying insurance contracts, and that it is reasonably possible that the reinsurer may realize a significant loss from the transaction. Should both of the criteria not be met, a policy would not qualify for reinsurance accounting treatment, and would instead require deposit accounting. Under deposit accounting reinsurance premiums received and investment income earned on these premiums, including unrealized appreciation, is recorded as additions to the deposit liability. Losses paid to the ceding company, underwriting, investment, and letter of credit fees, premium taxes, and dividends paid by the Company are recorded as deductions from the deposit liability. Refer to Note 8 for the activity in the deposit liability for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. On January 1, 2001, the Company assumed an additional risk of 36% of the loss fund, having previously qualified for reinsurance accounting treatment for the 2000 policy year. On January 1, 2003, the Company assumed 100% of the risk to its captive insurance company.

Insurance Liabilities

The liability or losses and loss-adjustment expenses includes an amount for claims reported and a provision for adverse claims development. The liability for claims reported is based on the advice of an independent attorney, while the liability for adverse claims development is based on the director’s best estimates. Such liabilities are necessarily based on estimates and, while the directors believe that the amounts are adequate, the ultimate liabilities may be in excess of or less than the amounts recorded and it is reasonably possible that the expectations associated with these amounts could change in the near-term (that is within one year) and that the effect of such changes could be material to the financial statements. The methods for making such estimates and for establishing the resulting liabilities are continually renewed, and any adjustments are released in current earnings.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions. Accumulated amortization is $1,132,444 at December 31, 2005. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”‘ which was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2002, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are reviewed annually (or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise) for impairment. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives (but with no maximum life). The Company has evaluated its intangible assets to identify goodwill separately from other identifiable intangibles. The Company has classified its intangible assets as goodwill with an indefinite life as no other separately identifiable intangibles exist. Therefore, the Company’s goodwill is no longer amortized.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually using the two-step process prescribed in SFAS No. 142. Based on the impairment tests performed, there was no impairment of goodwill for 2005 and 2004.

F- 113




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The Company records a valuation allowance against any portion of the deferred income tax asset when it believes, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Accounts receivable from the NYCBOE at December 31, 2004 and 2003 approximated 0% of accounts receivable. Revenue from the NYCBOE during 2004 and 2003 which are included within discontinued operations approximated 0% and 58% of total revenue, respectively. Generally, accounts receivable are due within 90 days and collateral is not required.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Comprehensive Income

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” SFAS No. 130 sets forth rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and the minimum pension liability from an investment in an affiliate to be included in comprehensive income.

Environmental Matters

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity, and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations. Environmental costs are also capitalized in recognition of legal asset retirement obligations resulting from the acquisition, construction and/or normal operation of a long-lived asset. Costs related to remedial investigation and feasibility studies,

F- 114




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

environmental contamination treatment and cleanup are charged to expense. Estimated future incremental operations, maintenance and management costs directly related to remediation are accrued when such costs are probable and estimable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 , “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principal recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133 and 140. This statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that require bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, as defined. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment to FAS 140,” which permits an entity to account for one or more classes of servicing rights at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. This statement is effective as of January 1, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect of this statement.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R), which supercedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based transactions using APB No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FAS No. 123R requires additional disclosures relating to the income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payments. On April 14, 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission announced it would permit most registrants subject to its oversight additional time to implement the requirements in SFAS No. 123(R). As announced, the SEC will permit companies to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year (instead of their next reporting period) that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006, will

F- 115




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

have an immaterial impact on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the potential financial impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R).

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Variable interest entities, some of which were formerly referred to as special purpose entities, are generally entities for which their other equity investors (1) do not provide significant financial resources for the entity to sustain its activities, (2) do not have voting rights or (3) have voting rights that are disproportionately high compared with their economic interests. Under FIN 46R, variable interest entities must be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership arising from the variable interest entity. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures if a significant variable interest is held but not required to be consolidated. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. In December 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”). Loans carried at fair value and loans to borrowers in good standing under revolving credit agreements are excluded from the scope of SOP 03-3, thus the adoption of this standard had no impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS No. 150). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS No. 149). The provisions of SFAS No.149 that relate to SFAS No. 133 and No. 138 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, provisions of SFAS No. 149 which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The changes in SFAS No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS No. 149 (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133 and No. 138, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying financing component to conform it to language used in FIN 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes resulted in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated above and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In addition, except as stated above, all provisions of SFAS No.149 should be applied prospectively. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

F- 116




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

In October 2003, Statement of Accounting Position (“SOP”) 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” was issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for loans acquired through a transfer (including a business combination) that have differences between their contractual cash flows and their expected cash flows, due in part to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires that the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition to be collected over the acquirer’s initial investment be recognized on a level-yield basis over the loan’s life. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is recognized as a future yield adjustment. Future decreases in actual cash flows over the original expected cash flows are recognized as an impairment and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. SOP 03-3 was adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2005. The adoption of SOP 03-3 has had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principles. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). This standard requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The new reporting requirements and related new footnote disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15,  2006, as defined. The new measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, (“SFAS 157”). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time-to-time exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage.

F- 117




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

3.   RESTRICTED CASH:

At June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004, AIG held $3,690,484, $4,078,396 and $4,491,790, respectively, on behalf of the Company that was restricted by AIG for the purpose of payment of insured losses.

4.   INVESTMENTS:

Available-for-sale securities consist of the following:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

$

1,048,352

 

$

302,471

 

$

774,507

 

Mutual fund

 

             —

 

   445,056

 

1,399,152

 

 

 

$

1,048,352

 

$

747,527

 

$

2,173,659

 

 

The mutual fund’s investments, which are owned by Transit Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd., consist of U.S. fixed income securities, which are held at Bank of Butterfield International (Cayman) Ltd. and are recorded at fair value. The mutual fund is registered in Bermuda.

5.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The following table is for the fixed assets of the Company’s continuing operations:

 

 

Useful

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Life

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue vehicles

 

10

 

$

2,220,588

 

$

1,547,542

 

$

1,569,528

 

Shop and garage equipment

 

8

 

1,002,805

 

794,640

 

787,280

 

Equipment leased to others

 

5 – 6

 

121,653

 

121,652

 

231,728

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

5 – 8

 

488,603

 

413,925

 

270,605

 

Buildings and improvements

 

7 – 25

 

6,281,456

 

6,221,611

 

6,182,609

 

Land

 

 

 

3,217,677

 

3,217,677

 

3,217,677

 

 

 

 

 

13,332,782

 

12,317,047

 

12,259,427

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(6,594,616

(6,358,230

(6,035,613

 

 

 

 

$

6,738,166

 

$

5,958,817

 

$

6,223,814

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $267,011 and $252,050 related to these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $467,799, $529,735, and $467,526 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

F- 118




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

5.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

The following table is for the fixed assets of the Company’s discontinued operations:

 

 

Useful

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Life

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue vehicles

 

 

10

 

 

$

1,822,654

 

$

1,822,654

 

$

1,822,654

 

Shop and garage equipment

 

 

8

 

 

421,752

 

421,752

 

445,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,244,406

 

2,244,406

 

2,268,498

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

(2,134,161

(2,100,294

(2,049,266

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

110,245

 

$

144,112

 

$

219,232

 

                                  

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $21,946 and $25,514 related to these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $51,028, $51,028, and $51,028 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

6.   NOTES PAYABLE AND LINES OF CREDIT

On December 30, 2003, the Company, along with Green, Triboro, Jamaica and Command Bus Company, Inc. (the “Affiliated Group”) replaced its then-existing credit facility with a new facility consisting of mortgages and lines of credit which had an expiration date of June 30, 2004. The facility has been renegotiated over several renewals and has now been extended to March 31, 2007. Currently, the entire group has a $6.5 million facility consisting of a $4 million line of credit, which is secured by approximately $4.5 million of cash and bonds held by the Affiliated Group and a $2.5 million second mortgage secured by a mortgage over property owned by G.T.J. Company, Inc., in New York City. The facility of $6.5 million is being used to finance the working capital needs of the Affiliated Group. The facility bears interest at prime rate and is adjusted from time to time. The loans are collateralized by all tangible assets of the Affiliated Group.

As of June 30, 2006 (Unaudited), $495,340 was outstanding under this line of credit and at December 31, 2005, and 2004, $200,000 was outstanding under this line of credit. The line bore interest at a fluctuating rate based on the bank’s prime rate. The interest rate at June 30, 2006 was 8.25%. The Company also guaranteed the bank debt of these affiliates.

The second mortgage facility secured by property owned by the Company consisted of repayment terms requiring monthly principal payments of $69,444 plus interest at a rate of prime plus 2%. In March 2005, the loan was converted to interest only and the interest rate was modified to prime. As of June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004 $1,666,201, $1,666,201 and $1,735,645 was outstanding under this mortgage facility, respectively.

The Affiliated Group is required to satisfy certain financial ratios and covenants. Tangible net worth must not be less than $22,000,000 as of December 31, 2005, the cash flow coverage ratio must not be less than 1.1 to 1.0, the Leverage Ratio shall not be more than 4.5 to 1.0, and capital expenditures shall not be more than $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.

The Affiliated Group did not meet certain covenants for these financial statements and has requested waivers from the bank for the breach of these covenants. Waivers have been provided to the Affiliated Group.

F- 119




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

7.    LIABILITY FOR LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES: (Continued)

The liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) December 31, 2005 and 2004 is summarized as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Reported claims

 

$

3,620,905

 

$

3,398,244

 

$

3,103,950

 

Provision for incurred but not reported claims

 

792,517

 

1,379,483

 

1,998,331

 

Total

 

$

4,413,422

 

$

4,777,727

 

$

5,102,281

 

 

Activity in the liability for losses and loss-adjustment expenses is summarized as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance beginning

 

$

4,777,727

 

$

5,102,281

 

$

5,777,401

 

Incurred related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

 

95,008

 

671,407

 

Prior years

 

99,491

 

977,393

 

625,943

 

Paid related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

 

(33,797

)

(86,457

)

Prior years

 

(463,796

)

(1,363,158

)

(1,886,013

)

Balance ending

 

$

4,413,422

 

$

4,777,727

 

$

5,102,281

 

 

Management is responsible for estimating the provisions for outstanding losses. The directors have recognized in the financial statements a provision for outstanding losses of $4,413,422 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $4,777,727 and $5,102,281 at December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively as a best estimate of the liability. An actuarial study was independently completed which estimated that at December 31, 2005, the total outstanding losses at an expected level, are between $4,228,230 and $4,887,541. In their analysis, the actuaries have used industry based data which may or may not be representative of the Company’s ultimate liabilities.

In the opinion of the directors, the provision for losses and loss-adjustment expenses is adequate to cover the expected ultimate liability under the insurance policies written. However, consistent with most companies with similar operations, the Company’s liability for claims is ultimately based on management’s expectations of future events. It is reasonably possible that the expectations associated with these amounts could change in the near term (that is, within one year) and that the effect of such changes could be material to the financial statements.

8.   PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan, which covers substantially all of its non-union employees. Participant benefits are based on years of service and the participant’s compensation during the

F- 120




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

8.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

last three years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Plan assets primarily consist of equity securities, corporate debt securities, money market accounts, government securities and a guaranteed deposit account with an insurance company.

The following tables present certain financial information of the Company’s non-union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

10,363,022

 

$

10,175,208

 

Service cost

 

509,311

 

538,836

 

Interest cost

 

580,592

 

618,855

 

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

356,530

 

(408,419

)

Curtailment loss (gain)

 

(463,691

)

 

Benefits paid

 

(551,924

)

(561,458

)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of year

 

$

10,793,840

 

$

10,363,022

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

11,502,770

 

$

10,542,479

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

766,436

 

1,068,888

 

Employer contributions

 

312,725

 

543,577

 

Benefits paid

 

(551,924

)

(561,458

)

Expenses paid

 

(142,535

)

(90,716

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

 

$

11,887,472

 

$

11,502,770

 

Funded status

 

$

1,093,632

 

$

1,139,748

 

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

53,066

 

94,660

 

Unrecognized net actuarial cost/(gain)

 

(37,471

)

(563,494

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

1,109,227

 

$

670,914

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit cost

 

$

1,109,227

 

$

670,914

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

1,109,227

 

$

670,914

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit obligations shown above at December 31, 2005 and 2004

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

F- 121




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

8.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2006

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

221,949

 

$

306,817

 

$

613,634

 

$

662,413

 

$

644,319

 

Interest cost

 

591,048

 

290,296

 

580,592

 

618,855

 

638,228

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(933,956

)

(448,859

)

(897,717

)

(851,473

)

(698,489

)

SFAS 88 loss/(gain) due curtailment

 

(200,000

)

(215,553

)

(431,105

)

 

22,179

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

3,703

 

4,504

 

9,008

 

10,323

 

19,366

 

Net period benefit cost

 

$

(317,256

)

$

(62,795

)

$

(125,588

)

$

440,118

 

$

625,603

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit expense shown above for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and June 30,  2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

5.00

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

v

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans are based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and the risk of assets classes and the collections of those returns.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity investments

 

 

54

%

 

 

54

%

 

Debt Securities

 

 

42

%

 

 

45

%

 

Other cash and short-term investments

 

 

4

%

 

 

1

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

vp

On January 20, 2006, a plan amendment was adopted that froze accrued benefits as of April 1, 2006, which resulted in a plan curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”. The curtailment was caused by the fact employees ceased future benefits under the Retirement Plan for Certain Employees of GTJ & Affiliates.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a curtailment loss of approximately $51,515 as of the plan freeze on April 1, 2006. Additionally, since the Pension Benefit Obligation resulted in a decrease, there is a curtailment gain

F- 122




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

8.    PENSION PLAN AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

of approximately $251,454. As a result, the net gain as a result of the curtailment is approximately $200,000. This gain will be recognized in the second quarter of 2006.

The Company has decided to terminate the Plan under Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation (“PBGC”) Standard Termination Procedures which includes the purchased annuities from an insurance company for all active and retired participants based on their accrued benefit determined as of April 1, 2006. The termination of a qualified retirement plan is a lengthy process and the Company expects to complete the termination of the Plan and the purchased annuities by the Spring of 2007.

The Company participates in a multi-employer plan that provides defined postretirement health care benefits to substantially all non-union employees. Substantially all of the Company’s nonunion employees become eligible for these benefits when pension benefits begin immediately upon retirement. Amounts charged to expense were approximately $105,000 and $103,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

9.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advances (Borrowings)

Due from (to) affiliates consist approximately of the following net amounts, which do not bear interest:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders of the Company

 

$

(10,544,757

)

$

(11,030,329

)

$

(11,247,310

)

Entity affiliated through common ownership

 

(178,613

)

1,568,700

 

661,282

 

 

 

$

(10,723,370

)

$

(9,461,629

)

$

(10,586,028

)

 

Douglas A. Cooper, Ruskin, Moscou, Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF”), of which Douglas Cooper is a partner and is the nephew of Jerome Cooper, has acted as counsel to the Company for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $461,075, $271,541, and $343,277, respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) were $140,751, and $273,309, respectively.

Lease Agreement—Varsity Transit

Prior to September 1, 2003, the Company owned and operated a school bus operation its subsidiaries, Varsity Transit, Inc. and Varsity Coach Corp. (“Varsity”). For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, Varsity incurred losses from its school bus contract services of $3,485,620 and $3,971,856 respectively, due to the high costs associated with labor, benefits, and maintenance. Terminating this business would have resulted in approximately $6,000,000 of penalties, and a negative performance report available to other municipalities. Accordingly, starting in February 2003, the Company determined to dispose of Varsity’s buses and routes. In doing so, Varsity met and negotiated with existing operators in the school bus industry, as well as entities associated with Mr. Stanley Brettschneider, owned by his wife and

F- 123




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

children (collectively, the “Buyers”). Mr. Brettschneider is a key employee of the Company, and a member of their Board of Directors.

Initially 282 of Varsity’s buses were sold to the Buyers for $3,101,708. Approximately 255 of Varsity’s routes were sold to the Buyers for an initial payment of $3,000 per route, equaling $765,000, and additional payments of $1,000 per year per route for three years based on the recent five year operating extension offered to the New York City School Bus Contractors (“NYCSBC’’) by the Department of Education which will equal $765,000, for a total of $1,530,000.

The total sale price of $4,631,708 was payable as follows: $2,666,708 in cash, which was paid, and a four year promissory note in the amount of $1,200,000 with interest payable at six percent, which is being paid. The promissory note was reduced by means of a $250,000 lump sum payment made in 2003 and there are current monthly installments of $22,211. The $765,000 balance of the route purchase price was negotiated without a specific time of payment, because it is dependent on route renewals. $255,000 of such amount has been paid through June 30, 2006.

In connection with such sale, the Company leased to the Buyers a portion of the Wortman Property. Such leasing was on an oral basis, and the lease has recently been reduced to writing and signed. The terms of the lease are as follows:

Under the lease, Varsity is leasing 195,813 square feet of outdoor parking and approximately 11,852 square feet of indoor maintenance and office space for $231,800 per year from September 2005 to January 2006 and for $311,800 per year from February 2006 to August 2006, increasing by the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) from September 2006 through August 2010 (when the term ends). Varsity also pays a 60% share of utility and building maintenance costs. Varsity has the right to terminate the term on six months notice at an earlier date. Varsity also has the right to lease the space for up to four-five year consecutive extension terms after 2010 at a rental rate equal to 90% of then fair market value at the beginning of the first extension term, with rent for following years at a compounding of annual CPI increases.

In conjunction with the Varsity sale, management determined that the estimated below market rent from the date of the sale through the expiration of the bus route operating agreement with the NYCSBC in 2005 caused the Company to reflect a liability of approximately $1,165,000 which reduced the gain on sale. Such amount was amortized under the straight line method over 30 months. Amortization expense for the years ended December 2005, 2004 and 2003 amounted to approximately $466,000, $466,000 and $233,000, respectively and amounted to $116,500 during the six months ended June 30, 2005.

F- 124




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

9.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Service Fees

The Company provides various services to the Shareholders and an entity affiliated through common ownership. These services include data processing, payroll, purchasing, administration and certain legal support. Service fees are based on specific markups over cost. The net service fee income was approximately $2,209,099, $1,095,579, and $1,409,388 in 2005 and 2004 and 2003, respectively and $1,103,979 and $448,649 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively.

10.    SIGNIFICANT TENANTS

Two tenants constitute 100% of rental revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited).

11.    FUTURE MINIMUM RENTS SCHEDULE

Future minimum lease payments to be received by the Company as of December 31, 2005 under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

2006

 

$

1,889,798

 

2007

 

1,896,465

 

2008

 

1,909,671

 

2009

 

1,975,698

 

2010

 

1,871,765

 

Thereafter

 

29,798,687

 

 

 

$

39,342,084

 

 

The lease agreements generally contain provisions for reimbursement of real estate taxes and operating expenses over base year amounts, as well as fixed increases in rent.

12.    INCOME TAXES:

The provision for income taxes for continuing operations for:

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

30,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

State and local

 

276,000

 

141,377

 

521,320

 

$

(17,365

)

$

867,141

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

114,000

 

(13,000

)

(23,000

)

186,000

 

(66,000

)

State and local

 

69,000

 

(4,000

)

(10,000

)

99,000

 

(142,000

)

 

 

183,000

 

(17,000

)

(33,000

)

285,000

 

(208,000

)

Provisions for income taxes

 

$

489,000

 

$

124,377

 

$

488,320

 

$

267,635

 

$

659,141

 

 

F- 125




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

12.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

The provision for income taxes for discontinued operations:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

Federal

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

3,000

 

8,000

 

State and local

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

28,000

 

28,000

 

Provisions for income taxes

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

31,000

 

$

36,000

 

 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal return and all but three of the companies file combined New York State income tax returns. These three companies file state tax returns in Colorado, New Jersey and California. In addition, separate returns are filed for local purposes. The Company has approximately $1,618,081 of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, which begin to expire in the year 2005.

As a result of New York State and local income tax provisions exempting school bus income from taxation, state and local income taxes are based on income derived from activities other than school bus operations.

The New York City Department of Finance (“NYC”) performed an audit of the Company’s New York City income tax returns for the years 1991 through 1995. As a result of a ruling by the New York City Tax Tribunal, NYC has assessed approximately $800,000 of additional tax, including interest, for the years under audit. The Company has recorded the amount assessed as well as an estimate relating to its exposure in subsequent years.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards (federal)

 

$

550,000

 

$

550,000

 

$

3,971,700

 

Reserves not currently deductible

 

761,000

 

761,000

 

761,000

 

Vacation accrual

 

(27,000)

 

(29,000

)

(32,000

)

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

19,000

 

19,000

 

19,000

 

Charitable contribution carryover

 

9,000

 

7,000

 

4,000

 

Discounted unpaid losses

 

307,000

 

307,000

 

307,000

 

Book over tax depreciation

 

476,000

 

439,000

 

364,000

 

Amortization

 

63,000

 

 

 

Remedial Investigation & Feasibility Study

 

157,000

 

 

 

Other

 

64,000

 

57,000

 

44,000

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

2,379,000

 

2,111,000

 

5,438,700

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(580,000

)

(459,000

)

(3,982,700

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

1,799,000

 

$

1,652,000

 

$

1,456,000

 

 

F- 126




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

12.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax over book depreciation

 

$

781,000

 

$

800,000

 

$

790,000

 

Land basis difference

 

364,000

 

364,000

 

364,000

 

Real estate taxes

 

26,000

 

26,000

 

26,000

 

Pension expense

 

333,000

 

339,000

 

352,000

 

Installment sale

 

264,000

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

123,000

 

 

 

State and local taxes, net

 

240,000

 

206,000

 

136,000

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

2,131,000

 

1,735,000

 

1,668,000

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(332,000

)

$

(83,000

)

$

(212,000

)

 

13.   SEGMENTS

Segment Information

The operating segments reported below are segments of the company for which separate financial information is available and for which operating results as measured by income from operations are evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Note 1)

The Company operates in four reportable segments: Real Estate Operations, Outside Maintenance Operations, Insurance, and Paratransit Operations, all of which are conducted throughout the U.S.

Real Estate Operations rents Company owned real estate located in New York.

Outside Maintenance Operations provide outside maintenance services to outdoor advertising Companies in New York, New Jersey, Colorado, Arizona and California.

Insurance Operations assumes reinsurance of worker’s compensation, automobile liability and covenant liability of the Company and its affiliated Companies from an unrelated insurance Company based in the United States of America.

Paratransit and Transit Operations provide paratransit service in New York for physically and mentally challenged persons who are unable to use standard public transportation.

F- 127




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

13.    SEGMENTS (Continued)

The summarized segment information (excluding discontinued operations), as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Real Estate
 Operations

 

Outdoor
 Maintenance

 

Insurance

 

Paratransit

 Operations

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

$

2,817,406

 

$

18,360,191

 

$

250,888

 

$

8,217,568

 

$

(150,000

)

$

29,496,053

 

Cost of operations

 

2,198,946

 

17,348,252

 

118,393

 

8,218,552

 

(150,000

)

27,734,145

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

618,460

 

1,011,939

 

132,495

 

(984

)

 

1,761,910

 

Total assets

 

28,788,360

 

30,003,364

 

5,159,456

 

2,888,994

 

(36,589,653

)

30,350,521

 

Capital expenditures

 

64,091

 

107,805

 

 

34,281

 

 

206,177

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

25,908

 

408,621

 

 

30,813

 

 

465,342

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

Real Estate
Operations

 

Outdoor
Maintenance

 

Insurance

 

Paratransit
Operations

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

$

2,807,813

 

$

17,932,787

 

$

1,527,261

 

$

7,165,049

 

$

(2,043,661

)

$

27,389,249

 

Cost of
operations

 

2,254,117

 

16,787,340

 

135,871

 

8,115,915

 

(2,043,661

)

25,249,582

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

553,696

 

1,145,447

 

1,391,390

 

(950,866

)

 

2,139,667

 

Total assets

 

27,808,854

 

28,164,124

 

7,234,974

 

2,400,404

 

(34,400,360

)

31,207,996

 

Capital expenditures

 

23,872

 

350,446

 

 

8,645

 

 

382,963

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

22,192

 

397,994

 

 

29,306

 

 

449,492

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

Real Estate
Operations

 

Outdoor
Maintenance

 

Insurance

 

Paratransit
Operations

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

$

1,617,656

 

$

12,214,775

 

$

2,568,722

 

$

6,808,992

 

$

(1,212,151

)

$

21,997,994

 

Cost of
operations

 

1,834,620

 

12,779,445

 

168,007

 

6,814,557

 

(1,212,151

)

20,384,478

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

(216,964

)

(564,670

)

2,400,715

 

(5,565

)

 

1,613,516

 

Total assets

 

26,121,169

 

26,881,682

 

7,127,709

 

2,357,965

 

(33,903,813

)

28,584,712

 

Capital expenditures

 

19,023

 

279,268

 

 

6,889

 

 

305,181

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

29,711

 

532,832

 

 

39,235

 

 

601,778

 

 

F- 128




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

13.    SEGMENTS (Continued)

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006

 

 

 

Real Estate
    Operations    

 

Outdoor
   Maintenance   

 

Insurance

 

Paratransit
Operations

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

1,581,508

 

 

 

$

9,412,638

 

 

$

 

$

4,740,505

 

$

(75,000

)

$

15,659,651

 

Cost of operations

 

 

2,435,339

 

 

 

8,754,347

 

 

52,716

 

4,971,370

 

(75,000

)

16,138,772

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(853,831

)

 

 

658,291

 

 

(52,716

)

(230,866

)

 

(479,122

)

Total assets

 

 

28,243,493

 

 

 

30,360,368

 

 

4,877,443

 

3,937,799

 

(36,597,523

)

30,821,580

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

896,730

 

 

 

6,857

 

 

903,587

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

38,151

 

 

 

211,922

 

 

 

16,938

 

 

267,011

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005

 

 

 

Real Estate
  Operations  

 

Outdoor
  Maintenance  

 

Insurance

 

Paratransit
Operations

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

1,397,751

 

 

 

$

9,284,633

 

 

$

250,888

 

$

4,117,161

 

$

(325,000

)

$

14,725,433

 

Cost of operations

 

 

902,487

 

 

 

8,661,965

 

 

60,571

 

4,210,393

 

(325,000

)

13,510,366

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

495,264

 

 

 

622,668

 

 

190,317

 

(22,623

)

 

1,285,626

 

Total assets

 

 

26,387,662

 

 

 

27,078,304

 

 

7,202,092

 

2,665,435

 

(33,893,343

)

29,440,150

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

107,670

 

 

 

 

 

107,670

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

12,643

 

 

 

224,575

 

 

 

14,832

 

 

252,050

 

 

 

 

Six Months
Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Reconciliation to net income (loss)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Income (loss) operations

 

$

(479,121

)

$

1,215,067

 

$

1,761,908

 

$

2,139,667

 

$

1,613,516

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service fees, net of related expenses

 

1,103,979

 

448,649

 

2,311,836

 

1,095,579

 

1,409,388

 

Interest income

 

108,471

 

150,452

 

135,935

 

177,259

 

97,024

 

Interest expense

 

(107,277

)

(60,585

)

(144,587

)

(153,780

)

(200,434

)

Change in insurance reserves

 

17,869

 

(179,416

)

(1,077,488

)

(1,298,719

)

(1,244,343

)

Ceding commission

 

  

(68,241

)

(68,241

)

(364,365

)

(159,192

)

Gain (loss) on disposal of asset

 

  

 

 

 

(8,995

)

Other nonoperating expense (income)

 

796,275

 

(53,910

)

(2,815

)

(275,311

)

(138,780

)

Total other income (expense)

 

1,919,317

 

236,949

 

1,154,640

 

(819,337

)

(245,332

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

1,440,196

 

$

1,452,016

 

$

2,916,548

 

$

1,320,330

 

$

1,368,184

 

 

14.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Leases

The Company recorded lease payments via the straight line method and, for leases with step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase over the life of the lease, the Company recognizes the total minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company is obligated under operating leases for warehouse, office facilities and certain office and transportation equipment, which amounted to $704,301, $639,420, and $550,752 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively, and $413,872 and $303,446 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005

F- 129




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: (Continued)

(unaudited). At December 31, 2005, future minimum lease payments in the aggregate and for each of the five succeeding years are as follows:

2006

 

$

599,371

 

2007

 

371,365

 

2008

 

237,212

 

2009

 

174,626

 

2010

 

118,723

 

Total

 

$

1,501,297

 

 

Environmental Matters

The Company’s real property has had activity regarding removal and replacement of underground storage tanks. Upon removal of the old tanks, any soil found to be unacceptable was thermally treated off site to burn off contaminants. Fresh soil was brought in to replace earth which had been removed. There are still some levels of contamination at the sites, and groundwater monitoring programs have been put into place at certain locations. In July 2006 the Company entered into an informal agreement with the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) whereby the Company has committed to a three-year remedial investigation and feasibility study (the “Study”) for all site locations. In conjunction with this informal agreement, the Company retained the services of an environmental engineering firm to assess the cost of the study. The Company’s engineering report has an estimated cost range in which the low-end of the range, of approximately $1.3 million (of which the Company portion is $462,000) was only for the Study. In addition, a high-end range estimate, of approximately $2.6 million (of which the Company portion was $938,000) was included which provided a “worst case” scenario whereby the Company would be required to perform full remediation on all site locations. While management believes that the amount of the Study and related remediation is likely to fall within the estimated cost range, no amount within that range can be determined to be the better estimate. Therefore, management believes that recognition of the low-range estimate is appropriate. While additional costs associated with environmental remediation and monitoring are probable, it is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the amount of any future obligation until the Study has been completed.  As of June 30, 2006, the Company has recorded a liability of $462,000 related to its portion of the Study as disclosed in the engineering report. Presently, the Company is not aware of any claims or remediation requirements from any local, state or federal government agencies. Each of the properties is in a commercial zone and is still used as transit depots including maintenance of vehicles.

F- 130




GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

and Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

15.    FUTURE MINIMUM RENT SCHEDULE

Future minimum lease payments to be received by the Company as of December 31, 2005 under operating leases are as follows:

2006

 

$

1,889,798

 

2007

 

1,896,465

 

2008

 

1,909,671

 

2009

 

1,975,698

 

2010

 

1,871,765

 

Thereafter

 

22,622,084

 

 

 

$

32,165,481

 

 

F- 131




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003, AND

SIX MONTHS JUNE 30, 2006, AND 2005 (unaudited)

CONTENTS

 

Page
Number

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

F-133

 

 

Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

F-134

 

 

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F-135

 

 

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficiency) for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

F-136

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

F-137

 

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

F-138

 

 

 

F- 132




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Command Bus Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Command Bus Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficiency), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Command Bus Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Weiser LLP

New York, New York

July 21, 2006

F- 133




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

$

3,179,665

 

$

5,023,112

 

$

4,019,083

 

Total current assets

 

3,179,665

 

5,023,112

 

4,019,083

 

Assets of discontinued operation

 

 

 

2,572,092

 

Total assets

 

$

3,179,665

 

$

5,023,112

 

$

6,591,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

$

3,014,153

 

$

9,246,566

 

$

5,874,196

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,014,153

 

9,246,566

 

5,874,196

 

Liabilities of discontinued operation

 

 

 

4,467,296

 

 

 

3,014,153

 

9,246,566

 

10,341,492

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity (deficiency):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 200 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(334,488

)

(530,315

)

(1,416,632

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(4,193,139

)

(2,833,685

)

Total shareholders’ equity (deficiency)

 

165,512

 

(4,223,454

)

(3,750,317

)

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficiency)

 

$

3,179,665

 

$

5,023,112

 

$

6,591,175

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 134




COMMAND BUS COMPANY , INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

$

195,827

 

7,784

 

$

(1,646,778

)

$

(336,643

)

$

(286,541

)

Gain on sales of discontinued operation net of taxes

 

     

     

2,533,095

     

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

195,827

 

$

7,784

 

$

886,317

 

$

(336,643

)

$

(286,541

)

Income (loss) per common shares—basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

979.14

 

$

38.92

 

$

(8,233.89

)

$

(1,683.22

)

$

(1,432.71

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

    

    

$

12,665.48

    

$

    

$

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

979.14

 

$

38.92

 

$

4,431.59

 

$

(1,683.22

)

$

(1,432.71

)

Outstanding-weighted-average common shares—basic and diluted

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 135




COMMAND BUS COMPANY , INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Shareholders’

 

 

 

Outstanding
Shares

 

Amount

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Income
(Loss)

 

E quity
(Deficiency)

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

 

200

 

 

$

500,000

 

$

(793,448

)

 

$

(1,697,127

)

 

$

(1,990,575

)

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(286,541

)

 

 

 

(286,541

)

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,063

)

 

(5,063

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(124,385

)

 

(124,385

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(415,989

)

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

200

 

 

500,000

 

(1,079,989

)

 

(1,826,575

)

 

(2,406,564

)

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(336,643

)

 

 

 

(336,643

)

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,536

)

 

(1,536

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,005,574

)

 

(1,005,574

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,343,753

)

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

200

 

 

500,000

 

(1,416,632

)

 

$

(2,833,685

)

 

(3,750,317

)

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

886,317

 

 

 

 

886,317

 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

1,012

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,360,466

)

 

(1,360,466

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(473,137

)

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

200

 

 

500,000

 

(530,315

))

 

(4,193,139

)

 

(4,223,454

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

195,827

 

 

 

 

195,827

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,193,139

 

 

4,193,139

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,388,966

 

Balance at June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

200

 

 

$

500,000

 

$

(334,488

)

 

$

 

 

$

165,512

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 136




COMMAND BUS COMPANY , INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

 

Six Months
Ended June 30,

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

   2006   

 

   2005   

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

195,827

 

$

7,784

 

$

886,317

 

$

(336,643

)

$

(286,541

)

Income (loss) income from discontinued operation

 

195,827

 

7,784

 

886,317

 

(336,643

)

(286,541

)

Income from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinuing operations

 

(1,799,713

)

(747,027

)

(3,157,908

)

451,085

 

1,032,575

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(1,799,713

)

(747,027

)

(3,157,908

)

451,085

 

1,032,575

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

$

809,635

 

 

$

3,405,000

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

809,635

 

 

3,405,000

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities attributable to discontinued operations

 

 

 

649,394

 

(482,696

)

(347,168

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

649,394

 

(482,696

)

(347,168

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(990,078

)

(747,027

)

896,486

 

(31,611

)

685,407

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

1,847,333

 

950,847

 

950,847

 

982,458

 

297,051

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 

$

857,255

 

$

203,820

 

$

1,847,333

 

$

950,847

 

$

982,458

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

413

 

$

12,010

 

$

27,553

 

$

1,190

 

$

27,766

 

Cash Paid—Taxes

 

$

880,000

 

$

1,378

 

$

238,523

 

$

2,292

 

$

1,756

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 137




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:

Command Bus Company, Inc. (the “Company”) operated franchised transit bus routes in the City of New York (“the City”) pursuant to an operating authority which has been extended until April 30, 2005 and an Operating Assistance Agreement (“OAA”) with the City which expired on September 30, 1997. The Company and the City have, by mutual understanding, continued to abide by the terms of the OAA. Funding for, and continuation of, operations of the Company’s franchised transit bus routes is dependent upon the continuation of its operating authority and operating assistance relationship with the City.

On November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement (the “Agreement”) and subsequently closed on December 5, 2005 (the “Transition Date”) with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations (the “Acquired Assets”). The Acquired Assets include fixtures, furniture and equipment; maintenance records; personnel records; operating schedules; and the intangible value of the development, administration and maintenance of such assets, including the value related to the development and training of employees, the value related to the development of routes and operating schedules, and going concern value or good will for a purchase price of $3,405,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the City will pay additional consideration as follows: (1) an amount equal to the actual invoice cost for the Company’s inventory of spare parts and fluids, provided that the Company represent and warrant to the City that it has paid or will pay such invoiced amounts; (2) an amount equal to the book value (net of accumulated depreciation) of the Company’s other tangible assets that are Acquired Assets as of the date of closing; (3) if all of the Claimants in the Non-Union Employees v. New York City Department of Transportation and Green Bus Lines, Inc. execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional $68,100. If less than 100% of the Claimants execute Settlement Authorization Forms, the City will pay the Company an additional amount to be determined by multiplying the percentage of the Claimants who executed the Forms by $300,000, and the Company will receive 13.62% of the amount.

Under the Agreement, the City is going to assume, defend and indemnify the Company against the following: (1) all claims as a result from operations and maintenance of buses up through and including the Transition Date; (2) all claims, losses or damages for bodily injury and/or property damage resulting from or alleged to result from the operation and/or maintenance of buses up to the Transition Date; (3) any and all funding obligations, claims, losses, damages, fines, costs and expenses associated with any withdrawal, termination, freezing or other liability related to the various pension plans; (4) all claims with respect to accrued leave; (5) any claims made by any union or any member of any union arising under any collective bargaining agreement; (6) obligation to pay additional or retrospective premiums in connection with any Workers’ Compensation Retrospective Policy; (7) obligation to pay accumulated holiday pay; and (8) any claim or demand is made, any and all claims asserted by vendors in regard to Bus Service, up through and including the Transition Date.

Subsidy Programs:

Pursuant to the OAA, the Company received significant operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies. Through December 31, 2003, the total annual subsidy was based on a formula which provided the Company a reimbursement of operating deficits subject to annual caps on the rate of increase in reimbursable expenses. As of January 1, 2004, there was no cap on reimbursement of operating deficits, but certain labor costs were not reimbursed. The OAA provided that the Company could earn a fixed annual management fee and additional quarterly fees if certain performance standards are met.

F- 138




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

Operating assistance provided by state and local governments totaled $18,938,064, $17,041,545 and $17,168,768 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and $99,225 and $10,048,806 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and was paid to the Company under the provisions of the OAA. In addition to the annual subsidy, the City reimbursed the Company for auto liability insurance premiums which covered the operation of the vehicles, and such costs.

Under the OAA, the City guaranteed the payment of the Company’s self-insured injuries and damages claims incurred through December 31, 2001. As further discussed below under “Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve,” effective January 1, 2002, the City provided an auto liability insurance program which did not require the Company to retain self-insurance for any portion of injuries and damages claims coverage. The City will still reimburse the Company and damages or claims filed that were incurred prior to January 1, 2002.

The City withheld and currently holds a portion of the annual subsidy for injuries and damages claims accrued as of December 31, 2002, for claims which occurred prior to January 1, 2002. Such withheld amounts will be received when the related claims are paid subject to a minimum funding level. For the aggregate amounts so withheld $576,959 and $834,094 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and $740,329 at June 30, 2006 (unaudited). At June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004, these amounts are included as assets from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Under the provisions of the OAA, the operating subsidies from federal, state and local government agencies were subject to audit by those agencies, and such subsidies may be adjusted based on the results of such audits.

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators are prosecuting an action, commenced on September 24, 2003 by service of a complaint on the City of New York. The action is based on a violation of their civil rights pursuant to Section 1983 of the Civil Rights Law of 1871, claiming that the City has conspired to put the Companies out of business in order to avoid paying compensation rights. To date, the City of New York has not answered the complaint. There is a motion pending by NYC to dismiss the complaint.

The Company and its affiliated transit bus operators (the “Companies”) are also prosecuting an action commenced in August 2004 by service of complaint on the City of New York and The Metropolitan Transportation Authority (“MTA”). The Companies seek declaratory and injunctive relief compelling the City of New York to honor certain contractual obligations involving the pensions and other rights of the Companies’ employees. The Companies also seek to compel the MTA, to honor such employee rights. A motion to dismiss by the MTA has been stayed until March 2005.

Union Contract:

The Company has a Memorandum of Understanding with the Amalgamated Transit Union Local 1181 (the “Union”) which expired on December 31, 2002. On January 28, 2005, this Memorandum was modified to include a one-time one thousand ($1,000) dollar bonus for 2003 which will be paid to those employed as of the agreement date and a 3% increase in wages retroactive to January 1, 2004 which amounted to $523,578 of which $322,578 related to retroactive wages in 2004. Union employees as of agreement date are also eligible for a longevity bonus. As of the balance sheet date, the Union is without a contract for 2005. Approximately 78% of the Company’s labor force is covered under the Union.

F- 139




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS: (Continued)

Lease and Assumption Agreements

Under various lease and assumption agreements entered into subsequent to 1984, the Company received its buses at no cost from NYC.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2006, Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the changes in Shareholders’ Equity Deficiency for the six months ended June 30, 2006 are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements. The information described in the Notes to the Financial Statements for these periods is unaudited. The Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the entire fiscal year end for any period.

Ownership

The Company is owned by Green Bus Lines, Inc. (40%), Triboro Coach Corporation (40%) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (20%). Moreover, the Company shares management with these entities through a common Board of Directors.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Revenue Recognition

The Company records passenger revenue which is included as part of discontinued operations  when the service is performed. Operating assistance subsidies are recorded in the periods which the subsidy relates to. Revenue from passenger and operating subsidiaries are included as part of gain (loss) from discontinued operations. The monthly operating assistance subsidy checks for January 2006 and 2005, was received in December 2005, is reported as deferred revenue in the balance sheet.

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined by comparing the forecast undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets to their net carrying value. The

F- 140




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

amount of impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured by the difference between the net book value of the assets and the estimated fair value of the related assets.

When impairment indicators are present, investments in affiliated companies are reviewed for impairment by comparing their fair value to their respective carrying amounts. The Company makes its estimate of fair  value by considering discounted cash flow analyses and balance sheet liquidation values. If the fair value of the investment has dropped below the carrying amount, management considers several factors when determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred, including the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliated company, and other factors influencing the fair market value, such as general market conditions.

Discontinued Operations:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company present the operations of the Bus operations as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

All of the Company’s property and equipment was sold as part of the acquisition of the Company’s operations.

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $-0- and $1,390 related to assets included as part of discontinued operations during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $44,719, $38,172 and $57,827 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

Investments:

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.”  Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. Interest on securities is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary or available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Estimated fair value is determined based on market quotes.

F- 141




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

Injuries and Damages Claims Reserve:

The Company established reserves for anticipated future settlements of injuries and damages claims arising from accidents up to the Company’s maximum self-insurance level of $500,000 per accident for accidents that occurred after December 31, 1992 and prior to January 1, 2002, and $75,000 for accidents that occurred prior to December 31, 1992. The required claims reserves were determined by management after considering factors such as the nature and extent of the injuries or damages and prior experience with similar types of claims. Under the terms of the OAA, the City has guaranteed the reimbursement of monies paid by the Company for its self-insured portion of injury and damages claims (see subsidy programs above).

Effective January 1, 2002, the City has implemented a new auto liability insurance program, which includes auto liability insurance coverage obtained on the Company’s behalf with several insurance companies (rated A, A+ or A++) and paid directly by NYC. This insurance program provides for coverage up to $20 million per claim and is not subject to any self insurance retention by the Company. In addition, under the new auto liability insurance program, the Company is not responsible for the administration or payment of insurance claims arising after January 1, 2003. The Company is not aware of any factors, which might impair the insurance companies’ or the City’s ability or intent to pay claims covered under the auto liability insurance program. The accompanying financial statements do not reflect reserves for such claims arising after January 1, 2003.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Comprehensive Income:

The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” SFAS No. 130 sets forth rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS No. 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and the minimum pension liability from an investment in an affiliate to be included in comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements :

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133 and 140. This statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that require bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative

F- 142




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, as defined. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provision of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment to FAS 140,” which permits an entity to account for one or more classes of servicing rights at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. This statement is effective as of January 1, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect of this statement.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R), which supercedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based transactions using APB No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FAS No. 123R requires additional disclosures relating to the income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payments. On April 14, 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission announced it would permit most registrants subject to its oversight additional time to implement the requirements in SFAS No. 123(R). As announced, the SEC will permit companies to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year (instead of their next reporting period) that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), effective January 1, 2006, will have an immaterial impact on its consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the potential financial impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R).

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46R), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Variable interest entities, some of which were formerly referred to as special purpose entities, are generally entities for which their other equity investors (1) do not provide significant financial resources for the entity to sustain its activities, (2) do not have voting rights or (3) have voting rights that are disproportionately high compared with their economic interests. Under FIN 46R, variable interest entities must be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership arising from the variable interest entity. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures if a significant variable interest is held but not required to

F- 143




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

be consolidated. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS No. 150). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS No. 149). The provisions of SFAS No.149 that relate to SFAS No. 133 and No. 138 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, provisions of SFAS No. 149 which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The changes in SFAS No. 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS No. 149 (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133 and No. 138, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying financing component to conform it to language used in FIN 45, and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes resulted in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated above and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. In addition, except as stated above, all provisions of SFAS No.149 should be applied prospectively. This standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In October 2003, Statement of Accounting Position (“SOP”) 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” was issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for loans acquired through a transfer (including a business combination) that have differences between their contractual cash flows and their expected cash flows, due in part to credit quality. SOP 03-3 requires that the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition to be collected over the acquirer’s initial investment be recognized on a level-yield basis over the loan’s life. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is recognized as a future yield adjustment. Future decreases in actual cash flows over the original expected cash flows are recognized as an impairment and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. SOP 03-3 was adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2005. The adoption of SOP 03-3 has had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FAS 153 “Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” This Statement is the result of a broader effort by the FASB to improve the comparability of cross-border financial reporting by working with the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) toward development of a single set of high-quality accounting standards. As part of that effort, the FASB and the IASB identified opportunities to improve financial reporting by eliminating certain narrow differences between their existing accounting standards. The accounting for non-monetary

F- 144




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (Continued)

exchanges was identified as an area in which the U.S. standard could be improved by eliminating certain differences between the measurement guidance in Opinion 29 and that in IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment, and IAS 38, Intangible Assets. This Statement is effective for non-monetary exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections - a replacement of APB No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principles. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). This standard requires employers to recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The new reporting requirements and related new footnote disclosure rules of SFAS No. 158 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, as defined. The new measurement date requirement applies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or its cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“SFAS 157”). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of temporary cash investments, which from time-to-time exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage.

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

As stated in Note 1, on November 29, 2005, the Company entered an agreement and subsequently closed on December 5 2005 with the City to buy, all of the Company’s assets used in connection with the Company’s bus operations. Accordingly, the results have been presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

F- 145




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Continued)

The following table sets forth the detail of the Company’s net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations:

 

 

Bus Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

25,173,844

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation

 

 

$

(1,646,778

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

(1,646,778

)

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

$

3,996,303

 

 

Provision of income taxes

 

 

1,463,208

 

 

Gain on sale of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

2,533,095

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

24,176,344

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

$

(331,505

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

5,138

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

(336,643

)

 

Year ended December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

24,205,682

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

$

(284,568

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1,973

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

(286,541

)

 

Six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

$

(418,954

)

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

614,781

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

(195,827

)

 

Six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from discontinued operation

 

 

$

13,326,531

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

$

(93,853

)

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

101,637

 

 

Income from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

$

7,784

 

 

 

The gain on sale of discontinued operation for the year ended December 31, 2005 is calculated as follows:

Gross proceeds from sale of discontinued operation

 

$

4,214,636

 

Write-off of liabilities assumed by New York City

 

591,303

 

Net book value of assets sold

 

(809,636

)

Gain on sale of discontinued operation

 

$

3,996,303

 

 

F- 146




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Continued)

As of June 30, 2006, all proceeds from sale of sale of discontinued operations have been received by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company are primarily related to cash received from the sale of the assets, operating subsidies due from New York City, and deferred tax assets. The remaining liabilities are primarily related to accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes, and other current liabilities. The remaining cash and amount received from the New York City for operating subsidies will be used to pay the remaining liabilities of the Company as well as the distribution to the Shareholders.

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of Bus Operations

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

857,255

 

$

1,847,333

 

$

950,847

 

Operating subsidies receivable

 

740,329

 

1,481,349

 

35,441

 

Due from the City of New York

 

113,336

 

1,002,141

 

413,026

 

Other current assets

 

28,694

 

63,282

 

560,956

 

Inventory

 

 

 

825,816

 

Other

 

99,000

 

 

897,561

 

Prepaid taxes

 

497,029

 

 

1,756

 

Due from affiliates

 

763,846

 

332,000

 

333,680

 

Deferred taxes

 

80,176

 

297,007

 

 

Total current assets

 

3,179,665

 

5,023,112

 

4,019,083

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded pension expense

 

 

 

1,035,766

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

82,222

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

1,367,997

 

Other assets

 

 

 

86,107

 

Total assets

 

$

3,179,665

 

$

5,023,112

 

$

6,591,175

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

69,402

 

$

272,932

 

$

564,122

 

Accrued expenses

 

790,084

 

1,260,269

 

802,590

 

Due to affiliates

 

2,154,311

 

2,162,103

 

1,253,519

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

833,488

 

 

Deferred operating assistance

 

 

 

1,458,529

 

Unfunded Pension Expense

 

 

293,711

 

 

Deferred credit pension expense

 

 

3,715,757

 

 

Current portion of injuries and damages withholdings

 

 

708,306

 

1,539,781

 

Other current liabilities

 

356

 

 

255,655

 

Total current liabilities

 

3,014,153

 

9,246,566

 

5,874,196

 

Injuries and damages withholding

 

 

 

955,411

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

 

840,474

 

Other

 

 

 

1,549,548

 

Non-Union pension expense

 

 

 

1,121,863

 

Total liabilities

 

$

3,014,153

 

$

9,246,566

 

$

10,341,492

 

 

F- 147




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

3.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: (Continued)

The net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities attributable to discontinued operations of $(3,157,908) in 2005 and $451,085 in 2004, and $1,032,575 in 2003. The net cash used for investing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $3,405,000 in 2005, $ 0 in 2004 and $ 0 in 2003. The net cash provided by (used in) financing activities attributable to discontinued operations of $649,394 (2005), $(482,696) (2004), and $(347,168) (2003).

The net cash flow used in operating activities attributable to discontinued operations of $1,799,713 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited) and $747,027 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 (unaudited).

The net cash used for investing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $809,635 for six months ended June 30, 2006 and $0 for June 30, 2006 (unaudited). The net cash used for financing activities attributable to discontinued operations was $-0- for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited).

4.    INVESTMENTS:

The following is a summary of marketable securities at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively:

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Costs

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

 

10,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

 

$

10,002

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(2)

 

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

 

9,818

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,014

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

 

$

9,818

 

 

 

$

196

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

10,014

 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury/U.S. Government debt securities

 

 

$

77,471

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,552

)

 

 

$

75,919

 

 

State and political subdivision debt securities

 

 

9,453

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,188

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

 

$

86,924

 

 

 

$

735

 

 

 

$

(1,552

)

 

 

$

86,107

 

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2006 (unaudited), are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations.

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Costs

 

Fair Value

 

Within one year

 

$

10,002

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

F- 148




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

5.    NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK:

On December 30, 2003, the Company, along with the Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary, and G.T.J. Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Affiliated Group”), replaced its then-existing credit facility with a new facility consisting of mortgages and lines of credit which had an expiration date of July 30, 2004. The facility has been renegotiated over several renewals and has now been extended to March 31, 2007. Currently, the entire group has a $6.5 million facility consisting of a $4 million line of credit, which is secured by approximately $4.5 million of cash and bonds held by the Affiliated Group and a $2.5 million second mortgage secured by a mortgage over property owned by G.T.J. Company, Inc., in New York City. The facility of $6.5 million is being used to finance the working capital needs of the Affiliated Group.. The facility bears interest at prime rate and is adjusted from time to time. The loans are collateralized by all tangible assets of the Affiliated Group.

As of June 30, 2006 (unaudited), December 31, 2005, 2004, $0 was outstanding under this line of credit. The line bore interest at a fluctuating rate based on the bank’s prime rate.

The Affiliated Group is required to satisfy certain financial ratios and covenants. Tangible net worth must not be less than $22,000,000 as of December 31, 2005, the cash flow coverage ratio must not be less than 1.1 to 1.0, the leverage ratio shall not be more than 4.5 to 1.0, and capital expenditures shall not be more than $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.

The Affiliated Group did not meet certain covenants for these financial statements and has requested waivers from the bank for the breach of these covenants. Waivers have been provided to the Affiliated Group.

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

Non-Union

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of its nonunion employees. Participant benefits are based on years of service and the participant’s compensation during the last three years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

Plan assets consist primarily of money market investments, fixed income securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities and government securities.

The following tables present certain financial information for the Company’s non-union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

F- 149




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

6,110,018

 

$

5,816,566

 

Service cost

 

253,575

 

236,927

 

Interest cost

 

386,628

 

373,863

 

Actuarial loss

 

728,695

 

(31,264

)

Curtailment gain

 

(1,133,854

)

 

Benefits paid

 

(289,891

)

(286,074

)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of year

 

$

6,055,171

 

$

6,110,018

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

5,677,361

 

$

5,219,331

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

287,163

 

430,354

 

Employer contributions

 

363,600

 

363,600

 

Benefits paid

 

(289,891

)

(286,074

)

Expenses paid

 

(59,413

)

(49,850

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

 

$

5,978,820

 

$

5,677,361

 

Funded status

 

$

(76,351

)

$

(432,657

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

 

26,008

 

Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)

 

554,275

 

843,389

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

477,924

 

$

436,740

 

 

Such amounts are recognized in the balance sheet within prepaid expenses and other at the respective dates.

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit cost

 

$

 

$

436,740

 

Accrued benefit liability (included in other liabilities)

 

(76,351

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

554,275

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

477,924

 

$

436,740

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit obligation shown above at December 31:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

 

F- 150




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefits cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

 

$

126,788

 

$

253,575

 

$

236,927

 

$

238,703

 

Expense cost

 

6,570

 

28,664

 

57,328

 

61,157

 

59,592

 

Interest cost

 

33,900

 

193,314

 

386,628

 

373,863

 

351,850

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(44,667

)

(225,372

)

(450,744

)

(418,055

)

(350,560

)

Amortization of transition amount

 

 

 

 

 

6,737

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

3,930

 

7,859

 

8,860

 

8,860

 

Recognized actuarial loss

 

971

 

24,810

 

49,621

 

27,953

 

45,589

 

Net period benefit cost

 

(3,226

)

152,134

 

304,267

 

290,705

 

360,771

 

FAS 88 Curtailment loss

 

 

 

18,149

 

 

 

Total pension expense

 

$

(3,226

)

$

152,134

 

$

322,416

 

$

290,705

 

$

360,771

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit expense shown above for the years ended at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and for the six months June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

5

%

5.00

%

Expected long-term rare of return on Assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

Included in the Agreement with the City, the non-union plan is to be merged into the Metropolitan Transit’s Authority DB Pension Plan (“MTA DB Plan”). This resulted in a plan curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”. The curtailment was caused by the fact that the non-union employees ceased future benefit accruals under the Command Non-Union Retirement Plan.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a loss of approximately $18,000.

The transfer or plan assets to the MTA DB Pension Plan on February 6, 2006 resulted in the settlement of the company’s obligation with regard to the plan assets and liabilities.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of the plan’s experience gain/(loss) as of the date of settlement or asset transfer date. As a result, the Company recognition of a gain of approximately $330,000 due to transfer or benefit liability in excess of assets plus immediate recognition of existing loss of approximately $810,000 as of the asset transfer date on February 6, 2006 which results in an overall settlement loss of approximately $480,000.

F- 151




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans is based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and the risk of asset classes and the correlation at those returns.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plan at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity securities

 

 

58

%

 

 

58

%

 

Debt securities

 

 

38

%

 

 

38

%

 

Cash and others

 

 

4

%

 

 

4

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

The Company participates in a multi-employer plan that provides health care benefits, including defined postretirement health care benefits, to substantially all nonunion employees. The amount contributed to the plan and charged to benefit cost was $133,323 and $269,112 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited), respectively, and $543,793, $498,481 and $542,771 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Union

In addition, the Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan which covers substantially all of its union employees. Participant benefits are based on the employee’s basic monthly wage rate in effect on January 1, 1997, subject to certain minimum monthly pension as defined in the plan agreement. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that does not exceed the maximum amount that can be deducted for Federal income tax purposes, in accordance with guidelines contained in the union contract. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Plan assets consist primarily of money market funds, equity and debt securities and domestic and international mutual funds.

The following tables present certain financial information for the Company’s union defined benefit pension plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

15,797,750

 

$

13,317,778

 

Service cost

 

567,409

 

541,275

 

Interest cost

 

947,333

 

895,672

 

Amendments

 

28,163

 

343,249

 

Actuarial loss

 

564,390

 

1,320,815

 

Benefits paid

 

(699,752

)

(621,039

)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of year

 

$

17,205,293

 

$

15,797,750

 

 

F- 152




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

12,527,265

 

$

11,359,269

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

697,098

 

1,176,657

 

Employer contributions

 

755,075

 

507,383

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

300,000

 

279,598

 

Benefits paid

 

(699,752

)

(621,039

)

Expenses paid

 

(301,305

)

(174,603

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

 

$

13,278,381

 

$

12,527,265

 

Funded status

 

$

(3,926,912

)

$

(3,270,485

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

 

1,338,646

 

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

3,639,060

 

2,832,869

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(287,852

)

$

901,030

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability (included in other liabilities)

 

$

(3,926,912

)

$

(3,270,485

)

Intangible asset (included in other assets)

 

 

 

1,338,646

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

3,639,060

 

2,832,869

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(287,852

)

$

901,030

 

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit obligation shown above at December 31:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

5.75

%

6.00

%

Compensation increase

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefits cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

23,077

 

$

162,764

 

$

325,527

 

$

273,949

 

$

211,583

 

Expense

 

72,600

 

85,000

 

170,000

 

110,000

 

100,000

 

Interest cost

 

 

473,666

 

947,333

 

895,672

 

844,984

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(79,344

)

(503,112

)

(1,006,226

)

(917,168

)

(796,405

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

158,736

 

317,471

 

311,523

 

311,523

 

Recognized actuarial loss

 

14,600

 

70,256

 

140,514

 

108,083

 

95,136

 

Net period benefit cost

 

30,933

 

447,310

 

894,619

 

782,059

 

766,821

 

FAS 88 Curtailment loss

 

 

 

1,049,338

 

 

 

 

Total pension expense

 

$

30,933

 

$

447,310

 

$

1,943,957

 

$

782,059

 

$

766,821

 

 

F- 153




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s post retirement benefit expense shown above for the years ended at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 (unaudited):

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

6.50

%

7.00

%

Compensation increase

 

 

N/A

%

 

N/A

%

N/A

%

N/A

%

Expected long-term rare of return on Assets

 

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

8.00

%

 

The asset allocation for the Company’s retirement plans are based upon an analysis of the timing and amount of projected benefit payments, the expected returns and the risk of asset classes and the correlation of those returns.

The percentage of asset allocations of the Company’s pension plan at December 31, 2005 and 2004, by asset category were as follows:

 

 

    2005    

 

    2004    

 

Equity securities

 

 

50%

 

 

 

50%

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

49%

 

 

 

49%

 

 

Cash and other

 

 

1%

 

 

 

1%

 

 

Total

 

 

100%

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

Included in the agreement with the City, the union plan is going to be merged into the Metropolitan Transit’s Authority DB Pension Plan (“MTA DB Plan”). This resulted in a plan curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits.”  The curtailment was caused by the fact that the union employees ceased future benefit accruals under the Command Union Retirement Plan.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of unrecognized prior service costs which resulted in a loss of approximately $1,050,000.

The transfer of plan assets to the MTA DB Pension Plan on January 31, 2006, resulted in the settlement of the company’s obligation with regard to the plan assets and liabilities.

SFAS No. 88 requires accelerated amortization or immediate recognition of the plan’s experience gain/(loss) as of the date of settlement or asset transfer date. As a result, the Company recognition of a gain of approximately $3,540,000 due to transfer of benefit liability in excess of assets plus immediate recognition of existing loss of approximately $3,220,000 as of the asset transfer date on January 31, 2006 which results in an overall settlement gain of approximately $320,000.

As a result of the transfer of the Plan’s assets to the MTA DB Plan, the Company is no longer obligated to make benefit payments for both the non-union and Union Plans.

F- 154




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

6.    PENSION PLANS AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS: (Continued)

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its non-union employees which covers all employees who, at the plan’s anniversary date, have completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age. The plan is funded by employee salary deferral contributions and employer discretionary contributions. There were no discretionary contributions made by the Company during 2005, 2004 or 2003.

7.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has an agreement with Varsity Transit, Inc., an entity affiliated through common ownership, whereby Varsity Transit, Inc. provides the Company with certain administrative and data processing services. Total service fees incurred under this agreement and included in other nonoperating expenses were $13,546 and $146,532 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and $573,776, $290,239 and $296,921 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Net advances due to Varsity Transit, Inc. were $1,506,633, $990,918 and $2,113,490 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The Company owed $260,236 and $258,556 to various affiliated companies for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Douglas A. Cooper, Ruskin, Moscou, Faltischek, P.C. (“RMF’’), of which Douglas Cooper is a partner and is the nephew of Jerome Cooper, has acted as counsel to the Company for approximately eight years. Fees paid to RMF for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $ -0-, $ 33,401, and $ 26,825 respectively and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) were $-0- and $-0-, respectively.

8.   INCOME TAXES:

The (benefit) expense from discontinued operations for income taxes for are as follows:

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

$

 

$

356,151

 

$

 

$

 

State and local

 

1,875

 

 

43,054

 

 

 

Deferred

 

(616,656

)

(101,637

)

1,064,003

 

5,138

 

 

 

 

$

(614,781

)

$

(101,637

)

$

1,463,208

 

$

5,138

 

$

1,973

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

F- 155




COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)
and the Years Ended December 2005, 2004, and 2003

8.    INCOME TAXES: (Continued)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities from discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Injuries and damages claims reserves

 

$

 

$

240,822

 

$

328,249

 

Vacation accrual

 

4,499

 

4,499

 

171,611

 

Federal net operating loss and credit carryforwards

 

 

 

600,856

 

State and local taxes, net

 

24,581

 

 

220,050

 

Book over tax depreciation

 

51,686

 

51,686

 

40,397

 

Other

 

 

 

6,834

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

$

80,766

 

$

297,007

 

$

1,367,997

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating subsidy withholdings

 

$

 

$

196,166

 

$

283,592

 

Prepaid insurance

 

 

5,538

 

6,853

 

State and local taxes, net

 

590

 

109,028

 

 

Pension expense

 

 

522,756

 

550,029

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

590

 

833,488

 

840,474

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

80,176

 

$

(536,481

)

$

527,523

 

 

In 2004 and 2003, the provision/benefit for income taxes varies from the Federal statutory income tax rate due to the change in the deferred tax assets valuation allowance and the provision for state and local income taxes.

F- 156




ATTACHMENT A

MERGER AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS MERGER AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 24, 2006, by and among TRIBORO COACH CORP., a New York corporation (“Triboro”); JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC., a New York corporation (“Jamaica”); GREEN BUS LINES, INC., a New York corporation (“Green” and together with Triboro and Jamaica, collectively referred to as the “Bus Companies” and each referred to as a “Bus Company”); GTJ REIT, INC., a Maryland corporation (“GTJ REIT”); TRIBORO ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Triboro Acquisition”); JAMAICA ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Jamaica Acquisition”); and GREEN ACQUISITION, INC., a New York corporation (“Green Acquisition”, and together with Jamaica Acquisition and Triboro Acquisition collectively referred to as the “Acquisition Subsidiaries” and each referred to as an “Acquisition Subsidiary”).

RECITALS

The parties intend to effect mergers of the Bus Companies with and into the Acquisition Subsidiaries, respectively, in accordance with this Agreement and the New York Business Corporation Law (collectively, the “Mergers”). Upon consummation of the Mergers, the Bus Companies will cease to have a separate existence and the Acquisition Subsidiaries will continue as the surviving corporations in the Mergers.

Each of the Acquisition Subsidiaries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GTJ REIT, and has been formed for the purpose of merging a Bus Company with and into an Acquisition Subsidiary, respectively.

The respective boards of directors of the parties hereto have adopted this Agreement and have determined that the Merger, this Agreement, each of the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements, are advisable and fair to and in the best interests of the parties and their respective shareholders.

The boards of directors of the Bus Companies have resolved to recommend to their respective shareholders the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants, agreements and representations and warranties set forth herein, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

1.1    Merger of the Bus Companies into the Acquisition Subsidiaries.    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law (the “NYBCL”), at the Effective Time, as hereinafter defined, (a) Jamaica shall merge with and into Jamaica Acquisition, Triboro shall merge with and into Triboro Acquisition and Green shall merge with and into Green Acquisition, and (b) the separate existence of the Bus Companies shall cease and the respective Acquisition Subsidiaries will continue as the surviving corporations in the Mergers (the “Surviving Corporations”).

1.2    Effect of the Mergers.    The Mergers shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable provisions of the NYBCL.

1.3    Closing; Effective Time.    The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C., 1425 Reckson Plaza, East Tower, Uniondale, New York on the date that is three business days after the date on which all of the conditions to closing have been satisfied (the “Closing Date”). Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,

A- 1




certificates of merger satisfying the requirements of Section 904 of the NYBCL (the “Certificates of Merger”) shall be duly executed by the Acquisition Subsidiaries and concurrently with or immediately following the Closing delivered to the Department of State of the State of New York. The Mergers shall become effective upon the date and time of the filing of the Certificates of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of New York (the “Effective Time”).

1.4    Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Directors and Officers.    From and after the Effective Time:

(a)    the Certificates of Incorporation of the respective Acquisition Subsidiaries shall be the Certificates of Incorporation of the respective Surviving Corporations until thereafter amended as provided by the NYBCL and each such Certificate of Incorporation;

(b)   the Bylaws of the respective Acquisition Subsidiaries shall be the Bylaws of the respective Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided in such Bylaws;

(c)    the directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be the respective individuals who are its directors immediately prior to the Effective Time; and

(d)   the officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be the respective individuals who are its officers immediately prior to the Effective Time.

1.5    Conversion of Shares.    At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Mergers and without any further action on the part of the Bus Companies, the Acquisition Subsidiaries, GTJ REIT or the holders of any capital stock of the Bus Companies, each share of the Bus Companies shall be converted into and become validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the respective Surviving Corporations as described below:

(a)    Each share of Green common stock will be converted into 1,117.429975 shares of GTJ REIT common stock;

(b)   Each share of Triboro common stock will be converted into 2,997.964137 shares of GTJ REIT common stock.

(c)    Each share of Jamaica common stock will be converted into 195.001987 shares of GTJ REIT common stock.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the effective time of the mergers, the exchange agent will mail to the record holders of the Bus Companies’ common stock: (i) a letter of transmittal in customary form (including a provision confirming that delivery of certificates for GTJ REIT common stock shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the stock certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of such stock certificates to the exchange agent), and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of stock certificates in exchange for GTJ REIT common stock as contemplated by this Agreement. Upon surrender of a stock certificate to the exchange agent for exchange, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the exchange agent or the company, (1) the holder of such stock certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore, the number of GTJ REIT shares of common stock resulting from the application of the exchange ratios set forth above, and (2) the stock certificate so surrendered shall be canceled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Bus Companies’ stock certificates shall be deemed, from and after the effective time of the Merger, to represent only such number of shares of common stock resulting from the application of the exchange ratios set forth above. If any stock certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, GTJ REIT may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance of its shares of common stock, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate to provide an appropriate affidavit and to deliver a bond (in such sum as the surviving corporation may reasonably direct) as indemnity against any

A- 2




claim that may be made against the exchange agent, and GTJ REIT, as the surviving corporation with respect to such stock certificate.

1.6    Closing of each of the Bus Company’s Transfer Books .    At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of each Bus Company shall be closed with respect to all shares of each Bus Company’s common stock. No further transfer of any such shares of Bus Company Common Stock shall be made on such stock transfer books after the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, a valid certificate previously representing any shares of any Bus Company Common Stock is presented to the respective Surviving Corporation, such Bus Company Stock Certificate shall be converted as provided in Section 1.5.

1.7    Further Action.    If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is determined by GTJ REIT to be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest the Surviving Corporations with full right, title and possession of and to all rights and property of Bus Companies, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporations shall be fully authorized (in the name of Bus Companies) to take such action.

1.8    Adjustment to Bus Companies’ Common Stock.    In the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification, recapitalization, split, combination or exchange with respect to any Bus Company Common Stock occurring before the Effective Time, the number of shares of the Common Stock of the respective Surviving Corporations to be issued hereunder shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification, recapitalization, split, combination or exchange.

SECTION 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUS COMPANIES

Each Bus Company represents and warrants to each of GTJ REIT, the Acquisition Subsidiaries, and each of the other Bus Companies, severally as to itself and its subsidiaries, and not jointly, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

2.1    Due Organization; Subsidiaries.    Each Bus Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York and has all requisite corporate power and authority: (a) to conduct its business in the manner in which its business is currently being conducted; (b) to own, lease and use its assets in the manner in which its assets are currently owned, leased and used; and (c) to perform its obligations under all Material Contracts by which it is bound. Each Bus Company has delivered to GTJ REIT and the Acquisition Subsidiaries accurate and complete copies of (i) its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other charter or organizational documents, including all amendments thereto and (ii) the existing minutes and other records of the meetings and other proceedings (including any actions taken by written consent or otherwise without a meeting) of the shareholders or members of the Bus Company, the board of directors of the Bus Company and all committees of the board of directors of the Bus Company (the items described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence are collectively referred to herein as the “Acquired Companies Constituent Documents”). The Bus Companies and each of its Subsidiaries on the date hereof are collectively referred to herein as the “Acquired Companies”.

2.2    Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement.

(a)    Each Bus Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and, subject to the Required Company Shareholder Vote, as hereinafter defined, to perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party. The board of directors of each Bus Company (at a meeting duly called and held) has: (a) determined that the Merger, this Agreement, each other related document entered into on or prior to the Closing (the “Ancillary Agreements”) to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements are advisable and fair to and in the best interests of each Bus Company and its shareholders, (b) authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance by each Bus Company of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party

A- 3




and approved the Merger, this Agreement, each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Ancillary Agreements and (c) recommended the adoption of this Agreement by the holders of each Bus Company Common Stock and directed that this Agreement be submitted for consideration by each Bus Company’s shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting, as hereinafter defined.

(b)    The execution, delivery and performance by each Bus Company of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each Bus Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each Bus Company, subject to the Required Bus Company Shareholder Vote. This Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which each Bus Company is a party has been duly executed by each Bus Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Bus Company, enforceable against each Bus Company in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

2.3    Capitalization.

(a)    The authorized capital stock of Triboro consists of 3,500 shares of Common Stock, $100 par value per share and 2,000 shares of Preferred Stock. $100 par value per share, the authorized capital stock of Jamaica consists of 12,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, and the authorized capital stock of Green consists of 4,755 shares of Common Stock, no par value (“Common Stock” or “Preferred Stock”). As of the date hereof, 1,277.1 shares of Triboro Common Stock and no shares of Triboro Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, 10,064 shares of Jamaica Common Stock were issued and outstanding and 3,766.5 shares of Green Common Stock were issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable. There are no shares of Common Stock held by any of the Bus Company’s Subsidiaries. None of the outstanding shares of Bus Company Common Stock is entitled or subject to any preemptive right, right of participation, right of maintenance or any similar right (whether pursuant to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Bus Companies or any contract: (i) to which any of the Acquired Companies is a party; (ii) by which any of the Acquired Companies or any asset of any of the Acquired Companies is bound or under which any of the Acquired Companies has any obligation; or (iii) under which any of the Acquired Companies has any right or interest (each an “Acquired Company Contract”) or any statute to which any of the Acquired Companies is subject). None of the Acquired Companies is under any obligation, or is bound by any Acquired Company Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Common Stock or capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Bus Companies or to provide any funds to or make any investment in (A) any Subsidiary of the Bus Companies that is not wholly-owned by GTJ REIT or (B) any other individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, governmental body or any other entity (collectively, “Person”).

(b)    There is no:  (i) outstanding subscription, option, call, warrant or right (whether or not currently exercisable) granted by a Bus Company to acquire any shares of the capital stock or other securities of any of the Bus Companies; (ii) outstanding security, instrument or obligation that is or may become convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of the capital stock or other securities of any of the Bus Companies; (iii) rights agreement, shareholder rights plan (or similar plan commonly referred to as a “poison pill”) or contract under which any of the Bus Companies is or may become obligated to issue, deliver or sell or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any other securities ((i) through (iii) collectively, “Stock Rights”).

A- 4




(c)    All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Bus Company’s Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and are validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned beneficially and of record by the Bus Company, free and clear of any liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever.

2.4    Financial Statements.

(a)    The consolidated financial statements of the Bus Companies as provided by the Bus Companies for inclusion in GTJ REIT’s registration statement on form S-11 (including any related notes) for the years ended December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 (the “Bus Company Financial Statements”): (i) were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered (except as may be indicated in the notes to such financial statements, and except that the unaudited financial statements may not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material in amount); and (ii) fairly and accurately presented the consolidated financial position of the Bus Companies and its consolidated Subsidiaries, in all material respects, as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Bus Companies and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods then ended, subject in the case of the unaudited consolidated financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and any other adjustments described therein.

(b)    The Bus Company Financial Statements were prepared from the books and records of the Bus Companies and its Subsidiaries and are in accordance with all material and applicable Legal Requirements.

(c)    The books and records of the Acquired Companies that have an operating business as of the date hereof have been and are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and all other applicable legal and accounting requirements in all material respects.

2.5    Absence of Changes.    Except as permitted by the terms of this Agreement from and after the date hereof:

(a)    each of the Acquired Companies has operated its respective business in the ordinary course of business;

(b)    there has been no Material Adverse Effect, as hereinafter defined, and no fact, event, circumstance or condition exists or has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected (either individually or in the aggregate) to have, a Material Adverse Effect on any Acquired Company. One or more related events, facts, violations, breaches, inaccuracies, circumstances or other matters will be deemed to be a “Material Adverse Effect” if such events, facts, violations, breaches, inaccuracies, circumstances or other matters had or would reasonably be expected to have or give rise to, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, assets, liabilities, operations or financial performance of the Acquired Companies , taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, provided, however, that none of the following shall be deemed to constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (a) any change in and of itself in the market price or trading volume of the Company’s stock after the date hereof; (b) changes in general economic conditions in the United States or abroad (including, without limitation, any effect that acts of terrorism or outbreak of war have on such general economic conditions); or (c) legal, governmental or regulatory factors (including, without limitation, any effect that acts of terrorism or outbreak of war have on such legal, governmental or regulatory factors) generally affecting companies in the Company’s industry; and

(c)    none of the Acquired Companies has taken any action which, if taken after the date of this Agreement, would be prohibited by Section 4.1.

A- 5




2.6    Proprietary Assets.

(a)    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6, the Acquired Companies have good and valid title to all patent, patent application, trademark (whether registered or unregistered), trademark application, trade name, fictitious business name, service mark (whether registered or unregistered), registered service mark application, copyright (whether registered or unregistered), copyright application, registered maskwork, maskwork application, trade secret, know-how, customer list, franchise, system, computer software, computer program, source code, algorithm, invention, design, blueprint, engineering drawing, domain names, proprietary product, technology, proprietary right or other intellectual property right or intangible asset owned by or licensed to any of the Acquired Companies (the “Acquired Company Proprietary Assets”), free and clear of all encumbrances, except for (i) any lien for current taxes not yet due and payable, and (ii) minor liens that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and that do not (either individually or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the Acquired Company Proprietary Asset subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Acquired Companies. The Acquired Companies own or have a valid right to use, all Proprietary Assets that are used in the business, operations or products of the Acquired Companies, except to the extent that a failure by any Acquired Company to so own or have the valid right to use any such Proprietary Asset would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on any Acquired Company.

(b)    (i) All trademarks, service marks and copyrights owned by each Acquired Company are valid, enforceable and subsisting; (ii) to the knowledge of each Bus Company, none of the Acquired Company Proprietary Assets that is used in the business, operations or products of the Acquired Companies and no Proprietary Asset that is currently being developed by any of the Acquired Companies (either by itself or with any other Person) infringes, misappropriates or conflicts with any Proprietary Asset owned or used by any other Person; (iii) none of the Acquired Companies has received any written notice or other communication (in writing) of any actual, alleged, possible or potential infringement, misappropriation or unlawful or unauthorized use of, any material Acquired Company Proprietary Asset owned or used by any other Person; and (iv) to the knowledge of each Bus Company, no other Person is infringing, misappropriating or making any unlawful or unauthorized use of, and no Acquired Company Proprietary Asset owned or used by any other Person infringes or conflicts with, any material Acquired Company Proprietary Asset. None of the Acquired Companies has (i) licensed any material Acquired Company Proprietary Asset to any Person, or (ii) entered into any covenant not to compete or contract limiting its ability to exploit fully any material Acquired Company Proprietary Asset or to transact business in any market or geographical area or with any Person.

2.7    Material Contracts.

(a)    For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following Acquired Company Contracts, and only the following Acquired Company Contracts, shall be deemed to constitute a “Material Contract”:

(i)     any Acquired Company Contract relating to the employment of any employee, and any Acquired Company Contract pursuant to which any of the Acquired Companies is or may become obligated to make any severance, termination, bonus or relocation payment or any other payment (other than payments in respect of salary) in excess of $25,000, to any current or former employee, officer or director or any Acquired Company Contract which provides for the acceleration of vesting of any options or acceleration of other rights to acquire shares of each Bus Company’s Common Stock;

(ii)   any Acquired Company Contract relating to the acquisition, transfer, development, sharing or lease of any Acquired Company Proprietary Asset;

A- 6




(iii)  any Acquired Company Contract which provides for indemnification of any officer, director, employee or agent of any of the Acquired Companies or any other Person;

(iv)   any Acquired Company Contract imposing any restriction on the right or ability of any Acquired Company to (A) compete with any other Person, (B) solicit the employment of, or employ, any Person, (C) acquire any material product or other material asset or any services from any other Person, sell any material product or other material asset to or perform any services for any other Person or transact business or deal in any other manner with any other Person, (D) develop or distribute any material technology, (E) make, have made, use or sell any current products or products under development, or (F) acquire any capital stock or other security of any Person;

(v)    any Acquired Company Contract that contemplates or involves payment or delivery of cash or other consideration or the performance of services in an amount or having a value in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate;

(vi)   any other Acquired Company Contract, if a breach by any Bus Company or any other party thereto of such contract would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vii) any Acquired Company Contract requiring that any of the Acquired Companies give any notice or provide any information to any Person prior to considering or accepting any bona fide, unsolicited, written proposal contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Transaction, as hereinafter defined, or similar transaction. Acquisition Transaction shall mean any transaction or series of transactions involving:

(A)   any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, issuance of securities, direct or indirect acquisition of securities, recapitalization, tender offer, exchange offer or other similar transaction in which (i) any of the Acquired Companies is a constituent corporation, (ii) a Person or “group” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder) of Persons directly or indirectly acquires, in a single or series of related transactions, beneficial or record ownership of securities representing more than 10% of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities of any of the Acquired Companies, or (iii) any of the Acquired Companies issues securities representing more than 10% of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities of any of the Acquired Companies;

(B)   any sale or disposition of any business or businesses or of assets that constitute or account for 10% or more of the consolidated net revenues, net income or assets of any of the Acquired Companies, other than in the ordinary course of business; or

(C)   any liquidation or dissolution of any of the Acquired Companies;

(viii)         any Acquired Company Contract under which any Acquired Company leases any real property (collectively, the “Real Property Leases”, and the land, buildings and other improvements covered by the Real Property Leases being herein called the “Leased Real Property”);

(ix)   any Acquired Company Contract relating to any Indebtedness, guarantying the performance of any Person or guarantying any Indebtedness; and

(x)    any Acquired Company Contract that restricts the ability of any Acquired Company to assert any material claims or initiate any material Legal Proceedings against any other Person.

(b)    All Material Contracts are set forth on Schedule 2.7(b). Each Material Contract is valid, binding and in full force and effect and is enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of

A- 7




debtors, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(c)    None of the Acquired Companies has violated or breached, in any material respect, without curing such violation or breach prior to the date hereof, or is in any material default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, any Material Contract. To the knowledge of each Bus Company, none of the other parties to any Material Contract has violated or breached, in any material respect, without curing such violation or breach prior to the date hereof, or is in any material default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, any Material Contract.

2.8    Liabilities.    None of the Acquired Companies has any liabilities of any nature, whether accrued or contingent, either matured or unmatured (whether due or to become due or of a type required to be recorded or reflected on a balance sheet, including the footnotes thereto, under GAAP), except for:  (i) liabilities or obligations disclosed and provided for in the Bus Company Financial Statements or in the notes thereto; (ii) liabilities that have been incurred by the Acquired Companies since March 31, 2006 in the ordinary course of business which have not resulted in and are not reasonably expected to result in any material increase in each Bus Company’s liabilities from those disclosed or provided for in each Bus Company balance sheet or in the related notes; and (iii) liabilities arising from or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.9    Governmental Authorizations.    Each of the Acquired Companies holds all material Governmental Authorizations necessary to enable such Acquired Company to conduct its business in the manner in which such business is currently being conducted. All such Governmental Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect. Each Acquired Company is, and at all times has been, in material compliance with the terms and requirements of such Governmental Authorizations.

2.10    Tax Matters.

(a)    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10, all material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to any of the Acquired Companies with any Governmental Body (the “Acquired Company Returns”) (i) have been or will be filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date), and (ii) have been, or will be when filed, prepared in all material respects in substantial compliance with applicable Legal Requirements. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10, all material Taxes shown on the Acquired Company Returns to be due on or before the Closing Date have been or will be paid on or before the Closing Date. Each of the Bus Company Financial Statements accrue all actual and contingent liabilities for Taxes with respect to all periods through the dates thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(b)    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10, no audit or other proceeding by any Governmental Body is pending or threatened with respect to any Taxes due from or with respect to the Acquired Companies. No Governmental Body has given written notice of its intention to assert any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes against the Acquired Companies. No claim has been made against the Acquired Companies by any Governmental Body in a jurisdiction where the Acquired Companies do not file Tax Returns that the Acquired Companies are or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. All deficiencies for Taxes asserted or assessed against the Acquired Companies have been fully and timely paid, settled or properly reflected in the most recent financial statements.

(c)    The Acquired Companies have made available correct and complete copies of all material Tax Returns, examination reports and statements of deficiencies for taxable periods, or transactions consummated, for which the applicable statutory periods of limitations have not expired.

(d)    No Acquired Company is a party to any contract relating to the sharing, allocation or indemnification of Taxes (collectively, “Tax Sharing Agreements”) or has any liability for Taxes of any Person under Treasury Regulation § 1.1502-6, Treasury Regulation § 1.1502-78 or any similar state, local or foreign Legal Requirements, as a transferee or successor, or otherwise.

A- 8




(e)    The Acquired Companies have each withheld (or will withhold) from their respective employees, independent contractors, creditors, stockholders and third parties, and timely paid to the appropriate taxing authority, proper and accurate amounts in all material respects for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date in compliance with all Tax withholding and remitting provisions of applicable Legal Requirements. The Acquired Companies have each complied in all material respects with all Tax information reporting provisions under applicable Legal Requirements.

(f)     Any adjustment of Taxes of the Acquired Companies made by the IRS in writing, which adjustment is required to be reported to the appropriate state, local, or foreign Taxing authorities, has been so reported.

2.11    Employee and Labor Matters; Benefit Plans.

(a)    Schedule 2.11(a) lists each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section-3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), including all stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, profit-sharing, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), whether formal or informal, oral or written, under which (i) any current or former employee, director or consultant of any Acquired Company has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored or maintained by any Acquired Company, or (ii) any Acquired Company has any present or future liability. All such plans, agreements, programs, policies and arrangements shall be collectively referred to as the “Acquired Company Employee Plans.”

(b)    Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11(b), (i) each Acquired Company Employee Plan has been established, maintained and administered in accordance with its terms, and in substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and other applicable Legal Requirements; (ii) each Acquired Company Employee Plan which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Code Section 40 1(a) is so qualified, has received a favorable determination letter as to its qualification, and nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (iii) no “reportable event” (as such term is defined in ERISA Section 4043) “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in ERISA Section 406 and Code Section 4975) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as such term is defined in ERISA Section 302 and Code Section 412 (whether or not waived)) has occurred with respect to any Acquired Company Employee Plan, (iv) no Acquired Company has incurred any current or projected liability in respect of post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for current, former or retired employees of any Acquired Company, except as required to avoid any excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code or otherwise except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Legal Requirements, (v) no event has occurred and no condition exists that would subject any Acquired Company, either directly or by reason of their affiliation with any member of their “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code), to any tax, fine, lien, penalty or other liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable laws, rules and regulations, (vi) no Acquired Company Employee Plan is a split-dollar life insurance program or otherwise provides for loans to executive officers (within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), and (vii) for each Acquired Company Employee Plan with respect to which a Form 5500 has been filed, no material change has occurred with respect to the matters covered by the most recent Form 5500 since the date thereof.

(c)    None of the Acquired Company Employee Plans is subject to Title IV of ERISA and no Acquired Company, nor any member of the Controlled Group of any Acquired Company, has

A- 9




incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA which remains unsatisfied. Neither any Acquired Company, nor any organization to which any Acquired Company is a successor or parent corporation within the meaning of Section 4069(b) of ERISA, has engaged in any transaction described in Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(c), within the five years preceding the date of this Agreement, neither any Acquired Company, nor any member of the Controlled Group of any Acquired Company, has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA.

(d)    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(d), no Acquired Company Employee Plan is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001 (a)(3) of ERISA) and neither any Acquired Company, nor any members of their Controlled Group has at any time sponsored or contributed to, or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of, any multiemployer plan.

(e)    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(e), with respect to each Acquired Company Employee Plan, (i) no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or, to the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, are threatened, (ii) no facts or circumstances exist that could give rise to any such actions, suits or claims, and (iii) no administrative investigation, audit or other proceeding by the Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Internal Revenue Service or other Governmental Bodies are pending, in progress, or to the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, threatened.

(f)     None of the Acquired Companies has proposed or agreed to any increase in benefits under any Acquired Company Employee Plan (or the creation of new benefits) or change in employee coverage beyond current levels which would materially increase the expense of maintaining the Acquired Company Employee Plan above the level of expense incurred in respect thereof for the most recent fiscal year ended prior to the date hereof. None of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the execution of this Agreement or shareholder approval of this Agreement (whether alone or in connection with any subsequent event(s)) will (i) entitle any employee of any Acquired Company to severance pay or any increase in severance pay upon any termination of employment after the date of this Agreement, (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or result in any payment or funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of compensation or benefits under, increase the amount payable or result in any other material obligation pursuant to, any of the Acquired Company Employee Plans, (iii) limit or restrict the right of either of the Bus Companies to merge, amend or terminate any of the Acquired Company Employee Plans, or (v) result in payments under any of the Acquired Company Employee Plans which would not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code.

(g)    No Acquired Company Employee Plan covers employees of any Acquired Company outside of the United States.

(h)    There is no contract, plan or arrangement covering any Person that, individually or in the aggregate, will give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible by any Bus Company or any of their respective subsidiaries by reason of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(i)     Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(i), there are no controversies pending or threatened, between any of the Acquired Companies and any of their respective employees which controversies have had, or would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) each of the Acquired Companies is in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, employment discrimination, disability rights or benefits, equal opportunity, plant closure issues, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, severance payments, labor relations, employee leave issues, occupational safety and health requirements and unemployment insurance and related matters; and (iii) none of the Bus Companies are obligated to make any payments or provide any benefits to any Person under the Worker Adjustment and

A- 10




Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar plant closing or mass layoff law, such as California Labor Code Section 1400 et seq.

2.12    Environmental Matters.    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.12, each of the Acquired Companies is and, to the extent that the relevant statutes of limitation have not run, has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, which compliance includes the possession by each of the Acquired Companies of all material Governmental Authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws, and material compliance with the terms and conditions thereof. None of the Acquired Companies has received any written notice or other written communication, whether from a Governmental Body, citizens group, employee or otherwise, that alleges that any of the Acquired Companies is not in compliance in all material respects with any Environmental Law, and, to the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, there are no circumstances that may prevent or interfere with material compliance by any of the Acquired Companies with any Environmental Law in the future. To the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, (i) no property that is leased to the Acquired Companies, and no surface water, groundwater or soil at or under such property contains Materials of Environmental Concern that would be reasonably likely to result in material liability or material costs to the Acquired Companies, and (ii) none of the Acquired Companies has any material liability for any clean-up or remediation under any Environmental Law or the exposure of any individual to Materials of Environmental Concern.

2.13    Legal Proceedings; Orders.    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13, there are no material Legal Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against (a) any of the Acquired Companies or (b) any director, officer or employee of any of the Acquired Companies or other Person for whom any of the Acquired Companies may be liable. There is no order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which any of the Acquired Companies, or any of the material assets owned or used by any of the Acquired Companies, is subject.

2.14    Vote Required.    The affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each of the Bus Company’s Common Stock on the record date for each of the Bus Company’s Shareholders’ Meeting (the “Required Company Shareholder Vote”) is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of each of the Bus Company’s capital stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and otherwise approve the Mergers and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments of Indebtedness of any of the Acquired Companies that have the right to vote, or that are convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote, on any matters on which stockholders of each of the Bus Companies may vote.

2.15    Non-Contravention.    The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Bus Companies of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each of the Bus Companies of its respective Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements do not and will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(a)    contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of any of the Acquired Companies or any resolution adopted by the shareholders, the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors of any of the Acquired Companies;

(b)    contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation of any Legal Requirement or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which any of the Acquired Companies, or any of the material assets owned or used by any of the Acquired Companies, is subject;

(c)    contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any material Governmental Authorization that is held by any of the Acquired Companies or

A- 11




that otherwise relates to the business of any of the Acquired Companies or to any of the assets owned or used by any of the Acquired Companies;

(d)    contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, in any material respect, any provision of any Material Contract, or give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Material Contract, (ii) a rebate, chargeback, penalty or change in delivery schedule under any Material Contract, (iii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any Material Contract, or (iv) cancel, terminate, amend or modify any material term of any Material Contract;

(e)    require any consent, approval or other authorization of, or filing with or notification to, any Person under any Material Contract, or

(f)     cause the creation or imposition of any encumbrances on any assets owned or used by any of the Acquired Companies.

2.16    Governmental Filings.    The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Bus Companies of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each of the Bus Companies of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements do not and will not require any consent, approval or other authorization of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Body, other than the filing of the Certificates of Merger with the Department of State of the State of New York.

2.17    Broker.    No broker, finder, investment banker or any other Person is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the Mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.18    Related Party Transactions.

For purposes of this Section 2.18, each of the following shall be deemed to be a “Related Party”:

(i)     each individual who is an “executive officer” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or director of any of the Acquired Companies;

(ii)   each member of the “immediate family” (as such term is defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)) of each of the individuals referred to in clause “(i)” above; and

(iii)  any trust or other Entity (other than the Acquired Companies) in which any one of the individuals referred to in clauses “(i)” and “(ii)” above holds (or in which more than one of such individuals collectively hold), beneficially or otherwise, any voting, proprietary, equity or other financial interest.

Except as set forth in Schedule 2.18:

(a)    no Related Party is indebted to any of the Acquired Companies;

(b)    no Related Party has any direct or indirect financial interest in, any Material Contract, transaction or business dealing involving the Acquired Companies;

(c)    no Related Party is competing, directly or indirectly, with the Acquired Companies;

(d)    no Related Party has any claim or right against the Acquired Companies; and

(e)    no Related Party owns any assets used by any of the Acquired Companies in its business.

A- 12




2.19    Real Property.

(a)    Owned Properties.    Schedule 2.19 sets forth all real property owned by the Acquired Companies (“Real Property”). Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19, the Acquired Companies have good and valid title to Real Property, free and clear of all encumbrances, except for (i) any lien for current taxes not yet due and payable, and (ii) minor liens that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and that do not (either individually or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the Real Property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Acquired Companies.

(b)    Leases.    Set forth on Schedule 2.19 is a true, correct and complete schedule of all leases, subleases, licenses and other agreements (collectively, the “Leases”) granting to any person any right to the possession, use, occupancy or enjoyment of any real property owned by the Acquired Companies. Each Lease is valid, binding and in full force and effect. All rent and other sums and charges payable by the tenant or occupant thereunder (the “Tenant”) are current. No notice of default or termination under any Lease is outstanding and no termination event or condition or uncured default on the part of the Applicable Acquired Company or, to the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, the Tenant exists under any Lease. To the knowledge of each of the Bus Companies, no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default or termination event or condition.

(c)    Condemnation.    None of the Acquired Companies has received written notice of any pending, threatened or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Real Property or any part thereof or of any sale or other disposition of the Real Property or any part thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d)    Casualty.    Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19(d), no portion of the Real Property has suffered any material damage by fire or other casualty which has not heretofore been repaired and restored.

2.20    Compliance with Laws.    None of the Acquired Companies is in conflict with, or in default or violation of, in any material respects, any Legal Requirements applicable to it or by which any of the assets owned or used by any Acquired Company is bound.

2.21    Insurance.    The Acquired Companies maintain, and have maintained without interruption, policies or binders of insurance covering risks and events and in amounts adequate for their respective businesses and operations in which they operate. Such policies will not terminate as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.22    Full Disclosure.    None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of each of the Bus Companies for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement to be sent to each of the Bus Companies’ shareholders will, at the time the Registration Statement is filed with the SEC and when the Proxy Statement is mailed to the shareholders of each of the Bus Companies, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

A- 13




SECTION 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
GTJ REIT AND THE ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARIES

Each of the GTJ REIT and Acquisition Subsidiaries represents and warrants to each of the Bus Companies as of the date hereof and the Closing Date as follows:

3.1    Due Organization; Subsidiaries.    It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, and has the requisite corporate power and authority: (i) to conduct its business in the manner in which its business is currently being conducted and (ii) to own and use its assets in the manner in which its assets are currently owned and used.

3.2    Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement.    It has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and has authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and approved the Merger, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements. This Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it, in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

3.3    Non-Contravention.    The execution, delivery and performance by GTJ REIT and each Acquisition Subsidiary of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by GTJ REIT and each Acquisition Subsidiary of the Mergers and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements do not and will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (ii) contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation of any Legal Requirement or any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which it is subject.

3.4    Governmental Filing .    The execution, delivery and performance by GTJ REIT and each Acquisition Subsidiary of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation by GTJ REIT and each Acquisition Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements do not and will not require any consent, approval or other authorization of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Body, other than the delivery and filing of the Certificates of Merger with the Department of State of the State of New York;

3.5    Full Disclosure.    None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of GTJ REIT and the Acquisition Subsidiaries for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement to be filed with the SEC and the Proxy Statement that will be mailed to the shareholders of the Bus Companies will, at the time the Registration Statement is filed or the Proxy Statement is mailed to the shareholders of the Bus Companies, or at the time of the Bus Company’s Shareholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading

A- 14




SECTION 4
CERTAIN COVENANTS OF EACH OF THE BUS COMPANIES

4.1    Operation of each of the Acquired Companies’ Business.

(a)     During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Effective Time (the “Pre-Closing Period”), each of the Bus Companies shall: (i) ensure that each of the Acquired Companies conducts its business and operations (A) in the ordinary course of business, and (B) in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and the requirements of all Acquired Company Contracts; (ii) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts, as hereinafter defined, to ensure that each of the Acquired Companies preserves intact its current business organization, keeps available the services of its current officers and employees (except when in the good faith judgment of each of the Bus Companies such services are not in the best interests of either of the Bus Companies) and maintains its relations and goodwill with all material suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, licensors, licensees, employees and other Persons having business relationships with the respective Acquired Companies; (iii) provide all notices, assurances and support required by any Material Contract relating to any Proprietary Asset in order to ensure that no condition under such Material Contract occurs which could result in, or could increase the likelihood of any transfer by any Acquired Company of any Proprietary Asset; (iv) make all filings and payments necessary or reasonable to keep all registered or issued Proprietary Assets that are material to and used in the business in full force and effect; (v) keep in full force and effect (with the same scope and limits of coverage) all insurance policies in effect as of the date of this Agreement covering all material assets of the Acquired Companies; and (vi) provide GTJ REIT and its authorized representatives with access at reasonable times upon prior written notice to the properties, books, records, tax returns, contracts, information, documents and personnel of the Bus Companies as they relate to their businesses as GTJ REIT may reasonably request for the purpose of making such investigation of GTJ REIT’s business, properties, financial condition and results of operations as GTJ REIT may deem appropriate or necessary.

(b)     During the Pre-Closing Period, each of the Bus Companies shall not, and shall not permit any of the other Acquired Companies to, take any of the following actions, without the prior written consent of GTJ REIT:

(i)         declare, accrue, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock or repurchase, redeem or otherwise reacquire any shares of capital stock or other securities, except repurchases of unvested shares at cost in connection with the termination of the employment or consulting relationship with any employee or consultant pursuant to stock option or purchase agreements existing as of the date of this Agreement;

(ii)        sell, issue, deliver, grant or authorize the sale, issuance, delivery or grant of (A) any capital stock or other security, (B) any stock rights, options or equity-based compensation awards, (C) any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock or other security;

(iii)      enter into any contract or otherwise agree with respect to the sale, voting, repurchase or registration of any capital stock or other securities;

(iii)      amend or permit the adoption of any amendment to any of the Acquired Companies Constituent Documents, or effect or become a party to any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction;

A- 15




(iv)       acquire any equity interest or other interest in any other Entity;

(v)        make capital expenditures that exceed $250,000 in the aggregate;

(vi)       except in the ordinary course of business, enter into any contract, or modify or amend any existing contract, providing for (A) severance or termination pay, (B) indemnification of officers and directors, or (C) benefits which are contingent upon the occurrence of a transaction involving the Company of the nature contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise granting any severance or termination pay to any present or former director, officer or employee of any Acquired Company;

(vii)      except in the ordinary course of business, purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any right or other asset from any other Person or sell, transfer, convey, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of, or lease or license, any right or other asset to any other Person (except for purchases and sales of assets by each of the Bus Companies not having a value, or not requiring payments to be made or received, in excess of $10,000 individually and $50,000 in the aggregate), or waive, relinquish or otherwise impair any material right or any duties or obligations of confidentiality;

(viii)    abandon or fail to enforce any Proprietary Assets that are material to and used in the business, operations or products of the Acquired Companies;

(ix)       lend money or other property to any Person, including, without limitation, any present or former director, officer or employee of either of the Bus Companies or any Acquired Company, or incur or guarantee any indebtedness;

(x)        except in the ordinary course of business, incur, assume or prepay any Indebtedness, or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible for the obligations of any other Person;

(xi)       except in the ordinary course of business: (A) enter into any contract that would constitute a Material Contract had it been entered into as of the date of this Agreement, or (B) terminate, cancel or request any material change in any Material Contract or any contract entered into pursuant to clause (A) above;

(xii)      waive, release, assign, settle or compromise any material Legal Proceedings;

(xiii)    except in the ordinary course of business pursuant to existing agreements and Acquired Company Employee Plans, (A) establish, adopt, amend, terminate or make contributions to any Acquired Company Employee Plan or any plan, agreement, program, policy, trust, fund or other arrangement that would be an Acquired Company Employee Plan if it were in existence as of the date of this Agreement; (B) pay any bonus or make any profit-sharing or similar payment to, or increase the amount of the hourly wage rates, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to, any of its present or former directors, officers or employees, or (C) become obligated to do any of the foregoing;

(xiv)     change any of its methods of accounting or Tax or accounting practices except as required by GAAP or applicable Tax Legal Requirements;

(xv)      make or revoke any material Tax elections or file any amended Tax Returns except as required by applicable Legal Requirements;

A- 16




(xvi)     take or agree to take any action which would result in the failure to satisfy the conditions provided for in Section 6.1 or Section 6.2; or

(xvii)    authorize, agree or commit to take any of the actions described in clauses “(i)” through “(xvi)” of this Section 4.1(b).

(c)     During the Pre-Closing Period, each of the Bus Companies shall, and shall cause the other Acquired Companies to:

(i)         prepare and timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed by them on or before the Closing Date (“Post-Signing Returns”), except as otherwise required by applicable laws;

(ii)        fully and timely pay all Taxes due and payable in respect of such Post-Signing Returns that are so filed except as required by applicable Legal Requirements;

(iii)      properly reserve (and reflect such reserve in their books and records and financial statements) for all Taxes payable by them for which no Post-Signing Return is due prior to the Effective Time; and

(iv)       notify GTJ REIT of any Legal Proceeding or audit pending or threatened in writing against the Acquired Companies in respect of any Tax matter, including Tax liabilities and refund claims.

4.2    Confidentiality.    The Bus Companies acknowledge that they each will have and have had access to business information pertaining to all relevant parties’ business including construction projects, bids, subcontractors, marketing and sale strategies, routes, bid pricing, financial data, market research, engineering know-how and other information which is not otherwise readily available in the marketplace in which the parties conduct their businesses (hereinafter referred to as “Proprietary Information”). Accordingly, the Bus Companies hereby agree that they shall not disclose to any person or entity any Proprietary Information and (i) such other information which is known by them to be confidential and/or otherwise not available in the marketplace of the companies and (ii) such information the disclosure of which each knows or is reasonably expected to know will be detrimental to GTJ REIT (hereinafter items (i) and (ii) shall be collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”); and each further agrees to hold all such Proprietary Information and Confidential Information in trust solely for the benefit of GTJ REIT. The Bus Companies further agree that they shall not, directly or indirectly, use any such Proprietary Information or Confidential Information on behalf of any person or entity without GTJ REIT’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

5.1    Registration Statement and Proxy Statement.    As promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, GTJ REIT shall prepare and file the Registration Statement with the SEC, and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to have same declared effective by the SEC (which efforts shall include the filing of amendments thereto where necessary). Commercially Reasonable Efforts shall mean the Person’s efforts in accordance with reasonable commercial practices and without the payment of any money to any third party except the incurrence of reasonable costs and expenses that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in the context of the commercial objective to be achieved under this Agreement by the Person that has the applicable obligation to use such efforts to achieve such objective. GTJ REIT shall provide the Bus Companies with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such draft (and any amendments thereto). Upon receipt of written notice from the SEC that the Registration Statement has been declared effective, the Bus

A- 17




Companies shall cause a proxy statement (in a form reasonably satisfactory to GTJ REIT) to be mailed to their respective shareholders as promptly as reasonably possible. The Bus Companies shall bear all expenses in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the proxy statement, shareholder meetings and all related transactions, including all counsel fees and expenses of GTJ REIT. GTJ REIT and each of the Bus Companies shall promptly furnish to the other party all information concerning such party that may be required or reasonably requested in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 5.1.

5.2    Shareholders’ Meeting.    The Bus Companies shall call, give notice of and hold a joint meeting of the holders and beneficial owners of their Common Stock to vote separately and not jointly on a proposal to adopt this Agreement (the “Shareholders’ Meeting”) and the transactions contemplated herein. The Shareholders’ Meeting shall be held as promptly as reasonably practicable after the mailing of the Proxy Statement to the shareholders of the Bus Companies.

5.3    Regulatory Approvals.

(a)     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, each of GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies shall (i) use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain any consents, approvals or other authorizations, and make any filings and notifications required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (ii) thereafter make any other submissions either required or deemed appropriate by either of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under (A) the NYBCL, (B) the Maryland General Corporation Law; (c) the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (d) any other applicable Legal Requirements. Each of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT shall cooperate and consult with each other in connection with the making of all such filings and notifications, including by providing copies of all relevant documents to the non-filing party and its advisors prior to filing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein. Neither the Bus Companies nor GTJ REIT shall file any such document if the other party has reasonably objected to the filing of such document. Neither the Bus Companies nor GTJ REIT shall consent to any voluntary extension of any statutory deadline or waiting period of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the behest of any Governmental Body without the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b)     Each of Bus Companies and GTJ REIT shall promptly inform the other party upon receipt of any communication from the Securities Exchange Commission or any other Governmental Body regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If either of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT (or any of their respective Representatives) receives a request for additional information from any such Governmental Body that is related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then such party will endeavor in good faith to make, or cause to be made, as soon as reasonably practicable and after consultation with the other party, an appropriate response to such request.

(c)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 5.3 shall require, or be construed to require, each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT to agree to (i) sell, hold separate, divest, discontinue or limit, before or after the Effective Time, any assets, businesses or interest in any assets or businesses of each of the Bus Companies, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) any conditions relating to, or changes or restriction in, the operations of any such assets or businesses which would result in a Material Adverse Effect on Bus Companies or GTJ REIT.

A- 18




5.4    Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

(a)     All rights to indemnification, including the advancement of expenses, now existing in favor of those Persons who are or were directors and officers of GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies (the “Indemnified Persons”) for acts and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time, as provided in the Certificates of Incorporation or Bylaws (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) of GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies, and as provided in the indemnification agreements between GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies and said Indemnified Persons shall survive the Mergers and shall be observed by the Surviving Corporations, to the fullest extent permitted by New York law or Maryland law (in the case of GTJ REIT).

(b)     From the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporations shall maintain in effect, for the benefit of the Indemnified Persons with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time, the existing policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance as of the date of this Agreement (the “Existing Policy”) if any; provided, however, that the Surviving Corporations may substitute for the Existing Policy a policy of no less favorable coverage, provided that the carrier of such policy is a reputable insurance carrier that has a financial strength rating from A.M. Best (or its successor) that is equal to or better than the financial strength rating assigned by A.M. Best to the insurance carrier of GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies’ Existing Policy as of the date hereof. Prior to the Effective Time, the annual premiums of the Existing Policy for such six year period shall be prepaid in full.

5.5    Additional Actions.

(a)     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary or advisable to ensure that the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 are satisfied and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as practicable. Each of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, take any action that could reasonably be expected to result in any of the conditions to the Mergers set forth in Sections 6 or 7 not being satisfied or satisfaction of those conditions being unreasonably delayed.

(b)     During the Pre-Closing Period, GTJ REIT shall promptly notify each of the Bus Companies in writing of (i) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute a material inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by GTJ REIT in this Agreement if such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement; (ii) any material breach of any covenant or obligation of GTJ REIT; (iii) any communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person (or another Person) is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) any communication from any Governmental Body in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (v) any material Legal Proceedings threatened in writing or commenced against or otherwise affecting the Acquired Companies. No notification given to the Bus Companies pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) shall limit or otherwise affect any of the representations, warranties, covenants or obligations of GTJ REIT contained in this Agreement.

(c)     During the Pre-Closing Period, each of the Bus Companies shall promptly notify GTJ REIT in writing of (i) any event, condition, fact or circumstance that occurs, arises or exists after

A- 19




the date of this Agreement and that would cause or constitute a material inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by each of the Bus Companies in this Agreement if such representation or warranty had been made as of the time of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, or such event, condition, fact or circumstance had occurred, arisen or existed on or prior to the date of this Agreement; and (ii) any material breach of any covenant or obligation of each of the Bus Companies, (iii) any communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person (or other Person) is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iv) any communication from any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No notification given to GTJ REIT pursuant to this Section 5.5(c) shall limit or otherwise affect any of the representations, warranties, covenants or obligations of each of the Bus Companies contained in this Agreement.

5.6    Employees and Employee Benefits.    Each Bus Company and GTJ REIT agree that GTJ REIT shall continue the employment of all employees of the Bus Companies immediately following the Effective Time, subject to the “at will’ nature of such employment. To the extent the same exist, the Surviving Corporation shall be responsible for the continuation of health plan coverage, in accordance with the requirements of COBRA and Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA, for any employee of the Acquired Companies or qualified beneficiary under a Bus Company’s health plan who is already receiving COBRA benefits or who loses health coverage in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and regulations promulgated thereunder. Nothing herein express or implied shall confer upon any of the employees of the Acquired Companies, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation, or any of their Affiliates, any rights or remedies, including any right to any particular form of compensation or employee benefit or to employment or continued employment for any specified period, of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

5.7    Takeover Statutes.    If any Takeover Statute is or becomes applicable to this Agreement, the Mergers or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT and their respective boards of directors shall (a) take all necessary action to ensure that such transactions may be consummated as promptly as practicable upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and (b) otherwise act to eliminate or minimize the effects of such Takeover Statute.

5.8    Defense of Litigation.    Each of the Bus Companies shall not settle or offer to settle any Legal Proceedings against the Acquired Companies or any of its directors or officers by any stockholder of either of the Bus Companies arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of GTJ REIT, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each of the Bus Companies shall not cooperate with any Person that may seek to restrain, enjoin, prohibit or otherwise oppose the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each of the Bus Companies shall cooperate with GTJ REIT in resisting any such effort to restrain, enjoin, prohibit or otherwise oppose such transactions.

5.9    Transaction Expenses.    At or prior to Closing, the Bus Companies’ shall pay the full amount of all Transaction Expenses except as provided in Section 5.1. Transaction Expenses shall mean any fees and expenses incurred, paid or payable by the Acquired Companies in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

A- 20




SECTION 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
OF GTJ REIT

The obligations of GTJ REIT to effect the Mergers and otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

6.1    Accuracy of Representations.    The representations and warranties of the Bus Companies contained in this Agreement (as such representations and warranties would read if all limitations or qualifications therein as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect (or similar concept) were deleted therefrom) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except as to such representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall have been true and correct as of such date), other than breaches or inaccuracies in any such representations or warranties that have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually and in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2    Performance of Covenants.    Each covenant or obligation that each of the Bus Companies are required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the Closing shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

6.3    Effective Registration Statement.    The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and shall remain effective through Closing.

6.4    Required Shareholder Vote.    This Agreement shall have been duly adopted by the Required Shareholder Vote.

6.5    Consents.    All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any Governmental Body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory agencies) required to consummate the Mergers and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the delivery of the Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies.

6.6    Material Adverse Effect.    Since the date of this Agreement, no event, fact or set of circumstances shall have occurred or exist that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies.

6.7    No Restraints.    No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the Mergers shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any Legal Requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the Mergers that makes consummation of the Mergers illegal.

6.8    No Proceedings.    There shall not be pending or threatened any Legal Proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) relating to the Mergers and seeking to obtain from each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT or any of their respective Subsidiaries any damages that may be material to each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect each of the Bus Company’s ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of the Surviving Corporations; (iv) which would materially and adversely affect the right of each of the Bus Companies, the Surviving Corporations or any Subsidiary of each of the Bus Companies to own the assets or operate the business of the Acquired Companies; or (v) seeking to compel each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, or any Subsidiary of each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, to dispose of or hold separate any material assets, as a result of the Mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

A- 21




6.9    Dissenting Shares.    Appraisal rights shall not have been perfected pursuant to Section 623 of the NYBCL by shareholders of the Bus Companies with respect to more than 3% of the aggregate number of shares of GTJ REIT common stock issuable in connection with the Mergers.

6.10    Director and Officer Resignations.    Each Bus Company shall have received written resignation letters from each of the directors and officers of the Bus Companies and each other Acquired Company requested by GTJ REIT effective as of the Effective Time.

SECTION 7
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF THE BUS COMPANIES

The obligation of the Bus Companies to effect the Mergers and otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

7.1    Accuracy of Representations.    The representations and warranties of GTJ REIT contained in this Agreement as such representations and warranties would read if all limitations or qualifications therein as to materiality (or similar concept) were deleted therefrom shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except as to such representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall have been true and correct as of such date), other than breaches of or inaccuracies in any such representations or warranties that have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually and in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

7.2    Performance of Covenants.    Each covenant and obligation that the Company is required to comply with or to perform at or prior to the Closing shall have been complied with and performed in all material respects.

7.3    Effective Registration Statement.    The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and shall remain effective through Closing.

7.4    Required Shareholder Vote.    This Agreement shall have been duly adopted by the Required Company Shareholder Vote.

7.5    Consents.    All consents, approvals and other authorizations of any Governmental Body (including from all applicable state securities regulatory authorities) required to consummate the Mergers and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the delivery of the Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of the State of New York) shall have been obtained, free of any condition that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on GTJ REIT or the Bus Companies.

7.6    No Restraints.    No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the Mergers by each of the Bus Companies shall have been issued by any court of competent jurisdiction and remain in effect, and there shall not be any Legal Requirement enacted or deemed applicable to the Mergers that makes consummation of the Mergers by each of the Bus Companies illegal.

7.7    No Proceedings.    There shall not be pending or threatened any Legal Proceeding: (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) relating to the Mergers and seeking to obtain from each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT or any of their respective Subsidiaries any damages that may be material to each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect each of the Bus Company’s ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of the Surviving Corporations; (iv) which would materially and adversely affect the right of each of the Bus Companies, the Surviving Corporations or any Subsidiary of each of the Bus Companies to own the assets or operate the business of the Acquired Companies; or (v) seeking to compel each of the Bus

A- 22




Companies or GTJ REIT, or any Subsidiary of each of the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, to dispose of or hold separate any material assets, as a result of the Mergers or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 8
TERMINATION

8.1    Termination.    This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Effective Time (whether before or after the adoption of this Agreement by the Bus Companies at the Shareholders’ Meeting):

(a)     by mutual written consent of each of the Bus Companies and GTJ REIT;

(b)     by either the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, if the Mergers shall not have been consummated prior to January 31, 2007 (the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that a party shall not be permitted to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1 (b) if the failure to consummate the Mergers by the Termination Date is primarily attributable to the breach by such party any covenant or obligation in this Agreement required to be performed by such party at or prior to the Effective Time. However, either the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT may extend the Termination Date, but no more than three times in the aggregate, and each time by no more than one month, but in no event beyond April 30, 2007, by providing written notice thereof to the other party between three and five business days prior to the next scheduled Termination Date if (i) the Mergers shall not have been consummated by that date because the requisite governmental approvals have not been obtained and are still being pursued and (ii) the party requesting such extension has satisfied all the conditions required to be satisfied by it and has not violated any of its obligations under this Agreement in a manner that was the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Mergers to occur on or before the Termination Date;

(c)     by either the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, if a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Body shall have issued a final and nonappealable order, decree or ruling, or shall have taken any other action, having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger;

(d)     by either the Bus Companies or GTJ REIT, if (i) the Company Shareholders’ Meeting (including any adjournments and postponements thereof) shall have been held and completed and GTJ REIT’s shareholders shall have taken a final vote on a proposal to adopt this Agreement, and (ii) this Agreement shall not have been adopted at the Shareholders’ Meeting (and shall not have been adopted at any adjournment or postponement thereof) by the Required Company Shareholder Vote;

(e)     by any Bus Company, if GTJ REIT breaches any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach (i) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2 or 6.6 of the Agreement and (ii) has not been cured by the Company within 30 business days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such breach from either Bus Company;

(f)                  by GTJ REIT, if any Bus Company breaches any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach (i) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.1 or 7.2 and (ii) has not been cured by the respective Bus Company within 30 business days after such Bus Company’s receipt of written notice of such breach from GTJ REIT.

8.2    Effect of Termination.    In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that (i) this Section 8.2 and Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect, and (ii) the termination of this Agreement shall not relieve any party from any liability for any willful breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement.

A- 23




 

 

SECTION 9
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1    Amendment.    This Agreement may be amended with the approval of the respective boards of directors of GTJ REIT and each Bus Company at any time (whether before or after adoption of this Agreement by the shareholders of GTJ REIT); provided, however, that after any such adoption of this Agreement by the Bus Companies shareholders, no amendment shall be made which by law requires further approval of the shareholders of GTJ REIT without the further approval of such shareholders. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

9.2    Waiver.

(a)     No failure on the part of any party to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of any party in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.

(b)     No party shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of such party; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

(c)     Any of the Parties to this Agreement may waive any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, but only by an instrument in writing executed by the party waiving compliance. Any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

9.3    Non-survival of Representations and Warranties.    None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered under this Agreement will survive the Effective Time, and none of the Acquired Companies, their respective Affiliates and any of the officers, directors, employees or stockholders of any of the foregoing, will have any liability whatsoever with respect to any such representation or warranty after such time. This Section 9.3 will not limit any covenant or agreement of the Parties which by its term contemplates performance after the Closing.

9.4    Entire Agreement.    This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the other agreements referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among or between any of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

9.5    APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE PERSONAL

A- 24




 

 

JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND TO THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR FOR THE RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION AS TO VENUE AND FORUM NON CONVENIENS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTIONS BROUGHT IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS. PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE SERVED BY CERTIFIED MAIL ON ANY PARTY HERETO ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD WHERE SUCH PARTY IS FOUND AND MAY ALSO BE SERVED UPON ANY PARTY IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR THE SERVICE OF PROCESS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR THE LAWS OF THE PLACE OR JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH PARTY IS FOUND.

9.6    Attorneys’ Fees.    In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

9.7    Assignability.    This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure solely to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any of rights of GTJ REIT hereunder may be assigned by GTJ REIT or any Bus Company without the prior written consent of the Bus Companies with respect to GTJ REIT, and the consent of GTJ REIT with respect to the Bus Companies, and any attempted assignment of this Agreement or any of such rights by GTJ REIT, the Bus Companies, as the case may be, without the consent of the Bus Companies with respect to GTJ REIT, and the consent of GTJ REIT with respect to the Bus Companies, shall be void and of no effect.

9.8    Notices.    Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be delivered to any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given on the day of delivery if delivered by hand or facsimile (with confirmation of delivery), or on the second business day after being sent by registered overnight mail, return receipt requested, by overnight courier or overnight express delivery service or by facsimile (in each case, with confirmation of delivery) to the address or facsimile telephone number set forth beneath the name of such party below (or to such other address or facsimile telephone number as such party shall have specified in a written notice given to the other parties hereto):

if to Bus Companies:

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY
Attn: Jerome Cooper, CEO

if to the Company:

GTJ REIT, Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY
Attn: Michael I. Kessman, Chief Accounting Officer

A- 25




 

 

copies of all notices to (which copies shall not constitute notice):

Ruskin Moscou Faltischeck, P.C.
1425 Reckson Plaza
East Tower, 15th Floor
Uniondale, New York 11556
Attn:  Adam P. Silvers, Esq./Stuart M. Sieger, Esq.

9.9    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.    Except as provided in Section 5.4, this Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.

9.11    Severability.    The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of that provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted for that provision in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of the invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of that provision, or the application of that provision, in any other jurisdiction.

9.12    Construction.

(a)     For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include masculine and feminine genders.

(b)     The parties have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and waive the application of any Laws or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in any agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or other document.

(c)     As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d)     Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” and “Exhibits” are intended to refer to Sections of and Exhibits to this Agreement.

9.13    Remedies.    Any and all remedies expressly conferred upon a party to this Agreement shall be cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any other remedy contained in this Agreement, at law or in equity. The exercise by a party to this Agreement of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise by it of any other remedy.

A- 26




 

 

9.14    Press Releases; Public Statements.    Any public announcement, press release or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the contemplated transactions will be issued, if at all, at such time and in such manner as the parties mutually agree, except as may be required by law. In the event of any press release that may be required by applicable law, the parties shall use reasonable best efforts to consult with each other before issuing, and to provide each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any such press release or other public statement.

9.15    Specific Performance.    The parties to this Agreement agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

A- 27




 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

GREEN BUS LINES, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Name:

Jerome Cooper

 

Title:

CEO

 

JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Name:

Jerome Cooper

 

Title:

CEO

 

TRIBORO COACH CORP.

 

By:

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Name:

Jerome Cooper

 

Title:

CEO

 

GTJ REIT, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael I. Kessman

 

Name:

Michael I. Kessman

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

 

TRIBORO ACQUISITION, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael I. Kessman

 

Name:

Michael I. Kessman

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

 

GREEN ACQUISITION, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael I. Kessman

 

Name:

Michael I. Kessman

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

 

JAMAICA ACQUISITION, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael I. Kessman

 

Name:

Michael I. Kessman

 

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

[schedules omitted]

 

A- 28




ATTACHMENT B

SECTIONS 623 AND 910 OF THE NEW YORK BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

§  623. Procedure to enforce shareholder’s right to receive payment for shares

(a) A shareholder intending to enforce his right under a section of this chapter to receive payment for his shares if the proposed corporate action referred to therein is taken shall file with the corporation, before the meeting of shareholders at which the action is submitted to a vote, or at such meeting but before the vote, written objection to the action. The objection shall include a notice of his election to dissent, his name and residence address, the number and classes of shares as to which he dissents and a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares if the action is taken. Such objection is not required from any shareholder to whom the corporation did not give notice of such meeting in accordance with this chapter or where the proposed action is authorized by written consent of shareholders without a meeting.

(b) Within ten days after the shareholders’ authorization date, which term as used in this section means the date on which the shareholders’ vote authorizing such action was taken, or the date on which such consent without a meeting was obtained from the requisite shareholders, the corporation shall give written notice of such authorization or consent by registered mail to each shareholder who filed written objection or from whom written objection was not required, excepting any shareholder who voted for or consented in writing to the proposed action and who thereby is deemed to have elected not to enforce his right to receive payment for his shares.

(c) Within twenty days after the giving of notice to him, any shareholder from whom written objection was not required and who elects to dissent shall file with the corporation a written notice of such election, stating his name and residence address, the number and classes of shares as to which he dissents and a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares. Any shareholder who elects to dissent from a merger under section 905 (Merger of subsidiary corporation) or paragraph (c) of section 907 (Merger or consolidation of domestic and foreign corporations) or from a share exchange under paragraph (g) of section 913 (Share exchanges) shall file a written notice of such election to dissent within twenty days after the giving to him of a copy of the plan of merger or exchange or an outline of the material features thereof under section 905 or 913.

(d) A shareholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares, as to which he has a right to dissent, held by him of record, that he owns beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner as to less than all of the shares of such owner, as to which such nominee or fiduciary has a right to dissent, held of record by such nominee or fiduciary.

(e) Upon consummation of the corporate action, the shareholder shall cease to have any of the rights of a shareholder except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares and any other rights under this section. A notice of election may be withdrawn by the shareholder at any time prior to his acceptance in writing of an offer made by the corporation, as provided in paragraph (g), but in no case later than sixty days from the date of consummation of the corporate action except that if the corporation fails to make a timely offer, as provided in paragraph (g), the time for withdrawing a notice of election shall be extended until sixty days from the date an offer is made. Upon expiration of such time, withdrawal of a notice of election shall require the written consent of the corporation. In order to be effective, withdrawal of a notice of election must be accompanied by the return to the corporation of any advance payment made to the shareholder as provided in paragraph (g). If a notice of election is withdrawn, or the corporate action is rescinded, or a court shall determine that the shareholder is not entitled to receive payment for his shares, or the shareholder shall otherwise lose his dissenters’ rights, he shall not have the right to receive payment for his shares and he shall be reinstated to all his rights as a shareholder as of the consummation of the corporate action, including any intervening preemptive rights and the right to payment of any intervening dividend or other distribution or, if any such rights have expired or any such dividend or distribution other

B- 1




than in cash has been completed, in lieu thereof, at the election of the corporation, the fair value thereof in cash as determined by the board as of the time of such expiration or completion, but without prejudice otherwise to any corporate proceedings that may have been taken in the interim.

(f) At the time of filing the notice of election to dissent or within one month thereafter the shareholder of shares represented by certificates shall submit the certificates representing his shares to the corporation, or to its transfer agent, which shall forthwith note conspicuously thereon that a notice of election has been filed and shall return the certificates to the shareholder or other person who submitted them on his behalf. Any shareholder of shares represented by certificates who fails to submit his certificates for such notation as herein specified shall, at the option of the corporation exercised by written notice to him within forty-five days from the date of filing of such notice of election to dissent, lose his dissenter’s rights unless a court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise direct. Upon transfer of a certificate bearing such notation, each new certificate issued therefor shall bear a similar notation together with the name of the original dissenting holder of the shares and a transferee shall acquire no rights in the corporation except those which the original dissenting shareholder had at the time of transfer.

(g) Within fifteen days after the expiration of the period within which shareholders may file their notices of election to dissent, or within fifteen days after the proposed corporate action is consummated, whichever is later (but in no case later than ninety days from the shareholders’ authorization date), the corporation or, in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or new corporation, shall make a written offer by registered mail to each shareholder who has filed such notice of election to pay for his shares at a specified price which the corporation considers to be their fair value. Such offer shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares with respect to which notices of election to dissent have been received and the aggregate number of holders of such shares. If the corporate action has been consummated, such offer shall also be accompanied by (1) advance payment to each such shareholder who has submitted the certificates representing his shares to the corporation, as provided in paragraph (f), of an amount equal to eighty percent of the amount of such offer, or (2) as to each shareholder who has not yet submitted his certificates a statement that advance payment to him of an amount equal to eighty percent of the amount of such offer will be made by the corporation promptly upon submission of his certificates. If the corporate action has not been consummated at the time of the making of the offer, such advance payment or statement as to advance payment shall be sent to each shareholder entitled thereto forthwith upon consummation of the corporate action. Every advance payment or statement as to advance payment shall include advice to the shareholder to the effect that acceptance of such payment does not constitute a waiver of any dissenters’ rights. If the corporate action has not been consummated upon the expiration of the ninety day period after the shareholders’ authorization date, the offer may be conditioned upon the consummation of such action. Such offer shall be made at the same price per share to all dissenting shareholders of the same class, or if divided into series, of the same series and shall be accompanied by a balance sheet of the corporation whose shares the dissenting shareholder holds as of the latest available date, which shall not be earlier than twelve months before the making of such offer, and a profit and loss statement or statements for not less than a twelve month period ended on the date of such balance sheet or, if the corporation was not in existence throughout such twelve month period, for the portion thereof during which it was in existence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to furnish a balance sheet or profit and loss statement or statements to any shareholder to whom such balance sheet or profit and loss statement or statements were previously furnished, nor if in connection with obtaining the shareholders’ authorization for or consent to the proposed corporate action the shareholders were furnished with a proxy or information statement, which included financial statements, pursuant to Regulation 14A or Regulation 14C of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. If within thirty days after the making of such offer, the corporation making the offer and any shareholder agree upon the price to be paid for his shares, payment therefor shall be made within sixty days after the making of such offer or the consummation of the proposed corporate action, whichever is later, upon the surrender of the certificates for any such shares represented by certificates.

B- 2




(h) The following procedure shall apply if the corporation fails to make such offer within such period of fifteen days, or if it makes the offer and any dissenting shareholder or shareholders fail to agree with it within the period of thirty days thereafter upon the price to be paid for their shares:

(1) The corporation shall, within twenty days after the expiration of whichever is applicable of the two periods last mentioned, institute a special proceeding in the supreme court in the judicial district in which the office of the corporation is located to determine the rights of dissenting shareholders and to fix the fair value of their shares. If, in the case of merger or consolidation, the surviving or new corporation is a foreign corporation without an office in this state, such proceeding shall be brought in the county where the office of the domestic corporation, whose shares are to be valued, was located.

(2) If the corporation fails to institute such proceeding within such period of twenty days, any dissenting shareholder may institute such proceeding for the same purpose not later than thirty days after the expiration of such twenty day period. If such proceeding is not instituted within such thirty day period, all dissenter’s rights shall be lost unless the supreme court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise direct.

(3) All dissenting shareholders, excepting those who, as provided in paragraph  (g), have agreed with the corporation upon the price to be paid for their shares, shall be made parties to such proceeding, which shall have the effect of an action quasi in rem against their shares. The corporation shall serve a copy of the petition in such proceeding upon each dissenting shareholder who is a resident of this state in the manner provided by law for the service of a summons, and upon each nonresident dissenting shareholder either by registered mail and publication, or in such other manner as is permitted by law. The jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and exclusive.

(4) The court shall determine whether each dissenting shareholder, as to whom the corporation requests the court to make such determination, is entitled to receive payment for his shares. If the corporation does not request any such determination or if the court finds that any dissenting shareholder is so entitled, it shall proceed to fix the value of the shares, which, for the purposes of this section, shall be the fair value as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ authorization date. In fixing the fair value of the shares, the court shall consider the nature of the transaction giving rise to the shareholder’s right to receive payment for shares and its effects on the corporation and its shareholders, the concepts and methods then customary in the relevant securities and financial markets for determining fair value of shares of a corporation engaging in a similar transaction under comparable circumstances and all other relevant factors. The court shall determine the fair value of the shares without a jury and without referral to an appraiser or referee. Upon application by the corporation or by any shareholder who is a party to the proceeding, the court may, in its discretion, permit pretrial disclosure, including, but not limited to, disclosure of any expert’s reports relating to the fair value of the shares whether or not intended for use at the trial in the proceeding and notwithstanding subdivision (d) of section 3101 of the civil practice law and rules.

(5) The final order in the proceeding shall be entered against the corporation in favor of each dissenting shareholder who is a party to the proceeding and is entitled thereto for the value of his shares so determined.

(6) The final order shall include an allowance for interest at such rate as the court finds to be equitable, from the date the corporate action was consummated to the date of payment. In determining the rate of interest, the court shall consider all relevant factors, including the rate of interest which the corporation would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding. If the court finds that the refusal of any shareholder to accept the corporate offer of payment for his shares was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith, no interest shall be allowed to him.

B- 3




(7) Each party to such proceeding shall bear its own costs and expenses, including the fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts employed by it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the court may, in its discretion, apportion and assess all or any part of the costs, expenses and fees incurred by the corporation against any or all of the dissenting shareholders who are parties to the proceeding, including any who have withdrawn their notices of election as provided in paragraph (e), if the court finds that their refusal to accept the corporate offer was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith. The court may, in its discretion, apportion and assess all or any part of the costs, expenses and fees incurred by any or all of the dissenting shareholders who are parties to the proceeding against the corporation if the court finds any of the following:  (A) that the fair value of the shares as determined materially exceeds the amount which the corporation offered to pay;  (B) that no offer or required advance payment was made by the corporation;  (C) that the corporation failed to institute the special proceeding within the period specified therefor;  or (D) that the action of the corporation in complying with its obligations as provided in this section was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith. In making any determination as provided in clause (A), the court may consider the dollar amount or the percentage, or both, by which the fair value of the shares as determined exceeds the corporate offer.

(8) Within sixty days after final determination of the proceeding, the corporation shall pay to each dissenting shareholder the amount found to be due him, upon surrender of the certificates for any such shares represented by certificates.

(i) Shares acquired by the corporation upon the payment of the agreed value therefor or of the amount due under the final order, as provided in this section, shall become treasury shares or be cancelled as provided in section 515 (Reacquired shares), except that, in the case of a merger or consolidation, they may be held and disposed of as the plan of merger or consolidation may otherwise provide.

(j) No payment shall be made to a dissenting shareholder under this section at a time when the corporation is insolvent or when such payment would make it insolvent. In such event, the dissenting shareholder shall, at his option:

(1) Withdraw his notice of election, which shall in such event be deemed withdrawn with the written consent of the corporation;  or

(2) Retain his status as a claimant against the corporation and, if it is liquidated, be subordinated to the rights of creditors of the corporation, but have rights superior to the non-dissenting shareholders, and if it is not liquidated, retain his right to be paid for his shares, which right the corporation shall be obliged to satisfy when the restrictions of this paragraph do not apply.

(3) The dissenting shareholder shall exercise such option under subparagraph  (1) or (2) by written notice filed with the corporation within thirty days after the corporation has given him written notice that payment for his shares cannot be made because of the restrictions of this paragraph. If the dissenting shareholder fails to exercise such option as provided, the corporation shall exercise the option by written notice given to him within twenty days after the expiration of such period of thirty days.

(k) The enforcement by a shareholder of his right to receive payment for his shares in the manner provided herein shall exclude the enforcement by such shareholder of any other right to which he might otherwise be entitled by virtue of share ownership, except as provided in paragraph (e), and except that this section shall not exclude the right of such shareholder to bring or maintain an appropriate action to obtain relief on the ground that such corporate action will be or is unlawful or fraudulent as to him.

(l) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section, any notice to be given by a corporation to a shareholder under this section shall be given in the manner provided in section 605 (Notice of meetings of shareholders).

B- 4




(m) This section shall not apply to foreign corporations except as provided in subparagraph (e)(2) of section 907 (Merger or consolidation of domestic and foreign corporations).

§ 910. Right of shareholder to receive payment for shares upon merger or consolidation, or sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of assets, or share exchange

(a) A shareholder of a domestic corporation shall, subject to and by complying with section 623 (Procedure to enforce shareholder’s right to receive payment for shares), have the right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares and the other rights and benefits provided by such section, in the following cases:

(1) Any shareholder entitled to vote who does not assent to the taking of an action specified in clauses (A), (B) and (C).

(A) Any plan of merger or consolidation to which the corporation is a party;  except that the right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares shall not be available:

(i) To a shareholder of the parent corporation in a merger authorized by section 905 (Merger of parent and subsidiary corporations), or paragraph (c) of section 907 (Merger or consolidation of domestic and foreign corporations);  or

(ii) To a shareholder of the surviving corporation in a merger authorized by this article, other than a merger specified in subclause (i), unless such merger effects one or more of the changes specified in subparagraph (b) (6) of section 806 (Provisions as to certain proceedings) in the rights of the shares held by such shareholder; or

(iii) Notwithstanding subclause (ii) of this clause, to a shareholder for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting of shareholders to vote upon the plan of merger or consolidation, were listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(B) Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation which requires shareholder approval under section 909 (Sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of assets) other than a transaction wholly for cash where the shareholders’ approval thereof is conditioned upon the dissolution of the corporation and the distribution of substantially all of its net assets to the shareholders in accordance with their respective interests within one year after the date of such transaction.

(C) Any share exchange authorized by section 913 in which the corporation is participating as a subject corporation;  except that the right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares shall not be available to a shareholder whose shares have not been acquired in the exchange or to a shareholder for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipt in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting of shareholders to vote upon the plan of exchange, were listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(2) Any shareholder of the subsidiary corporation in a merger authorized by section 905 or paragraph (c)of section 907, or in a share exchange authorized by paragraph (g) of section 913, who files with the corporation a written notice of election to dissent as provided in paragraph (c) of section 623.

(3) Any shareholder, not entitled to vote with respect to a plan of merger or consolidation to which the corporation is a party, whose shares will be cancelled or exchanged in the merger or consolidation for cash or other consideration other than shares of the surviving or consolidated corporation or another corporation.

B- 5




ATTACHMENT C

June 26, 2006

Board of Directors
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.
And Subsidiaries

Board of Directors
Green Bus Lines, Inc.
And Subsidiaries

Board of Directors
Triboro Coach Corporation
And Subsidiaries
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Gentlemen:

You have asked Ryan, Beck & Co. (“Ryan Beck”) to advise you with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the holders of shares of beneficial interest in three sister New York corporations. These companies have historical roots in the operation of private bus routes in New York City, namely Green Bus Lines, Inc., (“Green”), Triboro Coach Corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (“Jamaica”) (which are collectively referred to as the “Bus Companies”). Ryan Beck has been asked to advise you as to the fairness in valuation in the combination of the Bus Companies, and their subsidiaries, into a single holding company (the “Reorganization”). This would be determined by the allocation of shares of the Reorganized company between Green, Triboro and Jamaica. The Reorganized company shall be known as GTJ REIT, Inc.

Pursuant to the Reorganization, Green shareholders shall receive shares equal to 42.088% of GTJ REIT, Inc. Triboro shareholders shall receive shares equal to 38.287% of GTJ REIT, Inc.  Jamaica shareholders shall receive shares equal to 19.624% of GTJ REIT, Inc.

In arriving at our opinion, we have, among other things:

·        Reviewed Annual Reports for the Bus Companies for the years ending December 31, 2003 - 2005;

·        Reviewed certain interim reports and Quarterly Reports for the Bus Companies;

·        Reviewed certain business, financial and other information regarding the Bus Companies;

·        Reviewed seven appraisals, dated February 2, 2006, prepared by Cushman and Wakefield, Inc., relating to real estate owned by the Bus Companies;

·        Reviewed a valuation, prepared by Empire Valuation Consultants, relating to the fair market value of a minority common stock interest in GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries;

·        Participated in discussions among representatives of the Bus Companies and their financial and legal advisors;

·        Reviewed historical documentation regarding the formation and incorporation of the Bus Companies.

C- 1




In connection with our review, we have relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the foregoing financial and other information, including all accounting, legal and tax information. We have not assumed any responsibility for any independent verification of such information and have assumed such accuracy and completeness for purposes of this opinion. With respect to any financial forecast furnished to us by management, we have assumed that it has been reasonably prepared and reflects the best current estimates and judgments of management as to future financial performance. We assume no responsibility for, and express no view as to, financial projections or the assumptions upon which they are based. In arriving at our opinion, we have not prepared any independent evaluations or appraisals of the assets or liabilities of the Bus Companies, including any contingent liabilities.

Our opinion is necessarily based on economic, market, financial and other conditions and the information made available to us as of the date hereof. In addition, we express no view on the terms of the Reorganization. Our opinion does not address the relative merits of the Reorganization or other actions contemplated by the Reorganization compared with other business strategies or transactions that may have been considered by the Bus Companies’ management, their Board(s) of Directors or any committee thereof.

We, Ryan Beck, have been retained by the Board of Directors of the Bus Companies as an independent contractor to determine that the consideration offered the shareholders of the Bus Companies in the Reorganization is fair, from a financial point of view, as of this date. Ryan Beck will receive a fee for its services. A substantial portion is due upon delivery of this opinion.

Prior to these transactions, Ryan Beck did not have an investment banking relationship with the Bus Companies. Ryan Beck may solicit investment banking business from the company formed through the Reorganization in the future.

Our opinion is directed to the Board(s) of Directors of the Bus Companies and does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of the Bus Companies as to how shareholders should vote at any shareholder meeting held in connection with the Reorganization. Our opinion is not to be quoted or referred to, in whole or in part, in a registration statement, prospectus, or proxy statement or in any other document, nor shall this opinion be used for any other purposes, without our prior written consent.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of this date, the consideration offered to the shareholders of the Bus Companies, as provided and described in the Reorganization, is fair to the Bus Companies’ shareholders from a financial point of view.

Very truly yours,
Ryan, Beck & Co.

C- 2




COMMAND BUS COMPANY
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Relative Valuation of Bus Companies

 

 

Interest in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

Real Estate

 

Other Assets

 

Total Liabilities

 

Net Asset Value

 

Relative %

 

Green Bus and Subsidiaries

 

 

$

17,958,000

 

 

$

51,800,000

 

$

10,760,888

 

 

$

7,524,189

 

 

$

72,994,699

 

42.088

%

Triboro and Subsidiaries

 

 

$

17,958,000

 

 

$

39,400,000

 

$

14,821,195

 

 

$

5,777,060

 

 

$

66,402,135

 

38.287

%

Jamaica and Subsidiaries

 

 

$

8,979,000

 

 

$

23,100,000

 

$

4,905,965

 

 

$

2,950,002

 

 

$

34,034,963

 

19.624

%

Total

 

 

$

44,895,000

 

 

$

114,300,000

 

$

30,488,048

 

 

$

16,251,251

 

 

$

173,431,797

 

100.0

%

Green Bus Line, Inc. and Subsidiary
Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

5,706,873

 

 

 

Investments

 

798,345

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

4,255,670

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

10,760,888

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

7,524,189

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

$

3,236,699

 

 

Real Estate

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary leased to the City of New York the depot and facilities located at 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, New York.

Building and Land Value—$42,600,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidary leased to the City of New York the depot located at 49-19 Rockaway Beach Blvd., Arverna, New York.

Building and Lane Value—$9,200,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

C- 3




Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries

Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

5,575,184

 

 

 

Investments

 

2,674,051

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

6,571,960

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

14,821,195

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

5,777,060

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

$

9,044,135

 

 

Real Estate

Triboro leased to the City of New York a bus depot located in East Elmhurst, New York.

      Value - $39,400,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

Jamacia Railways, Inc.

Final Balance Sheet (not including Real Estate and GTJ)

Cash

 

$

1,711,130

 

 

 

Investments

 

297,647

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

2,897,188

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

4,905,965

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

2,950,002

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

$

1,955,963

 

 

Real Estate

Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. leased to the City of New York a bus depot located at 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York.

      Value - $23,200,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

C- 4




GTJ Co., Inc.

Valuation Summary

Based on the opinion of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC, which was engaged to evaluate GTJ Co., Inc., not including real estate, the fair market value of a minority interest in the common stock of GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006, is reasonably stated at $29,000 per share, on a post-real estate divested basis.

Common Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

Share Price

 

 

 

Value

200

 

x

 

$29,000

 

=

 

$5,800,000

 

Real Estate

G.T.J. Co., Inc. has leased to Avis Rent-A-Car System an industrial building located at 23-85 87 th  Street East Elmhurst, New York.

      Value - $24,000,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns an industrial building located on 1.39 acres of land located at 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York.

      Value - $3,200,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns 9.0 acres of excess land located at 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York.

      Value - $11,800,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc. owns a vacant site containing 0.072 acres of land at the North West corner of Rockaway Beach Blvd. and Beach 49 th  Street Arverne, New York.

      Value - $95,000

As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. report dated February 2, 2006.

C- 5




 

GTJ, Co. Inc.

Valuation Summary

Business Value (1)

 

$

5,800,000

 

Real Estate (2)

 

 

 

23-85 87th Street
East Elmhurst, NY

 

$

24,000,000

 

Building at 612 Wortmon Avenue
Brooklyn, NY

 

$

3,200,000

 

Vacant land at 612 Wortmon Avenue
Brooklyn, NY

 

$

11,800,000

 

Vacant land at Rockaway Beach Blvd. and Beach 49th Street
Arverne, NY

 

$

95,000

 

TOTAL

 

$

44,895,000

 

 

Ownership

Triboro Coach Corp. and Subsidiaries (40.0%)

 

$

17,958,000

 

Jamaica Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries (20.0%)

 

8,979,000

 

Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiaries (40.0%)

 

17,958,000

 

TOTAL

 

$

44,895,000

 


(1)           Based on the opinion of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC, dated March 31, 2006.

(2)           As per the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisals, dated February 2, 2006.

C- 6




GTJ REIT, INC.

15,564,454 Shares of Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

_____________, 2006

Until ___________ (40 days from the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 30.                  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Registrant may be exposed to interest rate changes primarily to the extent that long-term debt may be used to acquire properties and make other permitted investments. The Registrant’s interest rate risk management objectives will be to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower our overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, the Registrant expects to borrow primarily at fixed rates or variable rates with the lowest margins available and in some cases, with the ability to convert variable rates to fixed rates. With regard to variable rate financing, the Registrant will assess interest rate cash flow risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities.

As the Registrant has yet to commence borrowing activities; the board of directors has not yet established policies and procedures regarding our use of derivative financial instruments for hedging or other purposes.

Item 31.                  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Set forth below is an estimate of the approximate amount of the fees and expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the Shares.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

18,553

 

Printing and postage

 

$

200,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

500,000

 

Tax advisory fees

 

$

350,000

 

Tax opinion

 

$

200,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

$

1,200,000

 

Fairness opinion

 

$

100,000

 

Proxy solicitation

 

$

50,000

 

Blue Sky Expenses

 

$

10,000

 

Miscellaneous

 

$

21,447

 

Total

 

$

2,650,000

 


**              To be filed by amendment.

Item 32.                  Sales to Special Parties

None.

Item 33.                  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Item 34.                  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Subject to any applicable conditions set forth under Maryland law or below, (i) no director or officer of the Registrant shall be liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for money damages and (ii) the Registrant shall indemnify and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding to (A) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Registrant; or (B) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Registrant and at the request of the Registrant,

II- 1




serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise; from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his service in such capacity.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (i) or (ii) of the paragraph above, the Registrant shall not provide for indemnification of or hold harmless a director (the “Indemnitee”) for any liability or loss suffered by any of them, unless all of the following conditions are met:

(i)    the Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Registrant;

(ii)   the Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Registrant;

(iii)  such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is a director (other than an independent director), or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is an independent director;

(iv)  such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of net assets and not from stockholders; and

(v)    with respect to losses, liability or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws, one or more of the following conditions are met: (A) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the Indemnitee; (B) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnitee; or (C) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities of the Registrant were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

Neither the amendment nor repeal of the provision for indemnification in our charter, nor the adoption or amendment or amendment of any other provision of our charter or bylaws inconsistent with the provision for indemnification in our charter, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the provision for indemnification in our charter with respect to any act or failure to act that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

The Registrant shall pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by the directors in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding only if (in addition to the procedures required by the MGCL) all of the following are satisfied: (a) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Registrant, (b) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder or, if by a stockholder acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement and (c) the directors, officers, employees or agents provide the Registrant with written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and undertake to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Registrant, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that the particular indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

Item 35.                  Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered

None.

II- 2




Item 36.                  Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)  Index to Financial Statements

The following financial statements of the Registrant are filed as part of this Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus:

GTJ REIT, INC

GTJ REIT INC

 

F-1 -   F-13

GREEN BUS LINES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

F-14 - F-45

TRIBORO COACH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

F-46 - F-74

JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

F-75 - F-103

GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

F-104 - F-132

COMMAND BUS COMPANY, INC.

 

F-133 - F-157

 

(b)  Exhibits:

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Exhibit

  1.1*

 

Merger Agreement and Plan of Merger (included as Attachment A)

  3.1*

 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.1(a)**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.2*

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

  4.1*

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

  5.1**

 

Opinion of Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

  8.1**

 

Forms of opinions of Herrick, Feinstein LLP

10.1*

 

Form of 2006 Incentive Award Plan

10.2**

 

Revised form of Stockholder Rights Agreement

10.3*

 

Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Green Bus lines, Inc., Command Bus Company, Inc., Triboro Coach Corp., Jamaica Buses, Inc. Varsity Transit, Inc., GTJ Co., Inc. and the City of New York dated November 29, 2005.

10.4*

 

Agreement of Lease between Green Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Arverne, New York for term commencing     .

10.5*

 

Agreement of Lease between Green Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, New York for term commencing     .

10.6*

 

Agreement of Lease between Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York for term commencing     .

10.7*

 

Agreement of Lease between Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 85-01 24 th  Avenue East Elmhurst, New York for term commencing     .

10.8*

 

Agreement of Lease betwen GTJ Co., Inc., Landlord and Avis Rent A Car System, Inc., Tenant: Premises 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, New York for term commencing     .

II- 3




 

10.9*

 

Lease by and between GTJ Co., Inc., Landlord and Varsity Bus Co., Inc., Tenant: Premises 626 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York and Cozine Avenue, Brooklyn, New York dated September 1, 2003.

10.10**

 

Agreement between Transit Facility Management Corporation and NYC Transit dated August 7, 2001.

10.11**

 

Agreement between ShelterClean, Inc. and the City of Phoenix dated April 15, 2006.

10.12**

 

Agreement between CEMUSA, Inc. and Shelter Express Corp. dated June 26, 2006.

23.1**

 

Consent of Ruskin Moscou Faltischeck, PC (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2*

 

Consent of Weiser, LLP

23.3**

 

Consent of Herrick, Feinstein LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

23.4**

 

Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

23.5**

 

Consent of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page of Registration Statement)

99.1**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, Queens County, New York

99.2**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49 th  Street, Arverne, Queens County, New York

99.3**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, Kings County, New York

99.4**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York

99.5**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, Queens County, New York

99.6**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Arverne, Queens County, New York

99.7**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 85-01 24 th  Avenue, East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York

99.8**

 

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC opinion on value of common stock interest in GTJ Co., Inc. and subsidiaries

99.9**

 

Form of Green Bus Lines, Inc. Proxy

99.10**

 

Form of Triboro Coach Corp. Proxy

99.11**

 

Form of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. Proxy


*                  Filed with Registration Statement

**              Filed with Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement

II- 4




Item 37.                  Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referred to in Item 34 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question as to whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)    To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(ii)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

(iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)   That, all post-effective amendments will comply with the applicable forms, rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in effect at the time such post-effective amendments are filed.

(4)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(5)   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II- 5




(iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The Registrant undertakes to send to each stockholder at least on an annual basis a detailed statement of any transactions with the officers, directors or their affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to the officers, directors or their affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The Registrant undertakes to provide to the stockholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full year of operations of the Registrant.

The Registrant undertakes to file a sticker supplement pursuant to Rule 424(c) under the Act during the distribution period describing each property not identified in the prospectus at such time as there arises a reasonable probability that such property will be acquired and to consolidate all such stickers into a post-effective amendment filed at least once every three months, with the information contained in such amendment provided simultaneously to the existing stockholders. The post-effective amendment shall include audited financial statements meeting the requirements of Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X only for properties acquired during the distribution period.

The Registrant also undertakes to file, after the end of the distribution period, a current report on Form 8-K containing the financial statements and any additional information required by Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X, to reflect each commitment (i.e., the signing of a binding purchase agreement) made after the end of the distribution period involving the use of 10 percent or more (on a cumulative basis) of the net proceeds of the offering and to provide the information contained in such report to the stockholders at least once each quarter after the distribution period of the offering has ended.

The Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.

The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II- 6




SIGNATURE PAGE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that is has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 17 day of October, 2006.

GTJ REIT, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Jerome Cooper,

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

/s/ Michael Kessman

 

Michael Kessman

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

II- 7




Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated (including as Attorney-in-Fact as indicated).

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

October 17, 2006

Jerome Cooper

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Cooper

 

Vice President and Director

 

October 17, 2006

Paul Cooper

 

 

 

 

Douglas A. Cooper*

 

Vice President and Director

 

October 17, 2006

Douglas A. Cooper

 

 

 

 

Michael Kessman*

 

Chief Accounting Officer (Chief Accounting Officer)

 

October 17, 2006

Michael Kessman

 

 

 

 

John Feerick*

 

Director

 

October 17, 2006

John Feerick

 

 

 

 

David Jang*

 

Director

 

October 17, 2006

David Jang

 

 

 

 

John J. Leahy*

 

Director

 

October 17, 2006

John J. Leahy

 

 

 

 

Donald M. Schaeffer*

 

Director

 

October 17, 2006

Donald M. Schaeffer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

*

Jerome Cooper

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II- 8




EXHIBIT LIST

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Exhibit

  1.1*

 

Merger Agreement and Plan of Merger (included as Attachment A)

  3.1*

 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.1(a)**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.2*

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

  4.1*

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

  5.1**

 

Opinion of Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

  8.1**

 

Forms of opinions of Herrick, Feinstein LLP

10.1*

 

Form of 2006 Incentive Award Plan

10.2**

 

Revised form of Stockholder Rights Agreement

10.3*

 

Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Green Bus lines, Inc., Command Bus Company, Inc., Triboro Coach Corp., Jamaica Buses, Inc. Varsity Transit, Inc., GTJ Co., Inc. and the City of New York dated November 29, 2005.

10.4*

 

Agreement of Lease between Green Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Arverne, New York for term commencing     .

10.5*

 

Agreement of Lease between Green Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, New York for term commencing     .

10.6*

 

Agreement of Lease between Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, New York for term commencing     .

10.7*

 

Agreement of Lease between Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Landlord and the City of New York, Tenant: Premises 85-01 24 th  Avenue East Elmhurst, New York for term commencing     .

10.8*

 

Agreement of Lease betwen GTJ Co., Inc., Landlord and Avis Rent A Car System, Inc., Tenant: Premises 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, New York for term commencing     .

10.9*

 

Lease by and between GTJ Co., Inc., Landlord and Varsity Bus Co., Inc., Tenant: Premises 626 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, New York and Cozine Avenue, Brooklyn, New York dated September 1, 2003.

10.10**

 

Agreement between Transit Facility Management Corporation and NYC Transit dated August 7, 2001.

10.11**

 

Agreement between ShelterClean, Inc. and the City of Phoenix dated April 15, 2006.

10.12**

 

Agreement between CEMUSA, Inc. and Shelter Express Corp. dated June 26, 2006.

23.1**

 

Consent of Ruskin Moscou Faltischeck, PC (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2*

 

Consent of Weiser, LLP

23.3**

 

Consent of Herrick, Feinstein LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

23.4**

 

Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

II- 9




 

23.5**

 

Consent of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page of Registration Statement)

99.1**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard, Jamaica, Queens County, New York

99.2**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49 th  Street, Arverne, Queens County, New York

99.3**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 612 Wortman Avenue, Brooklyn, Kings County, New York

99.4**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 23-85 87 th  Street, East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York

99.5**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, Queens County, New York

99.6**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Arverne, Queens County, New York

99.7**

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisal of 85-01 24 th  Avenue, East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York

99.8**

 

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC opinion on value of common stock interest in GTJ Co., Inc. and subsidiaries

99.9**

 

Form of Green Bus Lines, Inc. Proxy

99.10**

 

Form of Triboro Coach Corp. Proxy

99.11**

 

Form of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. Proxy


*      Filed with Registration Statement

**    Filed with Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement

II- 10




Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of Amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-136110) of our reports dated July 21, 2006, related to the consolidated financial statements of Green Bus Lines, Inc. and Subsidiary, Triboro Coach Corporation and Subsidiaries, Jamaica Railways, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries and the financial statements of Command Bus Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and our report dated October 16, 2006, related to the financial statements of GTJ REIT, Inc. as of June 30, 2006 and for the period from June 23, 2006 (date of inception) through June 30, 2006 and which appear in such Prospectus. Our report related to the financial statements of GTJ REIT, Inc. contains an emphasis of a matter paragraph regarding uncertainties as to the ability of GTJ REIT, Inc. to continue as a going concern. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

Weiser LLP
New York, NY
October 17, 2006

II- 11



Exhibit 3.1A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

GTJ REIT, INC.

These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “Company”) restate and amend the Articles of Incorporation of GTJ REIT, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State on June 26, 2006.  These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 2-603 of the Maryland General Corporation Law.  Adoption of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were by action of the Board of Directors of the Company, and such action was taken by unanimous written consent given in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-408 of the Maryland General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE 1
NAME

The name of the corporation is GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “COMPANY”). So far as may be practicable, the business of the Company shall be conducted and transacted under that name. Under circumstances in which the Board determines that the use of the name “GTJ REIT, Inc.” is not practicable, it may use any other designation or name for the Company.

ARTICLE 2
PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Company is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, qualifying as a REIT under the REIT Provisions of the Code), for which corporations may be organized under the MGCL and the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 3
RESIDENT AGENT AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The name and address of the resident agent for service of process of the Company in the State of Maryland is CSC – Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 11 East Chase Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.  The address of the Company’s principal office in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC – Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 11 East Chase Street, Baltimore, MD 21202. The Company may have such other offices and places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board may from time to time determine.




ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS

As used in the Charter, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

“AFFILIATE” or “AFFILIATED” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with the power to vote, 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person; (ii) any Person 10% or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with the power to vote, by such other Person; (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person; (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such other Person; and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner.

“APPRAISED VALUE” means value according to an appraisal made by an Independent Appraiser.

“ASSET” means any Property, Mortgage or other direct and indirect investments in equity interests in or loans secured by Real Estate (other than investments in bank accounts, money market funds or other current assets) owned by the Company, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Affiliates, by the Company and any other investment made, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Affiliates or Joint Ventures.

“BOARD” means, collectively, the individuals named in Section 6.1 of the Charter and such other individuals who may be duly elected and qualified to serve as Directors thereafter to replace any such individual or fill a vacancy caused by the death, removal or resignation of any such individual or caused by an increase in the number of Directors.

“BYLAWS” means the bylaws of the Company, as the same are in effect from time to time.

“CHANGE OF CONTROL” means any event (including, without limitation, the issue, transfer or other disposition of Shares of capital stock of the Company, merger, share exchange or consolidation) after which any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-j of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing greater than 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, respectively; provided, that, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of any widely distributed public offering of the Common Shares.

“CHARTER” means these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and any Articles of Amendment, Articles Supplementary or other modification or amendment thereto.

“CLOSING PRICE” on any date shall mean the last sale price for any class or series of the Company’s Shares, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of

2




the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to Shares listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to Shares listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on The NASDAQ Stock Market, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system or other quotation service that may then be in use or, if such Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Shares selected by the Board.

“CODE” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“COMMENCEMENT OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING” shall mean the date that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the registration statement filed under the Securities Act for the Initial Public Offering.

“COMMON SHARES” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

“COMPANY” shall have the meaning as provided in Article 1 herein.

“DIRECTOR” means a member of the Company’s Board.

“DISTRIBUTIONS” means any dividends or other distributions of money or other property, pursuant to Section 5.2(iii) hereof, by the Company to owners of Shares, including distributions that may constitute a return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

“INDEPENDENT APPRAISER” means a Person with no material current or prior business or personal relationship with the Directors and who is a qualified appraiser of Real Property of the type held by the Company or of other Assets as determined by the Board. Membership in a nationally recognized appraisal society such as the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers or the Society of Real Estate Appraisers shall be conclusive evidence of such qualification as to Real Property.

“INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR” means a Director who is not on the date of determination, and within the last two (2) years from the date of determination has not been, directly or indirectly associated with the Sponsor, the Company or any of their Affiliates by virtue of (i) ownership of an interest in the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, other than the Company, (ii) employment by the Company, the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates, (iii) service as an officer or director of the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, other than as a Director of the Company, (iv) performance of services, other than as a Director of the Company, or (v) maintenance of a material business or professional relationship with the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates. A business or professional relationship is considered “material” if the aggregate gross revenue derived by the Director from the Sponsor and its Affiliates exceeds five percent (5%) of either the Director’s annual gross income during either of the last two (2) years or the Director’s net worth on a fair market value basis. An indirect association with the Sponsor shall include circumstances in which a Director’s spouse, parent, child, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, son-

3




or daughter-in-law or brother- or sister-in-law is or has been associated with the Sponsor, any of its Affiliates or the Company.

 “INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING” means the first Offering.

“JOINT VENTURES” means those joint venture or partnership arrangements in which the Company is a co-venturer or general partner, which are established to acquire or hold Assets.

“LEVERAGE” means the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed (including purchase money mortgage loans) outstanding at any time, both secured and unsecured.

“LISTING” means the listing of the Common Shares on a national securities exchange or the quotation of the Common Shares by The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”). Upon such Listing, the Shares shall be deemed Listed.

“MERGER AGREEMENT” means that certain agreement and plan of merger to be entered into by and among the Company, Triboro Coach Corp. (“Triboro”), Jamaica Central Railway (“Jamaica”), Green Bus Lines, Inc. (“Green” and collectively with Triboro and Jamaica, the “Bus Companies”), and three corporations to be formed under the laws of the State of New York for the purpose of merging the Bus Companies.

“MGCL” means the Maryland General Corporation Law.

“MORTGAGES” means, in connection with mortgage financing provided, invested in or purchased by the Company, all of the notes, deeds of trust, security interests or other evidences of indebtedness or obligations, which are secured or collateralized by Real Property owned by the borrowers under such notes, deeds of trust, security interests or other evidences of indebtedness or obligations.

“NET ASSETS” means the total assets of the Company (other than intangibles) at cost, before deducting depreciation, reserves for bad debts or other non-cash reserves, less total liabilities, calculated quarterly by the Company on a basis consistently applied; provided, however, that during such periods in which the Company is obtaining regular independent valuations of the current value of its net assets for purposes of enabling fiduciaries of employee benefit plan stockholders to comply with applicable Department of Labor reporting requirements, “Net Assets” shall mean the greater of (i) the amount determined pursuant to the foregoing and (ii) the assets’ aggregate valuation established by the most recent such valuation report without reduction for depreciation, bad debts or other non-cash reserves.

“NET INCOME” means for any period, the Company’s total revenues applicable to such period, less the total expenses applicable to such period other than additions to reserves for depreciation, bad debts or other similar non-cash reserves and excluding any gain from the sale of the Assets.

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

4




“OFFERING” means any public offering of Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 “PERSON” means an individual, corporation, association, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity.

“PREFERRED SHARES” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.1 herein.

“PROPERTY” or “PROPERTIES” means, as the context requires, any or all, respectively, of the Real Property acquired by the Company, either directly or indirectly (including through joint venture arrangements or other partnership or investment interests).

“REAL PROPERTY” or “REAL ESTATE” means land, rights in land (including leasehold interests), and any buildings, structures, improvements, furnishings, fixtures and equipment located on or used in connection with land and rights or interests in land.

“REIT” means a corporation, trust, association or other legal entity (other than a real estate syndication) that is engaged primarily in investing in equity interests in real estate (including fee ownership and leasehold interests) or in loans secured by real estate or both as defined pursuant to the REIT Provisions of the Code.

“REIT PROVISIONS OF THE CODE” means Sections 856 through 860 of the Code and any successor or other provisions of the Code relating to real estate investment trusts (including provisions as to the attribution of ownership of beneficial interests therein) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ROLL-UP ENTITY” means a partnership, real estate investment trust, corporation, trust or similar entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of a proposed Roll-Up Transaction.

“ROLL-UP TRANSACTION” means a transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation either directly or indirectly of the Company and the issuance of securities of a Roll-Up Entity to the Stockholders of the Company. Such term does not include:

(i)            a transaction involving securities of the Company that have been for at least twelve (12) months listed on a national securities exchange or traded through NASDAQ’s National Market System;

(ii)           a transaction involving the conversion to corporate, trust or association form of only the Company, if, as a consequence of the transaction, there will be no significant adverse change in any of the following:

(a)           Stockholders’ voting rights;

(b)           the term of existence of the Company;

5




(c)           Sponsor compensation; or

(d)           the Company’s investment objectives; or

(iii)          the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

“SALE” or “SALES” means (i) any transaction or series of transactions whereby (A) the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys, or relinquishes its ownership of any Property or portion thereof, including the lease of any Property consisting of a building only, and including any event with respect to any Property which gives rise to a significant amount of insurance proceeds or condemnation awards; (B) the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys, or relinquishes its ownership of all or substantially all of the interest of the Company or any subsidiary in any Joint Venture in which it is a co-venturer or partner; (C) any Joint Venture directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) in which the Company or any subsidiary as a co-venturer or partner sells, grants, transfers, conveys, or relinquishes its ownership of any Property or portion thereof, including any event with respect to any Property which gives rise to insurance claims or condemnation awards; (D) the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, conveys or relinquishes its interest in any Mortgage or portion thereof (including with respect to any Mortgage, all payments thereunder or in satisfaction thereof other than regularly scheduled interest payments) of amounts owed pursuant to such Mortgage and any event which gives rise to a significant amount of insurance proceeds or similar awards; or (E) the Company or any subsidiary directly or indirectly (except as described in other subsections of this definition) sells, grants, transfers, conveys, or relinquishes its ownership of any other Asset not previously described in this definition or any portion thereof, but (ii) not including any transaction or series of transactions specified in clause (i) (A) through (E) above in which the proceeds of such transaction or series of transactions are reinvested in one or more Assets within 180 days thereafter.

“SDAT” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 5.4 herein.

“SECURITIES” means any of the following issued by the Company, as the text requires: Shares, any other stock, shares or other evidences of equity or beneficial or other interests, voting trust certificates, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in, temporary or interim certificates for, receipts for, guarantees of, or warrants, options or rights to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto. Reference to any provision of the Securities Act shall mean such provision as in effect from time to time, as the same may be amended, and any successor provision thereto, as interpreted by any applicable regulations as in effect from time to time.

6




“SHARES” means shares of stock of the Company of any class or series, including Common Shares or Preferred Shares.

“SPONSOR” means any Person which (i) is directly or indirectly instrumental in organizing, wholly or in part, the Company, (ii) will manage or participate in the management of the Company, and any Affiliate of any such Person, other than a Person whose only relationship with the Company is that of an independent property manager and whose only compensation is as such, (iii) takes the initiative, directly or indirectly, in founding or organizing the Company, either alone or in conjunction with one or more other Persons, (iv) receives a material participation in the Company in connection with the founding or organizing of the business of the Company, in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, (v) has a substantial number of relationships and contacts with the Company, (vi) possesses significant rights to control Properties, (vii) receives fees for providing services to the Company which are paid on a basis that is not customary in the industry, or (viii) provides goods or services to the Company on a basis which was not negotiated at arm’s-length with the Company.

“STOCKHOLDERS” means the holders of record of the Shares as maintained in the books and records of the Company or its transfer agent.

“UNIMPROVED REAL PROPERTY” means Property in which the Company has an equity interest that was not acquired for the purpose of producing rental or other operating income, that has no development or construction in process and for which no development or construction is planned, in good faith, to commence within one year.

ARTICLE 5
STOCK

SECTION 5.1         AUTHORIZED SHARES.  The total number of Shares that the Company shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 Shares, of which (i) 100,000,000 Shares shall be designated as common stock, $0.0001 par value per Share (the “COMMON SHARES”); (ii) 10,000,000 Shares shall be designated as preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per Share (the “PREFERRED SHARES”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $11,000.00.  If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section 5.2(ii) or Section 5.4 of this Article 5, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, as the case may be, so that the aggregate number of Shares of all classes that the Company has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of Shares set forth in the first sentence of this Article. The Board, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the Stockholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to (i) increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares, (ii) increase or decrease the number of Shares of any class or series that the Company has authority to issue, or (iii) classify or reclassify any unissued Shares by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms and conditions of redemption of such Shares.

7




SECTION 5.2         COMMON SHARES.

(i)            COMMON SHARES SUBJECT TO TERMS OF PREFERRED SHARES. The terms of the Common Shares set forth below shall be subject to the express terms of any series of Preferred Shares.

(ii)           DESCRIPTION. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 hereof and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote per share on all matters upon which Stockholders are entitled to vote pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof. Shares of a particular class of Common Shares shall have equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and other rights, and shall have no preference, cumulative, preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. The Board may classify or reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

(iii)          DISTRIBUTIONS. The Board from time to time may authorize and the Company may pay to Stockholders such dividends or other Distributions in cash or other property as the Board in its discretion shall determine. The Board shall endeavor to authorize, and the Company may pay, such dividends and Distributions as shall be necessary for the Company to qualify as a REIT under the REIT Provisions of the Code unless the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that qualification as a REIT is not in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, Stockholders shall have no right to any dividend or Distribution unless and until authorized by the Board and declared by the Company. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board pursuant to this section shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding. The receipt by any Person in whose name any Shares are registered on the records of the Company or by his or her duly authorized agent shall be a sufficient discharge for all dividends or Distributions payable or deliverable in respect of such Shares and from all liability to see to the application thereof.

(iv)          RIGHTS UPON LIQUIDATION.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or any distribution of the assets of the Company, the aggregate assets available for distribution to holders of the Common Shares shall be determined in accordance with applicable law. Each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive, ratably with each other holder of Common Shares, that portion of such aggregate assets available for distribution as the number of outstanding Common Shares held by such holder bears to the total number of outstanding Common Shares then outstanding.

(v)           VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as may be provided otherwise in the Charter, and subject to the express terms of any series of Preferred Shares, the holders of the Common Shares shall have the exclusive right to vote on all matters (as to which a holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to vote pursuant to applicable law) at all meetings of the Stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 5.3         PREFERRED SHARES.  The Board is hereby expressly granted the authority to authorize from time to time the issuance of one or more series of Preferred Shares. Prior to the issuance of each such class or series, the Board, by resolution, shall fix the number of shares to be included in each series, and the designation, preferences, terms, rights, restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the

8




shares of each class or series, if any. The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(i)            The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

(ii)           The dividend rate on the shares of the series, if any, whether any dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of the series.

(iii)          The redemption rights, including conditions and the price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

(iv)          The terms and amounts of any sinking fund for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

(v)           The rights of the shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of the series.

(vi)          Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of any other class or series or any other security of the Company or any other corporation or other entity, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series of such other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates on which such shares shall be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made.

(vii)         Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

(viii)        The voting rights of the holders of shares of the series subject to the limitations contained in this Section 5.3; provided, however, that the voting rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Shares shall not exceed voting rights that bear the same relationship to the voting rights of the holders of Common Shares as the consideration paid to the Company for each Preferred Share bears to the book value of each outstanding Common Share.

(ix)           Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations on that series, subject to the express provisions of any other series of Preferred Shares then outstanding. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter, the Board may increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares, or alter the designation or classify or reclassify any unissued shares of a particular series of Preferred Shares, by fixing or altering, in one or more respects, from time to time before issuing the shares, the terms, rights, restrictions and qualifications of the shares of any such series of Preferred Shares.

SECTION 5.4         CLASSIFIED OR RECLASSIFIED SHARES.  Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board by resolution shall:  (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Company; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change,

9




subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Stock outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Company to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 5.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board or other facts or events within the control of the Company) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.

SECTION 5.5         CHARTER AND BYLAWS.  The rights of all Stockholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.

SECTION 5.6         GENERAL NATURE OF SHARES.  All Shares shall be personal property entitling the Stockholders only to those rights provided in the Charter, the MGCL or the resolution creating any class or series of Shares. The legal ownership of the Company’s assets and the right to conduct the business of the Company are vested exclusively in the Board; the Stockholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest in the Company conferred by their Shares and shall have no right to compel any partition, division, dividend or Distribution of the Company or any of the Company’s assets. The death of a Stockholder shall not terminate the Company or give his or her legal representative any rights against other Stockholders, the Board, the Company or the Company’s assets, except the right, exercised in accordance with applicable provisions of the Bylaws, to require the Company to reflect on its books the change in ownership of the Shares. Holders of Shares shall not have any preemptive or other right to purchase or subscribe for any class of securities of the Company that the Company may at any time issue or sell.

SECTION 5.7         ISSUANCE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.  A Stockholder’s investment shall be recorded on the books of the Company and each stockholder shall be issued a stock certificate. To transfer his or her Shares, a Stockholder shall submit an executed form to the Company, which form shall be provided by the Company upon request. Such transfer will also be recorded on the books of the Company. Upon issuance or transfer of Shares, the Company will provide the Stockholder with information concerning his or her rights with regard to such stock, as required by the Bylaws and the MGCL or other applicable law.

SECTION 5.8         RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER.

(i)            DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of Section 5.8, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP” means ownership of Shares by a Person, whether the interest in the Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial

10




Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

“BUSINESS DAY” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

“CHARITABLE BENEFICIARY” means one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 5.8(iii)(f), provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

“CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“COMMON SHARE OWNERSHIP LIMIT” means not more than 9.9% percent of the aggregate number of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(h).

“CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP” means ownership of Shares by a Person, whether the interest in the Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

“EXCEPTED HOLDER” means a Stockholder for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by this Charter (including pursuant to Section 5.3(iv) hereof) or by the Board pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(g).

“EXCEPTED HOLDER LIMIT” means, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(g), and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(h), the percentage limit established by the Board pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(g).

“MARKET PRICE” on any date means, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Shares, the Closing Price for such Shares on such date or, in the event that no Closing Price is available for such Shares, the fair market value of the Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board.

“PERSON” means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

11




“PREFERRED SHARE OWNERSHIP LIMIT” means, with respect to each class or series of the Preferred Shares, not more than 9.9% percent of the aggregate number of the outstanding Preferred Shares of such class or series of the Preferred Shares of the Company, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(h).

“PROHIBITED OWNER” means, with respect to any purported ownership or Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 5.8(ii)(a), would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares.

“RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE” means the first day of the periods with respect to which the Company determines pursuant to Section 7.2(ii) of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Company to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Company to qualify as a REIT.

“TRANSFER” means any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Shares, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Shares or any interest in Shares or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Shares; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

“TRUST” means any trust provided for in Section 5.8(iii)(a).

“TRUSTEE” means, initially, Shelter Express Corporation, and subsequently such other Person, as is appointed by the Company to serve as trustee of the Trust.

(ii)           SHARES.

(a)           OWNERSHIP LIMITATIONS. During the period commencing on the first date of the periods with respect to which the Company elects to be taxed as a REIT under the REIT Provisions of the Code and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 5.9 hereof:

(I)            BASIC RESTRICTIONS.

(A)          (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Common Shares in excess of the Common Share Ownership Limit; (2) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own any class or series of Preferred Shares in excess of the Preferred Share

12




Ownership Limit; and (3) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

(B)           No Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own Shares to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Shares would result in the Company being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Company owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Company from such tenant would cause the Company to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

(C)           Any Transfer of Shares that, if effective, would result in Shares being beneficially owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares.

(II)           TRANSFER IN TRUST.  If any Transfer of Shares occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Shares in violation of Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(A) or (B),

(A)          then that number of Shares the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(A) or (B) (rounded to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 5.8(iii), effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or

(B)           if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (A) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(A) or (B), then the Transfer of that number of Shares that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(A) or (B) shall be void AB INITIO, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Shares.

(b)           REMEDIES FOR BREACH.  If the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event that has purported to have taken place that would result in a violation of Section 5.8(ii)(a) or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of any Shares in violation of Section 5.8(ii)(a) (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Company to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Company or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 5.8(ii)(a) shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, such

13




Transfer (or other event) shall be void AB INITIO as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board or a committee thereof.

(c)           NOTICE OF RESTRICTED TRANSFER.  Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Shares that will or may violate Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I) or any Person who would have owned Shares that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.8(ii)(a)(II) shall immediately give written notice to the Company of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Company such other information as the Company may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Company’s status as a REIT.

(d)           OWNERS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION.  Beginning on the first date of the periods with respect to which the Company elects to be taxed as a REIT under the Code until the Restriction Termination Date:

(I)            every owner of more than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Company stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Shares Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such Shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Company such additional information as the Company may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Company’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Common Share Ownership Limit and Preferred Share Ownership Limit; and

(II)           each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Shares and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Shares for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Company such information as the Company may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Company’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

(e)           REMEDIES NOT LIMITED.  Subject to Section 7.2(ii) of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 5.8(ii)(e) shall limit the authority of the Board to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Company and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Company’s status as a REIT.

(f)            AMBIGUITY.  In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 5.8(ii), Section 5.8(iii), or any definition contained in Section 5.8(i), the Board shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 5.8(ii) or Section 5.8(iii) or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 5.8(ii) or (iii) requires an action by the Board and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Section 5.8.

14




(g)           EXCEPTIONS.

(I)            Subject to Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(B), the Board, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Common Share Ownership Limit and the Preferred Share Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:

(A)          the Board obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such Shares will violate Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(B);

(B)           such Person does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Company (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Company) that would cause the Company to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Company (or an entity owned or controlled by the Company) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Company’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Company); and

(C)           such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Section 5.8(ii)(a) through Section 5.8(ii)(f)) will result in such Shares being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Section 5.8(ii)(A)(II) and Section 5.8(iii).

(II)           Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(g)(I), the Board may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Company’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

(III)         Subject to Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I)(B), an underwriter which participates in an Offering or a private placement of Shares (or Securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Shares (or Securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares) in excess of the Common Share Ownership Limit, the Preferred Share Ownership Limit or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such Offering or private placement.

(IV)         The Board may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that

15




Excepted Holder.  No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Common Share Ownership Limit or the Preferred Share Ownership Limit.

(h)           INCREASE IN COMMON SHARE OWNERSHIP LIMIT AND PREFERRED SHARE OWNERSHIP LIMIT.  The Board may from time to time increase the Common Share Ownership Limit and the Preferred Share Ownership Limit for one or more Persons and decrease the Common Share Ownership Limit and the Preferred Share Ownership Limit for all other Persons; provided, however, that the decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Share Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership in Shares is in excess of such decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Share Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Shares equals or falls below the decreased Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Share Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Shares in excess of such percentage ownership of Shares will be in violation of the Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Share Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Common Share Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Share Ownership Limit may not allow five or fewer Persons to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Shares.

(i)            STOCK CERTIFICATE LEGENDING REQUIREMENTS. Upon issuance, all Shares of the Company shall bear the following legend:

The securities of GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “Company”) are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Company’s maintenance of its status as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in this Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Common Shares of the Company in excess of 9.9% of the aggregate number of outstanding Common Shares of the Company unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Preferred Shares of the Company in excess of 9.9% of the aggregate number of outstanding Preferred Shares of a class or series of the Company unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Shares that would result in the Company being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT (limitations in (i) through (iii), the “Ownership Restrictions”); and (iv) no Person may Transfer Shares if such Transfer would result in the Shares of the Company being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own Shares that cause or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own Shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Company. If any Transfer of Shares occurs, which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Shares in violation of any of the Ownership Restrictions,

16




then that number of the Shares, the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate the Ownership Restrictions will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries upon such transfer and shall be void AB INITIO. In addition, the Company may redeem Shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board in its sole discretion if the Board determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. All capitalized terms herein have the meanings defined in the charter of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Shares of the Company on request and without charge.

(ii)           TRANSFER OF SHARES IN TRUST.

(a)           OWNERSHIP IN TRUST.  Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 5.8(ii)(a)(II) that would result in a transfer of Shares to a Trust, such Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 5.8(ii)(a)(II). Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Company as provided in Section 5.8(iii)(f).

(b)           STATUS OF SHARES HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.  Shares held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Shares of the Company. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any Shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the Shares held in the Trust.

(c)           DIVIDEND AND VOTING RIGHTS.  The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Shares held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Company that the Shares have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the Shares have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Company that the Shares have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Company has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the

17




Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.8, until the Company has received notification that Shares have been transferred into a Trust, the Company shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

(d)           SALE OF SHARES BY TRUSTEE.  Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Company that Shares have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the Shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the Shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 5.8(iii)(d). The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the Shares in connection with the event causing the Shares to be held in the Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the Shares on the day of the event causing the Shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per Share received by the Trustee from the sale or other disposition of the Shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.8(iii)(c). Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Company that Shares have been transferred to the Trustee, such Shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such Shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such Shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 5.8, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

(e)           PURCHASE RIGHT IN STOCK TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUSTEE.  Shares transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Company, or its designee, at a price per Share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per Share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Company, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Company may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which has been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.8(iii)(c). The Company may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Company shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 5.8(iii)(d). Upon such a sale to the Company, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

(f)            DESIGNATION OF CHARITABLE BENEFICIARIES.  By written notice to the Trustee, the Company shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the Shares held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 5.8(ii)(a)(I) in the hands of such

18




Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

SECTION 5.9         SETTLEMENTS.  Nothing in Section 5.8 shall preclude the settlement of any transaction with respect to the Common Shares entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Shares are Listed.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any provision of Sections 5.10, and any transfer in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in Section 5.8.

SECTION 5.10       SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of Section 5.8 or any application of any such provision is determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the issue, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of Section 5.8 shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

SECTION 5.11       ENFORCEMENT.  The Company is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of Section 5.8.

SECTION 5.12       NON-WAIVER.  No delay or failure on the part of the Company or the Board in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Company or the Board, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

SECTION 5.13       REPURCHASE OF SHARES.  The Board may establish, from time to time, a program or programs by which the Company voluntarily repurchases Shares from its Stockholders; provided, however, that such repurchase does not impair the capital or operations of the Company. The Sponsor, members of the Board or any Affiliates thereof may not receive any fees arising out of the repurchase of Shares by the Company.

SECTION 5.14       DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLANS.  The Board may establish, from time to time, a Distribution reinvestment plan or plans (each, a “REINVESTMENT PLAN”). Under any such Reinvestment Plan, (i) all material information regarding Distributions to the Stockholders and the effect of reinvesting such Distributions, including the tax consequences thereof, shall be provided to the Stockholders not less often than annually, and (ii) each Stockholder participating in such Reinvestment Plan shall have a reasonable opportunity to withdraw from the Reinvestment Plan not less often than annually after receipt of the information required in clause (i) above.

ARTICLE 6
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 6.1         NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

(i)            The stated number of Directors of the Company shall be seven (7), which number may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to the Bylaws; provided, however, that such number shall be not fewer than three (3) and not more than fifteen

19




(15), subject to increase or decrease by the affirmative vote of 80% of the members then serving on the Board; provided, however, that there may be fewer than three (3) directors at any time the Company has only one (1) holder of record of its Common Shares. A majority of the Board will be Independent Directors except for a period of up to 60 days after the death, removal or resignation of an Independent Director. Any vacancies, including those which arise by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, will be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum. Independent Directors shall nominate replacements for vacancies in the Independent Director positions. No reduction in the number of Directors shall cause the removal of any Director from office prior to the expiration of his term, except as may otherwise be provided in the terms of any Preferred Shares issued by the Company. For the purposes of voting for Directors, each Share of stock may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election the Share is entitled to be voted. Cumulative voting for Directors is prohibited.

(ii)           The name of the initial Director, who shall serve on the Board until his successor is duly elected and qualified, is Douglas A. Cooper.

SECTION 6.2         EXPERIENCE.  Each Director, other than Independent Directors, shall have at least three (3) years of relevant experience demonstrating the knowledge and experience required to successfully acquire and manage the type of assets being acquired by the Company. At least one of the Independent Directors shall have three (3) years of relevant real estate experience.

SECTION 6.3         COMMITTEES.  Subject to the MGCL, the Board may establish such committees as it deems appropriate, in its discretion, provided that the majority of the members of each committee are Independent Directors.

SECTION 6.4         TERM.  The initial Board shall consist of seven (7) directors divided into three classes with (a) two (2) directors in each of the first two classes; and (b) three (3) directors in the third class.  The term of office of the first class shall expire initially at the next annual meeting of stockholders; that of the second class at the second succeeding annual meeting and that of the third class at the third succeeding annual meeting.  Thereafter each class of directors shall hold office for a three (3) year term and each director of a class shall hold office until the next annual meeting of members at which his class is to be elected and until his successor is duly elected and qualified. Directors may be elected to an unlimited number of successive terms.

SECTION 6.5         FIDUCIARY OBLIGATIONS.  The Directors serve in a fiduciary capacity to the Company and have a fiduciary duty to the Stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 6.6         RESIGNATION, REMOVAL OR DEATH.  Any Director may resign by written notice to the Board, effective upon execution and delivery to the Company of such written notice or upon any future date specified in the notice. A Director may be removed from office with cause only at a meeting of the Stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty six and two-thirds (66 2/3%) percent of the Shares then outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, subject

20




to the rights of any Preferred Shares to vote for such Directors (excluding shares which are not permitted to be voted pursuant to Section 10.3 below). The notice of such meeting shall indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of such meeting is to determine if a Director should be removed.

SECTION 6.7         RIGHTS OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS.  Holders of Shares shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL unless the Board, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such Shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

ARTICLE 7
POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 7.1         GENERAL.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Board, and the Board shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over the Company’s assets and over the business of the Company as if it, in its own right, was the sole owner thereof, except as otherwise limited by the Charter. In accordance with the policies on investments and borrowing set forth in this Article 7 and Article 9 hereof, the Board shall monitor the administrative procedures, investment operations and performance of the Company to assure that such policies are carried out. The Board may take any action that, in its sole judgment and discretion, is necessary or desirable to conduct the business of the Company.  The Charter shall be construed with a presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the Board. Any construction of the Charter or determination made in good faith by the Board concerning its powers and authority hereunder shall be conclusive. The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Board included in this Article 7 shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of this or any other provision of the Charter or construed or deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

SECTION 7.2         SPECIFIC POWERS AND AUTHORITY.  Subject only to the express limitations set forth herein, and in addition to all other powers and authority conferred by the Charter by law, the Board, without any vote, action or consent by the Stockholders, shall have and may exercise, at any time or times, in the name of the Company or on its behalf the following powers and authorities:

(i)            INVESTMENTS.  Subject to Article 9 and Section 11.6 hereof, the Board shall have the power and authority to invest in, purchase or otherwise acquire and to hold real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, property of any kind wherever located, or rights or interests therein or in connection therewith, all without regard to whether such property, interests or rights are authorized by law for the investment of funds held by trustees or other fiduciaries, or whether obligations the Company acquires have a term greater or lesser than the term of office of the Directors or the possible termination of the Company, for such consideration as the Board may deem proper (including cash, property of any kind or Securities

21




of the Company); provided, however, that the Board shall take such actions as it deems necessary and desirable to comply with any requirements of the MGCL relating to the types of assets held by the Company.

(ii)           REIT QUALIFICATION.  The Board shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax treatment in accordance with the REIT Provisions of the Code, unless the Board, in its sole discretion, determines at any time, due to changes in tax legislation or otherwise, that qualification as a REIT is not in the best interests of the Company. Following such REIT qualification, the Board shall use its best efforts to take such actions as are necessary, and may take such actions as it deems desirable (in its sole discretion) to preserve the status of the Company as a REIT; provided, however, that in the event that the Board determines that it no longer is in the best interests of the Company to qualify as a REIT, the Board may revoke or otherwise terminate the Company’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation set forth in this Charter which is intended to preserve the status of the Company as a REIT, including, without limitation, the restrictions and limitations on stock ownership and transfers in Section 5.8 hereof, is no longer required for REIT qualification and may waive compliance with any such restriction or limitation.

(iii)          SALE, DISPOSITION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS.  Subject to Articles 9 and 10 and Sections 11.6 and 12.3 hereof, the Board shall have the power and authority to (A) sell, rent, lease, hire, exchange, release, partition, assign, mortgage, grant security interests in, encumber, negotiate, dedicate, grant easements in and options with respect to, convey, transfer (including transfers to entities wholly or partially owned by the Company or any Director) any or all of the Company’s assets, (B) dispose of any or all of the Company’s assets by deeds (including deeds in lieu of foreclosure with or without consideration), trust deeds, assignments, bills of sale, transfers, leases, mortgages, financing statements, security agreements and other instruments for any of such purposes executed and delivered for and on behalf of the Company or the Board by one or more of the Directors or by a duly authorized officer, employee, agent or nominee of the Company, on such terms as it deems appropriate, (C) give consents and make contracts relating to the Company’s assets and their use or other property or matters, (D) develop, improve, manage, use, alter or otherwise deal with the Company’s assets, and (E) rent, lease or hire from others property of any kind; provided, however, that the Company may not use or apply land for any purposes not permitted by applicable law.  In evaluating a potential transaction involving a potential Change of Control of the Company by a third party, the Board may consider, among other things, the effect of such potential Change of Control on the Company’s (1) stockholders, employees, suppliers, customers, and creditors, and (2) committees in which offices or other properties are located.

(iv)          FINANCINGS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to borrow or, in any other manner, raise money for the purposes and on the terms it determines, which terms may (i) include evidencing the same by issuance of Securities of the Company and (ii) may have such provisions as the Board may determine; to reacquire such Securities to (A) enter into other contracts or obligations on behalf of the Company; to guarantee, indemnify or act as surety with respect to payment or performance of obligations of any Person and (B) mortgage, pledge, assign, grant security interests in or otherwise encumber the Company’s assets to secure

22




any such Securities of the Company, contracts or obligations (including guarantees, indemnifications and suretyships); and to renew, modify, release, compromise, extend, consolidate or cancel, in whole or in part, any obligation to or of the Company or participate in any reorganization of obligors to the Company; provided, however, that the Company’s Leverage shall be limited by the provisions of Section 8.4(viii) hereof.

(v)           LENDING.  Subject to all applicable limitations in the Charter, the Board shall have the power and authority to lend money or other assets of the Company on such terms, for such purposes and to such Persons as it may determine.

(vi)          ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES.  Subject to the provisions of Article 5 hereof, the Board may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or other Securities, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

(vii)         EXPENSES AND TAXES.  The Board shall have the power and authority (A) to pay any charges, expenses or liabilities necessary or desirable, in the sole discretion of the Board, for carrying out the purposes of the Charter and conducting the business of the Company, including (1) compensation or fees to Directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company, and to Persons contracting with the Company and (2) any taxes, levies, charges and assessments of any kind imposed upon or chargeable against the Company, the Company’s assets or the Directors in connection therewith and (B) to prepare and file any tax returns, reports or other documents and take any other appropriate action relating to the payment of any such charges, expenses or liabilities.

(viii)        COLLECTION AND ENFORCEMENT.  The Board shall have the power and authority to collect, sue for and receive money or other property due to the Company; to consent to extensions of time for the payment, or to the renewal, of any Securities or obligations; to engage or to intervene in, prosecute, defend, compound, enforce, compromise, release, abandon or adjust any actions, suits, proceedings, disputes, claims, demands, security interests or things relating to the Company, the Company’s assets or the Company’s affairs; to exercise any rights and enter into any agreements and take any other action necessary or desirable in connection with the foregoing.

(ix)           DEPOSITS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to deposit funds or Securities constituting part of the Company’s assets in banks, trust companies, savings and loan associations, financial institutions and other depositories, whether or not such deposits will draw interest, subject to withdrawal on such terms and in such manner as the Board may determine.

(x)            ALLOCATION; ACCOUNTS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to determine whether moneys, profits or other assets of the Company shall be charged or credited to, or allocated between, income and capital, including whether or not to amortize any premium or discount and to determine in what manner any expenses or disbursements are to be borne as between income and capital (regardless of how such items would normally or otherwise

23




be charged to or allocated between income and capital without such determination); to treat any dividend or other distribution on any investment as, or apportion it between, income and capital; in its discretion to provide reserves for depreciation, amortization, obsolescence or other purposes in respect of any of the Company’s assets in such amounts and by such methods as it determines constitute net earnings, profits or surplus in their discretion; to determine the method or form in which the accounts and records of the Company shall be maintained; and to allocate to the Stockholders’ equity account less than all of the consideration paid for Securities and to allocate the balance to paid-in capital or capital surplus.

(xi)           VALUATION OF ASSETS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to determine the value of all or any part of the Company’s assets and of any services, Securities, property or other consideration to be furnished to or acquired by the Company, and to revalue all or any part of the Company’s assets, all in accordance with such appraisals or other information as are reasonable and necessary, in its sole judgment.

(xii)          OWNERSHIP AND VOTING POWERS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to exercise all of the rights, powers, options and privileges pertaining to the ownership of any of the Company’s assets to the same extent that an individual owner might, including without limitation to vote or give any consent, request or notice or waive any notice, either in person or by proxy or power of attorney, which proxies and powers of attorney may be for any general or special meetings or action, and may include the exercise of discretionary powers.

(xiii)         OFFICERS, ETC.; DELEGATION OF POWERS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to elect, appoint or employ such officers for the Company and such committees of the Board with such powers and duties as the Board may determine, the Company’s Bylaws provide or the MGCL requires; to engage, employ or contract with and pay compensation to any Person (including subject to Section 11.6 hereof, any Director and any Person who is an Affiliate of any Director) as agent, representative, member of an advisory board, employee or independent contractor (including advisors, consultants, transfer agents, registrars, underwriters, accountants, attorneys-at-law, real estate agents, property and other managers, appraisers, brokers, architects, engineers, construction managers, general contractors or otherwise) in one or more capacities, to perform such services on such terms as the Board may determine; to delegate to one or more Directors, officers or other Persons engaged or employed as aforesaid or to committees of the Board, the performance of acts or other things (including granting of consents), the making of decisions and the execution of such deeds, contracts, leases or other instruments, either in the names of the Company, the Board or as their attorneys or otherwise, as the Board may determine; and to establish such committees as it deems appropriate.

(xiv)        ASSOCIATIONS.  Subject to Section 11.6 hereof, the Board shall have the power and authority to cause the Company to enter into Joint Ventures, general or limited partnerships, participation or agency arrangements or any other lawful combinations, relationships or associations of any kind.

(xv)         REORGANIZATIONS, ETC.  Subject to Sections 12.2 and 12.3 hereof, the Board shall have the power and authority to cause to be organized or assist in organizing any

24




Person under the laws of any jurisdiction to acquire all or any part of the Company’s assets, carry on any business in which the Company shall have an interest or otherwise exercise the powers the Board deems necessary, useful or desirable to carry on the business of the Company or to carry out the provisions of the Charter, to merge or consolidate the Company with any Person; to sell, rent, lease, hire, convey, negotiate, assign, exchange or transfer all or any part of the Company’s assets to or with any Person in exchange for Securities of such Person or otherwise; and to lend money to, subscribe for and purchase the Securities of, and enter into any contracts with, any Person in which the Company holds, or is about to acquire, securities or any other interests.

(xvi)        INSURANCE.  The Board shall have the power and authority to purchase and pay for out of the Company’s assets insurance policies insuring the Stockholders, Company and the Company’s assets against any and all risks, and insuring the Directors and Affiliates of the Company, individually (each an “INSURED”) against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of each such insured holding or having held any such status, office or position or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by the Insured in such capacity, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify against such claim or liability, provided that such insurance be limited to the indemnification permitted by Section 11.3 hereof in regard to any liability or loss resulting from negligence, gross negligence, misconduct, willful misconduct or an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws. Nothing contained herein shall preclude the Company from purchasing and paying for such types of insurance, including extended coverage liability and casualty and workers’ compensation, as would be customary for any Person owning comparable assets and engaged in a similar business, or from naming the Insured as an additional insured party thereunder, provided that such addition does not add to the premiums payable by the Company.

(xvii)       DISTRIBUTIONS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to authorize dividends for declaration and payment by the Company or other Distributions to Stockholders, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 hereof.

(xviii)      DISCONTINUE OPERATIONS; BANKRUPTCY.  The Board shall have the power and authority to discontinue the operations of the Company (subject to Section 12.2 hereof); to petition or apply for relief under any provision of federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization laws or similar laws for the relief of debtors; to permit any Property to be foreclosed upon without raising any legal or equitable defenses that may be available to the Company or the Directors or otherwise defending or responding to such foreclosure; to confess judgment against the Company (as hereinafter defined); or to take such other action with respect to indebtedness or other obligations of the Directors, the Company’s assets or the Company as the Board, in such capacity, and in its discretion may determine.

(xix)         FISCAL YEAR.  Subject to the Code, the Board shall have the power and authority to adopt, and from time to time to change, the fiscal year for the Company.

(xx)          SEAL.  The Board shall have the power and authority to adopt and use a seal, but the use of a seal shall not be required for the execution of instruments or obligations of the Company.

25




(xxi)         BYLAWS.  The Board shall have the exclusive power and authority to adopt, implement and from time to time alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

(xxii)        FURTHER POWERS.  The Board shall have the power and authority to do all other acts and things and execute and deliver all instruments incident to the foregoing powers, and to exercise all powers that it deems necessary, useful or desirable to carry on the business of the Company or to carry out the provisions of the Charter, even if such powers are not specifically provided hereby.

SECTION 7.3         DETERMINATION BY BOARD OF BEST INTEREST OF COMPANY.  The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and every holder of its Stock: the amount of the Net Income of the Company for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its Stock or the payment of other Distributions on its Stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, Net Assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Company or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any class; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Company; any matter relating to the qualification of the Company as a REIT or election of a different tax status for the Company; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board.

ARTICLE 8
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND LIMITATIONS

SECTION 8.1         INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES.  The Company’s primary investment objectives are:  (i) to preserve, protect and return the capital invested by the Stockholders; (ii) to realize capital appreciation upon the ultimate sale of the Assets; and (iii) to maximize net cash available from operations such that cash is available for Distribution.  The sheltering from tax of income from other sources is not an objective of the Company. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, the Board will use best efforts to conduct the affairs of the Company in such a manner as to continue to qualify the Company for the tax treatment provided in the REIT Provisions of the Code unless and until the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that REIT qualification is not in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company shall be liable for any act or omission resulting in the loss of tax benefits under the Code, except to the extent provided in Section 12.2 hereof.

26




SECTION 8.2         REVIEW OF OBJECTIVES.  The Independent Directors shall review the investment policies of the Company with sufficient frequency (not less often than annually) to determine that the policies being followed by the Company are in the best interests of its Stockholders. Each such determination and the basis therefor shall be set forth in the minutes of the meetings of the Board.

SECTION 8.3         CERTAIN PERMITTED INVESTMENTS.

(i)            The Company may invest in Assets, as defined in Article 4 hereof.

(ii)           The Company may invest in Joint Ventures with the Sponsor, one or more Directors or any Affiliate, only if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction, approve such investment as being fair and reasonable to the Company and on substantially the same terms and conditions as those received by the other joint venturers.

(iii)          Subject to any limitations in Section 9.4, the Company may invest in equity securities only if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction approve such investment as being fair, competitive and commercially reasonable.

SECTION 8.4         INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS.  In addition to other investment restrictions imposed by the Board from time to time, consistent with the Company’s objective of qualifying as a REIT, the following shall apply to the Company’s investments:

(i)            A majority of the Directors shall authorize the consideration to be paid for each Asset, ordinarily based on the fair market value of the Asset. If a majority of the Independent Directors determine, or if the Asset is acquired from a Director, the Sponsor or their Affiliates, such fair market value shall be determined by a qualified Independent Appraiser selected by the Independent Directors.

(ii)           The aggregate Leverage shall be reasonable in relation to the Net Assets and shall be reviewed by the Board at least quarterly. The maximum amount of such Leverage shall not exceed three hundred percent (300%) of the Net Assets as of the date of any borrowing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Leverage may exceed such limit if any excess in borrowing over such 300% level is approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Any such excess borrowing shall be disclosed to Stockholders in the next quarterly report of the Company following such borrowing, along with justification for such excess.

(iii)          The Company will not make any investment that the Company believes will be inconsistent with its objectives of qualifying and remaining qualified as a REIT unless and until the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that REIT qualification is not in the best interests of the Company.

27




ARTICLE 9
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

SECTION 9.1         SALES AND LEASES TO COMPANY.  The Company may purchase or lease an Asset or Assets from the Sponsor, a Director, or any Affiliate thereof upon a finding by a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction that such transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company and at a price to the Company no greater than the cost of the Asset to such Sponsor, Director or Affiliate, or, if the price to the Company is in excess of such cost, that substantial justification for such excess exists and such excess is reasonable.  In no event shall the purchase price of any Property to the Company exceed its current Appraised Value.

SECTION 9.2         SALES AND LEASES TO THE SPONSOR, DIRECTORS OR AFFILIATES.  A Sponsor, Director or Affiliate thereof may purchase or lease Assets from the Company if a majority of Directors (including a majority of Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in the transaction determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.

SECTION 9.3         OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  The Company shall not make loans to the Sponsor, Directors or any Affiliates thereof except Mortgages pursuant to Section 8.4(iii) hereof or loans to wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. The Sponsor, Directors and any Affiliates thereof shall not make loans to the Company, or to joint ventures in which the Company is a co-venturer, unless approved by a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in such transaction as fair, competitive, and commercially reasonable, and no less favorable to the Company than comparable loans between unaffiliated parties.

ARTICLE 10
STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 10.1       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  There shall be an annual meeting of the Stockholders, to be held at such time and place as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, at which the Directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be conducted. The annual meeting will be held on a date that is a reasonable period of time following the distribution of the Company’s annual report to Stockholders but not less than thirty (30) days after delivery of such report. A majority of Stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual meeting at which a quorum is present, may, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, vote to elect the Directors. A quorum shall be fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Shares. Special meetings of Stockholders may be called in the manner provided in the Bylaws, including by the president or by a majority of the Directors or a majority of the Independent Directors, and shall be called by an officer of the Company upon written request of Stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than twenty five percent (25%) of the outstanding Shares entitled to be voted on any issue proposed to be considered at any such special meeting. Notice of any special meeting of Stockholders shall be given as provided in the Bylaws, and the special meeting shall be held not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days after the delivery of such notice. If the meeting is called by written request of Stockholders as described in this Section 10.1, the special meeting shall be held at the time and

28




place specified in the Stockholder request; provided, however, that if none is so specified, at such time and place convenient to the Stockholders. If there are no Directors, the officers of the Company shall promptly call a special meeting of the Stockholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Directors. Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Board may determine or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws.

SECTION 10.2       VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding and the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations, the Stockholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a) election or removal of Directors, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, as provided in Sections 10.1, 6.4 and 6.6 hereof; (b) amendment of the Charter, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board, as provided in Section 12.1 hereof; (c) reorganization of the Company as provided in Section 12.2 hereof; (d) merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 12.3 hereof; (e) dissolution of the Company, without the necessity for concurrence by the Board; and (f) such other matters with respect to which the Board has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and declaring that the matter be submitted to the Stockholders for approval or ratification. Except with respect to the foregoing matters, no action taken by the Stockholders at any meeting shall in any way bind the Board.

SECTION 10.3       VOTING LIMITATIONS ON SHARES HELD BY THE DIRECTORS AND AFFILIATES.  With respect to Shares owned by any Director, or any of their Affiliates, neither such Director(s), nor any of their Affiliates may vote or consent on matters submitted to the Stockholders regarding the removal of such Director(s) or any of their Affiliates or any transaction between the Company and any of them. In determining the requisite percentage in interest of Shares necessary to approve a matter on which such Director(s) and any of their Affiliates may not vote or consent, any Shares owned by any of them shall not be included.

SECTION 10.4       RIGHT OF INSPECTION.  Any Stockholder and any designated representative thereof shall be permitted access to the records of the Company to which it is entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times, and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable charge. Inspection of the Company books and records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction shall be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours.

SECTION 10.5       ACCESS TO STOCKHOLDER LIST.  An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Stockholders of the Company, along with the number of Shares held by each of them (the “STOCKHOLDER LIST”), shall be maintained as part of the books and records of the Company and shall be available for inspection by any Stockholder or the Stockholder’s designated agent at the home office of the Company upon the request of the Stockholder. The Stockholder List shall be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of such list shall be mailed to any Stockholder so requesting within ten (10) days of receipt by the Company of the request.  The copy of the Stockholder List shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in a readily readable type size (in no event smaller than 10-point type).  The Company may impose a reasonable charge for expenses incurred in reproduction pursuant to the Stockholder request.  A

29




Stockholder may request a copy of the Stockholder List in connection with matters relating to Stockholders’ voting rights, and the exercise of Stockholder rights under federal proxy laws.

If the Board neglects or refuses to exhibit, produce or mail a copy of the Stockholder List as requested, the Board, as the case may be, shall be liable to any Stockholder requesting the list for the costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by that Stockholder for compelling the production of the Stockholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any Stockholder by reason of such refusal or neglect. It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Stockholder List is to secure such list of Stockholders or other information for the purpose of selling such list or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a Stockholder relative to the affairs of the Company. The Company may require the Stockholder requesting the Stockholder List to represent that the list is not requested for a commercial purpose unrelated to the Stockholder’s interest in the Company. The remedies provided hereunder to Stockholders requesting copies of the Stockholder List are in addition, to and shall not in any way limit, other remedies available to Stockholders under federal law, or the laws of any state.

SECTION 10.6       REPORTS.  The Directors, including the Independent Directors, shall take reasonable steps to insure that the Company shall cause to be prepared and mailed or delivered to each Stockholder as of a record date after the end of the fiscal year and each holder of other publicly held Securities within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates an annual report for each fiscal year ending after the Commencement of the Initial Public Offering that shall include financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which are audited and reported on by independent certified public accountants.

ARTICLE 11
LIABILITY OF STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS, AND AFFILIATES; TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN AFFILIATES AND THE COMPANY

SECTION 11.1       LIMITATION OF STOCKHOLDER LIABILITY.  No Stockholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Company by reason of his being a Stockholder, nor shall any Stockholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contractor otherwise, to any Person in connection with the Company’s assets or the affairs of the Company by reason of his being a Stockholder.

SECTION 11.2       LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY.  To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no director or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company or its Stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 11.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Section 11.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

30




SECTION 11.3       INDEMNIFICATION.

(i)            The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless a Director, officer, employee, agent, or Affiliate (the “INDEMNITEE”) against any or all losses or liabilities reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with or by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted to be performed on behalf of the Company in such capacity, provided, that the Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company. The Company shall not indemnify or hold harmless the Indemnitee if: (a) in the case that the Indemnitee is a Director (other than an Independent Director) or an Affiliate, the loss or liability was the result of negligence or misconduct by the Indemnitee, or (b) in the case that the Indemnitee is an Independent Director, the loss or liability was the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnitee. Any indemnification of expenses or agreement to hold harmless may be paid only out of the Net Assets of the Company, and no portion may be recoverable from the Stockholders.

(ii)           The Company shall not provide indemnification for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (a) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to the Indemnitee, (b) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnitee; or (c) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which Securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

(iii)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the provisions of subsection (i) and (ii) above of this Section, the Company shall not indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee if it is established that: (a) the act or omission was material to the loss or liability and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, or (d) in a proceeding by or in the right of the Company, the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company.

(iv)          The Board may take such action as is necessary to carry out this Section 11.3 and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time Bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions. No amendment of the Charter or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate the right of indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

SECTION 11.4       PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of final disposition of a proceeding if all of the following are satisfied: (i) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee provides the Company with written affirmation of the

31




Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by Section 11.3 hereof, (iii) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a Stockholder or, if by a Stockholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement, and (iv) the Indemnitee provides the Company with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee did not comply with the requisite standard of conduct and is not entitled to indemnification. Any indemnification payment or reimbursement of expenses will be furnished in accordance with the procedures in Section 2-418(e) of the MGCL or any successor statute.

SECTION 11.5       EXPRESS EXCULPATORY CLAUSES IN INSTRUMENTS.  Neither the Stockholders nor the Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company shall be liable under any written instrument creating an obligation of the Company by reason of their being Stockholders, Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company, and all Persons shall look solely to the Company’s assets for the payment of any claim under or for the performance of that instrument. The omission of the foregoing exculpatory language from any instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such instrument and shall not render any Stockholder, Director, officer, employee or agent liable thereunder to any third party, nor shall the Directors or any officer, employee or agent of the Company be liable to anyone as a result of such omission.

SECTION 11.6       TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Company shall not engage in transactions with the Sponsor, a Director or any of the Company’s Affiliates, except to the extent that each such transaction has, after disclosure of such affiliation, been approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not Affiliated with the Person who is party to the transaction and:

(i)            The transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.

(ii)           The terms and conditions of such transaction are not less favorable to the Company than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

(iii)          If an acquisition is involved, the total consideration is not in excess of the Appraised Value of the Property being acquired, as determined by an Independent Appraiser.

ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT; REORGANIZATION; MERGER, ETC.

SECTION 12.1       AMENDMENT.  The Company reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to its Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on Stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise provided in the Charter, and to the extent otherwise permitted by Maryland law, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the matter, including without limitation, (1) any amendment which would adversely affect the

32




rights, preferences and privileges of the Stockholders and (2) any amendment to Article 9, Article 10, Article 12, Article 14, Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 12.2 and 12.3 hereof and this Section 12.1(or any other amendment of the Charter that would have the effect of amending such sections).

SECTION 12.2       REORGANIZATION.  Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Board shall have the power (i) to cause the organization of a corporation, association, trust or other organization to takeover the Company’s assets and to carry on the affairs of the Company, or (ii) to merge the Company into, or sell, convey and transfer the Company’s assets to any such corporation, association, trust or organization in exchange for securities thereof or beneficial interests therein, and the assumption by the transferee of the liabilities of the Company, and upon the occurrence of (i) or (ii) above, terminate the Company and deliver such securities or beneficial interests ratably among the Stockholders according to the respective rights of the class or series of Shares held by them; provided, however, that, except as permitted by law, any such action shall have been approved, at a meeting of the Stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Shares then outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

SECTION 12.3       MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF COMPANY ASSETS.  Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding, the Board shall have the power to (i) merge the Company into another entity, (ii) consolidate the Company with one (1) or more other entities into a new entity; (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or (iv) dissolve or liquidate the Company, other than before the initial investment in Assets; provided, however, that, except as permitted by law, such action shall have been approved, at a meeting of the Stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Shares then outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Any such transaction involving an Affiliate of the Company also must be approved by a majority of the Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) not otherwise interested in such transaction as fair and reasonable to the Company and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

In connection with any proposed Roll-Up Transaction, an appraisal of all of the Company’s assets shall be obtained from a competent Independent Appraiser. The Company’s assets shall be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal shall be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and shall indicate the value of the assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed Roll-Up Transaction. The appraisal shall assume an orderly liquidation of the assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of the Independent Appraiser shall clearly state that the engagement is for the benefit of the Company and the Stockholders. A summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, shall be included in a report to Stockholders in connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction.  In connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction, the person sponsoring the Roll-Up Transaction shall offer to Stockholders who vote against the proposed Roll-Up Transaction the choice of:

(i)            accepting the securities of a Roll-Up Entity offered in the proposed Roll-Up Transaction; or

33




(ii)           one of the following:

(a)           remaining as Stockholders of the Company and preserving their interests therein on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

(b)           receiving cash in an amount equal to the Stockholder’s pro rata share of the Appraised Value of the Net Assets of the Company.

The Company is prohibited from participating in any proposed Roll-Up Transaction:

(i)            that would result in the Stockholders having voting rights in a Roll-Up Entity that are less than the rights provided for in Article 10 hereof;

(ii)           that includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of Shares by any purchaser of the securities of the Roll-Up Entity (except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of the Roll-Up Entity), or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the Roll-Up Entity on the basis of the number of Shares held by that investor;

(iii)          in which investor’s rights to access of records of the Roll-Up Entity will be less than those described in Sections 10.5 and 10.6 hereof; or

(iv)          in which any of the costs of the Roll-Up Transaction would be borne by the Company if the Roll-Up Transaction is not approved by the Stockholders.

ARTICLE 13
RESERVED

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 14.1       GOVERNING LAW.  These Articles of Incorporation are executed by the incorporator named above and delivered in the State of Maryland with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

SECTION 14.2       RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES.  Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to any persons dealing with the Company if executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Company or of any recording office in which this Charter may be recorded, appears to be the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or a Director, and if certifying to: (i) the number or identity of Directors, officers of the Company or Stockholders; (ii) the due authorization of the execution of any document; (iii) the action or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board or Stockholders; (iv) a copy of the Charter or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy as then in force; (v) an amendment to this Charter; (vi) the dissolution of the Company; or (vii) the existence of any fact or facts that relate to the affairs of the Company. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person shall be

34




bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made on behalf of the Company by the Board or by any duly authorized officer, employee or agent of the Company.

SECTION 14.3       PROVISIONS IN CONFLICT WITH LAW OR REGULATIONS.

(i)            The provisions of this Charter are severable, and if the Board shall determine that any one or more of such provisions are in conflict with the REIT Provisions of the Code, or other applicable federal or state laws, the conflicting provisions shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Charter, even without any amendment of this Charter pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof; provided, however, that such determination by the Board shall not affect or impair any of the remaining provisions of this Charter or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. No Director shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.

(ii)           If any provision of this Charter shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such holding shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Charter in any jurisdiction.

SECTION 14.4       CONSTRUCTION.  In this Charter, unless the context otherwise requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and words denoting any gender include both genders. The title and headings of different parts are inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of this Charter. In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Company and its Directors and officers, reference may be made, to the extent appropriate, to the Code and to Titles 1 through 3 of the MGCL.

SECTION 14.5       RECORDATION.  These Articles of Incorporation and any amendment hereto shall be filed for record with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Board deem appropriate, but failure to file for record these Articles of Incorporation or any amendment hereto in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or effectiveness of these Articles of Incorporation or any amendment hereto. Any restated Articles of Incorporation shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Articles of Incorporation and the various amendments thereto.

35




THE UNDERSIGNED, being the President of GTJ REIT, Inc., does hereby acknowledge, under penalty of perjury, that this is the act and deed of said corporation and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly he has hereunto set his hand this      day of October 2006.

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper, President

 

Witnessed:

 

 

 

Douglas Cooper, Secretary

 

36



Exhibit 5.1

Writer’s Direct Dial:  (516) 663-6600
Writer’s Direct Fax:  (516) 663-6601

October 18, 2006

GTJ REIT, Inc.
c/o GTJ Co., Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended

Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to GTJ REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of the Company (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) relating to 15,564,454 shares (the “Registration Shares”) of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), to be issued by the Company in connection with its business combination with Green Bus Lines, Inc., Triboro Coach Corp. and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (the “Reorganization”), and the distribution of certain earnings and profits to its stockholders following the Reorganization.

We have examined the Registration Statement, the By-Laws of the Company, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, resolutions of the board of directors of the Company relating to the issuance and distribution of the Common Stock and the filing of the Registration Statement, and such other documents, instruments and agreements as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of delivering this opinion, each as amended to date.

In such examination, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have executed any of the aforesaid documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with originals of all documents submitted to us as copies (and the authenticity of the originals of such copies), and that all public records reviewed are accurate and complete. With respect to the issuance of any Common Stock, we have assumed that the Common Stock will be issued in accordance with the terms described in the Registration Statement.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Registration Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued in the manner described in the Registration Statement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company.




We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and we express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the federal laws of the United States, the laws of the State of New York, and, to the extent relevant, the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

We hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement and in the related prospectus contained therein as the attorneys who passed upon the legality of the Common Stock and to the filing of a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The foregoing opinion is being furnished to, and is solely for the benefit of, the addressee named above and except with our prior written consent, may not be relied upon by any person or entity other than the Company.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

 

 

 

 

RUSKIN MOSCOU FALTISCHEK, P.C.

 

2



Exhibit 8.1(1)

_________, 2006

Board of Directors
Green Bus Lines, Inc.
Board of Directors
Triboro Coach Corporation
Board of Directors
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.,
Board of Directors
GTJ REIT, Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:         GTJ REIT, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                                In connection with the proposed election by GTJ REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“GTJ REIT”), to be taxed as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes following the mergers (the “Mergers”) of Green Bus Lines, Inc., a New York corporation (“Green Bus”), Triboro Coach Corporation, a New York corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., a New York corporation (“Jamaica,” and each of Green Bus, Triboro and Jamaica, a “Bus Company,” and together the “Bus Companies”), with and into subsidiaries (the “Acquisition Companies”) of GTJ REIT, with the Acquisition Companies surviving the Mergers, as more fully described in the registration statement filed by GTJ REIT on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2006, and the amendments thereto through the date hereof (together with attachments thereto, the “Registration Statement”), you have requested our opinion with respect to whether after the Mergers the expected ownership structure, the distribution of earnings and profits, the income, assets and the proposed methods of operations would enable GTJ REIT to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”).

Bases for Opinion

                                The opinion set forth in this letter is based on relevant current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations thereunder (including proposed and temporary Treasury Regulations), and interpretations of the foregoing as expressed in court decisions, applicable legislative history, and the administrative rulings and practices of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), including its practices and policies in issuing private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to a taxpayer  that receives such a ruling, all as of the date hereof. These provisions and interpretations are subject to change by the IRS, Congress and the courts (as applicable), which may or may not be retroactive in effect and which might result in material modifications of our opinion. Our opinion does not foreclose the possibility of a contrary determination by the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction, or of a contrary position taken by the IRS or the




 

Treasury Department in regulations or rulings issued in the future. In this regard, an opinion of counsel with respect to an issue represents counsel’s best professional judgment with respect to the outcome on the merits with respect to such issue, if such issue were to be litigated, but an opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and is not a guarantee that the IRS will not assert a contrary position with respect to such issue or that a court will not sustain such a position asserted by the IRS.

In rendering the following opinion, we have examined such statutes, regulations, records, agreements, certificates and other documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion, including, but not limited to:

1.                the Registration Statement;

2.                the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of GTJ REIT dated October __, 2006;

3.                the articles of incorporation of each of the Bus Companies and the Acquisition Companies;

4.                the form of Stockholder Rights Agreement between GTJ REIT and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Rights Agent (the “Stockholder Rights Agreement”); and

5.                such other documents as we deemed necessary or appropriate.

The opinion set forth in this letter also are premised on certain written representations of GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies contained in a letter to us dated ________, 2006 (the “Representation Letter,” and together with the documents referred to in the preceding sentence, the “Reviewed Documents”).

We have made such legal and factual inquiries, including an examination of the Reviewed Documents, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinion. For purposes of rendering our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in such documents, including the Registration Statement. We consequently have relied upon the representations and statements of GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies as described in the Reviewed Documents, and assumed that the information presented in such documents or otherwise furnished to us is accurate and complete in all material respects. After reasonable inquiry, however, we are not aware of any material facts or circumstances contrary to, or inconsistent with, the representations and statements we have relied upon as described herein, or other assumptions set forth herein.

In this regard, we have assumed with your consent the following:

1.                all of the factual representations and statements set forth in the Reviewed Documents are true, correct, and complete as of the date hereof;




 

2.                any representation or statement made as a belief or made “to the knowledge of” or similarly qualified is correct and accurate, without such qualification;

3.                each agreement described in the Reviewed Documents is valid and binding in accordance with its terms;

4.                each of the obligations of GTJ REIT, the Bus Companies and their respective subsidiaries described in the Reviewed Documents has been or will be performed or satisfied in accordance with its terms;

5.                any and all elections and filings to be made with the IRS are timely and properly filed;

6.                the genuineness of all signatures, the proper execution of all documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of documents submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals from which any copies were made;

7.                any documents as to which we have reviewed only a form or draft were or will be duly executed without material changes from the form or draft reviewed by us; and

8.                the Stockholder Rights Agreement will be entered into before the Mergers and no adjustment will be made pursuant to Section 9 or 10 of the Stockholder Rights Agreement.

                                Any material variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Reviewed Documents may adversely affect the conclusions stated herein.

Opinion

                                Based upon, subject to, and limited by the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that after the Mergers the proposed methods of organization and operation of GTJ REIT, its expected ownership structure, the expected  distribution of earnings and profits of the Bus Companies and their subsidiary corporations and GTJ REIT’s expected income and assets, will enable GTJ REIT to qualify as a REIT commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2007.

* * * * *

                                This opinion letter addresses only the specific federal income tax matters set forth above and does not address any other federal, state, local or foreign tax issues, including the accuracy of any statements in the Registration Statement, the Merger Agreement or any proxy statement the Bus Companies may issue in the future, or the federal income tax consequences of the Mergers to the GTJ REIT shareholders.  In particular, we have not offered and are not offering any opinion regarding GTJ REIT’s actual qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code in the future.  More specifically, in order to qualify as a REIT for its taxable year ending December 31, 2007, GTJ REIT will have to satisfy a number of asset, income, ownership and




 

distribution tests on an ongoing basis beginning with its taxable year ending December 31, 2007, the results of which cannot be known with certainty as of the date hereof.  GTJ REIT’s actual qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code will depend upon its ability to meet on an ongoing basis (through actual annual operating results, distribution levels, diversity of share ownership and otherwise) the various qualification tests imposed under the Internal Revenue Code.  We have not undertaken at this time to review GTJ REIT’s compliance with these requirements on a continuing basis.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of GTJ REIT’s operations, the sources of its income, the nature of its assets, the level of its distributions to shareholders and the diversity of its share ownership for any given taxable year will satisfy the requirements under the Internal Revenue Code for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

In addition, GTJ REIT proposes to enter into the Stockholder Rights Agreement which provides for the issuance of the rights to GTJ REIT shareholders to acquire interests in preferred stocks of GTJ REIT in the event of a take-over attempt by outsiders.  There is uncertainty regarding the proper federal income tax treatment of the actual issuance or exercise of the rights under a plan similar to the Rights Agreement, or a modification of the terms of the Stockholder Rights Agreement.  It is possible that such issuance or exercise, or such modification may be treated as a deemed dividend distribution by GTJ REIT or as a business expense incurred by GTJ REIT.  To the extent that such event is treated as a deemed dividend distribution by GTJ REIT, it is possible that such event could cause GTJ REIT to fail to satisfy the annual income distribution requirement for the year of such event.  Thus, we cannot give you any assurance that the issuance or exercise of a right under the Rights Agreement or a modification of the terms of the Rights Agreement will not cause GTJ REIT to fail to qualify as a REIT for the year of such event, and our opinion above regarding GTJ REIT’s qualification as a REIT is limited only to the extent that the rights under the Stockholder Rights Agreement are not issued and the terms of the Stockholder Rights Agreement are not modified.

This opinion letter has been prepared for your use in connection with the filing by GTJ REIT of the Registration Statement on the date hereof.  This opinion letter should not be relied upon by any person other than you or for any other purpose. We assume no obligation by reason of this opinion letter to advise you of any changes in our opinion subsequent to the delivery of this opinion letter but agree to do so from time to time upon specific request from you for an update or confirmation.

                We consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are an “expert” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

 




 

_________, 2006

Board of Directors
Green Bus Lines, Inc.
Board of Directors
Triboro Coach Corporation
Board of Directors
Jamaica Central Railways, Inc.,
Board of Directors
GTJ REIT, Inc.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:         GTJ REIT, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                                In connection with the proposed mergers (the “Mergers”) of Green Bus Lines, Inc., a New York corporation (“Green Bus”), Triboro Coach Corporation, a New York corporation (“Triboro”) and Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., a New York corporation (“Jamaica,” and each of Green Bus, Triboro and Jamaica, a “Bus Company,” and together the “Bus Companies”), with and into subsidiaries (the “Acquisition Companies”) of GTJ REIT Inc., a Maryland corporation (“GTJ REIT”), with the Acquisition Companies surviving the Mergers, as more fully described in the registration statement (together with its exhibits and attachments) filed by GTJ REIT on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2006, and amendments thereto through the date hereof (together with the attachments thereto, the “Registration Statement”), you have requested our opinion with respect to whether the Mergers would qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Internal Revenue Code”), including whether any entities parties to the Mergers would recognize any gain or loss as a result of the Mergers, and whether such entities’ asset holding periods and tax bases would carry over to the entities surviving the Mergers.

Bases for Opinion

                                The opinion set forth in this letter is based on relevant current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations thereunder (including proposed and temporary Treasury Regulations), and interpretations of the foregoing as expressed in court decisions, applicable legislative history, and the administrative rulings and practices of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), including its practices and policies in issuing private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to a taxpayer  that receives such a ruling, all as of the date hereof. These provisions and interpretations are subject to change by the IRS, Congress and the courts (as applicable), which may or may not be retroactive in effect and which might result in material modifications of our opinion. Our opinion does not foreclose the possibility of a contrary determination by the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction, or of a contrary position taken by the IRS or the Treasury Department in regulations or rulings issued in the future. In this regard, an




opinion of counsel with respect to an issue represents counsel’s best professional judgment with respect to the outcome on the merits with respect to such issue, if such issue were to be litigated, but an opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and is not a guarantee that the IRS will not assert a contrary position with respect to such issue or that a court will not sustain such a position asserted by the IRS.

In rendering the following opinion, we have examined such statutes, regulations, records, agreements, certificates and other documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion, including, but not limited to:

1.                the Registration Statement;

2.                the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of GTJ REIT dated _______, 2006;

3.                the Merger Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Bus Companies, the Acquisition Companies and GTJ REIT dated July 24, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”); and

4.                such other documents as we deemed necessary or appropriate.

The opinion set forth in this letter also are premised on certain written representations of GTJ REIT and the Bus Companies contained in a letter to us dated __________, 2006 (the “Representation Letter,” and together with the documents referred to in the preceding sentence, the “Reviewed Documents”).

We have made such legal and factual inquiries, including an examination of the Reviewed Documents, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinion. For purposes of rendering our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in such documents, including the Registration Statement. We consequently have relied upon the representations and statements of the Company as described in the Reviewed Documents, and assumed that the information presented in such documents or otherwise furnished to us is accurate and complete in all material respects. After reasonable inquiry, however, we are not aware of any material facts or circumstances contrary to, or inconsistent with, the representations and statements we have relied upon as described herein, or other assumptions set forth herein.

In this regard, we have assumed with your consent the following:

1.                all of the factual representations and statements set forth in the Reviewed Documents are true, correct, and complete as of the date hereof;

2.                any representation or statement made as a belief or made “to the knowledge of” or similarly qualified is correct and accurate, without such qualification;

3.                each agreement described in the Reviewed Documents is valid and binding in accordance with its terms;




 

4.                each of the obligations of GTJ REIT, the Bus Companies and their respective subsidiaries described in the Reviewed Documents has been or will be performed or satisfied in accordance with its terms;

5.                all consolidations other than the Mergers qualify as tax-free transactions;

6.                the genuineness of all signatures, the proper execution of all documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of documents submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals from which any copies were made; and

7.                any documents as to which we have reviewed only a form or draft were or will be duly executed without material changes from the form or draft reviewed by us.

Any material variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Reviewed Documents may adversely affect the conclusions stated herein.

Opinion

                Based upon, subject to, and limited by the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that for federal income tax purposes:  (i) the Mergers will each qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; (ii) none of GTJ REIT, the Bus Companies and the Acquisition Companies will recognize gain or loss solely as a result of the Mergers; (iii) the asset holding periods and tax bases of each of the Bus Companies will carry over to the Acquisition Companies after the Mergers; and (iv) shareholders of the Bus Companies who receive GTJ REIT common stock in exchange for their Bus Company stock in the Mergers pursuant to the Merger Agreement will not recognize gain or loss solely as a result of the Mergers to the extent of the GTJ REIT common stock received in the exchange, to the extent that they hold their Bus Company stock exchanged as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code immediately before the exchange, and such Bus Company shareholders will have the same tax bases and holding periods in such GTJ REIT common stock as they have with respect to the Bus Company stock exchanged in the Mergers.

* * * * *

                This opinion letter addresses only the specific federal income tax matters set forth above and does not address any other federal, state, local or foreign tax issues, including, but not limited to (i) the accuracy of any statements in the Registration Statement, the Merger Agreement or any proxy statement the Bus Companies may issue in the future, (ii) the federal income tax treatment of the receipt of cash by any Bus Company shareholders who elect to exercise their dissenter’s or appraisal rights with respect to the Mergers, or of the receipt of any consideration other than GTJ REIT common stock by any Bus Company shareholder, or of the receipt of any consideration other than pursuant  to the Merger Agreement, (iii) the federal income tax treatment of a Bus Company shareholder who receives GTJ REIT common stock and who is subject to




 

one or more special rules or provisions of the federal income tax laws, and (iv) the tax treatment of any other transactions or consolidations other than the Mergers.

This opinion letter has been prepared for your use in connection with the filing by GTJ REIT of the Registration Statement on the date hereof.  This opinion letter should not be relied upon by any person other than you or for any other purpose. We assume no obligation by reason of this opinion letter to advise you of any changes in our opinion subsequent to the delivery of this opinion letter but agree to do so from time to time upon specific request from you for an update or confirmation.

                We consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are an “expert” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

 



Exhibit 10.2

 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

GTJ REIT, INC.

AND

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY AS RIGHTS AGENT

DATED AS OF                   , 2006




 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT , dated as of             , 2006, between GTJ REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Rights Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company that shall become outstanding between the date hereof and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined), such Right representing the right to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), or certain shares of Common Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.                                             Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)                                   “Acquiring Person” shall mean any Person (other than an Excluded Person) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of fifteen (15%) percent or more of the Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (which figure may be reduced by the Board of Directors, before there is an Acquiring Person, but to not less than ten (10%) percent); it being specifically noted that the Rights issued in respect of any Common Stock that are beneficially owned by each such Acquiring Person shall be void, and the Acquiring Person shall have no right to exercise such Rights under any provisions of this Agreement (determined pursuant to Section 9(a)(ii) hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Person shall become an “Acquiring Person” as the result of an acquisition of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to fifteen (15%) percent or more of the Common Stock of the Company then outstanding provided, however, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of fifteen (15%) percent or more of the Common Stock of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Stock of the Company, then such Person shall be deemed an “Acquiring Person”; and (ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), has inadvertently become an Acquiring Person, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a

 

2




 

sufficient number of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an “Acquiring Person,” then such Person shall not be deemed to be an “Acquiring Person” for any purposes of this Agreement.

(b)                                  “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

(c)                                   “Beneficial Owner” is a person who or which shall be deemed to have the “Beneficial Ownership” of and to “beneficially own” any securities:

(i)                                      which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

(ii)                                   which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii)                                which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, oral or written (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase “then outstanding,” when used with reference to a Person’s Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

 

3




 

(d)                                  “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York State are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(e)                                   “Close of Business” on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f)                                     “Common Stock” when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company. “Common Stock” when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

(g)                                  “Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

(h)                                  “Excluded Person” shall mean (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary (as such term is hereinafter defined) of the Company, (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (iv) any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or (v) any person whom the Board of Directors of the Company determines by resolution to treat as an Excluded Person.

(i)                                      “Final Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

(j)                                      “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (any merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(k)                                         “Preferred Stock” shall mean shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth on Exhibit A.

(1)                                   “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

(m)                                “Shares Acquisition Date” shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

(n)                                  “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

4




 

Section 2.                                             Appointment of Rights Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall, prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

Section 3.                                             Issue of Right Certificates .

(a)                                   Until the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the board of directors of the Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than an Excluded Person) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than an Excluded Person) to commence a tender or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in any Person (other than an Excluded Person) becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Stock aggregating fifteen (15%) percent or more of the then outstanding Common Stock (including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights; the earlier of such dates being herein referred to as the “Distribution Date”), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by the Certificate for Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Rights Certificates as such term is hereinafter defined) and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) the right to receive Right Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, insured, postage pre-paid mail, to each record holder of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “Right Certificate”), evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held. On and following the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

(b)                            The Company will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Summary of Rights”), by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates for Common Stock outstanding until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto. Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Stock outstanding, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby.

 

5




 

(c)                                   Certificates for Common Stock which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Stock referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph (c)) prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall have printed on the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between GTJ REIT, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, dated as of             , 2006, (the “Rights Agreement”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of GTJ REIT, Inc. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. GTJ REIT, Inc. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to any Person who becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) will be null and void.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificates shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date, any rights associated with such Common Stock shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any rights associated with the Common Stock which are no longer outstanding or which are held as treasury stock.

Section 4.                                             Form of Right Certificates . The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Stock and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share set forth herein and therein (the “Purchase Price”), and the number of such one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

6




 

Section 5.                                             Countersignature and Registration . The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company either by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, any of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company’s seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the Person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any Person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such Person was not such an officer. Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

Section 6.                                             Transfer. Split Up. Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing rights that have become void pursuant to Section 9(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the principal office of the Rights Agent. Upon receipt, or as soon as practical thereafter, the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates. Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and at the Company’s request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights

 

7




 

Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7.                                             Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 8.                                             Exercise of Rights: Purchase Price: Expiration Date of Rights.

(a)                                   The registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal office of the Rights Agent, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on             , 2016, (the “Final Expiration Date”), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the “Redemption Date”), or (iii) the time at which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.

(b)                                  The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share purchasable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be fifty ($50.00) dollars, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 9 and 10 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

(c)                                   Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the Shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 12 hereof by certified check, cashier’s check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Stock certificates for the number of Preferred Stock to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes any such transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one-hundredths of

 

8




 

a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case, certificates for the Preferred Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent of the Preferred Stock with such depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs such depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.

(d)                                  In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

Section 9.                                             Adjustment of Purchase Price: Number of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Stock purchaseable by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 9.

(a)  (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of Preferred Stock or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 9(a), the Purchase Price in effect as of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of one Right.

(ii)                                   Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Stock, such number of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then

 

9




 

exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Company’s Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof) as of the date of the occurrence of such event. In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. From and after the occurrence of such event, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person, including, without limitation, any Rights issued in respect of any Common Stock that are beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person at the time such Acquiring Person becomes an Acquiring Person) shall be void and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provisions of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights are void pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled.

(iii)                                In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Stock, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of a Right, a number of Preferred Stock or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Stock or fraction thereof.

(b)                                  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Stock; (“Equivalent Preferred Stock”) or securities convertible into Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Stock at a price per Preferred Share or Equivalent Preferred Share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Stock) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Stock (as defined in Section 9(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Stock so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the

 

10




 

convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c)                                   In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 9(1) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of the Preferred Stock after such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d)  (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “current per share market price” of any security (a “Security”) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (B) any

 

11




 

subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“Nasdaq”) or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Company or if there is none by good faith determination of the Board of Directors. The term “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

(ii)                                   For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “current per share market price” of the Preferred Stock shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 9(d)(i); provided, however, that if the Preferred Stock are not publicly traded, the “current per share market price” of the Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Stock as determined pursuant to Section 9(d)(i) (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof) multiplied by one hundred, if the Preferred Stock are not then convertible; or if then convertible, the number of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock are then convertible. If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Stock are publicly held or so listed or traded, the “current per share market price” shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

(e)                                   No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustment which by reason of this Section 9(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 9 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share or one ten-thousandth of any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 9(e), any adjustment required by this Section 9

 

12




 

shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.

(f)                                     If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Section 9(a) through (c), inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 8, 10, 12 and 13 with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g)                                  All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h)                                  Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 9(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 9(1) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one one-hundredths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (i) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i)                                      The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 9(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record

 

13




 

date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates, on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j)                                      Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k)                                   Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-hundredth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable Preferred Stock at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(1)                                   In any case in which this Section 9 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m)                                Anything in this Section 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 9, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Stock at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, dividends on Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 9(b), hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

 

14




 

(n)                                  In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of Common Stock, then in any such case (A) the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and (B) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 9(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.

Section 10.                                       Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power. In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time after a Person has become an Acquiring Person, (a) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, or any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property, or (c) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person other than the Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Stock, such number of Common Stock of such other Person (including the Company as successor thereto or as the surviving corporation) as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Stock of such other Person (determined pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) the issuer of such Common Stock shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term “Company” shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such issuer; and (iv) such issuer shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Stock in accordance with Section 12 hereof) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the

 

15




 

Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights. The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement so providing. The Company shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 10 if at the time of such transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The provisions of this Section 10 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidation or sale or other transfers.

Section 11.                                       Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 9 or 10 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof.

Section 12.                                       Availability of Preferred Stock. The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Stock or any Preferred Stock held in its treasury, the number of Preferred Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with Section 8. The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Stock delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Stock (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares. The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all Federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Stock upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Stock in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Stock upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.

Section 13.                                       Preferred Stock Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Stock is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Stock represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the

 

16




 

Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any Rights of a holder of Preferred Stock for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

Section 14.                                       Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

(a)                                   The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

(b)                                  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Stock in integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and

 

17




 

preferences to which they are entitled as Beneficial Owners of the Preferred Stock represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 9(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(c)                                   The holder of a right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

Section 15 .                                       Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.

Section 16.                                       Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a)                                   prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only together with the transfer of the Common Stock;

(b)                                  after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and

(c)                                   the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated

 

18




 

Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 17.                                       Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder . No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18.                                       Concerning the Rights Agent . The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises. The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

Section 19.                                       Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent . Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the stock transfer or corporate trust powers of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been

 

19




 

countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at the time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 20.                                       Duties of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a)                                   The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b)                                  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c)                                   The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d)                                  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e)                                   The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its

 

20




 

countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 9(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Section 3, 9, 10, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Stock will, when issued, be fully paid and nonassessable.

(f)                                     The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g)                                  The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of it duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions.

(h)                                  The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniary interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

(i)                                      The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

Section 21.                                       Change of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent or any successor Rights agent may resign and be discharged form its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days’ notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first class

 

21




 

mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Right Agent upon 30 days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York State (or of any other state of the United States so long as such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution in the State of New York State), in good standing, having an office in the State of New York State, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers an is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22.                                       Issuance of New Rights Certificates . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors of the Company to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

22




 

Section 23.                                       Redemption .

(a)                                   The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the “Redemption Price”). The redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors of the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may establish.

(b)                                  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date.

Section 24.                                       Exchange .

(a)                                   The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 9(a)(ii) hereof) for the number of Common Stock, one-thousandths of Preferred Stock or other securities or property for which the Rights are then exercisable (such exchange being hereinafter referred to as the “Exchange Ratio”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than an Excluded Person), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.

23




 

(b)                                  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Stock for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 9(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

(c)                                   In the event that there shall not be sufficient authorized Common Stock to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Stock, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of Preferred Stock or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Stock or fraction thereof.

(d)                                  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes of this paragraph (d), the current market value of a whole Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 9(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Date immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.

Section 25 .                                       Notice of Certain Events .

(a)                                   In case the Company shall propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred

24




 

Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Stock), (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person, (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (vi) to declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Stock), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

(b)                                  In case the event set forth in Section 9(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 9(a)(ii) hereof.

Section 26.                                       Notices . Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

GTJ REIT, INC.
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563
Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

25




 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10035
Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 27.                                       Supplements and Amendments . The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to the Rights which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; provided, however, that from and after such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, this Agreement shall not be amended in any manner which would adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person amend this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in Sections 1(a) and 3(a) to not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% plus the largest percentage of the outstanding Common Stock then known by the Company to be beneficially owned by any Person (other than an Excluded Person) and (ii) 10%.

Section 28.                                       Registration . If, under applicable securities laws, any of the securities issued or issuable hereunder are required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and state securities laws, the Company shall make all reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the same thereunder and under applicable state securities laws, at the cost and expense of the Company, and may delay the issuance of any securities until the same is accomplished.

Section 29.                                       Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 30.                                       Benefits of this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock).

26




 

Section 31.                                       Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

Section 32.                                       Governing Law . This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Maryland and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

Section 33.                                       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 34.                                       Descriptive Headings . Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

GTJ REIT, INC.

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Name: Jerome Cooper

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &
TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

Title:

 

 

27




 

Exhibit A

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

Section 1.                                             Designation and Amount . The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 500,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 2.                                             Dividends and Distributions .

(A)                               Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (or if the Series A Preferred Stock becomes convertible into Common Stock, on a Common Stock equivalent basis), other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding

28




 

immediately prior to such event, or if the Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible, on an “as converted” basis.

(B)                                 The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C)                                 Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which cash dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3.                                             Voting Rights . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A)                               Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation (or if the Series A Preferred Stock becomes convertible into Common Stock, on a Common Stock equivalent basis). In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares

29




 

of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event, or if the Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible, on an “as converted” basis as hereinafter set forth.

(B)                                 Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(C)                                 Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by Maryland law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4.                                             Conversion

The Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows (all capitalized terms to have the meaning set forth in a Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) dated as of             , 2006 between the Corporation and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, which are incorporated herein by reference, unless otherwise defined herein):

(A)                               Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, the holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, at such holder’s option, at any time or from time to time after the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the board of directors of the Corporation prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than an Excluded Person) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than an Excluded Person) to commence a tender or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in any Person, including such Person’s Associates and Affiliates (other than an Excluded Person) becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Stock aggregating fifteen (15%) percent (or such lesser percentage as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation pursuant to the Rights Agreement) or more of the then outstanding Common Stock, to convert any of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as follows: the number of Shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is computed by dividing (i) the Liquidation Amount (as hereinafter defined) by (ii) 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Stock (as defined in the Rights Agreement) on the date on which the Series A Preferred Stock first becomes convertible into Common Stock (said amount being referred to herein as the “Conversion Price” and being subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4(D) hereof).

(B)                                 Subject to Subsection 4(A) above, the holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock may exercise the conversion right specified in Subsection 4(A) by surrendering to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation the certificate or certificates for the shares

30




 

to be converted, accompanied by written notice specifying the number of shares to be converted. Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when delivery of notice of an election to convert and certificates for the shares to be converted are delivered to the Corporation or the transfer agent. Such date is referred to herein as the “Conversion Date.” Subject to the provisions of Section 4(D)(iv) hereof, as promptly as practicable thereafter, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and a check or cash with respect to any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock as provided in Section 4(C). Subject to the provisions of Section 4(D)(iv), the person in whose name the certificate(s) for Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Common Stock on the applicable Conversion Date. Upon conversion of only a portion of the number of shares represented by a certificate of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of the holder of the certificate so surrendered, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate in the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock representing the unconverted portion of the certificate so surrendered.

(C)                                 No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If more than one share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for conversion at any one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock so surrendered. Instead of any fractional shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount equal to that fractional interest of the then current market price.

(D)                                The Conversion Price set forth in Section 4(A) hereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i)  If the Corporation shall (a) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock, (b) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (c) combine or reclassify the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination, or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion after such date shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock which he would have owned or been entitled to receive had such Series A Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to such date. Successive adjustments in the Conversion Price shall be made whenever any event specified above shall occur.

(ii)  In case of any consolidation with or merger of the Corporation with or into another Corporation, or in case of any sale, lease or conveyance to another Corporation of the assets of the Corporation as an entity or substantially as an entity, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to

31




 

which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance) upon conversion of such share of Series A Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance; and in any such case, if necessary, the provisions set forth herein with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately adjusted so as to be applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, to any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the conversion or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(iii)  All calculations under this Section 1(D) shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100th) of a share, as the case may be. Any provision of this Section 4(D) to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made if the amount of such adjustment would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward and an adjustment with respect thereto shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, shall aggregate $0.01 or more.

(iv)  In any case in which the provisions of this Section 4(D) shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (a) issuing to the holder of any share of Series A Preferred Stock converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment and (b) paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to Subsection (D) of this Section 4; provided that the Corporation upon request shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(F)                                  Whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 4 (D), the Corporation shall forthwith file in the office of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment, and the Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock at its address appearing on the Corporation’s records.

(G)                                 In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the type that would result in an adjustment in the Conversion Price as provided in Section 4(D), the Corporation shall give notice to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record

32




 

date, such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

(H)                                The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp, transfer or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.

(I)                                     The Corporation shall reserve at all times so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, free from preemptive rights, out of its treasury stock (if applicable) or its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, or both, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or if it cannot do so, to use all reasonable efforts to effect on increase in the authorized Common Stock of the Corporation.

(J)                                    All shares of Common Stock which shall be issued upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will, upon issuance by the Corporation, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof, and the Corporation shall take no action which will cause the contrary result.

Section 5.                                             Certain Restrictions.

(A)                               Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

 

(i)                                      declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

 

(iii)                                redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)

33




 

to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

(iv)                               redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B)                                 The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 5, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 6.                                             Reacquired Shares . Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 7.                                             Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $5,000 (the “Liquidation Amount”) per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if greater, an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or, if the Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible, on an “as converted” basis, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a

 

34




 

greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. Notwithstanding clause (1) an if the Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible into Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock in to which one share of Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible shall be substituted for the number “100” in Clause (1).

Section 8.                                             Consolidation. Merger. etc . In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. However, if the Series A Preferred Stock becomes convertible into Common Stock, the provisions of Section 4(D) shall be controlling.

Section 9.                                             No Redemption . The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 10.                                       Rank . The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all series of any other class of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock except if otherwise set forth under the terms of such other services.

Section 11.                                       Amendment . The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

35




 

Exhibit B

 

Certificate No. Rights            

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER                 , 2016 OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECTTO REDEMPTION AT $0.001 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

 

RIGHT CERTIFICATE

 

GTJ REIT, INC.

 

This certifies that the above-named person, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of             , 2006 (the “Rights Agreement”), between GTJ REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Rights Agent”), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on             , 2016 at the principal office of the Rights Agent, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of the Company, at a purchase price of $50.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (the “Purchase Price”), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of      , 2006, based on the Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

 

This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder

36




 

of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights Agent.

 

This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of Preferred Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

 

As provided by the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for Preferred Stock or shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

No fractional Preferred Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof of a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

 

No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

 

This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

37




 

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.

 

Dated as of                    .

 

 

GTJ REIT, INC.

Attest:

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

38




 

FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATE

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                      hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto (please print name and address of transferee) this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney, to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

39




 

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(be executed if holder desires to exercise

Rights represented by the Right Certificate.)

 

To:                               GTJ REIT, INC.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise              Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock as provided in the Rights Agreement) issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such Preferred Stock be issued in the name of:

 

 

Please insert social security or other identifying number:

 

(Please print name and address)

 

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

 

Please insert social security or other identifying number:

 

(Please print name and address)

 

Dated:

Signature:

Signature Guaranteed:

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

 

 

Signature:

40




 

The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

41




 

Exhibit C

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE

PREFERRED STOCK

 

 

On July 5, 2006, the Board of Directors of GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “Company”) declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company. The dividend is payable on to the stockholders of record from and after such date. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of the Company at a price of $50.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”).

 

Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than (A) the Company, (B) a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, (C) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, or (D) any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) have acquired beneficial ownership of fifteen (15%) percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock (an “Acquiring Person”) or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of fifteen (15%) percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock (the earlier of such dates being called the “Distribution Date”), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of the Common Share certificates by such Common Share certificate with a copy of this Summary of Rights attached thereto.

 

The Rights Agreement provides that until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with the Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), new Common Share certificates upon transfer or new issuance of Common Stock will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, even without such notation or a copy of this Summary of Rights being attached thereto, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights (“Right Certificates”) will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

42




 

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on             , 2016 (the “Final Expiration Date”), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended, or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged, by the Company, in each case, as described below.

 

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Preferred Stock or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock at a price, or securities convertible into Preferred Stock with a conversion price, less than the then-current market price of the Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends paid out of earnings or retained earnings or dividends payable in Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

 

The number of outstanding Rights and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of each Right are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split of the Common Stock or a stock dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Preferred Stock purchased upon exercise of the Rights will not be redeemable. Each Preferred Share will be entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $1 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 100 times the dividend declared per Common Share, or if the Preferred Stock are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. In the event of liquidation, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment of $5,000 per share but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the payment made per Common Share, or if the Preferred Stock are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. Each Preferred Share will have 100 votes, voting together with the Common Stock, or if the Preferred Stock are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which Common Stock are exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per Common Share, or if the Preferred Stock are then convertible, on an “as converted” basis. These rights are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

From and after the Distribution Date, the liquidation amount of the Preferred Stock ($5,000 per share) is convertible into shares of Common Stock at a rate of 50% of the market value of the Common Stock on the Distribution Date, subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations and distributions, and for mergers and asset acquisitions. Thereafter, voting and dividend rights will be based on the Common Stock equivalent of the Preferred Stock, that is, each Preferred Share, for such purpose, shall be treated as if it had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock.

43




 

In the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void) for one-half of the number of Common Stock, one-thousandths of Preferred Stock or other securities or property for which the Rights are then exercisable.

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional Preferred Stock will be issued (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts) and in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

At any time prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right (the “Redemption Price”). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time on such basis with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment to lower certain thresholds described above to not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% plus the largest percentage of the outstanding Common Stock then known to the Company to be beneficially owned by any person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than an excepted person) and (ii) 10%, except that from and after such time as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person no such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights.

44




 

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

A copy of the Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

45



Exhibit 10.10

AWARD

New York City Transit

 

August 7, 2001

 

Mr. Jerome Cooper

President

Transit Facility Management Corporation

165-25 147 th  Avenue

Jamaica, New York 11434

 

RE:          Contract No. 00D7815H, Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Services. Purchase Order No. W0208.

Dear Mr. Cooper:

You are hereby notified that your proposal for the above referenced Contract has been accepted and that the Contract is hereby awarded to your firm to provide city-wide Paratransit services with a primary service area of Brooklyn/Queens. The Contract is deemed to be in effect as of the above date. Enclosed is a fully executed copy of your Contract with NYC Transit. Your purchase order number is W0208 and it should be included on all invoices along with the contract number.

Please be advised that the award for Contract No. 00D7815H is for the estimated amount of $71,889,623 .

Your Contract contains a goal of 2% Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and 1% Women Business Enterprise (WBE) participation. The Contract (Schedule K, Article 16) requires that you submit:

1.       Compliance Reports: Monthly MBE/WBE Participation Report Form (Form 15A.3) by the 15th of each month, after the date of this award letter, to report the activity (or lack of activity) for the approved MBE and WBE subcontractor(s).

2.       Work Force Utilization Report (Form 257 – Consultant Firms) on a semi-annual basis.

3.       A Staffing Plan (Form staffpin) within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter.

4.       A copy of executed subcontract agreements (FORM 15A.4) with all MBE/WBE subcontractors within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter.

5.       A Work Schedule, within ninety (90) days of this award letter, outlining when the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s) will commence and complete work on the Contract.

All required MBE/WBE correspondence and/or inquiries regarding this Contract should be directed to:

MTA New York City Transit is an agency of the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, State of New York




Thomas Wallace, Manager,

Office of Civil Rights, Business Programs

Metropolitan Transportation Authority

130 Livingston Street – 10 th  Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11201

718-694-4716

Please submit invoices for payment in accordance with Article 108 of the Specific Contract Provisions. In response to your inquiry, please be further advised that the Authority shall pay the Contractor for all its Non-Revenue Mobilization Costs and for all its Fixed Costs for Work performed in the previous month, subject to amounts set forth in the Price Schedule. However, at no time shall the Authority pay the Contractor for the same budget item (e.g., Project Manager) under both the Non-Vehicle Mobilization Costs and the Fixed Costs categories.

The Authority’s reimbursement of your Revenue Vehicle insurance premiums for Year 1 are capped according to the Price Schedule. On an annual basis the scheduled reimbursable amount will be adjusted by the Authority to reflect the Contractor’s actual insurance premium costs for the upcoming insurance coverage year in accordance with Article 108.B.3(a)(ii) of the Specific Contract Provisions.

The Project Manager for this Contract is:

Mr. Michael Cosgrove

MTA-NYCT, Paratransit Division

2 Broadway, 11 th  Floor

(646) 252-5041

E-mail: micosgr@nyct.com

Questions concerning the Contract should be directed to Ira Tillman, Senior Director at (718) 694-4218 or E-mail: irtillm@nyct.com. Please acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing in the space denoted below and indicate the date of receipt. Return this letter to Ira Tillman at 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, New York 11201.

Sincerely,

Timothy P. Rooney

Assistant Chief Procurement Officer

Negotiations




 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Strasser

 

08/07/01

 

SIGNATURE

DATE

 

 

MICHAEL STRASSER

 

PROJECT MANAGER

 

PRINT NAME

TITLE

 




 

130 Livingston Street

Lawrence G. Reuter

Brooklyn, NY 11201

President

 

New York City Transit

 

September 20, 2001

Mr. Michael Strasser

Transit Facility Management Corp.

626 Wortman Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11208

 

RE:          Contract No. 00D7815h, NEW Purchase Order No. A1227.

Dear Mr. Strasser:

Please be advised that your purchase order number W0208 has been deleted. Your new purchase order number is A1227 and it should be included on all future invoices along with contract number 00D7815H. Enclosed is the new purchase order.

It is imperative that the Form staffpln, Form 15A.3, Form 15A.4 and subcontract agreements be submitted by September 28, 2001 for final compliance approval. Your Contract contains a goal of 2% Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and 1% Women Business Enterprise (WBE) participation. The Contract (Schedule K, Article 16) requires that you submit:

1.       A copy of Monthly MBE/WBE Utilization Report (Form 15A.3) by the 15th of each month, after award of this Contract, to report the activity (or lack of activity) for the approved MBE and WBE subcontractor(s).

2.       Work Force Utilization Report (MTA Standard Form WF- 257 – Service Firms) on a semi-annual basis;

3.       A Staffing Plan (Form staffpln) within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter;

4.       A copy of subcontract agreements with all MBE/WBE subcontractors within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter;

5.       A work schedule, within ninety (90) days of execution of this Contract, outlining when the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s) will commence and complete work on the Contract.

6.       A copy of a properly executed Intent to Perform as Subcontractor/Subconsultant (Form 15A.4) within five (5) days after award of this contract. (Previously omitted from the award letter.)

 

All required MBE/WBE correspondence and/or inquiries regarding this Contract should be directed to:

Nicole Jones, Manager Contract Compliance

Office of Civil Rights, Business Programs

Metropolitan Transportation Authority

130 Livingston Street – Rm. 10053C

Brooklyn, NY 11201

718-694-5599

Sincerely,

Louis A. Montanti

Assistant Chief Procurement Officer

C: I, Tillman, S. Myers, G. Anderson, N. Villamagna, N. Jones, B. Marin

MTA New York City Transit is an agency of the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, State of New York
Peter S. Kalikow, Chairman




 

 

DATE:

09/14/2001

 

 

TIME:

14:21 PM

New York City Transit

ACCEPTANCE AND ORDER

 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT

P.O. NUMBER

:

A1227

130 LIVINGSTON ST. – 6TH FLOOR

ORDER DATE

:

08/07/2001

BROOKLYN, NEW YORK 11201

VENDOR–NUMBER

:

00–004–6092

SEE BELOW FOR SHIPMENT INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

TRANSIT FACILITY MANAGEMENT

MARK ALL INVOICES & SHIPMENTS

 

626 WORTMAN AVENUE

WITH ABOVE NUMBERS

 

BROOKLYN  NY  11208

 

 

ATT: MICHAEL STRASSER

 

 

YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT YOUR BID FOR THE ARTICLES LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW HAS BEEN ACCEPTED AND YOU ARE HEREBY DIRECTED TO FURNISH SAME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS THEREOF TO BE DELIVERED AT TIME DESIGNATED IN SAID PROPOSAL. REFER ANY QUESTIONS PERTAINING TO THIS ORDER TO: NICHOLAS VILLAMAGNA NV TEL: (000) 000–0000 DELIVERY POINT(S): SEE TEXT BELOW FOR DELIVERY OR SERVICE LOCATIONS

PAYMENT TERMS:

NET 30 DAYS

CONTRACT NUMBER: 00D7815H

 

FREIGHT TERMS  :

FOBDEL

 

 

 

 

PROJECT MANAGER: MICHAEL COSGROVE

 

TELEPHONE NO. :        (646) 252–5041

 

 

 

REQ. NO. :  U–M03291

 

RC: 3041         CHGS: PARATRANSIT

 

 

 

AWARD MADE BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.  THIS PURCHASE SHALL

 

BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE TO ARTICLE 108 OF THE CONTRACT

 

DOCUMENTS.

 

 

 

PLEASE NOTE THAT CONTRACT NO. 00D7815H (00D7815) IS FOR
ACCOUNTING PURPOSES) ONLY.

 

 

 

PLEASE BE CERTAIN TO ENTER BOTH THE CONTRACT #00D7815H AND
P.O. #A1227 ON ALL INVOICES SUBMITTED.

 

 

 

SERVICE LOC:

1.

CITYWIDE

 

M. COSGROVE

(646) 252–5041

 

 

 

 

ITEM

 

AUTH

 

QUANTITY

 

U/M

 

ACCT

 

FUNC

 

JOB

 

UNIT PRICE

 

AMOUNT

    01

 

TA

 

 

 

 

 

808.28

 

120

 

93750

 

 

 

71,889,623.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRACT #00D7815H (00D7815), ACCESS–A–RIDE PARATRANSIT TRANSPORTATION SERVICE, AWARDED TO TRANSIT FACILITY MANAGEMENT FOR A TERM OF 5 YEARS IN THE TOTAL ESTIMATED AMOUNT OF $71,889,623.00 FOR THE PRIMARY SERVICE AREA AND BASE IN BROOKLYN/QUEENS. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE CITY–WIDE.

 

 

 

VENDOR’S ORIGINAL

1




 

ITEM

 

AUTH

 

QUANTITY

 

U/M

 

ACCT

 

FUNC

 

JOB

 

UNIT PRICE

 

AMOUNT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IF FUNDING IS STILL AVAILABLE AND SERVICE IS STILL REQUIRED, NYCT MAY ELECT TO EXERCISE THE OPTION UP TO 2 ADDITIONAL YEARS (YEAR 6 & YEAR 7).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEE CONTRACT FOR PRICE SCHEDULE.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEE CONTRACT AWARD LETTER FOR ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR AWARD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE PROJECT MANAGER FOR THIS CONTRACT IS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MICHAEL COSGROVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NYCT, PARATRANSIT DIVISION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 BROADWAY, 11TH FLOOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEW YORK, NY 10004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

646–252–5041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

646–252–5019 (FAX)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ESTIMATED

 

71,889,623.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED PROCUREMENT OFFICER

 

 

2




AWARD

New York City Transit

 

August 7, 2001

Mr. Jerome Cooper

President

Transit Facility Management Corporation

165-25 147 th  Avenue

Jamaica, New York 11434

RE:          Contract No. 00D7815H, Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Services. Purchase Order No. W0208.

Dear Mr. Cooper:

You are hereby notified that your proposal for the above referenced Contract has been accepted and that the Contract is hereby awarded to your firm to provide city-wide Paratransit services with a primary service area of Brooklyn/Queens. The Contract is deemed to be in effect as of the above date. Enclosed is a fully executed copy of your Contract with NYC Transit. Your purchase order number is W0208 and it should be included on all invoices along with the contract number.

Please be advised that the award for Contract No. 00D7815H is for the estimated amount of $71,889,623 .

Your Contract contains a goal of 2% Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and 1% Women Business Enterprise (WBE) participation. The Contract (Schedule K, Article 16) requires that you submit:

1.       Compliance Reports: Monthly MBE/WBE Participation Report Form (Form 15A.3) by the 15th of each month, after the date of this award letter, to report the activity (or lack of activity) for the approved MBE and WBE subcontractor(s).

2.       Work Force Utilization Report (Form 257 – Consultant Firms) on a semi-annual basis.

3.       A Staffing Plan (Form staffpin) within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter.

4.       A copy of executed subcontract agreements (FORM 15A.4) with all MBE/WBE subcontractors within sixty (60) days of the date of this award letter.

5.       A Work Schedule, within ninety (90) days of this award letter, outlining when the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s) will commence and complete work on the Contract.

All required MBE/WBE correspondence/and or inquiries regarding this Contract should be directed to:

MTA New York City Transit is an agency of the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, State of New York




Thomas Wallace, Manager,

Office of Civil Rights, Business Programs

Metropolitan Transportation Authority

130 Livingston Street – l0 th  Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11201

718-694-4716

Please submit invoices for payment in accordance with Article 108 of the Specific Contract Provisions. In response to your inquiry, please be further advised that the Authority shall pay the Contractor for all its Non-Revenue Mobilization Costs and for all its Fixed Costs for Work performed in the previous month, subject to amounts set forth in the Price Schedule. However, at no time shall the Authority pay the Contractor for the same budget item (e.g., Project Manager) under both the Non-Vehicle Mobilization Costs and the Fixed Costs categories.

The Authority’s reimbursement of your Revenue Vehicle insurance premiums for Year 1 are capped according to the Price Schedule. On an annual basis the scheduled reimbursable amount will be adjusted by the Authority to reflect the Contractor’s actual insurance premium costs for the upcoming insurance coverage year in accordance with Article 108.B.3(a)(ii) of the Specific Contract Provisions.

The Project Manager for this Contract is:

Mr. Michael Cosgrove

MTA-NYCT, Paratransit Division

2 Broadway, 11 th  Floor

(646) 252-5041

E-mail: micosgr@nyct.com

 

Questions concerning the Contract should be directed to Ira Tillman, Senior Director at (718) 694-4218 or E-mail: irtillm@nyct.com. Please acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing in the space denoted below and indicate the date of receipt. Return this letter to Ira Tillman at 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, New York 11201.

Sincerely,

Timothy P. Rooney

Assistant Chief Procurement Officer

Negotiations




ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

 

/s/ Michael Strasser

 

08/07/01

 

SIGNATURE

DATE

 

 

MICHAEL STRASSER

 

PROJECT MANAGER

 

PRINT NAME

TITLE

 




MONTHLY CONTRACTOR MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION REPORT (Form 15A.3)

REPORT FOR MONTH ENDING                  

INSTRUCTIONS: After the award of a contract, this Form 15A.3 must be filed by the 15th of each month to report actual participation by NYS certified MBE/WBE firms during the preceding month.

Contract

 

 

Contract

 

 

Contract

 

 

Contract Value

Number:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Amount (as amended) $

 

 

NYS Work $

 

 

Prime

 

 

Contract

 

 

Projected

 

 

 

MBE Goal:

 

%

Contractor:

 

 

Start Date:

 

 

Completion Date:

 

 %

Complete:

 

 

WBE Goal:

 

%

 

Total payments to Prime to date:  $

Total value of MBE subcontracts:  $

Total value of WBE subcontracts:  $

%

Total amount invoiced to date:  $

MBE % of Prime contract (as amended):

WBE % of Prime contract (as amended):

Amount of last payment to Prime:  $

Total MBE payments to date:  $

Total of WBE payments to date:  $

Date of last payment to Prime:  $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Copy of M/WBE

 

 

Work Status this

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subcontract

Name of MBE/WBE

 

Report

 

 

 

Projected

 

%

 

Date & Amount

 

Total

 

Subcontract

 

Agreement filed

Subcontractor and Description of

 

Active, Inactive or

 

Subcontract

 

Completion

 

of Work

 

of Payment for

 

Payments

 

Amount

 

with Authority

Work Performed

 

Complete

 

Start Date

 

Date

 

Complete

 

this Report

 

to Date

 

(as amended)

 

(Yes or No)

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active
o Inactive
o Complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IF NECESSARY, USE A SEPARATE SHEET

 

YES

 

NO

1.

Did any of the M/WBE subcontractors rent/lease equipment from the prime contractor or an affiliate company during the report period?
If yes, explain the arrangement, including a description of the equipment and the cost.

 

o

 

o

2.

Did any of the M/WBE subcontractors utilize employees or former employees of the prime contractor or an affiliate company during the report period?

 

o

 

o

3.

Did any of the M/WBE subcontractors subcontract any portion of its work to a non-M/WBE during the report period? If yes, explain fully.

 

o

 

o

4.

Has the scope of work or the subcontract amount for any of the M/WBE subcontractors changed since the last report? If yes, explain fully.

 

o

 

o

 

By signing this form, the person individually and on the behalf of the Contractor represents to the Authority that the information contained herein is truthful, accurate, complete and not misleading.

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

 

 

TITLE:

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 




WORK FORCE UTILIZATION REPORT WF-257

SERVICE FIRMS

 

Agency

/Code

 

Reporting Period

 

 

Check one:   o   Quarterly Report   o   Semi-Annual Report

 

Co ntractor Firm Name

 

 Address

 

 

 

 

City

State

Zip

 

Type of Report:   o Contract Specific Work Force   o Total Work Force                               Check if        NOT-FOR-PROFIT o

 

Federal Id/Payee Id No.

 

 

Contract No.

 

  Location of Work

 

 

 

   County              ZIP

Check One: o Prime Contractor    o Subcontractor

 

Product/Service Provided:

 

 

 

 

Contract Amount

$

 

Contract Start Date:

 

 Percent of Job Completed

 

 

Number of Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Black

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

Total Number of

 

(Not of Hispanic

 

 

 

 

 

Asian or Pacific

 

Native American/

 

Total Percent

 

Total Percent

Occupational

 

Employees

 

Origin)

 

Hispanic

 

Islander

 

Alaskan Native

 

Minority

 

Female

Category

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

Employees

 

Employees

Officials/Admin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professionals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technicians

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales Workers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office & Clerical

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craft Workers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laborers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Workers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTALS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Official’s Name

 

 Title 

 

 

Company Official’s Signature

 

 Date 

 

 




 

CONTRACT NO. and TITLE:

 

 

CONTRACT VALUE $

 

 

AMOUNT OF TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE THAT IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO WORK PERFORMED IN NEW YORK STATE:

$

 

MBE/WBE UTILIZATION PLAN FORM
(Form 15A.1)

 

INSTRUCTIONS: See Section IV, paragraph 6 of the Contract Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MBE/WBE

 

 

 

 

Indicate

 

 

 

Agreed Dollar

 

% of Work

 

MBE/WBE

Name, Address, Telephone Number of MBE/WBE

 

if MBE

 

Description of Work,

 

Amount of

 

Performed in

 

Projected Start

(including name of contact person, Federal I.D.# or

 

or

 

Products and/or

 

MBE/WBE

 

New York

 

and Completion

Social Security Number)

 

WBE

 

Services to be provided

 

Subcontract

 

State

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Proposer/Bidder is a corporation, partnership, or joint venture, this form must be signed respectively, by the president of the corporation, general partner, or the president/general partner of one of the joint ventures. If it is signed by anyone else, you must include appropriate proposer (such as certified copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement or joint venture agreement) which confirms that the person signing this form authorized to do so. By signing below, the Proposer/Bidder authorizes the Authority to verify all information provided on this form.

 

PROPOSER/BIDDER:

 

  AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

 

  TITLE: 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

 

 

FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:

 

   DATE:

 

 

 

 




Intent to Perform as Subcontractor/Subconsultant
(FORM 15A.4)

 

CONTRACT NUMBER

 

  CONTRACT TITLE

 

 

 

NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER

 

 

 

The undersigned intends to perform work in connection with the above project as (check one):

o             A subcontractor

o             A subconsultant

o             A second tier subcontractor (if required to meet the goal)

 

 

Note:                    Pursuant to NYS Executive Law Article 15-A, MBE/WBE firms projected to participate in the MTA’s MBE/WBE Program must be certified as a MBE/WBE by the Empire State Development Corporation (ESDC) in order for the firm’s participation to be credited towards an MBE or WBE goal. Only firms certified by ESDC as a MBE or WBE can be utilized to meet an MBE or WBE goal.

 

CHECK THE APPLICABLE STATEMENT:

 

o             The current MBE/WBE certification status of the proposed MBE/WBE has been confirmed by the Bidder/Proposer.

o             The proposed MBE/WBE has submitted proof of its MBE/WBE certification to the Bidder/Proposer.

 

SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT $___________________

 

The undersigned is prepared to perform the following described work and/or supply the material listed in connection with the above project.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note:                    If applicable, please indicate the amount and percentage of work you intend to subcontract out to other subcontractors/vendors and the name(s) of said known subcontractors/vendors (both MBE/WBE and non-MBE/WBE firms).

 

 

 

 

The undersigned intends to enter into a formal agreement for the above work with the named bidder/proposer conditioned upon the named bidder’s/proposer’s being awarded contract by the MTA or any of its affiliated agencies.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Name of MBE/WBE Firm

 

Name & Title of Authorized Signatory

 

Signature of Authorized Representative

 




 

130 Livingston Street

Lawrence G Reuter

 

Brooklyn, NY 11201

President

 

 

New York City Transit

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS AND CONSULTANTS

 

The New York State Ethics in Government Act and the New York City Transit Authority Ethics Policy/Instruction contain stringent restrictions relating to gifts.

 

Authority policy prohibits the receipt of gifts by any Authority employee from any individual or entity doing business with the Authority. Concomitantly, Authority policy prohibits individuals and entities doing business with the Authority from offering gifts to any Authority employees.

 

“Gift” is broadly defined to include not only objects, but also meals, entertainment, tickets to events, travel costs, lodging and any other thing of value.

 

Please honor this policy strictly. Do not put an Authority employee in the awkward position of having to return or refuse a gift, no matter how well intentioned or innocuous a gift may be.

 

 

MTA New York City Transit is an agency of the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, State of New York

Peter S. Kalikow, Chairman




 

 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT
AUTHORITY

 

 

 

 

 

Contract #00D7815H

 

 

 

 

 

Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Service

 

 

 

 

 

Contractor:

Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

 

 

165-25 147 th  Avenue

 

 

 

Jamaica, NY 11434

 

 

 

(718) 995-4700

 

 

 

(718) 995-4712

 




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

CONTRACT NO. 00D7815H

ACCESS-A-RIDE PARATRANSIT TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS AND CONSULTANTS

AWARD LETTER

SPECIFIC CONTRACT PROVISIONS

ARTICLE

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

DEFINITIONS

 

2

102

 

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

 

8

103

 

TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

8

104

 

STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

 

8

105

 

DELIVERY OF WORK PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

 

11

106

 

SUSPENSION OF PERFORMANCE

 

11

107

 

PERMITS

 

12

108

 

PRICE TO INCLUDE/INVOICES AND PAYMENT

 

12

109

 

DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING

 

19

110

 

PRIVACY ACT

 

22

111

 

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

 

22

112

 

VEHICLE LEASES

 

24

113

 

PROSECUTION OF THE WORK

 

24

114

 

INSURANCE

 

25

115

 

RISK OF LOSS

 

25

116

 

SUBCONTRACTORS

 

26

117

 

RELATIONSHIP OF CONTRACTOR TO THE AUTHORITY

 

27

118

 

DISCLOSURE

 

27

119

 

PUBLICITY

 

27

120

 

VEHICLES LEASED BY CONTRACTOR FROM THIRD PARTIES

 

28

121

 

AMENDMENTS

 

29

122

 

ATTACHMENTS

 

30

123

 

RESCISSION

 

30

124

 

EXTENSION OF TERM

 

30

125

 

ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

 

30

 

1




GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS (SCP)

ARTICLE

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

Agreement

 

2

202

 

Notices

 

2

203

 

General Rules Of Interpretation

 

2

204

 

Consent of Authority Required For Subcontracting, Subletting, Or Assignment

 

3

205

 

Coordination with Other Contractors

 

3

206

 

Changes

 

3

207

 

Extensions Of Time

 

4

208

 

Remedies In Case Of Default & Termination for Cause

 

6

209

 

Termination For Convenience

 

7

210

 

Authority Of The Project Manager

 

8

211

 

Disputes

 

8

212

 

Withholding Money Due Contractor to Meet Claims or Liens

 

9

213

 

Claims By Contractor

 

10

214

 

Substitution of Approved Securities

 

10

215

 

Use Of Monies Withheld

 

11

216

 

New York Laws/Choice of Law, Consent to Jurisdiction & Venue

 

11

217

 

Statute Of Limitations On Right To Sue The Authority / No Claim Against Authority Officers, Agents or Employees

 

12

218

 

Authority May Avail Itself of All Remedies

 

12

219

 

Relationship between the Authority and Others

 

12

220

 

Liability And Indemnification

 

13

221

 

Patents, Copyrights And Infringement Claims

 

13

222

 

Quantities Are Approximate / Variable Quantities Clause

 

15

223

 

General Representations and Warranties

 

15

224

 

No Estoppel And No Waiver

 

17

225

 

Severability

 

18

226

 

Safety Precautions

 

18

227

 

Inspection and Evaluation

 

18

228

 

Books And Records / Audit And Examination

 

18

229

 

Subcontractor / Supplier Books and Records

 

19

230

 

Brand Names / Substitution Of Specified Material

 

19

231

 

Removal Of Material / Waste Material

 

20

232

 

Quality Assurance

 

20

233

 

Compliance With Applicable Laws, Regulations / Environmental Matters

 

20

234

 

Final Payment To Act As Release

 

24

235

 

Independent Contractor

 

25

236

 

Contractor’s Employees

 

25

 

2




 

ARTICLE

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

237

 

Confidentiality / Advertising Limitation

 

25

238

 

Tax Exemption

 

26

239

 

Equal Opportunity for Minority Group Members & Women

 

26

240

 

Antitrust Assignment

 

27

241

 

Grand Jury Testimony

 

27

242

 

Year 2000 Compliance

 

28

243

 

Contract Documents Contain All Terms / Contractor Has Examined Contract

 

29

244

 

All Legal Provisions Included

 

29

 

ATTACHMENTS

Attachment No. 1.

 

Scope of Work

 

 

 

Attachment No. 2.

 

Price Schedule

 

 

 

Attachment No. 3.

 

Vehicle Lease Agreement

 

 

 

Attachment No. 4.

 

Schedule A, Insurance Requirements

 

 

 

Attachment No. 5.

 

Schedule G, Rider to Contract Documents

 

 

 

Attachment No. 6.

 

Schedule J, Responsibility Questionnaire

 

 

 

Attachment No. 7.

 

Schedule K, Opportunities for Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprises.

 

 

 

Attachment No. 8.

 

Federal Drug and Alcohol Testing Certification

 

 

 

Attachment No. 9.

 

Sample Trip Ticket

 

 

 

Attachment No. 10.

 

Current Paratransit Fleet

 

 

 

Attachment No. 11.

 

Operator Vehicle Condition Report

 

 

 

Attachment No. 12.

 

Preventive Maintenance Program

 

 

 

Attachment No. 13.

 

DMV Approved Accident Prevention Contractors

 

 

 

Attachment No. 14.

 

Daily Road Call Reports

 

3




 

Attachment No. 15.

 

Daily Accident Reports

 

 

 

Attachment No. 16.

 

Incident Reports

 

 

 

Attachment No. 17.

 

Vehicle Lettering or Logo

 

 

 

Attachment No. 18.

 

Sample FTA Section 15 Reporting Forms

 

 

 

Attachment No. 19.

 

Estimated Paratransit Growth

 

 

 

Attachment No. 20

 

Actual Trip Volume Information for 1999 and 2000

 

 

 

Attachment No. 21

 

All Carrier Vehicles on Road

 

 

 

Attachment No. 22

 

Fleet Mileage and Age Information for Vehicles Put Into Service From April 1999 to May 2000

 

FORM EEO-1              Employer Information Report

4




CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

AGREEMENT made this 7 th  day of August, 2001 between the NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY (hereinafter the “Authority” or “NYCT”), with offices at 370 Jay Street, Brooklyn, NY 11201 and TRANSIT FACILITY MANAGEMENT CORPORATION , with offices 165-25 147 th  Avenue, Jamaica, NY 11434.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Authority desires to retain a Contractor to provide Paratransit service in accordance with the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) for the five boroughs of the City of New York and known as Access-A-Ride;

WHEREAS, the Contractor represents that it possesses the necessary knowledge and experience to perform the work and services herein described; and

WHEREAS, the Authority desires to retain the Contractor on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Contractor has agreed to accept such terms and conditions including compensation based upon the rates set forth in the Price Schedule designated herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

CONTRACT NO. 00D785H

ACCESS-A-RIDE PARATRANSIT TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

SPECIFIC CONTRACT PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 101       DEFINITIONS

The following terms used in this Contract shall, except where, by the context, it is clear that another meaning is intended, be construed as follows:

1.       “Access-A-Ride” or “AAR” shall mean New York City Transit Authority paratransit service.

2.       “Accident” shall mean an event causing property damage in excess of $1,000 or any personal injury that occurs during the carrier’s operation of any Revenue or Non-Revenue Vehicles in AAR service.

3.       “Accident Damage” shall mean any property damage caused as a result of an Accident.

4.       “Addenda” or “Addendum” shall mean the additional Contract provisions relating to the Contract issued in writing by the Authority prior to the Award Date.

5.       “Add-On Trips” or “Trip Insertions” shall mean trips not included in the daily Manifest that are dispatched real-time to the Vehicle Operator.

6.       “Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990” or “ADA” shall mean the Federal civil rights legislation requiring, among other things, that paratransit service comparable to fixed route service be provided to persons with disabilities who meet ADA paratransit eligibility criteria.

7.       “Assistive Device” shall mean devices used by physically disabled persons for mobility and/or communication, such as canes, walkers, oxygen equipment, etc.

8.       “Authority” or “NYCT” (or the initials “T.A.” or “NYCTA” or “NYCT”) shall mean the New York City Transit Authority, a public benefit corporation existing by virtue of the Public Authorities Law, Title 9 of Article 5, and any other authority, board, body, commission, official or officials to which or to whom the powers now belonging to the said Authority with respect to the location, construction, equipment, maintenance and operation of transit facilities shall by virtue of any act or acts hereinafter passed or be held to appertain.

9.       “Automatic Vehicle Location and Monitoring System” (or “AVLM”) shall mean a computerized system that utilizes a global positioning system with mobile data terminals to produce two-way wireless data communication concerning the speed and directional movement of subject vehicle(s) via dynamic, graphic display screen at remote dispatch/control location(s).

2




10.     “Borough” shall mean one of the five (5) political jurisdictions (counties) comprising the City of New York. They are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Manhattan, Queens, and Staten Island.

11.     “Brochure Rack” shall mean pamphlet racks installed in paratransit vehicles where customers may pick up brochures, fliers and pamphlets issued by NYCT.

12.     “Carrier” shall mean an operator of the Access-A-Ride service; also referred to as the Contractor.

13.     “City” shall mean the City of New York.

14.     “Command Center,” a/k/a “Paratransit Command Center” shall mean a New York City Transit Authority site for operating Access-A-Ride reservations, scheduling and customer assistance functions.

15.     “Contract,” “Contract Documents” or “Agreement” shall mean the Attachments, Appendix, Contractor’s Proposal, Contract Testimonium, General Contract Provisions, Information For Proposers, Specific Contract Provisions, Schedules deemed included (if any), Technical Specifications (if any), Scope of Work, Forms of Bonds (if any), Contract Drawings (if Any), all Addenda hereafter issued (if any), and the Notice of Award.

16.     “Contract Manager” shall mean the NYCT employee assigned to serve as the liaison to the Contractor for purposes of contract administration and daily operations.

17.     “Contractor” shall mean the Proposer to whom this Contract is awarded, its successors and assignees and is also referred to as the Carrier. For convenience, the Contractor may be hereinafter referred to as if the Contractor were an individual. The word “he” shall, as the sense may require include “she,” “it” and “they”; the word “him” shall include “her,” “it” and “them”; and the word “his” shall include “her,” “its” and “their”.

18.     “Contractor Early” shall mean the Vehicle Operator arrives more than 5 minutes before the Scheduled Pick-Up Time.

19.     “Contractor No-Show,” a/k/a “ Missed Trip ” shall mean any trip not performed, other than a Customer “Late Trip Cancellation,” “Customer No-Show” or “No-Fault No-Show.”

20.     “Customer” shall mean an individual with disabilities who NYCT has determined meets ADA paratransit eligibility criteria and has been issued an AAR identification card, also known as Access-A-Ride or AAR registrant.

21.     “Customer Assistance Division” shall mean a division of NYCT, which provides customer information and complaint management.

22.     “Customer No-Show” shall mean the Customer has not presented him/herself, declines the trip or is unable for any reason to take the trip when the Vehicle Operator has arrived and waited for the Customer in accordance with the Contract standards and procedures.

23.     “DMV” shall mean the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles.

3




24.     “Depot” shall mean the Carrier’s operation facility.

25.     “Directed,” “required,” “permitted,” “ordered,” “designated,” “selected,” “prescribed,” or words of like import used in the specifications or upon the drawings (if any) shall mean, respectively, the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, selection or prescription of the Project Manager; and similarly the words “approved,” “approved manner,” “approval,” “acceptable,” “satisfactory,” “equal,” “necessary,” or words of like import shall mean, respectively, approved by, or acceptable or satisfactory to, or equal, or necessary in the opinion of the Project Manager.

26.     “Dispatcher” shall mean the individual responsible for directing, monitoring and communicating with Vehicle Operators and coordinating with the Command Center.

27.     “Dispatch Log” shall mean the Dispatcher’s daily record of service and vehicle information .

28.     “Disputes Resolution Officer” or “DRO” shall mean the individual designated by the Authority to resolve contract disputes between the parties.

29.     “En-route Relief” shall mean a change in Vehicle Operators in the field during a Revenue Service Tour.

30.     “Federal” or words of like import shall mean the United States of America.

31.     “FTA” shall mean the Federal Transit Administration of USDOT, and is the federal agency that, inter alia, promulgates and enforces drug and alcohol testing program regulations for public transportation providers, including their contractors, pursuant to the Federal Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991. The regulations are set forth at 49 C.F.R. Parts 653 and 654. FTA also promulgates and enforces regulations implementing the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, including regulations applicable to the provision of paratransit services. These regulations are set forth at 49 C.F.R. Part 37, Subpart F.

32.     “Guest” shall mean any person accompanying an AAR Customer other than the Personal Care Attendant.

33.     “Holiday” shall mean New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

34.     “Incident” shall mean an event impacting the quality or timeliness of the service that occurs during the carrier’s operation of any Revenue or Non-Revenue Vehicles in AAR service that does not cause property damage in excess of $1,000 or personal injury.

35.     “Large Vans” shall mean vehicles having ten (10) seats (excluding the driver), three (3) wheelchair securement positions and a dual rear axle.

36.     “Late Pick-Up” shall mean any AAR pick-up that occurs past the Scheduled Pick-Up Window.

37.     “Late Trip Cancellation” shall mean Customer cancellation after 5:00 p.m. the night before a scheduled trip.

4




38.     “Law” shall mean the Constitution and laws of the United States and of the State of New York, the New York City Charter, the New York City Administrative Code, and each and every other law, rule, regulation, requirement, order, judgment, decree, or ordinance of every kind whatsoever issued by any government entity, applicable to or affecting the Contract, the Work and all persons engaged in the Work (including any of the foregoing which concern health, safety, environmental protection, and non-discrimination).

39.     “Legal Proceeding” shall mean every action, litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding, and other legal or equitable proceeding of any kind whatsoever.

40.     “Liens” shall mean any and every lien of any kind whatsoever against the Work, against any monies due or to become due from the Authority to Contractor, and/or against any other property of the Authority, for or on account of the Work, including any Public Lien.

41.     “Manifest” shall mean the schedule provided to a Vehicle Operator listing all stops and time points during a vehicle tour or route.

42.     “MTA” shall mean the Metropolitan Transportation Authority and any other board, body, commission, official or officials to which or to whom the powers now belonging to the said Authority under the provisions of Article 5, Title 11 of the Public Authorities Law of the State of New York shall, by virtue of any act or acts, hereafter passed or be held to appertain.

43.     “New York State” or “NYS” shall mean the State of New York.

44.     “NYS DOT” shall mean the New York State Department of Transportation.

45.     “No-Fault No-Show” shall mean the Contractor fails to provide the scheduled trip to a Customer for documented reasons beyond the control of the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. For example, Fire/Police EMS activity, water main breaks, closing of a major bridge/tunnel, extremely adverse weather conditions, unusually heavy traffic conditions, and reservation errors may be grounds for considering the Contractor’s failure to provide a scheduled trip to be a No-Fault No-Show. Conversely, vehicle breakdowns or instances when a Vehicle Operator is unable to find a particular location are not considered to be occurrences that are beyond the Contractor’s ability to control.

46.     “Non-Revenue Vehicles” shall mean vehicles used by the Contractor to perform Contract requirements other than customer transportation; it may include vehicles used for supervisory and maintenance functions.

47.     “Notice” or “notice” shall mean a written notice.

48.     “Notice of Award” shall mean a document that apprises the Contractor that this Contract has been approved by the NYCTA.

49.     “Office Equipment” shall mean standard office furnishings and equipment such as telephones, computers, fax machines and supplies used by the Contractor to perform the Contract.

5




50.     “On-Time Performance” shall mean a measure of service reliability based on the percentage of completed trips in which the Contractor has picked up a Customer within the Scheduled Pick-Up Window.

51.     “Paratransit Automated Scheduling System” or “ PASS ” shall mean the automated reservation, scheduling and dispatch software system, presently used by NYCTA to provide centralized AAR trip reservation and scheduling at the Command Center.

52.     “Paratransit Division” shall mean the NYCTA Division responsible for administration and operation of Access-a-Ride.

53.     “Passenger” shall mean all persons other than the ADA eligible Customer who are authorized to travel with the Customer, such as, Personal Care Attendants or Guests.

54.     “Preventive Maintenance” shall mean maintenance Types A, B and C described in Attachment 12 of this Contract.

55.     “Personal Care Attendant” or “PCA” shall mean a person who is authorized or required by the NYCT to accompany the Customer for the purpose of providing travel and other assistance to the Customer.

56.     “Pigtail” shall mean a long cord used in the remote control operation of a wheelchair lift in a lift vehicle.

57.     “Post-Trip Revenue Vehicle Inspection” shall mean the inspection of a Revenue Vehicle immediately following completion of the Revenue Service Tour.

58.     “Pre-Trip Revenue Vehicle Inspection” shall mean inspection of a Revenue Vehicle immediately preceding the Revenue Service Tour.

59.     “Project Manager” shall mean an individual designated as such by the Authority to administer this Contract or his duly authorized representative.

60.     “Pull-In” shall mean the return of a Revenue Vehicle to the assigned Depot upon completion of a Revenue Service Tour.

61.     “Pull-Out” shall mean the Revenue Vehicle’s departure from the assigned Depot to perform a Revenue Service Tour.

62.     “Pull-Out/Pull-In Logs” shall mean Dispatcher records of vehicle Pull-Outs and Pull-Ins.

63.     “Pull-Out Ready Line” shall mean the Revenue Vehicles available for Revenue Service Pull-Out.

64.     “Revenue Service” shall mean any period of time the Vehicle Operator is performing the Customer transportation services required under this Contract, including authorized deadheading time from Pull-Out to first Customer pick-up and from last Customer drop-off to Pull-In, and any contractually agreed upon lunch interval.

6




65.     “Revenue Service Tour” shall mean the period of time from authorized Pull-Out to authorized Pull-In.

66.     “Revenue Service Stan Date” shall mean the date on which the Contractor places its first vehicle into Revenue Service.”

67.     “Revenue Vehicles” shall mean the vehicles used by the Contractor to perform the Customer transportation services required under this Contract.

68.     “Routed Service” or “Service Route” or “Route” shall mean Revenue Service performed according to the time schedule and order of pick-ups and drop-offs listed in the Manifest.

69.     “Scheduled Pick-Up Time” shall mean the confirmed pick-up time as agreed upon by the Customer and the Command Center and that appears on the Manifest.

70.     “Scheduled Pick-Up Window” shall mean the period from five minutes before to twenty-five minutes after the Scheduled Pick-Up Time.

71.     “Service Hour” or “Vehicle Service Hour” shall mean each hour of a Revenue Service Tour.

72.     “Service Ready” shall mean that the vehicle is clean, mechanically safe and reliable, and all accessories are operable.

73.     “Small Van” shall mean vehicles having five (5) seats (excluding the driver), two (2) wheelchair securement positions and a single rear axle.

74.     “State” – See “New York State.”

75.     “Subcontractor” shall mean an individual or organization who enters into a contract to furnish labor services only or labor and materials or apparatus in connection with the Work directly or indirectly for or on behalf of the Contractor and whether or not in privity of contract with the Contractor.

76.     “Supplier” shall mean an individual or organization that furnishes materials, equipment or supplies to the Contractor either directly or indirectly, for incorporation in the Work.

77.     “Trip Confirmation Ticket” or “Trip Ticket” shall mean a document that includes the date of the trip, pick-up and destination locations, beginning and ending odometer readings, and the Trip Identification Number.

78.     “Trip Identification Number” shall mean the individual number generated and assigned by PASS to a scheduled trip.

79.     “USDOT” shall mean the United States Department of Transportation.

80.     “Vehicle Operator” shall mean the Contractor’s driver of a Revenue Vehicle.

7




81.     “Work” or “Project” shall be defined as all the required obligations of the Contractor hereunder, including but not limited to, the performance of any labor or services, the supplying of any goods or materials, the furnishing or repair and/or remanufacture of any equipment or any other resources or requirements or deliverables necessary to perform, construct, accomplish and complete this Contract’s objectives as stated in Article 102 below.

ARTICLE 102       PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A.      The Work to be performed may be briefly described as the provision of demand-responsive, origin-to-destination, shared-ride transportation services for people with disabilities who are Access-A-Ride registrants within the five boroughs of the City of New York, as mandated by the Americans with Disabilities Act, and furnishing all resources necessary to provide such services in accordance with the service criteria specified in the Scope of Work, Attachment 1, and all other terms and conditions of the Contract.

B.      The New York City Transit Authority hereby retains the Contractor, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform the Work as more particularly described in Article 104 below and in the Scope of Work, Attachment No.1.

ARTICLE 103       TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of the Notice of Award and shall continue in effect for a period of five (5) years from the date of commencement of AAR service hereunder (described in the Scope of Work, Section 4, as “Phase II, Operations”), and as such term may be extended by the Authority in accordance with Article 124 below.

ARTICLE 104       STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

A.      The requirements set forth in this Article are material provisions of the Contract and a breach thereof may result in the assessment of liquidated damages as set forth in Article 111 or in the Authority availing itself of any other remedy existing herein, including termination, or any such remedy as may exist in law or equity.

B.      The Contractor shall complete all scheduled trips except in the event of a Late Cancellation by a Customer or a Customer No-Show, or unless otherwise authorized by NYCT. The Contractor shall provide timely service and promptly respond to Customer complaints.

C.      The Contractor shall be responsible for service quality, Revenue Vehicle and Vehicle Operator availability, and coordination of all services furnished under this Contract. The Contractor is responsible to perform safe, reliable and on-time transportation service in a customer-friendly manner as such performance is defined by this Contract and shall adhere to the following minimum standards:

8




1.       Contractor No-Shows

a.       Contractor No-Shows are prohibited except when due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor (No-Fault No-Show), as determined by the Project Manager.

b.      NYCT reserves the right to declare a Contractor No-Show or No-Fault No-Show, as applicable, for a pick-up(s) where, based upon the circumstances, NYCT determines that the Contractor will be unable to appear at the designated location within forty-five minutes after the Scheduled Pick-Up Time.

c.       In addition to any other remedies provided elsewhere in this Contract, Contractor shall reimburse the Authority for the actual cost of any reasonable expense incurred by the Customer or NYCT to perform the trip independently of the Contractor. Such reimbursement will apply when the Customer has called NYCT and NYCT either dispatches another service provider to perform the trip, or authorizes the Customer to use a taxi or livery for the trip.

2.       On-Time Performance

The Contractor shall arrive for a Customer pick-up within the Scheduled Pick-Up Window for 95% of all of the Contractor’s scheduled trips. NYCT reserves the right to shorten or change the Scheduled Pick-Up Window upon notice to the Contractor.

3.       Revenue Vehicle Availability

The Contractor shall assure the availability of safe, fully operational, clean, temperature-controlled Revenue Vehicles in the numbers required to service each route assigned to the Contractor on each service day. To meet this performance standard, the Contractor shall perform all of the requirements as set forth in the Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1, Section 7, and take all other reasonable and necessary actions to meet the Revenue Vehicle availability standard as set forth herein. In the event that Contractor does not meet this performance standard because of a failure to meet the vehicle maintenance requirements of the Scope of Work, in addition to any other remedies provided elsewhere in this Contract, the Authority shall have the right to perform the maintenance, and charge the Contractor for the costs thereof.

4.       Vehicle Operator Availability

a.       The Contractor shall assure that there are sufficient numbers of Vehicle Operators available to service each Route assigned to the Contractor on each service day. To meet this performance standard, the Contractor shall implement the qualification and training requirements for Vehicle Operators set forth in the Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1, Section 9, prior to placement of Vehicle Operators in Revenue Service; and the Contractor shall timely hire and train individuals in sufficient numbers to meet the Vehicle Operator availability standard set forth herein. In the event that NYCT determines that a Vehicle Operator in Revenue Service does not meet the qualifications or has not completed the

9




required training, the Project Manager may direct that the Vehicle Operator be removed from service until such time as the NYCT is satisfied that the requirements of the Contract have been met.

b.      The Contractor shall observe each Vehicle Operator to ensure that he is fit for duty before his vehicle Pull-Out, and monitor each Vehicle Operator’s continued fitness throughout the Revenue Service Tour.

c.       The Contractor shall implement a program for retraining and/or disciplining Vehicle Operators who fail to perform their duties in accordance with Contact requirements.

d.      The Contractor shall not assign a Vehicle Operator to operate an AAR Revenue Vehicle after notification by NYCT to the Contractor that the Vehicle Operator is to be removed pursuant to a removal determination as set forth in the Scope of Work, Attachment 1, Section 8.20.

5.       Safe Conduct :

The Contractor shall implement a safety program in accordance with the requirements of this Contract to prevent conduct or actions by Vehicle Operators or other field staff which creates a safety hazard to Customers or the public at large.

6.       Use of Vehicles :

The Contractor shall use AAR vehicles solely for the purpose described in the Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1, or otherwise authorized in writing by NYCT. Any unauthorized use is prohibited.

7.       Record Keeping :

The Contractor shall accurately keep, complete, and/or submit trip reconciliation data, invoices and all other paperwork as required by and within the time periods set forth in the Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1.

D.      Performance Incentives :

1.       In any month in which the Contractor exceeds 95% On-Time Performance, Contractor will be paid an incentive payment of ten cents per completed trip for all completed trips for the month.

2.       In any month in which the Contractor’s No-Shows are less than 0.2% of all trips assigned to the Contractor, Contractor will be paid an incentive payment of ten cents per completed trip for all completed trips for the month.

3.       A Contractor is eligible for the incentive payments set forth herein only upon approval by the Authority of an incentive-sharing plan whereby at least half of the incentive payments received by the Contractor is shared with Vehicle Operators, dispatchers and/or maintenance personnel whose performance assisted the Contractor in earning the incentive.

10




E.       Force Majeure:

A Contractor’s failure to meet the standards of performance set forth in this Article 104 may be excused when the failure is caused by forces beyond the control of the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. On a service-day basis with respect to the performance of routes assigned to the Contractor, the Authority has established a set of “mitigation codes” which the Contractor is authorized to use, as applicable, in its performance of Trip Reconciliation as described in the Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1, Section 3.5.

F.       Annual Performance Review and Rating/Default:

Two months before the expiration of each Contract Year, NYCT shall provide Contractor with a Performance Review and Rating for that Contract Year. The form of review and the rating system shall be provided to the Contractor prior to commencement of the Operations Phase of the Contract. Contractor shall have an opportunity to comment upon the review before it becomes final. If Contractor’s final performance rating is not satisfactory, NYCT may determine that the Contractor is in default of the Contract and may proceed to enforce the Contract remedies for default. In addition to remedies set forth in Article 208 of the General Provisions (“Remedies in the Event of Default and Termination for Cause”), NYCT may determine to reduce the service to be provided by the Contractor by transferring Routes to another contractor and reducing the Contract Price accordingly.

ARTICLE 105       DELIVERY OF WORK PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

Upon request of the Authority, the Contractor shall deliver forthwith to the Authority any Work products produced and all data, studies, reports, material, specifications, plans, charts, photographs, exhibits prepared, developed or kept in connection with, or as part of this project, and all their material and records of whatsoever nature prepared, developed or kept in connection with, or as part of, this project (“Work Products”). Without the necessity of any demand by the Authority, Contractor shall deliver to the Authority, prior to the expiration or upon the earlier termination of this Agreement, all Work Products, which shall become the property of the Authority. This Article does not apply to any records or documents pertaining to the operation of Contractor’s business. The Contractor may retain copies of those records or documents, which it considers necessary for proof of performance.

ARTICLE 106       SUSPENSION OF PERFORMANCE

The Authority may at any time, and without cause, direct the Contractor to stop Work under this Contract for a period of time. Such direction shall be given by notice in writing, which shall specify the period during which Work shall be stopped. The Contractor shall resume Work upon the date specified in such direction, or upon such other date as the Authority may thereafter specify in writing. The period during which Work shall have been stopped may be deemed added to the contact term at the sole discretion of the Authority. Stoppage of Work under this Article shall not give rise to any claim against the Authority.

11




ARTICLE 107       PERMITS

A.     The Contractor, at its own expense, shall apply for, request, process and obtain all permits and approvals that may be required for, or in connection with the Work pursuant to Federal, State and City regulations.

B.     The Contractor is required to comply with Article 19-A of the New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law and the DMV’s 19-A implementing regulations, published at 15 NYCRR Part 6.

C.     Prior to commencing Revenue Service hereunder, the Contractor must have obtained a NYS DOT contract carrier operating authority permit and ensure that each Revenue Service Vehicle has been inspected by NYS DOT and issued proper license plates by DMV.

ARTICLE 108       PRICE TO INCLUDE/INVOICES AND PAYMENTS

A.     Price to Include : The Authority shall pay and the Contractor shall accept the amounts set forth in the Price Schedule, Attachment No. 2, as full compensation for all costs and expenses of completing the Work in accordance with the Contract, including, but not limited to, all labor and material required to be done or furnished under this Contract; all overhead, expenses, fees and profits including the cost of providing storage yard or facilities; all risks and obligations set forth in the Contract; any applicable fees or taxes; and all expenses due to any unforeseen difficulty encountered in the prosecution of the Work (collectively referred to as “the Contract Price”).

B.     Payments : Subject to the Contractor’s compliance with the submission requirements contained hereunder and all other provisions of the Contract Documents, payment will be made at the rates specified in the Price Proposal, Attachment 2, as follows:

1.      Fixed Costs :

a.      Commencing in the first full month after the Revenue Service Start Date, on a monthly basis, the Authority shall pay the following “Fixed Costs:”

(i)     One-twelfth (1/12) of the Total Annual Non-Vehicle Fixed Cost amount stated in the Price Schedule, Line Item 3.

(ii)    One-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Per-Vehicle Fixed Costs rate specified in the Price Schedule, Line Item 4, for each Revenue Vehicle in the Contractor’s fleet on the last day of the billing month.

b.      Effective on the first month of October Year 2 of commencement of AAR service (as described in the Scope of Work, Attachment 1, Section 4, as “Phase II, Operations”), Fixed Costs shall be adjusted annually in accordance with Table 10 of the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) using the selected local area of New York – Northern NJ – Long Island, NY-NJ-CT-PA. It is the Contractor’s obligation to submit for the first month in which an adjustment is available an invoice in an amount that accurately reflects the

12




adjustment, if any, that is due. Absent such invoice, it shall be within the Authority’s discretion whether to adjust Fixed Costs for that Contract Year.

c.      The Contractor may shift funds as necessary among items in the Fixed Costs category to meet operational needs, so long as the services required hereunder are in no way diminished and Contractor can justify the action upon request by the Authority or upon audit. This paragraph shall not be construed to permit the Contractor to exceed the total annual allowable Fixed Costs.

d.      NYCT may adjust the Fixed Costs if it is determined that the Contractor has not provided the services related thereto.

2.      Variable Costs

The Authority shall pay the Contractor each month a varying amount calculated at the rates specified in the Price Schedule for “Per-Vehicle Mobilization Costs,” 1 if any, “Maintenance Costs,” 2 and “Vehicle Service Hour Costs,” 3 including fuel costs collectively referred to as “Variable Costs.”

a.      The Authority shall pay the Contractor the one-time “Per-Vehicle Mobilization Costs,” Price Schedule, Line Item 2, D, for each Revenue Vehicle, if any, that the Authority assigns to the Contractor during the billing month. Contractors with vehicles in Revenue Service pursuant to prior contracts are not eligible for this payment to the extent that this Contract assigns them the same number or fewer vehicles. These Contractors are eligible for this payment thereafter, if they are assigned additional vehicles for Revenue Service expansion.

b.      The Authority shall pay the Contractor each month 1/12 of the Maintenance Costs, Price Schedule, Line Item 5 or 6, as applicable, based upon the actual number, type and age of Revenue Vehicles in the Contractor’s fleet on the last day of the billing month. Once each year, effective the first of the month after the Contractor’s anniversary of its Revenue Service Start Date, the Authority will adjust the age category (i.e. A, B, or C) of all Revenue Vehicles in the Contractor’s fleet, based on the mileage and age of each vehicle at the time of adjustment.

c.      The Authority shall pay the Contractor each month for the actual number of Vehicle Service Hours as reconciled by the Contractor and approved by the Authority at the rate specified in the Price Schedule.

d.      The Authority shall pay the Contractor each month a varying amount for fuel used in Revenue Service which shall be equal to the product of the total number of Vehicle Service Hours performed (as determined for payments pursuant to Article 108.B.2.c, above) (“VSH”) times 1.5 gallons per Vehicle Service Hour times the Contractor’s Fuel Price Per Gallon, Price Schedule Line Item 8, as adjusted pursuant to Article 108.B.2.f (“Contractor’s Fuel Price, or “CFP”) (VSH x 1.5 x CFP).

13




e.      The Variable Costs shall be adjusted annually in accordance with the same terms and conditions for adjustment set forth in Article 108.B.1.b, above, for Fixed Costs except for Fuel Costs, which shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms and conditions for adjustment set forth in Article 108.B.2.f, below.

f.       The price per gallon for fuel used in Revenue Service shall be adjusted quarterly on a calendar quarter basis, as follows:

i.       The index to be used to calculate the change in the Contractor’s Fuel Price (“CFP”) (whether diesel or gasoline) for each quarterly adjustment is the average per-gallon diesel price reported by the U.S. Department of Energy Information Administration’s “Retail On-Highway Diesel Prices for the Central Atlantic Area” (“Fuel Price Index” or “FPI”) for the last Monday immediately preceding each Adjustment Date.

ii.      An initial adjustment to the Contractor’s Fuel Price Per Gallon (CFP), as set forth in the Price Schedule, Line Item 8, will be made for the period from the time of award of this Contract to the Revenue Service Start Date, based on any change in price that occurred between the FPI price on January 1, 2001 of $1.665 (“Base Fuel Price Index Amount,” or “BFPI”) and the first day of the first month of the calendar quarter in which the Revenue Service Start Date occurs. Thereafter, the CFP will be adjusted quarterly effective on the first date of the first month of each calendar quarter (“Adjustment Date”). For each Adjustment Date, including the Revenue Service Start Date Adjustment, the price to be utilized to determine the amount of change in price will be that reported by the FPI for the last Monday of the month preceding the Adjustment Date (“Adjustment Date Fuel Price Amount” or “AFPI”).

iii.     All prices used to calculate the amount of adjustment will be rounded to the third decimal place.

iv.     The Adjusted Contractor’s Fuel Price (“ACFP”) shall be equal to the product of the Base Fuel Price Index Amount (“BFPI”) of $l.665 divided by the Adjustment Date Fuel Price Index Amount (“AFPI”) times the Contractor’s Fuel Price ([AFPI/BFPI] X CFP = ACFP). Thereafter, the most recent ACFP shall be the Contractor’s Fuel Price (“CFP”) for calculating quarterly adjustments.

g.      The Authority, in its sole discretion, may, at the commencement of the Contract or at any time thereafter, purchase tax exempt fuel for the Work. In such event, the Contact will be modified to eliminate fuel costs from the Contract Price.

3.      Reimbursable Costs (Pass-Through Costs):

The Authority shall reimburse the Contractor for its actual costs and expenses as follows:

14




a.      Insurance Costs

(i)     On a monthly basis, the Authority will pay the Contractor actual insurance premium costs for the contractually required automobile liability insurance including Garage Keepers Legal Liability Insurance. Additionally, the Authority will pay actual premium costs for collision coverage and premium financing costs, if the Project Manager expressly authorizes such costs. The total payment for all such costs shall not to exceed the amount stated in the Price Schedule for each Revenue Vehicle pro-rated for the month. No reimbursement shall be made to the Contractor for any item that has not been approved by the Authority prior to the Contractor having entered into a legal commitment for the expenditure.

ii.      On an annual basis the scheduled reimbursable amount will be adjusted by the Authority to reflect the Contractor’s actual insurance premium costs for the upcoming insurance coverage year. Each year, upon the Contractor’s receipt of any renewal notice for insurance coverage to be paid as a reimbursable cost by the Authority, the Contractor shall submit a copy of such notice and all requested documentation to the Authority including policy declaration pages, premium notices and/or invoices from the Contractor’s insurance company itemizing the premiums and corresponding insurance coverage to be provided.

iii.     The Authority, in its sole discretion, may, at the commencement of the Contract or at any time thereafter, purchase vehicle insurance for the Work. In such event, the Contract will be modified to eliminate such insurance costs from the Contract Price.

b.      Tolls . On a monthly basis, the Authority shall reimburse the Contractor’s actual expenses for tolls paid for operation of Revenue Vehicles in the course of providing Revenue Service.

c.      Third Party Lease Costs . On a monthly basis, the Authority shall reimburse the Contractor’s approved monthly vehicle leasing costs for any Revenue Vehicle or Non-Revenue Vehicle leased from a third party.

d.      Non-Vehicle Mobilization Costs . The Authority shall pay the Contractor’s “Non-Vehicle Mobilization” costs upon submission of an invoice and adequate documentation to confirm that the Contractor has incurred such costs. In no event shall the Contractor be paid for any amount expended that is in excess of the total amount specified in the Price Schedule, Line Item 1, “Non-Vehicle Mobilization” costs. The Contractor shall allocate its expenditures for mobilization costs in accordance with its Authority-approved Start-Up Plan and in a manner to assure that sufficient monies are available to pay all mobilization costs. The Authority’s Project Manager may question and reject any mobilization cost if it appears that the expenditure will adversely affect the Contractor’s ability to effect mobilization.

15




4.      Date of Payment:

All monthly payments to the Contractor will be made net 30 calendar days of receipt by NYCT of a complete and proper invoice.

5.      The Contractor warrants that the costs set forth in the Price Schedule are in current U.S. dollars and do not include any allowance for any contingency to cover anticipated increased cost of performance, which are covered by the economic adjustment clauses contained in subparagraphs B.1.b. and B.2.b. above. These provisions shall be the sole and exclusive measure of adjustment to the costs specified in the Price Schedule of this Contract without regard to actual changes in the cost or use of labor or materials since the Notice of Award of this Contract.

C.     Proper Invoice :

1.      In order to allow appropriate time to complete the reconciliation process, the Contractor shall not submit any invoice prior to 15 calendar days after the end of each month that constitutes the billing period. In addition to any other requirement set forth in this Contract with respect to what constitutes a proper invoice or for the Contractor to be entitled to receive payment, the Contractor’s invoice, in triplicate, must set forth (1) a description, with specificity, of the goods delivered, Work performed, services rendered, or other event initiating entitlement to payment pursuant to the terms of this Contract; (2) that portion of the Contract price related to such payment less any deductions such as retainage required pursuant to the terms hereof (if any); and (3) the Contract number. Should the invoice not be calculated correctly, such as not taking into account retainage as a deduction, the Authority may either reject the invoice or treat the invoice as proper only to the extent of the correct calculation of the amount thereof.

2.      NYCT will return incomplete or improper invoices to the Contractor. In the event that an invoice is returned to the Contractor because it is incomplete or improper, the imposition of net 30 calendar day terms on NYCT will not begin until a complete and proper invoice is returned to NYCT.

3.      The Contractor shall provide a monthly bill itemized by the components of the Contract Price in paragraph B, above, “Payments.” (Variable Costs will be itemized by type of Revenue Vehicle, for each Revenue Vehicle operated by the Contractor).

D.     Supporting Documentation : The following are in addition to any other requirement set forth in this Contract with respect to supporting documentation that must accompany an invoice:

1.      The Contractor’s invoice must be accompanied by appropriate documentation that the deliverable has been delivered in accordance with the Contract, and if this Contract requires acceptance thereof as a condition precedent to payment, that the deliverable has been so accepted.

16




a.      All invoices for Vehicle Service Hours must be supported by complete and adequate documentation sufficient to permit NYCT to confirm that the Vehicle Service Hours were provided.

b.      All invoices for vehicle insurance costs shall be accompanied by a copy of the original invoice from the insurance company and a copy of the Contractor’s check for payment, and any other supporting documentation that NYCT directs.

c.      All invoices for any leased vehicles shall be accompanied by the leasing company’s invoice and a copy of the Contractor’s check for payment.

2.      Invoices must also be accompanied by all affidavits, time records, staffing and other records, as applicable, including E-Z Pass billing records in disk form, and applicable third-party lease invoices with their supporting documentation, provided for or required by the Contract to establish the amount of payment and/or performance of the Work billed, as well as a statement with sufficient specificity which establishes the basis on which the payment is due according to the Contract. Any documentation generated by the Authority, such as certificates of acceptance, will be issued in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

3.      A sworn certificate or equivalent document signed by a knowledgeable officer of the Contractor that the services covered by the Contract have been performed for the period covered by the invoice. Any false certification shall render the invoice void, and the Authority shall be entitled to recover immediately any monies paid on such invoices.

E.      Inspection, Review and Audit : In addition to any other requirements pertaining to the right of the Authority or other entity to perform inspections, reviews or audits with respect to any payment or to the Contract as a whole, the Authority reserves the right to inspect, review and/or audit each invoice for payment to verify that the invoice amount is consistent with the materials, labor, goods, and/or services provided and is in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, as well as to determine the resources applied or used by the Contractor in fulfilling the terms of the Contract or otherwise to verify that the Work, goods or services billed for were provided in accordance therewith. The Authority will require ten (10) Authority business days from the Receipt of Invoice Date within which to perform this function.

Set-off : The Authority shall have the right to set-off against any payment due the Contractor under this Contract any unpaid legally enforceable debt owed by the Contractor to the Authority as outlined in Authority’s Prompt Payment Rules (21 NYCRR § 1002). Liquidated Damages as well as monies equal to the fare revenue that should have been collected, calculated as the number of Customer and Guest trips performed times the then applicable fare, shall be deducted by NYCT from the payments made to the Contractor each month.

17




F.      Designated Payment Office : The Designated Payment Office, to which all invoices and supporting documentation are required to be submitted under this Contract, is as follows:

Original and (1) copy of all invoices to:

New York City Transit Authority
Disbursements Section
Room 780, Seventh Floor
130 Livingston Street
Brooklyn, New York 11201

In addition, one (1) copy of all invoices is required to be submitted simultaneously to:

Michael Cosgrove, Project Manager
New York City Transit Authority
Paratransit Division,
2 Broadway, 11
th  Floor
New York, New York 10004

G.     Conditions Precedent to Payment : Unless otherwise stipulated in writing by the parties, the Authority shall make payment subject to the following conditions, which are, unless waived in whole or in part by the Authority in writing, conditions precedent to payment:

1.      The Contractor is not, in the Project Manager’s and/or Procurement Sub-Division’s opinion, in material breach of this Contract;

2.      The Project Manager has accepted the Work.

3.      All records required to be submitted to the Authority have been received by the Authority, unless the Project Manager has, in writing, granted an extension of time.

H.     Withholding Payment : The Authority may withhold sums equal to any claims of the Authority against the Contractor, for indemnification or otherwise, pending settlement or other disposition of such claim. The Authority may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor as much as may be necessary to protect the Authority and if it so elects may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any Subcontractors or Suppliers for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Authority and will not require the Authority to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Authority elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Authority to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. The Authority may withhold payment to the Contractor, if the Contractor fails to remedy unsuitable conditions. The Contractor shall be given written notice of any unsuitable conditions.

18




I.       Prompt Payment Rules and Regulations : The Authority will pay proper invoices within the time periods provided in the Prompt Payment Rules and Regulations (21 NYCRR § 1002). Payment will be deemed to have been made upon being mailed by the Authority.

J.      Final Payment : After the expiration of the Contract, or its termination, the Contractor shall submit an invoice marked “Invoice for Final Payment” covering all items not previously invoiced. This “Invoice for Final Payment” shall contain or be accompanied by the information or supporting documentation, and shall otherwise be in the form, described in this Article or elsewhere in this Contract. Any dispute over the proper amount of the Final Payment is subject to the dispute resolution provisions (Article 211) of this Contract.

K.     Audit and Adjustment : All payments are subject to audit and adjustment by the Authority. Contractor shall make its records available for three years (3) after the later of termination of or final payment under this Agreement.

L.      Retainage : The Authority will retain an amount equal to five percent (5%) of each monthly payment for the first year of the contract. In each subsequent month, the Authority will retain an amount equal to 5% of each monthly payment minus an amount equal to the average of monthly retainages for the prior Contract Years. Such retained monies shall be held as security for the full and faithful performance by the Contractor of all the conditions, covenants and requirements contained in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 109       DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING

A.     The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR Parts 40, 653 and 654, promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation - Federal Transit Administration to implement the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act. These regulations require that grantees of federal funds implement a program requiring Safety-Sensitive (as defined in the regulations) employees, including those of the Authority’s contractors (though not including subcontractors), to be subject to drug and alcohol testing. In addition to performing such tests (including tests on a random basis), maintaining custody and control over the results thereof and transmitting the results thereof as required by the regulations, the Contractor will also be required to provide information and training regarding the testing program to all of its affected employees, including direct supervisors, and to certify that it has established and implemented the required program.

B.     If the Safety-Sensitive Work will commence within six months after the award of the Contract, the Contractor will submit the documents listed below for the Authority’s approval within thirty (30) days after Contract award. If the Safety-Sensitive Work will commence at least six months after Contract award, the Contractor will submit the documents listed below for the Authority’s approval at least sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of the Safety-Sensitive Work.

1.      An initial certification of the Contractor’s compliance with 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654 in the form set forth in Paragraph C below.

19




2.      A copy of the Contractor’s Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy statement.

3.      A copy of the Contractor’s training program for supervisors and employees.

4.      A copy of the Contractor’s drug and alcohol testing procedures for the following:

a.      pre-employment or transfer testing (drug testing only);

b.      random testing;

c.      reasonable suspicion;

d.      accident;

e.      return to work; and

f.       refusal to be tested.

5.      A copy of the Contractor’s Drug and Alcohol Testing Program record keeping procedures.

6.      The name and location (address) of the following:

a.      collection site(s);

b.      laboratory;

c.      Medical Review Officer (MRO);

d.      Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT); and

e.      Substance Abuse Professional (SAP).

C.     To certify compliance with 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654, the Contractor shall submit initially as required by Paragraph B and annually thereafter while Safety-Sensitive work is performed, certifications in the following form:

SUBSTANCE ABUSE CERTIFICATIONS

NYC Transit Authority Contract No.:

 

 

Contract Description:

 

 

Contractor’s Name:

 

 

Alcohol Testing Certification

As required by FTA regulations, “Prevention of Alcohol Misuse in Transit Operations,” at 49 CFR 654.83, Contractor certifies that it has established and implemented an alcohol misuse prevention program complying with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 654.

and

20




Anti-Drug Program Certification

As required by FTA regulations, “Prevention of Prohibited Drug Use in Transit Operations,” at 49 CFR 653.83, Contractor certifies that it has established and implemented an anti-drug program and has conducted employee training complying with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 653.

Date:

 

, 20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Title of Authorized Officer

 

 

The Contractor shall submit the FTA required Management Information System (MIS) reports before February 1 of each year of the Contract. The Contractor may obtain current versions of the MIS forms by contacting the FTA at (617) 494-6336.

D.     The Contractor shall submit a semi-annual MIS report summarizing its Drug and Alcohol Testing Program results, if required by the Project Manager.

E.      The Contractor shall submit one copy of all required documentation, reports and certifications, other than the MIS report, to the Authority’s Project Manager and one copy to the Senior Director, Medical Information Management Services. If the Contractor elects to submit its MIS report using paper forms, the Contractor must submit an original signed form to the Senior Director, Medical Information Management Services, with a copy to the Authority’s Project Manager. If the Contractor elects to submit its MIS report using a CD diskette, the Contractor must submit an original signed front page from the CD diskette form and the completed CD diskette to the Senior Director, Medical Information Management Services, with a copy of the front page from the CD diskette form to the Authority’s Project Manager.

F.      The Contractor shall immediately notify the Project Manager, in writing, of any changes to the documentation, reports or certifications previously submitted to the Authority. Notwithstanding this requirement, the Contractor, unless otherwise required, does not have to report statistical changes resulting from its drug and alcohol tests.

G.     If the Authority determines after award that the Contractor is performing Safety-Sensitive Work, Contractor shall be required to comply with the regulations. In the event such compliance entails costs and expenses not otherwise being borne by the Contractor, they will be eligible for reimbursement in accordance with Article 206, “Changes.”

H.     The Contractor shall make immediate notification to the Authority’s Project Manager if the Contractor intends to use its employees to perform or performs Safety-Sensitive Work previously performed by a subcontractor’s employees. The Contractor shall submit copies of all documentation requiring Authority approval (as set forth in Paragraph B) prior to commencement of the Safety-Sensitive Work by the Contractor. If the Contractor assumes the performance of

21




Safety-Sensitive Work previously performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor will not be eligible for reimbursement for extra work as such term is defined in Article 206, “Changes.”

I.       The Contractor agrees to permit any authorized representative of the United States Department of Transportation, the Federal Transit Administration, or the Authority, to inspect the facilities and records associated with the implementation of the drug and alcohol testing program as required under 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654 and review the testing process.

J.      Compliance with this Article 109 and Article 110 shall be deemed a material obligation of this Contract.

ARTICLE 110       PRIVACY ACT

A.     The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 USC §552a. Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the Contract.

B.     The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this Article in all subcontracts to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government issued pursuant to this Contract.

ARTICLE 111       LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

A.

1.      The Contractor acknowledges that strict adherence to the Contract terms and conditions is necessary to provide safe, reliable, and on-time service to AAR Customers in a Customer-friendly manner. The Contractor represents that it is qualified to and will perform transportation services that comply with the Scope of Work and meet best paratransit industry standards.

2.      NYCT will closely monitor performance of this Work. NYCT has the right to enter the Contractor’s premises at any time without advance notice to or authorization from the Contractor in order to observe the Contractor’s operations. Monitoring methods that will be used to assess the Contractor’s performance include, but are not limited to, radio monitoring, telephone monitoring and recording, on-street service monitoring and random facility, vehicle and records inspections.

22




3.      The Contractor acknowledges that a pattern of deficient performance and inadequate response on the Contractor’s part will cause the Authority to incur damages. Inasmuch as the amount of such damages and the loss to the Authority will be extremely difficult to ascertain, it is hereby expressly agreed that such damages will be liquidated and paid not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.

B.     Upon a determination by the Project Manager that the Contractor has engaged in a pattern of deficient performance and inadequate response with respect to the provision of safe, reliable, or on-time performance, as defined below, not due to factors outside the control of the Contractor, the following damages shall be assessed:

1.      Reliable Service:

a.      Contractor No-Shows:

Contractor No-Shows adversely affect the reliability of AAR service. For each month in which Contractor No-Shows exceed .3% of all trips assigned to the Contractor for a specified month, Contractor shall pay the Authority the sum of $20.00 for each No-Show.

b.      Late/Failed Pull-Outs:

A failure of the Contractor to meet daily Pull-Outs because of a failure to have sufficient Revenue Vehicles or Vehicle Operators available for service adversely affects the reliability of AAR service. In any month in which more than .3% of total Routes for the month failed to Pull-Out within 45 minutes of the Pull-Out time for the Route, Contractor shall pay the Authority the sum of $500.00 for each failed Pull-Out.

2.      On-Time Performance:

Late pick-ups adversely affect the On-Time Performance of AAR service. In any month in which Contractor fails to achieve 95% On-Time Performance, the Contractor shall pay the Authority the sum of $10.00 for each late pick-up that occurred 15 minutes or more past the Scheduled Pick-Up Window.

3.      Safe Service:

Inadequately maintained Revenue Service Vehicles, inadequately trained Vehicle Operators, placement into service of Vehicle Operators who do not meet the qualifications and training requirements of the Scope of Work, Vehicle Operators who exhibit unsafe operation of Revenue Vehicles, Vehicle Operators who are placed or allowed to remain in service when they are unfit for duty, and failure to report Accidents as required by the Scope of Work adversely affect the safe operation of the service. Upon a determination of the Project Manager that Contractor’s record of performance of the Scope of Work has caused the events described herein to occur at such a level that the safe operation of AAR service has been placed at risk, Contractor shall pay the Authority the sum of $250.00 per day until such time as the Project

23




Manager determines that the Contractor has implemented a plan that will cure the specified deficiencies.

4.      Quality of Customer Service :

Customer service is adversely affected when Contractor fails to keep Revenue Vehicles clean, fails to maintain and utilize heating and air conditioning, as applicable, in the Revenue Vehicles, places Vehicle Operators in service who do not adhere to the standards for Vehicle Operator uniforms, permits Vehicle Operators to remain in service who are discourteous or abusive to Customers or who violate the rules for Vehicle Operators when in Revenue Service. Upon a determination of the Project Manager that Contractor’s record of performance of the Scope of Work has caused the events described herein to occur at a level such that AAR Customers’ satisfaction with service quality has been placed at risk, Contractor shall pay the Authority the sum of $10.00 per incident until such time as the Project Manager determines that the Contractor has implemented a plan that will cure the specified deficiencies.

C.     Should the Contractor wish to contest all or part of an assessment of liquidated damages, it must, within ten (10) business days from the date of such notice, respond in writing to the Project Manager stating the reasons why such assessment is in error. The Project Manager may affirm, modify, or withdraw the assessment, as he deems appropriate. If the Contractor fails to contest a notice of assessment of liquidated damages within ten (10) business days from the date of such notice, the assessment becomes final and binding upon the Contractor without further notice from NYCT.

ARTICLE 112       VEHICLE LEASES

A.     Unless otherwise directed by the NYCT, the Contractor shall utilize NYCT-owned paratransit vehicles to provide Revenue Service, and NYCT-owned Non-Revenue Vehicles which shall be assigned and leased to the Contractor subject to the terms and conditions of the lease that is appended hereto and incorporated herein as Attachment No. 3.

B.     NYCT reserves the right to direct the Contractor to lease Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles from third parties in accordance with Article 120 below.

ARTICLE 113       PROSECUTION OF THE WORK

A.     During the prosecution of the Work, should unforeseen difficulties of any nature be encountered, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Project Manager and take every necessary or proper precaution to overcome the unforeseen difficulty according to the direction of the Project Manager and as provided in these Contract Documents.

B.     All goods and workmanship shall be of the best class in every respect, and the Project Manager shall be the sole judge of quality and efficiency.

24




C.     In all operations connected with the Work, the Contractor shall comply with applicable local laws and ordinances of the City of New York, and all laws of the State of New York which control or limit in any way the actions of those engaged in the Work, or affecting the Work belonging to or used by them, shall be strictly complied with, and further, the Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and City regulations regarding the transportation of Customers and other passengers.

D.     The Contractor shall employ only competent, skillful, and faithful personnel to do the Work.

E.      The Contractor hereby represents that prior to submitting his proposal, he examined the Scope of Work in detail and satisfied himself as to the intent of the Scope of Work relating to the Work to be performed, and he shall not at any time make any claim for damage or extension of time, or any other demand because of any misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Scope of Work, or because of any lack of information.

F.      All goods of whatever kind, which, during their installation become damaged from any cause whatsoever, shall be removed and shall be replaced by new, undamaged goods without any additional cost to the Authority.

G.     The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, plant, tools, supplies and other means necessary to perform the Work described in the Contract Documents in accordance with the Scope of Work, and shall perform such Work within the direction and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

H.     The Contractor agrees to deliver and install conforming goods in accordance with the Scope of Work.

ARTICLE 114       INSURANCE

The Contractor and any Subcontractor shall procure at a minimum, the insurance coverage specified in Attachment 4. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for any deductible amount.

ARTICLE 115       RISK OF LOSS

A.     The Contractor assumes the risk of, and shall be responsible for, any loss or damage to Authority property, including property and equipment leased by the Authority, used in the performance of this Contract, and caused, either directly or indirectly by the acts, conduct, omissions or lack of good faith of the Contractor, its officers, managerial personnel, and employees or any person, firm, company, agent or others engaged by the Contractor as expert, consultant, specialist, or subcontractor hereunder.

B.     In the event that any such Authority property is lost or damaged, except for normal wear and tear, then the Authority shall have the right to withhold further payments hereunder for the purpose of set-off, in sufficient sums to cover such loss or damage.

25




C.     The Contractor agrees to indemnify the Authority and hold it harmless from any and all liability or claim for damages due to any such loss or damage to any such Authority property.

D.     The rights and remedies of the Authority provided herein shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or by the Contract.

ARTICLE 116       SUBCONTRACTORS

A.     If the Contractor will cause any part of this Contract to be performed by a Subcontractor, unless otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Contract, the provisions of this Contract will apply to such Subcontractor and its officers, agents and employees in all respects as if it and they were employees of the Contractor; and the Contractor will not be in any manner thereby discharged from its obligations and liabilities hereunder, but will be liable hereunder for all acts and negligence of the Subcontractor, its officers, agents and employees, as if they were employees of the Contractor. The employees of the Subcontractor will be subject to the same provisions hereof as the employees of the Contractor; and the Work performed by the Subcontractor will be subject to the provisions hereof as if performed directly by the Contractor.

B.     The Contractor, before making any subcontract for any portion of the Work, will state in writing to the Authority the name of the proposed subcontractor, the portion of the Work which the proposed subcontractor is to do, its place of business, and such other information as the Authority may require. The Authority will have the right to require the Contractor not to award any subcontract to a person, firm or corporation disapproved by the Authority.

C.     Before entering into any subcontract hereunder, the Contractor will inform the proposed subcontractor fully and completely of all provisions and requirements of this Contract relating either directly or indirectly to the Work to be performed. Any Work performed by a Subcontractor will strictly comply with the requirements of this Contract.

D.     In order to qualify as a Subcontractor satisfactory to the Authority, in addition to the other requirements herein provided, the proposed subcontractor must be prepared to prove to the satisfaction of the Authority that it has the necessary facilities, skill and experience, and ample financial resources to perform the Work in a satisfactory manner. To be considered skilled and experienced, the proposed subcontractor must show to the satisfaction of the Authority that it has satisfactorily performed Work of the same general type which is required to be performed under this Contract.

E.      If any proposed subcontractor or supplier is a subsidiary or affiliate of Contractor, then NYCT will require the submission of two (2) additional competitive bids (for a total of three) from other potential subcontractors or suppliers for the Work required to be performed under this Contract. The Contractor must provide justification for the selection of its own subsidiary or affiliate and will be subject to NYCT review and approval.

26




ARTICLE 117       RELATIONSHIP OF CONTRACTOR TO THE AUTHORITY

The relationship of Contractor to the Authority is that of an independent Contractor, and said Contractor, in accordance with its status as such, covenants and agrees that it will conduct itself consistent with such status, that it will neither hold itself out as nor claim to be an officer or employee of the Authority (or the MTA or the City) by reason hereof, and that it will not, by reason hereof, make any claim, demand or application to, or for any right or privilege applicable to an officer or employee of the Authority (or the MTA or the City), including, but not limited to, Workers’ Compensation coverage, Unemployment Insurance Benefits, Social Security coverage or retirement membership or credit.

ARTICLE 118       DISCLOSURE

Contractor hereby represents that to the best of its knowledge neither it nor any of its personnel has been the subject of any investigation or has any of them been convicted or indicted for commission of any crime involving misconduct, corruption, bribery, or fraud in connection with any public contract in the State of New York or any other jurisdiction, except as has been specifically disclosed in writing to the Authority, and that, should any such conviction or indictment be obtained or any such investigation commenced prior to the expiration of the term hereof, regardless of the date of the occurrence giving rise to the subject matter of such conviction, indictment or investigation, it will be disclosed in writing to the Authority. Breach of this provision is expressly understood to constitute a material breach hereof.

ARTICLE 119       PUBLICITY

A.     Prior written approval of the Authority is required before the Contractor or any of its employees, servants, agents or independent contractors may, at any time, either during or after completion or termination of this Contract, make any statement to the press or issue any material for publicity through any medium of communication bearing on the Work performed or data collected under this Contract.

B.     If the Contractor wishes to publish a work dealing with any aspect of performance under this Contract, or of the results and accomplishments attained in such performance, such publication requires the prior written approval of the Authority, which approval may be conditioned upon the Authority’s obtaining royalties from the Contractor, and also obtaining a non-exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use and authorize others to use the publication.

27




ARTICLE 120       VEHICLES LEASED BY CONTRACTOR FROM THIRD PARTIES

In the event that the Contractor is directed to lease Revenue Vehicles from a third party in order to provide paratransit services pursuant to this Agreement, the lease agreement must be approved in advance by the Authority and the Authority will reimburse the approved leasing costs pursuant to Article 108. The following provisions must be included in any vehicle lease with a third party:

A.     Right of Assignment

1.      The vehicles leased herein are procured for the purpose of fulfilling Lessee’s obligations pursuant to a separate agreement with the New York City Transit Authority (“Transit Authority”) that grants Lessee the right to provide public services on its behalf. If said right is terminated, or if the Transit Authority reassigns any of Lessee’s routes, the Transit Authority will exercise its right, granted by this provision, to receive assignment of this Lease and reassign it according to the following terms and conditions:

2.      The Transit Authority shall send written notice of the assignment and assumption to the Lessor and execute all documents reasonably required by the Lessor. The Transit Authority shall be bound by all of the covenants of this Lease, except, the insurance provisions, because the Transit Authority is a self-insuring public benefit corporation created under the New York Public Authorities Law.

3.      The Transit Authority shall have the right upon written notice to the Lessor to reassign the lease to any one of its paratransit contractors (proposed lessee). Any reassignment shall be subject to the Lessor’s credit approval of the proposed lessee. Such credit approval may be denied on the basis of the proposed lessee’s failure to satisfy the Lessor’s standards of credit worthiness, as determined in the sole discretion of the Lessor.

4.      The credit approval shall be deemed granted thirty (30) days after the Transit Authority’s assignment to the proposed lessee, unless the Lessor sends prior written notice to the Transit Authority. Upon Lessor’s credit approval of the proposed lessee, the reassignment of the lease to and assumption of the lease by the Authority-designated paratransit contractor (Lessee) shall be deemed in effect, and the Transit Authority shall have no further obligations to the Lessor.

5.      If the credit approval is denied, the Transit Authority may guarantee in writing the proposed lessee’s payments to the Lessor. Upon Lessor’s receipt of such guarantee, the assignment of the lease to and assumption of the lease by the Authority-designated paratransit contractor (Lessee) shall be deemed in effect, and the Transit Authority shall have no further obligations to Lessor.

B.     Option to Purchase :

1.      Upon payment in full of all rents and obligations due under the lease by and between Lessor and Lessee, the Transit Authority shall have the option to purchase the vehicle and any equipment thereon (the “Equipment”) as more fully described herein, for the sum of one and 00/100 dollars in United States Currency ($1.00) (the “Purchase Price”) on an “as is, where is”

28




basis provided the Lessee is not then in default of any material terms and conditions of this Lease, which default has not been cured by the Transit Authority.

2.      In the event the Transit Authority elects not to exercise this purchase option, the Lessee shall have the option to purchase the Equipment for the Purchase Price plus all applicable sales or use tax on an “as is, where is” basis provided the Lessee is not then in default of any terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.      With respect to the Equipment at that time, Lessor makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to any matter whatsoever, including the condition of the Equipment, its merchantability, or its fitness for a particular purpose.

4.      Lessor shall execute and deliver to Lessee, or the Authority, as applicable, all documents necessary and proper to effect the transfer of ownership of the Equipment to Lessee upon payment by Lessee of the Purchase Price.

C.     Transit Authority-Third Party Beneficiary

Lessee and Lessor agree that the Transit Authority is a third party beneficiary of the Lease for purposes of these special conditions.

ARTICLE 121       AMENDMENTS

This Contract may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Authority and Contractor.

Any and all notices under this Agreement, if to the Contractor shall be delivered to:

Mr. Stan Brettschneider, Vice President

Transit Facility Management Corporation

165-25 147 th  Avenue

Jamaica, NY 11434

718-995-4700

718-995-4712 (Fax)

and if to the Authority,

Michael Cosgrove, Project Manager

New York City Transit Authority

Paratransit Division,

2 Broadway, 11 th  Floor

New York, New York 10004

646-252-5041

646-252-5019(Fax)

29




ARTICLE 122       ATTACHMENTS

Attachment numbers 1-22 are incorporated in this Contract and shall be deemed to apply to the entire Contract.

ARTICLE 123       RESCISSION

In the event that the Authority elects to execute this Contract prior to submission by the Contractor and approval by the Authority of any required document, such as an insurance policy, the Authority may, in its sole discretion, rescind this Contract if all such matters have not been resolved to the Authority’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days after execution hereof.

ARTICLE 124       EXTENSION OF TERM

A.     The Authority has the option to extend the term of the Contract with no change to the Contract Price, except for those adjustments to the Contract Price which are set forth in the Contract, for up to two (2) additional year(s). This option may be exercised, in the sole discretion of the Authority, for a single or multiple term(s) of four (4) or six (6) months, for a one-year or two one-year terms, or for a two-year term.

B.     The option shall be exercised by notification by the Authority to the Contractor, in writing, that it is exercising the option to extend the term of the Contract, at any time prior to three months in advance of the expiration of the Contract.

ARTICLE 125       ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

If there is a conflict between provisions of this Agreement, the following order of precedence shall apply:

A.     Terms and Conditions

B.     Scope of Work, Attachment No. 1

C.     Price Schedule, Attachment No. 2

D.     Other Attachments

30




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be effective with the date set forth in the Notice of Award.

 

Contractor:

Transit Facility Management Corp

 

New York City Transit Authority:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

Signature:

/s/ Timothy P. Rooney

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jerome Cooper

 

Name:

Timothy P. Rooney

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

Title:

Assistant Chief Procurement Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

August 2, 2001

 

Date:

8/7/01

31




ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR THE AUTHORITY

STATE OF NEW YORK,

)

 

 

) SS.:

COUNTY OF Kings

)

 

On this 7 th  day of August, 2001, before me personally appeared Timothy P. Rooney to me known, who, being by me first duly sworn, did depose and say: That he is the Assistant Chief Procurement Officer of the New York City Transit Authority, the public benefit corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument and that he acknowledged to me that he signed his name thereto pursuant to the authorization of said Authority.

 

/s/ Stacey A. Myers

 

Stacey A. Myers

Notary Public, State of New York

No. 24-5015180

Qualified in Kings County

Commission Expires: July 19, 2005

32




ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR CONTRACTOR, IF A CORPORATION

STATE OF NEW YORK,

)

 

 

) SS.:

COUNTY OF QUEENS

)

 

On this 2nd day of August 2001, before me personally appeared Jerome Cooper to me known, who, being by me first duly sworn, did depose and say: That he/she resides at No. 114 Hards Lane, in the City of Lawrence, in the County of Nassau, in the State of New York, that he/she is the President of Transit Facility Management Corp., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing contract; that he/she knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that one of the seals affixed to said contract is such corporate seal, that it was affixed thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elizabeth Rodriguez

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

ELIZABETH RODRIGUEZ
Notary Public State of New York
No. 01RO4898677
Qualified in Queens County
Commission Expires July 20, 2005

 

33




 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

Division of Materiel

GENERAL CONTRACT

PROVISIONS

9/00

Operating Contract

 

 

 




ARTICLE 201       AGREEMENT

The Contractor agrees to perform the Work in accordance with requirements and terms and provisions hereinafter set forth in the Contract Documents. In consideration for the complete, satisfactory and proper performance thereof by the Contractor, the Authority agrees to pay to the Contractor, and the Contractor agrees to accept as full compensation therefor, the sums of money set forth in the Price Schedule at the time and in the manner and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 202       NOTICES

Except as otherwise specifically provided, the delivery of any notice, direction or communication to the Contractor or the Authority shall be made by hand, mail, or facsimile transmission directed to the Contractor at the address set forth in the Bid and to the Authority to the attention of the Project Manager at the address set forth in the Notice of Award, and shall be deemed to be sufficient service thereof as of the date of such delivery by hand or transmission or three (3) days after mailing. With respect to notices to the Authority, the Contractor shall additionally send a copy of each notice sent to the Project Manager to the Authority’s Division of Materiel to the attention of the Procurement Representative. The addresses may be changed at any time by notice in writing. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to preclude or render inoperative the service of any notice, direction or other communication personally upon the Contractor, or if the Contractor is a corporation, upon any officer or director thereof. Nothing in this article shall be deemed as a waiver by the Authority of other requirements with respect to the service of process upon it.

ARTICLE 203       GENERAL RULES OF INTERPRETATION

A.             The Information for Bidders, the Bid (including the Price Schedule), General Contract Provisions, Specific Contract Provisions, Schedules (excluding Schedule H, Bidder’s Qualification Questionnaire or Schedule J, Responsibility questionnaire), all Addenda (if any), the Technical Specifications (if any), the Contract Drawings (if any), the Attachments (if any), and the Notice of Award, constitute the Contract and shall be referred to collectively as the “Contract” or the “Contract Documents.”

B.             The Contract is also deemed to include by reference those portions of the Bidder’s Qualification Questionnaire or Responsibility Questionnaire which contain additional conditions and obligations on the Contractor and rights in favor of the Authority.

C.             References to any agreement or other instrument shall be deemed to include such agreement or other instrument as it may, from time to time, be modified, amended, supplemented, or restated in accordance with its terms.

D.             The word “Contractor” when used in this Contract, shall mean the Bidder to whom the Authority awards this Contract.

 

2




E.              The terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “herewith,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” shall be deemed to refer to this Contract.

F.              The headings of the paragraphs are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Contract.

K.             Defined terms appertaining to this Contract are set forth in the Specific Contract Provisions.

G.             All references to “days” shall be deemed to be calendar days, unless otherwise expressly indicated.

H.             All references to “business days” shall be deemed to be references to the days of Mondays through Fridays, exclusive of Authority observed holidays.

I.               All notices hereunder must be in writing, in accordance with Article 202, unless expressly indicated otherwise.

J.              As used herein the singular shall mean and include the plural; the masculine gender shall mean and include the feminine and neuter genders; and vice versa.

ARTICLE 204       CONSENT OF AUTHORITY REQUIRED FOR SUBCONTRACTING, SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNMENT

The Contractor shall not subcontract, assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this Contract or its right, title or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Authority. A violation of this provision shall be deemed to be a material breach of the Contract.

ARTICLE 205       COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

During the progress of the Work, it may be necessary for other contractors and/or other persons (including personnel of the Authority) to do work in or about the work site. The Authority reserves the right to permit and put such other contractors and such persons to work and to afford them access to the Work Site (if applicable) at such time and under such conditions as does not unreasonably interfere with Contractor. The Contractor shall prosecute its Work continuously and diligently and shall conduct its Work so as to minimize interference with such other work.

ARTICLE 206       CHANGES

A.             This Contract may be modified and changed from time to time as agreed to in writing between the parties hereto, in a manner not materially affecting the substance hereof.

3




B.             No change in or modification, termination or discharge of this Contract in any form whatsoever, shall be valid or enforceable unless it is in writing and signed by the party to be charged therewith or his duly authorized representative; provided, however, that any change in or modification, termination or discharge of this Contract expressly provided for in this Contract shall be effective as so provided.

C.             It is agreed by the Contractor that any change resulting in additional Work shall be paid at the applicable rates set forth in the Price Schedule for equivalent items as determined by the Project Manager. In the event that the Authority shall order additional Work for which there are no applicable rates set forth in the Price Schedule for equivalent items, it is understood and agreed by Contractor that the Authority and Contractor shall negotiate a mutually agreeable price to be paid by the Authority for Contractor’s performance of such additional Work. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon a price for the additional Work, the Project Manager may nevertheless direct the Contractor to proceed with the additional Work. The Contractor shall diligently proceed with the additional Work, but may, initiate a dispute within five (5) days of the Project Manager’s directive to proceed pursuant to Article 211, DISPUTES, for a determination by the Disputes Resolution Officer (DRO) as to a reasonable price therefor.

D.             If as a result of the change or modification, the Authority determines that more time is required for the Contractor to complete performance than is specified within the Contract, the Authority will extend the time for Contractor’s performance by the number of days actually required for Contractor to complete the Work.

ARTICLE 207       EXTENSIONS OF TIME

A.             If the Contractor is delayed at any time during the progress of the Work by the neglect or failure of the Authority or by a Force Majeure, then the time for completion and/or affected delivery date(s) shall be extended by the Authority subject to the following conditions:

1               the cause of the delay arises after the Notice of Award and neither was nor could have been anticipated by the Contractor by reasonable investigation before such award;

2.              the Contractor demonstrates that the completion of the Work and/or affected delivery(s) will be actually and necessarily delayed;

3.              the effect of such cause cannot be avoided or mitigated by the exercise of all reasonable precautions, efforts and measures whether before or after the occurrence of the cause of delay; and

4.              the Contractor makes written request and provides other information to the Authority as described in paragraph (D) below.

A delay meeting all the conditions of this paragraph (A) shall be deemed an excusable delay. Any concurrent delay which does not constitute an excusable delay shall not be the sole basis for denying a request hereunder.

 

4




B.             Any reference in this Article to the Contractor shall be deemed to include materialmen, Suppliers and Subcontractors, whether or not in privity of contract with the Contractor, all of whom shall be considered as agents of the Contractor for the purpose of this Article.

C.             The Authority reserves the right to rescind or shorten any extension previously granted, if subsequently the Authority determines that any information provided by Contractor in support of a request for an extension of time was erroneous; provided however, that such information or facts, if known, would have resulted in a denial of the request for an excusable delay. Notwithstanding the above, the Authority will not rescind or shorten any extension previously granted if the Contractor acted in reliance upon the granting of such extension and such extension was based on information which, although later found to have been erroneous, was submitted in good faith by the Contractor.

D.             The request for an extension of time pursuant to paragraph (A) above, shall be made within ten (10) days after the time when Contractor knows or should know any cause for which it may claim an excusable delay and shall provide any actual or potential basis for an extension of time, identifying such cause and describing, as fully as practicable at that time the nature and expected duration of the delay and its effect on the completion of that part of the Work identified in the request. Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time unless it affirmatively demonstrates that it is entitled to such extension. The Authority may require the Contractor to furnish such additional information or documentation as the Authority shall reasonably deem necessary or helpful in considering the requested extension. The Contractor must also comply with requirements sets forth in the Specifications (if any) regarding Contractor’s detailed schedule for performance.

E.              Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of all such information and documentation [or within thirty (30) days of Contractor’s filing of the original request in the event the Authority requires no such additional material] the Authority shall advise the Contractor of its decision on such requested extension; except that, where it is not reasonably practicable for the Authority to render such decision in the thirty (30) day period, it shall, prior to the expiration of such period, advise the Contractor that it will require additional time and the approximate date upon which it expects to render such decision.

F.              In regard to an injunction, strike or interference of public authority which may delay the Work, the Contractor shall promptly give the Authority a copy of the injunction or other order and copies of the papers upon which the same shall have been granted. The Authority shall be accorded the right to intervene or become a party to any suit or proceeding in which any such injunction shall be obtained and to move to vacate the same or otherwise, as the Authority may deem proper.

G.             Neither the permitting of the Contractor to proceed with the Work subsequent to the date specified in the Contract (as such date may have been extended pursuant to this Article), the making of any payments to the Contractor thereafter, nor the issuance of any Change Order thereafter, shall operate as a waiver on the part of the Authority of any rights under this Contract, including but not limited to the assessment of liquidated damages (if any) or declaring Contractor in default.

H.             In case the Contractor shall be delayed at any time or for any period by two or more of the causes above-mentioned in this Article, the Contractor shall not be entitled to a separate extension for each one of the causes but only one period of extension shall be granted for the delay.

 

5




I.               The Contractor agrees to make no claim for damages for delay of any kind in the performance of this Contract whether occasioned by any act or omission of the Authority or any of its representatives arid Contractor agrees that any such claim shall be compensated for solely by an extension of time to complete performance of the Work as provided herein.

ARTICLE 208       REMEDIES IN CASE OF DEFAULT & TERMINATION FOR CAUSE

A.             The Contractor shall be in default if it commits a breach of the Contract deemed material by the Authority. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to those instances specifically referred to in the Contract, the Contractor shall be in such default if: (i) it fails to begin the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract; (ii) it abandons the Work; (iii) it assigns or subcontracts the Work other than as provided in the Contract; (iv) at any time the Project Manager shall be of the opinion that performance of this Contract is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed, or that the Contractor is willfully violating any of the provisions or covenants of this Contract or is not executing the same in good faith or in accordance with its terms; (v) the Work is not completed within the time prescribed, as may be extended by the Authority; or (vi) the Contractor becomes insolvent (other than as a bankrupt), or assigns for the benefit of creditors, or takes advantage of any insolvency statute or debtor or creditor law or if its property of affairs are put in the hands of a receiver; or (vii) the Project Manager shall be of the opinion that the Work cannot be completed within the time herein provided therefor or within the time to which such completion may have been extended provided, however, that the impossibility of timely completion is in the Project Manager’s opinion, attributable to conditions within the Contractor’s control.

B.             In the event of a default by the Contractor, the Authority will notify the Contractor of the default, in writing, and the Contractor shall immediately cease performance of the Work or any part thereof under this Contract. The Authority shall thereupon have the right to take any action necessary to complete the Work, including performing the Work itself, or contracting with another individual or entity. In the event the Work is completed by the Authority or others, Contractor shall be liable for the costs and expense of said labor, materials, plant, tools, equipment, supplies and property. The costs and expenses so charged may be deducted by the Authority and paid out of any monies otherwise payable to the Contractor.

C.             The Authority may also bring any suit or proceeding to recover damages or to obtain any other relief or for any other purpose proper under this Contract.

D.             The Authority may, in its sole discretion, waive a default by the Contractor, but such waiver, and failure by the Authority to take action in respect to any default, shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent default.

E.              In case the Authority shall by Contract or otherwise complete the Work or any part thereof under the provisions of Paragraph B above, the Project Manager from time to time during the course of the completion of the Work or such part thereof or at any time thereafter, shall certify to the amount of the expense incurred by the Authority in the completion of the Work or such part thereof.

 

6




Said certificate shall be final and conclusive upon the Contractor and admissible in evidence against the Contractor, and his legal representatives, in any litigation arising or growing out of this Contract.

F.              In the event that the Authority wrongfully terminates the Contract for default, such termination shall be deemed to be a termination for convenience in accordance with Article 209.

ARTICLE 209       TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

A.             In addition to any rights of termination by the Authority which may exist pursuant to this Contract or by law, the Authority may terminate performance of this Contract at any time for its own convenience upon giving written notice thereof specifying the effective date, whereupon all further liability of the Authority to the Contractor under this Contract shall cease. In the event of such termination, a proportionate part of the compensation due for Contract Work performed prior to the effective date of such termination and deemed acceptable to the Authority, will be paid to the Contractor as determined by the Authority.

B.             Upon receipt of a notice of termination under this article, the Contractor shall cease performance of the Contract Work, shall cancel all cancelable orders and place no further orders. The Authority’s only obligation with respect to such termination for convenience is to compensate the Contractor for the goods/services supplied up until the effective date of termination, provided, however, that in the event the termination for convenience is predicated on a cessation or reduction of funding earmarked for purposes hereof, the Authority’s payment obligations with respect to such termination for convenience will be limited to the amount of such funding actually received herefor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any other payment by virtue of the Authority’s exercise of its right of termination as provided in Paragraph A of this Article and expressly waives and relinquishes any right to claim damages or pursue any other remedy at law or relief in equity including specific performance, by virtue of the Authority’s exercise of such right of termination.

C.             The Authority at its discretion may terminate the Contract for convenience without payment for profit and overhead for work not performed if, during the Contract term: i) the Contractor, a Contractor director, officer, principal, or managerial employees or owner of a ten percent (10%) or more interest in the Contractor, is convicted of a crime involving a public contract; or ii) significant concerns about the Contractor’s integrity are raised based upon an evaluation of the events underlying any other determination, or an indictment or other allegation, that the Contractor or a Contractor’s director, officer, principal, or managerial employee, or owner of a ten percent (10%) or more interest in the Contractor, is involved in a criminal or other unlawful activity.

 

7




ARTICLE 210       AUTHORITY OF THE PROJECT MANAGER

A.             The Project Manager shall have general authority to give the Contractor orders and directions with respect to this Contract, including but not limited to, the right at any time to direct the return of any Authority material or equipment removed by the Contractor as part of the Work. The Project Manager shall in all cases have the authority to initially determine the value, acceptability and fitness of the Work under this Contract, and to determine every question which may arise relative to the Contract and to the fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor. Any and all material or equipment required or proposed to be incorporated in the Work shall be subject to the approval of the Project Manager and shall not be incorporated in the Work until such approval has been given.

B.             The Project Manager shall make all necessary explanations as to the meaning and intention of the Technical Specifications or Contract Drawings, shall give all orders and directions contemplated therein or thereby and also such orders and directions as may be necessary in every case in which difficult or unforeseen conditions shall arise in performance of the Work required by this Contract. The Project Manager will provide appropriate explanations and reasons for his decisions if requested by the Contractor.

C.             The Contractor shall be bound by and promptly obey and follow every direction or order given by the Project Manager regarding the performance and the nature and manner of performance arising out of, under, or in connection with, or related to or on account of, this Contract whether in writing or orally and confirmed in writing, including any direction which the Project Manager may give by way of withdrawal, modification or reversal of any previous direction given by him, and regardless of whether the Contractor agrees with the Project Manager’s determination. This Article shall not include such directions which by their nature are change orders and which require that the procedures for change orders be followed prior to the effectiveness of such directions.

D.             The Contractor shall have a representative at its plant and the work site at all times during performance of the Work authorized to receive orders and directions from the Project Manager.

ARTICLE 211       DISPUTES

A.             In the event the Contractor and the Authority are unable to resolve their differences concerning a determination by the Project Manager, the Contractor may initiate a dispute in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Article. Exhaustion of these dispute resolution procedures shall be a precondition to any lawsuit permitted hereunder.

B.             The parties to this Contract authorize the Disputes Resolution Officer (DRO), identified in Schedule G, acting personally, to decide all questions of any nature whatsoever arising out of, under or in connection with, or in any way related to or on account of, this Contract (including claims in the nature of breach of Contract or fraud or misrepresentation before or subsequent to Contract award) and his decision shall be conclusive, final and binding on the parties. His decision may be based on such assistance as he may find desirable, including advice of engineering or other experts. The effect of his decision shall not be impaired or waived by any negotiations or settlement offers in connection therewith, or by any prior decision of others, which prior decisions shall be deemed subject to review,

 

8




or by any termination or cancellation of this Contract. All such disputes shall be submitted in writing by either party to the DRO, acting personally, for his decision, together with all evidence and other pertinent information in regard to such questions, in order that a fair and impartial decision may be made. The DRO shall render his decision in writing and deliver a copy of the same to the parties.

C.             If the Contractor protests the determination of the DRO, the Contractor may commence a lawsuit in Supreme Court, Kings County under Article 78 of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, it being understood the review of the Court shall be limited to the question of whether or not the DRO’s determination is arbitrary, capricious or so grossly erroneous as to evidence bad faith. No. evidence or information shall be introduced or relied upon in such an action or proceeding that has not been presented to the DRO personally prior to the DRO making his decision.

D.             Neither the requirements of this Article nor the time necessary for compliance therewith, however, shall affect the time to have accrued for purpose of any statute controlling actions/proceedings against the Authority and the time of such accrual shall be determined without reference to this Article.

ARTICLE 212       WITHHOLDING MONEY DUE CONTRACTOR TO MEET CLAIMS OR LIENS

A.             If at any time a claim, lien or judgment shall be made by any person or corporation against the Authority, for which Contractor is liable under this Contract or, otherwise by law, with respect to matters pertaining to the Work of this Contract, the Authority shall have the right to withhold an amount it deems reasonably necessary to satisfy such claim, in addition to the other sums herein authorized by the Contract to be so retained, out of any monies then due or thereafter becoming due to the Contractor hereunder, as security for the payment of such claim. If the liability of any such party on such claim or claims shall have been finally adjudicated by a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or such claim or claims shall have been admitted by the Contractor to be valid, then the claim may, if determined by the Authority to be in its best interest, be paid from the amount so retained hereunder, credited against the payments due Contractor, and the balance, if any, paid to the Contractor.

B.             Should any such claim remain unsatisfied at the time the final payment is due the Contractor, the Authority shall have the right to retain out of said final payment a sum in its judgment sufficient to protect the Authority in regard to all unsatisfied claims. In lieu of the foregoing, the Authority may require other security.

C.             In case the amount thus retained should be insufficient to pay the amount adjudicated to be due upon such claim, the Contractor shall pay the amount of the deficiency to the Authority. Upon the failure of the Contractor so to do, the Authority may sue for and recover from the Contractor the amount or balance as a debt from the Contractor.

 

9




D.             Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, in the event of a claim for injury to persons or damage to property by persons or corporations other than the Authority, the Authority shall not withhold money due the Contractor provided the Authority receives adequate written assurance from the Contractor’s insurance carrier that it will assume all responsibility in connection with the claim including defending the Contractor or the Authority in any lawsuit, and paying any judgment based on said claim. The Authority shall have sole discretion to determine the adequacy of the assurance furnished.

ARTICLE 213       CLAIMS BY CONTRACTOR

If the Contractor shall have a claim for compensation against the Authority for any loss or damage of any nature arising under this Contract by reason of any act, neglect, fault or default of the Authority or its agents, the Contractor shall, within fifteen (15) days after the sustaining of such damage, furnish a written statement to the Project Manager detailing the nature and amount of damage sustained. This written notice shall constitute a request for a determination by the Project Manager pursuant to Article 210(A). Compliance with the provisions hereof shall constitute a condition to Contractor’s submission of a dispute pursuant to Article 211 with respect to any claim for compensation and the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any claim not submitted in accordance therewith. The provisions of this Article shall not be construed as a recognition or admission of any legal liability on the part of the Authority to pay any sum on account of any damage suffered in connection with or arising out of the performance of this Contract or any part thereof.

ARTICLE 214       SUBSTITUTION OF APPROVED SECURITIES

A.             In the event that this Contract provides for retainage by the Authority of monies due the Contractor as security for its full and timely completion, the Contractor may from time to time withdraw portions of the amounts so retained, or monies otherwise withheld for any other reasons under the Contract provided any such monies have not been applied by the Authority for reimbursement to itself or a third party in accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract by depositing with the Chief Financial Officer of the Authority approved securities with a market value equal to the amount to be withdrawn.

B.             The Contractor shall pay to the Authority the service charges then in effect for the custodial safekeeping of securities deposited with the Authority by the Contractor pursuant to the terms of this Contract.

C.             Approved securities are: securities of the United States Government, State of New York, City of New York, New York City Transit Authority, Metropolitan Transportation Authority or Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority. Other securities may be submitted for Authority approval. All such securities must be payable to, run in favor of, or be transferred to, the Authority. In case the securities shall, during the term of the Contract, diminish in market value in the opinion of the Authority, or are sold as set forth in Article 215, then, within ten (10) days after notice, the Contractor shall deposit cash or securities to restore the value to that originally stated. A failure by the Contractor to deposit such cash or securities in accordance herewith shall be a cause for default.

 

10




In lieu of defaulting the Contractor, the Authority may allow the Contractor to proceed with the Work and may deduct from any monies then due or which thereafter may become due to the Contractor the amount necessary to restore the original valuation of such securities, and to hold such amount in lieu thereof.

D.             The Authority shall pay to the Contractor all interest, dividends and other income on the securities, when and as collected. If the securities are in the form of coupon bonds, the coupons as they respectively become due shall be delivered to the Contractor; provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be entitled to interest, dividends or other income on any securities the proceeds of which shall be used or applied as authorized under the Contract.

ARTICLE 215       USE OF MONIES WITHHELD

Deposits, retainage (if any) or any other monies withheld, whether in cash or securities substituted shall be security for the faithful performance of the Contract by the Contractor. In case any default causes loss, damage or expense to the Authority, then the Authority may apply the amount necessary to restore such loss, damage or expense including liquidated damages, out of the said securities (which may be sold), deposits, retainage or other monies.

ARTICLE 216       NEW YORK LAWS / CHOICE OF LAW, CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE

A.             This Contract shall be deemed to be executed in the City of New York, State of New York, regardless of the domicile of the Contractor and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

B.             The parties agree that any and all claims asserted by or against the Authority arising hereunder or related hereto shall be heard and determined either in the courts of the United States located in New York City (“Federal Courts”) or in the courts of the State of New York (“New York State Courts”) located in Kings County. To effect this agreement and intent, the Contractor agrees:

1.              If the Authority initiates any action against the Contractor in Federal Court or in New York State Court, service of process may be made on the Contractor either in person, wherever such Contractor may be found, or by Certified Mail addressed to the Contractor at its address as set forth herein or to such other address as the Contractor may provide to the Authority in writing.

2.              With respect to any action between the Authority and the Contractor in a New York State Court, the Contractor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any rights he may otherwise have (a) to move to dismiss on grounds of forum non conveniens, (b) to remove to Federal Court; and (c) to move for a change of venue to a New York State Court outside Kings County.

 

11




3.              With respect to any action between the Authority and the Contractor in Federal Court located in New York City, the Contractor expressly waives and relinquishes any right it might otherwise have to move to transfer the action to a Federal Court outside the City of New York.

4.              If the Contractor commences any action against the Authority in a court located other than as provided for herein, upon request, the Contractor shall either consent to a transfer of the action to a court of competent jurisdiction, as set forth herein, or, if the court where the action is initially brought will not or cannot transfer the action, shall consent to dismiss such action without prejudice and thereafter reinstitute the action in a court of competent jurisdiction as provided for herein.

ARTICLE 217       STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT TO SUE THE AUTHORITY / NO CLAIM AGAINST AUTHORITY OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES

A.             No action shall lie or be maintained by the Contractor against the Authority upon any claim arising out of or based upon this Contract or by reason of any act or omission or requirement of the Authority or its agents, unless such action shall be commenced within six (6) months after the completion of the Work, other than Warranty Work, or earlier termination of the Contract. No additional time shall be allowed to begin anew any other action if an action commenced within the time herein limited be dismissed or discontinued, notwithstanding any provision in the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules (“CPLR”) to the contrary. Nothing herein shall extend the time, as provided in the CPLR, to commence a lawsuit.

In the event that the Contractor has filed with the Authority a statement of claim pursuant to Article 213, the Contractor’s statute of limitations with respect to said claim(s) only shall be tolled until the final determination by the Authority under Article 211.

B.             No member, officer, agent or employee of the Authority shall be liable personally hereunder or by reason hereof.

ARTICLE 218       AUTHORITY MAY AVAIL ITSELF OF ALL REMEDIES

The Authority may avail itself of each and every remedy herein specifically given to it or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, and each and every such remedy shall be in addition to every other remedy so specifically given or otherwise so existing and may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Authority, and the exercise of one remedy shall not be deemed to be waiver of the right to exercise, at the same time or thereafter, any other remedy.

ARTICLE 219       RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE AUTHORITY AND OTHERS

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give any third party a claim or cause of action against the Authority beyond such as may otherwise exist without regard to this Contract.

12




ARTICLE 220       LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

A.             The term “Indemnified Parties,” whenever referred to in this Article, shall be deemed to mean the Authority, the MTA, its affiliate agencies, New York State and their members, officers, employees, and agents.

B.             The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all physical injuries (including death) to person(s) (including, but not limited to, employees of the Authority, Contractor or Subcontractors) and damage to property (including, but not limited to, property of the Authority or the Contractor or Subcontractors), occurring on account of or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder or sustained by any employee of the Authority or Contractor or of Subcontractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Indemnified Parties, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from loss and liability upon any and all claims and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, on account of such injuries to persons or such damage to property, irrespective of the actual cause of the accident, irrespective of whether it shall have been due in part to negligence of the Contractor or its subcontractors or negligence of the Indemnified Parties, or of any other persons, but excepting bodily injuries and property damage to the extent caused by the negligence of the Authority.

C.             The term “loss and liability,” as used herein, shall be deemed to include, but not be limited to, liability for the payment of Workers’ Compensation and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Law of the State of New York or similar statutes.

D.             Except as otherwise provided in (B) above, the liability of the Contractor under this Article is absolute and is not dependent upon any question of negligence on its part or on the part of its agents, officers or employees. The approval of the Authority of the methods of doing the Work or the failure of the Authority to call attention to improper or inadequate methods or to require a change in methods or to direct the Contractor to take any particular precautions or to refrain from doing any particular thing shall not excuse the Contractor in case of any such injury to person or damage to property.

E.              In case any damage shall occur to any part of the Authority or New York City Transit System (except only for the removal of such parts thereof as the Contractor is specifically required by this Contract to remove) on account of the Work, and the Contractor is responsible therefor, the Authority shall have the right to cause such damage to be repaired and to charge the expense of such repairs to the Contractor. In the event that such work is performed by the Authority, then the Authority shall deduct the amount of such expense that may be incurred in repairing any such damage from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract or any other agreement between the Contractor and the Authority.

ARTICLE 221       PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS

A.             All inventions, ideas, designs and methods contained in the Contract Documents in which the Authority has, or acquires patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights (hereinafter referred to as “IPR”) shall remain reserved for the exclusive use of the Authority and may not be utilized, reproduced or distributed by or on behalf of the Contractor, or any employee, Subcontractor or agent without the prior written consent of the Authority except to the extent necessarily required in connection with performance of the Work.

13




B.             If, pursuant to performance of the Work, the Contractor or any of its agents, officers, employees or subcontractors shall produce any patentable or copyrightable subject matter as to which the Authority does not gain ownership rights, the Authority and its affiliates shall thereupon have, without cost or expense, an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to make, have made or use, either themselves or by another contractor or other party on their behalf, such subject matter in connection with any work or any activity now or hereafter undertaken by or on behalf of the Authority or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries. The license herein granted shall not be transferable and shall not extend to contractors or other parties except to the extent of their work or activity on behalf of the Authority or such affiliates or subsidiaries.

C.             Except to the extent that rights are held by Contractor or others under existing valid patents or copyrights and are not given to the Authority, the Authority shall have the right to use or permit the use of all such drawings, data, and other papers, and also any oral information of any nature whatsoever received by the Authority, and any ideas or methods represented by such papers and information, for any purposes and at any time without other compensation than that specifically provided herein, and no such papers or information shall be deemed to have been given in confidence and any statement or legend to the contrary on any of said drawings, data, or other papers shall be void and of no effect.

D.             The Contractor warrants that all Work performed shall be free from any claims made against the Authority or Indemnified Parties of IPR from any other person or entity. The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Indemnified Parties from and against all costs, expenses and damages which any of them shall incur or be obligated to pay by reason of any such infringement or claim of infringement, and shall, at the election of the Authority, defend at the Contractor’s sole expense all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement.

E.              If the Authority be enjoined from using any portion of the Work as to which the Contractor is to indemnify the Authority against IPR claims, the Authority may at its option and without thereby limiting any other right it may have hereunder or at law or in equity, require the Contractor to supply at its own expense, temporarily or permanently, facilities not subject to such injunction and not infringing any IPR, and if the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Contractor shall, at its expense, remove such offending facilities and refund the cost thereof to the Authority or take such steps as may be necessary to ensure compliance by the Authority with such injunction, to the satisfaction of the Authority.

F.              The Contractor is responsible to determine whether a prospective Supplier or Subcontractor is a party to any litigation involving IPR infringement claims, including antitrust or other trade regulation claims, or is subject to any injunction which may prohibit it under certain circumstances from selling equipment to be used or installed under this Contract. The Contractor enters into any agreement with a party to such litigation at its own risk and the Authority will not undertake to determine the merits of such litigation. The Authority, however, reserves the right to reject any article which is the subject of such litigation or injunction, or in its judgment use of such article as a result of such circumstances, would delay the Work or be unlawful.

14




ARTICLE 222       QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE / VARIABLE QUANTITIES CLAUSE

A.             The Contractor understands that the quantities of the various unit price items specified in the Bid (if any) are the approximate quantities of such items for the Work as estimated by the Authority, and are not in any way guaranteed or represented as correct or intended to be relied upon and they shall not be taken as final and shall form no basis for any claims for damages including, but not limited to anticipated profits in case they do not correspond with the final quantities actually ordered and that the Authority reserves the right to increase or to diminish or to omit entirely any of the quantities or items as therein stated in the Price Schedule or these Contract Documents.

B.             With respect to any unit price item as to which an estimated quantity is set forth in the Price Schedule, such unit price shall apply regardless of the actual quantity of such item ultimately utilized in, or required by, the Work; except that, if the actual quantity for a unit price item differs from the estimated quantity in the Price Schedule by more than twenty percent (20%), then the Project Manager shall review whether application of the unit price would cause a substantial inequity to either party, and, if so, the unit price for such item will be equitably adjusted, upward or downward, as determined by the Project Manager.

C.             This is not an exclusive contract, and does not obligate the Authority to fill through the Contractor all its needs for the goods or services covered by the Contract. The Authority is free to obtain these goods or services from other sources to the extent it sees fit.

ARTICLE 223      GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Authority to enter into and perform this Contract, Contractor represents and warrants to the Authority that:

A.             Existence; Compliance with Law . The Contractor (i) if it is a corporation is duly incorporated, organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; (ii) if it is a partnership, non-profit organization, individual or sole proprietorship is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was organized; (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its existing ownership, lease, or operation of property in the conduct of its business requires, and (iv) has the power and authority and the legal right to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged and to enter into this Contract.

B.             Authority . The Contractor has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Contract. The Contractor has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Contract.

15




C.             No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of the Contract do not and will not violate any provision of any existing law, regulation, or of any order, judgment, award or decree of any court or government applicable to the Contractor or the charter or by-laws of the Contractor or any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or other agreement or undertaking to which the Contractor is a party or by which the Contractor or any of its properties or assets may be bound, and will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its respective properties or assets pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or undertaking.

D.             No Litigation . Except as specifically disclosed to the Authority in writing prior to the date hereof, no claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any court, arbitrator or governmental authority is currently pending nor, to the knowledge of the Contractor, is any claim, litigation or proceeding threatening against the Contractor or against its properties or revenues (i) which involves a claim of defective design or workmanship in connection with any contract entered into by the Contractor or (ii) which, if adversely determined, would have an adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Contractor. For purposes of this paragraph, a claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding may be deemed disclosed to the Authority if the Authority has received, prior to the date hereof, detailed information concerning the nature of the matter involved, the relief requested, and a description of the intention of the Contractor to controvert or respond to such matter.

E.              No Default . The Contractor is not in default in any respect in the payment or performance of any of its obligations or in the performance of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or undertaking to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound, and no such default or Event of Default (as defined in any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or other agreement or undertaking) has occurred and is continuing or would occur solely as a result of the execution and performance of this Contract. The Contractor is not in default under any order, award, or decree of any court, arbitrator, or government binding upon or affecting it or by which any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected, and no such order, award or decree would affect the ability of the Contractor to carry on its business as presently conducted or the ability of the Contractor to perform its obligations under this Contract or any of the other financing to which it is a party.

F.              No Inducement or Gratuities .

1.              Contractor warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure this Contract upon any agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee, excepting bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by Contractor for the purpose of securing business.

2.              Additionally, Contractor warrants that no gratuities or other inducements have been offered or given or will be offered or given (in the form of entertainment, gifts, offers of employment, or any other thing of value) to any official or employee of the Authority. The Contractor further warrants that during the term of the contract it shall not make any offers of employment to any Authority employee, or solicit or interview therefor, without obtaining the written approval of the employee’s Department Head.

16




3.              For breach or violation of the foregoing warranties, the Authority shall have the right to cancel the Contract without liability or, at its discretion, to deduct from the Total Contract Price or otherwise to recover the full amount of such commission, percentage, brokerage or contingent fee, or gratuities, and to include the occurrence of such a breach or violation in assessments of the Contractor’s responsibility in future bids.

G.             Conflict of Interest . Contractor covenants that neither it, nor any officer of the corporation or partner of the partnership, as the case may be if Contractor be a corporation or partnership, has any interest, nor shall it acquire any interest, either directly or indirectly, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Work hereunder. It further covenants that, in the performance hereof, no person having such interest shall be employed by it. It is expressly understood that breach of any of the covenants contained in this paragraph is a material breach hereof and shall entitle the Authority to recover damages immediately, as well as all monies paid hereunder.

H.             No Conviction or Indictment . Contractor hereby represents that to the best of its knowledge neither it, nor any of its personnel or shareholders has been the subject of any investigation nor has any of them been convicted or indicted for commission of any crime involving misconduct, corruption, bribery, or fraud in connection with any public contract in the State of New York or any other jurisdiction, except as has been specifically disclosed in writing to the Authority, and that, should any such conviction or indictment be obtained or any such investigation commenced prior to the expiration of the term hereof, regardless of the date of the occurrence giving rise to the subject mater of such conviction, indictment or investigation, it will be disclosed in writing to the Authority.

ARTICLE 224       NO ESTOPPEL AND NO WAIVER

A.             The Authority shall not, nor shall any department or officer thereof be precluded or estopped by any return or certificate made or given by the Authority, the Project Manager or other officer, agent, or appointee thereof under any provision of this Contract from at any time either before or after the final completion and acceptance of the Work and payment therefor pursuant to any such return or certificate, showing the true and correct classification, amount, quality and character of the Work done and materials furnished by the Contractor or any other person under this Contract or from showing at any time that such return or certificate is untrue and incorrect or improperly made in any particular, or that the Work and materials, or any part thereof, do not in fact conform to the Contract; and the Authority shall not be precluded or estopped, notwithstanding any such return or certificate and payment in accordance therewith, from demanding and recovering from the Contractor such damages as it may sustain by reason of his failure to comply with this Contract.

B.             Neither the acceptance of the Authority or the Project Manager or any of the employees of the Authority, nor any order, measurement or certificate by the Project Manager nor any order by the Authority for payment of money nor any payment for, nor acceptance of, the whole or part of the Work nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the Authority or the employees of the Authority shall operate as a waiver of any portion of this Contract or of any power herein reserved to the Authority or of any right to damages herein provided; nor shall any waiver of any breach of this Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

17




C.             In the event that the Authority is entitled to any rights under any statute, whether or not expressly referenced in the Contract Documents, nothing shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Authority thereof.

ARTICLE 225       SEVERABILITY

If the Contract contains any unlawfiul provisions, the same shall be deemed of no effect, and shall upon the application of either party be stricken from the Contract without affecting the binding force of the Contract as it shall remain after omitting such provision.

ARTICLE 226       SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The Contractor will provide at his own cost and expense such safety devices for the protection of his employees, and those of the Subcontractor(s), the Authority, the public and any other persons as may be necessary and as may be required by the Project Manager. Any failure to provide such proper protection for his employees, and those of the Subcontractor(s), the Authority, the public and any other persons whether or not required by the Project Manager, will be deemed to be a material violation by the Contractor of his responsibility and obligation hereunder. The Contractor shall comply with all pertinent regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

ARTICLE 227       INSPECTION AND EVALUATION

A.             The Authority shall have the right to inspect the Work hereunder. If any such inspection shows that the Work does not conform to the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the Technical Specifications, the Authority shall so notify the Contractor and the Contractor shall replace or repair the Work at no additional cost to the Authority so that the Work conforms to the Contract Documents. The Authority’s failure to draw the Contractor’s attention to any such failure to conform shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations under this Contract.

B.             Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the Project Manager in writing that the Work has been completed. An Authority inspector will inspect the Work and if such Work is deemed unsatisfactory in any respect, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Authority, will replace the goods or repair or correct such Work and, if applicable, correct the installation all to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. The Contractor must notify the Project Manager in writing that all Work has been completed.

ARTICLE 228       BOOKS AND RECORDS / AUDIT AND EXAMINATION

The Contractor shall permit authorized representatives of the Authority and of the State and Government having jurisdiction over this Contract, to examine and review all of Contractor’s books and records, including but not limited to payrolls, records of personnel, invoices and other relevant data, and to audit the books and records pertaining to this Contract. All such books and records shall be retained for such examination, review and audit for a period of three (3) years from the earlier of termination of the Contract or completion of the Work.

18




ARTICLE 229       SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Contractor shall keep and shall cause each Subcontractor/Supplier to keep accurate books and records in accordance with “generally accepted accounting principles.”

ARTICLE 230       BRAND NAMES / SUBSTITUTION OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL

A.             Wherever in the Contact a particular brand, or make of material, or equipment is shown or specified, such material or equipment is to be regarded merely as a standard for the purpose of concisely indicating the requirements as to type, quality, performance, design and finish. Any material or equipment other than that specified will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Project Manager, it is as satisfactory for the particular work for which it was intended as the material or equipment specified. Complete documentation in support of an “or equal” contention will be required. The Project Manager may require that a presentation be made for any proposed substitution. The Authority reserves the right to reject any such other material or equipment offered which is not approved by the Project Manager as being in all respects equal to the named material or equipment for the work for which it is to be used. Such rejection may be for any reason including without limitation the Project Manager’s determination that the evaluation would result in excessive expense and/or time needed to evaluate such material or equipment.

B.             Unless there is a specific statement to the contrary, the Contractor understands that requests for such approval of any alternative material or equipment shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after Contract Award.

C.             The Contractor is obligated to furnish all data and information as the Authority in its discretion deems necessary to establish the equality of the alternative material or equipment. If the Contractor seeks reconsideration of any determination with respect to equivalency, the Authority shall have discretion to reconsider the matter. In the event of a reconsideration the Contractor shall be obligated to pay all Authority expenses in connection therewith.

D.             The Authority shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of items offered as equal to that specified and may reject any item not considered as equal thereto. The Contractor must submit proof satisfactory to the Authority, including a non-returnable sample if requested by the Authority, that the item the Contractor offers is equal to the material or equipment specified in quality, performance and such other characteristics as the Authority may deem relevant.

E.              The Authority will consider as evidence of equivalency an independent laboratory certification concluding that the Contractor’s proposed item meets or exceeds all requirements and standards, including performance criteria, of the particular brand or make of material or equipment specified by the Authority. The laboratory must be accredited by the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation or be otherwise acceptable to the Authority.

19




ARTICLE 231       REMOVAL OF MATERIAL / WASTE MATERIAL

A.             Unless otherwise specified for return to the Authority, all scrap material (if any) shall become the property of the Contractor. It is presumed that the scrap credit value is reflected in the Price Schedule. The Contractor, at its own cost and expense, shall be responsible for removal and proper disposal of all scrap material, in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Authority for any and all claims relating to said scrap material.

B.             Waste material of any character will under no conditions be permitted to remain on the site of the Work but must be immediately on it becoming unfit for use in the Work be carted away and disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and keep clean the areas in which the Work hereunder is to be done or which are to be used in connection herewith.

ARTICLE 232       QUALITY ASSURANCE

The Contractor shall be responsible for quality assurance and for assuring that the Work conforms to Specifications. The Contractor shall maintain an effective and economical quality control program planned and developed in conjunction with other Contractor functions necessary to satisfy the Contract requirements. The quality control program shall establish and implement procedures to ensure that only acceptable supplies are presented to the Project Manager, and shall demonstrate both recognition of the quality requirements of the Contract and an organized approach to satisfy these requirements. The program shall ensure that quality requirements are determined and satisfied throughout all phases of Contract performance, including, as applicable, design development, purchasing, fabrication, processing, assembly, inspection, testing, packaging, delivery, storage and systems check and shall provide for the early and prompt detection of actual or potential deficiencies, trends, or conditions which could result in unsatisfactory quality and the Contractor must be prepared to demonstrate to the Project Manager’s satisfaction the program is effective and in operation.

ARTICLE 233       COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, REGULATIONS/ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

A.             The Contractor and all persons employed upon the Work, including its Subcontractors, agents, officers, and employees shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable requirements of governmental agencies and departments in the jurisdiction in which the Work is performed, and all safety regulations of the Authority.

B.             The Contractor, Subcontractor and all Suppliers must submit evidence that all standards, orders and regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970 will be met. If either the State or City air pollution control agency has more restrictive standards, they shall be enforced. The evidence and related documents will be retained by the Authority for on-site examination by appropriate enforcement agencies.

20




C.             The Contractor, and any Subcontractor must comply with all local, State and Federal laws, rules and regulations applicable to this Contract and to the Work to be done hereunder, including but not limited to the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and the Construction Safety Act of 1969, as amended.

D.             Attention is called regarding environmental matters that must be observed by the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work, consisting, among others, of safety of operations, noise control, prevention and/or control of air pollution, removal of waste materials, storage of construction materials, protection against fire, minimum disturbance to pedestrian and vehicular traffic, maintaining use of public facilities, and protection against dust hazards. These matters are specifically enumerated merely as a guide. The enumeration is not a complete list of environmental matters to be observed and does not exclude matters contained in this Contract or matters applicable by virtue of City, State or Federal law, rule or regulation which are not specifically designated in this paragraph. All environmental provisions will be strictly enforced.

E.              As between inconsistent provisions among Federal State and local laws, the Contractor should generally comply with the more stringent requirement, unless a Federal law, rule or regulation requires that the affected Federal provision be observed, notwithstanding the existence of a more stringent applicable State or local requirement.

F.              Prohibition on Purchase of Tropical Hardwoods

1.              Except as hereinafter provided, New York State Finance Law §165-2, prohibits public benefit corporations (the Authority) from purchasing or obtaining for any purpose any tropical hardwoods or tropical hardwood products in any form.

2.              The provisions of the subsection F of this Article shall not apply to:

a.              any hardwoods purchased from a sustained, managed forest; or

b.              the purchase of any tropical hardwood or tropical hardwood product for which there is no acceptable non-tropical hardwood species; or

c.              where the Contracting Officer finds that no person or entity doing business in the state is capable of providing acceptable non-tropical hardwood species sufficient to meet these particular contract requirements; or

d.              the restriction would violate the terms of a grant to the Authority from the Federal Government; or

e.              Where the inclusion of such provisions results in a substantial cost increase to the Authority.

21




3.              As used in this Article:

a.              “Non-tropical hardwood species” shall mean any and all hardwood that grows in any geographically temperate regions, as defined by the United States Forest Service, and is similar to tropical hardwood in density, texture, grain, stability or durability. Non-tropical hardwood, the use or purchase of which is preferred under this Article, shall include, but not be limited to the following species:

Scientific Name

 

Common Name

 

 

 

Fraxinus americana

 

Ash

Tilia americana

 

Basswood

Fagus grandifolia

 

Beech

Betula papyrifera

 

Birch

Jugians cinerea

 

Butternut

Prunus serotina

 

Cherry

Poulus spp.

 

Cottonwood

Ulmus spp.

 

Elms

Nyssa sylvatica

 

Black gum

Liquidambar styracifula

 

Red gum

Celtis laevigata

 

Hackberry

Hicoria spp.

 

Hickory

Acer spp.

 

Maples

Quercus spp.

 

Oaks

Hicoria spp.

 

Pecan

Liriodendron tulipi fera

 

Yellow poplar

Platanus occidentalis

 

Sycamore

Juglans nigra

 

Black Walnut

 

b.              “Tropical hardwood” shall mean any and all hardwood, scientifically classified as angiosperme, that grows in any tropical moist forest. Tropical hardwoods shall be the following species:

Scientific Name

 

Common Name

 

 

 

Vouacapous americana

 

Acapu

Pericopsis elata

 

Afrormosis

Shorea almon

 

Almon

Peltogyne spp.

 

Amaranth

Guibourtia ehie

 

Amazaque

Aningeris spp.

 

Aningeria

Dipterocarpus grandiflorus

 

Apilong

Ochroma lagopus

 

Balsa

Virola spp.

 

Banak

 

22




 

Scientific Name

 

Common Name

 

 

 

Anisoptera thurifera

 

Bella Rose

Guibourtis arnoldiana

 

Benge

Deterium Senegalese

 

Boire

Guibourtis demeusil

 

Bubinga

Prioria copaifera

 

Cativo

Antiaris africana

 

Chenchen

Dalbergis retusa

 

Concobola

Cordia spp.

 

Corida

Diospyros spp.

 

Ebony

Aucoumes klaineana

 

Gaboon

Chlorophors excelsa

 

Iroko

Acacia koa

 

Koa

Pterygota macrocarpa

 

Koto

Shorea negrosensis

 

Red Lauan

Pentacme contorta

 

White Lauan

Shores ploysprma

 

Tanquile

Terminalia superba

 

Limba

Aniba duckel

 

Louro

Kyaya ivorensis

 

Africa Mahogany

Swletenia macrophylla

 

Amer. Mahogany

Tieghemella leckellii

 

Makora

Distemonanthus benthamianus

 

Movinqui

Pterocarpus soyauxii

 

African Padauk

Pterocarpus angolensis

 

Angola Padauk

Peltogyne spp.

 

Purpleheart

Dalbergia spp.

 

Rosewood

Entandrophragma cylindricum

 

Sapela

Shores philippinensis

 

Sonora

Tectona grandis

 

Teak

Lovoa trichilloides

 

Tigerwood

Milletia laurentii

 

Wenge

Microberlinia brazzavillensis

 

Zebrawood

 

c.              “Tropical rain forests” shall mean any and all forests classified by the scientific term “Tropical moist forests,” the classification determined by the equatorial region of the forest and average rainfall.

d.              “Tropical wood products” shall mean any wood products, wholesale or retail, in any form, including but not limited to veneer, furniture, cabinets, paneling, moldings, doorskins, joinery, or sawnwood, which are composed of tropical hardwood except plywood.

23




G.             Omnibus Procurement Act of 1992

1.              If this Contract is awarded in an amount equal to or greater than one million dollars, the Contractor will be required to document its efforts to encourage the participation of New York State business enterprises as suppliers and subcontractors by showing that the Contractor has:

a.              solicited bids, in a timely and adequate manner, from New York State business enterprises including certified minority-owned business,

b.              contacted the New York State Department of Economic Development to obtain listings of New York State business enterprises,

c.              placed notices for subcontractors and suppliers in newspapers, journals and other trade publications distributed in New York State, or

d.              participated in bid outreach conferences.

If the Contractor determines that the New York State business enterprises are not available to participate on the Contract as subcontractors or suppliers, the Contractor shall provide a statement indicating the method by which such determination was made. If the Contractor does not intend to use subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide a statement verifying such.

2.              If this Contract is awarded in an amount equal to or greater than one million dollars, the Contractor will be required to notify New York State residents of employment opportunities through listing any such positions with Community Services Division of the New York Department of Labor, or providing for such notification in such manner as is consistent with existing collective bargaining contracts or agreements.

ARTICLE 234       FINAL PAYMENT TO ACT AS RELEASE

The acceptance by Contractor or any person claiming under Contractor of the final payment hereunder, whether such payment be made pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or otherwise, shall be and shall operate as a release to the Authority from all claim and liability to Contractor for anything theretofore done or furnished for or related to the Work or for any prior act, neglect, fault or default of the Authority or of any person relating to or affecting the Work, except only such claims against the Authority as have been asserted in accordance with Article 213 “Claims by Contractor” above, or as are specifically reserved in writing prior to accepting the final payment hereunder.

24




 

ARTICLE 235                   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

The Contractor agrees that, in accordance with its status as an independent contractor, it will conduct itself consistent with such status, that it will neither hold itself out as nor claim to be an officer or employee of the Authority, State or City, by reason hereof, and that it will not by reason hereof, make any claim, demand or application to or for any right or privilege applicable to an officer or employee of the Authority, State or City, including, but not limited to, Worker’s Compensation coverage, Unemployment Insurance Benefits, Social Security coverage or Retirement membership or credit.

ARTICLE 236                   CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES

A.                                    All experts or consultants or employees of the Contractor who are employed by the Contractor to perform Work under this Agreement are neither employees of the Authority nor under contract to the Authority and the Contractor alone is responsible for their work, direction, compensation and personal conduct while engaged under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall impose any liability or duty on the Authority for the acts, omissions, liabilities or obligations of the Contractor or any other person, firm, company, agency, association, corporation, or organization engaged by the Contractor as expert, consultant, independent contractor, specialist, trainee, employee, servant, or agent, or for taxes of any nature including but not limited to unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, disability benefits and social security, or, except as specifically stated in this Agreement, to any person, firm or corporation.

B.                                      All employees of the Contractor or Subcontractor shall wear a visible identification badge at all times while on Authority property and shall observe all rules and regulations applicable to Authority employees. The identification badge shall contain the employee’s name, picture, title of position, name of company and address of company.

C.                                      Employees of the Contractor who are found to be intoxicated, or who have been found partaking of or appear to be under the influence of intoxicating or alcoholic beverages or controlled substances while engaged in the performance of their duties or during their break period shall be summarily removed by the Contractor from the project for the duration of the Contract because of the stringent safety precautions required.

D.                                     Whenever the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor in writing that in his/her opinion any worker employed for this Contract is incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, such individual shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on it.

ARTICLE 237                   CONFIDENTIALITY / ADVERTISING LIMITATION

A.                                    Contractor, its employees, and Subcontractors shall keep confidential all information furnished to it (them) by the Authority or otherwise learned by it (them) in the course of performance hereunder.

B.                                      Except as may be required by law, Contractor shall not make any announcement or release any information concerning this Contract or any part thereof to any member of the public, press, or any official body, unless prior written consent is obtained from the Authority.

25




ARTICLE 238                   TAX EXEMPTION

The Contractor is advised that the Authority is exempt from sales and compensating use taxes on all tangible personal property (materials, equipment and components) pursuant to Section 1216 of the Public Authorities Law of the State of New York, and the Contractor shall not include any charges representing such taxes on any invoices hereunder.  Contractor shall be responsible for all franchise fees and taxes of any kind whatsoever.

ARTICLE 239                   EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR MINORITY GROUP MEMBERS AND WOMEN

The provisions of this Article apply if the award for this contract is in excess of $25,000 for labor, services, supplies, equipment, material or any combination of the foregoing; or in excess of $100,000 for the acquisition, construction, demolition, replacement, major repair or renovation of real property and improvement thereon.

A.                                    The Contractor will not discriminate against employees or applicants for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability or marital status, and will undertake or continue existing programs of affirmative action to ensure that minority group members and women are afforded equal employment opportunities without discrimination. For purposes of this Article affirmative action shall mean recruitment, employment, job assignment, promotion, upgrading, demotion, transfer, layoff, or termination and rates of pay or other form of compensation.

B.                                      At the request of the Authority, the Contractor shall request each employment agency, labor union, or authorized representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining or other agreement or understanding to furnish a written statement that such employment agency, labor union or representative will not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability or marital status and the such union or representative will affirmatively cooperate in the implementation of the Contractor’s obligations herein.

C.                                      The Contractor shall state, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees, that, in the performance of this Contract, all qualified applicants will be afforded equal employment opportunities without discrimination because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability or marital status.

D.                                     After award of this Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Authority a work force utilization report, in a form and manner required by the Authority, of the work force actually utilized on this Contract, broken down by specified ethnic background, gender, and Federal Occupational Categories or other appropriate categories specified by the Authority.

E.                                       Within sixty (60) days of the execution of this Contract, the Contractor shall submit a staffing plan, in a form and manner required by the Authority, which shall contain information on employees projected to work on activities related to the contract. This information must be broken down by specified ethnic background, gender and related job titles.

26




F.                                       For construction contracts, after the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit on a monthly basis, in a form and manner required by the Authority, throughout the life of the Contract, a work force utilization report which details employee’s hours worked on activities related to this Contract. This information must be broken down by specified ethnic background, gender and related job titles.

G.                                      Except for construction contracts, after the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit on a semi-annual basis, in a form and manner required by the Authority, throughout the life of the Contract, a work force utilization report which details the number of employees that worked on activities related to this Contract. This information must be broken down by specified ethnic background, gender and related job titles. In instances where a contractor’s work force cannot be broken out, the Contractor must affirm such and submit, an EEO-l Form detailing its current work force.

H.                                     The Contractor will include the provision of paragraphs A through G above, in every subcontract in such a manner that the provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor as to work in connection with this Contract, including the requirement that subcontractors and parties to this Contract shall undertake or continue existing programs of affirmative action to ensure that minority group members and women are afforded equal employment opportunities without discrimination, and, when requested, provide to the Contractor information on the ethnic background, gender, and Federal Occupational Categories of the employees to be utilized on this Contract.

ARTICLE 240                   ANTITRUST ASSIGNMENT

The Contractor hereby assigns, sells and transfers to the Authority all right, title and interest in and to any claims and causes of action arising under the antitrust laws of New York State or of the United States relating to the particular goods or services purchased or procured by the Authority under this Contract.

ARTICLE 241                   GRAND JURY TESTIMONY

Upon refusal of the Contractor as an individual or as member, partner, director or officer of the Contractor, if the Contractor be a firm, partnership or corporation, when called before a grand jury, governmental department, commission, agency or any other body which is empowered to compel the attendance of witnesses and examine them under oath, to testify in an investigation or to answer any relevant questions concerning any transaction or contract entered into with the State, or any political subdivision thereof, or a public authority or with any public department, agency or official of the State or any political subdivision thereof, when immunity has been granted to the witness against subsequent use of such testimony, or any evidence derived therefrom in any subsequent criminal proceeding:

27




(a)                                   Such individual, or any firm, partnership or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer shall be disqualified for a period of five (5) years after such refusal from submitting bids for, or entering into or obtaining any contracts, leases, permits or licenses with the City of New York, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority or the New York City Transit Authority or submitting bids for or entering into, or obtaining any contracts, leases, permits or licenses which will be paid out of any monies under the control of or collected by the City, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, the New York City Transit Authority and/or shall be subject to such other action appropriate under the circumstances; and

(b)                                  this Contract and any and all such existing contracts, leases, permits or licenses made with or obtained by any such individual or with or by the firm, partnership, or corporation of which he/she is a member, partner, director or officer may be cancelled or terminated by the City, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority or the New York City Transit Authority or the contracting agency or be subject to such action appropriate under the circumstances thereto without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination, but any monies owing for goods delivered, work done, or rentals, permit or license fees due, prior to the cancellation or termination, shall be paid.

ARTICLE 242                   YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

A.                                    The Contractor represents and warrants that the Product shall be Year 2000 Compliant. For purposes of this representation and warranty,

1.                                        the term “Product” means (a) each piece or component of equipment, hardware, custom or commercial software, firmware, middleware, or other information technology, or internal components, routines or subroutines therein which perform any date/time recognition function, calculation, comparing or sequencing, that is being delivered, developed, or modified under this Contract, (b) any system being provided by the Contractor and all interfaces to such system that the Contractor is providing under this Contract, including but not limited to data entry interfaces for such system and interfaces with other systems, and (c) where services are being furnished, (e.g., consulting, system integration, code or data conversion or data entry), the resulting deliverables; and

2.                                        the term “Year 2000 Compliant” means that the Product being provided by the Contractor under this Contract, individually or in combination, shall, without human intervention, (a) accurately process all date/time related data (including, but not limited to, calculating, comparing, and sequencing) from, into, and between centuries, including, without limitation, the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, and the years 1999 and 2000 and all leap year calculations, (b) either includes data structures that utilize a four digit year format or, at a minimum, operates so that all import and export data is in a four digit year format, and (c) when used in combination with other information technology, accurately process date/time related data to the extent that other information technology being used in combination with the Product (i) was specified in the Contract as being information technology with which the Product must be compatible, (ii) was otherwise warranted by the Contractor as being compatible, or (iii) properly exchanges date/time related data with the Product.

28




B.                                      The Contractor shall promptly notify the Authority if the Contractor knows or has reason to believe that the Product is not or may not be Year 2000 Compliant.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract to the contrary, in the event that the Product fails to perform in a Year 2000 Compliant manner or the Contractor knows that the Product is not Year 2000 Compliant, the Contractor agrees that it will make all adjustments, modifications, repairs or replacements necessary to bring the Product within compliance and shall thereafter thoroughly test the Product to ensure such compliance, at no additional cost to the Authority and with minimal interference to the operations and functions of the Authority, time being of the essence. In addition to the specific obligations of the Contractor set forth above, the Authority shall be entitled to exercise any and all other remedies provided under law and this Contract for breach of this representation and warranty, which, for purposes of Article 208, shall be deemed a material breach of this Contract.

C.                                      If any part of the Work to be performed requires that the Contractor utilize its own hardware, custom or commercial software, firmware, middleware, or other information technology, or internal components, routines or subroutines therein which perform any date/time recognition function, calculation, comparing or sequencing, the Contractor represents and warrants that: (1) such items are Year 2000 Compliant, as defined in this Article; or (2) will be Year 2000 Compliant in advance of January 1, 2000; and/or (3) the Contractor has contingency plans in place in the event of a Year 2000 disruption in its hardware, software, etc., such that there will be no interruption or disruption of such Work or the Contractor’s performance thereof.

D.                                     In addition to all other provisions of this Contract which, by their nature, survive expiration and termination, it is expressly understood that this representation and warranty shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract.

ARTICLE 243                   CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTAIN ALL TERMS/CONTRACTOR HAS EXAMINED CONTRACT

A.                                    These Contract Documents contain all the terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties hereto, and no other agreement, oral or otherwise, regarding the subject matter of this Contract shall be deemed to exist or to bind any of the parties hereto, or to vary any of the terms contained herein.

B.                                      The Contractor hereby represents that prior to the execution of this Contract he read each and every clause and section of the Contract and had full opportunity to consider the same and make necessary investigations relating thereto; and he shall not make any claim for, or have any right to, damages or an extension of time for completion of the Contract or any other concession because of any misinterpretation or misunderstanding of this Contract or because of any lack of information.

ARTICLE 244                   ALL LEGAL PROVISIONS INCLUDED

It is the intent of the parties that each and every provision of law required to be inserted in this Contract should be and is inserted herein. Every such provision is to be deemed to be inserted herein, and if any such provision is not inserted or is not inserted in correct form, then this contract shall be deemed amended by such insertion so as to comply strictly with the law and without prejudice to the rights of either party hereunder.

29




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

DIVISION OF MATERIEL

ATTACHMENTS




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

ATTACHMENT No. 1

SCOPE of WORK

for

Contract #00D7815H




SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION 1.                             INTRODUCTION

In accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), the New York City Transit Authority (“NYCT”) currently provides origin-to-destination, demand responsive, shared ride paratransit service for disabled individuals who meet the eligibility criteria set forth in the ADA. Services are provided through Contacts with private transportation, companies (“Contractors”). NYCT’s paratransit service does business under the name, “Access-A-Ride” (“AAR”).

The overall objective of this Contract is to operate AAR service that is safe, reliable, clean, customer-friendly and cost efficient, through compliance with the Scope of Work and the Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

SECTION 2.                             SERVICE AREA

NYCT’s Access-A-Ride services are provided throughout the five boroughs of New York City. This Contract’s primary service area(s) is assigned in the Notice of Award Letter. Contractor primarily will perform trips for AAR registrants who reside in this service area which may be trips to and from locations within the service area or trips from and to the service area and any other location in New York City. Contractor may also be required to provide trips to AAR registrants who reside in any other service area when such trips are included by NYCT in the Contractor’s daily route Manifests or are added as Trip Insertions.

SECTION 3.                             GENERAL SCOPE OF PARATRANSIT SERVICE PROVIS1ON

3.1                                Overview

3.1.1                         Contractors will operate paratransit service in such a manner as to meet NYCT’s objective to provide ADA compliant paratransit service that is safe, reliable, clean, customer-friendly and cost efficient.

3.1.2                         Contractor will provide Vehicle Operators, maintenance, dispatch, supervisory, training, security, safety and all other personnel required to perform the Contract.

3.1.3                         The Contractor will provide vehicle and office facilities, fuel, parts and supplies, office equipment and all other items and services described herein to ensure efficient operation of the service and to fully satisfy the maintenance, operational and safety objectives of this Contract.

3.1.4                         NYCT will determine the number of vehicles to be assigned to Contractor, the number of vehicle Pull-Outs (a/k/a Routes) required on a daily basis, the number of hours of each Route and the trips to be performed.




3.1.5                         NYCT will provide policy direction, Customer eligibility determinations, advertising, government and community relations, Customer assistance and other services in support of each Contractor’s operation.

3.1.6                         NYCT from time-to-time will issue directives clarifying any matters relating to this Scope of Work and other Contract requirements. The Contractor shall comply with all such directives.

3.2                                Service Provision

3.2.1                         NYCT will schedule routes to operate at any time during the period from approximately 4:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. If this Contract includes overnight service, NYCT will schedule routes for this service from approximately 8:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. NYCT will assign the Contractor a group of route schedules to be performed on a regular basis. Each route schedule is subject to daily adjustments due to fluctuations in trip demand, e.g ., due to a customer trip cancellation, Pull-Out is delayed one hour. NYCT will give as much notice of such scheduling adjustments to the Contractor as is practicable. Route schedules will also be significantly affected by reduced trip demand on Holidays. In the event NYCT intends to permanently change a route schedule, the Contractor will be notified one week prior to the effective date of such change. Routes may be scheduled for 4, 6, 8, and 10 hour tours. Route assignments may require that vehicles perform more than one tour per day, up to 16 hours. Where a vehicle is required to operate more than one tour in a day, Vehicle Operator relief times will be scheduled by NYCT. Additional trips (“Trip Insertions”) may be assigned on the day of operation and added to the trip schedule.

3.2.2                         The Vehicle Operator shall complete the assigned route as scheduled. This includes arriving for each Customer pick-up at the Scheduled Pick-Up Time. Pick-ups are scheduled within a 30-minute “window” running from 5 minutes before to 25 minutes after the confirmed, scheduled Customer pick-up time. If the Customer is not at the pick-up location, Vehicle Operator must wait for the Customer for up to 5 minutes past the vehicle’s arrival time or 5 minutes past the Scheduled Pick-Up Time, whichever is later. If the Customer fails to arrive during that period, the Vehicle Operator must contact the Dispatcher, who will attempt to contact the Customer by telephone. If the Customer cannot be reached, the Dispatcher shall release the Vehicle Operator. The Vehicle Operator shall record a “Customer No-Show” on the Manifest and the Trip Ticket, indicating actual arrival and release times, as well as the odometer reading. The Dispatcher shall notify Paratransit Command Center Transit Monitoring.

3.2.3                         Vehicle Operators are to provide door-to-door service and assistance to Customers, as required. Vehicle Operators shall assist Customers with fastening of their seat belts, if needed. If requested, Customers may use the wheelchair lift to enter the vehicle. All wheelchairs and motorized scooters must be secured in the appropriate securement system in the vehicle wheelchair location prior to departure. Vehicle Operators are required to assist Customers in wheelchairs or scooters in the transfer to a seat if the

2




transfer can be made without lifting or carrying the Customer, both of which actions are strictly prohibited. If transfer to a seat is refused, or not possible, the Vehicle Operator shall secure the Customer in the wheelchair or scooter. If a Customer refuses to have his/her wheelchair or person secured, the Vehicle Operator shall inform the Customer politely that the seatbelt or wheelchair securement device protects the Customer from injury. If the Customer still refuses, the Vehicle Operator shall note the refusal on the Trip Ticket prior to giving the Customer his/her copy of the Trip Ticket.

3.2.4                         If requested, the Vehicle Operator shall assist the Customer with up to 2 parcels with a combined total weight not to exceed 40 lbs., from the door of the pick-up location to the vehicle and/or from the vehicle to the door of their destination location. Vehicle Operators shall also handle and safely stow assistive devices such as wheelchairs, walkers, canes, etc.

3.2.5                         If eligible to travel with a Personal Care Attendent (PCA), the Customer’s ID card issued by NYCT shall be coded with the symbol “Y”.  The Vehicle Operator is only required to provide assistance to the Customer, not to PCAs or Guests The Customer and the Guest pay the paratransit fare, currently $1.50 per trip. The PCA rides free of fare. The Manifest will indicate if the Customer is traveling on a particular trip with a PCA and/or Guest.

3.2.6                         Paratransit is a shared ride service. Therefore, the Routes will include multiple pick-ups and drop-offs of Customers to and from destinations in proximity to each other, as permitted by vehicle capacity. These Customers will either have AAR ID cards, or in the case of applicants for AAR who are traveling to certifier facilities, their certifier appointment letter or photograph identification.

3.2.7                         Manifests will include the following information for each trip scheduled:

·                   Trip ID Number

·                   Scheduled Pick-Up Time;

·                   Customer name and ID number;

·                   Pick-up and destination address and contact telephone numbers;

·                   Scheduled Pick-Up Time for the return tip, if any;

·                   Specific notations (PCA, Guest(s), Assistive Device, pick-up location details, etc.)

3.3                                Trip Insertions

Based on vehicle capacity of scheduled routes and vehicle availability of the Contractor, additional trips known as Trip Insertions may be scheduled on the day of service.  Such Trip Insertions must be accommodated by the Contractor. Upon notification from the Paratransit Command Center that such service is required, the Contractor and the Command Center shall determine a mutually agreeable pick-up time. The Contractor will be informed of any special needs of the Customer. A Trip ID Number will be assigned by the Command Center and communicated to the Vehicle Operator by the Dispatcher. The Vehicle Operator is to arrive at the pick-up location within five (5) minutes of the Scheduled Pick-Up Time. If the trip is

3




scheduled on a non-shared ride basis, the Customer will be taken to the drop-off destination & directly. If a shared ride, the drop-off sequence shall be included with the pick-up time.

3.4                                Other Miscellaneous Service Provisions

3.4.1                         Service animals shall be allowed to travel with the Customer and/or Guest at no additional cost. The AAR ID card will note that the Customer travels with a service animal. Pets are not permitted to travel with any passenger, except in a pet carrier.

3.4.2                         The Vehicle Operator shall not deny service to any scheduled Customer, authorized PCA, authorized Guest and authorized service animal. If any Customer is disruptive, violent or otherwise not conducting himself/herself in a safe manner, the Vehicle Operator is to contact the Dispatcher for instructions, and complete an Incident Report, in the form set forth in Attachment 16.

3.4.3                         The safety of AAR Customers is of primary concern. Boarding and alighting must be performed in a safe manner. Pick-up and discharge of Customers by vehicles in this program may not occur at the following locations:

a.                                        within a pedestrian crosswalk;

b.                                       within an intersection, except on the side of a roadway opposite a street which intersects, but does not cross such roadway;

c.                                        alongside or opposite any street excavation when stopping to pick up or discharge Customers obstructs traffic;

d.                                       under conditions that obstruct the movement of traffic and in no instance so as to leave fewer than 10 feet available for the free movement of vehicular traffic;

e.                                        where stopping is prohibited;

f.                                          within a bicycle lane;

g.                                       within horse-drawn carriage boarding areas.

3.4.4                         During Phase Two, Contractor Dispatchers will receive on a real-time basis from the Paratransit Command Center notices of cancellations of scheduled trips, Trip Insertions and changes in route schedules. The Contractor Dispatcher will relay the information to the Vehicle Operator and the Vehicle Operator and the Contractor’s Dispatcher will record the information on the daily vehicle Manifest.

3.5                                Trip Reconciliation

3.5.1                         During Phase One, NYCT will provide “Train the Trainer” instructions of all of the requirements of daily reconciliations to representatives designated by the Contractor.

3.5.2                         If the Vehicle Operator’s records are neat and complete and the person performing reconciliation is competent, approximately 200 trips can be reconciled per hour. This excludes the time required to run error reports and make corrections.

4




3.5.3                         NYCT will electronically provide Manifests and issue Trip Insertions to the Contractor.  The Contractor will print-out Manifests and Trip Tickets. The Manifests generally will be available by 8:00 p.m. the evening before the scheduled trips.

3.5.4                         The Contractor shall on a daily basis reconcile all activity by entering Trip Ticket, and Manifest information into PASS or such other reservation, scheduling and dispatch system as Contractor may be directed by NYCT to use.

3.5.5                         The Contractor shall separate the Trip Tickets and Manifests, provide NYCT with the originals, and retain the copies for its records.

3.5.6                         The Contractor shall enter the following information into the PASS system:

·                   Vehicle odometer readings and pick-up/drop-off times for each trip.

·                   The arrival time and vehicle odometer reading for each Customer No-Show and No-Fault No-Show. No arrival time will be entered for a Contractor No-Show, however, the No-Show declaration time is to be recorded.

·                   The identification number of the Vehicle Operator.

·                   The vehicle number.

·                   Any Trip Insertions or deletions.

·                   Fares collected and/or refusals by Customers and/or Guests to pay fares.

3.5.7                         After reconciliation data entry has been performed, the Contractor shall run an error report and correct all errors.

SECTION 4                                DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES BETWEEN NYCT AND CONTRACTOR FOR START-UP
AND OPERATIONS PHASES

4.1.                             Phase One/Start-Up Tasks, Contractor

4.1.1                         Phase One, start-up consists of all of the work required to be performed to assure that operations are fully ready to commence as scheduled.

4.1.2                         Contractor shall perform the tasks specified below in accordance with its NYCT approved “Start-Up Plan.” The tasks are intended to be performed concurrently as feasible and not necessarily in the order presented. Contractor shall schedule the tasks to assure their timely completion in order to timely commence operations, the schedule for which is specified elsewhere in this Contract.

4.1.3                         Task 1 : Hiring all key personnel including the Project Manager, operations manager and maintenance manager. Other key personnel with time/tasks dedicated to start-up shall also commence work in keeping with the Start-Up Plan. The Contractor’s Project Manager and other key personnel shall be hired and working on-site and available for meetings with NYCT within 30 calendar days of Notice of Award.

5




4.1.4                         Task 2: Obtain NYSDOT Contract Carrier Operating Permit and all other City, State and Federal permits and licenses necessary to conduct the business required in this Contract.

4.1.5                         Task 3: Take all steps necessary to secure the facility required to house and maintain - Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles and to provide space for Contractor’s supervisory, administrative and operations personnel to operate the service.

4.1.6                         Task 4: Procure all of the equipment required for the proper operation of the system, including all maintenance equipment, office equipment, communications equipment, both land line and mobile, Contractor-provided computer equipment, and other equipment as needed. Network hardware shall be acquired, installed, and tested.

4.1.7                         Task 5: Complete all procedural and training manuals, forms, operating instructions and other documents necessary to the proper operation of the service. Manuals shall include, at minimum, a Vehicle Operator’s responsibilities and procedures, substance abuse procedures, training manuals, maintenance procedures, supervisor’s responsibilities and procedures, and safety procedures for AAR service. All manuals will be forwarded to NYCT prior to finalization. Any deficiencies noted by NYCT shall be promptly corrected by Contractor. All forms required by the Scope of Work, if not provided by NYCT, shall be developed by the Contractor and submitted to NYCT for approval.

4.1.8                         Task 6: Hire Vehicle Operators, maintenance personnel, and all other employees and conduct all other major preparations necessary to begin operation of the service. Execute subcontracts, if any, for towing, bus washing, fuel delivery and any other administrative tasks required for the proper operation of this service. All personnel shall be hired and trained, procedures shall be established, facilities and equipment tested and prepared, Vehicle Operator bids completed, and all other activities required for Contractor start-up shall be performed. The Contractor shall recruit and provide sufficient quantities of personnel, trained for duty, in the event that Contractor personnel fail to report for duty and to accommodate start-up and early operation personnel wash-out. The Contractor shall phase the hiring of personnel to ensure their availability on the first day of Phase Two operations. The Contractor shall provide milestones (dates) for the availability of all personnel by category.

4.1.9                         Task 7: Implement a communications system that will enable two-way communication between vehicles (Revenue and Non-Revenue), the operations/maintenance facility, and the Paratransit Command Center. The Contractor shall provide a base station radio and/or Nextel hook-up that allows NYCT to monitor performance and make emergency contact with the Dispatcher or Vehicle Operator. If two-way radios are used, Contractor shall provide NYCT with three receiver units, rooftop antennae, necessary hardware and three mobile units to allow NYCT to monitor Contractor dispatch. If Nextel, or other similar equipment, is to be used, Contractor shall furnish the Paratransit Command Center with six Nextel or other units and battery chargers. The Contractor is responsible for the maintenance of all two-way radio equipment including equipment provided by the Contractor to NYCT. All equipment retained by the Contractor shall be required to be

6




physically located in the Contractor’s facility prior to the date of Phase Two/Operations start-up.

The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain communications between the Contractor’s operating base and each of the Revenue and Non-Revenue Vvehicles used by the Contractor to provide paratransit service and the other requirements of this Scope of Work. The Contractor shall identify to NYCT all radio frequency numbers used by its Dispatchers and vehicles. The Contractor is responsible for all radio frequency licensing fees.

The Contractor will install and maintain any telephone service required under this Contract and shall procure and ensure continued operations of all two-way communication equipment, including repeaters and antennas for both vehicles and buildings mounted for both Contractor operated equipment and equipment provided to NYCT.

4.1.10                   Task 8: Coordinate throughout Phase One with AAR Contractors in the Contractor’s service area whose existing Contracts are not renewed or whose vehicle fleet size has changed.

4.1.11                   Task 9: All other tasks identified by the Contractor in its NYCT-approved Start-Up Plan are to be completed to provide a successful and timely Phase Two/Operations start-up. Contractor shall notify NYCT when its facilities are ready for commencement of operations.

4.2                                Phase One/Stan-Up Tasks, NYCT

4.2.1                         During the performance by the Contractor of Tasks 1 through 9, NYCT will work with the Contractor to provide information, answer questions, and provide approvals necessary for the Contractor to complete its approved Start-Up Plan.

4.2.2                         Within 5 business days of award of Contract, NYCT will notify the Contractor of the name, phone number and address of the Paratransit Division Contract Manager assigned by NYCT as liaison to the Contractor for all Contract administration purposes.

4.2.3                         The NYCT Paratransit Division Contract Manager (“the Contract Manager”) will require the Contractor start-up team to meet weekly to review start-up activities. Other NYCT personnel will be present to review the Contractor’s Phase One start-up activities. Weekly meetings will be scheduled by the Contract Manager.

4.2.4                         Unless otherwise agreed to by NYCT, all meetings with Contractors requiring the attendance of the Contract Manager or his/her designated representative will be scheduled by the Contract Manager.

4.2.5                         Unless otherwise agreed to by NYCT, all meetings with Contractor personnel will be held at NYCT facilities at 2 Broadway, New York, New York 10004, or other NYCT facilities designated by the Contract Manager.

7




4.2.6                         Unless otherwise agreed to by NYCT, all written and oral communications by the Contractor during Phase One/Start-Up to NYCT shall be directed to the Contract Manager.

4.2.7                         At its sole discretion, NYCT may provide NYCT personnel to accompany the Contractor to meetings between existing and new Contractors to coordinate transition of service from the existing to the new Contractors.

4.2.8                         NYCT will provide the Contractor with typical run schedules within 30 calendar days of Contract award to allow the Contractor to begin service analysis, Vehicle Operator picks (bids) and other Phase Two related activities.

4.2.9                         Upon notification by the Contractor that its facilities are ready for inspection, NYCT will inspect the facilities within 5 business days. NYCT will provide approvals or a statement of non-approval to the Contractor within 5 business days of the inspection. Failure by NYCT to provide the inspection within 5 business days of receipt of request does not constitute a waiver by NYCT of any deficiency in the Contractor’s facilities nor does it constitute a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to rectify defects when notified.

4.2.10                   NYCT will provide training for Contractor managers and supervisors in the use of PASS prior to the date scheduled for Phase Two/Operations. The training shall be of a “train the trainer” type expected to last a total of 40 hours conducted over a 5-day period. NYCT will provide the Contractor with up to 10 copies of a manual describing the procedures and process specific to use of PASS at least 5 business days prior to the scheduled training. The Contractor will provide training for other Contractor personnel. The Contractor is authorized to make additional copies of training materials provided by NYCT to the Contractor’s personnel.

4.2.11                   NYCT will provide review and, where appropriate, approvals or disapprovals of any plans or other items required to be submitted by the Contractor to NYCT as part of Phase One within 10 business days of receipt by NYCT.

4.2.12                   NYCT will provide the Contractor with a functioning PASS software system on the Contractor’s PC hardware equipment no later than 30 calendar days prior to Phase Two/Operations to allow the Contractor to begin Contractor Phase One activities. NYCT will provide personnel to assist the Contractor as needed to make PASS fully operational for Phase Two/Operations. The installation date requested by the Contractor will be coordinated by NYCT.

4.2.13                   NYCT will provide the Contractor with an adequate supply of preprinted Trip Tickets to be used by the Contractor in providing service no later than 30 days prior to the date of Phase Two service start-up.

4.2.14                   NYCT will provide advertising support to notify the public of any changes in AAR service providers. This support may include direct mailings, newsletters, seat drops, public press releases, public speaking engagements and so forth. The Contractor is

8




prohibited from engaging in any marketing or advertising of the service except for personnel recruitment.

4.3.                             Phase Two/Operations Tasks, Contractor

4.3.1                         The Contractor shall operate AAR service in accordance with this scope of Work, all other Contract Documents and any clarifications/directives made by NYCT from time to time.

4.4                                Phase Two/Operations Tasks, NYCT

4.4.1                         During Phase Two, NYCT or its designated agent shall be responsible for ride reservations, scheduling of advance reservations, subscription service and ride cancellations.

4.42                            NYCT or its designated agent will serve as the liaison between the Customer and the contractor for resolution of same day service issues.

SECTION 5                                PASSENGER AUTOMATED SCHEDULING SYSTEM (PASS)

5.1                                Trapeze® PASS

5.1.1                         Trapeze® PASS is a demand responsive on-line real time scheduling and dispatching software system in use in the NYCT Command Center since June 1997. This system includes modules for registering Customers, creating advance reservation trips, creating fixed subscription (standing order) trips, scheduling Customers to vehicles, dispatching vehicles and drivers, and recording actual trip events.

5.1.2                         The Client Eligibility module records and tracks a Customer’s certification status, including temporary suspensions when Customers violate specified service rules.

5.1.3                         The Reservation module books subscription and advance reservation trips with access to Customer and trip data as well as Customer history and frequency traveled or special interest locations. Also, the application will automatically match Customers for their recurring trips.

5.1.4                         The Scheduling module allows for assignment to Routes of subscription trips as part of a master schedule and refinement of the decisions the application has made for booked trips.

5.1.5                         The Dispatch module monitors vehicles, Routes and trips, records Incidents, changes to street itineraries, completion of trips and adjusts schedules in response to situations as they occur. The carrier’s dispatch personnel can update trips only on the service performed by that carrier.

9




5.1.6                         PASS generates reports and forms. Forms include Trip Tickets and Manifests. Reports are generated for multiple purposes, e.g., service improvement, contract compliance, billing documentation, etc.

5.1.7                         NYCT is in the process of upgrading to a Windows operating reservation scheduling and dispatching software system. The upgraded system will include additional scheduling tools that will provide trip schedules that can be adjusted for any hour of the day, day of the week and the streets upon which Revenue Vehicles travel.

5.1.8                         A sample Manifest and Trip Ticket are attached, see Attachment 9.

5.2                                Computers - The Contractor is responsible for purchasing, maintaining and repairing all PC equipment, and connecting to the Transit-wide area network. NYCT shall supply the specifications for the equipment and the Contractor shall be responsible for providing such equipment as per the specifications. NYCT shall also provide and maintain the file servers, as well as supply instructions for the connection to the network and insure stability and reliable connectivity.

5.2.1                         The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain PC equipment, printers, hubs, and inside on-site network wiring. NYC Transit will provide and maintain the moderns, routers and server equipment on-site and verify that the T-l used to communicate to the NYC Transit’s Wide Area Network is available.

5.2.2                         Specifications for desktop PC equipment and printing equipment are updated on a regular basis. The current approved desktop PC is a Compaq Deskpro EP Tower, Pentium III 600 MHz Processor, MS Windows 98(w/CD-ROM Media), P/N: 173633-006 with 64 MB RAM, with Compaq additional 64 MB SDRAM upgrade, installed, P/N: 166613-B21, expandable to 512 MB (two memory slots available), 10.0 GB SMART II Ultra ATA Hard Drive, 256K Advanced Transfer Cache, Intel 3D Graphics card, 40X CD ROM, Intelligent Manageability, integrated AC 97 Audio, Mouse & Keyboard, and Compaq Intel PRO/look+ Management Adapter w/WOL, installed, P/N: 127453-B21 with 1 year on-site warranty, 2 nd  & 3 rd  year carry-in.

5.2.3                         The current specification for the approved network printer is a HP Laser Jet 8100 Laser, P/N: C4214A 16 MB Memory, 32 ppm, 150K monthly volume, prints up to 11”x17”, 1-year on-site warranty with a HP Ethernet 10/100 BT Card, installed, P/N: J3113A.

5.2.4                         NYC Transit will provide the modems, routers and the main and/or backup file servers as required. The Contractor shall provide the network hub and wiring from the hub to each workstation and printer. NYC Transit will provide connectivity from the Contractor’s hub to the NYC Transit Paratransit Command Center. The hub must be capable of Fast Ethernet connectivity (100 Mbs). The wiring must be of type Category 5 shielded with shielded connectors.

5.2.5                         The Contractor shall supply maintenance and insure the reliability of the desktop operating system and network connectivity.  All hardware and software installed in and

10




on these desktops will be for the sole purpose of performing the function of the Paratransit application. NYC Transit has the right to delete or remove any unauthorized hardware or software. NYC Transit will initially install the software required for Paratransit operations. The Contractor shall allow for monitoring software to be loaded on these desktops for support purposes.

5.2.6                         The Contractor shall provide 2 Epson DFX-8500 Impact Printers or approved equal to be used exclusively for the Work and install with each a Multiprotocol 10/100Base-TX Type B Print Server or approved equal.

SECTION 6.                             EQUIPMENT – REVENUE VEHICLES

6.1                                  NYCT will provide hydraulic lift-equipped paratransit vehicles and sedans to be used by the Contractor for AAR service. Attachment 10 contains existing vehicle assignments.

6.2                                  Access-a-Ride Contractors currently lease a small number of lift-equipped bodies on chassis vans. NYCT may reassign the leases for these Revenue Vehicles to Contractor.  In the event that NYCT reassigns leased equipment to Contractor, Contractor shall pay the costs of the leases and will be reimbursed by NYCT on a pass-through basis.

6.3                                  All vehicles supplied as part of this Contract shall be used solely for the performance of activities specified in this Contract.

SECTION 7.                             EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE – REVENUE VEHICLES

The vehicles shall be kept free of all accident damage (body and mechanical) and shall be immediately sent for repair after such damage occurs. Any vehicle not meeting NYCT’s quality control standards will be repaired by NYCT and the cost will be charged back to the Contractor.

7.1                                Light Maintenance Requirements

7.1.1                         The Contractor must establish and follow a pre-trip/post-trip inspection program involving a “walk around” inspection of the vehicle before it is put into use and after it returns to the depot.  This inspection must include, as a minimum, the below listed items:

·                   Heating or air-conditioning systems as appropriate

·                   Oil, other fluids

·                   Fuel

·                   Belts, hoses

·                   Customer seats, wheelchair positions, tie downs

·                   Lights

·                   Doors

·                   Windshield wiper/washer system

·                   Emergency equipment

·                   Brakes

11




·       Wheelchair lift (must be cycled daily)

·       Tires/Wheels

·       Exhaust system

·       Mirrors

·       Glass

·       Horn

·       Body damage

7.1.2         In addition to the defects or problems discovered in the inspections listed above, any problems or defects detected and reported by Vehicle Operators or Customers while the vehicles are in service must be noted and recorded in a written defect reporting system. The system must be a formal process of recording all problems, reporting them to appropriate maintenance personnel and following up with a report when repairs have been completed. A 3-ply Operator Vehicle Condition Report (“OVCR”), Attachment 11, must be used by Vehicle Operators for their pre-trip and post-trip inspections. The top copy must be given to the Contractor’s Maintenance Manager to effect repairs, or to arrange repairs through the NYCT maintenance contract whichever is applicable. Two copies will be given to Contractor’s Operations Manager, one of which will be available for Vehicle Operator review as prescribed in the 19-A regulations. All copies will be filed by vehicle number by the Contractor.

7.1.3         No used mechanical or body parts may be used in the repair and/or maintenance of vehicles operated under this Contract without the permission of the NYCT Project Manager.

7.1.4         NYCT’s designated representative(s) shall, at all times, have the right to inspect any vehicle being utilized by the Contractor for this Contract.

7.1.5         NYCT shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to perform maintenance audits of vehicles and equipment.

7.1.6         The Contractor shall maintain the vehicles in “Service Ready” condition at all times. Service Ready shall mean that the vehicle is clean, mechanically safe and reliable, and all accessories are operable. The Contractor shall perform, maintain or repair the following:

·               Daily fueling from an acceptable clean fuel source with proper grade fuel as per manufacturer’s specification

·               Daily fluid checks

·               Exterior Cleaning

·               Interior Cleaning including sweeping and mopping

·               Fan belts

·               Flat tires

·               Replace windshield wipers

·               Hoses

·               Bulbs and lenses

·               Batteries and fuses

12




·               Preliminary road service

·               Cycle wheelchair lifts and maintain tie downs

·               Maintain body and fittings in presentable condition including replacement of mirrors and fittings

·               Maintain equipment such as fire extinguisher and first aid kit

·               Present vehicles for inspection on or before requisite date with all systems operating and without body damage.

7.1.7         The Contractor shall maintain an inventory of parts and fluids sufficient to assure timely repairs. If the manufacturer’s warranty requires that the manufacturer approve any replacement part, or requires the utilization of manufacturer’s parts, the Contractor shall act accordingly.

7.1.8         The Contractor shall be responsible for towing costs due to irresponsible vehicle operation, including but not limited to, running out of fuel, incorrect fuel and lost keys.

7.1.9         The Contractor shall be responsible for-the proper use, care, maintenance and towing of all Non-Revenue Vehicles used in the performance of AAR service.

7.2           NYCT-Provided Maintenance

This section applies to this Contract if the parties have agreed that the Contractor will use NYCT-provided vehicle maintenance.

7.2.1         After notifying NYCT, the Contractor shall refer all vehicle maintenance, repair and body work not listed in 7.1.6, and all requests for towing services to the Maintenance Contractor(s) designated by NYCT. See 7.2.4. With respect to preventive maintenance, Contractor shall refer all vehicles in accordance with the schedule set forth in NYCT’s Preventive Maintenance Program, Attachment 12.

7.2.2         The Contractor shall perform preliminary road service, such as, jump starting, tire changing, etc. If the preliminary road service fails to correct the defect the Contractor shall request emergency roadway services immediately thereafter. The Contractor shall request all other work no later than 24 hours after a defect is discovered. Each vehicle must be presented for the prescribed maintenance. Schedule will be provided by NYCT.

7.2.3         Except when the vehicle must be towed, the Contractor shall be responsible for transport to and from the Maintenance Contractor’s facility.

7.2.4         NYCT will provide the Contractor with a list of authorized service centers for the Contractor to secure the following maintenance and repair services:

·       Oil and filter changes

·       Engine and transmission service

·       Tires and alignment

·       Body repair and paint

13




·       Glass

·       Upholstery

·       Radiators

·       Air conditioning and heating

·       Electrical service

·       WheelChair lift service

7.2.5         It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain timely maintenance and repairs and maintain total fleet availability consistent with service requirements.

7.3           Contractor-Provided Maintenance

This section applies to this Contract if the parties have agreed that the Contractor will use its own vehicle maintenance facilities or those of a NYCT-approved Subcontractor to the Contractor. Warranty administration, including the collection of monies due for warranty repair will be the Contractor’s responsibility. These monies will remain the Contractor’s.

7.3.1         Contractor shall maintain all Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles in compliance with NYCT’s Preventive Maintenance Program, Attachment 12.

7.3.2         The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper use, care, maintenance and towing of all vehicles, both Revenue and Non-Revenue, to perform AAR service.

7.3.3         The Contractor’s Preventive Maintenance Program will schedule every Revenue Vehicle for a preventive maintenance check at least every 30 days (plus or minus 3 days) or every 4,000 miles (plus or minus 500 miles), whichever occurs first. The Contractor’s Preventive Maintenance Program will schedule every Non-Revenue Vehicle for a preventive maintenance check at least every 180 days or every 7,500 miles, whichever occurs first.

·       Replacement of engine oil and filter(s)

·       Body, doors and windows

·       Seats, seat belts

·       Wheelchair securement positions and belts

·       Wheelchair lift

·       Interior climate controls

·       Interior lights

·       Exterior lights

·       Vehicle Operator gauges and controls

·       Brake system (visual inspection of each wheel)

·       Drive train

·       Steering system

·       Suspension system

·       Engine fluids, belts, hoses

·       Transmission fluids

·       Air filter/system

14




·       Water pump

·       Battery(s) and battery isolator if installed

·       Ignition system

·       Engine electrical system

·       Spark Plugs

·       Fuses

·       Exhaust system

·       Fuel system

·       Emergency equipment

·       Customer railings, grab rails, stanchions

·       Two-way radio

·       Exterior decals and paint

7.3.4         Where the vehicle manufacturer’s recommended maintenance program requires additional maintenance not noted in NYCT’s Preventive Maintenance Program, Attachment 12, the additional items shall be included in the Contractor’s Preventive Maintenance Program.

7.3.5         A complete record of warranty repairs performed on each vehicle must be maintained. This information must be included in the warranty history for each vehicle. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to establish arrangements for warranty service.

7.3.6         The Contractor shall procure and implement computer hardware and software for a computerized maintenance record system. The computerized maintenance record system hardware shall include the capability to allow NYCT to connect with the system via modem. NYCT shall be responsible for obtaining its own hardware and any other requirements to access the Contractor’s system. The system shall be capable of providing complete, accurate and up-to-date maintenance recordkeeping on Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles. Recordkeeping shall be kept for each individual vehicle. Recordkeeping for vehicles shall include usage of fuel and all fluids and lubricants.

7.3.7         The Contractor shall properly maintain operating heating and air-conditioning systems on all Revenue Vehicles. Maintenance campaigns will be conducted by the Contractor to ensure these systems are operational at the appropriate times of the year. NYCT will be notified at the beginning and end of each campaign. At a minimum, vehicle heating systems shall be operable between September 15 and April 15 and vehicle air-conditioning systems shall be operable between April 15 and September 15. During winter service operation, the measured temperature anywhere within the interior of a Revenue Vehicle will not be less than 68 degrees F. During summer service operation, the interior vehicle temperature will not be greater than 75 degrees F. No Revenue Vehicle shall be operated in Revenue Service for longer than one day without a properly functioning heating or air-conditioning system.

7.3.8         The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any and all parts necessary for the proper maintenance of all vehicles (Revenue and Non-Revenue) and equipment used in the provision of the service.

15




7.3.9         The Contractor shall maintain reasonable inventory levels to assure timely repair of vehicles/equipment.

7.3.10       All parts used during this Contract for the maintenance of vehicles and equipment shall be of comparable quality to those installed at the factory by the original vehicle/equipment manufacturer(s).

7.3.11       Vehicles must be kept free of all accident damage (body and mechanical) and must be promptly repaired after such damage occurs. No vehicles with other than minor accident damage will be operated in Revenue Service. All Accident Damage will be repaired within 30 calendar days of the date that the Accident Damage was incurred.

7.3.12       All vehicles that are out of service due to mechanical reasons or damage must be immediately reported to NYCT. The report must include the reason the vehicle is out of service, when the vehicle developed the problem, and when the vehicle is to be repaired.

7.3.13       The Contractor shall provide tires for all Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles. The Contractor may contract for tire maintenance. In no case will retread or recapped tires be allowed.

7.3.14       NYCT reserves the right to take over any portion of Contractor-provided maintenance (labor or materials) with written notice. Proper vehicle maintenance is required to insure the safe, reliable and Customer service levels. Failure to provide appropriate maintenance after notification may result in NYCT taking corrective action. Such corrective actions available to NYCT include taking the vehicle from the Contractor and providing the required maintance at a third party maintenance shop selected by NYCT and the cost of the repairs will be charged back to the Contractor and deducted from the next invoice.

7.4           Cleanliness of Vehicles

7.4.1         The Contractor shall maintain the appearance and cleanliness of all vehicles used in providing AAR service in order to provide a positive image and appearance. The Contractor shall not operate any vehicle with accident damage or dirt readily apparent and visible to the travelling public from a distance of 25 feet. Reasonable cleanliness exceptions will be made be made during inclement weather.

7.4.2         The Contractor shall wash Revenue Vehicles in regularly spaced intervals at least twice each week.

7.4.3         Vehicle interiors shall be swept and cleaned at least once daily. Trash shall be emptied at least once daily. Interiors shall be fully mopped, the windows and the Vehicle Operator’s area shall be cleaned at least once weekly.

7.4.4         The Contractor shall perform a thorough interior scrub at least once monthly.

16




7.4.5         In the event the Contractor fails to maintain the cleanliness of any Revenue Vehicle in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the Project Manager shall have the right to cause such vehicle to be removed from Revenue Service and cleaned by NYCT at the expense of the Contractor.

SECTION 8.                     PERSONNEL

8.1            The Contractor shall furnish all necessary Vehicle Operators, dispatchers and other personnel needed to provide AAR service as specified in the Contract documents.

8.2            The Contractor shall assign a designated contact person (“Contractor’s Project Manager”) to this operation to ensure that all operations comply with Contract requirements. A supervisor shall be available at the Contractor’s facility or by phone during all hours of the operational day to make decisions or provide coordination as necessary.

8.3            In selecting Vehicle Operators, the Contractor shall conduct an adequate background check on each person to be hired for this Contract to ensure that he or she meets the standards and satisfactorily completes the training set forth in Section 10 below and is qualified to perform all of the Vehicle Operator functions required by this Contract.

8.4            As a minimum number of management personnel, the Contractor shall employ a full-time Project Manager, Operations Manager and Maintenance Manager throughout the term of the Contract. These personnel are expected to spend a majority of their working time on-site, in the Contractor’s AAR facility.

8.5            The Project Manager shall be responsible for all aspects of the Contractor’s operation. This person must not hold any other position in the operation or any other operation. The Project Manager must have the full authority to independently make any decisions required for the safe and efficient operation of the service. The Project Manager shall have at least 3 years experience in the management and supervision of paratransit service or other specialized transportation services to persons with disabilities. An additional 3 years of fixed route transportation management experience is desirable.

8.6            The Operations Manager shall be dedicated 100 percent to overseeing the day to day operation of the service. The Operations Manager shall have at least 3 years experience in the management and supervision of demand responsive transportation service. An additional 2 years of fixed route management experience is desirable.

8.7            The Maintenance Manager shall be dedicated 100 percent to overseeing the proper maintenance of revenue and non-revenue vehicles. The Maintenance Manager shall have at least 3 years experience in the management and performance of fleet maintenance.

8.8            A detailed resume of not more than two pages for each position shall be submitted for the proposed Project Manager, Operations Manager and Maintenance Manager. This resume shall include at least 3 professional references with current telephone numbers.

17




8.9            The Project Manager and, in his or her absence, the Operations Manager shall be available during all hours of service to make decisions and to provide coordination with NYCT. The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager and Operations Manager with cellular phones sufficient to allow communication anywhere in the New York City area.

8.10          The individuals selected by the Contractor as the Project Manager, Operations Manager and Maintenance Manager shall require initial and continued concurrence of NYCT.

8.11          The Contractor shall designate a knowledgeable employee to act as Project Manager, Operations Manager or Maintenance Manager whenever any of these managers has a leave of absence for any reason of more than one day.

8.12          Dispatchers responsible for controlling the Contractor’s Vehicle Operators and the performance of the Contractor’s fleet must be available and within communication range at all times when vehicles are in service. A Dispatcher must be on duty at the Contractor’s facility any time vehicles are in service. Dispatch personnel shall be trained in the use of PASS by Contractor’s personnel who have been trained by NYCT prior to the assumption of their duties.

8.13          The Contractor must have Road Supervisors in sufficient number to ensure planned and random field supervision of Vehicle Operator performance and to investigate accidents and provide assistance in the event of a road call. Road Supervisors will be trained by the Contractor in accident investigation procedures and be available to investigate an accident site at all hours that the service is in operation.

8.14          All Contractor mechanics (maintenance personnel) will be trade certified and thoroughly trained and retrained to complete the maintenance tasks required by this Contract. Mechanics, mechanic helpers, service personnel performing post-trip maintenance and/or fueling will be dedicated to this Contract and shall not share duties with other fleet services.

8.15          The Contractor shall ensure that Vehicle Operators hired for this service are reliable and able to drive safely. Vehicle Operators must be employees of the Contractor. The use of leased personnel or other such contractual arrangements is prohibited for this position. The Contractor is required by the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles (NYSDMV) and by this Contract to comply with the requirements of Article 19-A of the Vehicle and Traffic Law (VTL) and the NYSDMV regulations published at 15 NYCRR Part 6, as well as all other applicable federal, state and city regulations.

8.16          Throughout the term of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the NYCT-approved PTA Drug & Alcohol Testing Program for this Contract.

8.17          Project Management staff, Road and Dispatch Supervisors, Dispatchers, Vehicle Operators and any other staff that interface with Customers must be provided sensitivity training in accordance with the Contract Documents.

8.18          The Contractor shall provide proper training and retraining for all paratransit personnel utilized for the system. The Contractor shall, as necessary, update all manuals, including training

18




manuals and procedures and assure that all of its personnel are properly trained for the functions assigned to them.

8.19          All personnel shall be fully trained and retrained as necessary by the Contractor to ensure that they are fully qualified to perform all of their duties.

8.20          Upon NYCT written notice to the Contractor that NYCT has determined that a Contractor’s employee’s performance fails to meet the requirements of the Contract or otherwise seriously detracts from the quality or efficiency of the service, the Contractor shall remove the employee from assignment to this Contract.

SECTION 9.          VEHICLE OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS

9.1            Access-A-Ride Vehicle Operators must meet all of the following requirements:

·               Valid New York State (NYS) Commercial Driver’s License with Passenger Endorsement

·               Unrestricted license in effect for three (3) years

·               Must be at least 21 years old

·               New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law Article 19-A and 21 NYCRR Part 6 of the NYS Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) regulations, including the physical examination requirements

9.1.1         Access-A-Ride Vehicle Operators must not have any one of the following:

·               More than four (4) points accumulated within three (3) years immediately preceding employment (no allowance is given for taking the NYSDMV Defensive Driving Course’s reduction in points accumulated during an 18-month period)

·               A conviction for driving any vehicle while impaired or intoxicated within the five (5) years immediately preceding employment

·               Any punitive suspension or revocation of license during the three (3) years immediately preceding employment

·               Three (3) or more moving violations within the three (3) years immediately preceding employment

·               Three (3) or more at fault accidents within the three (3) years immediately preceding employment

·               Any violation issued in connection with an accident within the three (3) years immediately preceding employment.

9.1.2         Other AAR Vehicle Operator Qualifications:

·               Satisfactory results from a drug and alcohol test administered in accordance with FTA regulations

19




·               Satisfactory results from a NYS Department of Criminal Justice Services’ and Federal Bureau of Investigation fingerprint checks in accordance with New York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Commissioner’s Regulations Part 6, Special Requirements for Bus Drivers.

·               Able to speak, read and write the English language.

·               Able to read maps.

·               Familiar with the five boroughs of New York City.

9.1.3         Convictions Related to Violations Pending at Time of Hire:

If a Vehicle Operator is convicted of a moving violation that was pending at the time he/she was hired:

a)              The Vehicle Operator will be terminated, if, as a result of this conviction he/she no longer meets the requirements stated in Section 9.1.1.

b)             The Vehicle Operator will be suspended a minimum of five working days if, despite this conviction the Vehicle Operator continues to meet the requirements stated in Section 9.1.1.

SECTION 10.        VEHICLE OPERATOR TRAINING

10.1          Vehicle Operator training shall meet generally accepted paratransit industry standards and Will include at a minimum, instructions in the areas described below. The Contractor shall identify a specific curriculum and training time for each curriculum component. NYCT reserves the right to approve or disapprove training curricula and training manual(s) and to add additional components. The Contractor shall develop, issue and maintain all training manuals.

10.2          The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 24 hours of instruction in:

·       NYCT procedures and policies as they apply to this Contract

·       Operator’s Vehicle Condition Report

·       Routes/Services and area street network

·       Map Reading

·       Fare structure and collection

·       Schedule reading and completion

·       System Familiarization

·       Customer Assistance Techniques

·       PTA Substance Abuse Program

·       A minimum of 8 hours of Vehicle Orientation to include pre- and post-trip inspections, use of communication systems, and wheelchair lift and securement device operating procedures

·       An 8-hour Department of Motor Vehicle approved accident prevention course. See Attachment 13 for approved providers.

·       A minimum of 8 hours of instruction in breakdowns and accident procedures, emergency procedures and practices, including the emergency evacuation of vehicles

20




·       A minimum of 8 hours to better identify medical emergencies. Vehicle Operators will be required to receive training in first aid and proper response (as defined by the Contractor) to emergency medical needs of passengers.

·       A minimum of 16 hours of certified instruction in Customer and passenger sensitivity and interaction with all persons including persons with disabilities, persons of diverse races cultures and sexual orientation, the elderly and children.

·       A minimum of 8 hours of behind-the-wheel training.

10.3          The Contractor also must provide on or about the anniversary date that each Vehicle began Revenue Service a minimum of 8 hours behind the wheel training, and a minimum one-hour evaluation of the Vehicle Operator’s driving skills.

10.4          A continuing program of Vehicle Operator safety and instruction shall be instituted by the Contractor and fully detailed and maintained in a Training Policy/Procedure Manual. Each Vehicle Operator shall receive a minimum of 16 hours of retraining each year. A required component of this retraining shall be Customer and passenger sensitivity.

10.5          It will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to fully train all Vehicle Operators. NYCT will only become involved in Vehicle Operator training if NYCT determines that the proper training is not being done by the Contractor. In such case, the Contractor will pay NYCT for all expenses incurred by NYCT related to the provision of such training. In this event the Contractor also will be responsible for the payroll costs of Vehicle Operators attending NYCT directed training.

10.6          During the course of training, Vehicle Operators will be thoroughly trained in the requirement to offer and provide assistance to Customers both on and off the vehicle. Customer assistance is a material service provision of this Contract, and the Contractor will be deemed to have failed to provide Customer-friendly paratransit service when Vehicle Operators do not offer and provide all necessary and reasonable assistance on and off the vehicle.

SECTION 11.        CONTRACTOR FACILITIES

11.1          The Contractor shall independently determine the number, size and type of facilities required to comply with this Contract.

11.2          Facilities shall be appropriately sized for the paratransit service to be operated and based on the Contractor’s assumptions relative to those functions that will be performed directly by the Contractor versus those to be subcontracted. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all federal, state and local laws/regulations regarding its facilities. Any permits/approvals required for the facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor’s facility costs shall be spread over the term of this Contract.

11.3          The Contractor shall determine the maintenance capabilities of each facility, if any, and may decide to locate maintenance at a central facility. If more than one facility is operated by the Contractor, the cost of shuttling vehicles between facilities for maintenance, however, will not be reimbursed by NYCT.

21




11.4          The Contractor’s facility shall be located to minimize deadheading. NYCT will not reimburse deadheading in excess of schedules.

11.5          Contractors who plans to locate outside New York City are specifically advised that they will not be reimbursed for excessive deadheading as defined above. Contractors will also not be reimbursed for any turnpike, bridge or tunnel tolls for deadheading to and from any Contractor facility located outside of New York City.

11.6          Each facility will be sufficient to deliver the planned transportation and maintenance service levels.

11.7          The facility shall be either inside a secured building or lighted, fence-secured parking lot. All furnishings, equipment and supplies are the responsibility of the Contractor. The facility must comply with all state, federal and local safety requirements and laws and other laws including but no limited to fire codes, building codes, OSHA requirements and environmental regulations.

11.8          The Contractor will be responsible for any work required to ensure that the Contractor’s communications system located at the Contractor’s facility provides thorough coverage of all five New York City boroughs, including transmission and reception from the NYCT Paratransit Command Center.

11.9          Each Contractor is required to have a minimum of one FAX machine in each dispatch area to be dedicated to transmitting documents to and from NYCT:

11.10        Provision for on-site fueling of vehicles, both diesel and gasoline, is highly preferred. All vehicles not fueled at the facility will be fueled prior to or after completion of Revenue Service. There will be no reimbursement for deadheading costs related to fueling vehicles at other than the Contractor’s facility.

11.11        The Contractor shall be solely responsible for arranging or directly providing vehicle towing to and from the Contractor’s facility. No vehicle, operable or inoperable, will be left overnight on any public road or property not under the control of the Contractor without the express authorization of NYCT. All revenue equipment will be housed overnight at the Contractor’s facility with the exception of equipment properly stored at another off-site maintenance facility.

11.12        The Contractor shall make provision for on-site vehicle cleaning at the facility.

11.13        The Contractor is responsible for maintaining and repairing the Contractor’s facility to provide for a safe and professional operating environment. Floors and walls shall be kept free of grease, oil and other fluids.

11.14        All parts, fluids, tires and other maintenance parts shall be kept in secure rooms dedicated for those purposes. Hazardous materials at the facility shall be stored in compliance with all local, state and federal regulations and laws.

22




11.15        The Contractor shall be solely responsible for arranging for and maintaining all utilities for the Contractor’s facility.

11.16        The Contractor is responsible for providing 24-hour security of the facility and immediate response to any security incidents at the facility. Failure to provide security and any Incidents involving vehicle damage or other acts that would prevent usage of the vehicles does not limit or excuse the Contractor’s obligations in any way under this Contract.

11.17        In the event of Contract termination by NYCT for any reason, the Contractor shall permit NYCT to continue to use the Contractor’s facility for a period of up to 12 months.

SECTION 12.        CUSTOMER SERVICE

12.1          AAR service shall be operated on a door-to-door basis. The provisions of this section provide clear direction as to the expectation of NYCT for Customer service. These requirements apply only to the Customer (i.e., the AAR registrant), not to PCAs and Guests. In addition, Customers who are accompanied by PCAs do not need Vehicle Operator assistance, other than boarding and disembarking from the lift, if applicable, and securement of the wheelchair, if applicable. All other assistance is to be provided by the PCA.

12.2          Vehicle Operators must offer and provide boarding and exiting assistance to every Customer not just those using the lift, unless he/she has first-hand knowledge that the Customer does not require and will refuse assistance. All Customers must be assisted in boarding or exiting by lift. Customer assistance includes fastening and unfastening seat belts and wheelchair tie downs and lap belts. Vehicle Operators shall direct Customers to use seat and lap belts, but shall not refuse service to any Customer who chooses not to use these devices. If the Customer refuses to wear a seatbelt, then the Vehicle Operator shall make a notation to that effect on the Manifest and Trip Ticket.

12.3          Vehicle Operators must assist Customers boarding and exiting the vehicle and while inside the vehicle. Vehicle Operators must make reasonable attempts to locate a Customer who is not waiting at the pick-up location at the scheduled time, by verifying the pick-up location, visually scanning the area in sight of the vehicle, and calling out the Customer’s name.

12.4          Customers boarding in 3-wheeled scooters may be requested but cannot be required to transfer to a vehicle seat. Vehicle Operators are required to help in the transfer if the transfer can be made without lifting or carrying the Customer, both of which actions are strictly prohibited.

12.5          Vehicle Operators must carry up to 2 bags or parcels on and off the vehicle, not exceeding 40 lbs. total, for the Customer.

12.6          Vehicle Operators must help Customers secure packages brought onto the vehicle.

12.7          Vehicle Operators must help Customers secure portable oxygen bottles and other devices necessary to the Customer’s transport.

23




12.8          For the safety of all Customers and other passengers, Vehicle Operators are not required to assist Customers more than 100 feet from the vehicle or provide assistance that would cause the Vehicle Operator to lose sight of the vehicle.

12.9          Generally, a Customer may bring an infant seat on board when traveling with a child who is under 40 pounds or under 1 year of age. The child is considered a Guest of the Customer (PCAs and Guests may not bring children or others with them). The vehicle is not equipped with infant seats. Vehicle Operators must help secure infant seats brought by Customers. If no infant seat is brought, the infant must ride on the Customer’s, or if the Customer is accompanied by a PCA, on the PCA’s lap.

12.10        Vehicle Operators are required to give oral directions and provide physical assistance to persons using wheelchair lifts with or without a wheelchair.

12.11        In the event of an Accident or vehicle breakdown that prevents a Vehicle Operator from being able to complete the scheduled trips for that tour, the Contractor shall notify NYCT immediately and will have one hour to send a replacement vehicle to complete the remaining tour. If the Contractor is unable to dispatch a replacement vehicle within the one hour standard, the trips that would have been delivered shall be considered Contractor No-Shows.

SECTION 13.        VEHICLE OPERATOR DUTIES

13.1          Vehicle Operators shall operate the service in full compliance with the applicable sections of the Scope of Work.

13.2          At all times while on duty, Vehicle Operators shall be neatly dressed and well groomed. Vehicle Operators shall wear uniforms prescribed and provided by the Contractor and approved by NYCT at all times that the Vehicle Operator is in service. The uniform shall consist of a white blouse or shirt, with pocket, dark blue slacks or trousers or a uniform style A-line type skirt, a dark baseball-type cap and, depending upon the season, a dark blue jacket and other dark blue outer garments. Shoes shall be black and serviceable having flat, non-skid soles. No high heels, sneakers, or open sandals shall be worn. Tee shirts and shorts are prohibited. At no time shall hair be worn so as to obscure vision or create a safety hazard.

13.3          While in Revenue Service no Vehicle Operator shall wear or display any insignia, patch, or emblem other than those supplied by the Contractor and approved by NYCT. Each Vehicle Operator shall wear picture identification supplied by the Contractor to be worn on the Vehicle Operator’s shirt, blouse or jacket in a manner visible to Customers and approved by NYCT. The badge shall contain the names of the Contractor, the Vehicle Operator and the 1etters, AAR.

13.4          Each Vehicle Operator must carry a timepiece that keeps accurate time and a five borough street map. Each Vehicle Operator is to verify the time with the Dispatcher at least once each day, prior to leaving the garage, or during shift change for En Route Relief. A Vehicle Operator must carefully read each comment noted on the Manifest to insure that he/she is at the correct pick-up location. If at any time the Vehicle Operator is unable to find a location, he/she must promptly contact the Dispatcher.

24




13.5          Vehicle Operators shall report to the Dispatcher any service problems as they occur. These are to include but not be limited to: Accidents; Incidents, injuries; vehicle condition; Manifest error; schedule adherence problems; Customer No-Show, traffic condition; Customer problem; excessive Customer assistance requirement; Customer identification problem; fare payment problem; unusual occurrences; and any information required by the Dispatcher or Vehicle Operator.

13.6          Vehicle Operators shall record the time and mileage of vehicles at the time of Pull-Out and Pull-In.

13.7          Vehicle Operators shall be required to perform the daily vehicle schedule as shown on the Manifest. Deviation from the sequence without prior approval from the Dispatcher is sufficient grounds to request permanent removal of any Vehicle Operator from service.

13.8          If the Vehicle Operator arrives prior to the Scheduled Pick-Up Window and the Customer is not ready to travel, the Vehicle Operator cannot require the Customer to board prior to 5 minutes before the Scheduled Pick-Up Time. The Vehicle Operators will report any arrival 25 minutes later than the Scheduled Pick-Up Time to the Contractor’s dispatcher. The report shall be made as soon as the Vehicle Operator can foresee a late arrival.

13.9          The Vehicle Operator shall provide the Customer, prior to drop off, with the Customer’s Trip Ticket. The Vehicle Operator shall assist any Customers unable to sign a Trip Ticket by signing for them and noting on the ticket that the Vehicle Operator has done so. In addition, a PCA may sign the Trip Ticket for the Customer.

13.10        Upon arrival at the location of any pick-up or drop-off location, the Vehicle Operator shall record the time on the Manifest. The Vehicle Operator shall alight from the vehicle and offer any assistance that the Customer may require as authorized in this Section 13.

13.11        In the event that the Vehicle Operator cannot locate a Customer, the Vehicle Operator shall immediately contact the Dispatcher for assistance, including confirmation of the pick-up location. The Dispatcher shall attempt by telephone to locate the Customer and shall provide further instructions to the Vehicle Operator. The Vehicle Operator shall not leave the pick-up location until authorized to do so by the dispatcher. Prior to leaving the pick-up location, the Vehicle Operator shall note the “Customer No-Show” on the Trip Ticket and Manifest. The Dispatcher shall later confirm on the “Customer No-Show” form the Vehicle Operator’s exact location when the No-Show was declared.

13.12        Vehicle Operators shall call out the name of the Customer at each pick-up and drop-off location.

13.13        The Contractor shall devise a procedure to ensure that the Contractor’s Vehicle Operators wait for a Customer when the Vehicle Operator knows that the Customer is on the way to the vehicle.

13.14        Vehicle Operators shall notify the Dispatcher at each pick-up and drop-off any time that they are more than 5 minutes ahead or 25 minutes behind schedule.

25




13.15        Vehicle Operators shall ask a Customer for a Paratansit AAR photo identification (ID) card. If the Customer does not have his or her AAR ID card an alternate photo ID shall be allowed. If the Customer has no photo ID, the trip will not be provided. The Vehicle Operator shall notify the Dispatcher in order that the appropriate comments are entered in the tracking log.

13.16        A Vehicle Operator is required to know the paratransit fare at the time he/she begins Revenue Service and to be instructed as to any changes in the fare communicated by NYCT to the Contractor.

13.17        The Vehicle Operator shall use the interior lighting of the vehicle when alighting all Customers at night to provide for a safe egress from the vehicle.

13.18        The Vehicle Operator shall operate heating and air conditioning systems so as to provide for the comfort of Customers. The Vehicle Operator is not authorized to open windows for ventilation in lieu of air conditioning unless vehicle air conditioning systems have failed.

13.19        The Vehicle Operator shall keep confidential any information that he/she may have about the Customers except as necessary to perform his/her job duties. The Vehicle Operator can report medical or any other information to authorized medical assistance personnel who report to the scene of an accident or to the scene of any medical emergency.

13.20        Vehicle Operators are prohibited from soliciting, accepting or in any way encouraging payment of a tip, gratuity, additional payment or any service from any Customer at any time. Engaging in such conduct is grounds for immediate removal from service.

13.21        Vehicle Operators shall at all times be courteous to Customers. Although it is expected that abusive Customers shall be an exception, in such event, Vehicle Operators shall at all times comport themselves as they have been trained to do in the sensitivity training provided by the Contractor. Any inappropriate behavior of the Customer shall be reported to their Dispatcher.

13.22        If a Customer is required to travel with a PCA as shown on the Manifest and is not accompanied by the PCA, the ride is not to be provided. The Vehicle Operator shall notify the Dispatcher in order that the appropriate comments are entered into the track log. When a Vehicle Operator’s experience with a Customer who travels without a PCA leads him/her to conclude that the individual cannot travel unattended, the Vehicle Operator shall report the circumstances to the Dispatcher. The Contractor shall notify NYCT for follow-up and further instructions.

13.23        In the event of medical emergency, the Vehicle Operator shall immediately pull the vehicle out of traffic and notify the Dispatcher of the emergency. The Vehicle Operator shall provide any assistance reasonably required that is part of the first aid training provided by the Contractor. The Vehicle Operator shall stay with the Customer until emergency assistance arrives.

13.24        In the event that any Customer engages in any illegal act or other conduct that is unsafe to himself/herself or any others on board the vehicle, or strikes or otherwise abuses the Vehicle Operator or any other Customer or passenger, the Vehicle Operator shall, at the earliest safe moment, report the Incident to the Dispatcher for instructions.

26




13.25        Vehicle Operators shall operate wheelchair lifts from outside of the vehicle using the remote device. Vehicle Operators shall provide assistance to Customers who use assistive devices (such as walkers, canes, crutches) in entering and exiting the lift platform and the vehicle. Vehicle Operators shall know how to operate the wheelchair lift manually.

13.26        Vehicle Operators are prohibited from going inside of buildings and from providing assistance to persons attempting to navigate more than one step. Vehicle Operators found to be entering residences shall be removed from AAR service.

13.27        Vehicle Operators shall require all Customers on board the vehicle to observe rules of carriage to include: no smoking; no drinking of any beverages; no eating, no standing while vehicle is in motion; no person shall put a wheelchair in motion, occupied or unoccupied, while the vehicle is moving; no person other than the Vehicle Operator shall be allowed to operate the vehicle or the vehicle’s communication system or wheelchair lift; no person shall be allowed to operate a radio, TV or any other such device that can be heard by others on the vehicle.

13.28        Vehicle Operators shall not smoke, play radios, televisions or any other such devices while on vehicles. Vehicle Operators shall not consume food or beverage on the vehicle while in Revenue Service. If food and beverages are consumed on-board during a service break, the Vehicle Operator shall dispose of the trash in an appropriate waste receptacle off the vehicle prior to re-commencing Revenue Service.

SECTION 14.        DISPATCHING

14.1          The Contractor shall ensure that a Dispatcher or other supervisor capable of acting on behalf of the Contractor’s Project Manager is on duty at all times that any Revenue Vehicle is scheduled to be in service and to ensure proper Pull-Out and Pull-In of vehicles. Dispatch will ensure that vehicles operate in accordance with the schedules unless otherwise instructed by the Paratransit Command Center.

14.2          The Dispatcher shall be required to inspect all Vehicle Operators for fitness for duty before they are allowed to operate a vehicle from the Contractor’s facility.

14.3          The Dispatcher or other supervisor designated by the Contractor shall be required to provide Vehicle Operators, prior to their departure from the facility, with all materials necessary to perform their work. This shall include vehicle keys, a Vehicle Operator clipboard with Trip Tickets, the Manifest, and any special instructions.

14.4          The Contractor shall maintain and identify to NYCT a dispatch “hot line” telephone number to be used by the dispatcher solely for the purposes of communicating with NYCT.

14.5          The Dispatcher shall be the principal point of contact between the Contractor and NYCT for questions and concerns on particular trips during daily operations. The Dispatcher shall receive, accept and act on instructions from NYCT. Such instruction shall include but not be limited to Trip Insertions.

27




14.6          The Dispatcher shall maintain Revenue Vehicle Pull-Out and Pull-In records. The Dispatcher shall dispatch all en-route vehicles. The Dispatcher shall record the Pull-Out and Pull-In times of each Vehicle Operator on each vehicle Manifest.

14.7          The Dispatcher shall have copies of all Manifests for work assigned during the day and shall use these materials when communicating with NYCT’s Paratransit Command Center and Contractor personnel.

14.8          The Dispatcher shall annotate to the PASS track log minor and major service Incidents, as shall the Vehicle Operator. Annotations shall include but not be limited to No-Shows, vehicle breakdowns, radio failures, etc. Refer to Section 13, Vehicle Operator Duties, for additional items that are to be annotated on the Manifest.

14.9          The Dispatcher shall also routinely record service Incidents in PASS that records all vehicles making late pick-ups or drop-offs, Customer or Contractor No-Shows, and substitution of Vehicle Operator or vehicle for assigned Vehicle Operator or vehicle.

14.10        In addition to the above, the Dispatcher shall report separately any major non-routine Incidents such as Accidents, labor actions, or vehicle or equipment failures that affect performance. See Section 16, Reporting, and Section 17, Accident Investigation and Reporting.

14.11        The Dispatcher shall immediately report to the NYCT Paratransit Command Center any problems with any Customer or other passenger, such as misbehavior or abusive conduct, requests for assistance beyond those required by the Contract, Customers who do not have appropriate identification, and all other Incidents in which the Vehicle Operator is required to report to the dispatcher. The Dispatcher shall relay instructions from NYCT in response to identified problems to Vehicle Operators.

14.12        The Dispatcher shall request and accept instructions from NYCT’s Paratransit Command Center concerning any service problem.

14.13        The Dispatcher shall receive from NYCT Paratransit Command Center notices of cancellations of scheduled trips, Add-On Trips, and other changes in vehicle schedules. The Dispatcher shall relay the information to the Vehicle Operator and the Vehicle Operator and the Dispatcher shall record the information in PASS.

14.14        The Dispatcher is required to communicate with each paratransit Vehicle Operator in Revenue Service every 60 minutes. The Dispatcher must provide updates to the Paratransit Command Center every 60 minutes. These updates include but are not limited to, vehicle location and loading, traffic conditions, vehicle condition, routing and schedule adherence.

14.15        The Dispatchers will be proactive in ensuring On-Time performance of Routes; by, e.g., continuous monitoring of the progress of the Routes; initiating actions to recover lost time, such as moving trips between proximately located vehicles; contacting Paratransit Transit Monitors to determine whether trips can be moved to another Contractor.

28




14.16        The Dispatcher shall coordinate road service and/or towing service, if required for an in-service breakdown or accident.

14.17        The Dispatcher shall not dispatch a spare vehicle under any circumstances without permission from the Paratransit Command Center.

SECTION 15.        ROAD SUPERVISION

15.1          The Contractor must have sufficient road supervision to ensure field supervision, planned and random, of Vehicle Operator performance.

15.2          The Contractor must have sufficient numbers of qualified 19-A examiners to be in compliance with NYSVTL Article 19-A and NYSDMV regulations, 15 NYCRR Pail 6.

15.3          The Contractor must ensure that all Road Supervisors have a CDL with passenger endorsement and be 19A certified.

15.4          Road supervisors shall make an in-service check of every Route and Vehicle Operator at least once each month. Road Supervisors shall document and submit these in-service checks on NYCT-approved In-Service Route Check Form.

15.5          Road supervisors shall be trained by the Contractor in Accident investigation procedures and be available to investigate an Accident site at all hours that the service is in operation.

15.6          Road supervisors shall be available while any vehicle is in service in the event of a road call.

15.7          Road supervisors shall provide increased supervision and route checks of a particular Vehicle Operator if requested by NYCT.

SECTION 16.        REPORTING

16.1          In addition to information reporting specified in other sections of this Scope of Work, the Contractor shall provide to NYCT the documents and reports specified in this Section 16 within the specified frequency.

·       Supporting documentation for monthly billing within 15 days after the month in question

·       Customer-signed Trip Tickets within three days of service

·       Completed Manifests, including Vehicle Operator name and vehicle number, within three days of service

·       Daily Road Call Reports, on NYCT form, Attachment 14

·       Daily Accident Reports, on NYCT form, Attachment 15

·       Incidents Reports, on NYCT form, Attachment 16

·       Monthly Telephone complaint log

29




·       Other information as deemed appropriate by NYCT summarizing the month’s activities and overall system performance

16.2          In addition to the above-mentioned formal reports, the Contractor shall keep up-to-date and accurate records of the following information throughout the term of this Contract, and shall, at the request of NYCT, make such records available to NYCT.

·       Vehicle Operator pre-trip and post-trip inspection logs, including OVCRs. In addition, these logs must be presented at the time of a NYSDOT inspection

·       Employee Payroll Reports

·       Daily Dispatcher Reports

·       Vehicle and equipment maintenance records

·       Vehicle Operator records demonstrating compliance with all qualifications and training requirements of this Contract and of applicable laws and regulations

·       All records and reports required to be in compliance with the NYCT-approved FTA Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

·       Other records relating to performance of this Contract.

SECTION 17.        ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING

17.l          Accident/Incident Notification

17.1.1       NYCT must be notified of all Accidents and Incidents. Completed Daily Accident Reports and Daily Incident Reports, on the NYCT-required form(s), see Attachments 15 and 16 respectively, must be submitted to the NYCT Project Manager within 24 hours of occurrence.

17.1.2       The Contractor shall verbally notify the NYCT Project Manager or authorized designee of all FTA reportable Accidents, within one hour of occurrence. The following are the current applicable FTA criteria for reportable accidents.

·       An individual dies (all surviving covered employees on the Revenue Vehicle must be tested)

·       An individual suffers bodily injury and immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of an Accident

·       One or more Revenue Vehicles incurs disabling damages as a result of the occurrence and is transported away by tow truck

 

17.1.3       The Contractor shall verbally notify the NYCT Project Manager or authorized designee of all Accidents within one hour of occurrence.

17.1.4       The Contractor shall verbally notify the NYCT Project Manager or authorized designee of all otherwise noteworthy Incidents, within one hour of occurrence.

30




17.1.5       Accidents or Incidents that do not meet the above noted criteria (17.1.3 and 17.1.4) must be reported to the NYCT Project Manager within 24 hours.

17.1.6       With respect to Accidents resulting in any personal injury, or in property damage in excess of $1,000.00, the Contractor also shall file with NYSDMV and submit to the NYCT Project Manager a complete written accident report on the DMV Accident forms within 24 hours of the Accident.

17.1.7       All drug and alcohol testing as a result of a FTA reportable Accident (“post-accident testing”) is to be completed in accordance with the Contractor’s NYCT-approved FTA Drug and Alcohol Testing Program. The Contractor must notify the NYCT Project Manager in writing that testing has been completed as required.

SECTION 18.        CONTRACT MANAGEMENT

18.1          The Contractor shall maintain records necessary to document that all Vehicle Operator licensing, training and other requirements are current and shall make them available to NYCT upon request.

18.2          The Contractor shall establish employee payroll, internal accounting, and budgeting systems sufficient to the operation of this system. Contractor shall maintain books and records for this Contract independent of books and records for other business. Allocations to this Contract for overhead and other shared costs of multiple businesses shall be certified as reasonable by the independent accountant audit required herein. The Contractor shall retain an independent certified public accounting firm to perform an annual audit of the Contractor’s financial accounts in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An original copy of the audit shall be provided to NYCT no later than March 1st of the year following the audit year.

18.3          The Contractor shall maintain internal management information systems sufficient to document the management of the system by the Contractor in keeping with the terms of this Contract. The Contractor shall comply with Section 15 reporting requirements of the Federal Transit Administration’s National Transit Database (NTD). Section 15 requirements are currently comprised of Transit Agency Identification – Form (001), Revenue Vehicle Maintenance and Energy – Form (402), Safety and Security – Form (405), Operating - Form (406), Revenue Vehicle Inventory – Form (408) and Federal Funding Allocation Statistics – Form (901). Samples of these forms are included in Attachment 18. Such information systems will allow the Contractor to provide ETA-required Section 15 information.

18.4          The Contractor shall maintain accurate service information and shall provide that information to NYCT upon request. Pull-Out/Pull-In logs, dispatch logs, road call logs, Accident, Incident and mileage reports, and information required to complete FTA Section 15 requirements and other information specified in the Contract documents will be maintained by the Contractor in a complete, current and professional manner.

31




18.5          The Contractor is solely responsible for revenue collection, safeguard, distribution and collection of NYCT transfer tickets, and cash handling. NYCT will deduct monthly the total fares for all Customers and guests that the Contractor is required to collect pursuant to this Contract.

18.6          The Contractor is responsible for all routine and running repairs required to ensure proper maintenance of the Contractor’s Revenue and Non-Revenue Vehicles. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the revenue fleet is available to meet all service requirements. The Contractor is required to maintain and secure several sets of keys for each vehicle.

18.7          The Contractor is responsible for the timely repair and servicing of any equipment installed by the Contractor at the Contractors facility, whether provided by the Contractor or provided by NYCT. This includes hardware maintenance of any computer equipment obtained by the Contractor required for use by PASS.

18.8          The Contractor shall maintain and manage an inventory of parts, fuel, lubricants, fluids and tires required for routine servicing and maintenance of Contractor’s vehicles. The Contractor’s service obligations are not limited because of the unavailability of any part required to provide an operational fleet as defined herein.

18.9          The Contractor will be solely responsible for arranging for and maintaining all utilities for the Contractor’s facilities.

18.10        The Contractor is required to maintain and replace missing or damaged vehicle lettering or logos. The Contractor shall procure and maintain adequate replacement lettering and logos. NYCT reserves the right to direct the Contractor to replace all or part of the lettering and logos. The Contractor is prohibited from placing any decal, sign, paint or other marking identifying the service with NYCT or any other MTA service. Vehicles will be delivered to Contractor with all required lettering and logos. A drawing of the vehicle lettering is provided in Attachment 17.

18.11        The Contractor shall be required to estimate and budget for any highway/bridge/tunnel tolls reasonably required to operate the service in an efficient manner. Contractor is required to maintain an EZ-PASS account sufficient for its fleet requirements. All revenue and non-revenue vehicles in operation under this Contract must have a unique EZ-PASS number. EZ-PASSes are to be permanently affixed to vehicles. The Contractor shall maintain and supply NYCT with a log which lists the EZ-PASS tag number assigned to each vehicle. Copies of EZ-PASS bills must be presented to NYCT monthly on a disk provided by MTA Bridges & Tunnels.

18.12        The Contractor shall be required to meet monthly or as otherwise required with NYCT to discuss operations and Contract management issues. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall be required to make monthly presentations on the month’s activities to the Vice President, Paratransit Division, NYCT, or his/her designee.

18.13        The Contractor is solely responsible for developing, implementing and maintaining a system to assign Contractor employee work.

32




18.14        The Contractor shall comply with the NYCT-approved public safety plan, including shop safety, to ensure the delivery of a safe service in compliance with all local, state and federal laws and regulations, including Public Transportation Safety Board and FTA requirements.

18.15        The Contractor is solely responsible for any and all office supplies required in the performance of this Contract.

18.16        The Contractor shall post signs in paratransit vehicles as requested by NYCT and shall distribute on board Customer surveys and information when requested to do so by NYCT.

18.17        The Contractor shall be responsible for making NYCT-provided materials available to Customers. These materials shall be provided, if requested by NYCT, via Contractor-provided brochure racks to be installed in all Revenue Vehicles. The type of rack shall be approved by NYCT in advance of purchase. The purchase cost will be reimbursed as a “pass-through” cost Materials specifically include courtesy cards that are accessible to Customers without being requested from any Contractor employee.

18.18        The Contractor shall not sell any space or display any advertising on any vehicle used in the operation of this service without the approval of NYCT. Bumper stickers and other similar materials are prohibited, except for Vehicle Operator recruitment when prior approval of the material has been received from NYCT. No literature of any sort shall be distributed on any Revenue Vehicle without prior authorization from NYCT.

18.19        The Contractor is prohibited from placing any decal, sign, paint or other marking on the vehicle without the prior approval of NYCT.

18.20        The Contractor is responsible for receiving and inspecting vehicles and requesting NYSDOT inspections prior to the date a vehicle is scheduled to commence service, unless otherwise directed by the NYCT Project Manager.

18.21        The Contractor is required to present clean, defect-free vehicles for NYSDOT inspection according to State requirements.

18.22        The Contractor is solely responsible for the payment of any tickets, fines or penalties assessed by any government authority resulting from the Contractor’s operation of AAR service.

SECTION 19.        COMPLAINT MANAGEMENT

19.1          All Customers and other persons who make a complaint by telephone shall be referred to the NYCT Division of Customer Assistance at (718) 330-3322. However, safety-related items shall be referred to the NYCT Contract and Project Managers immediately, followed by a written report faxed to the NYCT Project Manager within one hour.

19.2          The Contractor shall be required to provide a written response to any complaint as directed by the NYCT Project Manager or designee. The Contractor’s Project Manager is required to

33




personally review and sign all complaint correspondence. In addition, the Contractor may be required to telephone Customers in response to complaints.

19.2.1       The Contractor shall investigate and respond in writing to NYCT no later than 3 business days after receipt of written correspondence for executive signature or any other complaints as directed by the NYCT Project Manager.

19.2.2       The Contractor shall investigate and respond in writing to NYCT no later than 5 business days after receipt of complaints from the Customer Assistance Division of NYCT that are forwarded by the NYCT Project Manager or designee. NYCT shall instruct the Contractor as to whom the response and any copies should be directed.

19.2.3       The Contractor shall be required to provide a written response to Customers for some complaint forwarded by the NYCT Project Manager or designee to the Contractor. The Contractor shall investigate and provide a draft response in no later than 5 business days after receipt. Upon approval by NYCT Paratransit Division staff; the Contractor will mail the response to the Customer with a copy to NYCT.

19.3          At the monthly meeting between the Contractor and NYCT, the Contractor Project Manager shall be required to discuss complaint trends, if any, and to recommend and implement corrective action to be taken by the Contractor.

SECTION 20.        ADA

20.1          NYCT is solely responsible for all determinations of eligibility for paratransit service, including determinations of full, conditional, and/or temporary eligibility, PCA use, visitor and any other eligibility which would require provision of AAR service.

20.2          NYCT will provide the Contractor with eligibility information which is reasonably required by the Contractor to perform its obligations to provide AAR service as specified herein to the Customer. Under no circumstances shall Contractor personnel disclose eligibility information concerning any Customer to anyone other than the Contractor’s employees with a need to know and NYCT.

20.3          NYCT will adopt policies and procedures from time to time to ensure compliance with the ADA, with which the Contractor shall comply.

SECTION 21.        FUTURE SERVICE AND OPERATIONS CHANGES

21.1         Interjurisdictional Access-A-Ride Service

It is anticipated that NYCT will initiate limited interjurisdictional AAR service during the term of this Contract. Subject to agreements between NYCT and MTA Long Island Bus (“LIB”), Westchester County (NY) Department of Transportation (“WCDOT”) and/or New Jersey Transit (“NJT”), NYCT will coordinate paratransit services with these paratransit providers in order to

34




provide interjurisdictional trips to ADA-eligible paratransit registrants (Customers) who reside in any of the four jurisdictions. Initiation of this service will require transfer of Customers from one paratransit service to another. It is expected to be a limited service with one transfer point for AAR and NJT, one transfer point for AAR/WCDOT and one transfer point for AAR/LIB, and that the transfer points will be phased-in.

21.2         Feeder Service

It is anticipated that at some point during the term of this Contract, NYCT will initiate AAR eeder service for Customers who can travel on fixed route service. Feeder service means that AAR service is provided from the pick-up location to a bus stop or subway station or from a bus stop or subway station pick-up location to the Customer’s destination.

21.3         AVLM

21.3.1       It is anticipated that NYCT will install an Automatic Vehicle Location Monitoring (AVLM) System for paratransit operations. AVLM is a global positioning system (GPS) with mobile data terminals (MDTs) for two-way wireless data communication. The transmission of data to and from the MDTs will be integrated with PASS and will provide: vehicle location and status information; two-way data messaging; improved information to paratransit Customers and NYCT; reduced voiced communication transmissions; and improved monitoring in emergency situations by dispatchers and the command center.

21.3.2       It is anticipated that AVLM will be implemented during the term of this Contract and will produce service and management efficiencies. For example, Trip Reconciliation (see Section 3.5) will be eliminated except upon system failures; Dispatch functions will be reduced; Vehicle Operator record-keeping functions will be reduced or eliminated.

21.3.3       Upon finalization of specifications for service and operations in an AVLM operating environment, the Contract will be modified through the Change Order procedure, Article 4 of the Terms and Conditions; to modify the Scope of Work and any other provisions of the Contract.

35




 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

DIVISION OF MATERIEL

ATTACHMENT No. 2

PRICE SCHEDULE

&

MOBILIZATION SCHEDULE




ACCESS-A-RIDE TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

Item

5

Mobilization Schedule

Transit Facility Management Corporation proposes to implement Access-A-Ride service on an incremental basis consistent with its letter dated November 9, 2000. The full complement of 117 drivers will be divided into five classes. As each class progresses through training the company will implement service in increments of eleven vehicles at a time, until all fifty-five vehicles are in service.

Transit Facility Management Corp. has devised a mobilization schedule that balances the need to add vehicles to the Access-a-Ride roster quickly with the time needed to provide a smooth, safe, professional start-up. Transit Facility Management Corp. requires an eleven week start-up period from notice of award to the date of putting eleven vehicles (ten active and one spare) in service. Thereafter, Transit Facility Management Corp. will accept eleven vehicles in three week intervals. Mobilization of fifty-five vehicles will be complete at the end of week 23.

Week 1

Project manager, operations manager, and maintenance manager on site

Hire safety manager

Hire data entry clerk

Design and layout office plan

Order compute equipment

Design and order telephone system

Schedule fueling station upgrade

Order lift equipment

6




Begin advertising for assistant operations managers, drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Acquire Nextel contract and begin acquisition of radios

Activate temporary telephone system

Install fax machine

Apply for NYSDOT operating authority

Begin preparation of training manuals:

·       Vehicle operators’ responsibilities and procedures

·       Drug and alcohol policy and procedures

·       Maintenance procedures

·       Supervisors’ responsibilities and procedures

·       Safety procedures with special reference to ADA paratransit service

Week 2

Safety manager on site

Begin renovations of offices

Order office furniture and fixtures

Design parts room

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Hire assistant operations manager

Interview and hire three dispatcher candidates

Week 3

Continue office renovations

Renovate maintenance manager’s office

Install partitions and dividers in shop area to segregate Access-A-Ride operations

7




Assistant operations manager on site

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Complete preparation of the following training manuals:

·       Drug and alcohol policy and procedures

·       Supervisors’ responsibilities and procedures

·       Safety procedures with special reference to ADA paratransit service

Begin training of three dispatchers

Week 4

Complete office renovations

Install telephone system

Install computer equipment

Fueling station upgrade completed

Continue dispatcher training

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Week 5

Install office furniture and fixtures

Connect computer equipment to MTA New York City Transit operations center

Renovate classroom and training center

Hire three additional dispatchers

Lift equipment installed

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Week 6

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

8




Complete preparation of the following training manuals:

·       Vehicle operators’ responsibilities and procedures

·       Maintenance procedures

Three additional dispatchers on site

Begin to stock parts room

Driver interviews, background checks, medical review, and drug and alcohol testing commence

Week 7

Senior managers, supervisors, and dispatchers take Community Transportation Association of America Passenger Service and Safety (PASS) training

Continue advertising for drivers, dispatchers, and mechanics

Week 8

Driver interviews continue

Begin hiring mechanics

Hire road supervisors

Fit mechanics and road supervisors for uniforms

Week 9

Driver training begins

Fit drivers for uniforms

Hire two additional dispatchers

Begin road dispatcher training

Week 10

Driver training completed

Road dispatcher training completed

9




Continue hiring mechanics

Week 11

Eleven vehicles begin service

Additional driver candidates identified

Week l2

Driver training begins

Hire one additional dispatcher

Week 13

Driver training completed

Week 14

Eleven additional vehicles begin service, total of twenty-two in service

Additional driver candidates identified

Week 15

Driver training begins

Week 16

Driver training completed

Week 17

Eleven additional vehicles begin service, total of thirty-three in service

Additional driver candidates identified

Week 18

Driver training begins

10




Week l9

Driver training completed

Week 20

Eleven additional vehicles begin service, total of forty-four in service

Additional driver candidates identified

Week 21

Driver training begins

Week 22

Driver training completed

Week 23

Eleven additional vehicles begin service, total of fifty-five in service

Additional driver candidates identified

Mobilization complete

11




ACCESS-A-RIDE TRANSPORTATION SERVICE

Item

6

Lunch Periods

Vehicle operators will be provided with a scheduled lunch break of thirty minutes.

12




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

DIVISION OF MATERIEL

ATTACHMENT No. 3

VEHICLE LEASE AGREEMENT




VEHICLE
LEASE AGREEMENT

This Vehicle Lease Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) made and entered into between Transit Facility Management Corporation , with offices at 165-47 th  Avenue, Jamaica, NY 11434, (hereinafter, “Contractor”) and the New York City Transit Authority (“the Authority”), having its principal offices at 370 Jay Street, Brooklyn, NY 11201.

WHEREAS the Authority is a public benefit corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York for the purpose of operating a public transit system within the City of New York; and,

WHEREAS pursuant to a separate contract ( Contract No. 00D7815H ) between the Contractor and the Authority (hereinafter referred to as “the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract”) and hereby made a part hereof by specific reference, the Contractor provides public paratransit service on behalf of the Authority; and,

WHEREAS the Authority desires to lease the vehicles and appurtenant equipment described in Exhibit A (attached hereto and incorporated herein and hereinafter referred to as “Vehicles”) to the Contractor in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and in furtherance of the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract, and the Contractor represents that it is willing and able to lease such Vehicles upon said terms and conditions;

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth and based on the foregoing recitals, which form a part of this Agreement, the Authority and the Contractor hereby agree as follows:

1.      LEASE OF VEHICLES BY THE AUTHORITY TO CONTRACTOR

Subject to the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract, the Authority hereby leases to the Contractor and the Contractor hereby leases from the Authority the Vehicles described in Exhibit A. Such Vehicles shall be deemed subject to this Agreement and the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract upon their delivery to the Contractor. If at any time during the term of this Agreement the Authority delivers additional Vehicles to the Contractor, those additional Vehicles shall be deemed leased to the Contractor subject to this Agreement. Upon their delivery to the Contractor, Exhibit A shall be amended to include such additional Vehicles without any formal amendment hereto.

2.      CONSIDERATION

The consideration for this lease shall be the payment by the Contractor to the Authority of One Dollar ($1.00) per vehicle, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged. In exchange, the Contractor agrees to maintain and operate the Vehicles in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract.




3.      CONTRACT TERM

This Agreement shall commence upon execution and terminate, without additional notice, contemporaneously with the termination of the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract, including all extensions and renewals thereof, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

4.      TITLE AND REGISTRATION

The Authority shall retain title to the Vehicles during the entire term of the lease. The Vehicles shall be registered in the name of the Contractor. Failure to fully comply with New York State registration requirements shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

5.      WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMERS

(a)    A copy of the manufacturer’s warranty on the vehicles is annexed hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit B. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to insure maximum benefits under the warranty, including but not limited to, filling out all warranty claims fully and in a timely manner, returning all defective parts to the manufacturer with appropriate tagging and maintaining records of warranty work performed.

(b)    The Contractor shall report to the Authority and the manufacturer, in writing, each and every warranty defect in the Vehicles.

(c)    The Authority makes no warranties, express or implied, including any warranty of merchantability and/or fitness for use, and assumes no responsibility for the condition of the Vehicles or any part thereof.

6.      MAINTENANCE

The Contractor shall maintain the Vehicles in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer’s manual and the New York State Department of Transportation. The Contractor shall maintain the vehicles in “Service Ready” condition at all times. Service Ready shall mean the Vehicle is clean, mechanically safe and reliable, and that all accessories are operable. The Contractor shall perform, maintain or repair the Vehicles in accordance with the requirements of the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Contract.

7.      CHARGES AND FEES

The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of any charges, fees, inspection and license fees or other costs imposed on or related to the Vehicles or the operation thereof.

2




8.      USE DURING SERVICE DISRUPTION

In the event of a service disruption caused by the Contractor, including but not limited to labor disputes, the Authority shall have the right to use the Vehicles during such disruption to provide public paratransit services.

9.      DEFAULT

In the event of a material breach or default by the Contractor of this Agreement, including but not limited to express causes set forth in this Agreement or in the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Agreement, as well as a failure to maintain and operate the Vehicles in accordance with the requirements of any applicable warranty, the Authority may elect to terminate the Agreement on 48 hours written notice.

10.   RIGHT OF REASSIGNMENT

The Authority shall have the right to reassign one or more of the Vehicles to another service provider upon prior written notice to the Contractor. Exhibit A shall be amended to delete any Vehicle that is reassigned without any other formal amendment hereto.

11.   TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

In addition to cancellation or termination as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Authority may at any time in its sole discretion with or without cause, terminate this Agreement for its convenience by prior written notice to the Contractor.

12.   RETURN OF VEHICLES TO AUTHORITY

Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Contractor shall promptly return the Vehicles to the Authority at the location to be designated in writing by the Authority. The Vehicles shall be in good, safe and operable condition excepting normal wear and tear, and shall be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances. If the Contractor refuses or fails to return the Vehicles, the Authority shall be entitled to repossess the Vehicles without notice, demand, or court order wherever the Vehicles may be located or stored. If the Contractor returns any Vehicles in poor condition the Authority shall be entitled to perform any necessary repairs. The Contractor shall be liable for and shall promptly reimburse the Authority for any costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Authority in regaining possession of the Vehicles or for any necessary repairs thereto. The Authority upon regaining possession of the Vehicles shall have the right to relet, sell, scrap, retain or use them in any manner or fashion it deems to be in the best interests of the Authority.

13.   PROHIBITION ON TRANSFER

The Contractor shall not sublease or otherwise transfer or assign any Vehicle, or the use thereof, without the prior written approval of the Authority.

3




14.           EXCLUSIVE USE OF EQUIPMENT

The Contractor hereby warrants that during the term of this Agreement, the Vehicles will be used solely for the purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Authority pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Agreement. Any unauthorized use of the Vehicles shall be considered a material breach of this Lease Agreement and the Access-A-Ride Paratransit Services Agreement.

15.           TRAINING

Contractor shall upon notice from the Authority require its personnel to attend training conducted by the manufacturer of the Vehicles.

16.           NOTICES

All notices under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the party giving such Notice, and may be sent by U.S. Mail, by fax followed by U.S. Mail or may be personally delivered as follows:

If to the Authority:

Michael Cosgrove, Project Manager

Paratransit Division

New York City Transit Authority

2 Broadway

New York, New York 10004

(646) 252-5041

(646) 252-5019 (Fax)

If to the Contractor:

Mr. Stan Brettschneider, Vice-President

Transit Facility Management Corporation

165-25 147 th  Avenue

Jamaica, New York 11234

(718) 995-4700

(718) 995-4712 (Fax)

17.           PAYMENTS FOR VEHICLE DAMAGE

If a Vehicle is damaged or stolen, the Authority shall be entitled to all insurance proceeds therefor and all monies resulting from any settlement or judgment related thereto.

4




ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR THE NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)ss.:

COUNTY OF KINGS

)

 

On this                  day of                             2001, before me personally appeared                                                             , to me known, who, being by me first duly sworn, did depose and say: That he is the                                            of the New York City Transit Authority, the public benefit corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument and that he had authority to sign the same, and he acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of the New York City Transit Authority for the use and purposes therein mentioned.

 

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

5




ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR CONTRACTOR

STATE OF

)

 

)ss.:

COUNTY OF

)

On this                day of                                   , 2001, before me personally                                                                , appeared                                                                , to me known, who being by me first duly sworn, did depose and say: That he resides at                                                                                                                 in the City of                                          , in the County of                                                    , in the State of                        ; that he is                                               of

                                                          , the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Agreement; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that one of the seals affixed to said Agreement is such corporate seal, that it was affixed thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his(her) name thereto by like authority.

 

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

6




 

Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MOBILIZATION COSTS

 

ZONE: Brooklyn and/or Queens

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles: 55

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

22,885

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

22,212

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

22,212

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

560

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

16,923

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

13,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

640

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

8,000

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

4200

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

63,000

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-11, Above)

 

$

168,692

A

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (A Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

47,234

B

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (A Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

10,459

C

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (A+B+C)

 

$

226,385

D

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Above-ground fuel system

 

1

 

each

 

$

45,000

 

$

45,000

 

13

 

Automatic power transfer switch

 

1

 

each

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

14

 

Fax system

 

1

 

each

 

$

495

 

$

495

 

15

 

Telephone system

 

1

 

each

 

$

7,500

 

$

7,500

 

16

 

Desks and chairs

 

5

 

each

 

$

433

 

$

2,165

 

17

 

File cabinets

 

10

 

each

 

$

270

 

$

2,700

 

18

 

Computer: Compaq Deskpro EP

 

2

 

each

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,254

 

19

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

each

 

$

2,579

 

$

2,579

 

20

 

Internal print server: HP JetDirect 600N

 

1

 

each

 

$

325

 

$

325

 

21

 

Printer: Epson DFX-8500

 

2

 

each

 

$

2,400

 

$

4,800

 

22

 

Ethernet print server: Epson 10/100...

 

2

 

each

 

$

300

 

$

600

 

23

 

Dual speed hub: 3Com Superstack II

 

1

 

each

 

$

620

 

$

620

 

24

 

Computer: Micron ClientPro CN

 

3

 

each

 

$

2,195

 

$

6,585

 

25

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 2100

 

1

 

each

 

$

1,038

 

$

1,038

 

26

 

Shielded CAT 5 Cable, 1000-ft

 

2

 

each

 

$

194

 

$

388

 

27

 

CAT 5e patch panel, 24 port

 

1

 

each

 

$

136

 

$

136

 

28

 

Hinged wall mount

 

1

 

each

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

29

 

Computer supplies (jacks, faceplates, etc)

 

1

 

each

 

$

500

 

$

500

 

30

 

Nextel units and activation

 

83

 

each

 

$

60

 

$

4,980

 

31

 

Uniform allowance

 

123

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

24,600

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 12-31, Above)

 

$

118,315

E

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

123

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

1,040

 

$

127,920

 

33

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

143

 

per safety-sensitive empl

 

$

120

 

$

17,160

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 32-34, Above)

 

$

145,080

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs (D+E+F)

 

$

489,780

G

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

 

FINAL FINAL 3-Aug-01




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MOBILIZATION COSTS

 

ZONE: Brooklyn and/or Queens

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles: 55

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

22,885

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

22,212

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

22,212

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

560

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

16,923

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

560

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

13,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

640

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

8,000

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

4200

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

63,000

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-11, Above)

 

$

168,692

A

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (A Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

47,234

B

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (A Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

10,459

C

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (A+B+C)

 

$

226,385

D

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Above-ground fuel system

 

1

 

each

 

$

45,000

 

$

45,000

 

13

 

Automatic power transfer switch

 

1

 

each

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

14

 

Fax system

 

1

 

each

 

$

495

 

$

495

 

15

 

Telephone system

 

1

 

each

 

$

7,500

 

$

7,500

 

16

 

Desks and chairs

 

5

 

each

 

$

433

 

$

2,165

 

17

 

File cabinets

 

10

 

each

 

$

270

 

$

2,700

 

18

 

Computer: Compaq Deskpro EP

 

2

 

each

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,254

 

19

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

each

 

$

2,579

 

$

2,579

 

20

 

Internal print server: HP JetDirect 600N

 

1

 

each

 

$

325

 

$

325

 

21

 

Printer: Epson DFX-8500

 

2

 

each

 

$

2,400

 

$

4,800

 

22

 

Ethernet print server: Epson 10/100...

 

2

 

each

 

$

300

 

$

600

 

23

 

Dual speed hub: 3Com Superstack II

 

1

 

each

 

$

620

 

$

620

 

24

 

Computer: Micron ClientPro CN

 

3

 

each

 

$

2,195

 

$

6,585

 

25

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 2100

 

1

 

each

 

$

1,038

 

$

1,038

 

26

 

Shielded CAT 5 Cable, 1000-ft

 

2

 

each

 

$

194

 

$

388

 

27

 

CAT 5e patch panel, 24 port

 

1

 

each

 

$

136

 

$

136

 

28

 

Hinged wall mount

 

1

 

each

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

29

 

Computer supplies (jacks, faceplates, etc)

 

1

 

each

 

$

500

 

$

500

 

30

 

Nextel units and activation

 

83

 

each

 

$

60

 

$

4,980

 

31

 

Uniform allowance

 

123

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

24,600

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 12-31, Above)

 

$

118,315

E

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

123

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

1,040

 

$

127,920

 

33

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

143

 

per safety-sensitive empl

 

$

120

 

$

17,160

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 32-34, Above)

 

$

145,080

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs (D+E+F)

 

$

489,780

G

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

 




 

Contract No. 00D7815H

Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Service

Price Schedule

Contractor: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed No. of Revenue Vehicles:

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

Max. # of Revenue Vehicles based on Facility Capacity for Service Expansion:

 

154

 

MOBILIZATION COSTS

1

Non-Vehicle Mobilization Costs:

 

NOT TO EXCEED:

 

$      190,546

 

A

 

Non-Vehicle Mobilization Costs are one-time start-up costs and other costs incurred during the mobilization, management, facility rent, utilities, security, office furniture, office furniture, office equipment, computers, employment advertising, business insurance, and other such costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Vehicle Mobilization Costs:

 

 

 

$      299,234

 

B

 

Vehicle Mobilization Costs are those directly associated with the preparations necessary to place a vehicle into revenue service. These include employee training (dispatchers, road supervisor, drivers, etc.), pre-employment drug and alcohol testing, initial radios, initial uniforms, vehicle registration and DOT inspection, and other such costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Mobilization Costs (A + B):

 

 

 

$      489,780

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per-Vehicle Mobilization Costs (B divided by Proposed Number Vehicles):

 

 

 

$           5,441

 

D

 

1




 

FIXED COSTS (YEAR 1)

3

Annual Non-Vehicle Fixed Costs:

 

 

 

$      789,222

 

E

 

Non-Vehicle Fixed Costs are on-going costs during operations period for administrative, management, security, facility rent, utilities, office furniture, office equipment, computers, employment advertising, business insurance, and other non-vehicle recurring fixed costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Annual Vehicle Fixed Costs:

 

 

 

$      721,870

 

F

 

Vehicle Fixed Costs are those directly associated with operating a vehicle in revenue service. These include retraining (dispatchers, road supervisors, drivers), employee replacement due to attrition, on-going and random drug and alcohol testing, maintenance and replacement of radios, replacement uniforms, any on-going vehicle registration and DOT inspection, and any other such costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Annual Fixed Costs (E +F):

 

 

 

$   1,511,092

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per-Vehicle Fixed Costs (F divided by Proposed Number of Vehicles):

 

Vehicles 1 to 55

 

$        13,125

 

H

 

 

 

 

Vehicles 56 to l54

 

$        14,325

 

 

 

 

2




MAINTENANCE COSTS (YEAR 1)

Revenue Small Van Maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“AGE” A

 

“AGE” B

 

“AGE” C

 

 

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5a

Cost Per Small Van Per Year:

 

$    9,036.00

 

$  10,593.00

 

$  11,239.00

 

 

Revenue Large Van Maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 “AGE” A

 

“AGE” B

 

“AGE” C

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5b

Cost Per Large Van Per Year:

 

$  10,192.00

 

$  12,011.00

 

$  12,657.00

 

 

 

Revenue Sedan Maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 “AGE” A

 

“AGE” B

 

“AGE” C

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5c

Cost Per Sedan Per Year:

 

$     5,242.00

 

$    6,046.00

 

$    6,385.00

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will make payment based on the actual number, type and age of vehicles allocated.

 

6

“Light Maintenance Requirements” plus cleaning ONLY Price
(per Vehicle Service Hour):

 

$            3,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Maintenance Costs:

 

 

 

$        580,106

I

 

3




NOTES:

1.            Maintenance costs in a, b and c include all maintenance and cleaning costs, including all “Light Maintenance Requirements”, as required by Section 7 of the Scope of Work.

2.            “Age” A means a vehicle that is less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

3.            “Age” B means a vehicle that is between 12 and 36 months old with less than 90,000 miles on the odometer, OR is less than 12 months old but has between 30,000 and 90,000 miles on the odometer, OR is a NYC Transit rehabilitated vehicle.

4.            “Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

5.            “Age” is determined by the date a newly-purchased or newly-rehabilitated vehicle is placed into Revenue Service.

6.            A NYC Transit rehabilitated vehicle has new seating, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension, and has passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

4




VARIABLE COSTS (YEAR 1)

 

QTY.

 

Unit $

 

 

 

7

Vehicle Service Hour (VSH)

 

l53,558

Hours @

$    21.494

 

$  3,300,576

J

 

Vehicle Service Hours costs include vehicle operators’and road supervisors’ salaries, benefits, overheads and profit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

QTY.

 

Unit $

 

 

 

8

Fuel (Rounded to the third decimal place)
(VSH X 1.5)

 

230,337

 $/Gallon @

$       l.665

 

$      383,511

K

 

The fuel price will be adjusted per Article 108 of the Specific Contract Provisions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Variable Costs (J + K):

 

 

 

 

 

$  3,684,087

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Vehicle Service Hours:

 

153,558

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Cost Per Vehicle Service Hour (L/M):

 

23.99

N

 

5




PASS-THROUGH COSTS (YEAR 1)

 

QTY.

 

Unit $/Vehicle

 

 

 

9

Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

55

EA @

$       12,000.00

NOT TO EXCEED

$      660,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Vehicle Leases

 

 

 

 

 

$                  0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Tolls

 

 

 

 

 

$      197,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Pass-Through Costs (9 + 10 + 11)

 

$      857,744

O

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Mobilization Cost & Year 1 Costs (C + G + I + L + O)

 

$   7,122,809

P

 

6




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

DIVISION OF MATERIEL

ATTACHMENT No. 4

SCEHDULE A

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS




INSURANCE AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

Materiel Division

Contract No.:         00D7815H

Description            Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Service

A.                                     The Contractor shall provide insurance and bonds in the following types and amounts:

1.

INSURANCE

 

AMOUNTS

 

Commercial General Liability:

 

$

1,000,000.00

 

Motor Vehicle:

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

Other: Workers Compensation

 

NYS Statutory

 

Other: Collision/Fire/Theft/Vandalism

 

 

 

 

2.

BONDS

 

AMOUNTS

 

Bid (Bid Security):

 

None Required

 

Performance:

 

None Required

 

Payment:

 

None Required

 

 

B.                                     INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS — The Contractor shall procure, at its sole cost and expense, and shall maintain in force at all times during the term of this Contract, policies of insurance as herein below set forth, written by companies approved by the Authority and shall deliver to the Authority evidence of such policies. These policies must: (i) be written in accordance with the requirements of subparagraphs 1-4 below, as applicable; (ii) be endorsed in form acceptable to the Authority to include a provision that the policy will not be cancelled, materially changed, or not renewed without at lease thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Authority, attention: Standards Enforcement & Claims Analyst - Risk & Insurance Management, MTA, 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, New York 11201, by Certified Mail, return receipt requested; and (iii) state or be endorsed to provide that the coverage afforded under the policies shall apply on a primary and not on an excess or contributing basis with any policies which may be available to the Authority. Policies written on a “claims-made” basis are not acceptable. At least two (2) weeks prior to the expiration of the policies evidence of renewal or replacement policies of insurance, with terms and limits no less favorable as the expiring policies, shall be delivered to the Authority. Deductibles or self-insured retentions above $25,000 will require approval from the Authority.

1




1.             A Commercial General Liability insurance policy (I.S.O. Form CG 00 01 11 96 or equivalent approved by the Authority) in the Contractor’s name with the New York City Transit Authority (NYCTA), the Manhattan and Bronx Surface Transit Operating Authority (MaBSTOA), the Staten Island Rapid Transit Operating Authority (SIRTOA), the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) including its subsidiaries and affiliates, and the City of New York (City) named as Additional Insureds (I.S.O. Form CG 20 10 or equivalent approved by the Authority) with limits of liability in the amounts set forth in Paragraph A above, each occurrence, on a combined single limit basis for injuries to persons (including death) and damage to property.

Such policies shall include contractual coverage for liability assumed by the Contractor (including construction work within proximity to the Railroad tracks and property, if applicable), shall include “XCU” coverage (Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards), Products-Completed Operations Coverage, Independent Contractors Coverage, and shall not contain any exclusion unacceptable to the Authority.

Comprehensive

2.             Automobile and Truck Liability Insurance Policy in the Contractor’s name with the New York City Transit Authority (NYCTA), the Manhattan and Bronx Surface Transit Operating Authority (MaBSTOA), the Staten Island Rapid Transit Operating Authority (SIRTOA), the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) including its subsidiaries and affiliates, and the City of New York (City) named as Additional Insureds (I.S.O. Form CG 20 10 11 85 or equivalent approved by the Authority) with limits of liability in the amount set forth in Paragraph A above, each occurrence, on a combined single limit basis for claims for bodily injuries (including death) to persons and for damage to property arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired or non-owned motor vehicle. Garage Keepers Legal Liability shall be added to the Automobile and Truck Liability Insurance Policy when the Contractor is involved in towing, repairing, or garaging the Authority’s vehicles.

3.             Worker’s Compensation Insurance (including Employer’s Liability Insurance) meeting the statutory limits of New York State.

4.             Any additional insurance policies necessary to obtain required permits or otherwise comply with applicable law, ordinances or regulations regarding the performance of the Work.

C.             Certificates of Insurance may be supplied as evidence of such aforementioned policies; however, if requested by the Authority, the Contractor shall deliver to the Authority within forty-five (45) days of the request a copy of such policies, certified by the insurance carrier as being true and complete. If a Certificate of Insurance is submitted it must: (1.) indicate the I.S.O. Form used by the carrier; (2.) be signed by an authorized representative of the insurance carrier or producer; (3.) disclose any deductible, self-insured retention, aggregate limit or any exclusions to the policy that materially change the coverage; (4.) indicate that the Authority is an Additional Insured on all policies (except Worker’s Compensation); (5.) reference the Contract by number on the face of the certificate; and (6.) expressly reference the inclusion of all required endorsements.

2




D.             If, at any time during the period of this Contract, insurance as required is not in effect, or proof thereof is not provided to the Authority, the Authority shall have the options to: (i) direct the Contractor to suspend work with no additional cost or extension of time due on account thereof; (ii) obtain the required insurance at Contractor’s expense providing the Authority with coverage immediately; or (iii) treat such failure as an event of default.

E.              The Contractor shall immediately file with the Authority’s Tort Division (with a copy to the Project Manager), 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, New York 11201, a notice of any occurrence likely to result in a claim against the Authority, and shall also file with the Torts Division detailed sworn proof of interest and loss within sixty (60) days from the date of loss.

F.              BONDING REQUIREMENTS - If required by Paragraph A above, the Contractor shall furnish a performance bond in the amount set forth, as security for the faithful performance of the Contract. If required by Paragraph A above, the Contractor shall also furnish a payment bond for labor and material in the amount set forth, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing material in connection with this Contract. The bonds shall be furnished in the number required by the Authority and executed by the Contractor and by a surety or sureties approved by the Authority and shall be effective from the Notice of Award to the date when the Contractor has completed all of its performance obligations under this Contract. The execution of the bonds must be duly proved before delivery of bonds in the form essential to entitle a deed to be recorded in the State of New York, and-full affidavits of justification of the sureties must be added. The form for the bonds is attached to this Schedule.

G.             In case a surety shall become insolvent or unable in the opinion of the Authority to pay promptly the amount of his potential liability under either of the aforementioned bonds, the Contractor, within ten (10) days after notice by the Authority, shall substitute other and sufficient surety or sureties. If the Contractor shall fail to substitute other and sufficient surety or sureties, the Contractor shall, if the Authority so elects, be deemed to be in default

H.             In addition to any and all other remedies, the Authority may deduct from any monies then due or which thereafter may come due to the Contractor under this Contract the amount for which the surety shall be held and bound upon the said bond. The monies so deducted may be held by the Authority as collateral security for the performance of the conditions of the bonds and such monies shall in such case be deemed to have been paid to the Contractor upon this Contract.

3




ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

DATE (MM/DD/YY)
07/05/2001

PRODUCER (201)441–3552

FAX (201)342-7986

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF

[ILLEGIBLE] & Associates, L.L.C.

 

INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS

401 Hackensack Ave.

 

UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

Hackensack, NJ 07601

 

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER

 

 

THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES

 

 

BELOW.

 

 

 

INSURED

Transit Facility Management Corp.

INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE

 

165–25 147th Avenue

 

 

Jamaica, NY 11434

INSURER A:         American Alternative Ins. Co.

 

 

INSURER B:

 

 

INSURER C:

 

 

INSURER D:

 

 

INSURER E:

 

COVERAGES

THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

INSR
LTR

 

TYPE OF INSURANCE

 

POLICY NUMBER

 

POLICY EFFECTIVE
DATE (MM/DD/YY)

 

POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MM/DD/YY)

 

LIMITS

A

 

GENERAL LIABILITY

 

*51A2CP000000101

 

01/01/2001

 

01/01/2002

 

EACH OCCURRENCE

$

1,000,000

 

x   COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire)

$

50,000

 

o    o   CLAIMS MADE   x   OCCUR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MED EXP (Any one person)

$

5,000

 

o   CG00010196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERSONAL & ADV INJURY

$

1,000,000

 

o   GENT. AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL AGGREGATE

$

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG

$

1,000,000

 

x   POLICY

o

PRO.
SECT

o   LOC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

 

*51A2CP000000101

 

01/01/2001

 

01/01/2002

 

COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
[Ea accident]

$

1,000,000

 

x   ANY AUTO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o   ALL OWNED AUTOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BODILY INJURY

$

 

 

o   SCHEDULED AUTOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Per person)

 

 

 

o   MIXED AUTOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o   NON-OWNED AUTOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BODILY INJURY

$

 

 

o   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Per accident)

 

 

 

 

o   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY DAMAGE
(per accident)

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GARAGE LIABILITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT

$

 

 

 

o   ANY AUTO
o   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY:

EA ACC
AGG

$
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

EXCESS LIABILITY

 

*01A2UM000045500

 

01/01/2001

 

01/01/2002

 

EACH OCCURRENCE

$

14,000,000

 

x   OCCUR

o   CLAIMS MADE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGGREGATE

$

14,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

o   DEDUCTIBLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

o   RETENTION 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

WORKER’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY

 

51AZWC000000203

 

01/01/2001

 

01/01/2002

 

 

PRO STATUTORY LIMITS


OTHER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EL EACH ACCIDENT

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

OTHER
GARAGE KEEPERS
LEGAL
LIABILITY

 

51AZCP000000101

 

01/01/2001

 

01/01/2002

 

$4,000,000

 

DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS

CONTRACT NO. 0007815. “THE NYCTA, THE MABSTOA, SIRTOA, THE MTA INCLUDING ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND THE CITY OF NEW YORK ARE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS, BUT ONLY AS RESPECTS THE OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED.

CERTIFICATE HOLDER

 

ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER

 

CANCELLATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL NAMED TO SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES

 

 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY
RISK & INSURANCE MANAGEMENT
ATTN: JAQUIKA NORRIS
2 BROADWAY – 23RD FLOOR
NEW YORK, NY 10004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

 

 

/S/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

©ACORD CORPORATION 1988

ACORD 25-S (7/97)

 

 

 




NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

DIVISION OF MATERIEL

ATTACHMENT No. 5

Schedule G

RIDER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS




 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

 

RIDER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Division of Materiel

 

 

 

Schedule G

CONTRACT No. 00D7815H

The following changes, deletions and/or additions to the Contract Documents are hereby deemed included in the Contract by the attachment of this Rider:

1.              GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS - Article 211

The Disputes Resolution Officer (DRO) assigned for the purposes of this Contract is the Labor & Employee Relations Officer, Department of Buses.

2.              ATTACHMENT NO. 4 – SCHEDULE A, INSURANCE AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS

On page 1 of 3, Paragraph A.l in “Other” insert “Collision, Fire, Theft and Vandalism” the amount shall be the “Replacement Value of the Vehicle.”

On page 2 of 3, Paragraph B.2 insert the word “Comprehensive” to the beginning of the first sentence.

On page 2 of 3, Paragraph B.2 insert the following sentence to the end of the paragraph, “Coverage shall include collision, fire, theft and vandalism.”




CONTRACT NUMBER 00D7815

ATTACHMENT 6

RESPONSIBILITY QUESTIONAIRE

(SCHEDULE J)




CONTRACT NUMBER 00D7815

ATTACHMENT 7

OPPORTUNITIES FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN OWNED

BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

(SCHEDULE K)




 

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT AUTHORITY

 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR MBE/WBEs

Division of Materiel

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1            APPLICABILITY

This Schedule is applicable to contracts in excess of $25,000 for labor, services, supplies, equipment, material or any combination of the foregoing; or for any contract in excess of $100,000 for the acquisition, construction, demolition, replacement, major repair or renovation of real property and improvement thereon when MBE/WBE goals have been established by the Authority for the Contract.

ARTICLE 2            POLICY

It is the policy of the Authority that Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprises (MBE/WBEs) shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this Contract.

ARTICLE 3            GOALS

The respective goal(s) specified for the utilization of minority and women-owned business enterprises expressed as a percentage of the amount of the total contract price that is attributable to work performed in New York State, including change orders issued pursuant to the change provisions of this Contract are:

2% for MBE

and

1% for WBE

These goal percentages are subject to the requirements of the State MBE/WBE Law, the Regulations and the provisions of this Contract.

ARTICLE 4       OBJECTIONS TO GOALS: DISPROPORTIONATE ADVERSE IMPACT OR INADEQUATE COMPETITION

Although not required by the State MBE(WBE Law or the Regulations, the Authority allows a prospective Contractor or Subcontractor to object to either or both of the above specified goals pursuant to the following procedure. This procedure is separate and distinct from the procedures which are described in Article 7 and Article 11 below) in the State MBE/WBE Law and the Regulations pursuant to which a firm may request that a goal be waived, or file a complaint.

(1)            Grounds for Objection :

Any potential Contractor or Subcontractor may object to a goal on the basis that it will result in inadequate competition for a subcontract or for a group of subcontracts or on the basis that the goal will have a disproportionate adverse impact on a non-MBE/WBE company.

1




(2)            Submission of Objection:

An objection shall be made in writing and shall be explained in detail. It must be received by the Procurement Representative at least ten (10) Authority business days prior to the date specified as the deadline for submission of bids.

(3)            Authority’s Determination of an Objection:

The objection will be evaluated and a final determination made on behalf of the Authority. Such determination is not subject to the administrative remedies set forth in the State MBE/WBE Law and the Regulations. While the objection is pending the firm filing the objection must assume that the submission deadline for a bid is unchanged and that the Bidder must comply with the contract MSE/WBE requirements identified in this Schedule. However, the Authority may, in its sole discretion, change the submission deadline.

ARTICLE 5            STATE DIRECTORY

As part of the State MBE/WBE Law, the Empire State Development Corporation, Division of Minority and Women’s Business Development (NYS DMWBD) is empowered and requires its director (the “Director”), among other things, to promulgate a directory (the “State Directory”) of minority and women-owned business enterprises certified pursuant to the Regulations (“certified businesses”). Bidders may access the Directory on-line at www.empire.state.ny.us. Bidders who have a question concerning the Directory or wish to purchase a copy should contact:

Empire State Development

Division of Minority &Women Business Development

1 Commerce Plaza

Albany, NY 12245

(518) 473-0552

NOTE: Under the State MBE/WBE Law and Regulations, Bidders can only use MBEs and WBEs listed in the State Directory. For the purpose of the federal government’s Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program, the Authority has certified certain minority and women-owned business enterprises as DBEs. A firm certified by the Authority as a DBE for the federal DBE program which is not listed in the State Directory may not be used to satisfy MBE/WBE goals established for this Contract. YOU MUST REFER TO THE STATE DIRECTORY .

ARTICLE 6            MBE/WBE UTILIZATION PLAN

(1)            Bidders have been furnished with forms relating to their MBE/WBE Utilization Plan which is required to be submitted in accordance with this subparagraph. The form to be submitted is the “Proposer/Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form” (Form 15A.1). Additional forms may be obtained from the Authority’s Division of Business Programs, 10th Floor, 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, NY 11201.

2




(2)            The apparent low Bidder is required to submit the completed forms within seven (7) calendar days after it receives verbal notification of apparent low bidder status. All other bidders must submit their completed forms within seven (7) calendar days of verbal request for same. The Procurement Representative will confirm in writing a verbal notification. However, the time for responding is based upon the date the verbal notification was given. If a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan, as submitted, does not demonstrate that the Bidder will meet the goals set by the Authority for the Contract, the Bidder, at the same time as it submits its MBE/WBE Utilizaition Plan must submit a request for a waiver pursuant to Article 7 below.

(3)            The Authority, in its sole discretion, may extend the deadline for submission of a Utilization Plan for a reasonable time. A request for an extension must be submitted to the Procurement Representative, in writing.

(4)            All submissions must be delivered to the Division of Materiel to the attention of the Procurement Representative.

(5)            Contractor representation: The listing of an MBE/WBE by a Bidder in its MBE/WBE Utilization Plan, particularly on the Proposer/Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form (Form 15A.1), shall constitute:

i)               a representation by the Bidder to the Authority in regard to the MBE/WBE firm that: (a) it intends to use the firm for the Work specified in the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan; (b) on the basis of information known to it and after reasonable inquiry, it believes such MBE/WBE firm to be technically and financially qualified to perform the Work specified and that the firm is available to perform the Work; and (c) the firm identified is currently certified as either a MBE or WBE by the Empire State Development Corporation, Division of Minority & Women Business Development;

ii)              a commitment by the Bidder that, if it is awarded the Contract, it will enter into a subcontract with such MBE/WBE (or an approved substitute) in accordance with the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan;

iii)             a commitment by the Bidder that it will not substitute an MBE/WBE firm listed in its MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form, unless the Authority gives its prior written approval in accordance with subparagraph (6) below;

iv)            if Bidder is an MBE/WBE and lists itself on the Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form, a commitment that it will perform the Work indicated with its own workforce.

(6)            Substitutions : UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES, NO SUBSTITUTIONS(S) OF MBE/WBE FIRMS DESIGNATED ON THE PROPOSER/BIDDER MBE/WBE UTILIZATION PLAN FORM (FORM 15A.1) MAY BE MADE WITHOUT THE AUTHORITY’S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION MUST BE MADE IN WRITING AND SHALL EXPLAIN THE REASON(S) FOR SUBSTITUTION .

3




ARTICLE 7            WAIVERS

(1)            When to Request a Waiver : A Bidder Contractor must request a total or partial waiver of the goals for this Contract:

i)               if the Contract has not yet been awarded, simultaneously with the Bidder’s submission of its MBE/WBE Utilization Plan if that plan does not demonstrate that the firm will meet the goals:

ii)              if the Contract has been awarded to the firm and its MBE/WBE Utilization Plan has been approved, the earlier of the following: a) promptly after the Contractor realized that it will not meet the goals; b) prior to final payment on the Contract.

(2)            Waiver Form : A request for a waiver must be made by submitting a completed “Request for Total or Partial Waiver of MBE/WBE Goal(s) Pursuant to Proposer/Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization plan Form” (Form 15A.2) and the information specified below. Additional forms are available upon request from the Procurement Representative.

(3)            Evaluation of Requests :  The Division of Business Programs will evaluate and determine whether to grant a request for a total or partial waiver of goal requirements in accordance with the Regulations and on the basis of the information provided through Form 15A.2 and such other information as the Division of Business Programs deems relevant. The goals set by the Division of Business Programs are based on the criteria set forth in the Regulations. The central question always addressed by the Division of Business Programs when it receives a request for waiver is whether the Bidder/Contractor made good faith efforts to identify and afford subcontracting opportunities to MBEs and WBEs that were technically and financially qualified to perform the work specified, that were available to perform the work and that submitted competitive bids.

(4)            Duplication/Conflict with Federal Laws MBE/WBE – The Authority may waive the provisions of this Schedule for the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors that are in compliance with Federal laws and regulations concerning opportunities for minority and women-owned business enterprises which effectuate the purposes of this Schedule.

A Contractor and/or Subcontractor requesting a pre-award waiver should forward its written request to the Procurement Representative. A Contractor and/or Subcontractor requesting a post-award waiver should forward its written request to the Engineer or Project Manager with a copy to the Deputy Director, Division of Business Programs. Requests for a waiver should include copies of documentation supporting compliance with Federal laws such as the Small, Small Disadvantaged and Women Owned Small Business Subcontracting Plan, Standard Form 294 (Subcontracting Report for Individual Contracts) and/or Standard Form 295 (Summary Subcontract Report). Manufacturers of transit vehicles must submit a current U.S. Department of Transportation certification of compliance with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 for a waiver request to be considered. The Contractor and/or Subcontractor shall supply any additional information and/or documentation applicable to the request for a waiver that the Authority requests.

4




Contractors and or Subcontractors that intend to file a post-award request for a waiver will be subject to all pre-award MBE and WBE requirements set forth in the Contract documents.

ART1CLE 8           GOOD FAITH EFFORTS

The Authority may consider any criteria it determines relevant or which a Bidder/Contractor submits to document its good faith efforts, provided that the criteria set forth in the Regulations will also be considered for purposes of determining whether a Bidder/Contractor has documented good faith efforts.

ARTICLE 9            DEFICIENCIES IN BIDDER/PROPOSER MBE/WBE UTILIZATION PLAN

(1)            Within twenty (20) days of receipt of a Proposer’s/Bidder’s MBE/WBE Utilization Plan, the Authority will send a written notice to the Bidder of acceptance or deficiency of the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan. If the notice specifies that there is a deficiency, within seven (7) business days after receipt, the Bidder must deliver to the Procurement Representative a written response to the notice of deficiency. Failure to timely respond may be grounds for disqualification.

(2)            The Authority may allow:

i)               additional time to submit: or

ii)              additional submissions after the seven (7) business day period, based upon its determination that the Bidder is making a good faith attempt to submit a response or to correct the deficiencies.

ARTICLE 10         DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER

The Authority Will disqualify a Bidder as being non-responsible:

(1)            for failure to submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan;

(2)            for failure to respond to deficiencies in the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan notice in accordance with Article 9 above; or

(3)            upon a determination that the Proposer/Bidder’s MBE/WBE Utilization Plan does not indicate that the goal requirements will be met and the Bidder has not documented that it has made good faith efforts to develop a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan that’ satisfies goal requirements.

The Authority shall issue to a disqualified Bidder a notice of and statement of reasons for the Authority’s final decision. Where (2) or (3) above are the reason(s) for disqualification, the disqualified Bidder may request a hearing in accordance with the procedures outlined in Executive Law Article 15-A and the Regulations.

5




ARTICLE 11         COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE AUTHORITY BY A CONTRACTOR AFTER CONTRACT AWARD

(1)            After a Contract has been awarded, a Contractor may file a complaint with the Executive Director of the Division of Minority and Women’s Business Development asserting that the Authority unreasonably:

i)               denied in whole or part a request for waiver of a goal:

ii)              determined that the Contractor is failing or refusing to comply with a goal: or

iii)             failed to grant or deny a request for waiver within twenty (20) days of its receipt of a completed form 15A.2.

(2)            The procedure and time limits for filing and resolving such a complaint are set forth in the Regulations.

ARTICLE 12         COMPLAINTS BY THE AUTHORITY AGAINST A CONTRACTOR AFTER CONTRACT AWARD

(1)            After a Contract has been awarded, the Authority may file a complaint with the Director asserting-that:

i)               a Contractor’s MBE/WBE Utilization Plan or response to a notice of deficiency is deficient;

ii)              a Contractor is unreasonably failing or refusing to comply with the goals for participation by MBEs and WBEs.

(2)            The procedure and time limits for filing and resolving a complaint are set forth in the Regulations.

ARTICLE 13         EEO/NON-DISCRIMINATION

(1)            The Bidder agrees as a precondition to entering into a valid and binding Contract, not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment for work under this Contract, or any subcontract hereunder, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability or marital status, and that it shall make and document its conscientious and active efforts to employ and utilize minority group members and women in its work force on this Contract. The Bidder will undertake or continue existing programs of affirmative action to ensure that minority group members and women are afforded equal opportunities without discrimination. For these purposes, affirmative action shall apply in the areas of recruitment, employment, job assignment, promotion, upgradings, demotion, transfer, layoff, or termination and rates of pay or other forms of compensation. Upon a written request to the Authority’s Bid Reception Desk, Room 160, 130 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11201, the Authority will

6




supply contractors with a copy of the “New York State Labor Force Availability Data,” for specific job titles that fall within the relevant occupational categories. This data can be utilized by contractors in the identification, recruitment and retention of minority group members and women for participation on this Contract.

(2)            The requirements of this Schedule shall not apply to any employment or application for employment outside New York State or solicitations or advertisements thereof or any existing programs of affirmative action regarding employment outside New York State.

(3)            The Authority may waive the provisions of this Schedule for the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors that are in compliance with Federal laws and regulations concerning equal employment opportunities which effectuate the purposes of this Schedule. The Authority will not generally grant a waiver if the work force to be utilized in the performance of this Contract can be separated out from the Contractor’s and/or Subcontractor’s total work force and that portion of the work force will be dedicated to performance of the Contract within New York State..

A Contractor and/or Subcontractor requesting a pre-award waiver should forward its written request to the Procurement Representative. A Contractor and/or Subcontractor requesting a post-award waiver should forward its written request to the Engineer or Project Manager with a copy to the Deputy Director, Division of Business Programs. Requests for a waiver should include copies of documentation supporting compliance with Federal laws such as Standard Form 100 (EEO-1). Manufacturers of transit vehicles must submit a current U.S. Department of Transportation certification of compliance with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 for a waiver request to be considered. The Contractor and/or Subcontractor shall supply any additional information and/or documentation applicable to the request for a waiver that the Authority requests.

Contractors and/or Subcontractors that intend to file a post-award request for a waiver will be subject to all pre-award EEO requirements set forth in the Contract documents.

ARTICLE 14         AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/EEO SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The apparent low Bidder will be required to submit an EEO-I Form and EEO Policy Statement within seven (7) calendar days after it receives verbal notification of the selection. All other bidders must submit the document within seven (7) calendar days of verbal request for same. The Authority’s Division of Materiel will confirm, in writing, any verbal notification. However, the time frame for Bidder’s response is based upon the date the verbal notification was given. The Division of Materiel may extend the deadline for submission of an EEO-I Form or an EEO Policy Statement. Any requests or an extension must be submitted to the attention of the Procurement Representative.

If a Bidder does not submit an EEO-I Form or an EEO Policy Statement, the Bid may be rejected unless reasonable justification for such failure is provided in writing or a commitment is made to provide such document within the time frame established by the Authority.

7




ARTICLE 15         CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE REPORTING

The Authority is responsible for determining compliance by the Contractor with the affirmative action and MBE/WBE goals established in the Contract. The Authority may determine that the Contractor is complying with the affirmative action and MBE/WBE goals set forth in the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan by examining reports received from a Contractor on-site inspections, progress meetings regarding work required by the Contract or other Authority actions taken in the ordinary course of administering the Contract.

ARTICLE 16         POST-AWARD CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE

(1)           Contractor Compliance Reports:

The Contractor must submit the following items to the Engineer or the Project Manager and a copy to the Division of Business Programs when required as specified below:

MBE/WBE Program Reports:

i)               Monthly Compliance Reports - By the fifteenth (15 th ) of each month, commencing after the award of the Contract, the Contractor is required to deliver to the Engineer or Project Manager a completed “Monthly Consultant and Contractor MBE/WBE Participation Report” (Form 15A.3). Such form is intended to provide a reporting mechanism on progress towards meeting MBE/WBE goals.

Work Force Utilization Reports:

ii)              Within sixty (60) days of the execution of this Contract, the Contractor shall submit a staffing plan which shall contain information on employees projected to work on activities related to the Contract. This information must be broken down by specified ethnic background, gender and related job titles. The information must be submitted on the Staffing Plan Form (Form Staffpln).

iii)             After the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit on a monthly basis, by the fifteenth (15 th ) of each month, throughout the life of the Contract, a work force utilization report which details employees’ hours worked on activities related to this contract. This information must be broken down by specified ethnic background, gender and related job titles. The information must be submitted on form WF-257 - Construction.

iv)            During the lifetime of the Contract, the Contractor shall undertake or continue existing programs of affirmative action and shall ensure that all subcontractors comply with the EEO requirements.

8




(2)            Subcontracts:

i)               If the duration of this Contract is less than one (1) year, then within sixty (60) days of execution of this Contract, unless extended by the Authority’s Division of Business Programs in writing, the Contractor shall enter into written subcontract agreement(s) with MBE/WBE(s) listed in its Proposer/Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form or with substitutes which have been approved by the Authority.

ii)              If the duration of this Contract is one (1) year or more, not later than thirty (30) days before a Subcontractor commences work on the Contract, the Contractor shall enter into a written subcontract agreement with MBE/WBE(s) listed in its Proposer/Bidder MBE/WBE Utilization Plan Form or with substitutes which have been approved by the Authority.

iii)             Copies of the Contractor’s executed subcontract agreement(s) with MBE/WBE(s) shall be provided to the Authority’s Division of Business Programs by the Contractor immediately upon execution.

iv)            Within ninety (90) days of the execution of this Contract, the Contractor shall submit a work schedule outlining when the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s) will commence and complete work on the Contract.

The Contractor shall ensure that the individual listed below receives copies of all MBE/WBE reports and subcontract agreements as stipulated above. Copies of such documents should be forwarded to the address specified below:

Contract Compliance Officer

MTA New York City Transit

Division of Business Programs

130 Livingston Street, 10th Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11201

ARTICLE 17         PROHIBITIONS OF AGREEMENTS TO RESTRICT COMPETITION

Agreements between a Bidder and a MBE/WBE in which the MBE/WBE agrees not to provide subcontracting quotations to any other bidders are prohibited.

ARTICLE 18         AUTHORITY’S RESERVATION OF ALL REMEDIES

The Authority reserves all remedies it may have pursuant to law and this Contract in the event it determines that the Contractor has violated this Contract (including a failure to comply with the State MBE/WBE law, the Regulations or this Schedule).

9




CONTRACT NUMBER 00D7815

ATTACHMENT 8

FEDERAL DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING CERTIFICATION




ATTACHMENT 8

Federal Drug and Alcohol Testing Certification

The Proposer will check one of the following certificates, as applicable. Proposer is referred to PARAGRAPH 22 of the Request for Proposals. Proposers are advised that a Proposer that fails to check one of the following certifications may not be considered for contract award.

o                                     Proposer intends to perform the Work as identified as being Safety-Sensitive with its own employees. The Proposer, by execution of the Proposal and submission of its Proposal agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR Parts 40, 653 and 654, promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation - Federal Transit Administration to implement the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act. The requirements contained in these regulations are described in ARTICLE 109, DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING and ARTICLE 110, PRIVACY ACT of the Specific Contract Provisions, as well as in PARAGRAPH 22 of the Request for Proposals.

or

o                                     Proposer intends to utilize subcontractors to perform those aspects of the Work identified as being Safety-Sensitive. By utilizing subcontractors to perform the Safety-Sensitive work the Contract will not be subject to the requirements of the Federal Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs. However, the Proposer, by execution of the Proposal and submission of its Proposal agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR Parts 40, 653 and 654, promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation - Federal Transit Administration to implement the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act if during the performance of the work the Proposer utilizes its own employees to perform the work identified as being Safety-Sensitive. The requirements contained in these regulations are described in ARTICLE 109, DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING and ARTICLE 110, PRIVACY ACT of the Specific Contract Provisions, as well as in PARAGRAPH 22 of the Request for Proposals. The Proposer agrees to notify the Project Manager when a change hr performance occurs.




CONTRACT NUMBER 00D7815

ATTACHMENT 9

SAMPLE TRIP TICKET AND MANIFEST




 

 

 

TRIP TICKET

 

 

T 2428802

 

 

 

SCHEDULED

 

APPOINTMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRIP DATE

 

TRIP ID

 

PICK UP TIME

 

TIME

 

ROUTE ID

 

VEHICLE ID

 

ESCORT

 

GUEST(#)

 

S OR AR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PASSENGER

 

 

 

PASSENGER

 

SCHD. RETURN

ID

 

PASSENGER NAME

 

FARE DUE

 

PICK UP TIME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORIGIN:

 

DESTINATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BOROUGH:

ZIP:

 

BOROUGH:

 

ZIP:

 

 

 

ACTUAL TIMES

 

 

 

 

PICKUP o

 

DROP OFF o

 

LATENESS: PASSENGER o DRIVER o

 

 

·   AM

 

·   AM

 

COMMENT/INCIDENT

 

·   PM

 

·   PM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIFT USED? YES o   NO o

 

 

 

 

PASSENGER SIGNATURE

 

DRIVER SIGNATURE

DRIVER#:

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NO TIPPING ALLOWED

 

ORIGINAL/CARRIER

mkts-tripllx

 




Mainfest for 06/09/00

Provider:[REDACTED]

 

 

TIME IN

ODOMETER START

 

Fri June 9 2000

Route #: 1

 

VEH #: 0

TIME OUT

ODOMETER FINISH

 

Driver:

 

STACALC SCH P/U

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUESTS

 

EQUIP

 

PAS/CAR

 

PAS/CAR

 

PAS/CAR

 

 

 

 

ID#

 

APPT

 

DROP

 

PASSENGER NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

CITY

 

PCA

 

FARE

 

CANCEL

 

NO-SHOW

 

LATE

 

ODOMETER

 

TIME

N009

 

15:00

 

15:00

 

Beginning of Route

 

551 MIDLAND AVE

 

 

 

SI

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8765

 

15:22

 

15:10

 

[REDACTED]

 

[REDACTED]
GRANITE AVE

 

 

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

16:31

 

WALKER ST/EDEN 2 SCHOOL/MAIN ENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1.50

 

 

 

718-[REDACTED]-1422

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 765

 

16:31

 

 

 

[REDACTED] RAY

 

[REDACTED]
E 106TH ST

 

 

 

MA

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

2ND AVE & 106TH ST (PLS CALL WHEN DR ARRIVE “PCA A MUST”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

212-[REDACTED]-0822

 

 

 

 

 

 

4567

 

17:01

 

17:01

 

[REDACTED] MARCIA C

 

[REDACTED]
E 36TH ST

 

10016

 

MA

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

18.41

 

LEXINGTON AV & 3RD AV/DR OFFICE/MAIN ENT/NO EQUIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

1.50

 

 

 

917-[REDACTED]-9538

 

 

 

 

 

 

7199

 

17:36

 

17:36

 

[REDACTED] ALFRED

 

[REDACTED]
MONTAGUE ST

 

11201

 

BR

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

18:15

 

CLINTON & HENRY ST/NO EQUIP/ LAWYERS OFFICE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

1.50

 

 

 

718-852-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

7199

 

18:15

 

 

 

[REDACTED] ALFRED

 

[REDACTED]
21ST DR

 

11214

 

BR

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

BAY 25TH ST / 20TH LANE/NO EQUIP/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

718-266-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

4567

 

18:41

 

 

 

[REDACTED] MARCIA C

 

[REDACTED]
MARYLAND AV

 

10305

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

REYNOLDS ST/COLTON ST/NO EQ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

718-420-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

2117

 

19:11

 

19:15

 

 

 

E LUNCH L

 

 

 

SI

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1743

 

20:10

 

20:15

 

[REDACTED] ANGELO

 

[REDACTED]
PARK AVE

 

 

 

MA

 

0

 

?

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

22:16

 

HUNTER COLLEGE SOUTH MAIN ENT-ON LEX. AND & 68TH ST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

1.50

 

 

 

212-772-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

9703

 

20:51

 

20:56

 

[REDACTED] DONALD J

 

[REDACTED]
MYRTLE AV

 

11206

 

BR

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

22:08

 

TOMPKINS AVE & THROOP ST/RESIDENCE/CANE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

1.50

 

 

 

718-486-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

4028

 

21:16

 

21:21

 

[REDACTED] ANGELINA

 

[REDACTED]
6TH AV

 

11215

 

BR

 

0

 

A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21:36

 

PROSPECT AV / 16 ST/ CANE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

1.50

 

[      ]

 

[      ]
718-[REDACTED]-2448

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

4028

 

21:36

 

 

 

[REDACTED] ANGELINA

 

[REDACTED]
62ND ST

 

11220

 

BR

 

0

 

A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8TH AVE & 9TH AV/ CANE/SENIOR CLUB GOYA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

[      ]

 

[      ]
718-[REDACTED]-9416

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

9701

 

22:08

 

 

 

[REDACTED] DONALD J

 

[REDACTED]
TOMPKINS AVE

 

10304

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

HILL ST/BROAD ST/ CANE/REHAB CENTER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

718-727-[REDACTED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

1741

 

22:16

 

 

 

[REDACTED] ANGELO

 

[REDACTED]
BARD AVE

 

 

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLOVE RD & BARD AVE / CAN TRANSFER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

718-[REDACTED]-0168

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

6779

 

22:32

 

22.28

 

[REDACTED] JENNIE

 

[REDACTED]
JEROME AVENUE

 

10305

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

22:46

 

HOLY ROSARY CHURCH BINGO HALL/OFF MCCLEAN AVE/CANE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1.50

 

 

 

718-442-[REDACTED]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

6779

 

22:46

 

 

 

[REDACTED] JENNIE

 

[REDACTED]
KLONDIKE AV

 

10314

 

SI

 

0

 

A

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

OFF KELLY RD/CANE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

718-[REDACTED]-7856

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1




Mainfest for 06/09/00

Provider: RJR

 

 

 

 

 

 

Route #: 1

 

VEH #: 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUESTS

 

EQUIP

 

PAS/CAR

 

PAS/CAR

 

PAS/CAR

 

 

 

 

ID#

 

APPT

 

DROP

 

PASSENGER NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

CITY

 

PCA

 

FARE

 

CANCEL

 

NO-SHOW

 

LATE

 

ODOMETER

 

TIME

9002

 

23:01

 

23:06

 

 

 

551 MIDLAND AVE

 

 

 

SI

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

E

 

 

 

 

 

End of Route

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fares:

 

$

10.50

 

 

 

 

 

2




CONTRACT NUMBER 00D7815

ATTACHMENT 10

CURRENT PARATRANSIT FLEET




Paratransit Vehicles

 

 

 

Bronx

 

Manhattan

 

Staten Island

 

Bklyn 1

 

Bklyn 2

 

Queens

 

Overnight

 

Total Vehicles

 

2000 Goshen Option

 

8

 

11

 

5

 

9

 

9

 

15

 

5

 

62

 

1996 Metrotrans Classic 20

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

1994 Metrotrans Classic II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1995 Metrotrans Classic II

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

1996 Metrotrans Classic II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

1997 Metrotrans Classic II

 

13

 

16

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

1998 Metrotrans Classic II

 

11

 

14

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

1995 Metrotrans Minivan

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

1994 Ford Crown Vic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1995 Ford Crown Vic

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

13

 

13

 

18

 

 

 

54

 

1997 Ford Crown Vic

 

6

 

8

 

8

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

28

 

1996 Girardin Bluebird

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

8

 

11

 

 

 

27

 

1997 Girardin Bluebird

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

1998 Girardin Bluebird

 

5

 

7

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

16

 

 

 

48

 

1996 Ford Champion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

1997 Ford Champion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1996 Ford Braun

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

6

 

 

 

12

 

1998 Goshen Pacer

 

4

 

6

 

3

 

19

 

19

 

28

 

 

 

79

 

1999 Goshen Pacer II

 

3

 

5

 

3

 

14

 

14

 

20

 

 

 

59

 

2000 Goshen Pacer II

 

8

 

11

 

 

 

12

 

12

 

19

 

 

 

62

 

1999 Coach & Equipment Phoenix

 

12

 

14

 

1

 

9

 

9

 

15

 

 

 

60

 

2000 Coach & Equipment Phoenix

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

8

 

 

 

25

 

1999 Coach & Equipment Phoenix 2

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

2000 Coach & Equipment Phoenix 2

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Total Vehicles by Carrier

 

80

 

101

 

47

 

110

 

110

 

162

 

5

 

615

 

Average Years in Service

 

1.82

 

1.7

 

2

 

1.78

 

1.78

 

1.66

 

0

 

1.75

 

 




 

 

Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

A TRANSIT ALLIANCE COMPANY

165-25 147th Avenue, Jamaica, New York 11434-5295

 

 

Jerome Cooper

Tel. (718) 995-4700 Fax (718) 995-4712

 

 

President

 

November 9, 2000

New York City Transit Authority

RFP Number 00D7815

130 Livingston Street, Bid Desk

Brooklyn, NY 11201-5190

Attrn:

 

Timothy P. Rooney, Assistant Chief Procurement Officer

 

 

 

Re:

 

Access-A-Ride Paratransit Transportation Service

 

Dear Mr. Rooney:

We appreciate the opportunity you provided us last week to meet and explain elements of our proposal to operate Access-A-Ride paratransit service under contract to MTA New York City Transit. The dialog was very helpful in gaining additional insights into the service.

As a result of that discussion our proposal has been reviewed and adjusted. Attached are revised price proposal sheets that reflect the adjustments we have made. Should any further explanation be necessary please do not hesitate to call.

Employee Benefits

We reexamined the benefits rate used and have been able to reduce it to 28 percent by careful thought and analysis of our health benefits and pension costs. A reduction in non-fixed benefits expense from 10.45 percent to 8.45 percent represents a 19 percent decrease.

Our fixed benefit rate costs have not changed and are as follows:

Social security

 

7.65 percent

Workers’ compensation

 

6.00 percent

Unemployment

 

1.90 percent

Vacation (assumes two weeks vacation per year)

 

4.00 percent

Total

 

19.55 percent




Mobilization

MTA New York City Transit asked if Transit Facility Management would accept an incremental mobilization, and accept work in discrete intervals as drivers complete their training. This request is acceptable. As our drivers complete their training we will accept vehicles and begin service.

This incremental mobilization affects our proposal slightly. The personnel and facility costs are all one-time expenses that will be charged in accordance with our proposal. The cost of hiring employees will be charged throughout the incremental mobilization period as incurred.

Line 4. The number of hours allocated to the assistant operations managers has been reduced from 2,080 hours to 480 hours. This revised number reflects a mobilization period of six weeks for these managers instead of six months.

Our proposal continues to include two assistant operations managers . We firmly believe that these people are necessary in order to provide effective managerial control over the entire operation during all operating hours. This plan ensures that there will always be an individual available with the authority and discretion to take whatever action might be necessary for the safe, efficient, and effective operation of the paratransit service. The manager in charge will be able to assist dispatchers during especially heavy work periods and will set priorities for the maintenance staff.

Line 5. With an incremental mobilization we have been able to reduce the number of safety and training managers during mobilization to a single individual working a total of 1,040 hours (six months). This period will accommodate several training classes for vehicle operators, as well as the preparation of related training materials.

Line 6. We have reviewed the proposed wages to be paid to a data entry clerk and the importance of the work to be performed by the clerk. In light of the current labor market we do not believe that we will be able to attract a qualified clerk for less than the amount proposed, and therefore no modification to the price is given.

Line 7. We have adjusted the proposed dispatcher hours. In addition we have also included an increase in the proposed hourly rate. The two increases insure that each dispatcher will not be overburdened in their critical functions, and that knowledgeable people with an intimate familiarity with the City’s streets can be attracted to these positions.

Line 14. The price for a fax machine is reduced to $495, the cost of a Hewlett Packard model 920 fax machine.

Line 15. The telephone equipment to be set up is an NEC NEAX 2000 IVS2 centralized system. It provides voice mail, auto-attendant, and a call accounting package. The auto-attendant distributes calls to the appropriate department and allows the caller to search for a person’s extension via the first three letters of his or her last name. The call accounting feature keeps track of incoming and outbound calls logging the date, time of call, phone number, and length of call. There will be an absolute virtual link allowing for sharing of dial tone, and

2




one touch intercom and paging over the network. The automatic call distribution network will prioritize calls coming into the queue. The phone system will have a day and night greeting with call routing capabilities.

Line 25. We have changed the specification of the laser printer from an HP 4050 to an HP 2100. While a non-networked version of this printer sells for approximately $600, we will require a networked version since multiple computers will be sharing this single printer. The price is reduced from $1,629 to $1,038.

Line 30. We have changed our proposed two-way communication system to a Nextel system. The initial cost per unit for Nextel service is $60 ($10 for the equipment itself and $50 for service activation).

Line 31. A $200 uniform allowance will permit each operator to select a package of clothing. A typical package will include five shirts, two pairs of slacks, a cap, and a jacket.

Line 32. Initial vehicle operator training costs are reduced from $1,400 to $1,040 by reducing the hourly rate paid to employees during the training period.

Line 33. The original price proposed for drug and alcohol testing included four hours of paid time (at $14.50 per hour) to the person being tested. We have reduced that time to two hours. The cost of the two tests remain $90, and the total price per safety-sensitive employee is reduced from $150 to $120.

Fixed Costs

Line 4. We continue to propose two assistant operations managers for the reasons outlined above for line 4, mobilization costs.

Line 7. We continue to propose a wage rate of $12.50 per hour for the reasons outlined above for line 6, mobilization costs.

Line 8. The number of dispatchers is increased from four to eight, and their wage rates increased to $15.00 per hour, for the reasons outlined above for line 7, mobilization costs.

Line 14. The extension for parking in excess of fifty vehicles is corrected to $0. Upon expansion beyond fifty vehicles the specified rate of $1,200 per vehicle per year will apply.

Line 20. Nextel service will be provided at a rate of $55 per month, tax inclusive, for unlimited two-way service.

Line 21. Annual fax machine usage and service is reduced from $250 to $50.

3




Line 22. Safety and training costs are represented by a blended rate that includes both (1) annual retraining of employees and (2) initial vehicle operator training of new employees. The charge for annual retraining is for three days per vehicle operator. The charge for new employee testing consists of the charge for initial vehicle operator training (as specified in the mobilization costs) multiplied by the anticipated employee turnover rate. The charge for new employee testing reflects the lower training rate used in line 32 of mobilization expenses, and so the blended rate is reduced to $670.

Line 25. Non-revenue vehicle maintenance is reduced from $6,000 per year to $1,200 per year.

Line 26. Non-revenue vehicle fuel is reduced from $5,925 per year to $4,000 per year.

Line 27. Non-revenue vehicle tolls are reduced from $2,200 per year to $1,500 per year.

Line 28. An annual uniform allowance is provided in order to allow each vehicle operator to select new uniform items that might wear out. A cleaning allowance is provided to ensure that drivers maintain a neat and clean appearance.

Line 32. We are able to reduce the charges for drug and alcohol testing from $212 to $125. This is a blended rate that includes both (1) random testing of safety-sensitive employees and (2) initial testing of new employees. The charge for random testing consists of the separate expenses for drug testing and alcohol testing (including two hours wages for the tested employee) multiplied by the rate of testing specified at 49 C.F.R. §§ 653.47 and 654.35. The charge for new employee testing consists of the charge for both drug and alcohol testing (as specified in the mobilization costs) multiplied by the anticipated employee turnover rate.

Lines 33 through 35. Expenses relating to primer cartridges are moved from lines 4 through 6, variable expenses, to lines 33 through 35, fixed expenses. The number of cartridges to be used per year is reduced to four cartridges of each type.

Maintenance Costs

All labor hours listed on lines 1, 2, and 3 for each vehicle type are reduced. In our original proposal we anticipated a maintenance work force of approximately twenty-one people based upon age “B” vehicles, distributed as required among small vans, large vans, and sedans. We revise our proposal to yield a work force of approximately ten people based on age “B” vehicles.

Line 1. We will reduce the unit price for mechanics from $23.11 to $21.00 per hour.

4




Variable Costs

Line 1. We closely examined the rate we proposed for vehicle operators to determine if a lower amount could be specified. As long time transit managers, we have extensive experience in hiring drivers in a wide variety of operating environments, including traditional transit operations, school bus operations, and demand-response operations. Using this knowledge and experience in attempting to hire and retain qualified drivers in this very tight labor market, we believe the specified rate is necessary for us to be able to recruit a sufficient number of qualified driven to be able to operate the service reliably. For example, in school bus contracts where the starting salary is $10.00 to $11.00 per hour we have been unable to attract qualified driven. Other bus companies are struggling to obtain drivers and are offering many types of bonuses to attract drivers with only limited success.

To operate quality paratransit service requires a stable work force of well-trained qualified drivers. We believe that a lower wage rate will seriously affect our ability to attract and retain the kind of work force necessary to ensure a safe and high quality operation.

Historically we have enjoyed a high retention rate because of our good benefit package and our equitable wage rate. We anticipate a long and amiable association with MTA New York City Transit and are certain that our staff will be with us for many years.

Line 3. The number of gallons of fuel consumed is reduced from 212,500 to 150,000.

Pass-Through Costs

No adjustments.

Exceptions to Contract

Based on our discussion relating to the reasonableness of directives from MTA New York City Transit we suggest the following amendments to article 211 of the general contract provisions. In paragraph B add an additional sentence to read, “The parties each agree to adhere to a standard of reasonableness in their respective discretionary acts, and that the DRO shall consider the reasonableness of such discretionary acts in his decision.” In paragraph C add an additional sentence to read, “The Court may consider de novo the issue of the parties’ reasonableness in their respective discretionary acts.”

We also suggest that a force majeure paragraph be added that reads as follows: “Transit Facility Management shall not be deemed or declared to be in default, nor charged for liquidated damages, for a delay in providing or failure to provide services under this Contract due to causes beyond Transit Facility Management’s control. Such causes of excusable delay or failure to provide service include but are not limited to acts of God or of public enemies, fires, floods, acts of terrorism, injunctions, epidemics, quarantines, freight embargoes, government commandeering of facilities or equipment, and road closings. Strikes and work stoppages shall also constitute a cause of excusable delay or failure to provide service. Such delay or failure to provide services is excusable and excused only for so long as, and to the extent, that the reason for the delay or failure to provide services continues, including reasonable recovery time.”

5




Heavy Repairs

As requested, the following are samples of costs for heavy repairs exclusive of labor.

Diesel engine rebuild, 7.3-liter

 

$

4,595

 

Transmission rebuild

 

$

1,700

 

Wheelchair lift replacement

 

$

3,100

 

A/C compressor (each)

 

$

475

 

 

Expansion Plan

As vehicles are added to the fleet in excess of fifty, the 55th, 65th, 75th, and 85th will be considered additional “spare” vehicles beyond the existing five spare vehicles. As service expands the following adjustments will be made to our proposal. All prices shall be adjusted by the CPI inflator then in effect, as applicable.

MOBILIZAITON COSTS

In order to assure complete employee training, certain individuals will be placed on the payroll in advance of operating additional vehicles. A new dispatcher will be hired eight weeks in advance and new data entry clerks will be hired four weeks in advance.

New dispatcher

 

$

4,800

 

Benefits

 

$

1,344

 

Other overhead

 

$

298

 

Total

 

$

6,442

 

 

New data entry clerk

 

$

2,000

 

Benefits

 

$

560

 

Other overhead

 

$

124

 

Total

 

$

2,684

 

For each additional vehicle added to the fleet, an additional Nextel unit shall be acquired at a cost of $60. In addition two uniform allowances at $200 each, two training sessions at $1,040 each, and two drug and alcohol tests at $120 each shall be charged.

Nextel unit and activation

 

$           60

 

Uniform allowance

 

$         400

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

$      2,080

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

$         240

 

Total

 

$      2,780

 

6




FIXED COSTS

For each additional seven vehicles added to the fleet an additional dispatcher shall be added to fixed costs at the rate of $15.00 per hour for 2,080 hours, per year.

New dispatcher

 

$

31,200

 

Benefits

 

$

8,736

 

Other overhead

 

$

1,934

 

Sub-total

 

$

41,870

 

Profit

 

$

3,873

 

Total

 

$

45,743

 

When the fleet reaches seventy vehicles an additional data entry clerk shall be added to fixed costs at the rate of $12.50 per hour for 2,080 hours, per year.

New data entry clerk

 

$

26,000

 

Benefits

 

$

7,280

 

Other overhead

 

$

1,612

 

Sub-total

 

$

34,892

 

Profit

 

$

3,228

 

Total

 

$

38,120

 

For each additional vehicle fixed costs shall be increased by $4,644, allocated as follows.

Nextel service

 

$

660

 

Parking

 

$

1,200

 

Safety and training costs

 

$

1,340

 

Motor vehicle tax

 

$

400

 

Uniform and cleaning allowance

 

$

400

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

$

250

 

Sub-total

 

$

4,250

 

Profit

 

$

394

 

Total

 

$

4,644

 

7




Concluding Remarks

Revised price proposal sheets reflecting changes are attached.

Once again we thank you for including us in the process of selecting carriers to operate Access-A-Ride paratransit service in New York City. Please call me should you have any further questions.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Stan Brettschneider

 

 

 

 

Stan Brettschneider

 

Vice President

 

8




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

MOBILIZATION COSTS

 

ZONE: Brooklyn 1

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles: 50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

42,500

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

480

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

9,231

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

180

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

2,000

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

2,580

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

38,400

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-11, Above)

 

$

199,631

A

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (A Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

55,897

B

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (A Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

12,377

C

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (A+B+C)

 

$

267,904

D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Above-ground fuel system

 

1

 

each

 

$

45,000

 

$

45,000

 

13

 

Automatic power transfer switch

 

1

 

each

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

14

 

Fax system

 

1

 

each

 

$

495

 

$

495

 

15

 

Telephone system

 

1

 

each

 

$

7,500

 

$

7,500

 

16

 

Desks and chairs

 

5

 

each

 

$

433

 

$

2,165

 

17

 

File cabinets

 

10

 

each

 

$

270

 

$

2,700

 

18

 

Computer: Compaq Deskpro EP

 

2

 

each

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,254

 

19

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

each

 

$

2,579

 

$

2,579

 

20

 

Internal print server: HP JetDirect 600N

 

1

 

each

 

$

325

 

$

325

 

21

 

Printer: Epson DFX-8500

 

2

 

each

 

$

2,400

 

$

4,800

 

22

 

Ethernet print server: Epson 10/100...

 

2

 

each

 

$

300

 

$

600

 

23

 

Dual speed hub: 3Com Superstack II

 

1

 

each

 

$

620

 

$

620

 

24

 

Computer: Micron ClientPro CN

 

3

 

each

 

$

2,195

 

$

6,585

 

25

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 2100

 

1

 

each

 

$

1,038

 

$

1,038

 

26

 

Shielded CAT 5e cable, 1000-ft

 

2

 

each

 

$

194

 

$

388

 

27

 

CAT 5e patch panel, 24 port

 

1

 

each

 

$

136

 

$

136

 

28

 

Hinged wall mount

 

1

 

each

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

29

 

Computer supplies (packs, faceplates, etc)

 

1

 

each

 

$

500

 

$

500

 

30

 

Nextel units and activation

 

75

 

each

 

$

60

 

$

4,500

 

31

 

Uniform allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 12-31, Above)

 

$

111,236

 E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

1,040

 

$

93,600

 

33

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

103

 

per safety-sensitive empl

 

$

120

 

$

12,360

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 32-33, Above)

 

$

105,960

F

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs (D+E+F)

 

$

485,099

G

NOTES:

Line items any left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

FIXED COSTS

 

 

ZONE:   Brooklyn 1

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles:   50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

2,060

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

85,000

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

2,060

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

2,060

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

4,160

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

80,000

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

2,060

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

2,060

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

26,000

 

8

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

16,640

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

248,600

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-12, Above)

 

$

655,600

H

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (H Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

183,568

I

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (H Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

40,647

J

 

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (H Times Profit Percentage)

 

$

81,383

K

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (H+I+J+K)

 

$

961,198

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Rent (including parking for 50 vehicles)

 

12

 

per month

 

$           12,000

 

$          144,000

 

14

 

Parking (in excess of 50 vehicles)

 

0

 

per vehicle

 

$             1,200

 

$                     0

 

15

 

Telephone

 

12

 

per month

 

$             1,250

 

$            15,000

 

16

 

Utilities

 

12

 

per month

 

$             2,500

 

$            30,000

 

17

 

Facility insurance

 

12

 

per month

 

$                500

 

$              6,000

 

18

 

Facility maintenance

 

12

 

per month

 

$             1,450

 

$            17,400

 

19

 

Facility security

 

12

 

per month

 

$                865

 

$            10,380

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 13-19, Above)

 

$          222,780

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Nextel service

 

75

 

per unit

 

$

660

 

$

49,500

 

21

 

Fax machines

 

1

 

per machine

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

22

 

Safety and training costs

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

670

 

$

60,300

 

23

 

Non-revenue vehicle maintenance

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,200

 

$

4,800

 

24

 

Non-revenue fuel

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

25

 

Non-revenue tolls

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,500

 

$

6,000

 

26

 

Computer equipment maintenance

 

5

 

per computer

 

$

750

 

$

3,750

 

27

 

Motor vehicle tax

 

55

 

per vehicle

 

$

400

 

$

22,000

 

28

 

Uniform and cleaning allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

29

 

Outside auditing fees

 

1

 

per year

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

30

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

102

 

per safety-sensitive empl

 

$

125

 

$

12,750

 

31

 

Printer cartridge: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

205

 

$

205

 

32

 

Printer cartridge: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

127

 

$

127

 

33

 

Printer ribbon: Epson DFX-8500

 

1

 

per year

 

$

33

 

$

33

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 20-35, Above)

 

$

203,515

N

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (N Times Profit Percentage)

 

$

18,825

O

 

 

 

 

Other Required Costs (N+O)

 

$

222,340

P

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs (L+M+P)

 

$

1,406,318

Q

NOTES:

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

These are one-year, full-operation costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

MAINTENANCE COSTS

 

ZONE:  Brooklyn 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Small Van Maintenance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Small Vans: 38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs PER Small Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

62

 

82

 

91

 

82

 

$

 

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

124

 

165

 

181

 

165

 

$

 

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

$

 

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Small Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

563

 

$

750

 

$

825

 

$

750

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Large Van Maintenance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Large Vans: 10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs PER Large Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

71

 

95

 

104

 

95

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

142

 

189

 

208

 

189

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Large Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

647

 

$

863

 

$

949

 

$

863

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

660

 

$

660

 

$

660

 

$

660

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

 

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

 

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

 

“Age” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicle has new seating, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Note that damage to the side wall of the vehicle tires will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




 

 

Revenue Sedan Maintenance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Sedans: 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs PER Sedan PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

31

 

41

 

45

 

41

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

62

 

82

 

91

 

82

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Sedan Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

375

 

$

500

 

$

550

 

$

500

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance Profit: 9.25%

 

 

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicles has new seating, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that Zone.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that Zone

Note that damage to the side wall of the vehicle tires will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

VARIABLE AND PASS-THROUGH COSTS

ZONE:  Brooklyn 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Variable Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle operators

 

139,598

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

2,024,171

 

 

Benefits % 28 (R Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

566,767.88

 

2

 

Road/operator supervisors

 

8,320

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

120,640

 

 

Benefits % 28 (T Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

33,779.20

 

3

 

Fuel

 

150,000

 

gallons

 

$

1.60

 

$

240,000

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Variable Cost (Sum of 1-6, Above)

 

$

2,985,358

 X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Profit 9.25 (X Times Profit %)

 

$

276,146

 Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Variable Cost with Profit: (X+Y)

 

$

3,261,504

 Z

 

 

Per Vehicle Calculations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vehicle Service Hours Proposed:

 

139,598

 AA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Cost Plus Profit Per Vehicle Hour (AA Divided By Z)

 

$

23.36

 BB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Pass-Through Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle Leases (To Be Determined by NYC Transit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Revenue Tolls (To Be Determined by NYC Transit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Revenue Vechicle Insurance

 

55

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

220,000

 

4

 

Non-Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

4

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Cost: (Sum of 1-5, Above)

 

$

236,000

 CC

 

Proposal Cost Summary

Total Mobilization Costs:

 

(G)

 

$

485,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs with Profit:

 

(Q)

 

$

1,406,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Variable Costs with Profit:

 

(Z)

 

$

3,261,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Costs:

 

(CC)

 

$

236,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grand Total Without Maintenance Costs

 

(G+Q+Z+CC)

 

$

5,388,921

 

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify itemized costs.

 

These are one-year full-operation costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MOBILIZATION COSTS

 

 

 

ZONE:   Brooklyn 2

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles:   50

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

42,500

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

480

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

9,231

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

160

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

2,000

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

2,560

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

38,400

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-11, Above)

 

$

199,531

A

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (A Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

55,897

B

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (A Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

12,377

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (A+B+C)

 

$

267,904

D

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Above-ground fuel system

 

1

 

each

 

$

45,000

 

$

45,000

 

13

 

Automatic power transfer switch

 

1

 

each

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

14

 

Fax system

 

1

 

each

 

$

495

 

$

495

 

15

 

Telephone system

 

1

 

each

 

$

7,500

 

$

7,500

 

16

 

Desks and chairs

 

5

 

each

 

$

433

 

$

2,165

 

17

 

File cabinets

 

10

 

each

 

$

270

 

$

2,700

 

18

 

Computer: Compaq Deskpro EP

 

2

 

each

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,254

 

19

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

each

 

$

2,579

 

$

2,579

 

20

 

Internal print server: HP JetDrirect 600N

 

1

 

each

 

$

325

 

$

325

 

21

 

Printer: Epson DFX-8500

 

2

 

each

 

$

2,400

 

$

4,800

 

22

 

Ethernet print server: Epson 10/100...

 

2

 

each

 

$

300

 

$

600

 

23

 

Dual speed hub: 3Com Superstack II

 

1

 

each

 

$

620

 

$

620

 

24

 

Computer: Micron ClientPro CN

 

3

 

each

 

$

2,195

 

$

6,585

 

25

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 2100

 

1

 

each

 

$

1,038

 

$

1,038

 

26

 

Shielded CAR 5e cable, 1000-ft

 

2

 

each

 

$

194

 

$

388

 

27

 

CAT 5e patch panel, 24 port

 

1

 

each

 

$

136

 

$

136

 

28

 

Hinged wall mount

 

1

 

each

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

29

 

Computer supplies (jacks, faceplates, etc)

 

1

 

each

 

$

500

 

$

500

 

30

 

Nextel units and activation

 

75

 

each

 

$

60

 

$

4,500

 

31

 

Uniform allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 12-31, Above)

 

$

111,235

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

32

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

1,040

 

$

93,600

 

33

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

103

 

per safety -sensitive empl

 

$

120

 

$

12,380

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 32-34, Above)

 

$

105,960

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs (D+E+F)

 

$

485,099

G

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

FIXED COSTS

 

 

ZONE:   Brooklyn 2

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles:   50

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

85,000

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

4,180

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

80,000

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Date entry clerk

 

 

 

2,080

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

26,000

 

8

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

18,640

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

249,600

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-12, Above)

 

$

655,600

H

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (H Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

183,568

I

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (H Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

40,647

J

 

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (H times Profit Percentage)

 

$

61,383

K

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (H+I+J+K)

 

$

961,195

L

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Rent (including parking for 50 vehicles)

 

12

 

per month

 

$           12,000

 

$      144,000

 

14

 

Parking (in excess of 50 vehicles)

 

0

 

per vehicle

 

$             1,200

 

$                 0

 

15

 

Telephone

 

12

 

per month

 

$             1,250

 

$        15,000

 

16

 

Utilities

 

12

 

per month

 

$             2,500

 

$        30,000

 

17

 

Facility Insurance

 

12

 

per month

 

$                500

 

$          6,000

 

18

 

Facility maintenance

 

12

 

per month

 

$             1,450

 

$        17,400

 

19

 

Facility security

 

12

 

per month

 

$                865

 

$        10,360

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 13-19, Above)

 

$      222,780

M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Nextel service

 

75

 

per unit

 

$

880

 

$

49,500

 

21

 

Fax machines

 

1

 

per machine

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

22

 

Safety and training costs

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

670

 

$

60,300

 

23

 

Non-revenue vehicle maintenance

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,200

 

$

4,800

 

24

 

Non-revenue fuel

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

25

 

Non-revenue tolls

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,500

 

$

8,000

 

26

 

Computer equipment maintenance

 

5

 

per computer

 

$

750

 

$

3,750

 

27

 

Motor vehicle tax

 

55

 

per vehicle

 

$

400

 

$

22,000

 

28

 

Uniform and cleaning allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

29

 

Outside auditing fees

 

1

 

per year

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

30

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

102

 

per safety-sensitive ampl

 

$

125

 

$

12,750

 

31

 

Printer cartridge: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

205

 

$

205

 

32

 

Printer cartridge: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

127

 

$

127

 

33

 

Printer ribbon: Epson DFX-8500

 

1

 

per year

 

$

33

 

$

33

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 20-35, Above)

 

$

203,515

N

 

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (N Times Profit Percentage)

 

$

18,825

O

 

 

 

 

Other Required Costs (N+O)

 

$

222,340

P

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs (L+M+P)

 

$

1,405,318

Q

NOTES:

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

These are one-year, full-operation costs.




 

Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MAINTENANCE COSTS

 

ZONE: Brooklyn 2

 

 

Revenue Small Van Maintenance:

Proposed Number of Small Vans: 38

Personnel Costs PER Small Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

62

 

82

 

81

 

82

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

124

 

165

 

181

 

185

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Small Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

563

 

$

750

 

$

825

 

$

750

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

Revenue Large Van Maintenance:

Proposed Number of Large Vans: 10

Personnel Costs PER Large Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

71

 

95

 

104

 

95

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Servicemen

 

142

 

189

 

206

 

189

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Large Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

647

 

$

863

 

$

949

 

$

863

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

660

 

$

660

 

$

600

 

$

660

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

A ge ” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicle has now seeking, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Note that damage to the side wall of the vehicle tires will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MAINTENANCE COSTS

 

ZONE: Brooklyn 2

 

 

Revenue Sedan Maintenance:

Proposed Number of Sedans: 2

Personnel Costs PER Sedan PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

31

 

41

 

45

 

41

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

62

 

82

 

91

 

82

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Sedan Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A

 

“Age” B

 

“Age” C

 

“Age” D

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

375

 

$

500

 

$

550

 

$

500

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

Maintenance Profit: 9.25%

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

A ge ” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicle has now seeking, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that zone.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that zone.

Note that damage to the side well of the vehicle lines will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

VARIABLE AND PASS-THROUGH COSTS

 

ZONE:   Brooklyn 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Variable Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle operators

 

139,598

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

2,024,171

R

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (R Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

566,767.88

S

2

 

Road/operator supervisions

 

8,320

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

120,640

T

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (T Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

33,779.20

U

3

 

Fuel

 

160,000

 

gallons

 

$

1.80

 

$

240,030

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Variable Cost (Sum of 1-8, Above)

 

$

2,985,358

X

 

 

 

 

Variable Profit 9.25 (X Times Profit %)

 

$

276,148

Y

 

 

 

 

Total Variable Cost with Profit (X+Y)

 

$

3,261,504

Z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Vehicle Calculations:

 

Vehicle Service Hours Proposed

 

139,598

AA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Cost Plus Profit Per Vehicle Hour (AA Divided by Z)

 

$

23.36

BB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Pass-Through Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle Losses (To Be Determined by NYC Transit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Revenue Tolls (To Be Determined by NYC Transit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

55

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

220,000

 

4

 

Non-Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

4

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Cost: (Sum of 1-5, Above)

 

$

236,000

CC

Proposal Cost Summary

Total Mobilization Costs:

 

(G)

 

 

 

$

486,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs with Profit:

 

(Q)

 

 

 

$

1,406,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Variable Costs with Profit:

 

(Z)

 

 

 

$

3,261,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Costs:

 

(CC)

 

 

 

$

236,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grand Total Without Maintenance Costs

 

(G+Q+Z+CC)

 

 

 

$

5,388,921

 

NOTES:

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify itemizd costs.

These are one-year, full-operation costs.

 




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

MOBILIZATION COSTS

 

 

ZONE:   Queens

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles:   50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Personal Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

42,500

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

41,250

 

4

 

Assistant operations manager

 

2

 

480

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

8,231

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

1,040

 

per year

 

$

60,000

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

160

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

2,000

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

2,580

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

38,400

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-11, Above)

 

$

199,831

A

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (A Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

55,897

B

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (A Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

12,377

C

 

 

 

 

Personnal Costs (A+B+C)

 

$

267,904

D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of

 

 

 

 

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

  

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Above-ground fuel system

 

1

 

each

 

$

45,000

 

$

45,000

 

13

 

Automatic power transfer switch

 

1

 

each

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

14

 

Fax system

 

1

 

each

 

$

495

 

$

495

 

15

 

Telephone system

 

1

 

each

 

$

7,500

 

$

7,500

 

16

 

Desks and chairs

 

5

 

each

 

$

433

 

$

2,185

 

17

 

File cabinets

 

10

 

each

 

$

270

 

$

2,700

 

18

 

Computer: Compaq Deskpro EP

 

2

 

each

 

$

1,627

 

$

3,254

 

19

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 8100

 

1

 

each

 

$

2,579

 

$

2,579

 

20

 

Internal print server: HP JetDirect 600N

 

1

 

each

 

$

325

 

$

325

 

21

 

Printer: Epson DFX-8500

 

2

 

each

 

$

2,400

 

$

4,800

 

22

 

Ethernet print server: Epson 10/100...

 

2

 

each

 

$

300

 

$

600

 

23

 

Duel speed hub: 3Com Superstack II

 

1

 

each

 

$

620

 

$

620

 

24

 

Computer: Micron Clientpro CN

 

3

 

each

 

$

2,195

 

$

6,585

 

25

 

Printer: HP LaserJet 2100

 

1

 

each

 

$

1,038

 

$

1,038

 

26

 

Shielded CAT 5e cable, 1000-ft

 

2

 

each

 

$

194

 

$

388

 

27

 

CAT 5e patch panel, 24 port

 

1

 

each

 

$

136

 

$

136

 

28

 

Hinged well mount

 

1

 

each

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

29

 

Computer supplies (jacks, faceplates, etc)

 

1

 

each

 

$

500

 

$

500

 

30

 

Nextel Units and activation

 

75

 

each

 

$

80

 

$

4,500

 

31

 

Uniform allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 12-31, Above)

 

$

111,235

E

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Initial vehicle operator training

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

1,040

 

$

93,600

 

33

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

103

 

per safety-sensitive empl

 

$

120

 

$

12,360

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 32-33, Above)

 

$

105,980

F

 

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs (D+E+F)

 

$

495,099

G

NOTES:

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

FIXED COSTS

 

ZONE: Queens

Proposed Number of Revenue Vehicles: 50

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Number of
Positions

 

# of Hours

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Personnel Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Project manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

85,000

 

$

85,000

 

2

 

Operations manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

3

 

Maintenance manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

82,500

 

$

82,500

 

4

 

Assistance operations manager

 

2

 

4,160

 

per year

 

$

40,000

 

$

40,000

 

5

 

Safety and training manager

 

1

 

2,080

 

per year

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hourly

 

 

 

2080

 

per hour

 

$

12.50

 

$

26,000

 

6

 

Data entry clerk

 

 

 

15,640

 

per hour

 

$

15.00

 

$

289,600

 

7

 

Dispatcher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Personnel Costs, w/o Benefits (Sum of 1-12, Above)

 

$

655,600

 H

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (H Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

183,568

 I

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2 (H Times Overhead Percentage)

 

$

40,647

 J

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (H Times Profit Percentage)

 

$

81,383

 K

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel Costs (H+I+J+K)

 

$

981,198

 L

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Unit of 
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Facility Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Rent (including parking for 50 vehicles)

 

12

 

per month

 

$

12,000

 

$

144,000

 

14

 

Parking (in excess of 50 vehicles)

 

0

 

per vehicle

 

$

1,200

 

$

0

 

15

 

Telephone

 

12

 

per month

 

$

1,250

 

$

15,000

 

16

 

Utilities

 

12

 

per month

 

$

2,500

 

$

30,000

 

17

 

Facility insurance

 

12

 

per month

 

$

500

 

$

6,000

 

18

 

Facility maintenance

 

12

 

per month

 

$

1,450

 

$

17,400

 

19

 

Facility security

 

12

 

per month

 

$

885

 

$

10,380

 

 

Subtotal Facility Costs (Sum of 13-19, Above)

 

$

222,780

 M

 

 

Other Required Costs:

 

Quantity

 

Unit of
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

20

 

Nextel service

 

75

 

per unit

 

$

660

 

$

49,500

 

21

 

Fax machines

 

1

 

per machine

 

$

50

 

$

50

 

22

 

Safety and injuring costs

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

670

 

$

60,300

 

23

 

Non-revenue vehicle maintenance

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,200

 

$

4,800

 

24

 

Non-revenue fuel

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

25

 

Non-revenue tolls

 

4

 

per non-revenue vehicle

 

$

1,500

 

$

6,000

 

26

 

Computer equipment maintenance

 

5

 

per computer

 

$

750

 

$

3,750

 

27

 

Motor vehicle tax

 

55

 

per vehicle

 

$

400

 

$

22,000

 

28

 

Uniform and clearing allowance

 

90

 

per vehicle operator

 

$

200

 

$

18,000

 

29

 

Outside auditing fees

 

1

 

per year

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

 

30

 

Drug and alcohol testing

 

102

 

per salary-sensitive empl

 

$

125

 

$

12,750

 

31

 

Printer cartridge: HP Laser Jet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

205

 

$

205

 

32

 

Printer cartridge: HP Laser Jet 8100

 

1

 

per year

 

$

127

 

$

127

 

33

 

Printer ribbon: Epson DFX 8500

 

1

 

per year

 

$

33

 

$

33

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Other Required Costs (Sum of 20-35, Above)

 

$

203,515

N

 

 

 

 

Profit % 9.25 (N Times Profit Percentage)

 

$

18,825

O

 

 

 

 

Other Required Costs (N+O)

 

$

222,340

P

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs (L+M+P)

 

$

1,426,318

Q

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

 

These are one-year full-operation costs.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

MAINTENANCE COSTS

 

ZONE: Queens

 

 

 

Revenue Small Van Maintenance:

 

Proposed Number of Small Vans: 35

 

Personnel Costs PER Small Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Hours/Year

 

“Age” B
Hours/Year

 

“Age” C
Hours/Year

 

“Age” D
Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

82

 

82

 

91

 

82

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

124

 

165

 

181

 

165

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

165

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Small Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Price

 

“Age” B
Price

 

“Age” C
Price

 

“Age” D
Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

583

 

$

750

 

$

825

 

$

750

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

$

145

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

$

588

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

$

975

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Large Van Maintenance:

 

 

 

Proposed Number of Large Vans: 10

 

 

 

Personnel Costs PER Large Van PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Hours/Year

 

“Age” B
Hours/Year

 

“Age” C
Hours/Year

 

“Age” D
Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

71

 

95

 

104

 

95

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

142

 

189

 

208

 

189

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

189

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Large Van Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Price

 

“Age” B
Price

 

“Age” C
Price

 

“Age” D
Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

847

 

$

863

 

$

948

 

$

863

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

$

150

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

660

 

$

660

 

$

600

 

$

660

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicle has new seating, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Note that damage to the side wall of the vehicle tires will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




 

Revenue Sedan Maintenance:

 

Proposed Number of Sedans: 2

 

Personnel Costs PER Sedan PER Year

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Hours/Year

 

“Age” B
Hours/Year

 

“Age” C
Hours/Year

 

“Age” D
Hours/Year

 

Unit Price

 

1

 

Mechanics

 

31

 

41

 

45

 

41

 

$

21.00

 

2

 

Serviceman

 

62

 

82

 

91

 

82

 

$

12.25

 

3

 

Fueler/Cleaner

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

82

 

$

10.00

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overhead % 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other PER Sedan Costs PER Year

 

 

 

 

 

“Age” A
Price

 

“Age” B
Price

 

“Age” C
Price

 

“Age” D
Price

 

1

 

Parts

 

$

375

 

$

500

 

$

550

 

$

500

 

2

 

Fluids

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

$

120

 

3

 

Tires

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

$

260

 

4

 

Body Damage

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

$

1,050

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: NYC Transit will calculate the extended price based on the actual vehicles allocated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance Profit: 9.25%

 

 

“Age” A means a vehicle that is both less than twelve months old AND has less than 30,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” B means a vehicle that is at least 12 months old and less than 36 months old, OR is less than 12 months old but has at least 30,000 an no more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” C means a vehicle that is either more than 36 months old OR has more than 90,000 miles on the odometer.

“Age” D means a vehicle that has been rehabbed by NYC Transit. A rehab means that the vehicle has new seating, wiring, brakes, transmission, air conditioning and suspension installed as well as having passed NYS Department of Transportation inspection.

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify items and costs.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that zone.

Proposers on Sedans should propose on ALL Sedans for that zone.

Note that damage to the side wall of the vehicle tires will be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.




Contract 00D7815 City-Wide Primary Paratransit Service

Price Proposal

 

Proposer: Transit Facility Management Corp.

 

VARIABLE AND PASS-THROUGH COSTS

 

ZONE: Queens

 

Line #

 

Item

 

Quantity

 

Unit of
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

Variable Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle operators

 

138,621

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

2,010,005

 R

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (R Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

562,801.26

 S

2

 

Road/operator supervisors

 

8,320

 

hours

 

$

14.50

 

$

120,640

 T

 

 

 

 

Benefits % 28 (T Times Benefits Percentage)

 

$

33,779.20

 U

3

 

Fuel

 

150,000

 

gallons

 

$

1.60

 

$

240,000

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

Subtotal Variable Cost (Sum of 1-6, Above)

 

$

2,967,225

 X

 

 

 

 

Variable Profit 9.25 (X Times Profit %)

 

$

274,468

 Y

 

 

 

Total Variable Cost with Profit: (X+Y)

 

$

3,241,693

 Z

 

 

Per Vehicle Calculations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vehicle Service Hours Proposed:

 

138,621

 AA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Cost Plus Profit Per Vehicle Hour (AA Divided by Z)

 

$

23.39

 BB

 

 

 

 

Quantity

 

Unit of
Measure

 

Unit Price

 

$ Extension

 

 

 

Pass-Through Costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Vehicle Leases (To Be Determined by NYC Transit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Revenue Tolls (To Be Determined by NYC Transit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

55

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

220,000

 

4

 

Non-Revenue Vehicle Insurance

 

4

 

vehicles

 

$

4,000

 

$

16,000

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Cost: (Sum of 1-5, Above)

 

$

236,000

 CC

 

Proposal Cost Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Total Mobilization Costs:

(G)

 

 

$

485,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Costs with Profit:

(Q)

 

 

$

1,406,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Variable Costs with Profit:

(Z)

 

 

$

3,241,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Pass-Through Costs:

(CC)

 

 

$

236,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grand Total Without Maintenance Costs

(G+Q+Z+CC)

 

 

$

5,369,111

 

 

NOTES:

 

Line items left blank are for Proposers to specify itemized costs.

 

These are one-year full-operation costs.




Comparison of Price Proposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised Proposal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original

 

Percent of 
Total Price

 

Revised

 

Percent of
Total Price

 

Change

 

Benefits

 

Other
Overhead

 

Profit

 

Rent

 

Rent plus
Profit

 

Mobilization

 

$

581,645

 

8.9

%

$

517,499

 

8.7

%

-11.0

%

$

55,897

 

$

12,377

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Fixed

 

$

1,217,044

 

18.6

%

$

1,417,134

 

23.8

%

16.4

%

$

183,568

 

$

40,647

 

$

101,124

 

$

144,000

 

$

245,124

 

Maintenance

 

$

1,105,432

 

16.9

%

$

534,717

 

9.0

%

-51.6

%

$

76,249

 

$

16,884

 

$

45,274

 

$

0

 

$

45,274

 

Variable

 

$

3,402,283

 

52.0

%

$

3,241,693

 

54.5

%

-4.7

%

$

596,580

 

$

0

 

$

274,468

 

$

0

 

$

274,468

 

Pass-Through

 

$

236,000

 

3.6

%

$

236,000

 

4.0

%

0.0

%

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

TOTAL

 

$

6,542,404

 

100.0

%

$

5,947,043

 

100.0

%

-9.1

%

$

912,294

 

$

69,908

 

$

420,866

 

$

144,000

 

$

564,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price Per Vehicle Hour

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Queens

 

$

24.54

 

 

 

$

23.39

 

 

 

-4.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brooklyn

 

$

24.52

 

 

 

$

23.36

 

 

 

-4.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent Years (Year 2000 dollars, no CPI)

 

Year 2

 

$

6,862,302

 

 

 

$

6,184,826

 

 

 

-9.9

%

$

990,963

 

$

60,908

 

$

484,814

 

$

156,000

 

$

640,814

 

Year 3

 

$

7,763,846

 

 

 

$

6,940,108

 

 

 

-10.6

%

$

1,125,529

 

$

64,285

 

$

548,763

 

$

168,000

 

$

716,763

 

Year 4

 

$

8,665,389

 

 

 

$

7,695,390

 

 

 

-11.2

%

$

1,260,094

 

$

67,661

 

$

612,711

 

$

180,000

 

$

792,711

 

Year 5

 

$

9,566,932

 

 

 

$

8,450,672

 

 

 

-11.7

%

$

1,394,660

 

$

71,038

 

$

676,660

 

$

192,000

 

$

868,660

 

5-Year Total

 

$

39,400,873

 

 

 

$

32,218,039

 

 

 

-10.6

%

$

5,683,540

 

$

333,800

 

$

2,743,614

 

$

840,000

 

$

3,583,814

 

 

Note:

 

Virtually the entire change in fixed costs is attributed to additional dispatchers at a higher rate of pay



Exhibit 10.11

ShelterClean of Arizona




 

 

City of Phoenix
PURCHASING DIVISION

 

April 28, 2006

Jerome Cooper, President
ShelterClean, Inc.
2514 North Naomi Street
Burbank, CA 91504-3235

SUBJECT:

AGREEMENT NO. P-08027-09/IFB 06-008

TITLE:

BUS STOP AND PASSENGER FACILITY MAINTENANCE- REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT

Dear Mr. Cooper:

Congratulations! You have been awarded the subject agreement with the City of Phoenix for the period of April 15, 2006 , through March 31, 2009 . Your copy of the executed Agreement is enclosed.

The Purchasing Division is responsible for the administration of this Agreement, and we are looking forward to doing business with your firm.

Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns.

Sincerely,

for Kelly Starbuck

Management Assistant II

(602) 262-5042

 

Enclosure

c:       File IFB 06-008

Mission: To provide quality services to our customers, both internal and external, through responsive actions, dedicated efforts and a commitment to innovation, excellence and equal opportunity

251 West Washington Street · Phoenix, Arizona 85003-2299 · 602-262-7181 · FAX: 602-534-1933 · TDD: 602-534-5500

Recycled Paper




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX
Purchasing Division

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
RFP 06-008 (RMC)

BUS STOP AND PASSENGER FACILITY MAINTENANCE -
REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT

118467

CONTACT PERSON
Rose M. Camacho
Procurement Supervisor
602-261-8989
rose.camacho@phoenix.govl




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

TABLE OF CONTENTS

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

Instructions to Proposers

 

Section I

Solicitation Response Checklist

 

 

Introduction

 

 

Schedule of Events

 

 

Obtaining a Copy of the Solicitation and Addenda

 

 

Preparation of Proposal

 

 

Compliance with Affirmative Action Requirements

 

 

Addenda

 

 

Licenses

 

 

Certification

 

 

Submission of Proposal

 

 

Withdrawal of Offer

 

 

Proposal Results

 

 

Award of Contract

 

 

Proposal Incentive SBE Firms

 

 

Proposal Incentive Joint Venture SBE Firms

 

 

City’s Right to Disqualify for Conflict of Interest

 

 

Proposer Compliance with Health, Environmental and Safety Requirements

 

 

Proposal Format

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Terms and Conditions

 

Section II

Definition of Key Words Used in the Solicitation

 

 

Contract Interpretation

 

 

Contract Administration and Operation

 

 

Costs and Payments

 

 

Contract Changes

 

 

Risk of Loss and Liability

 

 

Warranties

 

 

City’s Contractual Rights

 

 

Contract Termination

 

 

 

 

 

Special Terms and Conditions

 

Section III

 

 

 

Scope

 

Section IV

 

 

 

Submittals

 

Section V

 

 

 

Exhibits

 

Section VI

 

2




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

SECTION I - INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

Please read this before continuing on to the proposal document.

SOLICITATION RESPONSE CHECK LIST

In order for your response to be considered, your firm must be in compliance with the Phoenix City Code, Chapter 18, Article V pertaining to Affirmative Action Programs, prior to the solicitation opening due date. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements of this ordinance will result in your response being rejected.

Check off each of the following as the necessary action is completed.

o

1.

The requirements of City of Phoenix Affirmation Action Program Ordinance G-3472 have been met. Compliance forms are available at ftp://www.phoenix.gov/pub/payf/attachb.pdf. If currently in compliance, do not resubmit forms

 

 

 

o

2.

All forms have been signed. All of Section V, Submittals, is included.

 

 

 

o

3.

The prices offered have been reviewed.

 

 

 

o

4.

The price extensions and totals have been checked.

 

 

 

o

5.

Any required drawings or descriptive literature have been included.

 

 

 

o

6.

The delivery information block has been completed.

 

 

 

o

7.

If required, the amount of the bid surety has been checked and the surety has been included.

 

 

 

o

8.

Review the insurance requirements, if any, to assure you are in compliance.

 

 

 

o

9.

The specified number of copies of your offer has been included.

 

 

 

o

10.

Any addenda have been signed and are included.

 

 

 

o

11.

The mailing envelope has been addressed to:

 

 

City of Phoenix, Purchasing, 8th Floor, 251 W. Washington Street, Phoenix, AZ 85003.

 

 

 

 

 

The mailing envelope clearly shows:

 

 

Your company name and address, the solicitation number, and the proposal opening date.

 

 

 

o

12.

The response will be mailed in time to be received no later than 2:00 p.m. local Arizona time.

 

 

 

o

13.

Request for Consideration of Alternate Terms.

 

3




 

1.                                       INTRODUCTION

The City of Phoenix invites sealed proposals Bus Stop and Passenger Facility Maintenance – Requirements Contract , for cleaning and general maintenance services at bus stop and passenger facility locations, to support the City’s bus operations, in accordance with the specifications and provisions contained herein. The contract shall be for a twenty-nine (29) month period commencing on or about January 1, 2006, and expiring on May 31, 2008.

This solicitation is available in large print, Braille, audio tape, or computer diskette. Please call (602) 262-7181/
Fax (602) 534-1933 or TTY (602) 534-5500 for assistance.

2.                                       SCHEDULE OF EVENTS

Proposal Issue Date

 

September 26, 2005

Pre-Proposal Conference

 

October 19, 2005 10:00 A.M., Local Arizona Time

Written Inquiries Due Date

 

October 28, 2005 5:00 P.M., Local Arizona Time

Proposal Due Date

 

Friday, November 18, 2005

City Council Approval

 

December 14, 2005

 

 

 

Proposal Submittal Location:

 

Calvin Goode Building

 

 

City of Phoenix Finance Department

 

 

Purchasing Division

 

 

251 W. Washington Street, 8th Floor

 

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003

 

 

 

Pre-proposal Location:

 

City of Phoenix Public Transit Department

 

 

302 N. 1 st  Avenue, 9 th  Floor, Room 9A

 

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003

 

City reserves the right to change dates and/or locations as necessary.

3.                                       OBTAINING A COPY OF THE SOLICITATION AND ADDENDA

Interested proposers may download the complete solicitation and addenda from www.phoenix.gov/FINBID S . Internet access is available at all public libraries. Any interested proposers without Internet access may obtain this solicitation by calling (602) 262-7181 or picking up a copy during regular business hours at the City of Phoenix Finance Department, Purchasing Division, 251 W. Washington Street, 8th Floor, Phoenix, AZ.

4.                                       PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL

4.1                                All forms provided in Section V, Submittal, must be completed and submitted with your proposal. It is permissible to copy Section V forms if necessary. Erasures, interlineations, or other modifications of your proposal shall be initialed in original ink by the authorized person signing the proposal. No proposal shall be altered, amended or withdrawn after the specified proposal due time and date. The City is not responsible for proposer’s errors or omissions. All time periods stated as a number of days shall be calendar days.

Any deviation from this solicitation shall be clearly stated and identified in a separate section titled Request for Consideration of Alternate Terms and must be included with your submittal. Submission of additional terms, conditions or agreements with your proposal may result in rejection of your proposal.

4




4.2                                It is the responsibility of all proposers to examine the entire solicitation and seek clarification of any requirement that may not be clear and to check all responses for accuracy before submitting a proposal. Negligence in preparing a proposal confers no right of withdrawal after due date and time. Offerors are strongly encouraged to:

A.                                    Consider applicable laws and/or economic conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the products or services.

B.                                      Study and carefully correlate Offeror’s knowledge and observations with the RFP document and other related data.

C.                                      Promptly notify the City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies which an Offeror has discovered in or between the RFP document and such other related documents.

4.3                                The City does not reimburse the cost of developing, presenting or providing any response to this solicitation. Offers submitted for consideration should be prepared simply and economically, providing adequate information in a straightforward and concise manner. The Proposer is responsible for all costs incurred in responding to this solicitation. All materials and documents submitted in response to this solicitation become the property of the City and will not be returned.

4.4                                Proposers are reminded that the specifications stated in the solicitation are the minimum level required and that proposals submitted must be for products or services that meet or exceed the minimum level of all features specifically listed in this solicitation. Proposals offering less than the minimums specified are not responsive and should not be submitted.

4.5                                Proposal responses submitted for products considered by the seller to be acceptable alternates to the brand names or manufacturer’s catalog references specified herein must be submitted with technical literature and/or detailed product brochures for the City’s use to evaluate the products offered. Proposals submitted without this product information may be considered as non-responsive and rejected. The City will be the sole judge as to the acceptability of alternate products offered.

4.6                                If provisions of the detailed specifications preclude an otherwise qualified proposer from submitting a proposal, a written request for modification must be received by the Deputy Finance Director at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the proposal opening. The City may issue an addendum to this solicitation of any approved specification changes.

4.7                                Prices shall be submitted on a per unit basis by line item, when applicable. In the event of a disparity between the unit price and extended price, the unit price shall prevail unless obviously in error.

4.8                                Unless specifically requested in this solicitation, Proposer shall not include any State use or Federal Excise tax in its proposal pricing. The City is exempt from payment of Federal Excise Tax. For proposal evaluation, transaction (Sales) privilege tax paid (returned) to the City is considered a pass-through cost, calculated at zero (0) expense. For information on City of Phoenix Privilege (Sales) Tax, please contact the City of Phoenix Finance Department, Tax Division, (602) 262-6785.

5




5.                                       COMPLIANCE WITH AFFIRMATIVE ACTION IN EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS

Proposers must be in compliance with Phoenix City Code, Chapter 18, Article V, as amended, Affirmative Action Program, at the time of the proposal due date . Failure to comply with the reporting requirements of this Ordinance will result in your proposal being rejected. Firms are also responsible for maintaining their eligibility during the life of any contract and failure to do so may result in termination of the contract. An Affirmative Action form is available on line at ww.phoenix.gov/BUSINESS/affactio.html or by contacting the Purchasing Division at (602) 262-7181. Any questions in regard to this Affirmative Action Program should be directed to the Affirmative Action Contract Compliance Section of the Equal Opportunity Department, (602) 262-6790. The City of Phoenix extends to each individual, firm, Vendor, Supplier, Contractor and subcontractors an equal economic opportunity to compete for City business and strongly encourages voluntary utilization of disadvantaged and/or minority-owned or women-owned businesses to reflect both the industry and community ethnic composition.

6.                                       ADDENDA

The City of Phoenix shall not be responsible for any oral instructions made by any employees or officers of the City of Phoenix in regard to the bidding instructions, plans, drawings, specifications, or contract documents. Any changes to the plans, drawings and specifications will be in the form of an addendum, which will be available at www.phoenix.gov/FINBID S or by calling (602) 262-7181. The proposer shall acknowledge receipt of an addendum by signing and returning the document with the proposal submittal.

7.                                       LICENSES

If required by law for the operation of the business or work related to this Proposal, Proposer must possess all valid certifications and/or licenses as required by federal, state and local laws at the time of submittal.

8.                                       CERTIFICATION

By signature in the offer section of the Offer and Acceptance page, proposer certifies:

·                                           The submission of the offer did not involve collusion or other anti-competitive practices.

·                                           The proposer shall not discriminate against any employee, or applicant for employment in violation of Federal or State Law.

·                                           The proposer has not given, offered to give, nor intends to give at any time hereafter, any economic opportunity, future employment, gift, loan, gratuity, special discount, trip, favor, or service to a public servant in connection with the submitted offer.

9.                                       SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL

Proposals must be in the actual possession of the Purchasing Division on or prior to the exact time and date indicated in the Schedule of Events. Late proposals shall not be considered. The prevailing clock shall be the City Finance Department, Purchasing Division’s clock.

Proposals must be submitted in a sealed envelope and the following information should be noted on the outside of the envelope:

Proposer’s Name

Proposer’s Address (as shown on the Certification Page)

RFP Number

RFP Title

All proposals must be completed in ink or typewritten. Include the number of copies indicated in the Submittal section.

6




10.                                WITHDRAWAL OF OFFER

At any time prior to the solicitation due date and time, a proposer (or designated representative) may withdraw the proposal by submitting a request in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative. Facsimiles, telegraphic or mailgram withdrawals shall not be considered.

11.                                PROPOSAL RESULTS

Proposals will be opened on the proposal due date, time and location indicated in the Schedule of Events at which time the name of each offeror shall be read. Proposals and other information received in response to the Request for Proposal shall be shown only to authorized City personnel having a legitimate interest in them or persons assisting the City in the evaluation. Proposals are not available for public inspection until after award recommendation has been posted on the City’s website.

A preliminary tabulation will be posted on the Purchasing Division’s website, www.phoenix.gov/FINTABS within five (5) calendar days of the proposal opening. The information on the preliminary tabulation will be posted as it was read during the proposal opening. The City makes no guarantee as to the accuracy of any information on the preliminary tabulation. Once the City has evaluated the proposals an award recommendation will be posted on the website. No further notification will be provided to unsuccessful proposers.

Protest of an award recommendation must be filed within seven (7) calendar days after the award recommendation is posted on the website. Protests shall be in writing and filed with the Deputy Finance Director and must include all of the following:

·                                           The name, address and telephone number of the protester;

·                                           The signature of the protester or its representative;

·                                           Identification of the RFP number;

·                                           A detailed statement of the legal and factual grounds of protest including copies of relevant documents; and,

·                                           The form of relief requested.

12.                                AWARD OF CONTRACT

Award(s) will be made to the overall highest scoring offeror(s).

Notwithstanding any other provision of this solicitation, the City reserves the right to: (1) waive any immaterial defect or informality; or (2) reject any or all proposals or portions thereof; or (3) reissue a solicitation.

A response to a solicitation is an offer to contract with the City based upon the terms, conditions, and specifications contained in the City’s solicitation. Proposals do not become contracts until they are executed by the Deputy Finance Director. A contract has its inception in the award, eliminating a formal signing of a separate contract. For that reason, all of the terms, conditions and specifications of the procurement contract are contained in the solicitation, unless any of the terms, conditions, or specifications are modified by an addendum or contract amendment.

13.                                CITY’S RIGHT TO DISQUALIFY FOR CONFLICT OF INTEREST

The City reserves the right to disqualify any proposer on the basis of any real or apparent conflict of interest that is disclosed by the proposal submitted or any other data available to the City. This disqualification is at the sole discretion of the City. Any proposer submitting a proposal herein waives any right to object now or at any future time, before any body or agency, including but not limited to, the City Council of the City of Phoenix or any court.

7




14.                                PROPOSER’S COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

The Proposer’s products, services and facilities shall be in full compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local health, environmental and safety laws, regulations, standards, codes and ordinances, regardless of whether or not they are referred to by the City.

At the request of the City representatives, the proposer shall provide the City:

·                                           Environmental, safety and health regulatory compliance documents (written safety programs, training and records, permits, etc.) applicable to services requested.

·                                           A list of all Federal, State and local citations or notice of violations (including but not limited to EPA, OSHA, Maricopa County) issued against the Proposer or their subcontractors including dates, disposition and resolutions.

The City further reserves the right to make unannounced inspections of the Proposer’s facilities (during normal business hours).

15.                                PROPOSAL FORMAT

The written proposal shall be signed by an individual authorized to bind the Offeror. The proposal shall provide the name, title, address and telephone number of individuals with authority to contractually bind the company and who may be contacted during the period of the contract. All fees quoted shall be firm and fixed for the full contract period. Each response shall be:

A.                                    Typewritten for ease of evaluation.

B.                                      Submitted in an 8 1 ¤ 2 x 11 inch loose leaf three-ring binder.

C.                                      Set forth in the same sequence as this RFP (i.e., Offerors should respond to this RFP in sequence and each response should reference the applicable section of this RFP).

D.                                     Signed by an authorized representative of the Offeror.

E.                                       Submitted with the name(s), title, address, and telephone number of the individual(s) authorized to negotiate a contract with the City.

F.                                       All portions of this RFP contain numbered sections.

1.                                        The City requires that the responding RFP be organized in the following major sections:

a.                                        Management Summary and Understanding of the City’s Requirements

b.                                       Qualifications and Experience of the Firm

c.                                        Cost of Services

d.                                       Tracking and Reporting Capabilities

e.                                        Staff and Support Services

8




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

SECTION II - STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

1.                                       DEFINITION OF KEY WORDS USED IN THE SOLICITATION

Shall, Will, Must: Indicates a mandatory requirement. Failure to meet these mandatory requirements may result in the rejection of proposal as non-responsive.

Should: Indicates something that is recommended but not mandatory. If the proposer fails to provide recommended information, the City may, at its sole option, ask the proposer to provide the information or evaluate the offer without the information.

May: Indicates something that is not mandatory but permissible.

For purposes of this solicitation, the following definitions shall apply:

“Buyer”

 

City of Phoenix, City Purchasing Division staff person responsible for the solicitation.

 

 

 

“Days”

 

Means calendar days unless otherwise specified.

 

 

 

“City”

 

The City of Phoenix

 

 

 

“Contractor”

 

The individual, partnership, or corporation who, as a result of the competitive process, is awarded a contract by the City of Phoenix.

 

 

 

“Contract”

 

The legal agreement executed between the City of Phoenix, AZ and the Contractor.

 

 

 

“Contract Representative”

 

The City employee or employees who have specifically been designated to act as a contact person or persons to the Contractor, and responsible for monitoring and overseeing the Contractor’s performance under this contract.

 

 

 

“Deputy Finance Director”

 

The contracting authority for the City of Phoenix, AZ, authorized to sign contracts and amendments thereto on behalf of the City of Phoenix, AZ.

 

 

 

“Offer”

 

Means bid, proposal or quotation.

 

 

 

“Proposer/Offeror”

 

Means a vendor who responds to the Request for Proposal.

 

 

 

“Solicitation”

 

Means a Request for Proposal (RFP).

 

 

 

“Suppliers”

 

Firms, entities or individuals furnishing goods or services directly to the City.

 

 

 

“Vendor”

 

A seller of goods or services.

 

 

9




2.                                       CONTRACT INTERPRETATION

2.1                                APPLICABLE LAW: This Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of Arizona, and suits pertaining to this Contract shall be brought only in Federal or State courts in Maricopa County, State of Arizona.

2.2                                IMPLIED CONTRACT TERMS: Each and every provision of law and any clause required by law to be in the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.

2.3                                CONTRACT ORDER OF PRECEDENCE: In the event of a conflict in the provisions of the Contract, as accepted by the City and as they may be amended, the following shall prevail in the order set forth below:

A.                                    Special terms and conditions

B.                                      Standard terms and conditions

C.                                      Statement or scope of work

D.                                     Specifications

E.                                       Attachments

F.                                       Exhibits

G.                                      Instructions to Proposers

H.                                     Other documents referenced or included in the Request for proposal.

2.4                                ORGANIZATION – EMPLOYMENT DISCLAIMER: The Agreement resulting hereunder is not intended to constitute, create, give rise to or otherwise recognize a joint venture agreement or relationship, partnership or formal business organization of any kind, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be only those expressly set forth in the agreement. The parties agree that no persons supplied by the Contractor in the performance of Contractor’s obligations under the agreement are considered to be City’s employees and that no rights of City civil service, retirement or personnel rules accrue to such persons. The Contractor shall have total responsibility for all salaries, wage bonuses, retirement, withholdings, workmen’s compensation, occupational disease compensation, unemployment compensation, other employee benefits and all taxes and premiums appurtenant thereto concerning such persons, and shall save and hold the City harmless with respect thereto.

2.5                                SEVERABILITY: The provisions of this Contract are severable to the extent that any provision or application held to be invalid shall not affect any other provision or application of the contract which may remain in effect without the invalid provision or application.

2.6                                NON-WAIVER OF LIABILITY: The City of Phoenix as a public entity supported by tax monies, in execution of its public trust, cannot agree to waive any lawful or legitimate right to recover monies lawfully due it. Therefore, any Contractor agrees that it will not insist upon or demand any statement whereby the City agrees to limit in advance or waive any right the City might have to recover actual lawful damages in any court of law under applicable Arizona law.

10




2.7                                PAROLE EVIDENCE: This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of this agreement. No course of prior dealings between the parties and no usage in the trade shall be relevant to supplement or explain any term used in this Contract. Acceptance or acquiescence in a course of performance rendered under this contract shall not be relevant to determine the meaning of this Contract even though the accepting or acquiescing party has knowledge of the nature of the performance and opportunity to object.

3.                                       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION

3.1                                RECORDS: All books, accounts, reports, files and other records relating to the contract shall be subject at all reasonable times to inspection and audit by the City for five years after completion of the contract. Such records will be produced at a City of Phoenix office as designated by the City.

3.2                                PUBLIC RECORD: All proposals submitted in response to this invitation shall become the property of the City and become a matter of public record available for review pursuant to Arizona State law.

If a proposer believes that a specific section of its proposal response is confidential, the proposer shall isolate the pages marked confidential in a specific and clearly labeled section of its proposal response. The proposer shall include a written statement as to the basis for considering the marked pages confidential including the specific harm or prejudice if disclosed and the City Purchasing Division will review the material and make a determination.

3.3                                CONFIDENTIALITY OF RECORDS: The Contractor shall establish and maintain procedures and controls that are acceptable to the City for the purpose of assuring that no information contained in its records or obtained from the City or from others in carrying out its functions under the contract shall be used by or disclosed by it, its agents, officers, or employees, except as required to efficiently perform duties under the contract. Persons requesting such information should be referred to the City. Contractor also agrees that any information pertaining to individual persons shall not be divulged other than to employees or officers of Contractor as needed for the performance of duties under the contract, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the City.

3.4                                AFFIRMATIVE ACTION: Contractor agrees to abide by the provisions of the Phoenix City Code Chapter 18, Article V as amended.

Any supplier/lessee in performing under this Contract shall not discriminate against any worker, employee or applicant, or any member of the public, because of race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age or disability nor otherwise commit an unfair employment practice. The supplier and/or lessee will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and employees are dealt with during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, gender or national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include but not be limited to the following: Employment, promotion, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training; including apprenticeship. The supplier further agrees that this clause will be incorporated in all subcontracts with all labor organizations furnishing skilled, unskilled and union labor, or who may perform any such labor or services in connection with this contract.

Supplier/lessee further agrees that this clause will be incorporated in all subcontracts, job-consultant agreements or subleases of this agreement entered into by supplier/lessee.

11




3.5                                LICENSES AND PERMITS: Contractor shall maintain in current status all Federal, State, and local licenses and permits required for the operation of the business conducted by the Contractor as applicable to this contract.

3.6                                ADVERTISING: Contractor shall not advertise or publish news releases concerning this contract without the prior written consent of the Deputy Finance Director, and the City shall not unreasonably withhold permission.

3.7                                EXCLUSIVE POSSESSION: All services, information, computer program elements, reports, and other deliverables which may be created under this contract are the sole property of the City of Phoenix and shall not be used or released by the Contractor or any other person except with prior written permission by the City.

3.8                                OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: Any and all intellectual property, including but not limited to copyright, invention, trademark, trade name, service mark, and/or trade secrets created or conceived pursuant to or as a result of this contract and any related subcontract (“Intellectual Property”), shall be considered work for hire and the City shall be considered the creator of such Intellectual Property. The agency, department, division, board or commission of the City requesting the issuance of this contract shall own (for and on behalf of the City) the entire right, title and interest to the Intellectual Property throughout the world. Contractor shall notify the City, within thirty (30) days, of the creation of any Intellectual Property by it or its subcontractor(s). Contractor, on behalf of itself and any subcontractor(s), agrees to execute any and all document(s) necessary to assure ownership of the Intellectual Property vests in the City and shall take no affirmative actions that might have the effect of vesting all or part of the Intellectual Property in any entity other than the City. The Intellectual Property shall not be disclosed by Contractor or its subcontractor(s) to any other entity without the express written authorization of the City. If by operation of law, the Intellectual Property is not owned in its entirety by the City automatically upon its creation, then Contractor agrees to assign and hereby assigns to the City the ownership of the Intellectual Property. The Contractor agrees to take such further action and execute and deliver such further agreements and other instruments as the City may reasonably request to give effect to this section 3.8.

It is expressly agreed by Contractor that these covenants are irrevocable and perpetual.

3.9                                HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor’s products, services and facilities shall be in full compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local health, environmental and safety laws, regulations, standards, codes and ordinances, regardless of whether or not they are referred to by the City.

At the request of City representatives, the Contractor shall provide the City:

·                                           Environmental, safety and health regulatory compliance documents (written safety programs, training records, permits, etc.) applicable to services provided by the Contractor in this contract

·                                           A list of all federal, state, or local (EPA, OSHA, Maricopa County, etc.) citations or notice of violations issued against their firm or their subcontractors including dates, reasons, dispositions and resolutions.

The City shall have the right, but not the obligation to inspect the facilities, transportation vehicles or vessels, containers and disposal facilities provided by the Contractor or subcontractor. The City shall also have the right to inspect operations conducted by the Contractor or subcontractor in the performance of this agreement.

12




3.10                         COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: Contractor agrees to fully observe and comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws, regulations, standards, codes and ordinances when performing under this Contract regardless of whether or not they are referred to by the City. Contractor agrees to permit City inspection of Contractor’s business records, including personnel records to verify any such compliance.

Because the Contractor will be acting as an independent contractor, the City assumes no responsibility for the Contractor’s acts.

3.11                         CONTINUATION DURING DISPUTES: Contractor agrees that notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the parties, insofar as is possible, under the terms of the contract, the Contractor shall continue to perform the obligations required of Contractor during the continuation of any such dispute unless enjoined or prohibited by an Arizona Court of competent jurisdiction.

3.12                         EMERGENCY PURCHASES: The City reserves the right to purchase from other sources those items which are required on an emergency basis and cannot be supplied immediately from stock by the Contractor.

3.13                         STRICT PERFORMANCE: Failure of either party to insist upon the strict performance of any item or condition of the contract or to exercise or delay the exercise of any right or remedy provided in the contract, or by law, or the acceptance of materials or services, obligations imposed by this contract or by law shall not be deemed a waiver of any right of either party to insist upon the strict performance of the contract.

4.                                       COSTS AND PAYMENTS

4.1                                PAYMENT TERMS: The City shall make every effort to process payment for the purchase of material or services within 30 calendar days after receipt of a correct invoice unless a good faith dispute exists to any obligation to pay all or a portion of the account. Payment terms are specified in the proposal.

4.2                                PAYMENT DEDUCTION OFFSET PROVISION: Contractor acknowledges that the City Charter requires that no payment be made to any Contractor as long as there is an outstanding obligation due to the City. Contractor agrees that any obligation it owes to the City will be offset against any payment due to the Contractor from the City.

4.3                                LATE SUBMISSION OF CLAIM BY CONTRACTOR: The City will not honor any invoices or claims which are tendered one (1) year after the last item of the account accrued.

4.4                                DISCOUNTS: Payment discounts will be computed from the date of receiving acceptable products, materials and/or services or correct invoice, whichever is later to the date payment is mailed.

4.5                                NO ADVANCE PAYMENTS: Advance payments are not authorized. Payment will be made only for actual services or commodities that have been received.

13




4.6                                FUND APPROPRIATION CONTINGENCY: The Vendor recognizes that any agreement entered into shall commence upon the day first provided and continue in full force and effect until termination in accordance with its provisions. The Vendor and the City herein recognize that the continuation of any contract after the close of any given fiscal year of the City of Phoenix, which fiscal year ends on June 30 of each year, shall be subject to the approval of the budget of the City of Phoenix providing for or covering such contract item as an expenditure therein. The City does not represent that said budget item will be actually adopted, said determination being the determination of the City Council at the time of the adoption of the budget.

4.7                                MAXIMUM PRICES: The City shall not be invoiced at prices higher than those stated in any contract resulting from this proposal. Proposer certifies, by signing this proposal that the prices offered are no higher than the lowest price the Proposer charges other buyers for similar quantities under similar conditions. Proposer further agrees that any reductions in the price of the goods or services covered by this proposal and occurring after award will apply to the undelivered balance. The proposer shall promptly notify the City of such price reductions.

4.8                                F.O.B. POINT: All prices are to be quoted F.O.B. delivered, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this solicitation.

5.                                       CONTRACT CHANGES

5.1                                CONTRACT AMENDMENTS: Contracts shall be modified only by a written contract amendment signed by the Deputy Finance Director and persons duly authorized to enter into contracts on behalf of the Contractor.

5.2                                ASSIGNMENT - DELEGATION: No right or interest in this contract nor monies due thereunder shall be assigned in whole or in part without written permission of the City, and no delegation of any duty of Contractor shall be made without prior written permission of the Deputy Finance Director, which may be withheld for good cause. Any assignment or delegation made in violation of this section shall be void.

5.3                                NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT: Any contract resulting from this solicitation shall be awarded with the understanding and agreement that it is for the sole convenience of the City of Phoenix. The City reserves the right to obtain like goods or services from another source when necessary.

5.4                                AUTHORIZED CHANGES: The City reserves the right at any time to make changes in any one or more of the following: (a) specifications; (b) methods of shipment or packing; (c) place of delivery; (d) time of delivery; and/or (e) quantities. If the change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or the time required for performance, an equitable adjustment may be made in the price or delivery schedule, or both. Any claim for adjustment shall be deemed waived unless asserted in writing within thirty (30) days from the receipt of the change. Price increases or extensions of delivery time shall not be binding on the City unless evidenced in writing and approved by the Deputy Finance Director prior to the institution of the change.

6.                                       RISK OF LOSS AND LIABILITY

6.1                                TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS: The title and risk of loss of material or service shall not pass to the City until the City actually receives the material or service at the point of delivery; and such loss, injury, or destruction shall not release seller from any obligation hereunder.

14




6.2                                ACCEPTANCE: All material or service is subject to final inspection and acceptance by the City. Material or service failing to conform to the specifications of this contract shall be held at Contractor’s risk and may be returned to the Contractor. If so returned, all costs are the responsibility of the Contractor. Noncompliance shall conform to the cancellation clause set forth in this document.

6.3                                GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the City of Phoenix and its officers, officials, agents, and employees (hereinafter referred to as “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, or expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ fees, and costs of claim processing, investigation and litigation) (hereinafter referred to as “Claims”) for bodily injury or personal injury (including death), or loss or damage to tangible or intangible property caused, or alleged to be caused, in whole or in part, by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Contractor or any of its owners, officers, directors, agents, employees or subcontractors. This indemnity includes any claim or amount arising out of or recovered under the Workers’ Compensation Law or arising out of the failure of such Contractor to conform to any Federal, State or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or court decree. It is the specific intention of the parties that the Indemnitee shall, in all instances, except for Claims arising solely from the negligent or willful acts or omissions of the Indemnitee, be indemnified by Contractor from and against any and all claims. It is agreed that Contractor will be responsible for primary loss investigation, defense and judgment costs where this indemnification is applicable. In consideration of the award of this contract, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from the work performed by the Contractor for the City.

6.4                                INDEMNIFICATION – PATENT, COPYRIGHT AND TRADEMARK. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City against any liability, including costs and expenses, for infringement of any patent, trademark or copyright or other proprietary rights of any third parties arising out of contract performance or use by the City of materials furnished or work performed under this contract.

The Contractor agrees upon receipt of notification to promptly assume full responsibility for the defense of any suit or proceeding which is, has been, or may be brought against the City of Phoenix and its agents for alleged infringement, as well as for the alleged unfair competition resulting from similarity in design, trademark or appearance of goods by reason of the use or sale of any goods furnished under this contract and the Contractor further agrees to indemnify the City against any and all expenses, losses, royalties, profits and damages including court costs and attorney’s fees resulting from the bringing of such suit or proceedings including any settlement or decree of judgment entered therein. The City may be represented by and actively participate through its own counsel in any such suit or proceedings if it so desires. It is expressly agreed by the seller that these covenants are irrevocable and perpetual.

6.5                                FORCE MAJEURE: Except for payment of sums due, neither party shall be liable to the other nor deemed in default under this contract if and to the extent that such party’s performance of this contract is prevented by reason of force majeure. The term “force majeure” means an occurrence that is beyond the control of the party affected and occurs without its fault or negligence. Force majeure shall not include late performance by a subcontractor unless the delay arises out of a force majeure occurrence in accordance with this force majeure term and condition.

15




If either party is delayed at any time in the progress of the work by force majeure, the delayed party shall notify the other party in writing of such delay, as soon as is practical, of the commencement thereof and shall specify the causes of such delay in such notice. Such notice shall be hand-delivered or mailed certified-return receipt and shall make a specific reference to this provision, thereby invoking its provisions. The delayed party shall cause such delay to cease as soon as practicable and shall notify the other party in writing when it has done so. The time of completion shall be extended by contract modification for a period of time equal to the time that results or effects of such delay prevent the delayed party from performing in accordance with this contract.

6.6                                LOSS OF MATERIALS: The City does not assume any responsibility, at any time, for the protection of or for loss of materials, from the time that the contract operations have commenced until the final acceptance of the work by the project manager.

6.7                                DAMAGE TO CITY PROPERTY: Contractor shall perform all work so that no damage to the building or grounds results. Contractor shall repair any damage caused to the satisfaction of the City at no cost to the City.

Contractor shall take care to avoid damage to adjacent finished materials that are to remain. If finished materials are damaged, Contractor shall repair and finish to match existing material as approved by the City at Contractor’s expense.

7.                                       WARRANTIES

7.1                                GUARANTEE: Unless otherwise specified, all items shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of one (1) year from date of acceptance by the City against defects in material and workmanship. At any time during that period, if a defect should occur in any item that item shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no obligation to the City except where it be shown that the defect was caused by misuse and not by faulty design.

7.2                                QUALITY: Contractor expressly warrants that all goods or services furnished under this contract shall conform to the specifications, appropriate standards, and will be new and free from defects in material or workmanship. Contractor warrants that all such goods or services will conform to any statements made on the containers or labels or advertisements for such goods, or services, and that any goods will be adequately contained, packaged, marked and labeled. Contractor warrants that all goods or services furnished hereunder will be merchantable, and will be safe and appropriate for the purpose which goods or services of that kind are normally used. If Contractor knows or has reason to know the particular purpose for which City intends to use the goods or services, Contractor warrants that goods or services furnished will conform in all respect to samples. Inspection, test, acceptance of use of the goods or services furnished hereunder shall not affect the Contractor’s obligation under this warranty, and such warranties shall survive inspection, test, acceptance and use. Contractor’s warranty shall run to City, its successors, and assigns.

7.3                                RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRECTION: It is agreed that the Contractor shall be fully responsible for making any correction, replacement, or modification necessary for specification or legal compliance. In the event of any call back, Contractor agrees to give the City first priority. Contractor agrees that if the product or service offered does not comply with the foregoing, the City has the right to cancel the purchase at any time with full refund within 30 calendar days after notice of non-compliance and Contractor further agrees to be fully responsible for any consequential damages suffered by the City.

16




7.4                                LIENS: Contractor shall hold the City harmless from claimants supplying labor or materials to the Contractor or his subcontractors in the performance of the work required under this contract. Contractor shall provide written certification that all liens against materials and labor have been satisfied, before the City will make payment.

7.5                                QUALITY STANDARDS OF MATERIAL AND SERVlCES: If desired by the City, items/services proposal shall be subjected to testing, dissection or analysis by a recognized testing laboratory or consultant selected by the City to determine that the material(s) submitted for proposal conform to the proposal specifications. The cost of testing, dissection or analysis shall be borne by the proposer.

7.6                                REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS: Repair or replacement parts for existing equipment may be accomplished by the Contractor using other than original equipment manufacturer’s (OEM) parts. However, all parts or equipment furnished must be equal or exceed that of the original equipment manufacturer(s) in material and warranty.

7.7                                WORKMANSHIP: Where not more specifically described in any of the various sections of these specifications, workmanship shall conform to all of the methods and operations of best standards and accepted practices of the trade or trades involved, and shall include all items of fabrication, construction or installation regularly furnished or required for completion of the services. All work shall be executed by personnel skilled in their respective lines of work.

8.                                       CITY’S CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS

8.1                                RIGHT TO ASSURANCE: Whenever one party to this contract in good faith has reason to question the other party’s intent to perform, the former party may demand that the other party give a written assurance of this intent to perform. In the event that a demand is made and no written assurance is given within five (5) days, the demanding party may treat this failure as an anticipatory repudiation of this contract.

8.2                                NON-EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES: The rights and remedies of the City under this Contract are non-exclusive.

8.3                                DEFAULT IN ONE INSTALLMENT TO CONSTITUTE BREACH: Each installment or lot of the agreement is dependent on every other installment or lot and a delivery of non-conforming goods or a default of any nature under one installment or lot will impair the value of the whole agreement and constitutes a total breach of the agreement as a whole.

8.4                                ON TIME DELIVERY: Because the City is providing services which involve health, safety and welfare of the general public, delivery time is of the essence. Delivery must be made in accordance with the delivery schedule promised by the Proposer.

8.5                                DEFAULT: In case of default by the proposer, the City may, by written notice, cancel this contract and repurchase from another source and may recover the excess costs by (1) deduction from an unpaid balance due; (2) collection against the proposal and/or performance bond, or (3) a combination of the aforementioned remedies or other remedies as provided by law.

17




8.6                                COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES: Seller warrants that no person or selling agent has been employed or retained to solicit or secure this contract upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee, excepting bona fide employers or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by the seller for the purpose of securing business. For breach or violation of this warranty, the City shall have the right to annul the contract without liability or in its discretion to deduct from the contract price a consideration, or otherwise recover the full amount of such commission, brokerage or contingent fee.

8.7                                ESTIMATED QUANTITIES OR DOLLAR AMOUNTS (REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTS ONLY): Quantities and dollar amounts listed are the City’s best estimate and do not obligate the City to order or accept more than City’s actual requirements during period of this agreement, as determined by actual needs and availability or appropriated funds. It is expressly understood and agreed that the resulting contract is to supply the City with its complete actual requirement for the contract period, except that the estimated quantity shown for each proposal item shall not be exceeded by 10 percent without the express written approval of the Deputy Finance Director, Purchasing Division. Any demand or order made by any employee or officer of the City of Phoenix, other than the Deputy Finance Director, Purchasing Division or designated representative, for quantities in excess of the estimated quantities and dollar amounts shall be void if the written approval of the Deputy Finance Director was not received prior to the Contractor’s performance.

8.8                                COST JUSTIFICATION: In the event only one response is received, the City may require that the proposer submit a cost proposal in sufficient detail for the City to perform a cost/price analysis to determine if the proposal price is fair and reasonable.

9.                                       CONTRACT TERMINATION

9.1                                GRATUITIES: The City may, by written notice to the Contractor, cancel this contract if it is found that gratuities, in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, were offered or given by the Contractor or any agent or representative of the Contractor, to any officer or employee of the City making any determinations with respect to the performing of such contract. In the event this contract is canceled by the City pursuant to this provision, the City shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold from the Contractor the amount of the gratuity.

9.2                                CONDITIONS AND CAUSES FOR TERMINATION: This contract may be terminated at any time by mutual written consent, or by the City, with or without cause, upon giving thirty (30) days written notice to Contractor. The City at its convenience, by written notice, may terminate this contract, in whole or in part. If this contract is terminated, the City shall be liable only for payment under the payment provisions of this contract for services rendered and accepted material received by the City before the effective date of termination. Title to all materials, work-in-process and completed but undeliverable goods, will pass to the City after costs are claimed and allowed. The Seller shall submit detailed cost claims in an acceptable manner and shall permit the City to examine such books and records as may be necessary in order to verify the reasonableness of any claims.

The City reserves the right to cancel the whole or any part of this contract due to failure of Contractor to carry out any term, promise, or condition of the contract. The City will issue a written notice of default to Contractor for acting or failing to act as in any of the following:

18




In the opinion of the City, Contractor provides personnel who do not meet the requirements of the contract;

In the opinion of the City, Contractor fails to perform adequately the stipulations, conditions or services/specifications required in this contract;

In the opinion of the City, Contractor attempts to impose on the City personnel or materials, products or workmanship, which is of an unacceptable quality.

Contractor fails to furnish the required service and/or product within the time stipulated in the contract;

In the opinion of the City, Contractor fails to make progress in the performance of the requirements of the contract and/or give the City a positive indication that Contractor will not or cannot perform to the requirements of the contract.

9.3                                CONTRACT CANCELLATION: All parties acknowledge that this contract is subject to cancellation by the City of Phoenix pursuant to the provision of Section 38-511, Arizona Revised Statutes.

19




 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

SECTION III - SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

1.              DEFINITION OF TERMS

Additional Services -

 

Additional tasks and services required of the Contractor, as directed by the City, for events and situations associated with providing comprehensive bus shelter and passenger facilities maintenance.

 

 

 

Bus Stop -

 

Passenger and bus operations area. Passenger activities include waiting, boarding, unloading and circulation to and from adjacent areas.

 

 

 

Bench Unit -

 

Consists of bench and trash receptacle.

 

 

 

Bus Stop Furniture -
(or Transit Furniture)

 

May consist of a transit shade structure, bench, trash receptacle or other transit components provided at a bus stop or passenger facility for the comfort and convenience of waiting passengers.

 

 

 

Cleaning/Maintenance -

 

Regularly scheduled cleaning/maintenance tasks, minor repairs, and other responsibilities.

 

 

 

City -

 

City of Phoenix Public Transit Department.

 

 

 

Complaint -

 

A grievance from the public.

 

 

 

Graffiti -

 

Written or etched inscription or scribbling, stickers.

 

 

 

Hazard -

 

Some form of danger to persons and or property.

 

 

 

Installation -

 

Placement and securement of transit furniture.

 

 

 

Light Inspection -

 

Drive by inspection to ensure the light under the shade structure functions properly.

 

 

 

Maintenance Inventory -

 

Adequate materials and supplies necessary to perform within the work scope and time frame required.

 

 

 

Passenger Facility -

 

Park-and-Ride, Transit Center

 

 

 

Relocation -

 

Remove from one site and reinstall at another.

 

 

 

Removal -

 

Elimination of transit furniture from a bus stop site for storage at Contractor’s facility and restore the site to safe and attractive condition (i.e. cut bolts flush to transit furniture pad, fill holes with concrete, etc.).

 

 

 

Repair -

 

Fix, mend, patch and/or paint.

 

 

 

Routine Services -

 

Regularly scheduled tasks, minor repairs, and other responsibilities.

 

 

 

Security Building -

 

Approximately 300 sq. ft. building used to house security staff.

 

 

 

Shade Bench Unit -

 

Consists of a covered bench and a trash receptacle. May include a solar lighting unit.

 

 

 

Shade Structure -

 

A structure located at a bus stop that provides seating and protection from the elements for the convenience of waiting passengers.

 

20




 

Shade Structure Unit -

 

Consists of a transit Shade Structure with bench (es) and trash receptacle and optional lighting unit. Types:

 

 

·   Advertising (shade structure with an advertising kiosk)

·   Art (unit designed and fabricated by an artist through the Arts Commission)

·   Developer (unit constructed by a private developer)

·   City of Phoenix owned

 

 

 

Solar Lighting Unit -

 

A lighting system comprised of a light fixture, solar panel, gel battery and photocell.

 

 

 

Transit Pad -

 

Concrete slab (may come with or without special pavers) located at a bus stop. The function is to provide pavement to secure transit furniture and to allow an accessible landing area for passengers.

 

 

 

Vandalism -

 

Willful or malicious destruction or defacement of public property.

 

2.              FOB POINT

Prices quoted shall be FOB destination and delivered, as required, to the following point(s): various Public Transit facilities.

3.              SITE INSPECTION

The City will not conduct site inspections of the bus stops and/or passenger facilities. All facilities are open to the public and available for inspection. Proposers should visit the sites and familiarize themselves with any conditions which may affect performance and proposal prices. Submission of a proposal will be prima facie evidence that the Proposer is aware of all conditions affecting performance and proposal prices.

4.              INQUIRIES

Proposers are encouraged to send questions immediately upon receipt of this RFP so that all relevant questions and information needs can be identified and answered, and that adequate time is available to prepare a comprehensive and complete response.

All inquiries that arise relating to this RFP shall be directed, in writing, to City of Phoenix Finance Department, Attn: Rose M. Camacho, Procurement Supervisor, 251 W. Washington Street, 8 th  Floor, Phoenix, Arizona 85003, or via e-mail to rose.camacho@phoenix.gov. To be considered, written inquiries shall be received at the above address by 5:00 p.m., October 28, 2005. The City will not respond to oral requests.

Any changes to the RFP resulting from inquiries will be in the form of a written addendum, which will be furnished to all Proposers. Only written responses provided in the addendum shall be official and binding .

5.              PRICE

All prices quoted shall be firm and fixed for the length of the contract. After the initial term of the contract, the City may decide to exercise its option to extend the contract for an additional year. Pass-through price adjustments may be accepted for the option year(s) provided said adjustment(s) are requested in writing and are accompanied by written documentation of the Contractor’s increase in cost to perform services.

21




6.              PROPOSAL CONTENT AND EVALUATION CRITERIA

Proposals will be evaluated and scored by members of an evaluation committee in accordance with the following criteria. The proposal shall be specific and complete in every detail, prepared in a simple straightforward manner with concise information of your firm’s capabilities to provide the service satisfactorily. In addition, the committee MAY request a formal presentation from the highest ranked Offerors before a final recommendation is made.

The City seeks a proposal that provides the best solution for the procurement yet allows the Proposer to provide a cost effective solution. The proposal shall be a detailed description of the proposed solution, the management approach for completing the work, and the Proposer’s capabilities. It shall incorporate, in a section-by-section basis, sufficient information to permit a thorough understanding of the proposed solution, and enable the City to arrive at a sound determination as to whether or not the proposal will meet the requirements, without the need for any additional information or discussion.

Proposals shall be organized according to the following criterion, and, as a minimum, contain the information listed below.

A.             Management Summary

·               Understanding of the City’s requirements and proposed method of satisfying the requirements of the contract. This should be accomplished by covering the Statement of Work within the requirements and restrictions given in this RFP.

·               Define labor distribution and frequency of tasks by type of facility, size and location. Provide the number of employees and amount of time it will take to perform services at a bus stop with sign only, bus stop without shade structure (bench and/or trash receptacle) and bus stop with furniture including a shade structure.

·               Proposed detailed maintenance procedure for bus stop and passenger facility repairs.

·               Maintenance procedure for response to emergencies or special requests.

·               State contract administration plan and performance oversight.

·               Communication plan between Proposer and City staff.

B.             Qualifications and Experience of the Firm

·               Detail the firm’s experience in handling similar size contracts. Proposer shall list, as a minimum, five (5) firms or government organizations for which the Proposer is currently furnishing or has furnished, in the past, similar services. Provide company name, contact, address and current phone number.

·               Provide a brief description of the firm’s history.

·               List of five (5) current clients as references.

·               Provide a list of equipment and equipment operators.

·               Describe financial capacity to perform the required services, strength and stability of the firm.

C.             Cost of Services

·               Supply data in support of prices quoted.

D.             Tracking and Reporting Capabilities

·               Describe Proposer’s database capabilities for tracking all maintenance work.

·               Provide samples of reports.

22




 

·               Describe Proposer’s ability to generate reports and the nature of those reports. Ability and willingness to work with City staff and develop meaningful reports that shall be periodically submitted to the City.

E.              Staff and Support Services

·               Identify proposed staff members who would be involved in implementing and operating the City’s program and submit brief resumes detailing their qualifications. Include information on levels of training received by each staff member and detailed descriptions of their involvement with projects of similar scope.

·               Describe adequacy of labor commitment.

Describe employee training and incentive programs. Give history of employee stability.

7.              AWARD

Award will be made on an all or none basis. Prices must be shown for each item listed. Proposals submitted without individual item price listed will be considered as non-responsive and rejected. Award will be made to the Proposer who has demonstrated the ability to perform the required services and provide the necessary equipment and staff in an acceptable manner, price notwithstanding. Demonstrated capability and understanding of the Proposer to accomplish the scope of work required in the proposal will also be considered. This includes performance history and reference on past and current contracts. The City reserves the right to consider any other factor(s) in its proposal evaluation if considered in the best interest of the City to do so.

8.              METHOD OF ORDERING (VERBAL ORDERS)

Individuals specifically authorized by the Deputy Finance Director, Purchasing Division, will place verbal orders directly to Contractor. Written purchase orders will not be issued. Invoice(s) will be mailed to ordering agency.

9.              METHOD OF INVOICING (VENDOR INVOICE)

Invoice must include the following:

A.             City purchase order number, requisition number, or contract agreement number.

B.             Items listed individually by the written description and part number.

C.             Unit price, extended and totaled.

D.             Quantity ordered, back ordered, and shipped.

E.              Applicable tax.

F.              Invoice number and date.

G.             Requesting department name and “ship-to” address.

H.             Payment terms.

I.               FOB terms.

10.           METHOD OF PAYMENT

Contractor will be paid on a monthly basis in arrears. Contractor shall submit one (1) invoice to the City for maintenance work performed during the previous month. Invoice shall be submitted with the monthly status report and after completion of the months work. Invoice(s) must contain the date, agreement number or proposal number under which the purchase was awarded. Invoices for additional services and transit furniture installation, removal, and relocation must be submitted separately. Invoices must include the unit cost(s) and/or the labor rate specified in the proposal, unit quantity, and/or hours of labor, and location of work performed. Invoices for reimbursement of City approved components and inventory purchased by the Contractor must include a legible copy of the suppliers original invoice(s) (with prices shown) submitted to the Contractor.

23




NOTE: Payment of invoice(s) will be delayed if an invoice is submitted incorrect or incomplete. Invoice must include all of the information listed above. Contractor to submit monthly invoice to:

City of Phoenix/Public Transit Department

302 North First Avenue, Suite 900

Phoenix, AZ 85003

Attn: Reed Caldwell, Deputy Public Transit Director

11.           ADDITIONS AND/OR DELETIONS

The City reserves the right to add and/or delete bus stop locations and passenger facilities covered by this contract.

Bus Stops (Sign Only)

During the term of this contract, the City expects to add approximately 300 new bus stops, without furniture, as a result of additional service miles (approximately 40 the first year, 60 the second, and 200 the third year). Once the new bus stops are installed and added to the contract, a new monthly cost of services will be calculated by using the following formula:

Formula

Total Monthly Cost + Number of Bus Stops = Cost Per Bus Stop
Cost Per Bus Stop X New Number of Bus Stops = New Monthly Cost of Services
If bus stops are deleted, the new monthly cost will be decreased accordingly.

Bus Stops without Shade Structure

A total of 530 bus stops have a City owned bench and/or trash receptacle but do not have a shade structure. For additions and deletions of bus stops, the monthly cost of services will be adjusted according to the formula shown above.

Bus Stops with Shade Structure

A total of 660 bus stops have City owned transit furniture, including a shade structure. For additions and deletions of bus stops, the monthly cost of services will be adjusted according to the formula shown above.

Facilities

Passenger facilities may be added during the length of the contract. The contract will be amended to include the additional facility and the Contractor will be compensated for the maintenance of the new location. Additional compensation will be based on the contract price of a similar size facility.

12.           INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (Standard Service/Commodity Contracts)

Contractor and subcontractors shall procure and maintain until all of their obligations have been discharged, including any warranty periods under this Contract are satisfied, insurance against claims for injury to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.

The insurance requirements herein are minimum requirements for this Contract and in no way limit the indemnity covenants contained in this Contract.

The City in no way warrants that the minimum limits contained herein are sufficient to protect the Contractor from liabilities that might arise out of the performance of the work under this Contract by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. Contractor is free to purchase such additional insurance as may be determined necessary.

24




 

MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Contractor shall provide coverage with limits of liability not less than those stated below:

1.              Commercial General Liability – Occurrence Form

Policy shall include bodily injury, property damage and broad form contractual liability coverage.

General Aggregate

 

$

2,000,000

 

Products – Completed Operations Aggregate

 

$

1,000,000

 

Personal and Advertising Injury

 

$

1,000,000

 

Each Occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

The policy shall be endorsed to include the following additional insured language: “The City of Phoenix shall be named as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of the activities performed by, or on behalf of the Contractor”.

2.              Automobile Liability

Bodily injury and property damage for any owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles used in the performance of this Contract.

Combined Single Limit (CSL)

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

The policy shall be endorsed to include the following additional insured language: “The City of Phoenix shall be named as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of the activities performed by, or on behalf of the Contractor, including automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor”.

3.              Worker’s Compensation and Employers’ Liability

Workers’ Compensation

 

Statutory

 

Employers’ Liability

 

 

 

Each Accident

 

$

100,000

 

Disease – Each Employee

 

$

100,000

 

Disease – Policy Limit

 

$

500,000

 

 

Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation against the City of Phoenix.

ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: The policies shall include, or be endorsed to include, the following provisions:

1.              On insurance policies where the City of Phoenix is named as an additional insured, the City of Phoenix shall be an additional insured to the full limits of liability purchased by the Contractor even if those limits of liability are in excess of those required by this Contract.

2.              The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and non-contributory with respect to all other available sources.

3.              Coverage provided by the Contractor shall not be limited to the liability assumed under the indemnification provisions of this Contract.

NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: Each insurance policy required by the insurance provisions of this Contract shall provide the required coverage and shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or endorsed to lower limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City. Such notice shall be sent directly to City of Phoenix, Purchasing Department, 251 W. Washington Street, 8th Floor, Phoenix, Arizona 85003 and shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.

25




ACCEPTABILITY OF INSURERS: Insurance is to be placed with insurers duly licensed or approved unlicensed companies in the state of Arizona and with an “A.M. Best” rating of not less than B+ VI. The City in no way warrants that the above-required minimum insurer rating is sufficient to protect the Contractor from potential insurer insolvency.

VERIFICATION OF COVERAGE: Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance (ACORD form or equivalent approved by the City) as required by this Contract. The certificates for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf.

All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by the City before work commences. Each insurance policy required by this Contract must be in effect at or prior to commencement of work under this Contract and remain in effect for the duration of the project. Failure to maintain the insurance policies as required by this Contract or to provide evidence of renewal is a material breach of contract.

All certificates required by this Contract shall be sent directly to City of Phoenix, Purchasing Department, 251 W. Washington Street, 8th Floor, Phoenix, Arizona 85003. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all insurance policies required by this Contract at any time. DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE TO THE CITY’S RISK MANAGEMENT DIVISION.

SUBCONTRACTORS: Contractors’ certificate(s) shall include all subcontractors as additional insureds under its policies or Contractor shall furnish to the City separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to the minimum requirements identified above.

APPROVAL: Any modification or variation from the insurance requirements in this Contract shall be made by the Law Department, whose decision shall be final. Such action will not require a formal Contract amendment, but may be made by administrative action.

INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the City of Phoenix and its officers, officials, agents, and employees (hereinafter referred to as “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, or expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ fees, and costs of claim processing, investigation and litigation) (hereinafter referred to as “Claims”) for bodily injury or personal injury (including death), or loss or damage to tangible or intangible property caused, or alleged to be caused, in whole or in part, by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Contractor or any of its owners, officers, directors, agents, employees or subcontractors. This indemnity includes any claim or amount arising out of or recovered under the Workers’ Compensation Law or arising out of the failure of such Contractor to conform to any federal, state or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or court decree. It is the specific intention of the parties that the Indemnitee shall, in all instances, except for Claims arising solely from the negligent or willful acts or omissions of the Indemnitee, be indemnified by Contractor from and against any and all claims. It is agreed that Contractor will be responsible for primary loss investigation, defense and judgment costs where this indemnification is applicable. In consideration of the award of this contract, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, agents and employees for losses arising from the work performed by the Contractor for the City.

13.           PARTIAL PAYMENTS

Partial payments are not authorized on individual written purchase orders issued for this procurement. Payment will be made upon final delivery and acceptance of all supplies or services ordered on each purchase order issued against the agreement.

14.           OPTION TO EXTEND

The City may, at their option and with approval of the Contractor, extend the period of this agreement up to two (2) additional year(s), in increments of one year.

26




15.           ACCESS TO WORK AREA

The project manager will identify project areas, storage area and parking to be utilized by the Contractor.

16.           SUSPENSION OF WORK

The City and the project manager reserve the right to suspend work wholly or in part if deemed necessary for the best interest of the City of Phoenix. This suspension will be without compensation to the Contractor, other than to adjust the contract completion/delivery requirements.

17.           HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS

Proposer shall provide a copy of the current Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the product(s) offered. The MSDS must include all chemical compounds present in concentrations greater than 0.1% for each product offered. The Contractor shall provide required safety and health training for City employees on each product offered and for proper product use, storage, and disposal, when requested by the City. The Contractor further agrees to accept returned empty containers for disposal purposes, if and when requested by the City. The cost for any requested training and disposal of used containers shall be included in the proposal price for the product. The Contractor shall also accept returned product that was purchased as a result of this RFP or RFQ and for which the City no longer needs the product. Returned product will be in its original container(s), unopened, and must be returned at least forty-five (45) calendar days prior to any shelf-life expiration date noted on the product container(s).

All product containers provided should exhibit the Hazardous Material Identification System (HMIS) and/or the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) labels/ratings on the containers.

City reserves the right to purchase the product that in the City’s opinion is the least hazardous material suitable for use in the City’s operations, price not withstanding.

18.           COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

It is mandatory that the lead person assigned to any facility be able to speak, read and write in English in order to communicate with the site contact.

19.           AUTHORIZED PESTICIDES

The Contractor shall not use Category I pesticides on any City of Phoenix properties unless specifically approved by the Office of Environmental Programs and Personnel Safety. The Contractor shall avoid Category II pesticide use whenever possible, unless specifically approved by the Office of Environmental programs and Personnel Safety. The Contractor shall use Category III pesticides whenever they are effective.

Proposer shall submit a list of chemical pesticides by trade name, EPA registration number and category (includes herbicides, insecticides, rodenticides, etc.) offered with their proposal response.

The Contractor shall obtain City approval prior to using any other product not originally submitted and approved for use. Any product containing chlopyrofos shall not be used on City properties except as a termiticide. Any product containing chlorpyrofos must be applied in compliance with the most current labeling restrictions and/or most current EPA specifications at the time of the application. Prior approval for use of any pesticide containing chlorpyrofos must be obtained from the City of Phoenix Office of Environmental Programs and Personnel Safety.

27




20.           UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE

The City shall decide all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of any work performed under the resultant contract. If, in the opinion of the City, performance becomes unsatisfactory, the City shall notify the Contractor. The Contractor shall have four (4) hours from that time to correct any specific instances of unsatisfactory performance. In the event the unsatisfactory performance is not corrected within the time specified above, the City shall have the immediate right to complete the work to its satisfaction and deduct the cost to cover from any balances due or to become due to the Contractor in the form of liquidated damages. Repeated incidences of unsatisfactory performance may result in cancellation of the agreement for default.

21.           LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

If the Contractor fails to perform the services within the time specified in the contract, or any extension thereof, the actual damages to the City for the delay will be difficult or impossible to determine. Therefore, in lieu of actual damages, the Contractor shall pay to the City as fixed, agreed, and liquidated damages, the amount of $25 per occurrence per day. After being contacted by the City, the Contractor shall immediately respond to the complaint and take corrective action at no cost to the City.

The City may terminate this contract in whole or part as provided in the “Default” provision. In that event, the Contractor shall be liable for such liquidated damages accruing until such time as the City may reasonably obtain delivery or performance of similar services. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages when the delay arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

22.           ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED PRODUCTS

The City of Phoenix has adopted a pollution prevention (P2) policy to provide sound environmental stewardship, protect human health, reduce operating expenses associated with the use of hazardous materials, and reduce potential liability to the City. The policy reflects our environmentally preferable purchasing (EPP) initiative. “Environmentally preferred” means products or services that a have a lesser or reduces effect on human health and the environment when compared with competing products or services that serve the same purpose. This comparison considers the potential employee health and environmental effects of a product, as well as special funding requirements, and disposal costs.

The products that are selected for use in this contract should avoid physical and health hazards. Proposers are encouraged to use the chemical product material safety data sheets (MSDS) provided by manufacturers to make this determination. Acceptable products shall adhere to the following criteria and applies to all chemicals used for this contract:

·               Chemical constituents not listed as SARA Title III, Section 313 chemicals;

·               Chemicals with less than 0.5 percent phosphorous-containing constituents;

·               Corrosivity (pH) greater than 2 and less than 12.5;

·               Flashpoint greater than 150 degrees F;

·               No carcinogenic, mutagenic, or teratogenic constituents;

·               Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) – All products shall meet the applicable National Volatile Organic

Compound Emission Standards for Consumer Products as defined in the Code of Standards for Consumer Products as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR Part 59, Subpart C, and Sections 201-214. The City maintains the right to request that proposers supply certification of compliance from the manufacturer. Information on the amount of VOCs contained in a product can be obtained from the product manufacturer and, in some cases, may be found under “Physical/Chemical Characteristics” (typically Section III) of the MSDS.

28




All products must be delivered in a non-aerosol formulation such as ready-to-use pump action sprays, air-charged refillable containers, or concentrates that can be dispensed into spray bottles for use. Aerosol sprays typically emit more VOC’s and contribute to ozone air pollution.

23.           PERFORMANCE INTERFERENCE

Contractor shall notify the department contact immediately of any occurrence and/or condition that interferes with the full performance of the contract, and confirm it in writing within twenty-four (24) hours.

Department Contact: Reed Caldwell

Phone: 602-495-0000

24.           CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE

Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, tools, equipment, and supplies to perform the required services at the City facilities designated. The City’s authorized representative will decide all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of any work performed under the contract. If, in the opinion of the City’s authorized representative, performance becomes unsatisfactory, the City shall notify the Contractor.

The Contractor will have twenty-four (24) hours from that time to correct any specific instances of unsatisfactory performance. In the event the unsatisfactory performance is not corrected within the time specified above, the City shall have the immediate right to complete the work to its satisfaction and shall deduct the cost to cover from any balances due or to become due the Contractor. Repeated incidences of unsatisfactory performance may result in cancellation of the agreement for default.

25.           EQUIPMENT/SAFETY

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and for the placement of barricades, tarps, plastic, flag tape and other safety/traffic control equipment required to protect its employees, the public, surrounding areas, equipment and vehicles. The flow of vehicular traffic shall not be impeded at any time during this project. The safety of the Contractor’s employees and the public is of prime concern to the City, and the Contractor must take all necessary steps to assure proper safety during the performance of the Contractor.

26.           RIGHT-OF-WAY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

Pursuant to Phoenix City Code, Article XV, the Contractor must comply with the City Right-of-Way Management Program as outlined below.

Plan Complainants:

A.     Certification: Agencies wanting to set and/or remove temporary traffic control devices must go through an annual training program. Call (602)262-6235 to register for training.

B.     Impound Authority: City has authority to remove and store traffic control devices in emergency situations or as a last resort if the owner will not pick them up.

29




C.             Civil Sanctions for temporary traffic control violations:

Civil Sanction
Per Day

 

Violation Description

$

1,500

 

Presenting an eminent risk of death or injury to the public within the public right-of-way

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

Restricting the right-of-way without proper certification or a right-of-way temporary use permit

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

Restricting traffic during peak traffic hours as described in the traffic barricade manual without authorization

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

Failing to correct or cure a violation, as listed in this table, within the time period stated on the warning notice.

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

Restricting traffic at signalized intersections without active work occurring.

 

 

 

$

500

 

Closing a sidewalk improperly or without proper certification and/or a right-of-way temporary use permit

 

 

 

$

500

 

Violating the restriction limits, times and locations, of the right-of-way temporary use permit

 

Civil Sanction
Per Day

 

Violation Description

 

 

 

$

250

 

Leaving advanced warning signs facing traffic after restriction as been removed – one direction.

 

 

 

$

250

 

Leaving traffic control devices in the right-of-way twenty-four ours after temporary right-of-way use permit expires

 

D.             Parking Meter Fees - to take out of service: $35 application fee & $10 per meter per day.

27.           CLEANING

The Contractor shall keep the premises clean of all rubbish and debris generated by the work involved and shall leave the premises neat and clean. All surplus material, rubbish, and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The work area shall be cleaned at the end of each work day.

All materials, tools, equipment, etc., shall be removed or safely stored. The City is not responsible for theft or damage to the Contractor’s property. All possible safety hazards to workers or the public shall be corrected immediately and left in a safe condition at the end of each work day. If there is a question in this area, the project manager will be consulted.

28.           HOURS OF WORK

All work under this contract shall accommodate transit service hours and shall be coordinated with the project manager. Any changes to the established schedule must have prior approval of the project manager.

30




29.           FINAL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

The Contractor will request the project manager to conduct a site inspection after the project is complete. The project manager will prepare a “punch–list” during the inspection and will forward a copy of the “punch-list” to the Contractor.

After the “punch-list” items have been corrected, the Contractor will request a final inspection with the project manager. Final project approval is contingent upon the project manager’s final inspection and written approval.

30.           TYPES OF WORK SUPERVISION

The Contractor shall provide on–site supervision and appropriate training to assure competent performance of the work and the Contractor or authorized agent will make sufficient daily routine inspections to insure the work is performed as required by this contract. Contractor’s job manager, supervisor and at least one employee on-site must be able to read chemical labels, job instructions and signs, as well as converse in English with management personnel.

31.           SERVICE LOCATIONS

In order to minimize the City’s transportation and handling costs, the proposer’s location(s) will be a factor in the City’s award decision.

32.           SPECIFICATIONS

The specifications and drawings associated with this project are intended to generally describe a complete installation. Any additional materials or labor required for the complete project as intended shall be provided by the Contractor, whether or not it has been detailed in these documents.

33.           EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATION AND FACILITY ACCESS

All employees are to be in clean, neat uniforms that bear the employee name, company name and an identification badge with name, picture, and company name. Identification badges shall be approved by the City. Access to each facility shall be as directed by the City. Only authorized Contractor employees are allowed on the premises of City facilities. Contractor employees are not to be accompanied in the work area by acquaintances, family members, assistants or any other person unless said person is an authorized Contractor employee. Contractor employees shall check in and out with the security guard at the passenger and operating facilities, if applicable.

34.           SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS

The Contractor shall provide a list, with their proposal, of all subcontractors and suppliers who will perform various specialized tasks. The City must be notified immediately of any additions or changes to the subcontractors or suppliers.

35.           QUARTERLY REVIEW

The City will conduct a quarterly compliance review with the Contractor to discuss any previous and upcoming issues. The Contractor will be notified of the exact time and place of each meeting.

36.           PRE-COMMENCEMENT MEETING

Successful Proposer shall be required to attend a pre-commencement meeting with the City no less than three (3) weeks prior to the contract start date.

31




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

SECTION IV - SCOPE OF WORK

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

1.              INTRODUCTION

The Contractor shall furnish all necessary trained personnel, supervision, scheduling, fuel, equipment, vehicles, and tools (and their maintenance), cleaning supplies, paint, permits and licenses necessary to perform bus stop and facility maintenance in strict accordance with the terms, conditions, and specifications described in this RFP.

The objective of this RFP is to award a contract to a qualified Proposer who can ensure consistent, high quality maintenance and can provide the City with clean, attractive and safe bus stops, transit centers and park-and-ride facilities at all times. Well-maintained bus stops and passenger facilities encourage transit ridership, enhance transit’s image in the community, and minimize customer complaints.

1.1           Background

The City has approximately 1,625 transit route miles that includes 3,944 bus stops. The hours of service range from approximately 4:00 a.m. to approximately 12:00 a.m. Over 31,000,000 patrons use these bus stops on an annual basis. Bus stops are generally placed approximately one-quarter of a mile apart. However, in high density areas, bus stop numbers, placement and features may change as needed to support transit operations.

Of the 3,944 bus stops, the Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of 2,951 stops. There are 1,760 City bus stop locations with no furniture and 1,191 bus stops treated with some type of City owned transit furniture that may include, but are not limited to, a bench, trash receptacle and shade structure. Due to the volume of information, a list of all bus stop locations will be provided on a CD and distributed at the pre-proposal conference. The list will indicate the location and the type of furniture, if any, is installed at that particular bus stop. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to review the detailed information on the CD and conduct site inspections prior to submitting a proposal.

Currently, there are eleven (11) passenger facilities consisting of six (6) transit centers and five (5) park-and-rides. These facilities provide an opportunity to increase transit use, improve efficiency of transit operations in the region, and enhance the communities in which they are located. Maintenance of the facilities accommodates the needs of passengers, transit operations, and the adjacent property owners.

Exhibit A lists and generally describes the features and size for each transit passenger facility. The facilities vary in size from 0.25 acres to 16.84 acres. Hours of operation extend from approximately 3:00 a.m. until 12:00 a.m., generally seven (7) days per week.

2.              SCOPE OF WORK

The Contractor is responsible for providing the necessary number of adequately trained staff, proper equipment in good operating condition, and appropriate levels of financial, management and administrative support to clean all bus stops three (3) times per week and to complete all required services to the satisfaction of the City. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to maintain clean bus stops and passenger facilities and to make adjustments, as needed, to the work schedule to maintain a high level of cleanliness.

In addition, the City has identified ten (10) of the busiest routes (Exhibit B) and the Contractor shall be required to clean the bus stops on these routes five (5) times per week. The City reserves the right to change the top ten routes periodically throughout the term of the contract depending on fluctuations in ridership and cleanliness.

32




BUS STOPS WITHOUT FURNITURE

2.1           Bus Stop Cleaning/Maintenance

Cleaning and maintenance of the bus stops without furniture shall include, but is not limited to the following:

2.1.1        Clean bus stop signs so as to be free of all foreign substances (gum, soda, food, graffiti, stickers, etc.) and non-transit related items.

2.1.2        Pick up trash and debris within 15 feet beyond the bus stop sign, within the City right-of-way, in both directions (including debris in curb and gutter).

2.1.3        If a trash receptacle is at the bus stop, empty trash and remove any loose trash or debris that may be at the bottom of each receptacle. Disinfect trash receptacles inside, outside and underneath. Remove stains and spills from receptacles and sidewalk. Replace with new trash liner. Trash liner can be outside of the receptacle.

2.1.4        Remove foreign substances (gum, soda spills, food, etc.) from concrete, sidewalk and/or brick payers, if applicable.

2.1.5        Contractor vehicles shall not impede normal traffic flow and the Contractor shall adhere to the City’s Traffic Barricade manual. Contractor must attend Right-of-way Management Program training provided by the Street Transportation Department.

2.1.6        Cleaning of bus stops shall be performed Monday through Friday, excluding City recognized holidays, during the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Only after approval by the City may the Contractor perform work during any other day or time.

BUS STOPS WITH FURNITURE

2.2           Bus Stop Cleaning/Maintenance

Cleaning and maintenance of the bus stops with furniture shall include, but is not limited to the following:

2.2.1        Steam clean transit furniture three (3) times per week, except at the top ten (10) busiest routes identified in Exhibit B, which shall be steam cleaned five (5) times per week. Steam clean passenger concrete and/or brick paver waiting areas and adjacent sidewalk at bus stop sites. Cleaning chemicals shall not be used unless requested and approved by the City.

2.2.2        Wipe down transit furniture. Hand wipe shade structure ceiling panels. Disinfect bench seats and back. Remove and dispose all foreign and undesirable boxes, bags, or other debris and foreign substances.

2.2.3        Remove foreign substances (gum, soda spills, food, etc.) from concrete, sidewalk and/or brick pavers.

2.2.4        Clean signage, walls, seating, drinking fountains, kiosks, etc.

2.2.5        Clean and polish stainless steel fixtures at the RAPID shade structures and signs, and all other areas.

2.2.6        Hand wipe all shade structure light covers.

2.2.7        Pick up trash and debris within the maintenance area. Maintenance area includes the length of the transit pad plus 15 feet beyond each end of the transit pad and 5 feet beyond the depth of the transit pad but within the City right-of-way. Area includes debris in curb and gutter, all tree wells and planters, behind and underneath benches and shelters, around news racks, behind trash receptacles, or any other above grade obstacles. Blowers shall not be used. Vacuum cleaners are permitted.

33




2.2.8        Empty all trash receptacles. Remove any loose trash or debris that may be at the bottom of each receptacle. Disinfect trash receptacles inside, outside and underneath. Remove stains and spills from receptacles and sidewalk. Replace with new trash liner. Trash liner can be outside of the receptacle.

2.2.9        Remove graffiti, stickers and non-transit related signs and posters on all bus stop signs including the bus stop signs next to advertising benches, or other areas noted within the bus zone.

2.2.10      Paint touch-up to match existing paint color. Touch-up is to include scratches, graffiti, etches, etc.

2.2.11      Contractor vehicles shall not impede normal traffic flow and the Contractor shall adhere to the City’s Traffic Barricade manual. Contractor must attend Right-of-way Management Program training provided by the Street Transportation Department.

2.2.12      Art shade structure units and developer shade structure units:

·               Wipe down transit furniture. Remove and dispose of foreign substances from transit furniture and sidewalks. Remove and dispose of all foreign and undesirable trash.

·               Pick up trash and debris within a 10’ perimeter of the bus stop area that is in the City right-of-way (including debris in curb and gutter). Blowers shall not be used.

·               Empty trash receptacles daily. Disinfect trash receptacles inside, outside and underneath. Remove stains and spills from receptacle and sidewalk. Replace liner.

·               Any unsafe conditions, repairs or graffiti must be reported to the City immediately.

2.2.13      Cleaning of bus stops shall be performed Monday through Friday, excluding City recognized holidays, during the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Only after approval by the City may the Contractor perform work during any other day or time.

PASSENGER FACILITIES

2.3           Passenger Facilities Cleaning/Maintenance

Contractor shall clean all passenger facilities daily, Monday through Friday, excluding City recognized holidays. Cleaning and maintenance of passenger facilities shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

2.3.1        Wipe down transit furniture. Hand wipe shade structure ceiling panels. Disinfect bench seats and back. Remove and dispose all foreign and undesirable boxes, bags, or other debris and foreign substances.

2.3.2        Remove foreign substances (gum, soda spills, food, etc.) from concrete, sidewalk, passenger waiting areas, etc.

2.3.3        Clean signage, walls, seating, kiosks, etc.

2.3.4        Clean and polish stainless steel fixtures at the RAPID shade structures and signs, and all other areas.

2.3.5        Hand wipe all shade structure light covers.

34




2.3.6        Empty all trash receptacles. Remove any loose trash or debris that may be at the bottom of each receptacle. Disinfect trash receptacles inside, outside and underneath. Remove stains and spills from receptacles and sidewalk. Replace with new trash liner. Trash liner can be outside of the receptacle.

2.3.7        Remove graffiti, stickers and non-transit related signs and posters on all bus stop signs including the bus stop signs next to advertising benches, or other areas noted within the bus zone.

2.3.8        Paint touch-up to match existing paint color. Touch-up is to include scratches, graffiti, etches, etc.

2.3.9        Pick up and remove all litter within the facilities boundaries which may include, but not limited to, parking areas, landscaping areas and retention areas. Blowers shall not be used at anytime. Vacuum cleaners are permitted.

2.3.10      Clean and polish stainless steel, including kick plates, push plates, doors, partitions, restroom fixtures, and plumbing under sinks. Restock paper supplies. Fill soap dispensers. Empty trash receptacles. Mop floors.

2.3.11      Clean and disinfect water fountains, telephones, etc.

2.3.12      In restrooms, clean and sanitize toilets, urinals and sinks.

2.3.13      Clean all glass, interior and exterior, leaving no streaks or smudges.

2.3.14      Sweep all walk areas, seating areas and bus lanes, removing gum and other foreign substances. Sweep curbs and gutters.

2.3.15      Check bicycle racks and lockers and clean as necessary.

2.3.16      Power sweep parking lot every three (3) months, or as requested by the City, at no additional cost to the City.

2.3.17      Steam clean or power wash passenger waiting areas, all seating areas, walkways, bus lanes and curbside at passenger facility sites a minimum of one (1) time per week, as needed to keep area clean and free of all foreign substances. City may request additional steam cleaning at any time, at no additional cost to the City. Cleaning chemicals shall not be used unless requested and approved by the City.

Prior to leaving the site, all standing water shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with Federal, State and local ordinances pertaining to water recovery and disposal.

2.3.18      Cleaning of passenger facilities shall be performed daily, Monday through Friday, excluding City recognized holidays, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Only after approval by the City may the Contractor perform work during any other day or time.

2.4           Security Buildings

Cleaning and maintenance of security buildings may include, but is not limited to, the following:

2.4.1        Empty trash receptacles daily.

2.4.2        Mop floors.

2.4.3        Clean all interior and exterior glass, leaving no streaks or smudges.

2.4.4        Spot clean walls, areas around door facings, light switch plates, etc.

2.4.5        Complete any needed routine repairs.

35




2.4.6        In restrooms, clean and sanitize toilets, urinals and sinks.

2.4.7        Clean exterior walls for dirt, graffiti, and foreign substances.

2.4.8        Clean air conditioner enclosures for dirt, graffiti, and foreign substances.

2.4.9        Clean gutters for leaves, dirt, and foreign substances.

2.4.10      Clean closets weekly.

2.5           Contractor’s Responsibilities

2.5.1        At facilities with security on the premises, the Contractor shall report and sign in with security upon arrival at the facility and sign out after completing their duties. If security cannot be contacted, the Contractor must contact the City immediately.

2.5.2        Contractor shall have the highest consideration for the safety, comfort and convenience of transit passengers. The performance of maintenance activities shall attempt to minimize disruption to the community, transit passengers and transit operations at all times. The Contractors’ vehicles shall not impede passenger areas.

2.5.3        The Contractor shall ensure that all employees are professional and courteous.

2.5.4        Immediately report all incidents that may result in a citizen’s complaint to the City.

2.5.5        Report all items needing special repair or attention to the City to ensure the shade structures and bench units are clean and safe. Any unsafe conditions, repairs or graffiti must be reported immediately to the City (including light and traffic poles in the immediate area around the bus stop or facility).

2.5.6        Contractor shall be able to communicate via e-mail and fax machine. This includes the use of a digital camera, attaching photos to reports and sending them electronically to the City as requested.

2.5.7        Before and after scheduled working hours the Contractor must have an emergency telephone number where they can be contacted immediately , and the Contractor must call back within thirty (30) minutes of the originating call. The Contractor’s telephone number must be free of charge for City use.

2.5.8        Within twenty-four (24) hours after a storm, the Contractor shall check for storm damage at all transit facilities. Refer to procedures in paragraph 2.15, if damage is discovered.

2.5.9        Contractor is not responsible for cleaning bus stops that have advertising furniture, but, the Contractor shall spot-check the bus stops during daily maintenance activities and report unsatisfactory conditions such as safety hazards, excessive trash, broken glass panels, and damaged furniture.

2.6           Lighting Checks

The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting City-owned shade structure lighting at a minimum of 150 locations per week for bus stops and once per week at each passenger facility, to ensure lights are properly functioning. The lighting inspections shall be performed at various times during non-daylight hours or as directed by the City.

36




2.7           Waste Disposal

The Contractor shall be responsible for waste disposal. The City will not supply an area or facilities for storage or removal of the Contractor’s waste on-site. All waste and any other matter removed shall be disposed of legally and in compliance with Federal, State, County and City requirements. The Contractor is solely responsible for any and all disposal fees.

2.8           Kiosk Poster Installations.

Contractor shall install City-supplied posters in the information kiosks located at passenger facilities as directed by the City and at no additional cost to the City. City has thirty-one (31) kiosks located at various passenger facilities. Posters are to be installed a minimum of twice per year.

2.9           Repairs

Repairs are expected to be performed on-site by the Contractor and shall be completed within 24 hours of notification of the needed repair.

2.9.1        Repairs at bus stops and passenger facilities may include, but are not limited to:

·               Replace bus shelter logos on shade structures

·               Secure, replace or repair loose perforated panels

·               Tighten bolts on furniture

2.9.2        Repairs at passenger facilities may include but are not limited to:

·               Unplugging drains

·               Resetting breakers

·               Paint touch up

·               Removal of graffiti

·               Replacement of burned out light bulbs other than parking lights

·               Tightening of loose furniture (benches, trash receptacles, etc.) and fixtures (toilets, sinks, towel and tissue dispensers, etc.)

2.9.3        The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining an inventory of items as required for routine repairs. As requested by the City the Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of materials needed for the repairs. Contractor shall provide the vendor’s original invoice with their monthly billing for reimbursement of materials. The Contractor must submit three (3) cost estimates, for materials over $500, for City approval prior to starting the repair. Contractor shall not “split” the purchase of materials in order to stay under the $500 limit.

2.10         New Transit Furniture Installation

2.10.1      At the City’s request, the Contractor shall pick up and transport new or refurbished transit furniture from the City’s contracted supplier and install the furniture in accordance with the City’s specifications (Exhibit C) at City designated bus stop locations. This work shall be billed separately from other services performed and according to the rate listed in Section V - Price Schedule. During the term of this contract, the City expects to add approximately 300 new shade structures, 350 benches and 350 trash receptacles. Proposer shall provide with their proposal an estimate of the amount of time it will take to install the furniture at one bus stop, based on one (1) shelter, one (1) bench and one (1) trash container.

37




2.11         Transit Furniture Removal and or Relocation

Contractor shall remove and/or relocate transit furniture at bus stop locations to be determined by the City. This work shall be billed separately from other services performed and according to the rate listed in the Section V – Price Schedule. During the term of this contract, the City expects to remove 100 pieces of bus furniture.

2.11.1      Removal tasks may include but are not limited to:

·               Remove transit furniture and restore the pad to a safe condition by removing bolts and any other objects.

·               Transport furniture to Contractor’s facility for storage.

·               Transport furniture for refurbishment

2.11.2      Relocation tasks may include but are not limited to:

·               Removal and relocation of transit furniture from a bus stop to another bus stop as determined by the City.

2.12         Additional Services

Additional services may be required of the Contractor, as directed by the City, for special events, and/or materials associated with repairs for providing comprehensive bus stop and facility maintenance. The Contractor shall provide all qualified personnel and equipment necessary to perform the additional services. The Contractor shall be compensated for labor at the hourly rate specified by the Proposer in Section V, Price Schedule “Additional Services”. The Contractor must submit to the City three (3) cost estimates for materials over $500. The contractor shall not “split” the purchase of materials in order to stay under the $500 limit. The Contractor shall provide a total cost for the additional services (materials and labor) for the City’s approval. Contractor must receive written authorization from the City prior to purchasing materials and/or completing any additional services. The Contractor must provide proof of purchase (copy of the supplier’s original invoice) with their monthly invoice to be reimbursed for the cost of materials associated with the additional repairs. Additional services may include, but are not limited to:

·               Special events (i.e. parades, sporting events, etc.)

·               Materials associated with any additional services repairs

2.13         Reports

The successful Proposer shall provide electronic reports to the City. The software used shall be compatible with the current City standard and may be emailed to the City.

2.13.1      Monthly Status Report

Contractor shall provide to the City, by the 10 th  of each month, a report describing the activities that have been performed during the previous month. The status report shall, at a minimum, contain the following:

Repairs

Contractor shall report all repairs for bus stops and passenger facilities. The report shall include description of repair, the date the repair was requested by the City, date of completion, location, special instructions, and name of employee that completed the repair. If the repair was not completed, explain why it was not completed and anticipated date of completion.

38




2.13.2      Assigned Special Projects

Contractor shall report all assigned special projects as directed by the City. The report shall include a description of the special project, the date it was requested by the City, date completed, location, special instructions and name(s) of employee that was assigned to the project. Special projects may include temporary placement of bus stops, temporary installation of a bench or bench unit, cleaning of the temporary bus stop, community events, cleaning up bus stops after parades and sporting events, and other tasks as requested by the City.

Supplies, Parts, Equipment, Personnel

Contractor shall submit an inventory report of all supplies and parts required to repair transit furniture as directed by the City. The report shall include a date when inventory was taken, the quantity of each item and a description of the item. Contractor shall provide a current list of equipment (description, model number). Contractor shall provide a current list of equipment operators and all other key personnel.

2.13.2      Weekly Lighting Inspection Report

Contractor shall submit a weekly lighting report indicating date, time, location and status (lit or not lit) of inspected shade structures and/or passenger facilities. Report shall include the name of the employee that completed the inspection. The Contractor shall e-mail report to the City prior to 3:00 p.m. on Monday of the following week.

2.13.3      Weekly Inspection Report

Contractor shall provide a weekly inspection report from the field supervisor on the status/condition of the bus stop maintenance routes. Random inspections shall be conducted of a minimum 25% of the bus stops and facility locations serviced. Report shall be emailed to the City prior to 3:00 p.m. on Monday of the following week. At a minimum, the report shall include field supervisor’s name, date, time, location and condition of the inspected sites. Report shall also include all scheduled items not completed during the previous week with an explanation of why the work was not completed.

2.14         Work Schedule

Every Friday prior to 3:00 p.m. the Contractor shall e-mail to the City a schedule of bus stops and passenger facilities that will be serviced the following week. This schedule shall indicate the day and time the locations will be serviced. If for any reason the submitted schedule cannot be met, the Contractor shall notify the City within 24 hours of the scheduled service day. Once the schedule has been submitted to the City, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to complete all work during that week.

2.15         Emergency Maintenance (Safety Hazard Response)

Contractor shall assign top priority to situations that present a danger to transit passengers, pedestrians and traffic flow. Contractor required response time shall be no greater than four (4) hours after becoming aware of the situation. If the safety issue cannot be corrected immediately, the location shall be secured (barricading site, safety tape, etc.) to protect the public from hazardous and/or dangerous conditions. Within 24 hours the Contractor shall take the necessary action to correct safety hazards and/or dangerous conditions. Contractor’s supervisory personnel will be required to be on-call 24 hours a day for emergency and off-hour situations requiring immediate attention.

39




2.16                         Contractor’s Facility

Contractor shall operate and maintain a local office within the Phoenix metropolitan area and provide adequate facilities to conduct business and for storage of equipment, inventory and supplies, as well as space for repair work. The facilities shall contain an office to conduct business, a storage area partially covered and of adequate size to store equipment, paint, supplies, shade structures, benches, and trash receptacles and shall be secure to protect inventory items.

2.17                         Inventory

The Contractor shall maintain, during the period of this contract, an inventory of all parts, materials and supplies necessary to perform the scope of work. All components and materials are to be inventoried and kept current.

2.18                         Contractor’s Equipment

The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the entire period of this contract, equipment sufficient in number, operational condition and capacity to efficiently perform the work and render the services required by this contract. This includes equipment and tools for emergency, weekend and holiday work. Proposer shall complete Attachment D and submit with their RFP response. During the term of the contract, the Contractor shall provide an updated list of equipment and equipment operators every month and when a change occurs.

All vehicles must be maintained in good mechanical condition at all times. The City reserves the right to inspect the Contractor’s vehicles at any time to ascertain said condition.

All vehicles used by the Contractor must be appropriately licensed and clearly identified with a vehicle number, the company, address of local office and phone number of the local office on each side of the vehicle, including personnel transportation vehicles. The letters shall be at least three (3”) inches high and of appropriate width, in distinctly contrasting color with the background, and shall be in plain view of the public.

Contractors’ vehicles shall not impede normal traffic flow and the Contractor shall adhere to the City’s Traffic Barricade manual. If the Contractor is required to spend sixty (60) minute or more at a bus stop, the vehicle shall have a 30” x 60” arrow panel. Arrow panels shall be mounted on a vehicle or trailer, or other suitable support with self contained electrical source.

The Contractor and his employees shall attend Right-of-Way Management Program training provided by the Street Transportation Department.

The City will not provide any vehicles, equipment, tools, etc. necessary for performing the work required by this contract.

40




 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX

 

Purchasing Division

SECTION V - SUBMITTAL

251 W. Washington Street

 

8th Floor

 

Phoenix, AZ 85003
Phone: (602) 262-7181

 

Please submit one original and five (5) copies of the proposal package and the Submittal (Section V). Please submit only Section V, do not submit a copy of the entire RFP document. This offer will remain in effect for a period of 120 calendar days from the bid opening date and is irrevocable unless it is in the City’s best interest to do so.

1.                                       ALL OR NONE PROPOSAL PRICE SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE “REVISED”

Note: Proposer to include any sales, use, or federal excise tax in pricing for all items.

DESCRIPTION

 

MONTHLY COST

 

 

 

 

 

Group 1 - Bus Stop Maintenance – Locations with Sign Only

 

$

52,221.00/month

 

 

 

 

 

Group 2 - Bus Stop Maintenance - Locations without Shade

 

$

42,926.00/month

 

 

 

 

 

Structure (Trash Receptacle and/or Bench Only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group 3 - Bus Stop Maintenance - Locations with Shade Structure(s)

 

$

75,881.00/month

 

 

 

 

 

Group 4 - Passenger Facility Maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1) Central Station Transit Center

 

$

12,827.00/month

 

2) Ed Pastor Transit Center

 

$

3,922.00/month

 

3) Metrocenter Transit Center

 

$

6,002.00/month

 

4) Sunnyslope Transit Center

 

$

3,510.00/month

 

5) Paradise Valley Mall Transit Center

 

$

3,358.00/month

 

6) Desert Sky Mall Transit Center

 

$

2,838.00/month

 

7) Shea Boulevard/SR51 Park-and-Ride

 

$

2,773.00/month

 

8) Bell Road/SR51 Park-and-Ride

 

$

2,773.00/month

 

9) Bell Road/I-17 Park-and-Ride

 

$

2,773.00/month

 

10) 79th Avenue/I-10 Park-and-Ride

 

$

2,816.00/month

 

11) 40th Street/Pecos Road Park-and-Ride

 

$

2,816.00/month

 

Total Cost for all locations (Groups 1 through 4)

 

$

217,436.00/month

 

 

 

 

 

Group 5 - Additional Services as Requested by City staff

 

$

29.50/man hour

 




2.             PAYMENT TERMS

Proposer offers a prompt payment discount of 2% net 20 calendar days to apply after receipt of invoice or final acceptance of the products, whichever is later. If no prompt payment discount is offered, enter 0 in the % space to indicate net 30 days, otherwise payment terms shall be 2% 20 days, net 30 days; effective after receipt of invoice or final acceptance of the products, whichever is later. Payment terms offering less than 20 calendar days will not be considered in the price evaluation of your bid.

Any prompt payment terms offered must be clearly noted by the Contractor on all invoices submitted to the City for the payment of goods or services received.

3.             EMERGENCY TWENTY-FOUR HOUR SERVICE CONTACT

Name

Robert Lassner

 

 

Telephone Number

(623) 695-4915

 

 

Alternate Contact

Christine Williams

 

 

Telephone Number

(480) 961-8617




4.                                       CONTRACTOR LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

 

Proposers shall comply with all statutes and rules of the State of Arizona and the Registrar of Contractors. In accordance with A.R.S. 32-1151, and unless otherwise exempted by A.R.S 32-1121, Proposers should have the correct class of license as required by the Registrar of Contractors for the work specified, prior to the submission of a proposal. The Proposer certifies possession of the following license:

Licensed Contractor’s Name

n/a

 

 

Class

 

 

 

License Number

 

 

 

Expiration Date

 

 

5.                                       CUSTOMER REFERENCE LISTING

Contractor shall furnish the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of a minimum of three (3) firms or government organizations for which the Contractor is currently furnishing or has furnished, in the past, completed service for Bus Stop and Passenger Facility Maintenance.

Company Name

Los Angeles County Public Works

 

 

Address

900 S. Fremont Ave., Alhambra CA 91802

 

 

Reference

Fredrick Wong

 

 

Telephone Number

626-458-3907

 

 

Email address

frwong@ladpw.org

 

 

 

 

Company Name

Los Angeles Dept. of Transportation

 

 

Address

221 N. Figueroa St, St.400, Los Angeles, CA 90012

 

 

Reference

Helene Jacobs

 

 

Telephone Number

213-580-5421

 

 

Email address

hjacobs@dot.lacity.org

 

 

 

 

Company Name

Orange County Transportation Authority

 

 

Address

550 S. Main St., 4th Fl., Orange, CA 92613

 

 

Reference

William Batory

 

 

Telephone Number

714-560-5912

 

 

Email address

bbatory@octa.net

43




OFFER

TO THE CITY OF PHOENIX:

The Undersigned hereby offers and agrees to furnish the material and/or service(s) in compliance with all terms, conditions, specifications, and addenda issued as a result of Request for Proposal and any written exceptions in the offer.

Arizona Sales Tax No.

 

Pending

 

 

 

Use Tax No. for Out-of State Suppliers

 

 

 

 

 

City of Phoenix Sales Tax No.

 

Pending

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Federal Identification No.

 

(*CALIF: 11-3558747*) AZ applied for

 

 

 

Affirmative Action Compliance Date

 

Sept. 30, 2005 to Sept. 30, 2006

(Call 262-6790 to confirm AA Compliance Date)

 

 

 

Proposer certifies that proposer has read, understands, and will fully and faithfully comply with this Request for Proposal, its attachments and any referenced documents. Proposer also certifies that the prices offered were independently developed without consultation with any of the other proposers or potential proposers.

/s/ Jerome Cooper

 

November 18, 2005

 

Authorized Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

Jerome Cooper, President

 

 

 

Printed Name and Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Name

ShelterCLEAN, Inc.

 

 

Address

2514 North Naomi Street

 

 

City, State and Zip Code

Burbank, CA 91504-3235

 

 

Telephone Number

(818) 846-1300

 

 

Company’s Fax Number

(818) 846-3242

 

 

Company’s Toll Free #

(866) 633-0068

 

 

Email Address

amudge@shelterclean.com or info@shelterclean.com

44




Purchase Order Mailing Address (if different from above)

Name

Same

 

 

Address

 

 

 

City, State and Zip Code

 

 

Payment Address:  (if different from above)

NOTE: Any assignment of proceeds must go through the City of Phoenix, Division of Accounts, formal assignment procedure.  Please also refer to the Assignment Provision in the General Bidding Instructions and Conditions of Purchase.

 

Name

Same

 

 

Address

 

 

 

City, State and Zip Code

 

 

ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER

The Offer is hereby accepted.

The Contractor is now bound to sell the materials or services listed by the attached contract and based upon the Request for Proposal including all terms, conditions, specifications, amendments, etc. and the Contractor’s Offer as accepted by the City.

This contract shall henceforth be referred to as Contract No. P-8027-09 The Contractor has been cautioned not to commence any billable work or provide any material or service under this contract until Contractor receives purchase order, or contract documentation.

 

 

CITY OF PHOENIX, a municipal corporation

 

 

 

Frank Fairbanks, City Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

/s/ Juan Salgado

DEPUTY

 

City Clerk

Juan Salgado, Deputy Finance Director

 

 

 

 

Approved as to form this       day           , 2005

Awarded this 19 th  day of APRIL, 2005.

 

 

 

 

This document has been approved as to form by the City Attorney and is on file with the City Clerk. It need not be submitted to the City Attorney for approval unless the form document is altered.

 

45



Exhibit 10.12

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 26 th  day of June 2006, between CEMUSA, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2533, New York, New York 10170 (“ CEMUSA ”), and Shelter Express Corp., a New York corporation, having an office at 53-01 Vernon Boulevard, Long Island City, New York 11101 (“ Shelter Express ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, CEMUSA has entered into a certain Franchise Agreement with the City of New York (the “ City ”), acting through its Department of Transportation, dated as of May 19, 2006 (the “ Franchise Agreement ”), a copy of which has been supplied to Shelter Express, pursuant to which the City granted CEMUSA a non-exclusive franchise for the occupancy and use of City property to install, operate, and maintain bus shelters, newsstands, self-cleaning automatic public toilets, and certain public service structures in the City (collectively, the “ Coordinated Franchise Structures, ” as hereinafter more fully defined); and

WHEREAS, Shelter Express is in the business of providing maintenance services for street furniture, including the assembly, installation, posting, maintenance and refurbishing of advertising displays on street furniture, and the maintenance, repair and replacement of street furniture; and

WHEREAS, Shelter Express is desirous of providing its street furniture maintenance services to CEMUSA pursuant to the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.    DEFINITIONS

1.l   “ APTs ” shall mean the automatic public toilets that make up a part of the Coordinated Franchise Structures under the Franchise Agreement.

1.2  “ Bus Shelters ” shall mean the Existing Shelters and the New Shelters, collectively.

1.3  “ Coordinated Franchise Structures ” shall include the Bus Shelters, the APTs, the Newsstands, and the PSSs, and also any associated equipment, wiring, and/or cables that are attached to such structures (unless owned by third-parties), and the advertising panels installed thereon.

1.4  “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date set forth above.

1.5  “ Existing Shelters ” shall mean the Bus Shelters that are part of the Coordinated Franchise Structures that are installed and existing in the City as of the date hereof, and that are included as Schedule A to the Franchise Agreement, as such may be updated or supplemented from time to time to reflect the actual location of Shelters.

1




1.6  “ Liquidated Damages ” shall mean the schedule of liquidated damages set forth at Appendix A of the Franchise Agreement.

1.7  “ Locations ” shall mean locations of all Shelters identified in Schedule A of the Franchise Agreement, as that may be updated and supplemented from time to time by the City or the parties hereto to reflect the actual location of the Shelters.

1.8  “ Newsstands ” shall mean the newsstands to be installed by CEMUSA pursuant to the Franchise Agreement.

1.9 “ New Shelters ” shall mean the new bus shelters that make up a part of the Coordinated Franchise Structures to be installed by CEMUSA pursuant to the Franchise Agreement.

1.10  “ Posting ” shall mean the application and installation of advertising posters on the Coordinated Franchise Structures in a clean and attractive manner, and in a manner consistent with Cemusa’s requirements and the specifications set forth in the Franchise Agreement.

2.     TERM

The term (the “Term”) of this Agreement shall be for five years commencing on the Effective Date, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

3.     BUS SHELTERS

3.1  Maintenance and Electrical Services . Shelter Express shall provide labor, equipment, and supervision to service the Bus Shelters as described herein. CEMUSA shall provide any and all structural components and electrical parts needed in order for Shelter Express to carry out these services, either by direct purchase, or, upon approval in advance by CEMUSA, by Shelter Express purchase with reimbursement by CEMUSA. For the first two years of the Term for all of the Bus Shelters, and for the full five years of the Term for the Existing Shelters, Shelter Express shall be responsible for servicing said Bus Shelters in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3 of the Franchise Agreement, including, without limitation:

(a)           All maintenance, including, but not limited to, preventative maintenance, cleaning and removing graffiti, dirt, stickers and refuse, the replacement of any bulbs, ballasts, fuses, switches, and sockets, all to occur on at least two nonconsecutive days each week; promptly clearing and removing debris, snow and ice from the ground in and around the Bus Shelters up to three feet on each side of the Bus Shelter and to the curb on the curb-side of the Bus Shelter (including clearing a three-foot access path for wheelchairs in the case of snow and ice and spreading salt or ice remover). Subject to Section 6.2 hereof, Shelter Express shall comply with the regulations for snow removal set forth in section 16-123 of the New York City Administrative Code as may be amended or modified from time to time

(b)           Inspections on at least two nonconsecutive days each week for damage, debris and unsafe conditions.

(c)           Inspections of electrical wiring and connections including service and post connections and testing for stray voltage shall take place at least once each year during

2




the Term. Shelter Express shall record in CEMUSA’S electronic inventory management system (“EIMIS”) the date(s) of such inspections and testing in a form and manner acceptable to CEMUSA, and provide CEMUSA with a written report of the results of such inspections and testing in a format acceptable to CEMUSA within five days of each inspection.

(d)           Maintain, replace or repair any parts or components which are broken, deteriorated or damaged within the minimum standards and timeframes set forth on Appendix C of the Franchise Agreement, including any extensions of time that may be granted by the City to CEMUSA under the Franchise Agreement

(e)           Assure adequate illumination between dusk and daylight, or whenever artificial lighting is required for the protection, safety and welfare of the public.

(f)            Remove broken glass, such that the Bus Shelter is made safe, within 24 hours after Shelter Express becomes aware of the problem, (the glass shall be replaced when practicable within 24 hours of Shelter Express becoming aware of the problem but in no event later than 48 hours, provided that CEMUSA shall have provided for Shelter Express’s use of adequate supplies of replacement glass.  )

(g)           (i)   Complete repairs, replacement of parts, or removal of the structure or components thereof as necessary to ensure public safety within 24 hours after Shelter Express becomes aware of the problem. Should a permit be required, the period for completion of such repair, replacement or removal shall be extended to within 24 hours of receipt of a permit, such permit to be applied for and obtained by CEMUSA. Shelter Express shall make the structure safe while permits are pending.

(ii)  Complete repairs, replacement of parts or removals not covered by the preceding clause (g)(i), within 5 days of the time Shelter Express becomes aware of the problem, unless a permit is required. Should a permit be required, the period for completion of such repair, replacement or removal shall be extended to within 5 days of receipt of a permit, such permit to be applied for and obtained by CEMUSA.

3.2     Inventory Report . Within thirty days of the Effective Date, Shelter Express shall complete a visual inspection and written inventory report in a form acceptable to CEMUSA of all the Existing Shelters to confirm the accuracy of the Locations and to provide a qualitative assessment of the appearance of each Existing Shelter.

3.3.    Rehabilitation Services . Shelter Express shall commence a Rehabilitation program on the Existing Shelters thirty days after the Effective Date hereof. The Rehabilitation of the Existing Shelters shall be completed no later than the six month anniversary of said date. CEMUSA may designate a priority listing of Bus Shelters for such Rehabilitation, which Shelter Express shall implement. “ Rehabilitation ” shall mean, at the direction of CEMUSA, the physical repair and improvement of the appearance of the Existing Shelters to include, but not be limited to: painting each entire Existing Shelter, replacing the back wall glass, replacing ad box glass, replacing or adding decals, replacing roof light diffusers, replacement of seriously deteriorated parts, and nearby sidewalk repair.

3




3.4     Storage, Warehousing and Spare Parts Services . During the Term, Shelter Express shall remove, dismantle and store up to 100 Existing Shelters, as may be identified by CEMUSA from time to time, or their equivalent in parts, for use as spare parts in the Rehabilitation or for repairs to be carried out hereunder. To the extent spare parts are required by Shelter Express to perform its obligations hereunder, Shelter Express may request that CEMUSA furnish such spare parts. In such case, CEMUSA shall be responsible for furnishing the spare parts, or, in CEMUSA’S discretion, may request that Shelter Express purchase said parts. Shelter Express shall make any such purchases at reasonable and customary prices, and CEMUSA shall pay to Shelter Express, upon receipt of an invoice, the reasonable and customary cost of such spare parts, plus a handling charge of five percent (5%).

3.5     Heavy Labor Services . In addition to the services listed above in this section, Shelter Express shall perform the following other services upon request during the Term in accordance with the requirements of Section 3 of the Franchise Agreement:

(a)  Existing Shelter Removal, including but not limited to removal as a result of damage to the structure, or at the direction of the City;

(b)  Existing Shelter Installation, including the installation of an existing shelter type in a new location, as well as pre-construction site surveys for assessment of sidewalk conditions and the location of a power source;

(c)  Existing Shelter Reinstallation, including the installation of an existing shelter at the same location, exclusive of trenching and electrical work;

(d)  Existing Bus Shelter Relocation, including the relocation and installation of an Existing Shelter from one location to another nearby location, exclusive of sidewalk renovation, new foundation, trenching, or electrical connections;

(e)  Sidewalk Renovation and Restoration, for standard City sidewalks (each sidewalk flag measuring 5’x5’), and as otherwise required by Section 2.5.2 of the Franchise Agreement, “Sidewalk and Historic Pavement”; and

(f)   Electrical Connections and Trenching, including trenching of electrical connections along the sidewalk to the nearest available lamppost or alternative electrical source approved by the City.

(g)         If Shelter Express removes a Bus Shelter and such Bus Shelter is to be replaced at the same location, such replacement will take place within the tune frames set forth in Appendix G of the Franchise Agreement. If a permit is required, the time period shall be measured from the date of receipt of permit, such permit to be applied for and obtained by CEMUSA.

3.6     Metal Recycling Program . During the Term, and as directed by CEMUSA, Shelter Express, at no additional cost, will make available to CEMUSA any unusable parts resulting from the services described in this Section 3 for use by CEMUSA in connection with its metal recycling program.

4




4.       POSTING ON BUS SHELTERS, NEWSSTANDS, AND APTs

4.1    Posting Services . During the first two years of the Term, Shelter Express shall perform the Posting Services on each and all of the Bus Shelters, APTs and Newsstands on which CEMUSA places advertising:

(a)  post all advertisements in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Franchise Agreement (including section 4.5 thereof) in a timely manner as directed by CEMUSA;

(b)  perform at least twice weekly visual inspections of all advertising posters and the quality of the Posting;

(c)  provide CEMUSA with written inventory reports of advertising posters received and held in storage, poster damage reports based on visual inspections, and Posting completion status reports, each such report to include representative digital photographs of at least 20% of each client’s showing unless otherwise agreed by the parties, and to be delivered to CEMUSA on a weekly basis in a form and manner to be determined by CEMUSA; and

(d)  for Bus Shelters only, store a sufficient supply of replacement glass and ad box parts to carry out any necessary repairs to the ad boxes, and maintain a sufficient advertising poster inventory to replace damaged posters within one day of visual inspection findings of disrepair, provided that CEMUSA supplies Shelter Express with an adequate overage supply of posters.

4.2    Pricing . The fixed monthly price for Posting set out in Exhibit 1 hereto shall remain constant regardless of the number of posters mounted, replaced or otherwise changed during the month.

5.       COVENANTS OF SHELTER EXPRESS

5.1.   Qualified Personnel . Shelter Express shall provide qualified and experienced individuals to perform all its obligations hereunder.

5.2    Required Procedural Adjustments . Notwithstanding Shelter Express’s performance of its obligations hereunder, if CEMUSA or Shelter Express is advised by the City that complaint levels of reasonably verified complaints indicating that the Bus Shelters for which Shelter Express is responsible pursuant to this Agreement are unsafe, or unclean, or in disrepair have increased by 20% or more during any six month period as compared to the previous six month period, then CEMUSA may require Shelter Express, at Shelter Express’s sole cost and expense, to adopt and implement such modifications to its inspection, maintenance, repair or cleaning procedures as CEMUSA, with the advice and input of Shelter Express, deems appropriate to ensure that such Bus Shelters are maintained in a clean and safe condition and in good repair.

5.3.   Maximum Out-of-Service Threshold . Shelter Express shall diligently perform the Maintenance and Electric Services hereunder so that no more than ten percent of the Bus Shelters for which Shelter Express is responsible pursuant to this Agreement shall ever be out of service at any given time.

5




5.4.   Compliance with Laws . Shelter Express shall comply with all federal, state, municipal, and local laws, rules, executive orders and regulations that may be applicable to this Agreement, including the procurement of any necessary licenses. Shelter Express shall not be responsible for procurement of sidewalk opening and other construction related permits.

5.5.   Vendor Information Exchange System . Shelter Express hereby warrants and affirms that, at all times during the Term, it will comply with the City’s Vendor Information Exchange System (“ VENDEX ”).

5.6.   Adequate Resources, Shelter Express shall maintain the necessary personnel, vehicles, electrical parts and material inventory to satisfactorily perform its services hereunder.

5.7.   Warehouse Facilities . Shelter Express agrees to provide, at its sole cost and expense, one or more warehouse facilities in the City to warehouse and store, subject to Section 3.4 of this Agreement, Coordinated Franchise Structures and other materials and equipment which may be required for the maintenance and repair of the Coordinated Franchise Structures.

5.8.   Agreement Subordinate to Franchise Agreement . Notwithstanding the termination provisions in Section 9 below, this Agreement is subject and subordinate to the Franchise Agreement, and may be terminated or modified at any time by CEMUSA, without penalty to CEMUSA, in the event the City, or any agency thereof, advises CEMUSA that termination or modification is required.

6.      COMPENSATION

6.1   Basic Compensation . In consideration of the services provided by Shelter Express pursuant to Sections 3 through 5 of this Agreement, CEMUSA shall compensate Shelter Express for its work as set out in Exhibit 1 hereto.

6.2   Additional Compensation . Notwithstanding Section 6.1 hereof, in the event that CEMUSA directs Shelter Express to remove snow from the Bus Shelters after a continuous snowfall of more than three inches throughout the City, Shelter Express shall be paid Additional Compensation of $20 per Bus Shelter for each Bus Shelter from which it removes snow. CEMUSA’s direction to Shelter Express may be given in writing (including by email), or, if given orally, promptly confirmed in writing (including by email). The provision of the services in this Section 6.2 by Shelter Express must be approved in advance by CEMUSA. As set forth in Section 3.1 above, Shelter Express shall comply with the regulations for snow removal set forth in section 16-123 of the New York City Administrative Code as may be amended or modified from time to time.

6.3   No Indemnity. If CEMUSA determines not to direct Shelter Express to remove snow after a continuous snowfall of more than three inches throughout the City, then, in that particular circumstance, Shelter Express shall not be obligated to indemnify CEMUSA for any Liquidated Damages that may be assessed against CEMUSA for the failure to remove such snow.

6




6.4   Measurement. In determining whether a continuous snowfall is greater than three inches, the parties will rely on the final measurements made by the City of New York, unless the parties agree in writing on a different measurement standard.

7.      INVOICING AND PAYMENTS

7.1   Monthly Invoicing . Shelter Express shall submit monthly invoices to CEMUSA.

7.2   Invoice Information . Each invoice shall contain the following information: (a) description of the work completed by location and type of Coordinated Franchise Structure; (b) name and address to where payment is to be sent; (c) invoice number; and (d) any other services, supplies, and/or items covered by the invoice.

7.3   Timing of Payments . CEMUSA agrees to pay Shelter Express within 30 days of receiving Shelter Express’s invoice unless any charged item therein is erroneous or subject to dispute. CEMUSA will use reasonable efforts to reconcile any discrepancies with Shelter Express without undue delay. To the extent the parties cannot agree on an invoiced item within 90 days of the date of the invoice, the invoice shall become a disputed item to be resolved pursuant to Section 8 below.

8.      DISPUTES

8.1   Arbitration . Any dispute that the Parties are unable to resolve within ten (10) days shall be submitted to arbitration by either party in accordance with the following procedures:

(a)           Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(b)           The place of the arbitration shall be the offices of counsel for CEMUSA in New York City, or such other location in New York City as CEMUSA may designate.

(c)           All disputes shall be heard and determined by one (1) arbitrator, who is a lawyer with background in, and knowledge of, the street furniture services industry. The arbitrator shall be selected by the Parties’ agreement; provided, however, that if the Parties cannot agree on the appointment of the arbitrator within five (5) days after the respondent receives a demand for arbitration, the AAA shall select the arbitrator.

(d)           The decision and award rendered by the arbitrator will be final and binding. Judgment on the award may be entered in and enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction. In no event shall the arbitrator have authority to award punitive damages.

8.2   Continued Performance . Except where clearly prevented by the applicable dispute, the Parties agree to continue performing their obligations under this Agreement while the dispute is being resolved as provided herein.

7




9.      TERMINATION

9.1   Termination . Either CEMUSA or Shelter Express may terminate this Agreement upon (i) mutual written consent at any time, or (ii) upon the other party’s material breach of this Agreement, provided that: (a) the non-breaching party sends written notice to the breaching party describing the breach in reasonable detail; (b) the breaching party does not cure the breach within seven (7) days following its receipt of such written notice; and (c) following the expiration of the seven (7) days cure period, the non-breaching party sends a second written notice to the breaching party indicating the non-breaching Party’s intention to terminate this Agreement, and the date upon which termination shall be effective. CEMUSA and Shelter Express each shall also have the right to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice at any time after the second year of the Term.

9.2   Compensation For Work Performed . Shelter Express will be compensated for its services rendered to the date of termination for work completed and not otherwise in dispute. CEMUSA shall not be liable for, and shall have no obligation to pay or reimburse Shelter Express for lost opportunities, lost profits, unabsorbed overhead, incidental costs, expenses due to termination, or consequential, special, punitive, or indirect damages of any kind.

10.   INDEMNITY

10.1 Indemnification for Losses . Shelter Express shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CEMUSA and its affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, suits, and expenses of any kind (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of legal counsel) (collectively, “ Losses ”), that arise from, or in connection with, Shelter Express’s negligent performance of, or its negligent failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement, without limitation.

10.2 Franchise Agreement Indemnification . Shelter Express agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless CEMUSA hereunder for any and all amounts that CEMUSA is required to pay to the City pursuant to the Franchise Agreement including Liquidated Damages as defined above, fines, penalties, and/or other damages or assessments, where, in CEMUSA’s reasonable judgment, such payment to the City is attributable to Shelter Express’s performance, or lack of performance, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, where Shelter Express’s obligations are conditioned on notice, Shelter Express’s performance or failure to perform is conditioned on its timely receipt of notice from CEMUSA, the City, or other source.

10.3 Responsibility for Agents, et al . Shelter Express shall be fully responsible under this Agreement for the acts and omissions of its agents and affiliates, including Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp., and of any persons either directly or indirectly employed by them or acting for them, as it is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by it. Shelter Express shall not be relieved of any responsibility under this Agreement by any subcontract.

8




11.   INSURANCE

11.1 Types of Insurance . Shelter Express shall provide the following types of insurance coverage in compliance with, and as otherwise required under, the terms of the Franchise Agreement, including Section 12.2.5 thereof:

(a)      a Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy covering CEMUSA and the City as Additional Insured which shall specifically include the City’s officials, employees and agents, and shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) Form CG 2010 (11/85 ed.) (No later edition of ISO Form CG 2010, and no more limited form or endorsement, is acceptable.) This policy shall protect the City, CEMUSA, and Shelter Express from claims for property damage and/or bodily injury, including death, which may arise from any of the services performed under this Agreement. Coverage under this policy shall be at least as broad as that provided by ISO Form CG 0001 (1/96 ed.), must be “occurrence” based rather than “claims-made”, and shall include, without limitation, the following types of coverage: Premises Operations, Products and Completed Operations, Contractual Liability (including the tort liability of another assumed in a contract), Broad Form Property Damage, Medical Payments, Independent Contractors, Personal Injury (Contractual Exclusion deleted), Cross Liability, Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property, and Incidental Malpractice, and such policy shall include the endorsements, special conditions, and minimum limits specified in Schedule E to the Franchise Agreement, If such insurance contains an aggregate limit, it shall apply separately to this Agreement.

(b)      Workers Compensation Insurance and Disability Benefits Insurance in. accordance with the laws of the State of New York on behalf of all employees providing services under this Agreement, and such policy shall include the endorsements, special conditions, and minimum limits specified in Schedule E to the Franchise Agreement.

(c)      Employers Liability Insurance affording compensation due to bodily injury by accident or disease sustained by any employee arising out of use of and in the course of his/her employment under this Agreement, and such policy shall include the endorsements, special conditions, and minimum limits specified in Schedule E to the Franchise Agreement.

(d)      a Comprehensive Business Automobile Liability policy for liability arising out of any automobile including owned, non-owned, leased and hired automobiles to be used in connection with this Agreement, naming CEMUSA and the City as additional insureds (ISO Form CA0001, ed. 6.92, code 1 “any auto”), and such policy shall include the endorsements, special conditions, and minimum limits specified in Schedule E to the Franchise Agreement.

(e)      to the extent not covered by (a) above, a Professional Liability Insurance Policy covering breach of Professional Duty, including actual or alleged negligent acts, errors or omissions committed by Shelter Express, its agents or employees, arising out of the performance of professional services rendered to or for CEMUSA. The policy shall provide coverage for Bodily Injury, Property Damage and Personal Injury, and such policy shall include the endorsements, special conditions, and minimum limits specified in Schedule E to the Franchise Agreement. If the Professional Liability Insurance Policy is written on a claims-made basis, such policy shall provide that the policy retroactive date coincides or precedes Shelter Express’s

9




initial services under this Agreement and shall continue until the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The policy must contain no less than a three-year extended reporting period for acts or omissions that occurred but were not reported during the policy period.

11.2 Insurers’ Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Shelter Express shall obtain the waiver of its insurers from their rights of subrogation against the City or CEMUSA and their respective officials, employees and agents.

11.3 No limitation . The insurance coverage required hereunder is not limited by the indemnification language of this Agreement or any limitation placed on indemnity in this Agreement given as a matter of law.

11.4 Additional Insurance . Shelter Express shall provide such additional insurance coverage as may be required by CEMUSA from time to time.

11.5 Certificates of Insurance . Within two weeks of the date hereof, but in all events prior to the Effective Date, Shelter Express shall provide CEMUSA with certificates of insurance in a form acceptable to CEMUSA that shall certify the issuance and effectiveness of the types of insurance specified in this Section 14 with the minimum coverage levels required by CEMUSA.

11.6 No Waiver . Insurance coverage in the minimum amounts provided for herein shall not relieve Shelter Express or its subcontractors of any liability under this Agreement, nor shall it preclude CEMUSA from exercising any rights or taking such other actions as are available to it under any other provisions of this Agreement or law.

12.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING

12.1 Assignment by CEMUSA . CEMUSA may assign, transfer, or otherwise delegate the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to any person or third party who, in the sole judgment of CEMUSA, is qualified to render the services required, which assignee shall expressly include its affiliate CEMUSA NY, LLC, or any other affiliate, parent or subsidiary of CEMUSA. Any such assignment shall not relieve CEMUSA of any of its obligations to Shelter Express under this Agreement.

12.2 Assignment by Shelter Express . Shelter Express may not assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, its rights, duties, or obligations under this Agreement to any other person or entity, in whole or in part, without the prior express written consent of CEMUSA, which consent CEMUSA may elect to give in its sole discretion. Any assignment, transfer, or other disposition attempted without such prior consent shall be null and void, provided that CEMUSA hereby agrees that, subject to Section 10 hereof, Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp., a licensed electrical company and an affiliate of Shelter Express, will perform certain electrical services under the direction of Shelter Express pursuant to this Agreement. A merger or other business combination shall be deemed an assignment for the purposes of this subsection.

12.3 Subcontracting . Shelter Express may not subcontract any or all of the work to be performed by it under this Agreement without the prior written consent of CEMUSA.

10




13. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

13.1     Notices . All notices and correspondence shall be sent by either party to the other to the addresses shown in the Preamble hereto. Any notice, request, demand, waiver, or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given or made: (i) on the date delivered if hand-delivered or sent by fax or email (with electronic and verbal confirmation thereof), (ii) the day scheduled for receipt by the courier if sent by overnight delivery service or (iii) three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mails, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage pre-paid.

13.2     Modifications . No agreement or modification varying the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall be binding, unless reduced to writing and properly executed by authorized signatories of both Parties.

13.3     Confidentiality . The parties agree that all information related to the Coordinated Franchise Structures shall be considered confidential information. Shelter Express shall not disclose any such confidential information to any person outside its employ either during or after the Term of this Agreement (other than the City when authorized by CEMUSA), and shall use such confidential information only for the performance of this Agreement and for no other purpose. Further, to the extent that Shelter Express is provided access to EIMIS, such access shall only be for the purpose of recording the results of the Services it is obligated to perform under this Agreement, and shall be limited in manner, scope and form as CEMUSA shall determine in its discretion.

13.4     Independent Contractor . It is understood and agreed that Shelter Express shall perform its obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor. Shelter Express’s personnel who are to perform the services hereunder shall be under the employment, and ultimate control, management, and supervision of Shelter Express.

13.5     Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by, and all disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with, the laws of New York State, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

13.6     Interpretation . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between CEMUSA and Shelter Express and supersedes all communications, oral or written, between CEMUSA and Shelter Express in relation to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

13.7     Severability . Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, such finding shall not affect the legality, validity, or enforceability of any other provision condition of this Agreement. Furthermore, this Agreement shall be construed as though such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

13.8     Calendar Days . Unless otherwise stated, all periods of days referred to in this Agreement shall be measured in calendar days.

13.9     Force Majeure . Any event of Force Majeure as described in the Franchise Agreement that excuses all or part of CEMUSA’s obligation to perform thereunder, shall, to the same extent, also serve to excuse the performance of each of the parties’ obligations hereunder.

11




13.10       Effect of Waiver . The waiver or failure of CEMUSA to exercise, in any respect, any right provided for herein shall not be deemed a waiver of any further right hereunder.

13.11      Consequential Damages . Other than as described in Section 10 of this Agreement, neither CEMUSA nor Shelter Express shall be liable to each other for consequential damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

CEMUSA, INC.

 

SHELTER EXPRESS CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

By

 

 

 

/s/ Toulla Constantinou

 

/s/ Jerome Cooper

Name:  Toulla Constantinou

 

Name:  Jerome Cooper

Title:  CEO Cemusa Inc.

 

Title:  Pres.

 

12




EXHIBIT 1

Coordinated Franchise Structures, Types of Maintenance Services, Posting and Duration

1.             Maintenance and Electrical Services, and Posting Services

The tables below sets forth the agreed pricing (other than reimbursement for parts and components), on a per month, per Structure basis, for the Maintenance and Electrical Services, and Posting Services that Shelter Express will provide pursuant to, and as described in, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1 and 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

 

Existing Shelters and New
Shelters

 

Existing Shelters Only

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Bus Shelter Maintenance and Electrical Services

 

$

115

 

$

125

 

$

145

 

$

160

 

$

175

 

Bus Shelter Posting (regardless of frequency)

 

No fee

 

No fee

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Electric

 

$

25

 

$

26

 

$

28.50

 

$

30

 

$

32

 

TOTAL (per month, per Bus Shelter)

 

$

140

 

$

151

 

$

173.50

 

$

190

 

$

207

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

Monthly Price for Posting of all APTs and Newsstands, regardless of frequency

 

$12.50
per face (multiplied by total number of faces on all APTs and Newsstands)

 

$12.50
per face (multiplied by total number of faces on all APTs and Newsstands)

 

a.   Other Services: Concrete Work: supplying, pouring and finishing new sidewalk flags at the prices set forth below in Section 3 of this Exhibit “Sidewalk Renovation/Restoration; sidewalk trenching and installation of new pads to support the New Shelters, to be provided on a unit price basis at prices to be agreed between the parties.

13




 

b.   Storage, Warehousing, Spare Parts: Removal of Existing Shelters designated by CEMUSA from time to time; warehousing the removed Existing Shelters, and dismantlement of the removed Existing Shelters to obtain replacement parts for use exclusively on the Existing Shelters pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be included as part of the Bus Shelter Maintenance and Electrical Services described in this Exhibit 1 above, and shall not have any additional charges.

2.             Rehabilitation and Repairs

The following chart sets out the per unit labor costs for repairs and replacement of parts, including for the Rehabilitation Services set forth at Section 3.3. All parts are to be supplied by CEMUSA (or by reimbursement by CEMUSA to Shelter Express at purchase price plus five percent), with the exception of paint.

DESCRIPTION

 

UNIT LABOR COST

 

 

 

 

 

AD BOX COMPLETE INSTALL

 

$

250

 

AD BOX COMPLETE RESET

 

$

200

 

AD BOX COMPLETE REMOVAL

 

$

225

 

AD BOX COMPLETE REMOVAL/INSTALL SAME LOC.

 

$

300

 

AD BOX DIFFUSER

 

$

55

 

AD BOX DIFFUSER + GLASS

 

$

100

 

AD BOX DOOR

 

$

105

 

AD BOX DOOR REPAIR

 

$

60

 

AD BOX GLASS

 

$

80

 

BACKWALL CHANNEL PIN (B) 12” RESET

 

$

60

 

BACKWALL CHANNEL PIN (T) 9”

 

$

60

 

BACKWALL COMPLETE

 

$

250

 

BACKWALL GLASS REMOVE

 

$

35

 

BACKWALL GLASS

 

$

75

 

BACKWALL GLASS GASKET STRIP

 

$

20

 

BACKWALL GLASS SUP. CHANNEL (B)

 

$

75

 

BACKWALL GLASS SUP. CHANNEL (T)

 

$

60

 

BACKWALL GLASS SUPPORT CHANNEL CAP

 

$

20

 

BACKWALL REMOVAL ABC GLASS/RAIL $ PINS

 

$

225

 

BACKWALL REMOVE BOTTOM RAIL/PINS/GLASS

 

$

180

 

ROOF COMPLETE

 

$

180

 

ROOF DRAIN HOUSE

 

$

45

 

ROOF FACIA

 

$

100

 

ROOF LIGHT FIX, DIFF (LIGHT SHIELD)

 

$

50

 

ROOF LIGHT FIX, DOOR (FRAME)

 

$

200

 

ROOF SUPPORT LEG

 

$

175

 

ROOF SUPPORT LEG RESET

 

$

175

 

BENCH INSTALL

 

$

85

 

PAINTING OF ENTIRE SHELTER

 

$

250

 

 

14




3. Heavy Labor Services

The following is a labor cost pricing schedule for Heavy Labor Service repairs to Existing Shelters as set forth in Section 3.5 that are required by CEMUSA and which CEMUSA directs Shelter Express to perform as services outside of the Rehabilitation program.

Existing Bus Shelter Removal

 

 

For temporary removals after an accident because of construction, or permanent removal pursuant to a NYCDOT directive.

 

 

 

 

 

$450 per bus shelter

 

 

 

Existing Bus Shelter Installation

 

 

Installation of an existing bus shelter type in a new location. This price includes a preconstruction site survey for assessment of sidewalk conditions and the location of a power source.

 

 

 

 

 

$1,250 per bus shelter

 

 

 

Existing Bus Shelter Reinstallation

 

 

Within the same bus stop, excluding trenching and electrical work.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$1,250 per bus shelter

 

 

 

Existing Bus Shelter Relocation

 

 

Involving the move of an existing bus stop shelter from a location on a city block to a nearby location without having to bring the bus shelter back to our warehouse. Excluded from this price are sidewalk restoration, new foundation, trenching or electrical connections.

 

 

 

 

 

$1,250 per bus shelter

 

 

 

Sidewalk Renovation/Restoration

 

 

 

 

 

For standard New York city sidewalk (each sidewalk flag measures 5’ x 5’), or as required by Section 3.5(e) hereof

 

 

 

 

 

$290 per flag (with cost of historic sidewalk and pavement to be determined on case by case basis)

 

15




Electrical Connections and Trenching

A.                                    Current connections should be able to be easily re-used and Shelter Express’ work for reconnections will be billed on a T&M basis. Shelter Express’ current union labor rate for electrical work is $90.00 per hour.

B.                                      Trenching of electrical connections along the sidewalk to the nearest available lamppost. The price quoted is for the first 30 feet (inclusive of an 8-inch trench and concrete restoration of the trench).

 

$2,500 for the first 30 linear feet
$42 per additional linear foot

 

16



Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

We consent to reference to our firm and to the use of our seven appraisals and related reports, dated February 2, 2006, relating to real estate owned by the Bus Companies in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) of GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “Company”) for the registration of 15,564,454 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

/s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

New York, NY

September 25, 2006



Exhibit 23.5

Consent of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC

We consent to reference to our firm and to the use of our valuation report, dated March 31, 2006, relating to the value of GTJ Co., Inc. and its subsidiaries, in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) of GTJ REIT, Inc. (the “Company”) for the registration of 15,564,454 shares of the Company’s common stock.

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC

New York, NY

September 20, 2006

/s/ William A. Lockwood

 

William A. Lockwood

Senior Managing Director

 



Exhibit 99.1

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF REAL PROPERTY

Jamaica Bus
114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard
Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Triboro Coach Holding Corp, Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc. and their respective shareholders
C/O Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
Valuation Services
51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor         
New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:        06-12002-9225

VALUATION SERVICES

 




                                               

 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

 

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10019-6178

 

 

(212) 841-7604 Tel

 

 

(212) 841-7849 fax

 

 

Phil.cadorette@cushwake.com

 

February 17, 2006

Triboro Coach Holding Corp, Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc. and their respective shareholders

Mr. Paul Cooper  
c/o Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:

Complete Appraisal of Real Property

 

In a Self-Contained Report

 

 

 

Jamaica Bus

 

114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard

 

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

 

 

 

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9225

 

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

 

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use.  It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s




age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value

The subject consists of a 75,800 square foot industrial building on 4.616 acres which is net leased to the City of New York for 21 years with (2) additional 14-year options. The City of New York is considered a credit tenant with their corporate debt rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The existence of this lease significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on February 2, 2006, was:

TWENTY THREE MILLION ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$23,100,000

2




Based upon transactions that have occurred in the marketplace as well as discussions with knowledgeable market participants, exposure time would have required approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months will be reasonable for properties such as the subject.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

s/Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

 

Senior Director

 

New York Certified General Appraiser

 

License No. 46000003076

 

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

 

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

 

(212) 841-7849 Facsimile

 

 

3




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

Jamaica Bus

 

 

Location:

114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is located on the northeast corner of 115th Avenue and Guy Brewer Boulevard in Jamaica, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Property Description:

The subject consists of a 75,800 industrial building on a 4.616-acre site in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

The subject is a net leased industrial building with additional land that is under a long term lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses. 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block 12327, Lot(s): 1, 8 & 30

 

 

Interest Appraised:

Leased Fee Estate

 

 

Date of Value:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Date of Inspection:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Ownership:

Jamaica Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

$1,377,287

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

$155,716 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

If Vacant:

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

 

 

As Improved:

As it is currently utilized.




 

 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

Zoning:

C8-1

 

 

Land Area:

4.6161 acres

201,078 square feet

 

 

Number of Stories:

1

 

 

Year Built:

1965

 

 

Type of Construction:

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

Gross Building Area:

75,800 square feet

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

75,800 square feet

 

 

Column Spacing:

20’ by 40’

 

 

Percentage of Office Space:

7%

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

24 feet

 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

 

 

Cost Approach:

N/A

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

N/A

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

 

 

Projection Period:

11 years

 

 

Holding Period:

10 years

 

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

7%

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

7.5%

 

 

Indicated Value:

$23,100,000

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

 

Net Operating Income:

$1,515,000

 

 

Capitalization Rate:

6.50%

 

 

Indicated Value:

$23,300,000

 

 

Reconciled Value:

$23,100,000




 

FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION

 

 

 

Market Value Leased Fee:

$23,100,000

 

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

6.56%

 

 

Exposure Time:

12 months

 

 

Marketing Time:

12 months




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

9

 

 

REGIONAL MAP

13

 

 

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

14

 

 

LOCAL AREA MAP

19

 

 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

20

 

 

national CREDIT TENANT & nET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

22

 

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

28

 

 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

30

 

 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

34

 

 

ZONING

35

 

 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

37

 

 

VALUATION PROCESS

39

 

 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

41

 

 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

56

 

 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

57

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

60

 

 

ADDENDA

61




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

Jamaica Bus

 

 

Location:

114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is located on the northeast corner of 115th Avenue and Guy Brewer Boulevard in Jamaica, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Property Description:

The subject consists of a 75,800 industrial building on a 4.616-acre site in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

The subject is a net leased industrial building with additional land that is under a long term lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses. 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block 12327, Lot(s): 1, 8 & 30

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

Jamaica Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

Sale History:

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years

 

 

Current Disposition:

To the best of our knowledge, the purpose of this appraisal is for internal decision making by the various ownership entities which may ultimately lead to an internal sale.

 

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the market value of the leased fee interest in the property for the exclusive use of Triboro Coach Holding Corp, Jamaica Bus Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc. and their respective shareholders.  All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Leased Fee Interest

9




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report.

In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

10




1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Estate

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Estate

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease conveying the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

The value of specific ownership rights of an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical conditions.

11




Prospective Value Upon Completion of Construction

The value of a property on the date that construction is completed, based on market conditions projected to exist as of that completion date. This value is not the market value as of a specified future date, but rather is a projected value based on assumptions that may or may not occur. This value factors in all costs associated to lease-up the property to stabilized occupancy.

Prospective Value Upon Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property at a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

12




Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal and take place subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal.  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by New York City as Block 12327, Lot(s): 1, 8 & 30.

[REGIONAL MAP OMITTED]

13




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

14




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

15




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the

16




U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 


U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

17




Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1

%

0.9

%

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2

%

1.0

%

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6

%

0.2

%

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8

%

0.5

%

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4

%

0.0

%

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8

%

0.1

%

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3

%

0.9

%

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3

%

0.1

%

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

18




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

Local Map

[OMITTED]

19




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

Jamaica is located in southwestern Queens.  The subject is located north of the Belt Parkway and south of the Long Island Expressway (495).  Jamaica is bordered to the east by St. Albans and Hollis, to the west by Kew Gardens and Richmond Hill, to the south by Springfield Gardens and South Ozone Park, and to the north by Briarwood and Jamaica Hills.

This part of Jamaica is a mixed-use community that is developed with a variety of residential, industrial, and commercial uses.  The residential areas within Jamaica are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average to fair condition.  There are few multi-story residential developments in this part of Queens.  Commercial improvements are generally located on Linden Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard.  These retail and business establishments service the needs of the local residents.

The subject building is located in a small mixed-use district in the southern section of Jamaica, which is influenced by the proximity to JFK Airport.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally single and multi-family residential along the side streets with commercial and industrial uses located along Linden and Guy R. Brewer Boulevards.

The subject is located on the northeast corner of 115th Avenue and Guy Brewer Boulevard in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.   The subject is currently leased to the City of New York and utilized by the MTA as a bus depot and maintenance facility.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Linden Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard provide access to the Van Wyck Expressway, Grand Central Parkway and the Belt Parkway.  These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby and to the south of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

20




Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  Although the subject is located in a mixed-use neighborhood it’s proximity to JFK airport makes it a desirable industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

21




NATIONAL CREDIT TENANT & NET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The following analysis is based upon research performed by the Boulder Group, PWC/Korpacz and discussions with investors and professionals familiar with credit tenant and bondable net lease transactions.  The Credit Tenant Lease (CTL) and Net Leased Market has continued to perform well in the current environment.  These investments are typically in demand by sophisticated investors seeking secure investments.  The larger transactions are especially appealing to Institutional Investors.

The underlying difference with these investments compared to traditional real estate investments is the fact that the credit quality of the tenant is the driving factor with regard to price and required investment returns.  While the underlying real estate certainly is analyzed it is secondary to the credit worthiness of the tenant.

Long term Credit Tenant and Net Leased investments are often compared to the returns of comparable corporate or government bonds.  An investor in these types of properties would consider a reasonable spread between a similarly rated bond and a real estate investment with a credit rated tenant.  This spread takes into account the length of the lease term, the credit rating of the tenant, the market rent compared to the existing contract rent, the physical aspects of the real estate and the strength of the local real estate market.

Credit Tenant Leases

Recently there has been a disconnect between cap rates and credit quality by unsophisticated investors especially in the smaller retail properties.  Sophisticated investors generally look to the rating agencies for the current credit rating on a particular tenant.  Standard & Poor’s issues credit ratings based upon specific financial obligations, of a company.  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on an obligation.

Credit ratings issued by the rating agencies are based in varying degrees on the following considerations.

1.                Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.                Nature and provisions of the obligation; and

3.                Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

22




The following table outlines the Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating system for the top five rating categories.  These definitions typically refer to corporate tenants.

S&P Rating

 

Rating Definition

AAA

 

An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

 

 

AA

 

An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

 

 

A

 

An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

 

 

BBB

 

An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

 

BB

 

An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

23




Corporate Yields and Spreads

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

24




Supply & Demand

The most common form of credit tenant lease is typically related to retail tenants.  Drug stores, fast food and similar small retail stores are heavily traded by investors and therefore fairly liquid in the secondary market.  The industrial and office sector as well as government leased buildings are also included in this market but are not as prevalent as the retail sector.  The lower supply equates to strong demand for credit tenant leases in these sectors.

Rising interest rates over the past quarter have left many net leased investors with two options: (i) refinance or (ii) dispose of the property.  Based on the size of the net leased market it appears that many investors are opting for disposition.

As of Q4 2005 the number of available properties increased by 6.5% from the previous quarter after having declined significantly in the early part of 2005.  This fact illustrates many investors desire to rebalance their portfolio prior to the end of the year.   On a cumulative basis, this growth can be attributed to three main factors.  First, increases in short term interest rates and the caution of further increases at a “measured” pace.  Second, in Q2 and Q3 2005, the Boulder Group reported an imbalance in supply and demand whereby supply was sorely lacking.  Third, sellers were accepting offers at prices that had the best chance of closing, rather than the highest offer, for fear the transaction may fall apart as sellers would be forced to lower the price in a rising interest rate environment.  Simply put it was a sellers’ market.  But what needs to be understood is that the majority of these assets are small retail properties where there are numerous buyers both sophisticated and novice with money to invest.

However, despite this growth, and compounding to the growing notion of a sellers’ market, the net lease market suffered from what Alan Greenspan referred to as his “conundrum.”  According to Greenspan, increases in short-term rates should have generated higher long-term yields than the market was currently showing.  Since Q2 2004 when short-term interest rate increases began, the net lease market has overall seen cap rates decrease or remain the same – a trend which has continued through the fourth quarter of 2005.

Net Leased Industrial Sector Overview

The net leased industrial sector has consistently been the smallest of all net leased sectors in terms of both the sheer number of available properties and the combined value of such properties.

According to the Boulder Group the number of available net leased industrial properties has increased by 2.6% since last quarter from 966 in Q3 2005 to 992 at the end of Q4 2005.  This is the first increase of available properties since Q1 2005.  Despite the number of properties increasing the cumulative value of such properties has decreased since Q3 2005.

Industrial properties comprise 13.5% of the properties and 19% of the value available in the current Net Lease Market.  These marks represent increases in the Industrial Sectors from those established in Q3 2005.  Since Q3 2005, 530 net leased industrial properties have been sold which represents a 37.5% increase in the number of net leased dispositions since Q2 2005.

25




Pricing points increased in six of the eleven industrial pricing brackets – for the third straight quarter.  The most significant increase came in the higher priced properties with properties priced between $9 - $10 million – those properties had increased their market share by over 75.3% since Q3 2005.  This gain is a significant improvement over the last quarter when such properties saw their market share increase by 22.1%.  The second largest increase in market share occurred with properties priced between $8 - $9 million -  an increase of 70.4% since Q3 2005.

Capitalization Rates / Pricing

Overall, in today’s net lease market, sophisticated investors understand that the market particularly for smaller properties is overheated.

For the fourth consecutive quarter, Cap Rates across the Industrial Sector have decreased.  The mean cap rate for industrial properties decreased by 10 basis points to 7.90%.  This marks the eighth straight quarter that the cap rate has either declined or remained the same.  Nationally, the significant majority of industrial properties are priced under $150 per square foot.  As of year end 2005, 88.3% of all industrial properties nationally were priced under $150 per square foot.

Industrial properties between $300 and $400 per square foot saw their market share decrease and now comprise approximately 1% of all net leased industrial properties.  Incidentally, according to the Boulder Group the lowest Cap rates are in the $300 to $399 per square foot properties.  The following is the breakdown of cap rates as they relate to price per square foot for some of the higher priced industrial properties.

Price Per SF Bracket

 

Average Cap Rate

 

Average Price

 

$200-$249

 

 

 

6.96

%

 

$

7,550,467

 

$250-$299

 

 

 

6.02

%

 

$

3,567,800

 

$300-$349

 

 

 

5.72

%

 

$

2,500,000

 

$350-$399

 

 

 

5.06

%

 

$

14,583,333

 

$400 +

 

 

 

7.43

%

 

$

10,010,000

 

 

The Subject’s Positioning In the Market

According to the 4 th  Quarter PWC/Korpacz National Net Lease Market Survey with fewer properties available bidding wars are erupting for the best assets available for sale.  Buyers who are looking to acquire these assets are facing short time frames to complete deals and low overall capitalization rates.  The best deals are trading at extremely low cap rates.  According to the Fourth Quarter 2005 Korpacz Report the low end of this range which reflects the best assets decreased by 25 basis points to 6.25 percent.  The ability to access capital from financial institutions continues to prompt investing in this segment of the market.

An investor for the subject property is interested in the credit worthiness of the tenant and the tenants ability to meet the financial obligations of the existing lease.  As previously mentioned, the asset quality is secondary in this type of investment.  This is especially true when long term contractual lease obligations remain for a property.

26




The subject is under a long term lease (21 years with (2) 14-year options) to the City of New York. The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+.  The subject is utilized as a bus depot for the Metropolitan Transit Authority (MTA).  Within this facility the tenant dispatches buses throughout the New York Metropolitan area, services and repairs the buses accordingly and stores the buses when not in use.  Buses are stored both inside the existing building and outside in fenced in parking areas.

As would be expected in the New York Boroughs sites suitable for this type of user are those that have rather large site areas and a land to building ratio that is above the typical norm for the New York Metropolitan area.  These sites are atypical due to the lack of available vacant land in the New York Boroughs.  This is what makes the subject attractive to distribution type tenants, trucking companies, Fed Ex, UPS and government departments similar to the MTA.

As such, the existing rental rate for buildings similar to the subject typically reflects an added premium associated with the excess land area for these sites.  Therefore, rental rates based on building size alone do not accurately reflect the inherent attributes of the subject which benefits from a land to building ratio that is above those of many metropolitan New York properties.

The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  This reflects positively on the City of New York as the tenant at the subject property.  The long term nature of the existing lease with the two option periods is also considered a positive attribute that is attractive to potential investors.  The existence of this lease makes the property attractive to institutional grade investors that would otherwise pass on similar industrial buildings without a long term lease to a credit tenant.  The presence of the existing long-term lease to an investment grade tenant like the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Conclusion

The Credit Tenant Lease and Net Leased Market are expected to continue to be in demand by investors requiring secure returns.  The lack of supply for large transactions benefits sellers fo these types of assets.  Furthermore, institutional investors, pension funds and REIT’s are constantly looking for quality transactions with strong tenants.  Smaller properties will continue at their current pace however, cap rates will begin to rise as interest rates increase.  In general, the market for National Investment Grade real estate is expected to remain strong throughout the foreseeable future.

27




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

114-15 Guy Brewer Boulevard

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is located on the northeast corner of 115th Avenue and Guy Brewer Boulevard in Jamaica, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Shape:

Irregular

 

 

Topography:

The site is level and at street grade

 

 

Land Area:

4.6161 acres 201,078 square feet

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

The site has good access, frontage and visibility from 115th Avenue, Guy R. Brewer Boulevard, and Linden Boulevard.

 

 

Soil Conditions:

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

Utilities

 

 

 

Water:

New York City

 

 

Sewer:

New York City

 

 

Electricity:

Con Edison

 

 

Gas:

Con Edison

 

 

Telephone:

Verizon

 

 

Site Improvements:

The building covers only a small portion of the site.  The balance of the site is used for employee and bus parking .

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

Flood Map:

National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 360497-0067B, effective November 16, 1983.

 

 

Flood Zone:

FEMA Zone C

 

 

Wetlands:

We were not given a Wetlands survey. The site does not appear to be in a wetlands area.

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

Overall Functionality:

The subject site is functional for its current use.

28




Site Map

[OMITTED]

29




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the building manager.

General Description

 

 

 

Year Built:

1965

 

 

Number of Buildings:

1

 

 

Number of Stories:

1

 

 

Land To Building Ratio:

2.65 to 1

 

 

Gross Building Area:

75,800 square feet

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

75,800 square feet

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

 

Basic Construction:

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

Foundation:

Poured concrete slab

 

 

Framing:

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

 

 

Column Spacing:

20’ by 40’

 

 

Percent of Office Space:

7%

 

 

Percent Air Conditioned:

5%

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

24 feet in warehouse

 

 

Loading Doors:

Adequate for the existing use.

 

 

Floors:

Concrete poured over metal deck. Each floor is bridged by structural steel floor beams.

 

 

Exterior Walls:

Brick.

 

 

Roof Cover:

Flat roofing system consisting of built-up assemblies with tar and gravel cover.

 

 

Windows:

The windows in the office and warehouse areas are double hung and casement windows in steel frames. 

 

 

Pedestrian Doors:

Glass in aluminum frames.

30




 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

 

Heating:

Heat to the office area is supplied by an oil-fired, hot air system with local zone temperature control.  The heat in the warehouse area is provided by ceiling-hung space heaters.

 

 

Cooling:

The office area is cooled by window air conditioning units.   The warehouse area is not air-conditioned.

 

 

Plumbing:

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other industrial properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

 

 

Electrical Service:

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

 

 

Elevator Service:

The building does not contain elevators.

 

 

Fire Protection:

The building is not fully sprinklered. The building has central station monitoring linked directly to the local fire department.

 

 

Security:

Monitors are situated along the building’s perimeter.

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

 

Layout:

The subject property is a single industrial building utilized for storage and servicing of MTA buses.  There is only a small percentage of office space which is utilized for administrative personnel.  Additionally, there is a small dispatch area within the warehouse.  The warehouse area occupies the majority of the building, and is accessible from the office area, and through exterior pedestrian and overhead doors.  The building contains a bus wash area as well as a dedicated service area for repair and maintenance of the buses. 

 

 

Floor Covering:

The warehouse areas contains sealed concrete floors.  The office areas have floors that are ceramic tile, carpet or resilient tile.

 

 

Walls:

The warehouse and manufacturing areas have concrete block and brick walls. The office areas have walls that are sheetrock.

 

 

Ceilings:

The ceilings in the office areas are 2’ by 2’ acoustical tile. The warehouse and manufacturing areas have ceilings that are exposed to the metal deck.

 

 

Lighting:

The office space contains a mixture of fluorescent and incandescent light fixtures.  The warehouse area contains sodium vapor lighting that is ceiling hung.

 

 

Restrooms:

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women in both the office and warehouse areas.

31




 

Site Improvements

 

 

 

Parking:

Ample open surface parking.

 

 

Onsite Landscaping:

Nominal

 

 

Other:

Concrete curbs and walkways.

 

 

Personal Property:

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

Capital Improvements:

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future .  The tenant is responsible for routine maintenance of the building.

 

 

Summary

 

 

 

Condition:

Average

The building has been adequately maintained for its age and provides an average appearance relative to competing buildings within its market.

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

 

 

Quality:

Average

 

 

Design and Functionality:

The building is a Class B industrial facility that possesses good appeal to prospective tenants.

 

 

Actual Age:

42 years

 

 

Effective Age:

20 years

 

 

Expected Economic Life:

45 years

 

 

Remaining Economic Life:

25 years

32




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

33




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Queens County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is Block 12327, Lot(s): 1, 8 & 30. According to the local assessor’s office, taxes are current.  The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

2005/2006

 

2005/2006

 

 

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

1,073,480

 

$

1,021,607

 

Improvements:

 

346,500

 

355,680

 

Total:

 

$

1,419,980

 

$

1,377,287

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

1,419,980

 

$

1,377,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

1,377,287

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

0.11306

 

 

 

Total Property Taxes

 

$

155,716

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Building Area

 

75,800

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

$

2.05

 

 

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $155,716, or $2.05 per square foot of building area.

34




ZONING

The property is zoned C8-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the C8-1 zoning district:

C8 General Service District

Automotive and other heavy commercial services are provided for in C8 districts. C8 districts form a bridge between commercial and manufacturing uses, and are appropriate for heavy uses which are land consuming but not labor intensive. These districts are mainly mapped along major traffic arteries where concentrations of automotive uses have developed. Performance standards are imposed for certain uses in Use Groups 11 A and 16.

Typical uses are automobile showrooms, automotive service facilities and warehouses. Housing is not permitted.

Parking requirements vary with districts and use. Automotive uses in C8-1 to C8-3 districts require substantial parking.

The C8-1 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 201,078 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the C8-1 zone which equates to 487,380 square feet of building area.

The C8-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a C8-2 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants.

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

35




Zoning Map

[OMITTED]

36




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office and light industrial uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of the Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

37




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is As it is currently utilized.

38




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences that exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements that represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

39




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

The subject is under a long term lease to the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant.  The existence of this lease makes the subject attractive to institutional and sophisticated investors seeking a relatively secure investment.  For these types of investors the credit worthiness of the tenant and the ability to meet their financial obligations is the primary indicator in determining yield and value.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

40




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Based upon the above, both methods are appropriate in this assignment.

Lease Summary

The details of the lease which encumbers the subject property is summarized below.

Lessor:

Jamaica Bus Holding Corp

 

 

Lessee:

The City of New York (MTA)

 

 

Lease Term:

21 years

 

 

Start Date:

January 30, 2006

 

 

End Date:

January 29, 2027

 

 

Square Feet Leased:

75,800 sf (on 4.62 acres)

 

 

Base Rent:

Years 1-5:       $1,515,000

Years 6-10:     $1,666,500

Years 11-15:   $1,833,150

Years 16-20:   $2,016,465

Years 21:        $2,218,112

 

 

Recoveries:

Triple net lease

 

 

Renewal Options:

Two 14-year option periods with steps every five years

 

 

Purchase Options:

None

 

 

Comments:

This is considered a credit tenant lease to the City of New York. 

 

Tenant Profile

The lessee is the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The subject site is utilized as a bus depot and repair facility for the MTA.  To the tenant the land is equally as important as the improvements as the site is utilized to store buses when not in use by the MTA.  The rental rate reflects the excess land available for parking which is not found on typical industrial properties.

41




Rent Comparables

The following table summarizes rental activity in competing buildings in the market.

RENT COMPARABLES

No.

 

Property Location
Tenant Name

 

Lease
Date

 

Size
(SF)

 

Term
(years)

 

Rent/
SF

 

Rent Steps
Recoveries

 

% Office
Ceiling Height

 

Comments

 

1

 

85-01 24th Avenue
Elmhurst, NY

 

Dec-05

 

118,430

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

6

%

This building is located on a 6.43 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

49-19 Rockaway Blvd.
Rockaway Beach, NY

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

21.08

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

2

%

This building is located on a 3.03 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

114-15 Guy R. Brewer Blvd.
Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

75,800

 

21

 

$

19.99

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

7

%

This building is located on a 4.66 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

165-25 147th Avenue
Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

11

%

This building is located on a 6.57 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Mean:

 

Dec-05

 

93,500

 

21

 

$

20.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Assumes taxes of $1.50/sf.

42




COMPARABLE INDUSTRIAL RENTAL MAP

[OMITTED]

43




Conclusion of Market Rent

We have analyzed recent leases negotiated in competitive buildings in the marketplace, which range from $18.50 to $21.83 per square foot, with an average of $20.35. The leases are written on a triple net basis with all expenses being the responsibility of the tenant.  Recovery clauses for the comparable leases typically require the tenant to pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  Landlords have no expense obligations under the term of the existing lease.

Greatest reliance has been placed on the recent lease signing at the subject which is closely supported by the remaining comparables.  Based upon this, we have concluded to the following market rent parameters for the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps

 

 

every 5

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

Expense Reimbursements

The existing lease is an absolute triple net lease.  The tenant is responsible for all real estate taxes and operating expenses associated with the property.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Due to the creditworthiness of the tenant, the City of New York with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency we have not taken any vacancy or collection loss.  This mirrors investors’ expectations for a similar investment grade tenants.  Any adjustment for vacancy and collection loss is reflected in our discount rate selection.

Operating Expenses

As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for all operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Furthermore, many expenses are directly paid by the tenant.  We have identified some base expenses (insurance, management, and real estate taxes) which are fully reimbursed by the tenant.  Any additional expenses are assumed to be directly paid by the tenant.  We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion as to what a typical informed investor would consider normal.

The subject has been utilized as a bus facility for many years.  We have not been provided with any historical operating history for the property.  The following reflects our opinion of year one operating expenses which are presented on the following page.

44




 

REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

19.99

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

201,196

 

2.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

1,716,196

 

$

22.64

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

1,716,196

 

$

22.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

26,530

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

18,950

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

45,480

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

155,716

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

201,196

 

$

2.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

19.99

 

 


(1)Fiscal Year Beginning:

Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

Insurance

 

$                26,530

 

$                0.35

 

Our estimate is based on the budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$                18,950

 

$                0.25

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from $0.20 to $0.30 per square foot. We have utilized a management fee of $0.25 per square foot, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$              155,716

 

$                2.05

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $45,480 equating to $0.60 per square foot.

45




Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year 1.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

19.99

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

$

201,196

 

2.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

1,716,196

 

$

22.64

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

1,716,196

 

$

22.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

26,530

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

$

18,950

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

45,480

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

155,716

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

201,196

 

$

2.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

19.99

 

46




Capitalization Rate Selection

We have considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive industrial properties.

Survey

 

Date

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Range

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

5.50%-9.00%

 

7.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

6.26%-8.07%

 

7.16

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 6.50 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

The subject due to its long term lease with the City of New York is considered similar to a bond transaction by most sophisticated investors.  As previously mentioned investor returns for these types of assets are primarily driven by the credit quality of the tenant.  The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.

The value of the subject is significantly enhanced by the existence of the current lease.  Without this long term lease to a credit worthy tenant the subject’s value based upon the physical real estate would be significantly less than our estimate of market value.

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year 1 net operating income by a 6.50 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

19.99

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.50% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 6.00%

 

$

25,249,999

 

$

333.11

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 6.50%

 

$

23,307,691

 

$

307.49

 

Based on High-Range of 7.00%

 

$

21,642,856

 

$

285.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

23,307,691

 

$

307.49

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

23,300,000

 

$

307.39

 

47




Discounted Cash Flow Method

In the Discounted Cash Flow Method, we employed Argus for Windows software to model the income characteristics of the property and to make a variety of cash flow assumptions. We attempted to reflect the most likely investment assumptions of typical buyers and sellers in this particular market segment. The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis.

Discounted Cash Flow Assumptions

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

 

 

 

 

Holding Period:

 

10 Years

 

Projection Period:

 

11 Years

 

Start Date:

 

2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

 

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT (PSF)

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

VACANCY & COLLECTION LOSS

 

 

 

Global Vacancy:

 

0.00

%

Collection Loss:

 

0.00

%

Total:

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

GROWTH RATES

 

 

 

Market Rent:

 

3.00

%

Consumer Price Index (CPI):

 

3.00

%

Expenses:

 

3.00

%

Real Estate Taxes:

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

 

RATES OF RETURN

 

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.50

%

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7.00

%

Reversionary Sales Cost:

 

3.00

%

48




 

LEASING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$

20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

Free Rent on New Leases (months)

 

0

 

Free Rent on Renewals (months)

 

0

 

Downtime Between New Leases

 

6

 

Renewal Probability

 

65.00

%

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (PSF)

 

Warehouse

 

New Leases

 

$

1.00

 

Renewals

 

$

0.50

 

 

Leasing Commissions:

6.00 percent for new leases 3% for renewals. 

 

 

Contract Rent Increases:

Leases are assumed to escalate based upon the existing terms of the lease.  New leases are assumed to increase at 3% per annum.

 

 

Expense Reimbursements:

Future leases will pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  The landlord would be responsible for management and structural reserves.

 

 

Capital Expenditure:

The building was in average condition at the time of our inspection.  We do not foresee any major capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate Selection

A terminal capitalization rate was used to develop an opinion of the market value of the property at the end of the assumed investment holding period. The rate is applied to the net operating income following year 10 before making deductions for leasing commissions, tenant improvement allowances and reserves for replacement. We have developed an opinion of an appropriate terminal capitalization rate based on indicated rates in current investor surveys.

Survey

 

Date

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Range

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

6.00%-10.00%

 

8.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.26%-8.76%

 

8.01

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

As a result, we have applied a 7.00 percent terminal capitalization rate in our analysis.  This represents approximately a 50 basis point spread from the going in capitalization rate.

49




Discount Rate Selection

We have developed an opinion of future cash flows, including property value at reversion, and discounted that income stream at an internal rate of return (yield rate) currently required by investors for similar-quality real property. The yield rate (internal rate of return or IRR) is the single rate that discounts all future equity benefits (cash flows and equity reversion) to an opinion of net present value.

The PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield investor surveys indicate the following internal rates of return for competitive industrial properties:

Survey

 

Date

 

IRR
Range

 

IRR
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

7.00%-11.50%

 

8.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.77%-9.52%

 

8.65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national Class A leased warehouse/distribution market

The above table summarizes the investment parameters of some of the most prominent investors currently acquiring similar investment properties in the United States. We realize that this type of survey reflects target rather than transactional rates. Transactional rates are usually difficult to obtain in the verification process and are actually only target rates of the buyer at the time of sale. The property’s performance will ultimately determine the actual yield at the time of sale after a specific holding period.

50




The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.  The following is a recent survey between US Treasury rates and US Industrials reflecting Credit ratings, yields, and spreads for various terms. 

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

51




Yield Rates

The initial lease term at the subject is for 21 years with two 14 year options.  Therefore, we can interpolate a reasonable spread for a 20 year term between “A” and “AA” credit ratings to determine a reasonable discount rate for the subject property given the credit quality of the tenant.

Rating

 

Term

 

Yield

 

AA

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

AA

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

A

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Average

 

“AA” & “A”

 

5.48

 

 

The value of the existing lease to the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the property compared to comparable industrial buildings without a credit tenant.  To account for the existing condition of the improvements, necessary management and the illiquidity of the real estate compared to a similarly rated corporate bond we believe a premium to the indicated yield is warranted when choosing a discount rate.  As such, we have discounted our cash flow and reversionary value projections at an internal rate of return of 7.50 percent.

Discounted Cash Flow Method Conclusion

Based on the discount rate selected, market value is estimated at $23,100,000, rounded. The reversion contributes 53.44 percent to this value estimate. Our cash flow projection and valuation matrix are presented at the end of this section.

52




Schedule Of Prospective Cash Flow

In Inflated Dollars for the Fiscal Year Beginning 2/1/2006

 

For the Years Ending

 

Year 1
Jan-2007

 

Year 2
Jan-2008

 

Year 3
Jan-2009

 

Year 4
Jan-2010

 

Year 5
Jan-2011

 

Year 6
Jan-2012

 

Year 7
Jan-2013

 

Year 8
Jan-2014

 

Year 9
Jan-2015

 

Year 10
Jan-2016

 

Year 11
Jan-2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

1,515,000

 

$

1,540,250

 

$

1,666,500

 

$

1,666,500

 

$

1,666,500

 

$

1,666,500

 

$

1,694,275

 

$

1,833,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,540,250

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,694,275

 

1,833,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

26,596

 

27,394

 

28,216

 

29,063

 

29,934

 

30,832

 

31,757

 

32,710

 

33,691

 

34,702

 

35,743

 

Management

 

18,997

 

19,567

 

20,154

 

20,759

 

21,382

 

22,023

 

22,684

 

23,364

 

24,065

 

24,787

 

25,531

 

RE Taxes

 

156,105

 

160,788

 

165,612

 

170,580

 

175,698

 

180,969

 

186,398

 

191,990

 

197,750

 

203,682

 

209,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

201,698

 

207,749

 

213,982

 

220,402

 

227,014

 

233,824

 

240,839

 

248,064

 

255,506

 

263,171

 

271,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

1,716,698

 

1,722,749

 

1,728,982

 

1,735,402

 

1,767,264

 

1,900,324

 

1,907,339

 

1,914,564

 

1,922,006

 

1,957,446

 

2,104,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

1,716,698

 

1,722,749

 

1,728,982

 

1,735,402

 

1,767,264

 

1,900,324

 

1,907,339

 

1,914,564

 

1,922,006

 

1,957,446

 

2,104,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

26,596

 

27,394

 

28,216

 

29,063

 

29,934

 

30,832

 

31,757

 

32,710

 

33,691

 

34,702

 

35,743

 

Management

 

18,997

 

19,567

 

20,154

 

20,759

 

21,382

 

22,023

 

22,684

 

23,364

 

24,065

 

24,787

 

25,531

 

RE Taxes

 

156,105

 

160,788

 

165,612

 

170,580

 

175,698

 

180,969

 

186,398

 

191,990

 

197,750

 

203,682

 

209,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

201,698

 

207,749

 

213,982

 

220,402

 

227,014

 

233,824

 

240,839

 

248,064

 

255,506

 

263,171

 

271,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,515,000

 

1,540,250

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,666,500

 

1,694,275

 

1,833,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Reserves

 

11,370

 

11,711

 

12,062

 

12,424

 

12,797

 

13,181

 

13,576

 

13,984

 

14,403

 

14,835

 

15,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

11,370

 

11,711

 

12,062

 

12,424

 

12,797

 

13,181

 

13,576

 

13,984

 

14,403

 

14,835

 

15,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

1,503,630

 

$

1,503,289

 

$

1,502,938

 

$

1,502,576

 

$

1,527,453

 

$

1,653,319

 

$

1,652,924

 

$

1,652,516

 

$

1,652,097

 

$

1,679,440

 

$

1,817,870

 

53




Prospective Present Value

Cash Flow Before Debt Service plus Property Resale

Discounted Annually (Endpoint on Cash Flow & Resale) over a 10-Year Period

 

 

 

For the

 

 

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

Analysis

 

Year

 

Annual

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Period

 

Ending

 

Cash Flow

 

@ 7.00%

 

@ 7.50%

 

@ 8.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Jan-2007

 

$

1,503,630

 

$

1,405,262

 

$

1,398,726

 

$

1,392,250

 

Year 2

 

Jan-2008

 

1,503,289

 

1,313,031

 

1,300,845

 

1,288,828

 

Year 3

 

Jan-2009

 

1,502,938

 

1,226,845

 

1,209,805

 

1,193,081

 

Year 4

 

Jan-2010

 

1,502,576

 

1,146,308

 

1,125,130

 

1,104,438

 

Year 5

 

Jan-2011

 

1,527,453

 

1,089,053

 

1,063,961

 

1,039,559

 

Year 6

 

Jan-2012

 

1,653,319

 

1,101,676

 

1,071,287

 

1,041,871

 

Year 7

 

Jan-2013

 

1,652,924

 

1,029,358

 

996,308

 

964,465

 

Year 8

 

Jan-2014

 

1,652,516

 

961,779

 

926,569

 

892,803

 

Year 9

 

Jan-2015

 

1,652,097

 

898,631

 

861,707

 

826,460

 

Year 10

 

Jan-2016

 

1,679,440

 

853,743

 

814,854

 

777,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Flow

 

 

 

15,830,182

 

11,025,686

 

10,769,192

 

10,521,661

 

Property Resale @ 7% Cap Rate

 

 

 

25,402,221

 

12,913,201

 

12,325,003

 

11,766,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Property Present Value

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,938,887

 

$

23,094,195

 

$

22,287,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rounded

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,939,000

 

$

23,100,000

 

$

22,288,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per SqFt

 

 

 

 

 

$

315.82

 

$

304.75

 

$

294.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Value Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Income

 

 

 

 

 

46.43

%

47.01

%

47.59

%

Prospective Income

 

 

 

 

 

-0.37

%

-0.38

%

-0.38

%

Prospective Property Resale

 

 

 

 

 

53.94

%

53.37

%

52.79

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

54




Reconciliation Within the Income Capitalization Approach

SUMMARY OF INCOME CAPITALIZATION METHODS

 

 

Value

 

Value Indicated by the Discounted Cash Flow Method:

 

$

23,100,000

 

Value Indicated by the Direct Capitalization Method:

 

$

23,300,000

 

 

We have placed equal reliance on both the Discounted Cash Flow and the Direct Capitalization Method. Therefore, our opinion of market value via the Income Capitalization Approach is as follows:

Value Conclusion:

 

$

23,100,000

 

 

55




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

Income Capitalization Approach:

 

$

23,100,000

 

 

We have given most weight to the Income Capitalization Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on February 2, 2006 was:

TWENTY THREE MILLION ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$23,100,000

The implied “going in” capitalization rate is 6.56 percent.  The implied going-in cap rate is in line with the recent surveys and reflects the credit worthiness of the tenant.

56




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Appraisal” means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Appraisal.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the Appraisal.

“Appraiser” or “Appraisers” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Appraisal.

General Assumptions

This appraisal is made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.      No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.      The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information may have been provided by the owner of the Property. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.

3.      The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the Appraisal. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect property value.

4.      The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional material without C&W’s prior written consent. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited, except as it relates to the collaboration between C&W and the Appraisal Institute relative to the Real Estate Outlook publication.

5.      Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.      The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and analyzed in the Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Appraisal is based.

7.      The physical condition of the improvements analyzed within the Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Appraisal. C&W assumes no

57




responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.      The projected potential gross income referred to in the Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Appraiser has not reviewed lease documents and assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.      The projections of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s opinion of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these projections will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.

10.    Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.    Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.    Additional work requested by the client beyond the scope of this assignment will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate. Preparation for court testimony, update valuations, additional research, depositions, travel or other proceedings will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate, plus reimbursement of expenses.

13.    The reader acknowledges that Cushman & Wakefield has been retained hereunder as an independent contractor to perform the services described herein and nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to create any other relationship between us. This assignment shall be deemed concluded and the services hereunder completed upon delivery to you of the appraisal report discussed herein.

14.    This study has not been prepared for use in connection with litigation and this document is not suitable for use in a litigation action. Accordingly, no rights to expert testimony, pretrial or other conferences, deposition, or related services are included with this appraisal. If, as a result of this undertaking, C&W or any of its principals, its appraisers or consultants are requested or required to provide any litigation services, such shall be subject to the provisions of the C&W engagement letter or, if not specified therein, subject to the reasonable availability of C&W and/or said principals or appraisers at the time and shall further be subject to the party or parties requesting or requiring such services paying the then-applicable professional fees and expenses of C&W either in accordance with the provisions of the engagement letter or arrangements at the time, as the case may be.

58




Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

59




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for Philip P. Cadorette, MAI is current.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212).841-7849 Facsimile

 

60




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:                                            Qualifications of the Appraisers

 

61




ADDENDUM A:  Qualifications of the Appraisers




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)

Certified New York State - General Appraiser

Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina

Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.2

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF

REAL PROPERTY

Vacant Land

N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49th Street

Arverne, Queens County, NY

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:                         06-12002-9224

VALUATION SERVICES




 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

 

New York, NY 10019-6178

 

212-841-7604 Tel

 

212-841-7849 fax

 

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

February 25, 2006

C/O Mr. Paul Cooper

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:

Complete Appraisal of Real Property

 

In a Self-Contained Report

 

 

 

Vacant Land

 

N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49th Street

 

Arverne, Queens County, NY 11208

 

 

 

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9224

 

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

 

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use. It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.              

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs only the Sales Comparison Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost




Approach unreliable. Furthermore, because the subject property is a specialized land use, it is not typically marketed, purchased or sold on the basis of anticipated lease-income. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Income Capitalization Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value As Is

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

NINETY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS

$95,000

Based on recent market transactions, as well as discussions with market participants, a sale of the subject property at the above-stated opinion of market value would have required an exposure time of approximately nine (9) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately nine (9) months is currently warranted for the subject property.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

/s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

212-841-7604 Office Direct

212-841-7849 Fax

 




 

SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

Vacant Land

 

 

Location:

N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49th Street Arverne, Queens County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the N/E/C of Rockaway Beach Boulevard and Beach 49th Street. 

 

 

Property Description:

The property is a small vacant site containing 0.072-acre parcel of land. 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block: 15841, Lots: 3

 

 

Interest Appraised:

Fee Simple Estate

 

 

Date of Value:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Date of Inspection:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Ownership:

GTJ Co., Inc.

 

 

Occupancy:

The subject property is a small vacant site. 

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

$11,430

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

$1,292

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

If Vacant:

A commercial or industrial building developed to the highest density possible for a specific user

 

 

As Improved:

N/A

 

 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

Zoning:

C8-1

 

 

Land Area:

0.07 acres

3,145 square feet

 




 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

Market Value As Is

 

Land Value

 

 

 

Indicated Value:

 

$

95,000

 

Per Square Foot / FAR:

 

$

30.21

 

Per Acre:

 

$

1,315,803

 

 

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

 

 

Indicated Value:

 

$

95,000

 

Per Square Foot (NRA):

 

$

30.21

 

 

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Final Value Conclusion

 

 

 

Concluded Value:

 

$

95,000

 

Per Square Foot (NRA):

 

$

30.21

 

 

 

 

 

Exposure Time:

 

9 Months

 

Marketing Time:

 

9 Months

 

 




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[Pictures Omitted]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

REGIONAL MAP

6

 

 

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

7

 

 

LOCAL AREA MAP

13

 

 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

14

 

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

16

 

 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

20

 

 

ZONING

21

 

 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

23

 

 

VALUATION PROCESS

24

 

 

LAND VALUATION

26

 

 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

32

 

 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

34

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

37

 

 

ADDENDA

38




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

Vacant Land

 

 

Location:

N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49th Street Arverne, Queens County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the N/E/C of Rockaway Beach Boulevard and Beach 49th Street. 

 

 

Property Description:

The property is a vacant site containing a 0.072-acre parcel of land. 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block: 15841, Lots: 3

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

GTJ Co., Inc.

 

 

Sale History:

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years.

 

 

Current Disposition:

To the best of our knowledge the subject is not in contract nor being marketed for sale.  Our appraisal is being completed for internal decision making which may lead to a sale.

 

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the Market Value of the Fee Simple interest in the property for the exclusive use of Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders for internal decision making . All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected on February 2, 2006 by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Fee Simple interest.

1




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the USPAP for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report. In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous vacant land and improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, in the normal course of business, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Sales Comparison Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, because the subject property is a specialized land use, it is not typically marketed, purchased or sold on the basis of anticipated lease-income. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Income Capitalization Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Fourth Edition (2002), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from Advisory Opinion-22 of USPAP of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

2




3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject only to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Interest

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the lessee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Interest

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease transferring the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The most probable rent that a property should bring in a competitive and open market reflecting all conditions and restrictions of the specified lease agreement including term, rental adjustment and revaluation, permitted uses, use restrictions, and expense obligations; the lessee and lessor each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming consummation of a lease contract as of a specified date and the passing of the leasehold from lessor to lessee under conditions whereby:

1.                                                  Lessee and lessor are typically motivated.

2.                                                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their best interests.

3.                                                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market.

4.                                                  The rent payment is made in terms of cash in United States dollars, and is expressed as an amount per time period consistent with the payment schedule of the lease contract.

5.                                                  The rental amount represents the normal consideration for the property lease unaffected by special fees or concessions granted by anyone associated with the transaction.

3




Cash Equivalence

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.  Calculating the cash-equivalent price requires an appraiser to compare transactions involving atypical financing to transactions involving comparable properties financed at typical market terms.

Value As Is

The value of specific ownership rights to an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; relate s to what physically exists and is legally permissible and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical market conditions or possible rezoning.

Prospective Value Opinion

A forecast of the value expected at a specified future date.  A prospective value opinion is most frequently sought in connection with real estate projects that are proposed, under construction, or under conversion to a new use, or that have not achieved sellout or a stabilized level of long-term occupancy at the time the appraisal report is written.

Prospective Value Upon Reaching Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property as of a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long-term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of property and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

4




Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately nine (9) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the concluded market value level. Marketing time is presumed to start during the period immediately after the effective date of an appraisal. (Marketing time is subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal and exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal).  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of developing a reasonable exposure time opinion as part of the appraisal process and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale or a one-line statement.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within nine (9) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by Queens County as Block: 15841, Lots: 3. The legal description was not provided.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average,

9




with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates


Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 


U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

 

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

10




Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1

%

0.9

%

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2

%

1.0

%

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6

%

0.2

%

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8

%

0.5

%

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4

%

0.0

%

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8

%

0.1

%

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3

%

0.9

%

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3

%

0.1

%

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

Arverne is located in southern Queens just south of Kennedy Airport.  The subject area is generally referred to as part of the Far Rockaways.  Arverne is bordered to the east by Far Rockaway, to the west by Hammels and Seaside, to the south by the Atlantic Ocean and to the north by Somerville and Grass Hasscock Channel.

This part of Arverne is predominantly residential with some commercial uses located along Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within this area are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  To the east of the subject there has been some new construction of single and multi-family modular homes.  The area is in the process of being developed with several residential projects.  As these projects are completed and sold out demand for development sites in the area is expected to increase.

There are few multi-story residential developments in other parts of Far Rockaway.  There is limited commercial development located on Edgemere Avenue and Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  These retail and business establishments service the needs of the local residents.  Because of its proximity to Kennedy Airport and the Atlantic Ocean there are several hotels and motels located in the Rockaway area.

The subject is located in a mixed-use industrial and residential district in the southern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to Kennedy Airport and the Atlantic Ocean.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally residential with some commercial and industrial uses located along the main boulevards.

The subject is located along the N/E/C of Rockaway Beach Boulevard and Beach 49th Street.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Edgemere Avenue and the Rockaway Freeway provide access to the Cross Bay Boulevard which leads to the Van Wyck Expressway, Grand Central Parkway and the Belt Parkway.

These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby just north of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

14




Conclusion

The subject property is a smaller industrial site with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  The local area is going through a resurgence as several residential projects are being developed in the area.

 However, the subject is a very small site which is influenced by the neighboring industrial and commercial uses.  As such, we would not anticipate a significant impact positive or negative to the subject site as a result of the ongoing residential development in the local area.

Although the subject is located in a mixed-use neighborhood it’s proximity to JFK airport makes it a desirable industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

N/W/C of Rockaway Beach Blvd. & Beach 49th Street Arverne, Queens County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the N/E/C of Rockaway Beach Boulevard and Beach 49th Street. 

 

 

Shape:

Rectangular

 

 

Topography:

Level

 

 

Land Area:

0.07 acres

3,145 square feet

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

The subject property has good access, good visibility and good frontage on the following streets:

Beach 49 th  Street:          106.72 feet frontage

Rockaway Beach Blvd:    30.11 feet frontage

 

 

Soil Conditions:

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

Utilities:

All Available

 

 

Site Improvements:

The site improvements include asphalt paved parking areas, curbing, signage, landscaping, yard lighting and drainage.

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

Flood Zone:

The subject property is located in flood zone C.

 

 

Flood Zone Description:

FEMA Zone C: Areas outside of a 100-year flood hazard.

 

 

FEMA Map & Date

360497-0072C, dated May 18, 1992

 

 

Wetlands:

We were not given a Wetlands survey. If subsequent engineering data reveal the presence of regulated wetlands, it could materially affect property value. We recommend a wetlands survey by a competent engineering firm.

 

 

Seismic Hazard:

The site is not located in a Special Study Zone as established by California’s Alquist-Priolo Geological Hazards Act.

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

Overall Functionality:

The subject site is functional for its current use.

 

16




 

Location Rating:

After considering all of the locational aspects of the subject, including regional and local accessibility as well as overall visibility, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. has concluded that the location of this property is good.

 

17




Site Map

[OMITTED]

18




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials) which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

19




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of the City of New York.  According to the New York City Assessor’s office, the 2005/2006 assessments for the property (Block: 15841, Lots: 3) are as follows:

Current Property Taxes

According to the local assessor’s office, the taxes are current. The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

14,850

 

$

11,430

 

Improvements:

 

0

 

0

 

Total:

 

$

14,850

 

$

11,430

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Taxable Assessment:

 

$

14,850

 

$

11,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable Assessment

 

 

 

$

11,430

 

Tax Rate

 

 

 

0.1131

 

Total Property Taxes

 

 

 

$

1,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot of land

 

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $1,292, or $0.42 per square foot.  Based on our experience with industrial buildings in Queens County, we conclude that this is a market oriented tax liability for a property of this kind. The relatively high tax per square foot figure reflects the significant land associated with the property.  We project that the subject’s tax liability will grow 3.0 percent per annum over the analysis period.

20




ZONING

The property is zoned C8-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the C8-1 zoning district:

C8 General Service District

Automotive and other heavy commercial services are provided for in C8 districts. C8 districts form a bridge between commercial and manufacturing uses, and are appropriate for heavy uses which are land consuming but not labor intensive. These districts are mainly mapped along major traffic arteries where concentrations of automotive uses have developed. Performance standards are imposed for certain uses in Use Groups 11 A and 16.

Typical uses are automobile showrooms, automotive service facilities and warehouses. Housing is not permitted.

Parking requirements vary with districts and use. Automotive uses in C8-1 to C8-3 districts require substantial parking.

The C8-1 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 3,145 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the C8-1 zone which equates to 316,324 square feet of building area.

The C8-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a C8-1 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants.

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

21




Zoning Map

[OMITTED]

22




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Fourth Edition (2002), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office, light industrial, and warehouse uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is a commercial or industrial building developed to the highest density possible for a specific user.

23




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences which exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements which represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

24




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

This appraisal employs only the Sales Comparison Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, because the subject property is a specialized land use, it is not typically marketed, purchased or sold on the basis of anticipated lease-income. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Income Capitalization Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

25




LAND VALUATION

We used the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of land value. In this method, we analyzed prices buyers have recently paid for similar sites in the market, as well as examined current offerings. In making comparisons, we adjusted the sale prices for differences between this site and the comparable sites. If the comparable was superior to the subject, a downward adjustment was made to the comparable sale. If inferior, an upward adjustment was made. We present on the following pages a summary of pertinent details of sites recently sold that we compared to the subject site.

In the valuation of the subject site’s fee simple interest, the Sales Comparison Approach has been used to establish prices being paid for comparably zoned land. The most widely used and market oriented unit of comparison for properties with characteristics similar to those of the subject is the sale price per square foot of land area . All transactions utilized in this analysis are analyzed on this basis.

The major elements of comparison utilized to value the subject site include the property rights conveyed, the financial terms incorporated into the transaction, the conditions or motivations surrounding the sale, changes in market conditions since the sale, the location of the real estate, its utility and the physical characteristics of the property.

Discussion of Adjustments

Property Rights Conveyed

All of the sales utilized in this analysis involved the transfer of the fee simple interest. In the case of the land we have estimated a fee simple value. Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Conditions of Sale

Adjustments for conditions of sale usually reflect the motivations of the buyer and the seller.  In many situations the conditions of sale may significantly affect transaction prices.  However, all sales used in this analysis are considered to be “arms-length” market transactions between both knowledgeable buyers and sellers on the open market.  Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Financial Terms

To the best of our knowledge, all of the sales utilized in this analysis were accomplished with cash or market-oriented financing.  Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Market Conditions

The sales that are included in this analysis date between May 2004 and November 2005.  As the market has changed over this time period, we have applied an annual adjustment of 3.00 percent.

Location

An adjustment for location is required when the locational characteristics of a comparable property are different from those of the subject property.  The subject property is considered to have a good location. We have made a downward adjustment to those comparables considered superior in location versus the subject.  Conversely, an upward adjustment was made to those comparables considered inferior.

26




Size

The size adjustment generally reflects the inverse relationship between unit price and lot size. Smaller lots tend to sell for higher unit prices than larger lots, and vice versa. Hence, upward adjustments were made to larger land parcels, and downward adjustments were made to smaller land parcels.

Public Utilities

All of the sales, like the subject, had full access to public utilities at the time of sale; therefore, no adjustments were required.

Utility

The subject parcel is adequately shaped to accommodate a typical building, and it has good access, frontage and visibility.  When a comparable was considered to have superior or inferior utility, the appropriate adjustment was made.

Other

In some cases, other variables will impact the price of a transaction. Some examples would include soil or slope conditions, restrictive zoning, easements, wetlands or external influences. In our analysis of the comparables we found that no unusual conditions existed at the time of sale. As a result, no adjustments were required.

Discussion of Comparable Sales

There is very little commercial or industrial land sales activity in the local market.  As such, there is very little industrial land activity in the local market.  We have analyzed the most comparable sales in the region as well as the local market.

Comparable Sale No. 1

This is the sale of a 65,000 square foot parcel located on Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Montebello Italian Food Company in October 2005 for a price of $5,460,000 or $42.00 per square foot of developable land area (FAR) .  The zoning allows for 130,000 square feet of development.  Public utilities are all available. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $31.82 per developable square foot (FAR).

Comparable Sale No. 2

This is the sale of a 120,000 square foot parcel located on the Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Thai Food Company in November 2005 for a price of $9,800,000 or $40.83 per square foot of developable land area (FAR) .  The zoning allows for 240,000 square feet of development. Public utilities are all available. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $30.84 per developable square foot (FAR).

27




Comparable Sale No. 3

This is the sale of a 108,900 square foot parcel located on the Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Radhaswamy, Inc in August 2005 for a price of $8,000,000 or $36.73 per square foot of developable land area (FAR) .  The zoning allows for 217,800 square feet of development.  Public utilities are all available. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $27.96 per developable square foot (FAR).

Comparable Sale No. 4

This is the sale of a 23,783 square foot parcel located on the Norton Drive in Far Rockaway, NY.  This property is in the C3 zoning district. Jamaica Yacht Club Inc. sold the property to 76 North Realty Co., LLC in January 2005 for a price of $430,000 or $36.16 per square foot of developable land area (FAR) .  The zoning allows for 11,892 square feet of development. Public utilities are all available. The property is being held for future development. After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $31.69 per developable square foot (FAR).

Comparable Sale No. 5

This is the sale of a 19,440 square foot parcel located on the 143-02 / 16 Rockaway Blvd. in Jamaica, NY.  This property is in the R3-2 zoning district. Block Three sold the property to Wilter Alarcon in May 2004 for a price of $500,000 or $25.72 per square foot of developable land area (FAR) .  The site has 19,440 of developable land area (FAR). All public utilities are all available. The purchaser is holding the site for development of a small residential building. After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $25.72 per developable square foot (FAR).

28




Conclusion of Site Value

After adjustments, the comparable land sales reflect unit prices ranging from $27.08 to $31.82 per square foot of FAR with an average of $29.88 per square foot of developable land (FAR) or ($1,179,749 to $1,385,861 per acre), with an average of ($1,301,470 per acre).

Each of the sales has been considered in our analysis. Therefore, we conclude that the indicated value by the Sales Comparison Approach is:

AS IS VALUE CONCLUSION

 

$/FAR

 

$/Acre

 

Indicated Value

 

$

30.00

 

$

1,306,800

 

Site Area

 

x 3,145

 

x 0.0722

 

Indicated Value

 

$

94,350

 

$

94,350

 

Rounded to nearest $2,500

 

$

95,000

 

$

95,000

 

$/unit basis

 

$

30.21

 

$

1,315,803

 

 

29




LAND SALE LOCATION MAP

[OMITTED]

30




SUMMARY OF LAND SALES

No.

 

Location

 

Grantor
Grantee

 

Price
Date

 

Site SqFt
Site Acres

 

Zoning
Potential FAR

 

Public
Utilities

 

Price/SF
Price/FAR

 

COMMENTS

1

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge Site

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$5,460,000

 

65,000

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All Available

 

$84.00

 

This site has significant tax incentives for

 

 Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Montebello Italian Food Company

 

10/05

 

1.4922 Ac

 

130,000

 

 

 

$42.00

 

development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge Site

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$9,800,000

 

120,000 SF

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All Available

 

$81.67

 

This site has significant tax incentives for

 

Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Thai Food Company

 

11/05

 

2.7548 Ac

 

240,000

 

 

 

$40.83

 

development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge Site

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$8,000,000

 

108,900 SF

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All Available

 

$73.46

 

This site has significant tax incentives for

 

Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Radhaswamy, Inc

 

8/05

 

2.5000 Ac

 

217,800

 

 

 

$36.73

 

development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Norton Drive

 

Jamaica Yacht Club Inc.

 

$430,000

 

23,783 SF

 

C3

 

All Available

 

$18.08

 

The property is being held for future development.

 

Far Rockaway, NY

 

76 North Realty Co., LLC

 

1/05

 

0.5460 Ac

 

11,892

 

 

 

$36.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

143-02 / 16 Rockaway Blvd.

 

Block Three

 

$500,000

 

19,440 SF

 

R3-2

 

All Available

 

$25.72

 

The purchaser is holding the site for development

 

Jamaica, NY

 

Wilter Alarcon

 

5/04

 

0.4463 Ac

 

19,440

 

 

 

$25.72

 

of a small residential building.

 

 

Price

 

Site SF

 

Zoning

 

Public

 

Price/SF

 

 

 

Date

 

Site Acres

 

Utility*

 

Utilities

 

Price/Acre

 

Survey Low

 

$430,000

 

19,440 SF

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

$

18.08

 

Survey High

 

$9,800,000

 

120,000 SF

 

PDP

 

all available

 

$

84.00

 

Average

 

$4,838,000

 

67,425 SF

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

$

56.59

 

Survey Low

 

5/04

 

0.4463 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

25.72

 

Survey High

 

11/05

 

20.0000 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

42.00

 

Average

 

4/05

 

4.6232 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

36.29

 

Subject Property

 

 

 

3,053

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.0701

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAND SALE ADJUSTMENT GRID

 

 

Price

 

Economic Adjustments (Cumulative)

 

 

 

Property Characteristic Adjustments (Additive)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per FAR

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adj.

 

 

 

 

 

&

 

Rights

 

Conditions

 

 

 

Market*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

 

 

No.

 

Date

 

Conveyed

 

of Sale

 

Financing

 

Conditions

 

Subtotal

 

Location

 

Size

 

Utilities

 

Utility**

 

Other

 

PSF/FAR

 

Overall

 

1

 

$42.00

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$42.42

 

Superior

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$31.82

 

Superior

 

 

10/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

1.0%

 

1.0%

 

-15.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-15.0%

 

-25.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

$40.83

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$41.12

 

Superior

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$30.84

 

Superior

 

 

11/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.7%

 

0.7%

 

-15.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-15.0%

 

-25.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

$36.73

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$37.28

 

Superior

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$27.96

 

Superior

 

 

8/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

1.5%

 

1.5%

 

-15.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-15.0%

 

-25.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

$36.16

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$37.28

 

Superior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$31.69

 

Superior

 

 

1/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

3.1%

 

3.1%

 

-15.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-15.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

$25.72

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$27.08

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$27.08

 

Similar

 

 

5/04

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.3%

 

5.3%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

 

 

 

SALES SUMMARY

 

Price Range

 

Unadj. $/SF

 

$/Acre

 

Adj. $/SF

 

$/Acre

 

Low

 

$

25.72

 

$

1,120,370

 

$

27.08

 

$

1,179,749

 

High

 

$

42.00

 

$

1,829,520

 

$

31.82

 

$

1,385,861

 

Average

 

$

38.93

 

$

1,695,840

 

$

29.88

 

$

1,301,470

 

 

AS IS VALUE CONCLUSION

 

$/FAR

 

$/Acre

 

Indicated Value

 

$

30.00

 

$

1,306,800

 

Site Area

 

x 3,145

 

x 0.0722

 

Indicated Value

 

$

94,350

 

$

94,350

 

Rounded to nearest $2,500

 

$

95,000

 

$

95,000

 

$/unit basis

 

$

30.21

 

$

1,315,803

 

 


*Market Conditions Adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compound annual change in market conditions:

 

3.00

%

Date of Value (for adjustment calculations):

 

2/2/06

 

 

**Utility includes shape, zoning, access, frontage and visibility.

 

31




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Sales Comparison Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, because the subject property is a specialized land use, it is not typically marketed, purchased or sold on the basis of anticipated lease-income. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Income Capitalization Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

RECONCILIATION

 

As Is Value

 

 

 

Date of Value

 

February 2, 2006

 

PSF/FAR

 

Cost Approach

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Adjustment Method

 

$

95,000

 

$

30.21

 

Conclusion

 

$

95,000

 

$

30.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final Value Conclusion

 

$

95,000

 

$

30.21

 

 

The subject is not currently subject to a lease.  Therefore, we have given most weight to the Sales Comparison Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.  We have placed very little weight on the Sales Comparison Approach in this analysis.

32




Market Value As Is

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

NINETY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS

$95,000

33




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Report” means the appraisal or consulting report and conclusions stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Report.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary that issued the Report.

“Appraiser(s)” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Report.

The Report has been made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters that are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser.  Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated.  No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Report or upon which the Report is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate.  The owner of the Property may have provided some of such information.  Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of estimates, opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.  Any authorized user of the Report is obligated to bring to the attention of C&W any inaccuracies or errors that it believes are contained in the Report.

3.                The opinions are only as of the date stated in the Report.  Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect the conclusions.

4.                The Report is to be used in whole and not in part.  No part of the Report shall be used in conjunction with any other analyses.  Publication of the Report or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited.  Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Report may not be used by any person(s) other than the party(ies) to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared.  No part of the Report shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales, promotion, offering or SEC material without C&W’s prior written consent.

Any authorized user(s) of this Report who provides a copy to, or permits reliance thereon by, any person or entity not authorized by C&W in writing to use or rely thereon, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold C&W, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officers and employees, harmless from and against all damages, expenses, claims and costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in investigating and defending any claim arising from or in any way connected to the use of, or reliance upon, the Report by any such unauthorized person(s) or entity(ies).

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Report assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed

34




for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in the Report; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Report is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements considered by the Report is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Report.  C&W assumes no responsibility for the soundness of structural members or for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.                The forecasted potential gross income referred to in the Report may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Report assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others.  C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.                The forecasts of income and expenses are not predictions of the future.  Rather, they are the Appraiser’s best opinions of current market thinking on future income and expenses.  The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these forecasts will materialize.  The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing.  It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Report, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, and supply and demand.

10.          Unless otherwise stated in the Report, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials that may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not considered in arriving at the opinion of value.  These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property.  The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances.  C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.          Unless otherwise stated in the Report, compliance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been considered in arriving at the opinion of value.  Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the Property.  C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.          If the Report is submitted to a lender or investor with the prior approval of C&W, such party should consider this Report as only one factor together with its independent investment considerations and underwriting criteria, in its overall investment decision. Such lender or investor is specifically cautioned to understand all Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions and the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions incorporated in this Report.

13.          In the event of a claim against C&W or its affiliates or their respective officers or employees or the Appraisers in connection with or in any way relating to this Report or

35




this engagement, the maximum damages recoverable shall be the amount of the monies actually collected by C&W or its affiliates for this Report and under no circumstances shall any claim for consequential damages be made.

14.          If the Report is referred to or included in any offering material or prospectus, the Report shall be deemed referred to or included for informational purposes only and C&W, its employees and the Appraiser have no liability to such recipients. C&W disclaims any and all liability to any party other than the party that retained C&W to prepare the Report.

15.          At the Client’s request, we have provided an insurable value estimate. The estimate is based on figures derived from a national cost estimating service and is developed consistent with industry practices. However, actual local and regional construction costs may vary significantly from our estimate and individual insurance policies and underwriters have varied specifications, exclusions, and non-insurable items. As such, we strongly recommend that the Client obtain estimates from professionals experienced in establishing insurance coverage for replacing any structure. This analysis should not be relied upon to determine insurance coverage. Furthermore, we make no warranties regarding the accuracy of this estimate.

16.          By use of this Report each party that uses this Report agrees to be bound by all of the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions, Hypothetical Conditions and Extraordinary Assumptions stated herein.

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

36




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics & Standards of Professional Practice of the Appraisal Institute, which include the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one else provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI has completed the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

 

/s Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

212-841-7604 Office Direct

212-841-7849 Fax

 

37




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:    Qualifications of the Appraisers

 

38




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)

Certified New York State - General Appraiser

Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina

Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.3

 

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF
REAL PROPERTY

Bus Facility
612 Wortman Avenue
Brooklyn, Kings County, NY

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9224

VALUATION SERVICES

 




 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10019-6178
212-841-7604 Tel
212-841-7849 fax
phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

 

February 25, 2006

Mr. Paul Cooper

Principal

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:           Complete Appraisal of Real Property

In a Self-Contained Report

Bus Facility

612 Wortman Avenue

Brooklyn, Kings County, NY 11208

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9224

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

 

The building and site improvements are currently used by related entities as a bus depot and maintenance facility. However, there is no existing lease on the property therefore, our concluded value represents the value of the fee simple estate.

 

The subject property has excess land. We have estimated the value of the improvements on 1.39 acres with the remaining site (9.0 acres) valued as excess land.

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

 

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use. It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield , Inc.

 

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989




(FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that these approaches would be considered applicable and/or necessary for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Investors do not typically rely on the Cost Approach when purchasing a property such as the subject of this report. Therefore, we have not utilized the Cost Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value of the Improvements on 1.39 Acres

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

THREE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$3,200,000

Market Value of 9.0 Acres of Excess Land

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

ELEVEN MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$11,800,000

2




Based on recent market transactions, as well as discussions with market participants, a sale of the subject property at the above-stated opinion of market value would have required an exposure time of approximately nine (9) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately nine (9) months is currently warranted for the subject property.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

 

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

 

s/

Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

 

Director

 

New York Certified General Appraiser

 

License No. 46000003076

 

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

 

212-841-7604 Office Direct

 

212-841-7849 Fax

3




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

 

Bus Facility

 

 

 

Location:

 

612 Wortman Avenue
Brooklyn, Kings County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the entire blockfront surrounded by Wortman Avenue to the north, Cozine Avenue to the south, Fountain Avenue to the east and Montauk Avenue to the west. An additional parcel made up of three tax lots is located along the entire blockfront bordered by Cozine Avenue, Milford Street, Flatlands Avenue and Logan Street.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The property is improved with an industrial building located on a 10.389-acre parcel of land. The improvements contain a total net rentable area of 27,250 square feet. This is a concrete block and brick industrial building that was built in 1965. The building and the site are utilized by related entities. However, there was no lease in place at the time of our appraisal.Therefore, we have valued the fee simple interest in the property.

 

We have appraised the property assuming the improvements are located on 1.39 acres and the remaining 9.0 acres are categorized as excess land.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 4544, Lot:1 & Block: 4563, Lots: 6, 8 & 12

 

 

 

Interest Appraised:

 

Fee Simple Estate

 

 

 

Date of Value:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Date of Inspection:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Ownership:

 

GTJ Co. Inc.

 

 

 

Occupancy:

 

The subject property is occupied by related entities. However, there was no lease in place at the time of our appraisal.

 

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

 

$1,276,740

 

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

 

$143,839

 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

 

 

If Vacant:

 

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible for a specific user

 

 

 

As Improved:

 

As it is currently developed

 




 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

Zoning:

 

M1-1 Manufacturing Zone

Land Area:

 

10.39 acres (9.0 acres is considered excess land) 452,535 square feet

Number of Stories:

 

1

Year Built:

 

1965

Type of Construction:

 

Steel and masonry

Gross Building Area:

 

27,250 square feet

Net Rentable Area:

 

27,250 square feet

Parking Type:

 

Surface

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

Market Value As Is

 

Land Value (9 acres of excess land)

 

 

 

Indicated Value:

 

$

11,800,000

 

Per Square Foot / FAR:

 

$

30.10

 

Per Acre:

 

$

1,311,111

 

 

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

 

 

Indicated Value:

 

$

3,250,000

 

Per Square Foot (NRA):

 

$

119.27

 

 

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

 

Net Operating Income:

 

$

250,889

 

Capitalization Rate:

 

8.00

%

Indicated Value:

 

$

3,150,000

 

Per Square Foot (NRA):

 

$

115.60

 

 

 

 

 

Final Value Conclusion

 

 

 

Concluded Value:

 

$

3,200,000

 

Per Square Foot (NRA):

 

$

117.43

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

 

7.84

%

 

 

 

 

Insurable Value

 

 

 

Conclusion:

 

$

1,800,000

 

 

Exposure Time:

 

9 Months

 

Marketing Time:

 

9 Months

 

 




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

The building and site improvements are currently used by related entities as a bus depot and maintenance facility.  However, there is no existing lease on the property therefore, our concluded value represents the value of the fee simple estate.

The subject property has excess land.  We have estimated the value of the improvements on 1.39 acres with the remaining site (9.0 acres) valued as excess land.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

 

1

 

REGIONAL MAP

 

6

 

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

 

7

 

LOCAL AREA MAP

 

13

 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

 

14

 

BROOKLYN INDUSTRIAL MARKET ANALYSIS

 

16

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

 

19

 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

 

21

 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

 

24

 

ZONING

 

25

 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

 

26

 

VALUATION PROCESS

 

28

 

LAND VALUATION

 

30

 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

 

36

 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

 

43

 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

 

51

 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

 

53

 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

 

56

 

ADDENDA

 

57

 

 




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Location:

 

612 Wortman Avenue
Brooklyn, Kings County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the entire blockfront surrounded by Wortman Avenue to the north, Cozine Avenue to the south, Fountain Avenue to the east and Montauk Avenue to the west. An additional parcel made up of three tax lots is located along the entire blockfront bordered by Cozine Avenue, Milford Street, Flatlands Avenue and Logan Street.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The property is improved with an industrial building located on a 10.389-acre parcel of land. The improvements contain a total net rentable area of 27,250 square feet. This is a single tenant industrial building that was built in 1965.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 4544, Lot:1 & Block: 4563, Lots: 6, 8 & 12

 

 

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

 

 

 

Current Ownership:

 

GTJ Co. Inc.

 

 

 

Sale History:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years.

 

 

 

Current Disposition:

 

To the best of our knowledge the subject is not in contract nor being marketed for sale. Our appraisal is being completed for internal decision making which may lead to a subsequent sale.

 

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the Market Value of the Fee Simple interest in the property for the exclusive use of Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders. for internal decision making . All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected on February 2, 2006 by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Fee Simple interest.

1




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the USPAP for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report. In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous vacant land and improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, in the normal course of business, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that these approaches would be considered applicable and/or necessary for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Investors do not typically rely on the Cost Approach when purchasing a property such as the subject of this report. Therefore, we have not utilized the Cost Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Fourth Edition (2002), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from Advisory Opinion-22 of USPAP of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

2




3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject only to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Interest

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the lessee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Interest

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease transferring the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The most probable rent that a property should bring in a competitive and open market reflecting all conditions and restrictions of the specified lease agreement including term, rental adjustment and revaluation, permitted uses, use restrictions, and expense obligations; the lessee and lessor each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming consummation of a lease contract as of a specified date and the passing of the leasehold from lessor to lessee under conditions whereby:

1.                                                  Lessee and lessor are typically motivated.

2.                                                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their best interests.

3.                                                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market.

4.                                                  The rent payment is made in terms of cash in United States dollars, and is expressed as an amount per time period consistent with the payment schedule of the lease contract.

5.                                                  The rental amount represents the normal consideration for the property lease unaffected by special fees or concessions granted by anyone associated with the transaction.

3




Cash Equivalence

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.  Calculating the cash-equivalent price requires an appraiser to compare transactions involving atypical financing to transactions involving comparable properties financed at typical market terms.

Value As Is

The value of specific ownership rights to an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; relate s to what physically exists and is legally permissible and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical market conditions or possible rezoning.

Prospective Value Opinion

A forecast of the value expected at a specified future date.  A prospective value opinion is most frequently sought in connection with real estate projects that are proposed, under construction, or under conversion to a new use, or that have not achieved sellout or a stabilized level of long-term occupancy at the time the appraisal report is written.

Prospective Value Upon Reaching Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property as of a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long-term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of property and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

4




Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately nine (9) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the concluded market value level. Marketing time is presumed to start during the period immediately after the effective date of an appraisal. (Marketing time is subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal and exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal).  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of developing a reasonable exposure time opinion as part of the appraisal process and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale or a one-line statement.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within nine (9) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by Kings County as Block: 4544, Lot:1 & Block: 4563, Lots: 6, 8  & 12. The legal description was not provided.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

9




Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York 
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 

U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

 

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

10




POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

1.0

%

 

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

The subject is located on the border of South Jamaica and Springfield Gardens across the street from Kennedy Airport.  Neighboring communities and boundaries include South Ozone Park to the west, Brookville to the east, Kennedy Airport to the south and St. Albans to the north.

This part of Jamaica is predominantly industrial with some commercial uses located along Rockaway Boulevard, Farmers Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within this area are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  Because of its proximity to Kennedy Airport there are several hotels and motels located in the area.

The subject building is located in a strong industrial area in the southern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to Kennedy Airport.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally industrial uses located along the main boulevards.

The subject is located along the entire blockfront surrounded by Wortman Avenue to the north, Cozine Avenue to the south, Fountain Avenue to the east and Montauk Avenue to the west.  An additional parcel made up of three tax lots is located along the entire blockfront bordered by Cozine Avenue, Milford Street, Flatlands Avenue and Logan Street. The subject is currently utilized by related entities as a bus depot and maintenance facility.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Rockaway Boulevard, Farmers Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard provide access to the to the Belt Parkway and Van Wyck Expressway.

These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby just north of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

14




Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  The subject is located in an industrial area in close proximity to Kennedy airport.  This area is considered a good industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




BROOKLYN INDUSTRIAL MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The most desirable industrial locations in Brooklyn are in those areas that have good access to trucking routes. Hence, the heaviest concentrations of industrial space are in accessible locations that are proximate to the Brooklyn-Queens Expressway, Gowanus Expressway, Belt Parkway or Long Island Expressway. These highways generally run along the perimeter of the borough, hence much of the industrial development is located towards the perimeter of the borough.

One of the heaviest concentrations of industrial development exists along the waterfront neighborhoods lining the western edge of the borough between Greenpoint and Sunset Park. These neighborhoods are accessible to highways, and are also closely tied to the waterfront industry associated with New York Harbor. Other pockets of industrial development are located throughout the borough, and are typically adjacent to rail lines, major corridors, or near other types of uses that would support industrial use, but would not be conducive to residential or commercial uses.

BROOKLYN HISTORICAL INDUSTRIAL MARKET STATISTICS

Period

 

# Bldgs

 

Total RBA

 

Total Vacant SF

 

Total Vacant %

 

Total Average Rate

QTD

 

1,999

 

68,502,239

 

2,542,372

 

3.7

%

$9.97/nnn

2005 4Q

 

1,997

 

68,486,039

 

2,475,074

 

3.6

%

$10.00/nnn

2004 4Q

 

1,997

 

68,486,039

 

2,577,336

 

3.8

%

$8.91/nnn

2003 4Q

 

1,996

 

68,478,039

 

2,245,709

 

3.3

%

$9.80/nnn

2002 4Q

 

1,995

 

68,467,039

 

1,230,567

 

1.8

%

$10.50/nnn

2001 4Q

 

1,995

 

68,467,039

 

1,911,408

 

2.8

%

$8.85/nnn

2000 4Q

 

1,994

 

68,461,639

 

1,891,687

 

2.8

%

$7.30/nnn

1999 4Q

 

1,992

 

68,443,139

 

959,354

 

1.4

%

$8.38/nnn

1998 4Q

 

1,987

 

68,340,411

 

2,275,447

 

3.3

%

$6.52/nnn

1997 4Q

 

1,987

 

68,340,411

 

2,306,930

 

3.4

%

$4.00/nnn

1996 4Q

 

1,987

 

68,340,411

 

1,400,275

 

2.0

%

$3.59/nnn

 

Source: CoStar Realty Information, Inc.

As of the fourth quarter 2005, Brooklyn had a total inventory of 1,997 industrial buildings containing over 68.5 million square feet of space. The vacancy rate as of the fourth quarter 2005 was 3.6 percent, while the average rent was $10.00 per square foot.

The vacancy rate over the last few years has climbed slowly from a low of 1.8 percent in the fourth quarter 2002. The vacancy rate has been between 1.8 and 3.8 percent since the first quarter 2001. Recent market information shows that the Brooklyn Industrial Market is improving. Asking rents are now at their highest level in the last four years. Fourth quarter 2005 data shows asking rents improving, reflecting 13.5 percent increase over the fourth quarter 2004 figure of $8.91 per square foot.

16




The primary source of activity continues to come from importers, distributors, and businesses in need of warehouse or storage space. The buildings that are in highest demand are those with ceiling heights greater than 18 feet. Most users prefer buildings with clear heights of 20 feet, although these are difficult to find. Also, the expansion of the technology-related fields has created a need for flex buildings that can accommodate various types of tenants in the medical, science, and technology sectors. This sector continues to emerge, and should remain strong due to the lack of flex space available in the marketplace.

Rental Rates

As of the 2005 fourth quarter, the average rental rate of $10.00 per square foot reflects a 13.5 percent increase from the 2004 year end average rent of $8.91 per square foot. Current asking rental rates vary dramatically throughout the market. Quoted rental rates in the Brooklyn market range from $7.00 to $16.00 per square foot.  The low end of the range pertains to larger buildings or older manufacturing or warehouse buildings in secondary locations, and the high end pertaining to flex space in primary locations.

Included in the high end of the range would be warehouse buildings that have good access to transportation routes, and that are classified as flex buildings, or modern industrial building with ceiling heights in excess of 22 feet. Rental rates typically increase with proximity to trucking routes. Rates increase with higher percentages of office space or with taller ceiling heights.

Leasing Concessions

The industrial market has improved over the last two years, as the average rents have increased. Tenant improvement allowances and free rent have increased since 2001, when they were at their lowest point. For most good industrial space, tenant improvement allowances are now ranging from $.50 to $2.00 per square foot, applied against the entire building area. While most of the tenant improvement dollars are being spent on the office component of a building, there are costs for upgrading the warehouse areas, including re-sealing floors, painting walls, and upgrading mechanical systems. Renewing tenants either have no tenant improvement allowance, or a small allowance ranging from $.10 to $.50 per square foot. For flex space, tenant improvement allowances are typically $2.00 to $5.00 per, with renewing tenants getting up to $1.00 to $2.00 per square foot.

Free rent concessions have entered back into the market, after several years of being negligible. Free rent is now anticipated by tenants, and typically equates to three months free on a five-year lease, and from six to twelve months free on a ten-year lease. As market conditions improve, some contend that this concession will dissipate as it has in the past.

New Construction

The Brooklyn market is very mature, and is considered fully built. There are no known available sites in the area that would have potential for industrial development. We are not aware of any proposed development that would impact the subject property.

17




Subject’s Position in Market

The subject property was constructed in 1965 and is similar in vintage to many Brooklyn industrial buildings.  It is located in close proximity to Kennedy Airport, which is one of the busiest cargo airports in the country. Although the subject is well located with convenient access to major transportation arteries the physical characteristics of the improvements are below those in many modern industrial buildings.  This fact is mitigated by the presence of significant land area which is atypical for the New York Metro area.  The subject site would be in great demand by many industrial users.

The subject property has a very good location.  It is located within an established industrial area, and is bordered on all sides by similar industrial warehouse and distribution facilities.  This enhances the appeal of the property since it is close to primary trucking routes, such as the Belt Parkway, the Brooklyn Queens Expressway, and the Van Wyck Expressway.

These are all good qualities that would enable to the subject property to compete in the Greater New York industrial marketplace.

Conclusion

The Brooklyn industrial market peaked in early 2001, declined slightly the last few years, but improved during 2005. The buildings in primary markets with good access and adequate physical attributes will remain the most coveted product in the region. Older industrial buildings in secondary locations will remain in demand by the lower tier companies. However, these types of properties will have lower values and lower rental rates. The flex market will remain strong, as demand for this type of space continues to increase versus a short supply. In the short term, we project that the Brooklyn industrial market will be continue to improve through the first half of 2006, and will continue to be buoyed by the direction of the local and national economy.

The subject is well positioned in terms of its physical characteristics, location.  Due to its strong location, the subject property will compete at the upper end of the spectrum in terms of its achievable rents and property value.  Therefore, we feel that it is a viable industrial property that will remain competitive and sought after into the foreseeable future.

18




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

 

612 Wortman Avenue
Brooklyn, Kings County, NY 11208

The subject is located along the entire blockfront surrounded by Wortman Avenue to the north, Cozine Avenue to the south, Fountain Avenue to the east and Montauk Avenue to the west. An additional parcel made up of three tax lots is located along the entire blockfront bordered by Cozine Avenue, Milford Street, Flatlands Avenue and Logan Street.

 

 

 

Shape:

 

Irregular

 

 

 

Topography:

 

Level

 

 

 

Land Area:

 

10.39 acres 452,535 square feet

 

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

 

The subject property has good access, good visibility and good frontage on the following streets:

 

 

 

 

 

Wortman Avenue, Cozine Avenue, Montauk Avenue, Fountain Avenue, Logan Street, Flatlands Avenue and Milford Street.

 

 

 

Soil Conditions:

 

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

 

Utilities:

 

All Available

 

 

 

Site Improvements:

 

The site improvements include asphalt paved parking areas, curbing, signage, landscaping, yard lighting and drainage.

 

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

 

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

 

Flood Zone:

 

The subject property is located in flood zone C.

 

 

 

Flood Zone Description:

 

FEMA Zone C: Areas outside of a 100-year flood hazard.

 

 

 

FEMA Map & Date

 

360497-0072C, dated May 18, 1992

 

 

 

Wetlands:

 

We were not given a Wetlands survey. If subsequent engineering data reveal the presence of regulated wetlands, it could materially affect property value. We recommend a wetlands survey by a competent engineering firm.

 

 

 

Seismic Hazard:

 

The site is not located in a Special Study Zone as established by California’s Alquist-Priolo Geological Hazards Act.

 

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

 

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

 

Overall Functionality:

 

The subject site is functional for its current use.

 

19




 

Location Rating:

 

After considering all of the locational aspects of the subject, including regional and local accessibility as well as overall visibility, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. has concluded that the location of this property is good.

20




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the building manager.

General Description

 

 

Year Built:

 

1965

Number of Buildings:

 

1

Number of Stories:

 

1

Land To Building Ratio:

 

16.61 to 1

Building Class:

 

B

Gross Building Area:

 

27,250 square feet

Net Rentable Area:

 

27,250 square feet

Ceiling Height:

 

24’-25’ clear

Loading Doors:

 

Adequate

 

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

Basic Construction:

 

Steel and masonry

Foundation:

 

Poured concrete slab

Framing:

 

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

Floors:

 

Poured Concrete

Exterior Walls:

 

Concrete block and brick

Roof Type:

 

Flat with parapet walls

Roof Cover:

 

Built up tar

Windows:

 

Single pane windows in metal frames

Pedestrian Doors:

 

Glass, wood and metal.

 

 

 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

Heat Source:

 

Gas

Heating System:

 

Forced air in the office / Hanging heaters in the warehouse

Cooling:

 

HVAC in the office area only

Cooling Equipment:

 

The cooling equipment is roof mounted

Plumbing:

 

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

Electrical Service

 

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

Electrical Metering:

 

The building has a master meter.

21




 

Emergency Power:

 

None

Elevator Service:

 

None

Fire Protection:

 

Not sprinklered

Security:

 

None

 

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

Layout:

 

The subject is designed with a small lobby/reception area, a second floor mezzanine office area and bus maintenance area.

The reception and office area represent approximately 10% of the net rentable area. The warehouse area comprises the balance of the building.

Floor Covering:

 

Vinyl tile

 

 

Sealed concrete in the warehouse area

Walls:

 

Drywall in the office

 

 

Concrete block and brick in the warehouse

Ceilings:

 

2 x 2 acoustical tile in the office

 

 

Exposed ceilings in the warehouse

Lighting:

 

Fluorescent

Restrooms:

 

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women.

 

 

 

Site Improvements

 

 

Parking Capacity:

 

N/A spaces

Parking Ratio:

 

3.19 spaces per 1,000 square feet of building area.

Parking Description:

 

Surface

Onsite Landscaping:

 

Minimal grass.

Other:

 

Concrete curbs, fencing and walkways.

 

 

 

Personal Property:

 

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

 

Capital Improvements:

 

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future .

22




 

Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Condition:

 

Average

Quality:

 

Average

Property Rating:

 

After considering all of the physical characteristics of the subject, we have concluded that this property has a property rating that is average, when measured against other properties in this marketplace.

 

 

 

Roof & Mechanical Inspections:

 

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

Actual Age:

 

41 years

Effective Age:

 

25 years

Expected Economic Life:

 

50 years

Remaining Economic Life:

 

25 years

 

Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials) which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

23




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of the City of New York.  According to the New York City Assessor’s office, the 2005/2006 assessments for the property (Block: 4544, Lot:1 & Block: 4563, Lots: 6, 8  & 12) are as follows:

Current Property Taxes

According to the local assessor’s office, the taxes are current. The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

1,249,650

 

$

1,200,240

 

Improvements:

 

81,000

 

76,500

 

Total:

 

$

1,330,650

 

$

1,276,740

 

Exemption:

 

$

4,500

 

$

4,500

 

Taxable Assessment:

 

$

1,326,150

 

$

1,272,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable Assessment

 

 

 

$

1,272,240

 

Tax Rate

 

 

 

0.1131

 

Total Property Taxes

 

 

 

$

143,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Building Area (SF)

 

 

 

27,250

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

 

 

$

5.28

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $143,839, or $5.28 per square foot.  Based on our experience with industrial buildings in Kings County, we conclude that this is a market oriented tax liability for a property of this kind. The relatively high tax per square foot figure reflects the excess land associated with the property.  We project that the subject’s tax liability will grow 3.0 percent per annum over the analysis period.

24




ZONING

The property is zoned M1-1 by the City of New York. The City Planning Commission defines this zoning district as follows:

M1

“These districts are designed for a wide range of manufacturing and related uses which can conform to a high level of performance standards.  Manufacturing establishments of this type, within completely enclosed buildings, provide a buffer between Residence (or Commercial) Districts and other industrial uses, which involve more objectionable influences.  New residential development is excluded from these districts, except for joint living-work quarters for artists in M1-5A and M1-5B Districts, dwelling units in M1-5M and M1-6M Districts, and dwelling units in M1-1D, M1-2D, M1-3R, M1-4D and M1-5D Districts, where authorized by the City Planning Commission, both to protect residences from an undesirable environment and to ensure the reservation of adequate areas for industrial development”.

The M1-1 zone permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 1.0 times the lot area for industrial buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 452,535 square feet of land area.  Therefore, the maximum building size as-of-right that could be constructed on the site is 452,535 square feet.

We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the property appears to be a conforming use based on our review of public information. The determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

25




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Fourth Edition (2002), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and
(4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office, light industrial, and warehouse uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible for a specific user.

26




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing improvement should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . In addition, the leases encumbering the subject property dictate a continuation of the current use. In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is as it is currently developed if leased to a tenant that will pay a market rent for the land as well as the improvements.

Otherwise the property is significantly under improved and development of industrial uses for additional tenants on a build to suit basis would be the highest and best use of the land as improved.

27




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences which exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements which represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

28




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

This appraisal employs the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that these approaches would be considered applicable and/or necessary for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Investors do not typically rely on the Cost Approach when purchasing a property such as the subject of this report. Therefore, we have not utilized the Cost Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

29




LAND VALUATION

The subject as developed has significant excess land.  Therefore, we used the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of land value. In this method, we analyzed prices buyers have recently paid for similar sites in the market, as well as examined current offerings. In making comparisons, we adjusted the sale prices for differences between this site and the comparable sites. If the comparable was superior to the subject, a downward adjustment was made to the comparable sale. If inferior, an upward adjustment was made. We present on the following pages a summary of pertinent details of sites recently sold that we compared to the subject site.

In the valuation of the subject site’s fee simple interest, the Sales Comparison Approach has been used to establish prices being paid for comparably zoned land. The most widely used and market oriented unit of comparison for properties with characteristics similar to those of the subject is the sale price per square foot of land area . All transactions utilized in this analysis are analyzed on this basis.

The major elements of comparison utilized to value the subject site include the property rights conveyed, the financial terms incorporated into the transaction, the conditions or motivations surrounding the sale, changes in market conditions since the sale, the location of the real estate, its utility and the physical characteristics of the property.

Discussion of Adjustments

Property Rights Conveyed

All of the sales utilized in this analysis involved the transfer of the fee simple interest. In the case of the land we have estimated a fee simple value.  Therefore, no adjustment is required.

Conditions of Sale

Adjustments for conditions of sale usually reflect the motivations of the buyer and the seller.  In many situations the conditions of sale may significantly affect transaction prices.  However, all sales used in this analysis are considered to be “arms-length” market transactions between both knowledgeable buyers and sellers on the open market.  Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Financial Terms

To the best of our knowledge, all of the sales utilized in this analysis were accomplished with cash or market-oriented financing.  Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Market Conditions

The sales that are included in this analysis date between June 2005 and November 2005.  As the market has changed over this time period, we have applied an annual adjustment of 3.00 percent.

Location

An adjustment for location is required when the locational characteristics of a comparable property are different from those of the subject property.  The subject property is considered to have a good location. We have made a downward adjustment to those comparables considered superior in location versus the subject.  Conversely, an upward adjustment was made to those comparables considered inferior.

30




Size

The size adjustment generally reflects the inverse relationship between unit price and lot size. Smaller lots tend to sell for higher unit prices than larger lots, and vice versa. Hence, upward adjustments were made to larger land parcels, and downward adjustments were made to smaller land parcels.

Public Utilities

All of the sales, like the subject, had full access to public utilities at the time of sale; therefore, no adjustments were required.

Utility

The subject parcel is adequately shaped to accommodate a typical building, and it has good access, frontage and visibility.  When a comparable was considered to have superior or inferior utility, the appropriate adjustment was made.

Other

In some cases, other variables will impact the price of a transaction. Some examples would include soil or slope conditions, restrictive zoning, easements, wetlands or external influences. In our analysis of the comparables we found that no unusual conditions existed at the time of sale. As a result, no adjustments were required.

Discussion of Comparable Land Sales

The local market is considered fully developed.  As such, there is very little industrial land activity in the local market.  We have analyzed the most comparable sales in the region as well as the local market.

Comparable Sale No. 1

This is the sale of a 65,000 square foot parcel located on the Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Montebello Italian Food Company in October 2005 for a price of $5,460,000 or $42.00 per square foot of developable area (FAR) .  The site has the potential to be developed with 130,000square feet.  All public utilities are all available to the site. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $33.94 per developable square foot (FAR).

Comparable Sale No. 2

This is the sale of a 120,000 square foot parcel located on the Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Thai Food Company in November 2005 for a price of $9,800,000 or $40.83 per square foot of developable area (FAR) .  The site has the potential to be developed with 240,000square feet.  Public utilities are all available to the site. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $32.90 per developable square foot (FAR).

31




Comparable Sale No. 3

This is the sale of a 108,900 square foot parcel located on the Part of the Phelps Dodge Site in Maspeth, Queens, NY.  This property is in the M3-1, Manufacturing zoning district. Sagres Partners LLC sold the property to Radhaswamy, Inc in August 2005 for a price of $8,000,000 or $36.73 per square foot of developable area (FAR) .  The site has the potential to be developed with 217,800 square feet.  Public utilities are all available to the site. This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.  After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $27.96 per developable square foot (FAR).

Comparable Sale No. 4

This is the sale of a 740,520 square foot parcel located on the 21 Erie Basin in Red Hook, Brooklyn, NY.  This property is in the M1-1 zoning district. United States Dredging Corp sold the property to One Beard Street, LLC in June 2005 for a price of $31,250,000 or $42.20 per square foot of developable area (FAR) .  The site has the potential to be developed with 740,520  square feet (FAR). Public utilities are all available. This site was purchased with the intention to build an IKEA store that will contain 396,000 square feet.  The total site area is 22.5 acres, but the grantee is donating 5.0 acres to create an esplanade.  The grantee is responsible for off site infrastructure improvements and the demolition of existing improvements. After all adjustments, this sale indicated an adjusted unit value of $36.59 per developable square foot (FAR).

Conclusion of Site Value

After adjustments, the comparable land sales reflect unit prices ranging from $27.96 to $36.59 per square foot of FAR ($1,217,999 to $1,593,752 per acre), with an average of $32.85 per square foot of FAR ($1,430,731 per acre).

Each of the sales has been considered in our analysis. Therefore, we conclude that the indicated value by the Sales Comparison Approach is:

EXCESS LAND VALUE CONCLUSION

 

$/FAR

 

$/Acre

 

Indicated Value

 

$

30.00

 

$

1,306,800

 

Site Area

 

x 392,040

 

x 9.0000

 

Indicated Value

 

$

11,761,200

 

$

11,761,200

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

11,800,000

 

$

11,800,000

 

$/unit basis

 

$

30.10

 

$

1,311,111

 

32




LAND SALE LOCATION MAP

33




SUMMARY OF LAND SALES

No.

 

Location

 

Grantor
Grantee

 

Price
Date

 

Site SqFt
Site Acres

 

Zoning
Potential FAR

 

Public
Utilities

 

Price/SF
Price/FAR

 

COMMENTS

1

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$

5,460,000

 

65,000

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All Available

 

$

84.00

 

This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

Site Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Montebello Italian Food Company

 

10/05

 

1.4922 Ac

 

130,000

 

 

 

$

42.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$

9,800,000

 

120,000 SF

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All Available

 

$

81.67

 

This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

Site Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Thai Food Company

 

11/05

 

2.7548 Ac

 

240,000

 

 

 

$

40.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Part of the Phelps Dodge

 

Sagres Partners LLC

 

$

8,000,000

 

108,900 SF

 

M3-1, Manufacturing

 

All available

 

$

73.46

 

This site has significant tax incentives for development which tends to inflate the value of the land.

 

Site Maspeth, Queens, NY

 

Radhaswamy, Inc

 

8/05

 

2.5000 Ac

 

217,800

 

 

 

$

36.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

21 Erie Basin Red Hook,

 

United States Dredging Corp

 

$

31,250,000

 

740,520

 

M1-1

 

All Available

 

$

42.20

 

This site was purchased with the intention to build an IKEA store that will contain 396,000 square feet. The total site area is 22.5 acres, but the grantee is donating 5.0 acres to create an esplanade. The grantee is responsible for off site infrastructure improvements and the demolition of existing improvements.

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

One Beard Street, LLC

 

6/05

 

17.0000 Ac

 

740,520

 

 

 

$

42.20

 

 

 

Price

 

Site SF

 

Zoning

 

Public

 

Price/SF

 

 

Date

 

Site Acres

 

Utility*

 

Utilities

 

Price/Acre

Survey Low

 

$

5,460,000

 

65,000 SF

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

$

42.20

Survey High

 

$

31,250,000

 

740,520 SF

 

PDP

 

all available

 

$

84.00

Average

 

$

13,627,500

 

258,605 SF

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

$

70.33

Survey Low

 

6/05

 

1.4922 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

36.73

Survey High

 

11/05

 

20.0000 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

42.20

Average

 

8/05

 

8.7494 Ac

 

Average

 

 

 

$

40.44

Subject Property

 

 

 

452,535

 

Industrial

 

all available

 

 

 

 

 

10.3888

 

good

 

 

 

 

34




LAND SALE ADJUSTMENT GRID

 

 

Economic Adjustments (Cumulative)

 

 

 

Property Characteristic Adjustments (Additive)

 

 

 

 

No.

 

Price
Per FAR
&
Date

 

Property
Rights
Conveyed

 

Conditions
of Sale

 

Financing

 

Market*
Conditions

 

Subtotal

 

Location

 

Size

 

Public
Utilities

 

Utility**

 

Other

 

Adj.
Price
PSF

 

Overall

1

 

$42.00

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$42.42

 

Similar

 

Smaller

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$33.94

 

Superior

 

10/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

1.0%

 

1.0%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

-20.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

$40.83

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$41.12

 

Similar

 

Smaller

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$32.90

 

Superior

 

11/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.7%

 

0.7%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

-20.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

$36.73

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$37.28

 

Similar

 

Smaller

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

Superior

 

$27.96

 

Superior

 

8/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

1.5%

 

1.5%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

0.0%

 

-5.0%

 

-10.0%

 

-25.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

$42.20

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$43.04

 

Superior

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Superior

 

$36.59

 

Superior

 

6/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

2.0%

 

2.0%

 

-10.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

-10.0%

 

-15.0%

 

 

 

SALES SUMMARY

Price Range

 

Unadj. $/SF

 

$/Acre

 

Adj. $/SF

 

$/Acre

 

Low

 

$

36.73

 

$

1,600,000

 

$

27.96

 

$

1,217,999

 

High

 

$

42.20

 

$

1,838,235

 

$

36.59

 

$

1,593,752

 

Average

 

$

40.44

 

$

1,761,614

 

$

32.85

 

$

1,430,731

 

 

EXCESS LAND VALUE CONCLUSION

 

$/FAR

 

$/Acre

 

Indicated Value

 

$

30.00

 

$

1,306,800

 

Site Area

 

x 392,040

 

x 9.0000

 

Indicated Value

 

$

11,761,200

 

$

11,761,200

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

11,800,000

 

$

11,800,000

 

$/unit basis

 

$

30.10

 

$

1,311,111

 

 


*Market Conditions Adjustment

 

Compound annual change in market conditions:

 

3.00

%

Date of Value (for adjustment calculations):

 

2/2/06

 

 

**Utility includes shape, zoning, access, frontage and visibility.

35




SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Methodology

In the Sales Comparison Approach, we developed an opinion of value by comparing the subject property with similar, recently sold properties in the surrounding or competing area. Inherent in this approach is the principle of substitution, which states that when a property is replaceable in the market, its value tends to be set at the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute property, assuming that no costly delay is encountered in making the substitution.

By analyzing sales that qualify as arm’s-length transactions between willing and knowledgeable buyers and sellers, we can identify value and price trends. The basic steps of this approach are:

1.                Research recent, relevant property sales and current offerings throughout the competitive area;

2.                Select and analyze properties that are similar to the property appraised, analyzing changes in economic conditions that may have occurred between the sale date and the date of value, and other physical, functional, or locational factors;

3.                Identify sales that include favorable financing and calculate the cash equivalent price;

4.                Reduce the sale prices to a common unit of comparison such as price per square foot of  net rentable area, effective gross income multiplier, or net income per square foot;

5.                Make appropriate comparative adjustments to the prices of the comparable properties to relate them to the property being appraised; and

6.                Interpret the adjusted sales data and draw a logical value conclusion.

The most widely used and market-oriented unit of comparison for properties such as the subject is the sales price per square foot of net rentable area. All comparable sales were analyzed on this basis.  On the following pages we present a summary of the improved properties that we compared to the subject property, a map showing their locations, and the adjustment process.

Due to the nature of the subject property and the level of detail available for the comparable data, we have elected to analyze the comparables through application of:

·                   A traditional adjustment grid utilizing percentage adjustments

36




COMPARABLE SALES MAP

37




SUMMARY OF IMPROVED SALES

 

No.

 

Address
City, State

 

Grantor
Grantee

 

Sales
Price
Date

 

Site SF
Bldg NRA

 

Yr. Built
Quality

 

Condition
Land to Bldg.
Ratio

 

Ceiling Height
% Office

 

Price
PSF

 

Comments

1

 

530 Cozine Avenue

 

Elmann 1065 Realty, LLC

 

$

9,226,000

 

97,000

 

1966

 

Average

 

24

 

$

101.01

 

This property is an older

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

Flatlands Holdings, LLC

 

8/05

 

91,342

 

Average

 

1.06:1

 

10

%

 

 

industrial building near Kennedy Airport.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

222 Meserole Avenue

 

A.S.A Realty Company

 

$

4,570,000

 

55,081

 

1931

 

Average

 

16

 

$

111.19

 

This is a 1-story building located in the Greenpoint

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

Humboldt Enterprises, LLC

 

6/05

 

41,102

 

Average

 

1.34:1

 

5

%

 

 

section of Brooklyn. It was purchased for continued industrial use.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

1526-1540 Atlantic Avenue

 

1526 LLC

 

$

1,850,000

 

17,080

 

1945

 

Average

 

16

 

$

108.82

 

This is a 1-story building located in the Crown Heights section of Brooklyn. It was sold

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

Premier Storage Solutions of Atlantic Avenue

 

6/05

 

17,000

 

Average

 

1.00:1

 

5

%

 

 

to a self-storage operator who will convert the building to a self-storage facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

724-744 Clinton Street

 

Sabato Catucci

 

$

9,300,000

 

109,270

 

1927

 

Average

 

14

 

$

108.22

 

This is a 2-story building located in the Red Hook section

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

Sunlight Clinton Realty, LLC

 

3/05

 

85,933

 

Average

 

1.27:1

 

5

%

 

 

of Brooklyn. The buyer plans to prepare it for use as a multi-tenant industrial facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

8 Rewe Street

 

Mark Adler

 

$

5,000,000

 

84,371

 

1961

 

Average

 

16

 

$

90.42

 

This is a one-story industrial

 

Brooklyn, NY

 

8 Rewe Street, LLC

 

1/05

 

55,296

 

Average

 

1.53:1

 

5

%

 

 

building in average condition.

 

Subject Property

 

 

 

452,535

 

1965

 

Average

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,250

 

Average

 

Surface

 

B

 

100.0

%

Survey Minimum

 

$

1,850,000

 

17,080

 

1927

 

Average

 

14

 

$

90.42

 

Survey Maximum

 

$

9,300,000

 

109,270

 

1966

 

Good

 

24

 

$

111.19

 

Survey Average

 

$

5,989,200

 

72,560

 

1946

 

Average

 

17

 

$

103.93

 

Survey Minimum

 

1/05

 

17,000

 

Average

 

1.00:1

 

5

%

 

 

Survey Maximum

 

8/05

 

91,342

 

Good

 

1.53:1

 

10

%

 

 

Survey Average

 

4/05

 

58,135

 

Average

 

1.24:1

 

6

%

 

 

 

38




IMPROVED SALE ADJUSTMENT GRID

 

 

 

 

ECONOMIC ADJUSTMENTS (CUMULATIVE)

 

 

 

PROPERTY CHARACTERISTIC ADJUSTMENTS (ADDITIVE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adj.

 

 

 

 

PSF &

 

Rights

 

Conditions

 

 

 

Market*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

 

No.

 

Date

 

Conveyed

 

of Sale

 

Financing

 

Conditions

 

Subtotal

 

Location

 

Size

 

Condition

 

% Office

 

Parking

 

Utility**

 

Economics

 

Other

 

PSF

 

Overall

1

 

$101.01

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$102.42

 

Similar

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Inferior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$117.78

 

Inferior

 

8/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

1.4%

 

1.4%

 

0.0%

 

10.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

15.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

$111.19

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$113.41

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Inferior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$119.08

 

Inferior

 

6/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

2.0%

 

2.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

$108.82

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$111.00

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Inferior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$116.55

 

Inferior

 

6/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

2.0%

 

2.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

$108.22

 

Leased Fee

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$111.25

 

Similar

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Inferior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$127.94

 

Inferior

 

3/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

2.8%

 

2.8%

 

0.0%

 

10.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

15.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

$90.42

 

Fee Simple/Mkt.

 

Arms-Length

 

None

 

Inferior

 

$93.32

 

Inferior

 

Larger

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

Inferior

 

Similar

 

Similar

 

$107.31

 

Inferior

 

1/05

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

3.2%

 

3.2%

 

5.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

5.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

15.0%

 

 

 

SALES SUMMARY

 

Price Range

 

Unadj. Price PSF

 

Adj. Price PSF

 

Low

 

$

90.42

 

$

107.31

 

High

 

$

111.19

 

$

127.94

 

Average

 

$

103.93

 

$

117.73

 

 

Market Value As Is

 

Indicated Value per Square Foot NRA

 

 

 

 

 

$

120.00

 

Net Rentable Area in Square Feet

 

 

 

 

 

x 27,250

 

Indicated Value

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,270,000

 

Rounded to nearest $50,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,250,000

 

Per square foot

 

 

 

 

 

$

119.27

 

 


*Market Conditions Adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compound annual change in market conditions:

 

 

 

 

 

3.00

%

Date of Value (for adjustment calculations):

 

 

 

 

 

2/2/06

 

 

** Utility includes land to building ratio, layout, etc.

39




Percentage Adjustment Method

Adjustment Process

The sales that we have utilized represent the best available information that could be compared to the subject property. The major elements of comparison for an analysis of this type include the property rights conveyed, the financial terms incorporated into a particular transaction, the conditions or motivations surrounding the sale, changes in market conditions since the sale, the location of the real estate, its physical traits and the economic characteristics of the property.

The first adjustment made to the market data takes into account differences between the subject property and the comparable property sales with regard to the legal interest transferred. Advantageous financing terms or peculiar conditions of sale are then adjusted to reflect a normal market transaction. Next, changes in market conditions must be accounted for, thereby creating a time adjusted price. Lastly, adjustments for location, physical traits and the economic characteristics of the market data are made in order to generate the final adjusted unit rate, which is appropriate for the subject property.

We have made a downward adjustment to those comparables considered superior to the subject. Conversely, an upward adjustment was made to those comparables considered to be inferior.

Property Rights Conveyed

All of the sales utilized in this analysis involved the transfer of the Fee Simple interest. We are appraising the Fee Simple interest of the subject property.  Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Financial Terms

To the best of our knowledge, all of the sales utilized in this analysis were accomplished with cash or market-oriented financing. Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Conditions of Sale

Adjustments for conditions of sale usually reflect the motivations of the buyer and the seller. In many situations the conditions of sale may significantly affect transaction prices. However, all sales used in this analysis are considered to be “arms-length” market transactions between both knowledgeable buyers and sellers on the open market. Therefore, no adjustments were required.

Market Conditions

The sales that are included in this analysis date between January 2005 and August 2005.  The market has  c hanged over this time period.  Therefore, we have applied an annual adjustment of 3.00 percent.

Location

An adjustment for location is required when the locational characteristics of a comparable property are different from those of the subject property.  The subject property is considered a good location, and it has good access and visibility. Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

40




Physical Traits

Various physical characteristics were analyzed including size, age, condition, quality, class, number of stories, parking type and utility . Each sale was adjusted accordingly.

Economic Characteristics

This adjustment is used to reflect differences in occupancy levels, operating expense ratios, tenant quality, and other items not covered under prior adjustments that would have an economic impact on the transaction.  Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

Other

This category accounts for any other adjustments not previously discussed. Based on our analysis of these sales, none required any additional adjustment.

Discussion of Comparable Sales

The following are considered the most comparable industrial buildings in the subject market.  Due to a lack of large modern industrial building transactions we have analyzed sales outside of the local market.

Comparable Sale No. 1

This is the August 2005 sale of an office-warehouse building located at 530 Cozine Avenue in Brooklyn, NY. The site contains 97,000 square feet and is improved with a 91,342 square foot building.  The improvements were constructed in 1966, and are of average quality. This is an industrial building, with 18 foot ceiling heights and 17% office finish that sold in average condition. This property is an older industrial building near Kennedy Airport. The property sold from Elmann 1065 Realty, LLC to Flatlands Holdings, LLC for $9,226,000 or $101.01 per square foot. After all adjustments, this comparable indicated an adjusted unit value of $117.78 per square foot.

Comparable Sale No. 2

This is the June 2005 sale of an office-warehouse building located at 222 Meserole Avenue in Brooklyn, NY. The site contains 55,081 square feet and is improved with a 41,102 square foot building.  The improvements were constructed in 1931, and are of average quality. This is an industrial building with 28 foot ceiling heights and 5% office finish, that sold in average condition. This is a 1-story building located in the Greenpoint section of Brooklyn.  It was purchased for continued industrial use. The property sold from A.S.A Realty Company to Humboldt Enterprises, LLC for $4,570,000 or $111.19 per square foot. After all adjustments, this comparable indicated an adjusted unit value of $119.08 per square foot.

Comparable Sale No. 3

This is the June 2005 sale of an industrial building located at 1526-1540 Atlantic Avenue in Brooklyn, NY. The site contains 17,080 square feet and is improved with a 17,000 square foot building.  The improvements were constructed in 1945, and are of average quality. This is an industrial building with 24 foot ceiling heights and 4% office finish.  The building sold in average condition. This is a 1-story building located in the Crown Heights section of Brooklyn.  It was sold to a self-storage operator who will convert the building to a self-storage facility. The property sold from 1526 LLC to Premier Storage Solutions of Atlantic Avenue for $1,850,000 or $108.82 per square foot. After all adjustments, this comparable indicated an adjusted unit value of $116.55 per square foot.

41




Comparable Sale No. 4

This is the March 2005 sale of an industrial building located at 724-744 Clinton Street in Brooklyn, NY. The site contains 109,270 square feet and is improved with an 85,933 square foot building.  The improvements were constructed in 1927, and are of average quality. This is an industrial building with 14 foot ceiling heights and 5% office finish, that sold in average condition. This is a 2-story building located in the Red Hook section of Brooklyn.  The buyer plans to prepare it for use as a multi-tenant industrial facility.   The property sold from Sabato Catucci to Sunlight Clinton Realty, LLC for $9,300,000 or $108.22 per square foot. After all adjustments, this comparable indicated an adjusted unit value of $127.94 per square foot.

Comparable Sale No. 5

This is the January 2005 sale of an industrial building located at 8 Rewe Street in Brooklyn, NY. The site contains 84,371 square feet and is improved with a 55,296 square foot industrial building with 24 foot ceiling heights and 12% office finish.  The improvements were constructed in 1961, and are of average quality. This is a one-story industrial building in average condition. The property sold from Mark Adler to 8 Rewe Street, LLC for $5,000,000 or $90.42 per square foot. After all adjustments, this comparable indicated an adjusted unit value of $107.31 per square foot.

Summary of Percentage Adjustment Method

After adjustments the comparable improved sales reflect unit prices ranging from $107.31 to $127.94 per square foot with an average adjusted price of $117.73 per square foot.

Each of the comparables were relied upon in this analysis however, we would expect the subject to sell toward the middle of the range due to its location, condition and physical characteristics. Note: The value below represent the value of the improvements on an allocated 1.39 acre site.  Therefore, we conclude that the indicated value by the Percentage Adjustment Method is:

 

Net Rentable Area:

 

27,250

 

Concluded Price Per Square Foot :

x

$

120.00

 

Indicated Value:

 

$

3,270,000

 

Rounded:

 

$

3,250,000

 

Per Square Foot:

 

$

119.27

 

 

42




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Investors acquiring this type of asset will typically look at year one returns, but must also consider long-term strategies. Hence, depending on certain factors, both the direct capitalization and discounted cash flow techniques have merit.

Considering that there is no lease currently associated with the subject property, we conclude that the direct capitalization method is” appropriate in this assignment.

Rent Comparables

The following table summarizes rental activity for competing buildings in the market.

43




RENT COMPARABLES

 

Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Size

 

Term

 

Rent/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No.

 

Address

 

Date

 

Tenant

 

Sq. Ft.

 

(Years)

 

Sq.Ft.

 

Increases

 

Recoveries

 

Electric

 

Concessions

 

Comments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

49-01 Maspeth Ave.,
Maspeth, NY

 

Sep-04

 

Hanmi, Inc.

 

12,000

 

10

 

$

12.50

 

3.0% per
annum

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is ground floor space that is 40% refrigerated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

31-00 47th Avenue
Long Island City, NY

 

Mar-04

 

Hasko Jewels

 

20,850

 

5

 

$

9.50

 

3.0% per
annum

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is fourth floor warehouse space.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

38-01 47th Avenue
Long Island City, NY

 

Feb-04

 

Confidential

 

54,000

 

10

 

$

12.00

 

3.0% per
annum

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is ground floor warehouse space in a two-story building.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

22-11 38th Avenue,
Long Island City, NY

 

Jan-04

 

Kronos Gyros

 

15,000

 

10

 

$

12.75

 

3.0% per
annum

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is ground floor warehouse space that is 20% refrigerated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

G48-49 35th Street
Long Island City, NY

 

Aug-03

 

Confidential

 

32,500

 

10

 

$

7.50

 

3.0% per
annum

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is ground floor warehouse space.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

30-02 48th Avenue
Long Island City, NY

 

Sep-03

 

Confidential

 

25,000

 

5

 

$

9.50

 

Annual Rent
Steps

 

NNN

 

Direct meter

 

N/A

 

This is second floor industrial space.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

 

 

 

 

12,000

 

5

 

$

7.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

 

 

 

 

54,000

 

10

 

$

12.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Average:

 

 

 

 

 

26,558

 

8

 

$

10.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44




Conclusion of Market Rent for Industrial Space

We have analyzed the leases in place, as well as recent leases negotiated in competitive buildings in the marketplace.  Based upon the recent leasing activity in the area, and our analysis of the comparables, we have concluded to a market rent for the subject’s industrial space of $10.00 per square foot.  This assumes a triple net lease with a 10-year term.

Note: This market rent reflects the value of the subject improvements on a 1.39 acre site.  The excess land has been valued separately and has not been considered in our estimate of market rent.

Market Rent Synopsis

The following chart summarizes our market rent conclusion for each tenant category within the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Industrial

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$10.00

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

3% per annum

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Type

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Term (years)

 

10

 

 

Expense Reimbursements

Most leases in the market for single tenant industrial buildings are written on a triple net basis.  The tenant is responsible for their pro-rata share of all real estate taxes and operating expenses related to the property.  The landlord is only responsible for structural repairs.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Earlier in the report we discussed the market vacancy rates for the market in which the subject property is located.  We also discussed the subject’s occupancy level, which conversely represents its current vacancy level.  We have projected a global stabilized vacancy rate and collection loss of 5.00 percent.

45




Operating Expenses

The subject property as it exists is best suited as a single tenant warehouse building.  We have estimated the income and expenses based upon a triple net basis, in which the tenant is responsible for all of the operating expenses, including real estate taxes, and insurance.

In this scenario, the tenant would reimburse the landlord for all operating expenses. This method takes into account the possibility that if the tenant defaults on the lease, the landlord would be responsible for a portion of the expenses incurred.

We have not been provided with any expense history for the subject property. As such, we have estimated anticipated expenses that the subject property should incur in this market based upon information provided by industrial owners and brokers and our experience appraising similar facilities.

In the case of single tenant industrial buildings many expenses are directly billed to the tenant.  As such, we have only identified a few expenses which would be billed to the landlord in our pro-forma.  These expenses will be fully reimbursed by the tenant.

REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

272,500

 

$

10.00

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

159,712

 

5.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

432,212

 

$

15.86

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

(21,611

)

(0.79

)

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

410,601

 

$

15.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

6,813

 

$

0.25

 

Management

 

9,060

 

0.33

 

Subtotal

 

$

15,873

 

$

0.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

143,839

 

5.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

159,712

 

$

5.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

250,889

 

$

9.21

 

 


(1) Fiscal Year Beginning:

46




Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

Insurance

 

$

6,813

 

$

0.25

 

Our estimate is based on the historical and budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$

9,060

 

$

0.33

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from 2 to 4 percent of effective gross income. We have utilized a management fee of 2.5 percent of effective gross income, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$

143,839

 

$

5.28

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $15,873 equating to $0.58 per square foot. As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for their pro-rata share of operating expenses including real estate taxes and insurance.  The balance of the operating expenses are generally directly billed to the tenant.  The landlord is typically responsible for structural repairs.

47




Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year One, which is the first stabilized year in this analysis.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

Stabilized Year For Direct Capitalization:  Year One

 

Annual

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

272,500

 

$

10.00

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

159,712

 

5.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

432,212

 

$

15.86

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

$

(21,611

)

(0.79

)

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

410,601

 

$

15.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

6,813

 

$

0.25

 

Management

 

9,060

 

0.33

 

Subtotal

 

$

15,873

 

$

0.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

143,839

 

5.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

159,712

 

$

5.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

250,889

 

$

9.21

 

 

48




Investment Considerations

In estimating the value of this property, there are several key factors that we must consider.  These are listed below, and will impact our selection of all investor rates cited on the following pages.

INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Real Estate Market Trends:

 

The real estate market in which the subject property is located is currently improving.

 

 

 

Property Rating:

 

After considering all of the physical characteristics of the subject, we have concluded that this property has a property rating that is average, when measured against other properties in this marketplace.

 

 

 

Location Rating:

 

After considering all of the locational aspects of the subject, including regional and local accessibility as well as overall visibility, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. has concluded that the location of this property is good.

 

 

 

Overall Investment Appeal:

 

After consideringallof thesefactors,weconcludethat this property has good overall investment appeal.

 

49




Capitalization Rate Selection

The comparable sales did not uncover any capitalization rates.  Therefore, we have also considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive office properties.

GOING IN CAPITALIZATION RATES (OAR in )

Survey

 

Date

 

Range

 

Average

Price Waterhouse Coopers Korpacz

 

Fourth Quarter 2005

 

6.25% - 10.00%

 

7.67%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2004

 

7.30% - 10.00%

 

8.60%

 

Korpacz - Refers to national net lease market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W - Refers to the warehouse distribution market regardless of class or occupancy. Figures reflect average low, average high and midpoint

We previously cited our investment considerations for the subject property.  We considered all aspects of the property that would influence the overall rate.  We would expect the subject to trade toward the average indicated by the above mentioned surveys.  Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 8.00 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year one net operating income by an 8.00 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

Market Value As Is

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

250,889

 

$

9.21

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.50% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 7.50%

 

$

3,345,193

 

$

122.76

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 8.00%

 

$

3,136,118

 

$

115.09

 

Based on High-Range of 8.50%

 

$

2,951,641

 

$

108.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

3,136,118

 

$

115.09

 

Rounded to nearest $50,000

 

$

3,150,000

 

$

115.60

 

 

50




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that these approaches would be considered applicable and/or necessary for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Investors do not typically rely on the Cost Approach when purchasing a property such as the subject of this report. Therefore, we have not utilized the Cost Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

9 Acres of Excess

 

 

 

RECONCILIATION

 

As Is Value

 

 

 

Land

 

 

 

Date of Value

 

February 2, 2006

 

PSF/FAR

 

February 2, 2006

 

PSF/FAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost Approach

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Adjustment Method

 

$

3,250,000

 

$

119.27

 

$

11,800,000

 

$

30.10

 

Conclusion

 

$

3,250,000

 

$

119.27

 

$

11,800,000

 

$

30.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Direct Capitalization

 

$

3,150,000

 

$

115.60

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Conclusion

 

$

3,150,000

 

$

115.60

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final Value Conclusion

 

$

3,200,000

 

$

117.43

 

$

11,800,000

 

$

30.10

 

 

The subject is not currently subject to a lease.  Therefore, we have given most weight to the Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.  We have placed very little weight on the Sales Comparison Approach in this analysis.

51




Market Value of the Improvements on 1.39 Acres

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

THREE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$3,200,000

Market Value of 9.0 Acres of Excess Land

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the USPAP , we have developed an opinion that the Market Value of the Fee Simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “As Is” on February 2, 2006 is:

ELEVEN MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$11,800,000

52




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Report” means the appraisal or consulting report and conclusions stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Report.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary that issued the Report.

“Appraiser(s)” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Report.

The Report has been made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters that are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser.  Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated.  No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Report or upon which the Report is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate.  The owner of the Property may have provided some of such information.  Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of estimates, opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.  Any authorized user of the Report is obligated to bring to the attention of C&W any inaccuracies or errors that it believes are contained in the Report.

3.                The opinions are only as of the date stated in the Report.  Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect the conclusions.

4.                The Report is to be used in whole and not in part.  No part of the Report shall be used in conjunction with any other analyses.  Publication of the Report or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited.  Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Report may not be used by any person(s) other than the party(ies) to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared.  No part of the Report shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales, promotion, offering or SEC material without C&W’s prior written consent.

Any authorized user(s) of this Report who provides a copy to, or permits reliance thereon by, any person or entity not authorized by C&W in writing to use or rely thereon, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold C&W, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officers and employees, harmless from and against all damages, expenses, claims and costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in investigating and defending any claim arising from or in any way connected to the use of, or reliance upon, the Report by any such unauthorized person(s) or entity(ies).

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Report assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed

53




for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in the Report; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Report is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements considered by the Report is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Report.  C&W assumes no responsibility for the soundness of structural members or for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.                The forecasted potential gross income referred to in the Report may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Report assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others.  C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.                The forecasts of income and expenses are not predictions of the future.  Rather, they are the Appraiser’s best opinions of current market thinking on future income and expenses.  The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these forecasts will materialize.  The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing.  It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Report, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, and supply and demand.

10.          Unless otherwise stated in the Report, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials that may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not considered in arriving at the opinion of value.  These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property.  The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances.  C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.          Unless otherwise stated in the Report, compliance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been considered in arriving at the opinion of value.  Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the Property.  C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.          If the Report is submitted to a lender or investor with the prior approval of C&W, such party should consider this Report as only one factor together with its independent investment considerations and underwriting criteria, in its overall investment decision. Such lender or investor is specifically cautioned to understand all Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions and the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions incorporated in this Report.

13.          In the event of a claim against C&W or its affiliates or their respective officers or employees or the Appraisers in connection with or in any way relating to this Report or

54




this engagement, the maximum damages recoverable shall be the amount of the monies actually collected by C&W or its affiliates for this Report and under no circumstances shall any claim for consequential damages be made.

14.          If the Report is referred to or included in any offering material or prospectus, the Report shall be deemed referred to or included for informational purposes only and C&W, its employees and the Appraiser have no liability to such recipients. C&W disclaims any and all liability to any party other than the party that retained C&W to prepare the Report.

15.          At the Client’s request, we have provided an insurable value estimate. The estimate is based on figures derived from a national cost estimating service and is developed consistent with industry practices. However, actual local and regional construction costs may vary significantly from our estimate and individual insurance policies and underwriters have varied specifications, exclusions, and non-insurable items. As such, we strongly recommend that the Client obtain estimates from professionals experienced in establishing insurance coverage for replacing any structure. This analysis should not be relied upon to determine insurance coverage. Furthermore, we make no warranties regarding the accuracy of this estimate.

16.          By use of this Report each party that uses this Report agrees to be bound by all of the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions, Hypothetical Conditions and Extraordinary Assumptions stated herein.

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

The building and site improvements are currently used by related entities as a bus depot and maintenance facility.  However, there is no existing lease on the property therefore, our concluded value represents the value of the fee simple estate.

The subject property has excess land.  We have estimated the value of the improvements on 1.39 acres with the remaining site
(9.0 acres) valued as excess land.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the USPAP (2004 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

55




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics & Standards of Professional Practice of the Appraisal Institute, which include the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one else provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI has completed the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

 

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI
Director
New York Certified General Appraiser
License No. 46000003076
phil_cadorette@cushwake.com
212-841-7604 Office Direct
212-841-7849 Fax

56




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:      Qualifications of the Appraisers

 

57




 

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI
Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)
Certified New York State - General Appraiser
Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina
Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

 

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

 

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

 

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

 

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.4

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF REAL PROPERTY

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

23-85 87th Street

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Green Bus Holding Corp., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

444 Merrick Road   
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:                         06-12002-9224

VALUATION SERVICES

 




 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

 

New York, NY 10019-6178

 

(212) 841-7604 Tel

 

(212) 841-7849 fax

 

patrick_craig@cushwake.com

 

February 17, 2006

Green Bus Holding Corp., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

C/O Mr. Paul Cooper

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:

Complete Appraisal of Real Property

 

In a Self-Contained Report

 

 

 

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

23-85 87th Street

 

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

 

 

 

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9224

 

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

 

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use.  It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is




generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value

The subject consists of a 52,020 square foot industrial building on 7.016 acres which is net leased to Avis Rent A Car System for approximately 17 more years.  Although they do not have a credit rating Avis Rent A Car System, Inc. is a nationally recognized tenant that is desirable to institutional investors of Net Leased Properties. The existence of this lease significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on February 2, 2006, was:

TWENTY FOUR MILLION DOLLARS

$24,000,000

Based upon transactions that have occurred in the marketplace as well as discussions with knowledgeable market participants, exposure time would have required approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months will be reasonable for properties such as the subject.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Senior Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212) 841-7849 Facsimile

 

2




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

 

Location:

23-85 87th Street

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the blockfront bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north,  24th Avenue to the south, 87th Street to the west and 89th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Property Description:

The subject consists of a 52,020 square foot building on 7.016-acre parcel of industrial land in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to Avis Rent A Car Systems, Inc.. The facility is utilized as a rental car facility for Budget as a subtenant of Avis.

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block: 1082, Lot(s): 34 & Block:1083, Lot(s): 121

 

 

Interest Appraised:

Leased Fee Estate

 

 

Date of Value:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Date of Inspection:

February 2, 2006

 

 

Ownership:

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

$3,182,350

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

$359,796 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

If Vacant:

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

 

 

As Improved:

As it is currently utilized.

 




 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

Zoning:

M1-1, C4-2 and R3-2

 

 

Land Area:

7.0161 acres

305,622 square feet

 

 

Number of Stories:

1

 

 

Year Built:

1966

 

 

Type of Construction:

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

Gross Building Area:

52,020 square feet

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

52,020 square feet

 

 

Percentage of Office Space:

16%

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

24 feet

 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

 

 

Cost Approach:

N/A

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

N/A

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

 

 

Projection Period:

18 years

 

 

Holding Period:

17 years

 

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

7.5%

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

8.5%

 

 

Indicated Value:

$24,000,000

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

 

Net Operating Income:

$1,672,579

 

 

Capitalization Rate:

7.00%

 

 

Indicated Value:

$23,900,000

 

 

Reconciled Value:

$24,000,000

 




 

FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION

 

 

 

Market Value As-Is Leased Fee:

$24,000,000

 

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

6.97%

 

 

Exposure Time:

12 months

 

 

Marketing Time:

12 months

 

 




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

REGIONAL MAP

6

 

 

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

7

 

 

LOCAL AREA MAP

13

 

 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

14

 

 

national CREDIT TENANT & nET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

16

 

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

22

 

 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

24

 

 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

28

 

 

ZONING

29

 

 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

33

 

 

VALUATION PROCESS

35

 

 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

37

 

 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

54

 

 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

55

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

58

 

 

ADDENDA

59

 




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

 

Location:

23-85 87th Street

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the blockfront bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 87th Street to the west and 89th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Property Description:

The subject consists of a 52,020 square foot building on 7.016-acre parcel of industrial land in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to Avis Rent A Car Systems, Inc.  The facility is utilized as a rental car facility. 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

Block: 1082, Lot(s): 34 & Block:1083, Lot(s): 121

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

 

Sale History:

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years

 

 

Current Disposition:

To the best of our knowledge, the purpose of this appraisal is for internal decision making by the various ownership entities. The results of our analysis may possibly lead to an internal sale.

 

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the market value of the leased fee interest in the property for the exclusive use of Green Bus Holding Corp., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co. Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.  All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Leased Fee Interest

1




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report.

In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

2




1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Estate

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Estate

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease conveying the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

The value of specific ownership rights of an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical conditions.

3




Prospective Value Upon Completion of Construction

The value of a property on the date that construction is completed, based on market conditions projected to exist as of that completion date. This value is not the market value as of a specified future date, but rather is a projected value based on assumptions that may or may not occur. This value factors in all costs associated to lease-up the property to stabilized occupancy.

Prospective Value Upon Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property at a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

4




Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal and take place subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal.  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by New York City as Block: 1082, Lot(s): 34 & Block:1083, Lot(s): 121.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

9




Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 


U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

 

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

10




POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1

%

0.9

%

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2

%

1.0

%

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6

%

0.2

%

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8

%

0.5

%

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4

%

0.0

%

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8

%

0.1

%

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3

%

0.9

%

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3

%

0.1

%

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

East Elmhurst is located in northern Queens just south of LaGuardia Airport.  The subject is located just south of the Grand Central Parkway and north of Astoria Boulevard.  East Elmhurst is bordered to the east by Flushing, to the west by Astoria and Steinway, to the south by Jackson Heights and Corona, and to the north by LaGuardia Airport.

This part of East Elmhurst is predominantly industrial with some commercial uses located along Astoria Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within East Elmhurst are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  There are few multi-story residential developments in this part of Queens.  To the south in Jackson Heights there are several mid-rise apartment projects.  Commercial improvements are generally located on Astoria Boulevard and Ditmars Boulevard.  These retail and business establishments service the needs of the local residents.  Because of its proximity to LaGuardia Airport there are several hotels and motels located along Ditmars Boulevard just east of the subject.

The subject building is located in a industrial district in the northern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to LaGuardia Airport.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally commercial and industrial with residential uses located along the side streets.

The subject is located on the blockfront bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 87th Street to the west and 89th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.  The subject is currently leased to the City of New York and utilized by Budget Rent A Car as a subtenant of Avis Rent A Car.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Linden Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard provide access to the Van Wyck Expressway, Grand Central Parkway and the Belt Parkway.  These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby and to the south of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

14




Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  Although the subject is located in a mixed-use neighborhood it’s proximity to La Guardia airport makes it a desirable industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




NATIONAL CREDIT TENANT & NET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The following analysis is based upon research performed by the Boulder Group, PWC/Korpacz and discussions with investors and professionals familiar with credit tenant and bondable net lease transactions.  The Credit Tenant Lease (CTL) and Net Leased Market has continued to perform well in the current environment.  These investments are typically in demand by sophisticated investors seeking secure investments.  The larger transactions are especially appealing to Institutional Investors.

The underlying difference with these investments compared to traditional real estate investments is the fact that the credit quality of the tenant is the driving factor with regard to price and required investment returns.  While the underlying real estate certainly is analyzed it is secondary to the credit worthiness of the tenant.

Long term Credit Tenant and Net Leased investments are often compared to the returns of comparable corporate or government bonds.  An investor in these types of properties would consider a reasonable spread between a similarly rated bond and a real estate investment with a credit rated tenant.  This spread takes into account the length of the lease term, the credit rating of the tenant, the market rent compared to the existing contract rent, the physical aspects of the real estate and the strength of the local real estate market.

Credit Tenant Leases

Recently there has been a disconnect between cap rates and credit quality by unsophisticated investors especially in the smaller retail properties.  Sophisticated investors generally look to the rating agencies for the current credit rating on a particular tenant.  Standard & Poor’s issues credit ratings based upon specific financial obligations, of a company.  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on an obligation.

Credit ratings issued by the rating agencies are based in varying degrees on the following considerations.

1.                Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.                Nature and provisions of the obligation; and

3.                Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations arE typically rated lower than senior obligations to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

16




The following table outlines the Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating system for the top five rating categories.  These definitions typically refer to corporate tenants.

S&P Rating

 

Rating Definition

 

AAA

 

An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

17




Corporate Yields and Spreads

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

18




Supply & Demand

The most common form of credit tenant lease is typically related to retail tenants.  Drug stores, fast food and similar small retail stores are heavily traded by investors and therefore fairly liquid in the secondary market.  The industrial and office sector as well as government leased buildings are also included in this market but are not as prevalent as the retail sector.  The lower supply equates to strong demand for credit tenant leases in these sectors.

Rising interest rates over the past quarter have left many net leased investors with two options: (i) refinance or (ii) dispose of the property.  Based on the size of the net leased market it appears that many investors are opting for disposition.

As of Q4 2005 the number of available properties increased by 6.5% from the previous quarter after having declined significantly in the early part of 2005.  This fact illustrates many investors desire to rebalance their portfolio prior to the end of the year.  On a cumulative basis, this growth can be attributed to three main factors.  First, increases in short term interest rates and the caution of further increases at a “measured” pace.  Second, in Q2 and Q3 2005, the Boulder Group reported an imbalance in supply and demand whereby supply was sorely lacking.  Third, sellers were accepting offers at prices that had the best chance of closing, rather than the highest offer, for fear the transaction may fall apart as sellers’ would be forced to lower the price in a rising interest rate environment.  Simply put it was a sellers market.  But what needs to be understood is that the majority of these assets are small retail properties where there are numerous buyers both sophisticated and novice with money to invest.

However, despite this growth, and compounding to the growing notion of a sellers’ market, the net lease market suffered from what Alan Greenspan referred to as his “conundrum.”  According to Greenspan, increases in short-term rates should have generated higher long-term yields than the market was currently showing.  Since Q2 2004 when short-term interest rate increases began, the net lease market has overall seen cap rates decrease or remain the same – a trend which has continued through the fourth quarter of 2005.

Net Leased Industrial Sector Overview

The net leased industrial sector has consistently been the smallest of all net leased sectors in terms of both the sheer number of available properties and the combined value of such properties.

According to the Boulder Group the number of available net leased industrial properties has increased by 2.6% since last quarter from 966 in Q3 2005 to 992 at the end of Q4 2005.  This is the first increase of available properties since Q1 2005.  Despite the number of properties increasing the cumulative value of such properties has decreased since Q3 2005.

Industrial properties comprise 13.5% of the properties and 19% of the value available in the current Net Lease Market.  These marks represent increases in the Industrial Sectors from those established in Q3 2005.  Since Q3 2005, 530 net leased industrial properties have been sold which represents a 37.5% increase in the number of net leased dispositions since Q2 2005.

19




Pricing points increased in six of the eleven industrial pricing brackets – for the third straight quarter.  The most significant increase came in the higher priced properties with properties priced between $9 - $10 million – those properties had increased their market share by over 75.3% since Q3 2005.  This gain is a significant improvement over the last quarter when such properties saw their market share increase by 22.1%.  The second largest increase in market share occurred with properties priced between $8 - $9 million -  an increase of 70.4% since Q3 2005.

Capitalization Rates / Pricing

Overall, in today’s net lease market, sophisticated investors understand that the market particularly for smaller properties is overheated.

For the fourth consecutive quarter, Cap Rates across the Industrial Sector have decreased.  The mean cap rate for industrial properties decreased by 10 basis points to 7.90%.  This marks the eighth straight quarter that the cap rate has either declined or remained the same.  Nationally, the significant majority of industrial properties are priced under $150 per square foot.  As of year end 2005, 88.3% of all industrial properties nationally were priced under $150 per square foot.

Industrial properties between $300 and $400 per square foot saw their market share decrease and now comprise approximately 1% of all net leased industrial properties.  Incidentally, according to the Boulder Group the lowest Cap rates are in the $300 to $399 per square foot properties.  The following is the breakdown of cap rates as they relate to price per square foot for some of the higher priced industrial properties.

Price Per SF Bracket

 

Average Cap Rate

 

Average Price

 

$200-$249

 

 

6.96%

 

$

7,550,467

 

$250-$299

 

 

6.02%

 

$

3,567,800

 

$300-$349

 

 

5.72%

 

$

2,500,000

 

$350-$399

 

 

5.06%

 

$

14,583,333

 

$400 +

 

 

7.43 %

 

$

10,010,000

 

 

The Subject’s Positioning In the Market

According to the 4 th  Quarter PWC/Korpacz National Net Lease Market Survey with fewer properties available bidding wars are erupting for the best assets available for sale.  Buyers who are looking to acquire these assets are facing short time frames to complete deals and low overall capitalization rates.  The best deals are trading at extremely low cap rates.  According to the Fourth Quarter 2005 Korpacz Report the low end of this range which reflects the best assets decreased by 25 basis points to 6.25 percent.  The ability to access capital from financial institutions continues to prompt investing in this segment of the market.

An investor for the subject property is interested in the credit worthiness of the tenant and the tenants ability to meet the financial obligations of the existing lease.  As previously mentioned, the asset quality is secondary in this type of investment.  This is especially true when long term contractual lease obligations remain for a property.

20




The subject is under a long term lease (21 years with (2) 14-year options) to the City of New York. The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+.  The subject is utilized as a bus depot for the Metropolitan Transit Authority (MTA).  Within this facility the tenant dispatches buses throughout the New York Metropolitan area, services and repairs the buses accordingly and stores the buses when not in use.  Buses are stored both inside the existing building and outside in fenced in parking areas.

As would be expected in the New York Boroughs sites suitable for this type of user are those that have rather large site areas and a land to building ratio that is above the typical norm for the New York Metropolitan area.  These sites are atypical due to the lack of available vacant land in the New York Boroughs.  This is what makes the subject attractive to distribution type tenants, trucking companies, Fed Ex, UPS and government departments similar to the MTA.

As such, the existing rental rate for buildings similar to the subject typically reflects an added premium associated with the excess land area for these sites.  Therefore, rental rates based on building size alone do not accurately reflect the inherent attributes of the subject which benefits from a land to building ratio that is above those of many metropolitan New York properties.

The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  This reflects positively on the City of New York as the tenant at the subject property.  The long term nature of the existing lease with the two option periods is also considered a positive attribute that is attractive to potential investors.  The existence of this lease makes the property attractive to institutional grade investors that would otherwise pass on similar industrial buildings without a long term lease to a credit tenant.  The presence of the existing long-term lease to an investment grade tenant like the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Conclusion

The Credit Tenant Lease and Net Leased Market are expected to continue to be in demand by investors requiring secure returns.  The lack of supply for large transactions benefits sellers fo these types of assets.  Furthermore, institutional investors, pension funds and REIT’s are constantly looking for quality transactions with strong tenants.  Smaller properties will continue at their current pace however, cap rates will begin to rise as interest rates increase.  In general, the market for National Investment Grade real estate is expected to remain strong throughout the foreseeable future.

21




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

23-85 87th Street

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the blockfront bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 87th Street to the west and 89th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Shape:

Irregular

 

 

Topography:

The site is level and at street grade

 

 

Land Area:

7.0161 acres 305,622 square feet

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

The site has good access, frontage and visibility from 23rd Avenue, 24th Avenue, 87th, 88th and 89th Streets.

 

 

Soil Conditions:

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

Utilities

 

 

 

Water:

New York City

 

 

Sewer:

New York City

 

 

Electricity:

Con Edison

 

 

Gas:

Con Edison

 

 

Telephone:

Verizon

 

 

Site Improvements:

The building covers only a small portion of the site.  The balance of the site is used for employee and bus parking .

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

Flood Map:

National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 360497-0067B, effective November 16,1983.

 

 

Flood Zone:

FEMA Zone C

 

 

Wetlands:

We were not given a Wetlands survey. The site does not appear to be in a wetlands area.

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

Overall Functionality:

The subject site is functional for its current use.

 

22




Site Map

[OMITTED]

23




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the exterior only along with our discussions with a representative of the client.

General Description

 

 

 

Year Built:

1966

 

 

Number of Buildings:

1

 

 

Number of Stories:

1

 

 

Land To Building Ratio:

5.11 to 1

 

 

Gross Building Area:

52,020 square feet

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

52,020 square feet

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

 

Basic Construction:

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

Foundation:

Poured concrete slab

 

 

Framing:

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

 

 

Column Spacing:

20’ by 40’

 

 

Percent of Office Space:

16%

 

 

Percent Air Conditioned:

5%

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

24 feet in warehouse

 

 

Loading Doors:

Adequate for the existing use.

 

 

Floors:

Concrete poured over metal deck. Each floor is bridged by structural steel floor beams.

 

 

Exterior Walls:

Brick.

 

 

Roof Cover:

Flat roofing system consisting of built-up assemblies with tar and gravel cover.

 

 

Windows:

The windows in the office and warehouse areas are double hung and casement windows in steel frames. 

 

 

Pedestrian Doors:

Glass in aluminum frames.

 

24




 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

 

Heating:

Heat to the office area is supplied by an oil-fired, hot air system with local zone temperature control.  The heat in the warehouse area is provided by ceiling-hung space heaters.

 

 

Cooling:

The office area is cooled by window air conditioning units.   The warehouse area is not air-conditioned.

 

 

Plumbing:

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other industrial properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

 

 

Electrical Service:

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

 

 

Elevator Service:

The building does not contain elevators.

 

 

Fire Protection:

The building is not fully sprinklered. The building has central station monitoring linked directly to the local fire department.

 

 

Security:

Monitors are situated along the building’s perimeter.

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

 

Layout:

The subject is located on two tax parcels that are across the street from each other.  The larger (main) parcel is used by Budget as a subtenant of Avis Rent A Car as a car rental facility.  This site is developed with a small 4,775 square foot building that is used as the rental facility.  The smaller site is developed with a 47,245 square foot industrial building in average condition.  We did not gain access to this building but it appears to be utilized as a maintenance facility.

 

 

Floor Covering:

The warehouse areas contains sealed concrete floors.  The office areas have floors that are ceramic tile, carpet or resilient tile.

 

 

Walls:

The warehouse and manufacturing areas have concrete block and brick walls. The office areas have walls that are sheetrock.

 

 

Ceilings:

The ceilings in the office areas are 2’ by 2’ acoustical tile. The warehouse and manufacturing areas have ceilings that are exposed to the metal deck.

 

 

Lighting:

The office space contains a mixture of fluorescent and incandescent light fixtures.  The warehouse area contains sodium vapor lighting that is ceiling hung.

 

 

Restrooms:

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women in both the office and warehouse areas.

 

25




 

Site Improvements

 

 

 

Parking:

Ample open surface parking.

 

 

Onsite Landscaping:

Nominal

 

 

Other:

Concrete curbs and walkways.

 

 

Personal Property:

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

Capital Improvements:

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future .  The tenant is responsible for routine maintenance of the building.

 

 

Summary

 

 

 

Condition:

Average

The building has been adequately maintained for its age and provides an average appearance relative to competing buildings within its market.

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

 

 

Quality:

Average

 

 

Design and Functionality:

The building is a Class B industrial facility that possesses good appeal to prospective tenants.

 

 

Actual Age:

40 years

 

 

Effective Age:

20 years

 

 

Expected Economic Life:

45 years

 

 

Remaining Economic Life:

25 years

 

26




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

27




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Queens County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is Block: 1082, Lot(s): 34 & Block:1083, Lot(s): 121. According to the local assessor’s office, taxes are current.  The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

2005/2006

 

2005/2006

 

 

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

2,927,625

 

$

2,621,250

 

Improvements:

 

619,458

 

561,100

 

Total:

 

$

3,547,083

 

$

3,182,350

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,547,083

 

$

3,182,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,182,350

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

0.11306

 

 

 

Total Property Taxes

 

$

359,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Building Area

 

52,020

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

$

6.92

 

 

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $359,796, or $6.92 per square foot of building area.  The relatively high price per building square foot reflects the significant land area associated with the subject.

28




ZONING

The property is zoned M1-1, C4-2 and R3-2 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the M1-1 zoning district:

M1 Zoning District

M1 areas range from the Garment District in Manhattan, with its multistory lofts, to areas in the other boroughs with low-bulk plants. The MI district is often an industrial front yard or a buffer to adjacent residential or commercial districts. Strict performance standards are common to all MI districts. Light industries typically found in Ml areas include knitting mills, printing plants and wholesale service facilities. In theory, nearly all industrial uses can locate in MI areas if they meet the rigorous performance standards required in the Zoning Resolution. Retail and office uses are also permitted. Use Group 4 community facilities are allowed in M1 zones by special permit but not in other manufacturing districts.

Parking and loading requirements vary with district and use, but high density districts (M1-4 to M1-6) are exempt from parking requirements. Residential development is generally not allowed in manufacturing districts.

Ml-1:  Light manufacturing – high performance these locations are generally located adjacent to low density residential areas.  The commercial FAR in these areas is 1.0 however, when a community facility is developed the FAR can be increased to as much as 2.40.

The M1-1, C4-2 and R3-2 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 305,622 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the M1-1 zone which equates to 638,580 square feet of building area.

The M1-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by distribution companies, manufacturing firms, shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a M1-1 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants.

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

29




C4 Zoning District

A portion of the subject site is located within the C4-2 zoning district.

C4 districts are major commercial centers located outside of the central business districts. They allow department stores, theaters and other commercial uses that serve a larger area. They are not mapped as an overlay.

C4 districts are not permitted to include home maintenance and repair services (Use Group 7) which would interrupt the desired continuous retail frontage. C4 districts are usually found in regional centers like Rego Park or Fordham Road.

There are a number of contextual C4 districts in which shorter, higher coverage buildings are encouraged. The commercial and residential bulk and density regulations in these districts differ somewhat from corresponding non-contextual districts.

C4-2F is not a contextual district. It contains a special mapping restriction and allows development only by special permit of the City Planning Commission.

Parking requirements vary with district and use.

CA: General commercial districts

Note:                 Commercial parking requirements vary with use and district.

Shopping centers and offices in more densely built areas

C4-2                                                                         Commercial FAR: 3.4

30




RESIDENCE DISTRICTS

Residence districts are designated by the prefix R in the Zoning Resolution. There are ten standard residence districts in New York City-R1 through RIO. The numbers refer to the permitted density (RI having the lowest density; R10 the highest) and certain other controls such as required parking. A second letter or number signifies additional controls in certain districts. Unless otherwise stated, the regulations for each of the ten residence districts pertain to all sub-categories within that district. The R4 district, for example, encompasses R4 - 1, R4A and R4B.

STANDARD DISTRICTS

RI and R2 districts allow only detached single-family residences and certain community facilities. The R3-2 through RIO districts accept all types of dwelling units and community facilities and are distinguished by differing bulk and density, height and setback, parking, and lot coverage or open space requirements. R3-2 districts permit detached and semi-detached houses, garden apartments, townhouse developments and a broader range of community facilities.

R3-2 Zoning District

R3-2 districts are the lowest density zones in which multiple dwellings are allowed. A variety of housing types, including garden apartments and townhouses, are common in this district. Because of its flexibility, R3-2 districts are mapped in both vacant and builtup areas and are often found in Staten Island and Queens. Height and setback requirements may be waived by authorization of the City Planning Commission.

R3-2: General residence district

Minimum lot size:

Detached: 3,800 square feet lot area; 40 foot lot width

Other: 1,700 square feet; 18 foot lot width Maximum FAR: 0.5 plus 0.1 attic allowance

Maximum lot coverage:

35% lot coverage

R3-2: Detached or semi-detached, single or two- family: 1,040 square feet

Other: 1,450 square feet Maximum DUs per acre:

R3-2: Detached or semi-detached, single or two- family:

30 Front yard: 15 feet minimum Side yards:

Maximum building height:

35 feet; perimeter wall height: 21 feet

Maximum street wall length (R3-2): 125 feet

Required parking: One space per dwelling unit

31




Zoning Map

[OMITTED]

32




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office and light industrial uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of the Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

33




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . Furthermore, sites located near major airports that are leased to national users are often valuable to tenants even though they have nominal improvements. The subject is a good indicator of this fact and is supported by its current lease to Avis.  In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is As it is currently utilized.

34




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences that exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements that represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

35




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

The subject is under a long term lease to Avis Rent A Car Systems which is a national tenant.  The existence of this lease makes the subject attractive to institutional and sophisticated investors seeking a relatively secure investment.  For these types of investors the credit worthiness of the tenant and the ability to meet their financial obligations is the primary indicator in determining yield and value.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

36




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Based upon the above, both methods are appropriate in this assignment.

Lease Summary

The details of the lease which encumbers the subject property are summarized below.

Lessor:

G.T.J. Co., Inc.

 

 

Lessee:

Avis Rent A Car

 

 

Lease Term:

20 years

 

 

Start Date:

November 1, 2003

 

 

End Date:

October 31, 2023

 

 

Square Feet Leased:

52,020 sf building (on 305,622 sf of land – 7.02 acres)

 

 

Base Rent:

Years 1-5:         $1,800,000

 

 

Rent Increases:

Commencing with the 6th Lease Year, and every five (5) years thereafter, Fixed Rent shall increase by the greater of 105% of the immediately preceding Fixed Rent or the Cost of Living Percentage Increase for the prior five (5) year period up to a maximum of 115% of the Fixed Rent in effect for the immediately preceding year.

 

 

Recoveries:

Triple net lease

 

 

Renewal Options:

None

 

 

Purchase Options:

None

 

 

Comments:

The lease is guaranteed by Avis.

It appears the site may have the potential to be rezoned for additional yield. 

 

37




Tenant Profile

Avis Rent A Car System, LLC. and its subsidiaries operate the world’s second largest general-use car rental business, providing business and leisure customers with a wide range of services at more than 1,700 locations in the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and the Latin American/Caribbean region.

Avis is recognized as the industry leader in applying new technologies and is one of the world’s top brands for customer loyalty.  The company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cendant Corporation (NYSE:CD)  and has marketing agreements with Avis Europe Plc, a separately owned UK-based company owning or franchising an additional 3,050 Avis locations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Avis is not rated by any of the rating agencies.  Avis’s parent company Cendant’s unsecured debt is rated BAA1 by Moody’s.  Cendant is not the Guarantor on the subject lease.  However, Avis is part of a much larger publicly traded corporation which has some value in the eyes of investors.

Cendant

(Parent Company of Avis – Not Guarantor on Lease)

Moody’s Ratings for Cendant:  BAA1 Senior Unsecured Debt and P2 for Commercial Paper

Outlook - Developing

As a leading provider of travel products and services to businesses and consumers, Cendant Travel Content businesses hold either the #1 or #2 positions within their segments.

The Cendant Car Rental Group is the world’s second-largest general-use car rental company and the leader in brand loyalty; the Cendant Hotel Group is the world’s largest lodging franchisor; the Cendant Timeshare Resort Group is the world’s largest developer and manager of vacation ownership interests and resorts; and the Cendant Vacation Network Group operates the world’s largest vacation exchange company and the #1 vacation rental company in Europe.

The business units of Cendant Travel Content lead the way in leisure travel through a shared commitment to outstanding customer service, innovation and brand loyalty.

Cendant Travel Content is one of the world’s leading diversified providers of travel-related products and services to business and consumers, with leading brands in vehicle rental, lodging franchising, timeshare development, vacation rentals and vacation exchange. The business units that comprise Cendant Travel Content are among the world’s leaders in quality, customer service and innovation in leisure travel.

Cendant Car Rental Group

The Cendant Car Rental Group has emerged as the world’s largest general use car rental company, comprising Avis, a leading supplier to the business travel industry, and Budget, a top brand in the leisure travel market. The two brands combine for extended global reach that includes over 6,000 car and truck rental locations in the Americas, Australia, New Zealand and the Caribbean.

38




Rent Comparables

The subject property is currently leased by Avis Rent A Car Systems.  For tenants similar to this the land area is typically more important than the size of the building improvements.  As such, the following table summarizes rental activity based upon the rental rate per square foot of land area for competing properties in the market.

RENT COMPARABLES (Based on Land Size)

 

 

Property Location

 

Lease

 

Size

 

Term

 

Rent Per

 

Rent Steps

 

% Office

 

 

No.

 

Tenant Name

 

Date

 

(SF)

 

(years)

 

SF Land

 

Recoveries

 

Ceiling Height

 

COMMENTS

1

 

85-01 24th Avenue

 

Dec-05

 

118,430

 

21

 

 

 

Rent Steps

 

6

%

This building is located on a 6.43 acre site. The

 

 

Elmhurst, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9.23

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

49-19 Rockaway Blvd.

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

 

 

Rent Steps

 

2

%

This building is located on a 3.03 acre site. The

 

 

Rockaway Beach, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$                          4.58

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

114-15 Guy R. Brewer Blvd.

 

Dec-05

 

75,800

 

21

 

 

 

Rent Steps

 

7

%

This building is located on a 4.66 acre site. The

 

 

Jamaica, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$                          7.46

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

165-25 147th Avenue

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

 

 

Rent Steps

 

11

%

This building is located on a 6.57 acre site. The

 

 

Jamaica, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$                          9.77

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$                          4.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$                          9.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Mean:

 

Dec-05

 

93,500

 

21

 

$                          7.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Assumes taxes of $1.50/sf.

39




COMPARABLE INDUSTRIAL RENTAL MAP

[OMITTED]

40




Conclusion of Market Rent for Land

The majority of the value in the subject is attributed to the land.  As such, the rental rate based upon building square footage is not truly relevant.  We have analyzed recent leases negotiated for competitive sites in the marketplace, which range from $4.58 to $9.77 per square foot, with an average of $7.76.  Each of the comparables has building improvements which are significantly smaller than the underlying land.

The subject’s current market rent equates to $6.77 per square foot of land area.  Based upon the comparable data the existing rental rate is considered reasonable and in line with similar sites.

The leases are written on a triple net basis with all expenses being the responsibility of the tenant.  Recovery clauses for the comparable leases typically require the tenant to pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  Landlords have no expense obligations under the term of the existing lease.

Greatest reliance has been placed on the recent lease signing at the subject which is closely supported by the remaining comparables.  Based upon this, we have concluded to the following market rent parameters for the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Land / SF

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$7.00

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps
every 5
years

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

Expense Reimbursements

The existing lease is an absolute triple net lease.  The tenant is responsible for all real estate taxes and operating expenses associated with the property.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

We have taken a vacancy of 4% and a credit loss of 2% for the subject property.  Avis is not considered an investment grade tenant, therefore a vacancy and collection loss is appropriate for the subject.

Operating Expenses

As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for all operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Furthermore, many expenses are directly paid by the tenant.  We have identified some base expenses (insurance, management, and real estate taxes) which are fully reimbursed by the tenant.  Any additional expenses are assumed to be directly paid by the tenant.  We

41




analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion as to what a typical informed investor would consider normal.

The subject has been utilized as a rental car facility since 2003.  We have not been provided with any historical operating history for the property.  The following reflects our opinion of year one operating expenses which are presented on the following table.

REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,800,000

 

$

34.60

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

485,519

 

9.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

2,285,519

 

$

43.94

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

(127,421

)

(2.45

)

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

2,158,098

 

$

41.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

18,207

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

13,005

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

31,212

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

454,307

 

8.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

485,519

 

$

9.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,672,579

 

$

32.15

 

 


(1)Fiscal Year Beginning:

Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

 

Insurance

 

$

18,207

 

$

0.35

 

Our estimate is based on the budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$

13,005

 

$

0.25

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from $0.20 to $0.30 per square foot of building area. We have utilized a management fee of $0.25 per square foot, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$

454,307

 

$

8.73

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

 

42




Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $31,212 equating to $0.60 per square foot of building area.

Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year 1.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,800,000

 

$

34.60

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

$

485,519

 

9.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

2,285,519

 

$

43.94

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

(127,421

)

(2.45

)

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

2,158,098

 

$

41.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

18,207

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

$

13,005

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

31,212

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

454,307

 

8.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

485,519

 

$

9.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,672,579

 

$

32.15

 

 

43




Capitalization Rate Selection

We have considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive industrial properties.

Survey

 

Date

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Range

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

5.50%-9.00%

 

7.29%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

6.26%-8.07%

 

7.16%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 7.00 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

The subject due to its long term lease to a national tenant Avis Rent A Car is considered desirable by Net Lease Investors.

As previously mentioned investor returns for these types of assets are primarily driven by the credit quality of the tenant.  Although the tenant Avis is not credit rated it is considered a desirable Net Lease tenant by many institutional investors.  Furthermore, the subject site which is located within sight of LaGuardia Airport is considered a desirable investment which will be in demand by many investors and tenants.

The value of the subject is significantly enhanced by the existence of the current lease.  Without this long term lease to Avis Rent A Car the subject’s value based upon the physical real estate would be significantly less than our estimate of market value.

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year 1 net operating income by a 7.00 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

1,672,579

 

$

32.15

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.25% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 6.75%

 

$

24,778,952

 

$

476.34

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 7.00%

 

$

23,893,989

 

$

459.32

 

Based on High-Range of 7.25%

 

$

23,070,059

 

$

443.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

23,893,989

 

$

459.32

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

23,900,000

 

$

459.44

 

 

44




Discounted Cash Flow Method

In the Discounted Cash Flow Method, we employed Argus for Windows software to model the income characteristics of the property and to make a variety of cash flow assumptions. We attempted to reflect the most likely investment assumptions of typical buyers and sellers in this particular market segment. The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis.

Discounted Cash Flow Assumptions

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Holding Period:

 

17 Years

 

Projection Period:

 

18 Years

 

Start Date:

 

2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

 

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT (PSF)

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

VACANCY & COLLECTION LOSS

 

 

 

Global Vacancy:

 

4.00

%

Collection Loss:

 

2.00

%

Total:

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

GROWTH RATES

 

 

 

Market Rent:

 

3.00

%

Consumer Price Index (CPI):

 

3.00

%

Expenses:

 

3.00

%

Real Estate Taxes:

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

 

RATES OF RETURN

 

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

 

8.50

%

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7.50

%

Reversionary Sales Cost:

 

3.00

%

 

45




 

LEASING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Land / SF

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$

7.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

Free Rent on New Leases (months)

 

0

 

Free Rent on Renewals (months)

 

0

 

Downtime Between New Leases

 

6

 

Renewal Probability

 

65.00

%

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (PSF)

 

Land / SF

 

New Leases

 

$

0.00

 

Renewals

 

$

0.00

 

 

Leasing Commissions:

6.00 percent for new leases 3% for renewals. 

 

 

Contract Rent Increases:

Leases are assumed to escalate based upon the existing terms of the lease.  New leases are assumed to have rent steps every five years.

 

 

Expense Reimbursements:

Future leases will pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  The landlord would be responsible for management and structural reserves.

 

 

Capital Expenditure:

The building was in average condition at the time of our inspection.  We do not foresee any major capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate Selection

A terminal capitalization rate was used to develop an opinion of the market value of the property at the end of the assumed investment holding period. The rate is applied to the net operating income following year 17 before making deductions for leasing commissions, tenant improvement allowances and reserves for replacement. We have developed an opinion of an appropriate terminal capitalization rate based on indicated rates in current investor surveys.

Survey

 

Date

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Range

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

6.00%-10.00%

 

8.04%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.26%-8.76%

 

8.01%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

As a result, we have applied a 7.50 percent terminal capitalization rate in our analysis.  This represents approximately a 50 basis point spread from the going in capitalization rate.

46




Discount Rate Selection

We have developed an opinion of future cash flows, including property value at reversion, and discounted that income stream at an internal rate of return (yield rate) currently required by investors for similar-quality real property. The yield rate (internal rate of return or IRR) is the single rate that discounts all future equity benefits (cash flows and equity reversion) to an opinion of net present value.

The PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield investor surveys indicate the following internal rates of return for competitive industrial properties:

Survey

 

Date

 

IRR
Range

 

IRR
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

7.00%-11.50%

 

8.58%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.77%-9.52%

 

8.65%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national Class A leased warehouse/distribution market

 

The above table summarizes the investment parameters of some of the most prominent investors currently acquiring similar investment properties in the United States. We realize that this type of survey reflects target rather than transactional rates. Transactional rates are usually difficult to obtain in the verification process and are actually only target rates of the buyer at the time of sale. The property’s performance will ultimately determine the actual yield at the time of sale after a specific holding period.

47




The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.  The following is a recent survey between US Treasury rates and US Industrials reflecting Credit ratings, yields, and spreads for various terms. 

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

48




Yield Rates

The initial lease term at the subject is for 20 years with no options.  As previously mentioned the tenant Avis Rent A Car is not considered investment grade.  Furthermore, they are the guarantor on the lease.  However, the company has significant name recognition and has a parent company that is at the low end of the investment grade scale according to Moody’s.  This does lend some credibility to the existing lease and is considered to have some weight with potential investors.  Therefore, we believe the subject’s discount rate would be based upon a premium over the lowest investment grade rating in the previous table.  The base rate would be approximately 7.0%.  A reasonable premium over this rate would be approximately 150 basis points.

The value of the existing lease to Avis Rent A Car significantly enhances the value of the property compared to comparable industrial buildings without a nationally known tenant.  To account for the existing condition of the improvements, necessary management and the illiquidity of the real estate compared to a corporate rated bond we believe a premium to the indicated yield is warranted when choosing a discount rate.  As such, we have discounted our cash flow and reversionary value projections at an internal rate of return of 8.50 percent.

Discounted Cash Flow Method Conclusion

Based on the discount rate selected, market value is estimated at $24,000,000, rounded. Our cash flow projection and valuation matrix are presented at the end of this section.

49




 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Year 6

 

Year 7

 

Year 8

 

Year 9

 

Year 10

 

For the Years Ending

 

Jan-2007

 

Jan-2008

 

Jan-2009

 

Jan-2010

 

Jan-2011

 

Jan-2012

 

Jan-2013

 

Jan-2014

 

Jan-2015

 

Jan-2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,800,000

 

$

1,800,000

 

$

1,822,500

 

$

1,890,000

 

$

1,890,000

 

$

1,890,000

 

$

1,890,000

 

$

1,913,625

 

$

1,984,500

 

$

1,984,500

 

Absorption & Turnover Vacancy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

1,800,000

 

1,800,000

 

1,822,500

 

1,890,000

 

1,890,000

 

1,890,000

 

1,890,000

 

1,913,625

 

1,984,500

 

1,984,500

 

CPI & Other Adjustment Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

18,207

 

18,753

 

19,316

 

19,895

 

20,492

 

21,107

 

21,740

 

22,392

 

23,064

 

23,756

 

Management

 

13,005

 

13,395

 

13,797

 

14,211

 

14,637

 

15,076

 

15,529

 

15,995

 

16,474

 

16,969

 

RE Taxes

 

454,307

 

467,936

 

481,974

 

496,434

 

511,327

 

526,666

 

542,466

 

558,740

 

575,503

 

592,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

485,519

 

500,084

 

515,087

 

530,540

 

546,456

 

562,849

 

579,735

 

597,127

 

615,041

 

633,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

2,285,519

 

2,300,084

 

2,337,587

 

2,420,540

 

2,436,456

 

2,452,849

 

2,469,735

 

2,510,752

 

2,599,541

 

2,617,993

 

General Vacancy

 

(91,421

)

(92,003

)

(93,503

)

(96,822

)

(97,458

)

(98,114

)

(98,789

)

(100,430

)

(103,982

)

(104,720

)

Collection Loss

 

(36,000

)

(36,000

)

(36,450

)

(37,800

)

(37,800

)

(37,800

)

(37,800

)

(38,273

)

(39,690

)

(39,690

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

2,158,098

 

2,172,081

 

2,207,634

 

2,285,918

 

2,301,198

 

2,316,935

 

2,333,146

 

2,372,049

 

2,455,869

 

2,473,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

18,207

 

18,753

 

19,316

 

19,895

 

20,492

 

21,107

 

21,740

 

22,392

 

23,064

 

23,756

 

Management

 

13,005

 

13,395

 

13,797

 

14,211

 

14,637

 

15,076

 

15,529

 

15,995

 

16,474

 

16,969

 

RE Taxes

 

454,307

 

467,936

 

481,974

 

496,434

 

511,327

 

526,666

 

542,466

 

558,740

 

575,503

 

592,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

485,519

 

500,084

 

515,087

 

530,540

 

546,456

 

562,849

 

579,735

 

597,127

 

615,041

 

633,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

1,672,579

 

1,671,997

 

1,692,547

 

1,755,378

 

1,754,742

 

1,754,086

 

1,753,411

 

1,774,922

 

1,840,828

 

1,840,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing Commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Reserves

 

7,803

 

8,037

 

8,278

 

8,527

 

8,782

 

9,046

 

9,317

 

9,597

 

9,885

 

10,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

7,803

 

8,037

 

8,278

 

8,527

 

8,782

 

9,046

 

9,317

 

9,597

 

9,885

 

10,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

1,664,776

 

$

1,663,960

 

$

1,684,269

 

$

1,746,851

 

$

1,745,960

 

$

1,745,040

 

$

1,744,094

 

$

1,765,325

 

$

1,830,943

 

$

1,829,909

 

 

50




 

 

 

Year 11

 

Year 12

 

Year 13

 

Year 14

 

Year 15

 

Year 16

 

Year 17

 

Year 18

 

Year 19

 

For the Years Ending

 

Jan-2017

 

Jan-2018

 

Jan-2019

 

Jan-2020

 

Jan-2021

 

Jan-2022

 

Jan-2023

 

Jan-2024

 

Jan-2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

1,984,500

 

$

1,984,500

 

$

2,009,306

 

$

2,083,725

 

$

2,083,725

 

$

2,083,725

 

$

2,083,725

 

$

2,304,382

 

$

2,966,349

 

Absorption & Turnover Vacancy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(494,392

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

1,984,500

 

1,984,500

 

2,009,306

 

2,083,725

 

2,083,725

 

2,083,725

 

2,083,725

 

1,809,990

 

2,966,349

 

CPI & Other Adjustment Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

24,469

 

25,203

 

25,959

 

26,738

 

27,540

 

28,366

 

29,217

 

25,078

 

30,996

 

Management

 

17,478

 

18,002

 

18,542

 

19,098

 

19,671

 

20,261

 

20,869

 

17,913

 

22,140

 

RE Taxes

 

610,551

 

628,867

 

647,733

 

667,165

 

687,180

 

707,796

 

729,029

 

625,750

 

773,427

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

652,498

 

672,072

 

692,234

 

713,001

 

734,391

 

756,423

 

779,115

 

668,741

 

826,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

2,636,998

 

2,656,572

 

2,701,540

 

2,796,726

 

2,818,116

 

2,840,148

 

2,862,840

 

2,478,731

 

3,800,328

 

General Vacancy

 

(105,480

)

(106,263

)

(108,062

)

(111,869

)

(112,725

)

(113,606

)

(114,514

)

 

 

(152,013

)

Collection Loss

 

(39,690

)

(39,690

)

(40,186

)

(41,675

)

(41,675

)

(41,675

)

(41,675

)

(36,200

)

(59,327

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

2,491,828

 

2,510,619

 

2,553,292

 

2,643,182

 

2,663,716

 

2,684,867

 

2,706,651

 

2,442,531

 

3,588,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

24,469

 

25,203

 

25,959

 

26,738

 

27,540

 

28,366

 

29,217

 

30,093

 

30,996

 

Management

 

17,478

 

18,002

 

18,542

 

19,098

 

19,671

 

20,261

 

20,869

 

21,495

 

22,140

 

RE Taxes

 

610,551

 

628,867

 

647,733

 

667,165

 

687,180

 

707,796

 

729,029

 

750,900

 

773,427

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

652,498

 

672,072

 

692,234

 

713,001

 

734,391

 

756,423

 

779,115

 

802,488

 

826,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

1,839,330

 

1,838,547

 

1,861,058

 

1,930,181

 

1,929,325

 

1,928,444

 

1,927,536

 

1,640,043

 

2,762,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,037

 

 

 

Leasing Commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,201,371

 

 

 

Capital Reserves

 

10,487

 

10,801

 

11,125

 

11,459

 

11,803

 

12,157

 

12,522

 

12,897

 

13,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

10,487

 

10,801

 

11,125

 

11,459

 

11,803

 

12,157

 

12,522

 

1,272,305

 

13,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

1,828,843

 

$

1,827,746

 

$

1,849,933

 

$

1,918,722

 

$

1,917,522

 

$

1,916,287

 

$

1,915,014

 

$

367,738

 

$

2,749,141

 

 

51




Prospective Present Value

Cash Flow Before Debt Service plus Property Resale

Discounted Annually (Endpoint on Cash Flow & Resale) over a 18-Year Period

 

 

 

For the

 

 

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

Analysis

 

Year

 

Annual

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Period

 

Ending

 

Cash Flow

 

@ 8.00%

 

@ 8.50%

 

@ 9.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Jan-2007

 

$

1,664,776

 

$

1,541,459

 

$

1,534,356

 

$

1,527,317

 

Year 2

 

Jan-2008

 

1,663,960

 

1,426,578

 

1,413,459

 

1,400,522

 

Year 3

 

Jan-2009

 

1,684,269

 

1,337,027

 

1,318,628

 

1,300,565

 

Year 4

 

Jan-2010

 

1,746,851

 

1,283,987

 

1,260,483

 

1,237,513

 

Year 5

 

Jan-2011

 

1,745,960

 

1,188,271

 

1,161,143

 

1,134,754

 

Year 6

 

Jan-2012

 

1,745,040

 

1,099,672

 

1,069,613

 

1,040,511

 

Year 7

 

Jan-2013

 

1,744,094

 

1,017,662

 

985,285

 

954,079

 

Year 8

 

Jan-2014

 

1,765,325

 

953,750

 

919,151

 

885,957

 

Year 9

 

Jan-2015

 

1,830,943

 

915,927

 

878,632

 

843,017

 

Year 10

 

Jan-2016

 

1,829,909

 

847,602

 

809,342

 

772,973

 

Year 11

 

Jan-2017

 

1,828,843

 

784,360

 

745,503

 

708,737

 

Year 12

 

Jan-2018

 

1,827,746

 

725,823

 

686,687

 

649,827

 

Year 13

 

Jan-2019

 

1,849,933

 

680,216

 

640,574

 

603,409

 

Year 14

 

Jan-2020

 

1,918,722

 

653,250

 

612,345

 

574,171

 

Year 15

 

Jan-2021

 

1,917,522

 

604,483

 

564,020

 

526,432

 

Year 16

 

Jan-2022

 

1,916,287

 

559,346

 

519,499

 

482,655

 

Year 17

 

Jan-2023

 

1,915,014

 

517,569

 

478,482

 

442,509

 

Year 18

 

Jan-2024

 

367,738

 

92,026

 

84,685

 

77,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Flow

 

 

 

30,962,932

 

16,229,008

 

15,681,887

 

15,162,906

 

Property Resale @ 7.50% Cap

 

 

 

35,727,363

 

8,940,738

 

8,227,458

 

7,573,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Property Present Value

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,169,746

 

$

23,909,345

 

$

22,736,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rounded to Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,170,000

 

$

24,000,000

 

$

22,737,000

 

 

52




Reconciliation Within the Income Capitalization Approach

SUMMARY OF INCOME CAPITALIZATION METHODS

 

 

Value

 

Value Indicated by the Discounted Cash Flow Method:

 

$

24,000,000

 

Value Indicated by the Direct Capitalization Method:

 

$

23,900,000

 

 

We have placed equal reliance on both the Discounted Cash Flow and the Direct Capitalization Method. Therefore, our opinion of market value via the Income Capitalization Approach is as follows:

Value Conclusion:

 

$

24,000,000

 

 

53




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

Income Capitalization Approach:

 

$

24,000,000

 

 

We have given most weight to the Income Capitalization Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on February 2, 2006 was:

TWENTY FOUR MILLION DOLLARS

$24,000,000

The implied “going in” capitalization rate is 6.97 percent.  The implied going-in cap rate reflects the fact that the tenant is not considered investment grade.

54




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Appraisal” means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Appraisal.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the Appraisal.

“Appraiser” or “Appraisers” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Appraisal.

General Assumptions

This appraisal is made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information may have been provided by the owner of the Property. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.

3.                The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the Appraisal. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect property value.

4.                The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional material without C&W’s prior written consent. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited, except as it relates to the collaboration between C&W and the Appraisal Institute relative to the Real Estate Outlook publication.

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and analyzed in the Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Appraisal is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements analyzed within the Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Appraisal. C&W assumes no

55




responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.                The projected potential gross income referred to in the Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Appraiser has not reviewed lease documents and assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.                The projections of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s opinion of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these projections will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.

10.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.          Additional work requested by the client beyond the scope of this assignment will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate. Preparation for court testimony, update valuations, additional research, depositions, travel or other proceedings will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate, plus reimbursement of expenses.

13.          The reader acknowledges that Cushman & Wakefield has been retained hereunder as an independent contractor to perform the services described herein and nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to create any other relationship between us. This assignment shall be deemed concluded and the services hereunder completed upon delivery to you of the appraisal report discussed herein.

14.          This study has not been prepared for use in connection with litigation and this document is not suitable for use in a litigation action. Accordingly, no rights to expert testimony, pretrial or other conferences, deposition, or related services are included with this appraisal. If, as a result of this undertaking, C&W or any of its principals, its appraisers or consultants are requested or required to provide any litigation services, such shall be subject to the provisions of the C&W engagement letter or, if not specified therein, subject to the reasonable availability of C&W and/or said principals or appraisers at the time and shall further be subject to the party or parties requesting or requiring such services paying the then-applicable professional fees and expenses of C&W either in accordance with the provisions of the engagement letter or arrangements at the time, as the case may be.

56




Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

57




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for Philip P. Cadorette, MAI is current.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

 

Director

 

New York Certified General Appraiser

 

License No. 46000003076

 

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

 

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

 

(212).841-7849 Facsimile

 

 

58




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:      Qualifications of the Appraisers

59




ADDENDUM A:   Qualifications of the Appraisers




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)

Certified New York State - General Appraiser

Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina

Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.5

COMPLETE APPRAISAL

OF REAL PROPERTY

Green Bus Holding 147th Avenue

165-25 147th Avenue

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

C/O Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:        06-12002-9223

VALUATION SERVICES

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

 

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10019-6178

 

 

(212) 841-7604 Tel

 

 

(212) 841-7849 fax

 

 

Phil.cadorette@cushwake.com

 

 

 

February 17, 2006

 

 

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

C/O Mr. Paul Cooper

444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:

 

Complete Appraisal of Real Property

 

 

In a Self-Contained Report

 

 

 

 

 

Green Bus Holding 147th Avenue

 

 

165-25 147th Avenue

 

 

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

 

 

 

 

 

C&W File ID: 06-12002-9223

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

 

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

 

 

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

 

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

This report was prepared for Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use.  It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield , Inc.

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is

 




generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value

The subject consists of a 151,068 square foot industrial building on 6.567 acres which is net leased to the City of New York for 21 years with (2) additional 14-year options. The City of New York is considered a credit tenant with their corporate debt rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The existence of this lease significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on February 2, 2006, was:

FORTY TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$42,600,000

2




 

Based upon transactions that have occurred in the marketplace as well as discussions with knowledgeable market participants, exposure time would have required approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months will be reasonable for properties such as the subject.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Senior Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212) 841-7849 Facsimile

 

3




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

 

Green Bus Holding 147th Avenue

 

 

 

Location:

 

165-25 147th Avenue

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is comprised of three sites. The main site contains an entire block which is bordered by Rockaway Boulevard to the south, 167th Street to the north, 146th Avenue to the west and 147th Avenue to the east. A second site is located on the southeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street and a third site is located on the northeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street. These two smaller sites are primarily used for parking.The subject is located within sight of Kennedy Airport in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 151,068 square foot building on 6.567-acre parcel of industrial land in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 13296, Lot(s): 7,14 & 101 and Block: 13298, Lot: 11 and Block: 13302, Lot: 171

 

 

 

Interest Appraised:

 

Leased Fee Estate

 

 

 

Date of Value:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Date of Inspection:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Ownership:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

 

$3,450,510

 

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

 

$390,115

 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

 

 

If Vacant:

 

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

 

 

 

As Improved:

 

As it is currently utilized.




 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

Zoning:

 

M1-1

 

 

 

Land Area:

 

6.5670 acres 286,057 square feet

 

 

 

Number of Stories:

 

1

 

 

 

Year Built:

 

1952

 

 

 

Type of Construction:

 

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

 

Gross Building Area:

 

151,068 square feet

 

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

 

151,068 square feet

 

 

 

Column Spacing:

 

20’ by 40’

 

 

 

Percentage of Office Space:

 

11%

 

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

 

24 feet

 

 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

 

 

 

 

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

 

Projection Period:

 

11 years

Holding Period:

 

10 years

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7%

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.5%

Indicated Value:

 

$42,600,000

 

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

Net Operating Income:

 

$2,795,000

Capitalization Rate:

 

6.50%

Indicated Value:

 

$43,000,000

 

 

 

Reconciled Value:

 

$42,600,000




 

FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value As-Is Leased Fee:

 

$42,600,000

 

 

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

 

6.56%

Exposure Time:

 

12 months

Marketing Time:

 

12 months




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

 

1

 

 

 

REGIONAL MAP

 

6

 

 

 

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

 

7

 

 

 

LOCAL AREA MAP

 

13

 

 

 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

 

14

 

 

 

national CREDIT TENANT & nET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

 

16

 

 

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

 

22

 

 

 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

 

25

 

 

 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

 

29

 

 

 

ZONING

 

30

 

 

 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

 

32

 

 

 

VALUATION PROCESS

 

34

 

 

 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

 

36

 

 

 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

 

51

 

 

 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

 

52

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

 

55

 

 

 

ADDENDA

 

56

 




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

 

Green Bus Holding 147th Avenue

Location:

 

165-25 147th Avenue

Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is comprised of three sites. The main site contains an entire block which is bordered by Rockaway Boulevard to the south, 167th Street to the north, 146th Avenue to the west and 147th Avenue to the east. A second site is located on the southeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street and a third site is located on the northeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street. These two smaller sites are primarily used for parking.The subject is located within sight of Kennedy Airport in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 151,068 square foot building on 6.567-acre parcel of industrial land in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 13296, Lot(s): 7,14 & 101 and Block: 13298, Lot: 11 and Block: 13302, Lot: 171

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Sale History:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years

 

 

 

Current Disposition:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the purpose of this appraisal is for internal decision making by the various ownership entities. The results of our analysis may possibly lead to an internal sale.

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the market value of the leased fee interest in the property for the exclusive use of Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.  All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

1




Property Rights Appraised

Leased Fee Interest

Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report.

In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue

2




stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Estate

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Estate

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease conveying the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

The value of specific ownership rights of an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical conditions.

3




Prospective Value Upon Completion of Construction

The value of a property on the date that construction is completed, based on market conditions projected to exist as of that completion date. This value is not the market value as of a specified future date, but rather is a projected value based on assumptions that may or may not occur. This value factors in all costs associated to lease-up the property to stabilized occupancy.

Prospective Value Upon Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property at a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

4




Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal and take place subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal.  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by New York City as Block: 13296, Lot(s): 7,14 & 101 and Block: 13298, Lot: 11 and Block: 13302, Lot: 171.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the

9




U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 

U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

10




POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1%

 

0.9%

 

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2%

 

1.0%

 

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6%

 

0.2%

 

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8%

 

0.5%

 

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8%

 

0.1%

 

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3%

 

0.9%

 

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3%

 

0.1%

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

The subject is located on the border of South Jamaica and Springfield Gardens across the street from Kennedy Airport.  Neighboring communities and boundaries include South Ozone Park to the west, Brookville to the east, Kennedy Airport to the south and St. Albans to the north.

This part of Jamaica is predominantly industrial with some commercial uses located along Rockaway Boulevard, Farmers Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within this area are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  Because of its proximity to Kennedy Airport there are several hotels and motels located in the area.

The subject building is located in a strong industrial area in the southern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to Kennedy Airport.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally industrial uses located along the main boulevards.

The subject is comprised of three sites.  The main site contains an entire block which is bordered by Rockaway Boulevard to the south, 167th Street to the north, 146th Avenue to the west and 147th Avenue to the east.  A second site is located on the southeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street and a third site is located on the northeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street.  These two smaller sites are primarily used for parking.   The subject is located within sight of Kennedy Airport in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.   The subject is currently leased to the City of New York and utilized by the MTA as a bus depot and maintenance facility.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Rockaway Boulevard, Farmers Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard provide access to the to the Belt Parkway and Van Wyck Expressway.

These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby just north of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

14




Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  The subject is located in an industrial area in close proximity to Kennedy airport.  This area is considered a good industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




NATIONAL CREDIT TENANT & NET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The following analysis is based upon research performed by the Boulder Group, PWC/Korpacz and discussions with investors and professionals familiar with credit tenant and bondable net lease transactions.  The Credit Tenant Lease (CTL) and Net Leased Market has continued to perform well in the current environment.  These investments are typically in demand by sophisticated investors seeking secure investments.  The larger transactions are especially appealing to Institutional Investors.

The underlying difference with these investments compared to traditional real estate investments is the fact that the credit quality of the tenant is the driving factor with regard to price and required investment returns.  While the underlying real estate certainly is analyzed it is secondary to the credit worthiness of the tenant.

Long term Credit Tenant and Net Leased investments are often compared to the returns of comparable corporate or government bonds.  An investor in these types of properties would consider a reasonable spread between a similarly rated bond and a real estate investment with a credit rated tenant.  This spread takes into account the length of the lease term, the credit rating of the tenant, the market rent compared to the existing contract rent, the physical aspects of the real estate and the strength of the local real estate market.

Credit Tenant Leases

Recently there has been a disconnect between cap rates and credit quality by unsophisticated investors especially in the smaller retail properties.  Sophisticated investors generally look to  the rating agencies for the current credit rating on a particular tenant.  Standard & Poor’s issues credit ratings based upon specific financial obligations, of a company.  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on an obligation.

Credit ratings issued by the rating agencies are based in varying degrees on the following considerations.

1.                Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.                Nature and provisions of the obligation; and

3.                Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations arE typically rated lower than senior obligations to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

16




The following table outlines the Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating system for the top five rating categories.  These definitions typically refer to corporate tenants.

S&P Rating

 

Rating Definition

AAA

 

An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

 

 

AA

 

An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

 

 

A

 

An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

 

 

BBB

 

An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

 

BB

 

An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

17




Corporate Yields and Spreads

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

18




Supply & Demand

The most common form of credit tenant lease is typically related to retail tenants.  Drug stores, fast food and similar small retail stores are heavily traded by investors and therefore fairly liquid in the secondary market.  The industrial and office sector as well as government leased buildings are also included in this market but are not as prevalent as the retail sector.  The lower supply equates to strong demand for credit tenant leases in these sectors.

Rising interest rates over the past quarter have left many net leased investors with two options: (i) refinance or (ii) dispose of the property.  Based on the size of the net leased market it appears that many investors are opting for disposition.

As of Q4 2005 the number of available properties increased by 6.5% from the previous quarter after having declined significantly in the early part of 2005.  This fact illustrates many investors desire to rebalance their portfolio prior to the end of the year.   On a cumulative basis, this growth can be attributed to three main factors.  First, increases in short term interest rates and the caution of further increases at a “measured” pace.  Second, in Q2 and Q3 2005, the Boulder Group reported an imbalance in supply and demand whereby supply was sorely lacking.  Third, sellers were accepting offers at prices that had the best chance of closing, rather than the highest offer, for fear the transaction may fall apart as sellers’ would be forced to lower the price in a rising interest rate environment.  Simply put it was a sellers market.  But what needs to be understood is that the majority of these assets are small retail properties where there are numerous buyers both sophisticated and novice with money to invest.

However, despite this growth, and compounding to the growing notion of a sellers’ market, the net lease market suffered from what Alan Greenspan referred to as his “conundrum.”  According to Greenspan, increases in short-term rates should have generated higher long-term yields than the market was currently showing.  Since Q2 2004 when short-term interest rate increases began, the net lease market has overall seen cap rates decrease or remain the same – a trend which has continued through the fourth quarter of 2005.

Net Leased Industrial Sector Overview

The net leased industrial sector has consistently been the smallest of all net leased sectors in terms of both the sheer number of available properties and the combined value of such properties.

According to the Boulder Group the number of available net leased industrial properties has increased by 2.6% since last quarter from 966 in Q3 2005 to 992 at the end of Q4 2005.  This is the first increase of available properties since Q1 2005.  Despite the number of properties increasing the cumulative value of such properties has decreased since Q3 2005.

Industrial properties comprise 13.5% of the properties and 19% of the value available in the current Net Lease Market.  These marks represent increases in the Industrial Sectors from those established in Q3 2005.  Since Q3 2005, 530 net leased industrial properties have been sold which represents a 37.5% increase in the number of net leased dispositions since Q2 2005.

19




Pricing points increased in six of the eleven industrial pricing brackets – for the third straight quarter.  The most significant increase came in the higher priced properties with properties priced between $9 - $10 million – those properties had increased their market share by over 75.3% since Q3 2005.  This gain is a significant improvement over the last quarter when such properties saw their market share increase by 22.1%.  The second largest increase in market share occurred with properties priced between $8 - $9 million - an increase of 70.4% since Q3 2005.

Capitalization Rates / Pricing

Overall, in today’s net lease market, sophisticated investors understand that the market particularly for smaller properties is overheated.

For the fourth consecutive quarter, Cap Rates across the Industrial Sector have decreased.  The mean cap rate for industrial properties decreased by 10 basis points to 7.90%.  This marks the eighth straight quarter that the cap rate has either declined or remained the same.  Nationally, the significant majority of industrial properties are priced under $150 per square foot.  As of year end 2005, 88.3% of all industrial properties nationally were priced under $150 per square foot.

Industrial properties between $300 and $400 per square foot saw their market share decrease and now comprise approximately 1% of all net leased industrial properties.  Incidentally, according to the Boulder Group the lowest Cap rates are in the $300 to $399 per square foot properties.  The following is the breakdown of cap rates as they relate to price per square foot for some of the higher priced industrial properties.

Price Per SF Bracket

 

Average Cap Rate

 

Average Price

 

$200-$249

 

6.96

%

$

7,550,467

 

$250-$299

 

6.02

%

$

3,567,800

 

$300-$349

 

5.72

%

$

2,500,000

 

$350-$399

 

5.06

%

$

14,583,333

 

$400 +

 

7.43

%

$

10,010,000

 

 

The Subject’s Positioning In the Market

According to the 4 th  Quarter PWC/Korpacz National Net Lease Market Survey with fewer properties available bidding wars are erupting for the best assets available for sale.  Buyers who are looking to acquire these assets are facing short time frames to complete deals and low overall capitalization rates.  The best deals are trading at extremely low cap rates.  According to the Fourth Quarter 2005 Korpacz Report the low end of this range which reflects the best assets decreased by 25 basis points to 6.25 percent.  The ability to access capital from financial institutions continues to prompt investing in this segment of the market.

An investor for the subject property is interested in the credit worthiness of the tenant and the tenants ability to meet the financial obligations of the existing lease.  As previously mentioned, the asset quality is secondary in this type of investment.  This is especially true when long term contractual lease obligations remain for a property.

20




The subject is under a long term lease (21 years with (2) 14-year options) to the City of New York. The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+.  The subject is utilized as a bus depot for the Metropolitan Transit Authority (MTA).  Within this facility the tenant dispatches buses throughout the New York Metropolitan area, services and repairs the buses accordingly and stores the buses when not in use.  Buses are stored both inside the existing building and outside in fenced in parking areas.

As would be expected in the New York Boroughs sites suitable for this type of user are those that have rather large site areas and a land to building ratio that is above the typical norm for the New York Metropolitan area.  These sites are atypical due to the lack of available vacant land in the New York Boroughs.  This is what makes the subject attractive to distribution type tenants, trucking companies, Fed Ex, UPS and government departments similar to the MTA.

As such, the existing rental rate for buildings similar to the subject typically reflects an added premium associated with the excess land area for these sites.  Therefore, rental rates based on building size alone do not accurately reflect the inherent attributes of the subject which benefits from a land to building ratio that is above those of many metropolitan New York properties.

The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  This reflects positively on the City of New York as the tenant at the subject property.  The long term nature of the existing lease with the two option periods is also considered a positive attribute that is attractive to potential investors.  The existence of this lease makes the property attractive to institutional grade investors that would otherwise pass on similar industrial buildings without a long term lease to a credit tenant.  The presence of the existing long-term lease to an investment grade tenant like the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Conclusion

The Credit Tenant Lease and Net Leased Market are expected to continue to be in demand by investors requiring secure returns.  The lack of supply for large transactions benefits sellers fo these types of assets.  Furthermore, institutional investors, pension funds and REIT’s are constantly looking for quality transactions with strong tenants.  Smaller properties will continue at their current pace however, cap rates will begin to rise as interest rates increase.  In general, the market for National Investment Grade real estate is expected to remain strong throughout the foreseeable future.

21




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

 

165-25 147th Avenue
Jamaica, Queens County, New York 11434

The subject is comprised of three sites. The main site contains an entire block which is bordered by Rockaway Boulevard to the south, 167th Street to the north, 146th Avenue to the west and 147th Avenue to the east. A second site is located on the southeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street and a third site is located on the northeast corner of 147th Avenue and 167th Street. These two smaller sites are primarily used for parking.The subject is located within sight of Kennedy Airport in Jamaica, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Shape:

 

Irregular

 

 

 

Topography:

 

The site is level and at street grade

 

 

 

Land Area:

 

6.5670 acres 286,057 square feet

 

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

 

The site has good access, frontage and visibility from Rockaway Boulevard, Farmers Boulevard, 146th Avenue, 147th Avenue and 167th Street.

 

 

 

Soil Conditions:

 

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

 

Utilities

 

 

Water:

 

New York City

Sewer:

 

New York City

Electricity:

 

Con Edison

Gas:

 

Con Edison

Telephone:

 

Verizon

 

 

 

Site Improvements:

 

The building covers only a small portion of the site. The balance of the site is used for employee and bus parking .

 

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

 

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

 

Flood Map:

 

National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 360497-0078B, effective November 16,1983.

 

 

 

Flood Zone:

 

FEMA Zone C: Areas outside of a 100-year flood hazard.

 

 

 

Wetlands:

 

We were not given a Wetlands survey. The site does not appear to be in a wetlands area.

22




 

Hazardous Substances:

 

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

 

Overall Functionality:

 

The subject site is functional for its current use.

23




SITE MAP

[OMITTED]

24




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the building manager.

General Description

 

 

Year Built:

 

1952

Number of Buildings:

 

1

Number of Stories:

 

1

Land To Building Ratio:

 

1.89 to 1

Gross Building Area:

 

151,068 square feet

Net Rentable Area:

 

151,068 square feet

 

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

Basic Construction:

 

Masonry and steel frame

Foundation:

 

Poured concrete slab

Framing:

 

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

Column Spacing:

 

20’ by 40’

Percent of Office Space:

 

11%

Percent Air Conditioned:

 

11%

Clear Ceiling Height:

 

24 feet in warehouse

Loading Doors:

 

Adequate for the existing use.

Floors:

 

Concrete poured over metal deck. Each floor is bridged by structural steel floor beams.

Exterior Walls:

 

Brick.

Roof Cover:

 

Flat roofing system consisting of built-up assemblies with tar and gravel cover.

Windows:

 

The windows in the office and warehouse areas are double hung and casement windows in steel frames.

Pedestrian Doors:

 

Glass in aluminum frames.

25




 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

Heating:

 

Heat to the office area is supplied by an gas-fired, forced air system with local zone temperature control. The heat in the warehouse area is provided by ceiling-hung space heaters.

Cooling:

 

The office area is cooled by window air conditioning units. The warehouse area is not air-conditioned.

Plumbing:

 

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other industrial properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

Electrical Service:

 

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

Elevator Service:

 

The building does not contain elevators.

Fire Protection:

 

The building is not fully sprinklered. The building has central station monitoring linked directly to the local fire department.

Security:

 

Monitors are situated along the building’s perimeter.

 

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

Layout:

 

The subject property is a single industrial building utilized for storage and servicing of MTA buses. There is a three-story building that is utilized for office space for administrative personnel. Additionally, there is a small dispatch area within the warehouse. The warehouse area occupies the majority of the building, and is accessible from the office area, and through exterior pedestrian and overhead doors. The building contains a bus wash area as well as a dedicated service area for repair and maintenance of the buses.

Floor Covering:

 

The warehouse areas contains sealed concrete floors. The office areas have floors that are ceramic tile, carpet or resilient tile.

Walls:

 

The warehouse and manufacturing areas have concrete block and brick walls. The office areas have walls that are sheetrock.

Ceilings:

 

The ceilings in the office areas are 2’ by 2’ acoustical tile. The warehouse and manufacturing areas have ceilings that are exposed to the metal deck.

Lighting:

 

The office space contains a mixture of fluorescent and incandescent light fixtures. The warehouse area contains sodium vapor lighting that is ceiling hung.

Restrooms:

 

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women in both the office and warehouse areas.

26




 

Site Improvements

 

 

Parking:

 

Ample open surface parking.

Onsite Landscaping:

 

Nominal

Other:

 

Concrete curbs and walkways.

 

 

 

Personal Property:

 

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

 

Capital Improvements:

 

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future . The tenant is responsible for routine maintenance of the building.

 

 

 

Summary

 

 

Condition:

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

The building has been adequately maintained for its age and provides an average appearance relative to competing buildings within its market.

 

 

 

 

 

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

 

 

 

Quality:

 

Average

Design and Functionality:

 

The building is a Class B industrial facility that possesses average appeal to prospective tenants.

Actual Age:

 

54 years

Effective Age:

 

20 years

Expected Economic Life:

 

45 years

Remaining Economic Life:

 

25 years

 

27




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

28




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Queens County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is Block: 13296, Lot(s): 7,14 & 101 and Block: 13298, Lot: 11 and Block: 13302, Lot: 171. According to the local assessor’s office, taxes are current.   The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

2005/2006

 

2005/2006

 

 

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

3,024,000

 

$

2,770,110

 

Improvements:

 

607,500

 

680,400

 

Total:

 

$

3,631,500

 

$

3,450,510

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,631,500

 

$

3,450,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,450,510

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

0.11306

 

 

 

Total Property Taxes

 

$

390,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Building Area

 

151,068

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

$

2.58

 

 

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $390,115, or $2.58 per square foot of building area.

29




ZONING

The property is zoned M1-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the M1-1 zoning district:

The property is zoned M1-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the M1-1 zoning district:

M1 Zoning District

M1 areas range from the Garment District in Manhattan, with its multistory lofts, to areas in the other boroughs with low-bulk plants. The MI district is often an industrial front yard or a buffer to adjacent residential or commercial districts. Strict performance standards are common to all MI districts. Light industries typically found in Ml areas include knitting mills, printing plants and wholesale service facilities. In theory, nearly all industrial uses can locate in MI areas if they meet the rigorous performance standards required in the Zoning Resolution. Retail and office uses are also permitted. Use Group 4 community facilities are allowed in M1 zones by special permit but not in other manufacturing districts.

Parking and loading requirements vary with district and use, but high density districts (M1-4 to M1-6) are exempt from parking requirements. Residential development is generally not allowed in manufacturing districts.

Ml-1:   Light manufacturing – high performance these locations are generally located adjacent to low density residential areas.  The commercial FAR in these areas is 1.0 however, when a community facility is developed the FAR can be increased to as much as 2.40.

The M1-1 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 286,057 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the M1-1 zone which equates to 686,537 square feet of building area.

The M1-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by distribution companies, manufacturing firms, shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a M1-1 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants.

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

30




Zoning Map

[OMITTED]

31




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office and light industrial uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of the Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

32




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is As it is currently utilized.

33




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences that exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements that represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

34




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

The subject is under a long term lease to the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant.  The existence of this lease makes the subject attractive to institutional and sophisticated investors seeking a relatively secure investment.  For these types of investors the credit worthiness of the tenant and the ability to meet their financial obligations is the primary indicator in determining yield and value.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

35




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Based upon the above, both methods are appropriate in this assignment.

Lease Summary

The details of the lease which encumbers the subject property are summarized below.

Lessor:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

Lessee:

 

The City of New York (MTA)

Lease Term:

 

21 years

Start Date:

 

January 9, 2006

End Date:

 

January 8, 2027

Square Feet Leased:

 

28,790 sf (on 3.03 acres)

Base Rent:

 

Years 1-5:

$2,795,000

 

 

Years 6-10:

$3,074,500

 

 

Years 11-15:

$3,381,950

 

 

Years 16-20:

$3,720,145

 

 

Years 21:

$4,092,160

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

Triple net lease

Renewal Options:

 

Two 14-year option periods with steps every five years

Purchase Options:

 

None

Comments:

 

This is considered a credit tenant lease to the City of New York.

 

Tenant Profile

The lessee is the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The subject site is utilized as a bus depot and repair facility for the MTA.  To the tenant the land is equally as important as the improvements as the site is utilized to store buses when not in use by the MTA.  The rental rate reflects the excess land available for parking which is not found on typical industrial properties.

36




Rent Comparables

The following table summarizes rental activity in competing buildings in the market.

RENT COMPARABLES

 

 

Property Location

 

Lease

 

Size

 

Term

 

Rent/

 

Rent Steps

 

% Office

 

 

 

No.

 

Tenant Name

 

Date

 

(SF)

 

(years)

 

SF

 

Recoveries

 

Ceiling Height

 

Comments

 

1

 

85-01 24th Avenue Elmhurst, NY

 

Dec-05

 

118,430

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

6

%

This building is located on a 6.43 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

49-19 Rockaway Blvd. Rockaway Beach, NY

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

21.08

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

2

%

This building is located on a 3.03 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

114-15 Guy R. Brewer Blvd. Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

75,800

 

21

 

$

19.99

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

7

%

This building is located on a 4.66 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

165-25 147th Avenue Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

11

%

This building is located on a 6.57 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Mean:

 

Dec-05

 

93,500

 

21

 

$

20.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Assumes taxes of $1.50/sf.

37




Comparable Industrial Rental map

[OMITTED]

38




Conclusion of Market Rent

We have analyzed recent leases negotiated in competitive buildings in the marketplace, which range from $18.50 to $21.83 per square foot, with an average of $20.35. The leases are written on a triple net basis with all expenses being the responsibility of the tenant.  Recovery clauses for the comparable leases typically require the tenant to pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  Landlords have no expense obligations under the term of the existing lease. 

Greatest reliance has been placed on the recent lease signing at the subject which is closely supported by the remaining comparables.  Based upon this, we have concluded to the following market rent parameters for the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Fixed Rent
Steps every
5 years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

Expense Reimbursements

The existing lease is an absolute triple net lease.  The tenant is responsible for all real estate taxes and operating expenses associated with the property.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Due to the creditworthiness of the tenant, the City of New York with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency we have not taken any vacancy or collection loss.  This mirrors investors’ expectations for a similar investment grade tenants.  Any adjustment for vacancy and collection loss is reflected in our discount rate selection.

Operating Expenses

As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for all operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Furthermore, many expenses are directly paid by the tenant.  We have identified some base expenses (insurance, management, and real estate taxes) which are fully reimbursed by the tenant.  Any additional expenses are assumed to be directly paid by the tenant.  We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion as to what a typical informed investor would consider normal.

The subject has been utilized as a bus facility for many years.  We have not been provided with any historical operating history for the property.  The following reflects our opinion of year one operating expenses which are presented on the following page.

39




 

REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

 

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

18.50

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

480,755

 

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,275,755

 

$

21.68

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,275,755

 

$

21.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

52,874

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

37,767

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

90,641

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

390,115

 

2.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

480,755

 

$

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

18.50

 

 


(1) Fiscal Year Beginning:

 

 

 

Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

 

Insurance

 

$

52,874

 

$

0.35

 

Our estimate is based on the budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$

37,767

 

$

0.25

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from $0.20 to $0.30 per square foot. We have utilized a management fee of $0.25 per square foot, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$

390,115

 

$

2.58

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

 

Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $90,641 equating to $0.60 per square foot.

40




Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year 1.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

18.50

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

$

480,755

 

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,275,755

 

$

21.68

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,275,755

 

$

21.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

52,874

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

$

37,767

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

90,641

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

390,115

 

2.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

480,755

 

$

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

18.50

 

41




Capitalization Rate Selection

We have considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive industrial properties.

 

 

 

Going-In

 

Going-In

 

 

 

 

 

Cap Rate

 

Cap Rate

 

Survey

 

Date

 

Range

 

Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

5.50%-9.00%

 

7.29

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

6.26%-8.07%

 

7.16

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 6.50 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

The subject due to its long term lease with the City of New York is considered similar to a bond transaction by most sophisticated investors.  As previously mentioned investor returns for these types of assets are primarily driven by the credit quality of the tenant.  The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s. 

The value of the subject is significantly enhanced by the existence of the current lease.  Without this long term lease to a credit worthy tenant the subject’s value based upon the physical real estate would be significantly less than our estimate of market value. 

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year 1 net operating income by a 6.50 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

18.50

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.50% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 6.00%

 

$

46,583,326

 

$

308.36

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 6.50%

 

$

42,999,993

 

$

284.64

 

Based on High-Range of 7.00%

 

$

39,928,565

 

$

264.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

42,999,993

 

$

284.64

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

43,000,000

 

$

284.64

 

42




Discounted Cash Flow Method

In the Discounted Cash Flow Method, we employed Argus for Windows software to model the income characteristics of the property and to make a variety of cash flow assumptions. We attempted to reflect the most likely investment assumptions of typical buyers and sellers in this particular market segment. The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis.

Discounted Cash Flow Assumptions

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW

MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

Holding Period:

 

10 Years

 

Projection Period:

 

11 Years

 

Start Date:

 

2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

 

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT (PSF)

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

VACANCY & COLLECTION LOSS

 

 

 

Global Vacancy:

 

0.00

%

Collection Loss:

 

0.00

%

Total:

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

GROWTH RATES

 

 

 

Market Rent:

 

3.00

%

Consumer Price Index (CPI):

 

3.00

%

Expenses:

 

3.00

%

Real Estate Taxes:

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

 

RATES OF RETURN

 

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.50

%

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7.00

%

Reversionary Sales Cost:

 

3.00

%

43




 

LEASING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Fixed Rent
Steps every 5
years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

Free Rent on New Leases (months)

 

0

 

Free Rent on Renewals (months)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

Downtime Between New Leases

 

6

 

Renewal Probability

 

65.00%

 

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (PSF)

 

Warehouse

 

New Leases

 

$

1.00

 

Renewals

 

$

0.50

 

 

Leasing Commissions:

 

6.00 percent for new leases 3% for renewals.

Contract Rent Increases:

 

Leases are assumed to escalate based upon the existing terms of the lease. New leases are assumed to have rent steps every five years.

Expense Reimbursements:

 

Future leases will pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses. The landlord would be responsible for management and structural reserves.

Capital Expenditure:

 

The building was in average condition at the time of our inspection. We do not foresee any major capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate Selection

A terminal capitalization rate was used to develop an opinion of the market value of the property at the end of the assumed investment holding period. The rate is applied to the net operating income following year 10 before making deductions for leasing commissions, tenant improvement allowances and reserves for replacement. We have developed an opinion of an appropriate terminal capitalization rate based on indicated rates in current investor surveys.

44




 

Survey

 

Date

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Range

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

6.00%-10.00%

 

8.04

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.26%-8.76%

 

8.01

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

As a result, we have applied a 7.00 percent terminal capitalization rate in our analysis.  This represents approximately a 50 basis point spread from the going in capitalization rate.

Discount Rate Selection

We have developed an opinion of future cash flows, including property value at reversion, and discounted that income stream at an internal rate of return (yield rate) currently required by investors for similar-quality real property. The yield rate (internal rate of return or IRR) is the single rate that discounts all future equity benefits (cash flows and equity reversion) to an opinion of net present value.

The PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield investor surveys indicate the following internal rates of return for competitive industrial properties:

 

 

 

IRR

 

IRR

 

Survey

 

Date

 

Range

 

Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

7.00%-11.50%

 

8.58

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.77%-9.52%

 

8.65

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national Class A leased warehouse/distribution market

The above table summarizes the investment parameters of some of the most prominent investors currently acquiring similar investment properties in the United States. We realize that this type of survey reflects target rather than transactional rates. Transactional rates are usually difficult to obtain in the verification process and are actually only target rates of the buyer at the time of sale. The property’s performance will ultimately determine the actual yield at the time of sale after a specific holding period. 

45




The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.  The following is a recent survey between US Treasury rates and US Industrials reflecting Credit ratings, yields, and spreads for various terms. 

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

 

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

46




Yield Rates

The initial lease term at the subject is for 21 years with two 14 year options.  Therefore, we can interpolate a reasonable spread for a 20 year term between “A” and “AA” credit ratings to determine a reasonable discount rate for the subject property given the credit quality of the tenant.

Rating

 

Term

 

Yield

 

AA

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

AA

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

A

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Average

 

“AA” & “A”

 

5.48

 

 

The value of the existing lease to the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the property compared to comparable industrial buildings without a credit tenant.  To account for the existing condition of the improvements, necessary management and the illiquidity of the real estate compared to a similarly rated corporate bond we believe a premium to the indicated yield is warranted when choosing a discount rate.  As such, we have discounted our cash flow and reversionary value projections at an internal rate of return of 7.50 percent.

Discounted Cash Flow Method Conclusion

Based on the discount rate selected, market value is estimated at $42,600,000, rounded. The reversion contributes 53.38 percent to this value estimate. Our cash flow projection and valuation matrix are presented at the end of this section.

47




Schedule Of Prospective Cash Flow
In Inflated Dollars for the Fiscal Year Beginning 2/1/2006

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Year 6

 

Year 7

 

Year 8

 

Year 9

 

Year 10

 

Year 11

 

For the Years Ending

 

Jan-2007

 

Jan-2008

 

Jan-2009

 

Jan-2010

 

Jan-2011

 

Jan-2012

 

Jan-2013

 

Jan-2014

 

Jan-2015

 

Jan-2016

 

Jan-2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

2,795,000

 

$

2,841,583

 

$

3,074,500

 

$

3,074,500

 

$

3,074,500

 

$

3,074,500

 

$

3,125,742

 

$

3,381,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,841,583

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,125,742

 

3,381,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

52,874

 

54,460

 

56,094

 

57,777

 

59,510

 

61,295

 

63,134

 

65,028

 

66,979

 

68,988

 

71,058

 

Management

 

37,767

 

38,900

 

40,067

 

41,269

 

42,507

 

43,782

 

45,096

 

46,449

 

47,842

 

49,277

 

50,756

 

RE Taxes

 

390,115

 

401,818

 

413,873

 

426,289

 

439,078

 

452,250

 

465,818

 

479,792

 

494,186

 

509,012

 

524,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

480,756

 

495,178

 

510,034

 

525,335

 

541,095

 

557,327

 

574,048

 

591,269

 

609,007

 

627,277

 

646,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

3,275,756

 

3,290,178

 

3,305,034

 

3,320,335

 

3,382,678

 

3,631,827

 

3,648,548

 

3,665,769

 

3,683,507

 

3,753,019

 

4,028,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

3,275,756

 

3,290,178

 

3,305,034

 

3,320,335

 

3,382,678

 

3,631,827

 

3,648,548

 

3,665,769

 

3,683,507

 

3,753,019

 

4,028,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

52,874

 

54,460

 

56,094

 

57,777

 

59,510

 

61,295

 

63,134

 

65,028

 

66,979

 

68,988

 

71,058

 

Management

 

37,767

 

38,900

 

40,067

 

41,269

 

42,507

 

43,782

 

45,096

 

46,449

 

47,842

 

49,277

 

50,756

 

RE Taxes

 

390,115

 

401,818

 

413,873

 

426,289

 

439,078

 

452,250

 

465,818

 

479,792

 

494,186

 

509,012

 

524,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

480,756

 

495,178

 

510,034

 

525,335

 

541,095

 

557,327

 

574,048

 

591,269

 

609,007

 

627,277

 

646,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,795,000

 

2,841,583

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,074,500

 

3,125,742

 

3,381,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs Capital Reserves

 

22,660

 

23,340

 

24,040

 

24,761

 

25,504

 

26,269

 

27,057

 

27,869

 

28,705

 

29,566

 

30,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

22,660

 

23,340

 

24,040

 

24,761

 

25,504

 

26,269

 

27,057

 

27,869

 

28,705

 

29,566

 

30,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

2,772,340

 

$

2,771,660

 

$

2,770,960

 

$

2,770,239

 

$

2,816,079

 

$

3,048,231

 

$

3,047,443

 

$

3,046,631

 

$

3,045,795

 

$

3,096,176

 

$

3,351,497

 

48




Prospective Present Value
Cash Flow Before Debt Service plus Property Resale
Discounted Annually (Endpoint on Cash Flow & Resale) over a 10-Year Period

 

 

For the

 

 

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

Analysis

 

Year

 

Annual

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

 Period

 

Ending

 

Cash Flow

 

@  7.00%

 

@  7.50%

 

@  8.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year  1

 

Jan-2007

 

$

2,772,340

 

$

2,590,972

 

$

2,578,921

 

$

2,566,981

 

Year  2

 

Jan-2008

 

2,771,660

 

2,420,875

 

2,398,408

 

2,376,252

 

Year  3

 

Jan-2009

 

2,770,960

 

2,261,929

 

2,230,513

 

2,199,678

 

Year  4

 

Jan-2010

 

2,770,239

 

2,113,402

 

2,074,357

 

2,036,208

 

Year  5

 

Jan-2011

 

2,816,079

 

2,007,825

 

1,961,564

 

1,916,576

 

Year  6

 

Jan-2012

 

3,048,231

 

2,031,165

 

1,975,136

 

1,920,903

 

Year  7

 

Jan-2013

 

3,047,443

 

1,897,795

 

1,836,861

 

1,778,153

 

Year  8

 

Jan-2014

 

3,046,631

 

1,773,167

 

1,708,253

 

1,646,000

 

Year  9

 

Jan-2015

 

3,045,795

 

1,656,710

 

1,588,637

 

1,523,656

 

Year 10

 

Jan-2016

 

3,096,176

 

1,573,939

 

1,502,245

 

1,434,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Flow

 

29,185,554

 

20,327,779

 

19,854,895

 

19,398,536

 

Property Resale @ 7% Cap Rate

 

46,864,164

 

23,823,365

 

22,738,208

 

21,707,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Property Present Value

 

 

 

$

44,151,144

 

$

42,593,103

 

$

41,105,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rounded to Thousands

 

 

 

$

44,151,000

 

$

42,600,000

 

$

41,106,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per SqFt

 

 

 

$

292.26

 

$

281.99

 

$

272.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Value Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Income

 

 

 

46.45

%

47.03

%

47.61

%

Prospective Income

 

 

 

-0.41

%

-0.41

%

-0.42

%

Prospective Property Resale

 

 

 

53.96

%

53.38

%

52.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

49




Reconciliation Within the Income Capitalization Approach

Summary of Income Capitalization Methods

 

 

Value

 

Value Indicated by the Discounted Cash Flow Method:

 

$

42,600,000

 

Value Indicated by the Direct Capitalization Method:

 

$

43,000,000

 

 

We have placed equal reliance on both the Discounted Cash Flow and the Direct Capitalization Method. Therefore, our opinion of market value via the Income Capitalization Approach is as follows:

Value Conclusion:

 

$

42,600,000

 

50




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

Income Capitalization Approach:

 

$

42,600,000

 

 

We have given most weight to the Income Capitalization Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on February 2, 2006 was:

FORTY TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$42,600,000

The implied “going in” capitalization rate is 6.56 percent.  The implied going-in cap rate is in line with the recent surveys and reflects the credit worthiness of the tenant. 

51




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Appraisal” means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Appraisal.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the Appraisal.

“Appraiser” or “Appraisers” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Appraisal.

General Assumptions

This appraisal is made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information may have been provided by the owner of the Property. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.

3.                The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the Appraisal. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect property value.

4.                The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional material without C&W’s prior written consent. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited, except as it relates to the collaboration between C&W and the Appraisal Institute relative to the Real Estate Outlook publication.

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and analyzed in the Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Appraisal is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements analyzed within the Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Appraisal. C&W assumes no

52




responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.                The projected potential gross income referred to in the Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Appraiser has not reviewed lease documents and assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.                The projections of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s opinion of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these projections will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.

10.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.          Additional work requested by the client beyond the scope of this assignment will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate. Preparation for court testimony, update valuations, additional research, depositions, travel or other proceedings will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate, plus reimbursement of expenses.

13.          The reader acknowledges that Cushman & Wakefield has been retained hereunder as an independent contractor to perform the services described herein and nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to create any other relationship between us. This assignment shall be deemed concluded and the services hereunder completed upon delivery to you of the appraisal report discussed herein.

14.          This study has not been prepared for use in connection with litigation and this document is not suitable for use in a litigation action. Accordingly, no rights to expert testimony, pretrial or other conferences, deposition, or related services are included with this appraisal. If, as a result of this undertaking, C&W or any of its principals, its appraisers or consultants are requested or required to provide any litigation services, such shall be subject to the provisions of the C&W engagement letter or, if not specified therein, subject to the reasonable availability of C&W and/or said principals or appraisers at the time and shall further be subject to the party or parties requesting or requiring such services paying the then-applicable professional fees and expenses of C&W either in accordance with the provisions of the engagement letter or arrangements at the time, as the case may be.

53




Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

54




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for Philip P. Cadorette, MAI is current.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212).841-7849 Facsimile

 

55




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

 

ADDENDUM A:

Qualifications of the Appraisers

56




 

ADDENDUM A:    Qualifications of the Appraisers




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI
Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)
Certified New York State - General Appraiser
Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina
Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.6

 

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF REAL PROPERTY

Green Bus Arverne

49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard

Arverne, Queens County, New York 11692

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

C/O Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:   06-12002-9223

VALUATION SERVICES




 

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor 
New York, NY 10019-6178

(212) 841-7604 Tel

(212) 841-7849 fax

patrick_craig@cushwake.com

February 17, 2006

Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders

C/O Mr. Paul Cooper

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:                             Complete Appraisal of Real Property
In a Self-Contained Report

 

Green Bus Arverne

49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard

Arverne, Queens County, New York 11692

 

C&W File ID:   06-12002-9223

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

 

 

Hypothetical Conditions:

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use.  It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield , Inc.

 

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is

 




generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value

The subject consists of a 28,790 square foot industrial building on 3.026 acres which is net leased to the City of New York for 21 years with (2) additional 14-year options. The City of New York is considered a credit tenant with their corporate debt rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The existence of this lease significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on February 2, 2006, was:

NINE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$9,200,000

2




Based upon transactions that have occurred in the marketplace as well as discussions with knowledgeable market participants, exposure time would have required approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months will be reasonable for properties such as the subject.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

 

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Senior Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212) 841-7849 Facsimile

 

3




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

 

Green Bus Arverne

 

 

 

Location:

 

49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard
Arverne, Queens County, New York 11692

The subject is located on both the north and south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard. One parcel is located on the south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 47th and Beach 49th Street. This parcel is developed with a 28,790 square foot industrial building. The second parcel which is comprised of six contiguous tax lots is located on the north side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 49th Street and Beach 50th Street. The subject is located in Arverne, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 28,790 square foot building on 3.026-acre parcel of industrial land in Arverne, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 15841, Lot(s): 5,7,8,10,14 & 70 and Block: 15855, Lot: 1

 

 

 

Interest Appraised:

 

Leased Fee Estate

 

 

 

Date of Value:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Date of Inspection:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Ownership:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

Total Assessment:

 

$605,259

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

 

$68,431

 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

If Vacant:

 

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

As Improved:

 

As it is currently utilized.

 




 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

Zoning:

 

C8-1

Land Area:

 

3.0258 acres
131,802 square feet

Number of Stories:

 

1

Year Built:

 

1931

Type of Construction:

 

Masonry and steel frame

Gross Building Area:

 

28,790 square feet

Net Rentable Area:

 

28,790 square feet

Column Spacing:

 

20' by 40'

Percentage of Office Space:

 

2%

Clear Ceiling Height:

 

24 feet

 

 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

 

 

 

 

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

 

Projection Period:

 

11 years

Holding Period:

 

10 years

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7%

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.5%

Indicated Value:

 

$9,200,000

 

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

Net Operating Income:

 

$605,000

Capitalization Rate:

 

6.50%

Indicated Value:

 

$9,300,000

 

 

 

Reconciled Value:

 

$9,200,000

 




 

FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value As-Is Leased Fee:

 

$9,200,000

 

 

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

 

6.58%

Exposure Time:

 

12 months

Marketing Time:

 

12 months




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

 

1

REGIONAL MAP

 

6

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

 

7

LOCAL AREA MAP

 

13

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

 

14

national CREDIT TENANT & nET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

 

16

SITE DESCRIPTION

 

22

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

 

26

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

 

30

ZONING

 

31

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

 

33

VALUATION PROCESS

 

35

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

 

37

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

 

52

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

 

53

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

 

56

ADDENDA

 

57




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

 

Green Bus Arverne

 

 

 

Location:

 

49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard Arverne, Queens County, New York 11692

The subject is located on both the north and south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard. One parcel is located on the south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 47th and Beach 49th Street. This parcel is developed with a 28,790 square foot industrial building. The second parcel which is comprised of six contiguous tax lots is located on the north side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 49th Street and Beach 50th Street. The subject is located in Arverne, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 28,790 square foot building on 3.026-acre parcel of industrial land in Arverne, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 15841, Lot(s): 5,7,8,10,14 & 70 and Block: 15855, Lot: 1

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Sale History:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years

 

 

 

Current Disposition:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the purpose of this appraisal is for internal decision making by the various ownership entities. The results of our analysis may possibly lead to an internal sale.

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the market value of the leased fee interest in the property for the exclusive use of Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Green Bus Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.  All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Leased Fee Interest

1




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report.

In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2




2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Estate

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Estate

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease conveying the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

The value of specific ownership rights of an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical conditions.

3




Prospective Value Upon Completion of Construction

The value of a property on the date that construction is completed, based on market conditions projected to exist as of that completion date. This value is not the market value as of a specified future date, but rather is a projected value based on assumptions that may or may not occur. This value factors in all costs associated to lease-up the property to stabilized occupancy.

Prospective Value Upon Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property at a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

4




Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal and take place subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal.  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by New York City as Block: 15841, Lot(s): 5,7,8,10,14 & 70 and Block: 15855, Lot: 1.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

 

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED}

9




Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS
NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.
2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 

U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

 

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

10




POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1%

 

0.9%

 

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2%

 

1.0%

 

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6%

 

0.2%

 

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8%

 

0.5%

 

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8%

 

0.1%

 

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3%

 

0.9%

 

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3%

 

0.1%

 

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

Arverne is located in southern Queens just south of Kennedy Airport.  The subject area is generally referred to as part of the Far Rockaways.  Arverne is bordered to the east by Far Rockaway, to the west by Hammels and Seaside, to the south by the Atlantic Ocean and to the north by Somerville and Grass Hasscock Channel.

This part of Arverne is predominantly residential with some commercial uses located along Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within this area are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  To the east of the subject there has been some new construction of single and multi-family modular homes.  There are few multi-story residential developments in other parts of Far Rockaway.  There is limited commercial development located on Edgemere Avenue and Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  These retail and business establishments service the needs of the local residents.  Because of its proximity to Kennedy Airport and the Atlantic Ocean there are several hotels and motels located in the Rockaway area.

The subject building is located in a mixed-use industrial and residential district in the southern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to Kennedy Airport and the Atlantic Ocean.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally residential with some commercial and industrial uses located along the main boulevards.

The subject is located on both the north and south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  One parcel is located on the south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 47th and Beach 49th Street.  This parcel is developed with a 28,790 square foot industrial building.  The second parcel which is comprised of six contiguous tax lots is located on the north side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 49th Street and Beach 50th Street.  The subject is located in Arverne, Queens County, New York.   The subject is currently leased to the City of New York and utilized by the MTA as a bus depot and maintenance facility.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Rockaway Beach Boulevard, Edgemere Avenue and the Rockaway Freeway provide access to the Cross Bay Boulevard which leads to the Van Wyck Expressway, Grand Central Parkway and the Belt Parkway.

14




These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby just north of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  Although the subject is located in a mixed-use neighborhood it’s proximity to JFK airport makes it a desirable industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




NATIONAL CREDIT TENANT & NET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The following analysis is based upon research performed by the Boulder Group, PWC/Korpacz and discussions with investors and professionals familiar with credit tenant and bondable net lease transactions.  The Credit Tenant Lease (CTL) and Net Leased Market has continued to perform well in the current environment.  These investments are typically in demand by sophisticated investors seeking secure investments.  The larger transactions are especially appealing to Institutional Investors.

The underlying difference with these investments compared to traditional real estate investments is the fact that the credit quality of the tenant is the driving factor with regard to price and required investment returns.  While the underlying real estate certainly is analyzed it is secondary to the credit worthiness of the tenant.

Long term Credit Tenant and Net Leased investments are often compared to the returns of comparable corporate or government bonds.  An investor in these types of properties would consider a reasonable spread between a similarly rated bond and a real estate investment with a credit rated tenant.  This spread takes into account the length of the lease term, the credit rating of the tenant, the market rent compared to the existing contract rent, the physical aspects of the real estate and the strength of the local real estate market.

Credit Tenant Leases

Recently there has been a disconnect between cap rates and credit quality by unsophisticated investors especially in the smaller retail properties.  Sophisticated investors generally look to  the rating agencies for the current credit rating on a particular tenant.  Standard & Poor’s issues credit ratings based upon specific financial obligations, of a company.  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on an obligation.

Credit ratings issued by the rating agencies are based in varying degrees on the following considerations.

1.                Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.                Nature and provisions of the obligation; and

3.                Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations arE typically rated lower than senior obligations to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

16




The following table outlines the Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating system for the top five rating categories.  These definitions typically refer to corporate tenants.

S&P Rating

 

Rating Definition

AAA

 

An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

 

An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A

 

An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

 

An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB

 

An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

17




Corporate Yields and Spreads

2/13/2006

US Treasury:

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

18




Supply & Demand

The most common form of credit tenant lease is typically related to retail tenants.  Drug stores, fast food and similar small retail stores are heavily traded by investors and therefore fairly liquid in the secondary market.  The industrial and office sector as well as government leased buildings are also included in this market but are not as prevalent as the retail sector.  The lower supply equates to strong demand for credit tenant leases in these sectors.

Rising interest rates over the past quarter have left many net leased investors with two options: (i) refinance or (ii) dispose of the property.  Based on the size of the net leased market it appears that many investors are opting for disposition.

As of Q4 2005 the number of available properties increased by 6.5% from the previous quarter after having declined significantly in the early part of 2005.  This fact illustrates many investors desire to rebalance their portfolio prior to the end of the year.   On a cumulative basis, this growth can be attributed to three main factors.  First, increases in short term interest rates and the caution of further increases at a “measured” pace.  Second, in Q2 and Q3 2005, the Boulder Group reported an imbalance in supply and demand whereby supply was sorely lacking.  Third, sellers were accepting offers at prices that had the best chance of closing, rather than the highest offer, for fear the transaction may fall apart as sellers’ would be forced to lower the price in a rising interest rate environment.  Simply put it was a sellers market.  But what needs to be understood is that the majority of these assets are small retail properties where there are numerous buyers both sophisticated and novice with money to invest.

However, despite this growth, and compounding to the growing notion of a sellers’ market, the net lease market suffered from what Alan Greenspan referred to as his “conundrum.”  According to Greenspan, increases in short-term rates should have generated higher long-term yields than the market was currently showing.  Since Q2 2004 when short-term interest rate increases began, the net lease market has overall seen cap rates decrease or remain the same – a trend which has continued through the fourth quarter of 2005.

Net Leased Industrial Sector Overview

The net leased industrial sector has consistently been the smallest of all net leased sectors in terms of both the sheer number of available properties and the combined value of such properties.

According to the Boulder Group the number of available net leased industrial properties has increased by 2.6% since last quarter from 966 in Q3 2005 to 992 at the end of Q4 2005.  This is the first increase of available properties since Q1 2005.  Despite the number of properties increasing the cumulative value of such properties has decreased since Q3 2005.

Industrial properties comprise 13.5% of the properties and 19% of the value available in the current Net Lease Market.  These marks represent increases in the Industrial Sectors from those established in Q3 2005.  Since Q3 2005, 530 net leased industrial properties have been sold which represents a 37.5% increase in the number of net leased dispositions since Q2 2005.

19




Pricing points increased in six of the eleven industrial pricing brackets – for the third straight quarter.  The most significant increase came in the higher priced properties with properties priced between $9 - $10 million – those properties had increased their market share by over 75.3% since Q3 2005.  This gain is a significant improvement over the last quarter when such properties saw their market share increase by 22.1%.  The second largest increase in market share occurred with properties priced between $8 - $9 million -  an increase of 70.4% since Q3 2005.

Capitalization Rates / Pricing

Overall, in today’s net lease market, sophisticated investors understand that the market particularly for smaller properties is overheated.

For the fourth consecutive quarter, Cap Rates across the Industrial Sector have decreased.  The mean cap rate for industrial properties decreased by 10 basis points to 7.90%.  This marks the eighth straight quarter that the cap rate has either declined or remained the same.  Nationally, the significant majority of industrial properties are priced under $150 per square foot.  As of year end 2005, 88.3% of all industrial properties nationally were priced under $150 per square foot.

Industrial properties between $300 and $400 per square foot saw their market share decrease and now comprise approximately 1% of all net leased industrial properties.  Incidentally, according to the Boulder Group the lowest Cap rates are in the $300 to $399 per square foot properties.  The following is the breakdown of cap rates as they relate to price per square foot for some of the higher priced industrial properties.

Price Per SF Bracket

 

Average Cap Rate

 

Average Price

 

$200-$249

 

 

6.96%

 

$

7,550,467

 

$250-$299

 

 

6.02%

 

$

3,567,800

 

$300-$349

 

 

5.72%

 

$

2,500,000

 

$350-$399

 

 

5.06%

 

$

14,583,333

 

$400 +

 

 

7.43 %

 

$

10,010,000

 

 

The Subject’s Positioning In the Market

According to the 4 th  Quarter PWC/Korpacz National Net Lease Market Survey with fewer properties available bidding wars are erupting for the best assets available for sale.  Buyers who are looking to acquire these assets are facing short time frames to complete deals and low overall capitalization rates.  The best deals are trading at extremely low cap rates.  According to the Fourth Quarter 2005 Korpacz Report the low end of this range which reflects the best assets decreased by 25 basis points to 6.25 percent.  The ability to access capital from financial institutions continues to prompt investing in this segment of the market.

An investor for the subject property is interested in the credit worthiness of the tenant and the tenants ability to meet the financial obligations of the existing lease.  As previously mentioned, the asset quality is secondary in this type of investment.  This is especially true when long term contractual lease obligations remain for a property.

20




The subject is under a long term lease (21 years with (2) 14-year options) to the City of New York. The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+.  The subject is utilized as a bus depot for the Metropolitan Transit Authority (MTA).  Within this facility the tenant dispatches buses throughout the New York Metropolitan area, services and repairs the buses accordingly and stores the buses when not in use.  Buses are stored both inside the existing building and outside in fenced in parking areas.

As would be expected in the New York Boroughs sites suitable for this type of user are those that have rather large site areas and a land to building ratio that is above the typical norm for the New York Metropolitan area.  These sites are atypical due to the lack of available vacant land in the New York Boroughs.  This is what makes the subject attractive to distribution type tenants, trucking companies, Fed Ex, UPS and government departments similar to the MTA.

As such, the existing rental rate for buildings similar to the subject typically reflects an added premium associated with the excess land area for these sites.  Therefore, rental rates based on building size alone do not accurately reflect the inherent attributes of the subject which benefits from a land to building ratio that is above those of many metropolitan New York properties.

The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  This reflects positively on the City of New York as the tenant at the subject property.  The long term nature of the existing lease with the two option periods is also considered a positive attribute that is attractive to potential investors.  The existence of this lease makes the property attractive to institutional grade investors that would otherwise pass on similar industrial buildings without a long term lease to a credit tenant.  The presence of the existing long-term lease to an investment grade tenant like the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Conclusion

The Credit Tenant Lease and Net Leased Market are expected to continue to be in demand by investors requiring secure returns.  The lack of supply for large transactions benefits sellers fo these types of assets.  Furthermore, institutional investors, pension funds and REIT’s are constantly looking for quality transactions with strong tenants.  Smaller properties will continue at their current pace however, cap rates will begin to rise as interest rates increase.  In general, the market for National Investment Grade real estate is expected to remain strong throughout the foreseeable future.

21




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

49-19 Rockaway Beach Boulevard

Arverne, Queens County, New York 11692

The subject is located on both the north and south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  One parcel is located on the south side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 47th and Beach 49th Street.  This parcel is developed with a 28,790 square foot industrial building.  The second parcel which is comprised of six contiguous tax lots is located on the north side of Rockaway Beach Boulevard between Beach 49th Street and Beach 50th Street.  The subject is located in Arverne, Queens County, New York. 

 

 

Shape:

Irregular

 

 

Topography:

The site is level and at street grade

 

 

Land Area:

3.0258 acres 131,802 square feet

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

The site has average access, frontage and visibility from Rockaway Beach Boulevard.  Additional frontage is located along Beach 47th, 49th and 50th Streets.

 

 

Soil Conditions:

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

Utilities

 

 

 

Water:

New York City

Sewer:

New York City

Electricity:

Con Edison

Gas:

Con Edison

Telephone:

Verizon

 

 

Site Improvements:

The building covers only a small portion of the site.  The balance of the site is used for employee and bus parking .

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

Flood Map:

National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 360497-0067B, effective November 16,1983.

 

 

Flood Zone:

FEMA Zone A: Special flood hazard areas subject to inundation by the 100-year flood. Because detailed hydraulic analyses have not been performed, no base flood elevations or depths are shown. Mandatory flood insurance purchase requirements apply.

 

22




 

Wetlands:

We were not given a Wetlands survey. The site does not appear to be in a wetlands area.

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

Overall Functionality:

The subject site is functional for its current use.

 

23




Site Map
[OMITTED]

24




Site Map II
[OMITTED]

25




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the building manager.

General Description

 

 

 

Year Built:

1931

 

 

Number of Buildings:

1

 

 

Number of Stories:

1

 

 

Land To Building Ratio:

4.58 to 1

 

 

Gross Building Area:

28,790 square feet

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

28,790 square feet

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

 

Basic Construction:

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

Foundation:

Poured concrete slab

 

 

Framing:

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

 

 

Column Spacing:

20' by 40'

 

 

Percent of Office Space:

2%

 

 

Percent Air Conditioned:

5%

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

24 feet in warehouse

 

 

Loading Doors:

Adequate for the existing use.

 

 

Floors:

Concrete poured over metal deck. Each floor is bridged by structural steel floor beams.

 

 

Exterior Walls:

Brick.

 

 

Roof Cover:

Flat roofing system consisting of built-up assemblies with tar and gravel cover.

 

 

Windows:

The windows in the office and warehouse areas are double hung and casement windows in steel frames.

 

 

Pedestrian Doors:

Glass in aluminum frames.

 

26




 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

 

Heating:

Heat to the office area is supplied by an gas-fired, forced air system with local zone temperature control.  The heat in the warehouse area is provided by ceiling-hung space heaters.

 

 

Cooling:

The office area is cooled by window air conditioning units.   The warehouse area is not air-conditioned.

 

 

Plumbing:

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other industrial properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

 

 

Electrical Service:

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

 

 

Elevator Service:

The building does not contain elevators.

 

 

Fire Protection:

The building is not fully sprinklered. The building has central station monitoring linked directly to the local fire department.

 

 

Security:

Monitors are situated along the building’s perimeter.

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

 

Layout:

The subject property is a single industrial building utilized for storage and servicing of MTA buses.  There is only a small percentage of office space which is utilized for administrative personnel.  Additionally, there is a small dispatch area within the warehouse.  The warehouse area occupies the majority of the building, and is accessible from the office area, and through exterior pedestrian and overhead doors.  The building contains a bus wash area as well as a dedicated service area for repair and maintenance of the buses. 

 

 

Floor Covering:

The warehouse areas contains sealed concrete floors.  The office areas have floors that are ceramic tile, carpet or resilient tile.

 

 

Walls:

The warehouse and manufacturing areas have concrete block and brick walls. The office areas have walls that are sheetrock.

 

 

Ceilings:

The ceilings in the office areas are 2’ by 2’ acoustical tile. The warehouse and manufacturing areas have ceilings that are exposed to the metal deck.

 

 

Lighting:

The office space contains a mixture of fluorescent and incandescent light fixtures.  The warehouse area contains sodium vapor lighting that is ceiling hung.

 

 

Restrooms:

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women in both the office and warehouse areas.

 

27




 

Site Improvements

 

 

 

Parking:

Ample open surface parking.

 

 

Onsite Landscaping:

Nominal

 

 

Other:

Concrete curbs and walkways.

 

 

Personal Property:

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

Capital Improvements:

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future .  The tenant is responsible for routine maintenance of the building.

 

 

Summary

 

 

 

Condition:

Average

The building has been adequately maintained for its age and provides an average appearance relative to competing buildings within its market.

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

 

 

Quality:

Average

 

 

Design and Functionality:

The building is a Class B industrial facility that possesses average appeal to prospective tenants.

 

 

Actual Age:

75 years

 

 

Effective Age:

20 years

 

 

Expected Economic Life:

45 years

 

 

Remaining Economic Life:

25 years

 

28




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

29




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Queens County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is Block: 15841, Lot(s): 5,7,8,10,14 & 70 and Block: 15855, Lot: 1. According to the local assessor’s office, taxes are current.   The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

PROPERTY TAX DATA (2005/2006)

 

2005/2006

 

2005/2006

 

 

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

538,695

 

$

496,719

 

Improvements:

 

103,500

 

108,540

 

Total:

 

$

642,195

 

$

605,259

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

642,195

 

$

605,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

605,259

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

0.11306

 

 

 

Total Property Taxes

 

$

68,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Building Area

 

28,790

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

$

2.38

 

 

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $68,431, or $2.38 per square foot of building area.

30




ZONING

The property is zoned C8-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the C8-1 zoning district:

C8 General Service District

Automotive and other heavy commercial services are provided for in C8 districts. C8 districts form a bridge between commercial and manufacturing uses, and are appropriate for heavy uses which are land consuming but not labor intensive. These districts are mainly mapped along major traffic arteries where concentrations of automotive uses have developed. Performance standards are imposed for certain uses in Use Groups 11 A and 16.

Typical uses are automobile showrooms, automotive service facilities and warehouses. Housing is not permitted.

Parking requirements vary with districts and use. Automotive uses in C8-1 to C8-3 districts require substantial parking.

The C8-1 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 131,802 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the C8-1 zone which equates to 316,324 square feet of building area.

The C8-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a C8-1 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants.

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site  appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

31




Zoning Map
[OMITTED]

32




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office and light industrial uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of the Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

33




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is As it is currently utilized.

34




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences that exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements that represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

35




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

The subject is under a long term lease to the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant.  The existence of this lease makes the subject attractive to institutional and sophisticated investors seeking a relatively secure investment.  For these types of investors the credit worthiness of the tenant and the ability to meet their financial obligations is the primary indicator in determining yield and value.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

36




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Based upon the above, both methods are appropriate in this assignment.

Lease Summary

The details of the lease which encumbers the subject property are summarized below.

Lessor:

 

Green Bus Holding Corp.

Lessee:

 

The City of New York (MTA)

Lease Term:

 

21 years

Start Date:

 

January 9, 2006

End Date:

 

January 8, 2027

Square Feet Leased:

 

28,790 sf (on 3.03 acres)

Base Rent:

 

Years 1-5:

 

$605,000

 

 

Years 6-10:

 

$665,500

 

 

Years 11-15:

 

$732,050

 

 

Years 16-20:

 

$805,255

 

 

Years 21:

 

$885,781

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

Triple net lease

Renewal Options:

 

Two 14-year option periods with steps every five years

Purchase Options:

 

None

Comments:

 

This is considered a credit tenant lease to the City of New York.

 

Tenant Profile

The lessee is the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The subject site is utilized as a bus depot and repair facility for the MTA.  To the tenant the land is equally as important as the improvements as the site is utilized to store buses when not in use by the MTA.  The rental rate reflects the excess land available for parking which is not found on typical industrial properties.

37




Rent Comparables

The following table summarizes rental activity in competing buildings in the market.

RENT COMPARABLES

 

Property Location

 

Lease

 

Size

 

Term

 

Rent/

 

Rent Steps

 

% Office

 

 

No.

 

Tenant Name

 

Date

 

(SF)

 

(years)

 

SF

 

Recoveries

 

Ceiling Height

 

Comments

1

 

85-01 24th Avenue

 

Dec-05

 

118,430

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

Rent Steps

 

6

%

This building is located on a 6.43 acre

 

Elmhurst, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

site. The additional land is used to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

store buses for the MTA.

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

49-19 Rockaway Blvd.

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

21.08

 

Rent Steps

 

2

%

This building is located on a 3.03 acre

 

Rockaway Beach, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

site. The additional land is used to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

store buses for the MTA.

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

114-15 Guy R. Brewer Blvd.

 

Dec-05

 

75,800

 

21

 

$

19.99

 

Rent Steps

 

7

%

This building is located on a 4.66 acre

 

Jamaica, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

site. The additional land is used to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

store buses for the MTA.

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

165-25 147th Avenue

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

Rent Steps

 

11

%

This building is located on a 6.57 acre

 

Jamaica, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

every 5 years

 

 

 

site. The additional land is used to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

store buses for the MTA.

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$     18.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$     21.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Mean:

 

Dec-05

 

93,500

 

21

 

$     20.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Assumes taxes of $1.50/sf.

38




COMPARABLE INDUSTRIAL RENTAL MAP

[OMITTED]

39




Conclusion of Market Rent

We have analyzed recent leases negotiated in competitive buildings in the marketplace, which range from $18.50 to $21.83 per square foot, with an average of $20.35. The leases are written on a triple net basis with all expenses being the responsibility of the tenant.  Recovery clauses for the comparable leases typically require the tenant to pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  Landlords have no expense obligations under the term of the existing lease.

Greatest reliance has been placed on the recent lease signing at the subject which is closely supported by the remaining comparables.  Based upon this, we have concluded to the following market rent parameters for the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

Expense Reimbursements

The existing lease is an absolute triple net lease.  The tenant is responsible for all real estate taxes and operating expenses associated with the property.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Due to the creditworthiness of the tenant, the City of New York with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency we have not taken any vacancy or collection loss.  This mirrors investors’ expectations for a similar investment grade tenants.  Any adjustment for vacancy and collection loss is reflected in our discount rate selection.

Operating Expenses

As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for all operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Furthermore, many expenses are directly paid by the tenant.  We have identified some base expenses (insurance, management, and real estate taxes) which are fully reimbursed by the tenant.  Any additional expenses are assumed to be directly paid by the tenant.  We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion as to what a typical informed investor would consider normal.

The subject has been utilized as a bus facility for many years.  We have not been provided with any historical operating history for the property.  The following reflects our opinion of year one operating expenses which are presented on the following page.

40




 

REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

605,000

 

$

21.01

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

85,705

 

2.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

690,705

 

$

23.99

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

690,705

 

$

23.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

10,077

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

7,198

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

17,274

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

68,431

 

2.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

85,705

 

$

2.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

605,000

 

$

21.01

 

 


(1)Fiscal Year Beginning:

Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

Insurance

 

$

10,077

 

$

0.35

 

Our estimate is based on the budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$

7,198

 

$

0.25

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from $0.20 to $0.30 per square foot of building area. We have utilized a management fee of $0.25 per square foot, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$

68,431

 

$

2.38

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $17,274 equating to $0.60 per square foot.

41




Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year 1.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

605,000

 

$

21.01

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

$

85,705

 

2.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

690,705

 

$

23.99

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

690,705

 

$

23.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

10,077

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

$

7,198

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

17,274

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

68,431

 

2.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

85,705

 

$

2.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

605,000

 

$

21.01

 

 

42




Capitalization Rate Selection

We have considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive industrial properties.

Survey

 

Date

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Range

 

Going-In
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

5.50%-9.00%

 

7.29

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

6.26%-8.07%

 

7.16

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy
C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 6.50 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

The subject due to its long term lease with the City of New York is considered similar to a bond transaction by most sophisticated investors.  As previously mentioned investor returns for these types of assets are primarily driven by the credit quality of the tenant.  The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.

The value of the subject is significantly enhanced by the existence of the current lease.  Without this long term lease to a credit worthy tenant the subject’s value based upon the physical real estate would be significantly less than our estimate of market value.

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year 1 net operating income by a 6.50 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

605,000

 

$

21.01

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.50% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 6.00%

 

$

10,083,340

 

$

350.24

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 6.50%

 

$

9,307,699

 

$

323.30

 

Based on High-Range of 7.00%

 

$

8,642,863

 

$

300.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

9,307,699

 

$

323.30

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

9,300,000

 

$

323.03

 

 

43




Discounted Cash Flow Method

In the Discounted Cash Flow Method, we employed Argus for Windows software to model the income characteristics of the property and to make a variety of cash flow assumptions. We attempted to reflect the most likely investment assumptions of typical buyers and sellers in this particular market segment. The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis.

Discounted Cash Flow Assumptions

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Period:

 

10 Years

 

Projection Period:

 

11 Years

 

Start Date:

 

2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

 

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT (PSF)

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

VACANCY & COLLECTION LOSS

 

 

 

Global Vacancy:

 

0.00

%

Collection Loss:

 

0.00

%

Total:

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

GROWTH RATES

 

 

 

Market Rent:

 

3.00

%

Consumer Price Index (CPI):

 

3.00

%

Expenses:

 

3.00

%

Real Estate Taxes:

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

 

RATES OF RETURN

 

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.50

%

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7.00

%

Reversionary Sales Cost:

 

3.00

%

 

44




 

LEASING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

Free Rent on New Leases (months)

 

0

 

Free Rent on Renewals (months)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

Downtime Between New Leases

 

6

 

Renewal Probability

 

65.00%

 

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (PSF)

 

Warehouse

 

New Leases

 

$              1.00

 

Renewals

 

$              0.50

 

 

Leasing Commissions:

 

6.00 percent for new leases 3% for renewals.

 

 

 

Contract Rent Increases:

 

Leases are assumed to escalate based upon the existing terms of the lease. New leases are assumed to have rent steps every five years.

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursements:

 

Future leases will pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses. The landlord would be responsible for management and structural reserves.

 

 

 

Capital Expenditure:

 

The building was in average condition at the time of our inspection. We do not foresee any major capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate Selection

A terminal capitalization rate was used to develop an opinion of the market value of the property at the end of the assumed investment holding period. The rate is applied to the net operating income following year 10 before making deductions for leasing commissions, tenant improvement allowances and reserves for replacement. We have developed an opinion of an appropriate terminal capitalization rate based on indicated rates in current investor surveys.

Survey

 

Date

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Range

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

6.00%-10.00%

 

8.04

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.26%-8.76%

 

8.01

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

As a result, we have applied a 7.00 percent terminal capitalization rate in our analysis.  This represents approximately a 50 basis point spread from the going in capitalization rate.

45




Discount Rate Selection

We have developed an opinion of future cash flows, including property value at reversion, and discounted that income stream at an internal rate of return (yield rate) currently required by investors for similar-quality real property. The yield rate (internal rate of return or IRR) is the single rate that discounts all future equity benefits (cash flows and equity reversion) to an opinion of net present value.

The PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield investor surveys indicate the following internal rates of return for competitive industrial properties:

Survey

 

Date

 

IRR
Range

 

IRR
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

7.00%-11.50%

 

8.58

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.77%-9.52%

 

8.65

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national Class A leased warehouse/distribution market

 

The above table summarizes the investment parameters of some of the most prominent investors currently acquiring similar investment properties in the United States. We realize that this type of survey reflects target rather than transactional rates. Transactional rates are usually difficult to obtain in the verification process and are actually only target rates of the buyer at the time of sale. The property’s performance will ultimately determine the actual yield at the time of sale after a specific holding period.

46




The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.  The following is a recent survey between US Treasury rates and US Industrials reflecting Credit ratings, yields, and spreads for various terms.

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

 

47




Yield Rates

The initial lease term at the subject is for 21 years with two 14 year options.  Therefore, we can interpolate a reasonable spread for a 20 year term between “A” and “AA” credit ratings to determine a reasonable discount rate for the subject property given the credit quality of the tenant.

Rating

 

Term

 

Yield

 

AA

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

AA

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

Average

 

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

A

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

Average

 

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Average

 

 

“AA” & “A”

 

5.48

 

 

The value of the existing lease to the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the property compared to comparable industrial buildings without a credit tenant.  To account for the existing condition of the improvements, necessary management and the illiquidity of the real estate compared to a similarly rated corporate bond we believe a premium to the indicated yield is warranted when choosing a discount rate.  As such, we have discounted our cash flow and reversionary value projections at an internal rate of return of  7.50 percent.

Discounted Cash Flow Method Conclusion

Based on the discount rate selected, market value is estimated at $9,200,000, rounded. The reversion contributes 53.36 percent to this value estimate. Our cash flow projection and valuation matrix are presented at the end of this section.

48




Schedule Of Prospective Cash Flow

In Inflated Dollars for the Fiscal Year Beginning 2/1/2006

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Year 6

 

Year 7

 

Year 8

 

Year 9

 

Year 10

 

Year 11

 

For the Years Ending

 

Jan-2007

 

Jan-2008

 

Jan-2009

 

Jan-2010

 

Jan-2011

 

Jan-2012

 

Jan-2013

 

Jan-2014

 

Jan-2015

 

Jan-2016

 

Jan-2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

605,000

 

$

605,000

 

$

605,000

 

$

605,000

 

$

615,083

 

$

665,500

 

$

665,500

 

$

665,500

 

$

665,500

 

$

676,592

 

$

732,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

605,000

 

605,000

 

605,000

 

605,000

 

615,083

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

676,592

 

732,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

10,077

 

10,379

 

10,690

 

11,011

 

11,341

 

11,681

 

12,032

 

12,393

 

12,765

 

13,148

 

13,542

 

Management

 

7,197

 

7,413

 

7,636

 

7,865

 

8,101

 

8,344

 

8,594

 

8,852

 

9,118

 

9,391

 

9,673

 

RE Taxes

 

68,431

 

70,484

 

72,598

 

74,776

 

77,020

 

79,330

 

81,710

 

84,161

 

86,686

 

89,287

 

91,966

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

85,705

 

88,276

 

90,924

 

93,652

 

96,462

 

99,355

 

102,336

 

105,406

 

108,569

 

111,826

 

115,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

690,705

 

693,276

 

695,924

 

698,652

 

711,545

 

764,855

 

767,836

 

770,906

 

774,069

 

788,418

 

847,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

690,705

 

693,276

 

695,924

 

698,652

 

711,545

 

764,855

 

767,836

 

770,906

 

774,069

 

788,418

 

847,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

10,076

 

10,379

 

10,690

 

11,011

 

11,341

 

11,681

 

12,032

 

12,393

 

12,765

 

13,148

 

13,542

 

Management

 

7,197

 

7,413

 

7,636

 

7,865

 

8,101

 

8,344

 

8,594

 

8,852

 

9,118

 

9,391

 

9,673

 

RE Taxes

 

68,431

 

70,484

 

72,598

 

74,776

 

77,020

 

79,330

 

81,710

 

84,161

 

86,686

 

89,287

 

91,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

85,704

 

88,276

 

90,924

 

93,652

 

96,462

 

99,355

 

102,336

 

105,406

 

108,569

 

111,826

 

115,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

605,001

 

605,000

 

605,000

 

605,000

 

615,083

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

665,500

 

676,592

 

732,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Reserves

 

4,318

 

4,448

 

4,581

 

4,719

 

4,861

 

5,006

 

5,157

 

5,311

 

5,471

 

5,635

 

5,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

4,318

 

4,448

 

4,581

 

4,719

 

4,861

 

5,006

 

5,157

 

5,311

 

5,471

 

5,635

 

5,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

600,683

 

$

600,552

 

$

600,419

 

$

600,281

 

$

610,222

 

$

660,494

 

$

660,343

 

$

660,189

 

$

660,029

 

$

670,957

 

$

726,246

 

 

49




Prospective Present Value

Cash Flow Before Debt Service plus Property Resale

Discounted Annually (Endpoint on Cash Flow & Resale) over a 10-Year Period

 

 

 

For the

 

 

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

Analysis

 

Year

 

Annual

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Period

 

Ending

 

Cash Flow

 

@ 7.00%

 

@ 7.50%

 

@ 8.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Jan-2007

 

$

600,683

 

$

561,386

 

$

558,775

 

$

556,188

 

Year 2

 

Jan-2008

 

600,552

 

524,545

 

519,677

 

514,877

 

Year 3

 

Jan-2009

 

600,419

 

490,121

 

483,314

 

476,631

 

Year 4

 

Jan-2010

 

600,281

 

457,952

 

449,490

 

441,225

 

Year 5

 

Jan-2011

 

610,222

 

435,079

 

425,056

 

415,307

 

Year 6

 

Jan-2012

 

660,494

 

440,116

 

427,975

 

416,223

 

Year 7

 

Jan-2013

 

660,343

 

411,228

 

398,025

 

385,304

 

Year 8

 

Jan-2014

 

660,189

 

384,236

 

370,169

 

356,679

 

Year 9

 

Jan-2015

 

660,029

 

359,012

 

344,260

 

330,179

 

Year 10

 

Jan-2016

 

670,957

 

341,081

 

325,544

 

310,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Flow

 

 

 

6,324,169

 

4,404,756

 

4,302,285

 

4,203,396

 

Property Resale @ 7% Cap Rate

 

 

 

10,144,121

 

5,156,757

 

4,921,866

 

4,698,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Property Present Value

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,561,513

 

$

9,224,151

 

$

8,902,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rounded to Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,562,000

 

$

9,200,000

 

$

8,902,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per SqFt

 

 

 

 

 

$

332.11

 

$

319.55

 

$

309.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Value Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Income

 

 

 

 

 

46.43

%

47.00

%

47.58

%

Prospective Income

 

 

 

 

 

-0.36

%

-0.36

%

-0.36

%

Prospective Property Resale

 

 

 

 

 

53.93

%

53.36

%

52.78

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

50




Reconciliation Within the Income Capitalization Approach

SUMMARY OF INCOME CAPITALIZATION METHODS

 

 

Value

 

Value Indicated by the Discounted Cash Flow Method:

 

$

9,200,000

 

Value Indicated by the Direct Capitalization Method:

 

$

9,300,000

 

 

We have placed equal reliance on both the Discounted Cash Flow and the Direct Capitalization Method. Therefore, our opinion of market value via the Income Capitalization Approach is as follows:

Value Conclusion:

 

$

9,200,000

 

 

51




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

Income Capitalization Approach:

 

$

9,200,000

 

 

We have given most weight to the Income Capitalization Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on February 2, 2006 was:

NINE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$9,200,000

The implied “going in” capitalization rate is 6.58 percent.  The implied going-in cap rate is in line with the recent surveys and reflects the credit worthiness of the tenant.

52




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Appraisal” means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Appraisal.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the Appraisal.

“Appraiser” or “Appraisers” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Appraisal.

General Assumptions

This appraisal is made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information may have been provided by the owner of the Property. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.

3.                The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the Appraisal. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect property value.

4.                The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional material without C&W’s prior written consent. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited, except as it relates to the collaboration between C&W and the Appraisal Institute relative to the Real Estate Outlook publication.

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and analyzed in the Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Appraisal is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements analyzed within the Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Appraisal. C&W assumes no

53




responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.             The projected potential gross income referred to in the Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Appraiser has not reviewed lease documents and assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.             The projections of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s opinion of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these projections will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.

10.       Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.       Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.       Additional work requested by the client beyond the scope of this assignment will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate. Preparation for court testimony, update valuations, additional research, depositions, travel or other proceedings will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate, plus reimbursement of expenses.

13.       The reader acknowledges that Cushman & Wakefield has been retained hereunder as an independent contractor to perform the services described herein and nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to create any other relationship between us. This assignment shall be deemed concluded and the services hereunder completed upon delivery to you of the appraisal report discussed herein.

14.       This study has not been prepared for use in connection with litigation and this document is not suitable for use in a litigation action. Accordingly, no rights to expert testimony, pretrial or other conferences, deposition, or related services are included with this appraisal. If, as a result of this undertaking, C&W or any of its principals, its appraisers or consultants are requested or required to provide any litigation services, such shall be subject to the provisions of the C&W engagement letter or, if not specified therein, subject to the reasonable availability of C&W and/or said principals or appraisers at the time and shall further be subject to the party or parties requesting or requiring such services paying the then-applicable professional fees and expenses of C&W either in accordance with the provisions of the engagement letter or arrangements at the time, as the case may be.

54




Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

55




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.             The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.             The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.             We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.             We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.             Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.               Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.               Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

8.             Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.             No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.       The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.         As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for Philip P. Cadorette, MAI is current.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212).841-7849 Facsimile

 

56




ADDENDA

 

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:    Qualifications of the Appraisers

57




ADDENDUM A:  Qualifications of the Appraisers




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI
Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to  1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)

Certified New York State - General Appraiser

Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina

Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

 

 

 

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 



Exhibit 99.7

COMPLETE APPRAISAL
OF REAL PROPERTY

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

85-01 24th Avenue

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

IN A SELF-CONTAINED APPRAISAL REPORT

As of February 2, 2006

Prepared For:

Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus
Holding Corp.
and their respective shareholders

C/O Lighthouse Real Estate Management, LLC

444 Merrick Road

Lynbrook, NY 11563

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
Valuation Services

51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10019-6178

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9222

VALUATION SERVICES




Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
51 West 52nd Street, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10019-6178
(212) 841-7604 Tel
(212) 841-7849 fax
patrick_craig@cushwake.com

February 17, 2006

Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus
Holding Corp.
and their respective shareholders

C/O Mr. Paul Cooper
444 Merrick Road
Lynbrook, NY 11563

Re:

Complete Appraisal of Real Property

 

In a Self-Contained Report

 

 

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

 

85-01 24th Avenue

 

East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

 

 

 

C&W File ID:  06-12002-9222

 

Dear Mr. Cooper:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the report. We particularly call your attention to the following extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions:

Extraordinary Assumptions:

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions:

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

 

This report was prepared for Green Bus Holding Corp., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders and is intended only for their specified use.  It may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other persons or entities without the written permission of Cushman & Wakefield , Inc.

This appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of your institutions guidelines, Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), including the Competency Provision.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.




This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Market Value

The subject consists of a 118,430 square foot industrial building on 6.432 acres which is net leased to the City of New York for 21 years with (2) additional 14-year options. The City of New York is considered a credit tenant with their corporate debt rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The existence of this lease significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, extraordinary and hypothetical conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on February 2, 2006, was:

THIRTY NINE MILLION FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$39,400,000

2




Based upon transactions that have occurred in the marketplace as well as discussions with knowledgeable market participants, exposure time would have required approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months will be reasonable for properties such as the subject.

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Senior Director

New York Certified General Appraiser

License No. 46000003076

phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

(212) 841-7604 Office Direct

(212) 841-7849 Facsimile

3




SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Common Property Name:

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Location:

 

85-01 24th Avenue
East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the block front bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 85th Street to the west and 87th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 118,430 square foot building on 6.432-acre parcel of industrial land in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 1080, Lot(s): 1

 

 

 

Interest Appraised:

 

Leased Fee Estate

 

 

 

Date of Value:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Date of Inspection:

 

February 2, 2006

 

 

 

Ownership:

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Current Property Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assessment:

 

$3,334,500

 

 

 

2005/2006 Property Taxes:

 

$376,999

 

 

 

Highest and Best Use

 

 

 

 

 

If Vacant:

 

An industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

 

 

 

As Improved:

 

As it is currently utilized.




 

Site & Improvements

 

 

 

 

 

Zoning:

 

M1-1

 

 

 

Land Area:

 

6.4320 acres
280,180 square feet

 

 

 

Number of Stories:

 

1

 

 

 

Year Built:

 

1954

 

 

 

Type of Construction:

 

Masonry and steel frame

 

 

 

Gross Building Area:

 

118,430 square feet

 

 

 

Net Rentable Area:

 

118,430 square feet

 

 

 

Column Spacing:

 

20' by 40'

 

 

 

Percentage of Office Space:

 

6%

 

 

 

Clear Ceiling Height:

 

24 feet

 

 

 

VALUE INDICATORS

 

 

 

 

 

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

 

 

Income Capitalization Approach

 

 

 

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

 

Projection Period:

 

11 years

Holding Period:

 

10 years

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7%

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.5%

Indicated Value:

 

$39,400,000

 

 

 

Direct Capitalization

 

 

Net Operating Income:

 

$2,585,000

Capitalization Rate:

 

6.50%

Indicated Value:

 

$39,800,000

 

 

 

Reconciled Value:

 

$39,400,000




 

FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value As-Is Leased Fee:

 

$39,400,000

 

 

 

Implied Capitalization Rate:

 

6.56%

Exposure Time:

 

12 months

Marketing Time:

 

12 months

 

 

 




Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

[PICTURES OMITTED]




TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

 

1

REGIONAL MAP

 

6

NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

 

7

LOCAL AREA MAP

 

13

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

 

14

CREDIT TENANT & nET LEASED MARKET ANALYSIS

 

16

SITE DESCRIPTION

 

22

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

 

28

ZONING

 

29

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

 

31

VALUATION PROCESS

 

33

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

 

35

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

 

50

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

 

51

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

 

54

ADDENDA

 

55

 




INTRODUCTION

Identification of Property

Common Property Name:

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Location:

 

85-01 24th Avenue
East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the block front bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 85th Street to the west and 87th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Property Description:

 

The subject consists of a 118,430 square foot building on 6.432-acre parcel of industrial land in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

The subject is under a long term triple net lease to the City of New York (MTA). The facility is utilized as a bus depot and maintenance facility for the MTA buses.

 

 

 

Assessor’s Parcel Number:

 

Block: 1080, Lot(s): 1

 

Property Ownership and Recent History

Current Ownership:

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp.

 

 

 

Sale History:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the property has not transferred within the past three years

 

 

 

Current Disposition:

 

To the best of our knowledge, the purpose of this appraisal is for internal decision making by the various ownership entities. The results of our analysis may possibly lead to an internal sale.

 

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the market value of the leased fee interest in the property for the exclusive use of Green Bus Holding Corp., GTJ Co., Inc., Triboro Coach Holding Corp., Jamaica Bus Holding Corp. and their respective shareholders.  All other uses and users are unintended, unless specifically stated in the letter of transmittal.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of February 2, 2006. The property was inspected by Philip P. Cadorette, MAI.

Property Rights Appraised

Leased Fee Interest

1




Scope of the Appraisal

This is a complete appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report.

In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

In preparation of this appraisal, we investigated numerous improved sales in the subject’s market, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data have been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the improved sales and rental comparables . The valuation process involved utilizing generally accepted market-derived methods and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

2




1.                  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2.                  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

3.                  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4.                  Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

5.                  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

Fee Simple Estate

Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Leased Fee Estate

An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and occupancy conveyed by lease to others. The rights of the lessor (the leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms contained within the lease.

Leasehold Estate

The interest held by the lessee (the tenant or renter) through a lease conveying the rights of use and occupancy for a stated term under certain conditions.

Market Rent

The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

The value of specific ownership rights of an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical conditions.

3




Prospective Value Upon Completion of Construction

The value of a property on the date that construction is completed, based on market conditions projected to exist as of that completion date. This value is not the market value as of a specified future date, but rather is a projected value based on assumptions that may or may not occur. This value factors in all costs associated to lease-up the property to stabilized occupancy.

Prospective Value Upon Stabilized Occupancy

The value of a property at a point in time when all improvements have been physically constructed and the property has been leased to its optimum level of long term occupancy. At such point, all capital outlays for tenant improvements, leasing commissions, marketing costs, and other carrying charges are assumed to have been incurred.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

Based on our review of national investor surveys, discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

4




Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal and take place subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal.  The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by New York City as Block: 1080, Lot(s): 1.

5




REGIONAL MAP

[OMITTED]

6




NEW YORK CITY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Regional Area Overview

New York City (NYC), a leading world financial, business and trade center, is also the most culturally diverse, densely populated, and wealthiest (in terms of total personal income) city in the United States.  The “City” has continued to reinvent itself over the years, from the East Coast’s busiest harbor, to a multifaceted manufacturing and distribution center, and now a global leader in the provision of services including financial, legal, media and entertainment.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are the Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens, and Staten Island (otherwise known as Bronx, Kings, Queens, and Richmond Counties).  Located in the southeastern portion of New York State at the mouth of the Hudson River, NYC covers 309 square miles and is home to over 8.1 million people, or 42 percent of New York State’s total population.

The five boroughs of NYC consolidated in 1898, yet each has retained unique characteristics.  Manhattan, home to 19 percent of the City’s population, is where three-fourths of the City’s office-using employees work, primarily in the skyscrapers of the Midtown and Downtown business districts.  The other four boroughs are commonly referred to as the “outer boroughs” and are generally more residential in nature.  They also have strong, albeit significantly smaller economies than that of Manhattan.

Market Outlook

Although New York City (NYC) is experiencing strong employment and income growth, a peaking residential real estate market, slower growth in key industries, and high business costs will keep New York City as a steady but below average performer.

·                   Strong Wall Street performance and high levels of national and international tourism have helped drive the NYC economy, as a broad range of sectors have benefited in the near term from stronger income growth.

·                   In 2005, New York City saw record levels of real estate investment activity, including the $1.7 billion sale of the MetLife Building, which was the largest building transaction in U.S. history.

·                   Recent employment growth has boosted the housing market and as a result the NYC economy.  Currently, the New York Metro area is experiencing a record pace of residential permitting.  Although household formation growth has been stagnant, there are a number of other factors driving demand, including empty nesters, international buyers, and second-home buyers.  Solid income growth and favorable financing have fueled the housing boom, but slowing job growth and interest rate increases could lead to slowing or stagnant price gains or even a pricing correction.

·                   Recently, there has been some evidence of a slowdown in New York City’s middle-market housing sales.  According to Miller Samuel, Inc. both the average and median sales prices in the Manhattan market fell in the third quarter of 2005.

7




Market Definition

New York City (NYC) consists of five counties at the mouth of the Hudson River in the southeast area of New York State.  The borough of Manhattan, or New York County, forms the central political, financial and cultural core of the City and is the economic growth engine of the Greater New York Region.  The City’s other boroughs are Brooklyn, Queens, Staten Island, and the Bronx (otherwise known as Kings, Queens, Richmond, and Bronx Counties, respectively).  The area’s vast mass transit infrastructure closely connects the five boroughs as well as the surrounding suburban areas, which combined with NYC form the Greater New York Region.  This region covers 21 counties in the southeastern section of New York State, southwestern corner of Connecticut, and Central and Northern New Jersey.

GREATER NEW YORK CITY REGION COUNTIES

[OMITTED]

Current Trends

New York City, and particularly Manhattan, is one of the world’s largest and premier economies.  Businesses in NYC benefit from the synergies created from the presence of more than 200,000 companies, access to consumers and investment capital, and the city’s attractive quality of life.  Manhattan, which accounts for over 63 percent of NYC’s total employment, is the regional economic engine.

Within Manhattan, Midtown is the nation’s largest Central Business District and home to a diverse base of Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate (FIRE) industries and Fortune 500 companies.  New York City houses the headquarters of 43 Fortune 500 firms, with 42 of these headquarters located in Manhattan.  Manhattan has the largest office inventory in the nation, with roughly 390 million square feet.  Wall Street, the heart of the City’s financial district downtown, is also home to the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ and Commodities Exchange, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

In addition to the strength of the FIRE industries, strong levels of both domestic and international tourism has driven robust employment growth in NYC’s hospitality, food and beverage, and retail industries.  NYC is renowned for its cultural activities, arts and entertainment, restaurants, and shopping, as well as being a leading center for the sciences, health care, and higher education.

Economics

Four years after the devastation of September 11th, the New York City economy is healthy, although employment remains about 4 percent below its peak at year-end 2000.

·                   NYC’s Gross Metro Product (GMP) grew at a 4.4 percent rate in 2005.

·                   From 1995 to 2005, NYC’s GMP grew at an average annual rate of 3.9 percent, slightly below the nation’s top 100 largest metro areas’ (Top 100) annualized average of 4.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s forecasted GMP growth of 2.1 percent annually is expected to trail the Top 100’s projection of 3.0 percent.

8




REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros*

[OMITTED]

NYC’s 2005 employment growth rate of 1.1 percent trailed the Top 100’s 1.3 percent growth rate.

·                   From 1995 through 2005, NYC’s average annual employment growth rate of 0.7 percent significantly lagged the nation’s top 100 average annual employment growth of 1.4 percent

·                   Although yearly employment growth was positive from 1995 to 2000, negative employment growth from 2001 to 2003 contributed to NYC’s slow 10-year growth rate.

·                   Employment growth has turned positive since 2003, but the projected average annual growth rate through 2010 of 0.9 percent will continue to trail the projected Top 100 average of 1.5 percent.

NYC’s unemployment rate has been consistently higher than the Top 100 rate, reaching as high as 10.2 percent in 1992 and more recently as high as 7.8 percent in 2002 and 2003.

·                   In 2005, average unemployment rate in NYC fell to 5.5 percent from 6.6 percent in 2004.  The Top 100 average unemployment rate in 2005 was 5.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s employment rate is projected to range between 5.3 and 5.6 percent.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

NYC’s employment base has a far higher concentration of office-using employment than the Top 100.

·                   NYC is more heavily weighted in the Education & Health Services and Financial Activities sectors than the Top 100 overall.

·                   The region is less represented in the Construction, Manufacturing, and Trade, Transportation & Utilities sectors.

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

9




Demographics

New York City is the most heterogeneous city in the nation, if not the world.  With a median age of 35.9 years, NYC is on par with the Top 100 median age of 35.9 years, but slightly below the U.S. median of 36.2 years.  NYC is relatively well educated compared to the national average, with 27.2 percent of its population having a Bachelor degree or better compared with 24.6 percent of the U.S.  On the other hand, NYC is relatively less educated than the Top 100, with 28.0 percent of its population with a Bachelor degree or better.  Although NYC and the U.S. have similar levels of affluence, with 27.9 and 28.4 percent of the population, respectively, having an annual income of $75,000 or higher, both trail the Top 100, which has 32.9 percent of its households having an annual income of $75,000 or higher.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

NYC vs. Top 100 Metro Areas and U.S.

2004 Estimates

Characteristic

 

New York
City

 

Top 100
Metro Areas

 

U.S.

 

Median Age (years)

 

35.9

 

35.9

 

36.2

 

Average Annual Household Income

 

$

65,900

 

$

71,400

 

$

64,800

 

Median Annual Household Income

 

$

43,800

 

$

52,900

 

$

47,800

 

Households by Annual Income Level:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<$25,000

 

31.5

%

22.1

%

24.9

%

$25,000 to $49,999

 

24.2

%

25.6

%

27.4

%

$50,000 to $74,999

 

16.4

%

19.4

%

19.3

%

$75,000 to $99,999

 

10.0

%

12.5

%

11.5

%

$100,000 plus

 

17.9

%

20.4

%

16.9

%

Education Breakdown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

< High School

 

27.7

%

18.5

%

19.5

%

High School Graduate

 

24.5

%

26.0

%

28.4

%

College < Bachelor Degree

 

20.5

%

27.6

%

27.5

%

Bachelor Degree

 

15.7

%

17.8

%

15.7

%

Advanced Degree

 

11.5

%

10.2

%

8.9

%

 

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

According to the results of the 2000 Census, NYC was one of the nation’s few cities to experience an increase in its population during the 1990s.  In fact, NYC is the only major city in the nation that has a larger population than it did in 1950.

·                   NYC’s current population totals over 8.1 million, with every borough except for Staten Island having a population of greater than one million.

·                   Brooklyn, with nearly 2.5 million people, has the largest population of the five boroughs, while Manhattan is the most densely populated area in NYC.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s annual population growth averaged 0.6 percent, which is half the Top 100 annual average of 1.2 percent.

·                   NYC’s average annual growth through 2010 is forecast to slow to 0.2 percent, substantially below the 1.0 percent forecast for the Top 100 metro areas.

10




POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR

NYC vs. Top 100 Metros

[OMITTED]

Manhattan’s population of 1.5 million people is densely concentrated throughout, with the exception of Midtown West and west of City Hall.  It is most densely populated around Central Park on both the Upper East Side and the Upper West Side, as well as from 20 th  Street to the East River, east of The Bowery and north of Fulton Street.  In the Bronx, lower population concentrations are located in the northern parts of the borough.  The largest population concentration in Queens is in its center within the communities of Woodside, Rego Park, Forest Hills, Maspeth, Elmhurst, and Jackson Heights, as well as Ridgewood and Glendale, which border Brooklyn.  Staten Island has a fairly even population concentration throughout the borough and is generally less dense than the rest of the City.

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY

New York City

Population (000’s)

 

1995

 

2005

 

2010
Forecast

 

Annual Growth
95-05

 

Annual Growth
05-10

 

United States

 

266,664

 

296,710

 

310,171

 

1.1%

 

0.9%

 

Top 100 MSAs

 

170,444

 

192,458

 

202,723

 

1.2%

 

1.0%

 

New York City

 

7,633

 

8,124

 

8,202

 

0.6%

 

0.2%

 

Bronx County

 

1,262

 

1,372

 

1,405

 

0.8%

 

0.5%

 

Kings County

 

2,373

 

2,478

 

2,481

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

New York County

 

2,075

 

2,244

 

2,255

 

0.8%

 

0.1%

 

Queens County

 

410

 

468

 

489

 

1.3%

 

0.9%

 

Richmond County

 

1,514

 

1,563

 

1,573

 

0.3%

 

0.1%

 

 

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In 2005, NYC’s median household income was $43,800, which is 17.2 and 9.1 percent lower than that of the Top 100 and U.S., respectively.

·                   Between 1995 and 2005, NYC’s 3.4 percent average annual growth in median household income was greater than the Top 100’s average of 3.0 percent.

·                   Through 2010, NYC’s median household income growth rate is projected at 3.3 percent annually, remaining slightly above the Top 100’s projected annual growth rate of 3.2 percent.

Nearly all of Manhattan’s zip codes below 96 th  Street have median household incomes above the national median.  The most affluent concentrations of households border Central Park on Manhattan’s West Side between West 77 th  and West 91 st  Streets, and on the East Side along Fifth, Park and Madison Avenues between East 60 th  and East 96 th  Streets.  Other affluent pockets include the southern tip of Manhattan at Battery Park City and the communities surrounding the financial district, such as TriBeCa.  In contrast, the area north of Central Park as well as portions of the Lower East Side are where residents with the lowest median household incomes reside.

11




MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE

NYC, 2005 Estimates

[OMITTED]

Regional Summary / Market Competitiveness

Improved Wall Street performance and healthy tourism have recently boosted New York City’s economic outlook.  Longer term, the economic legacy of 9/11 and a modest pace of expansion will likely prevent the metro area from returning to its pre-recession peak for several more years.

·                   NYC’s competitive strengths include its high per capita income, limited exposure to manufacturing, high level of international immigration, and its role as the financial capital of the nation.

·                   The market’s weaknesses include high business costs and the city’s high level of domestic out-migration.

12




LOCAL AREA MAP

[OMITTED]

13




LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

General Information

The Borough of Queens is situated east of Manhattan.  The two neighboring boroughs are separated by the East River.  The East River crossings connecting Manhattan and Queens include the 59 th  Street Bridge, the Triboro Bridge and the Queens Midtown Tunnel.  These are all very congested crossings that are extensively used by commuters and commercial traffic, with volume being heaviest during the morning and afternoon rush hours.  Multiple subway lines connect the two boroughs, with the subway tunnels located beneath the East River.  Bus Service is available throughout the boroughs.

The highway network in Queens generally runs throughout the borough.  The Cross Island Parkway extends north/south across the eastern end of the borough.  The Van Wyck and the Clearview Expressway also extend north/south across the borough.  The Belt Parkway extends east/west across the southern portion of the borough into Brooklyn.  The Jackie Robinson (Interborough) extends east/west across the borough and terminates into Brownsville, Brooklyn.  The Long Island Expressway also extends east/west across the borough.  Finally, the Interboro Parkway is located on the eastern end of Brooklyn.

East Elmhurst is located in northern Queens just south of LaGuardia Airport.  The subject is located just south of the Grand Central Parkway and north of Astoria Boulevard.  East Elmhurst is bordered to the east by Flushing, to the west by Astoria and Steinway, to the south by Jackson Heights and Corona, and to the north by LaGuardia Airport.

This part of East Elmhurst is predominantly industrial with some commercial uses located along Astoria Boulevard.  Residential areas are located on the side streets outside of the commercial districts.  The residential areas within East Elmhurst are developed with single-family, attached and detached houses, most of which are kept in average condition.  There are few multi-story residential developments in this part of Queens.  To the south in Jackson Heights there are several mid-rise apartment projects.  Commercial improvements are generally located on Astoria Boulevard and Ditmars Boulevard.  These retail and business establishments service the needs of the local residents.  Because of its proximity to LaGuardia Airport there are several hotels and motels located along Ditmars Boulevard just east of the subject.

The subject building is located in an industrial district in the northern section of Queens, which is influenced by the proximity to LaGuardia Airport.  The improvements in the immediate area are generally commercial and industrial with residential uses located along the side streets.

The subject is located on the block front bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north,  24th Avenue to the south, 85th Street to the west and 87th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.   The subject is currently leased to the City of New York and utilized by the MTA as a bus depot and maintenance facility.

Access to the subject is average.  The main boulevards in the local area provide two-way traffic flow.  In the residential areas, the streets are generally one way.  Main thoroughfares such as Linden Boulevard and Guy R. Brewer Boulevard provide access to the Van Wyck Expressway, Grand Central Parkway and the Belt Parkway.  These roads connect with each of the major roadways in the Brooklyn-Queens area.  LaGuardia Airport is located to the north in the northern part of Queens and provides passenger and cargo traffic.  Kennedy Airport is located nearby and to the south of the subject in the southern part of Queens.  Overall, the subject’s area is a stable and established mixed-use area which should continue to attract industrial uses in the future.

14




Conclusion

The subject property is a well located industrial property with convenient access to the major arteries within Queens and Brooklyn.  Although the subject is located in a mixed-use neighborhood it’s proximity to LaGuardia airport makes it a desirable industrial location.  We conclude that the subject will be competitive in the marketplace into the foreseeable future.

15




NATIONAL CREDIT TENANT & NET LEASE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Overview

The following analysis is based upon research performed by the Boulder Group, PWC/Korpacz and discussions with investors and professionals familiar with credit tenant and bondable net lease transactions.  The Credit Tenant Lease (CTL) and Net Leased Market has continued to perform well in the current environment.  These investments are typically in demand by sophisticated investors seeking secure investments.  The larger transactions are especially appealing to Institutional Investors.

The underlying difference with these investments compared to traditional real estate investments is the fact that the credit quality of the tenant is the driving factor with regard to price and required investment returns.  While the underlying real estate certainly is analyzed it is secondary to the credit worthiness of the tenant.

Long term Credit Tenant and Net Leased investments are often compared to the returns of comparable corporate or government bonds.  An investor in these types of properties would consider a reasonable spread between a similarly rated bond and a real estate investment with a credit rated tenant.  This spread takes into account the length of the lease term, the credit rating of the tenant, the market rent compared to the existing contract rent, the physical aspects of the real estate and the strength of the local real estate market.

Credit Tenant Leases

Recently there has been a disconnect between cap rates and credit quality by unsophisticated investors especially in the smaller retail properties.  Sophisticated investors generally look to the rating agencies for the current credit rating on a particular tenant.  Standard & Poor’s issues credit ratings based upon specific financial obligations, of a company.  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on an obligation.

Credit ratings issued by the rating agencies are based in varying degrees on the following considerations.

1.                Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

2.                Nature and provisions of the obligation; and

3.                Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.

16




The following table outlines the Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating system for the top five rating categories.  These definitions typically refer to corporate tenants.

S&P Rating

 

Rating Definition

AAA

 

An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

 

 

AA

 

An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

 

 

A

 

An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

 

 

BBB

 

An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

 

BB

 

An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

17




Corporate Yields and Spreads

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

18




Supply & Demand

The most common form of credit tenant lease is typically related to retail tenants.  Drug stores, fast food and similar small retail stores are heavily traded by investors and therefore fairly liquid in the secondary market.  The industrial and office sector as well as government leased buildings are also included in this market but are not as prevalent as the retail sector.  The lower supply equates to strong demand for credit tenant leases in these sectors.

Rising interest rates over the past quarter have left many net leased investors with two options: (i) refinance or (ii) dispose of the property.  Based on the size of the net leased market it appears that many investors are opting for disposition.

As of Q4 2005 the number of available properties increased by 6.5% from the previous quarter after having declined significantly in the early part of 2005.  This fact illustrates many investors desire to rebalance their portfolio prior to the end of the year.   On a cumulative basis, this growth can be attributed to three main factors.  First, increases in short term interest rates and the caution of further increases at a “measured” pace.  Second, in Q2 and Q3 2005, the Boulder Group reported an imbalance in supply and demand whereby supply was sorely lacking.  Third, sellers were accepting offers at prices that had the best chance of closing, rather than the highest offer, for fear the transaction may fall apart as sellers’ would be forced to lower the price in a rising interest rate environment.  Simply put it was a sellers market.  But what needs to be understood is that the majority of these assets are small retail properties where there are numerous buyers both sophisticated and novice with money to invest.

However, despite this growth, and compounding to the growing notion of a sellers’ market, the net lease market suffered from what Alan Greenspan referred to as his “conundrum.”  According to Greenspan, increases in short-term rates should have generated higher long-term yields than the market was currently showing.  Since Q2 2004 when short-term interest rate increases began, the net lease market has overall seen cap rates decrease or remain the same – a trend which has continued through the fourth quarter of 2005.

Net Leased Industrial Sector Overview

The net leased industrial sector has consistently been the smallest of all net leased sectors in terms of both the sheer number of available properties and the combined value of such properties.

According to the Boulder Group the number of available net leased industrial properties has increased by 2.6% since last quarter from 966 in Q3 2005 to 992 at the end of Q4 2005.  This is the first increase of available properties since Q1 2005.  Despite the number of properties increasing the cumulative value of such properties has decreased since Q3 2005.

Industrial properties comprise 13.5% of the properties and 19% of the value available in the current Net Lease Market.  These marks represent increases in the Industrial Sectors from those established in Q3 2005.  Since Q3 2005, 530 net leased industrial properties have been sold which represents a 37.5% increase in the number of net leased dispositions since Q2 2005.

19




Pricing points increased in six of the eleven industrial pricing brackets – for the third straight quarter.  The most significant increase came in the higher priced properties with properties priced between $9 - $10 million – those properties had increased their market share by over 75.3% since Q3 2005.  This gain is a significant improvement over the last quarter when such properties saw their market share increase by 22.1%.  The second largest increase in market share occurred with properties priced between $8 - $9 million - an increase of 70.4% since Q3 2005.

Capitalization Rates / Pricing

Overall, in today’s net lease market, sophisticated investors understand that the market particularly for smaller properties is overheated.

For the fourth consecutive quarter, Cap Rates across the Industrial Sector have decreased.  The mean cap rate for industrial properties decreased by 10 basis points to 7.90%.  This marks the eighth straight quarter that the cap rate has either declined or remained the same.  Nationally, the significant majority of industrial properties are priced under $150 per square foot.  As of year end 2005, 88.3% of all industrial properties nationally were priced under $150 per square foot.

Industrial properties between $300 and $400 per square foot saw their market share decrease and now comprise approximately 1% of all net leased industrial properties.  Incidentally, according to the Boulder Group the lowest Cap rates are in the $300 to $399 per square foot properties.  The following is the breakdown of cap rates as they relate to price per square foot for some of the higher priced industrial properties.

Price Per SF Bracket

 

Average Cap Rate

 

Average Price

 

$200-$249

 

6.96

%

$

7,550,467

 

$250-$299

 

6.02

%

$

3,567,800

 

$300-$349

 

5.72

%

$

2,500,000

 

$350-$399

 

5.06

%

$

14,583,333

 

   $400 +

 

7.43

%

$

10,010,000

 

 

The Subject’s Positioning In the Market

According to the 4 th  Quarter PWC/Korpacz National Net Lease Market Survey with fewer properties available bidding wars are erupting for the best assets available for sale.  Buyers who are looking to acquire these assets are facing short time frames to complete deals and low overall capitalization rates.  The best deals are trading at extremely low cap rates.  According to the Fourth Quarter 2005 Korpacz Report the low end of this range which reflects the best assets decreased by 25 basis points to 6.25 percent.  The ability to access capital from financial institutions continues to prompt investing in this segment of the market.

An investor for the subject property is interested in the credit worthiness of the tenant and the tenant’s ability to meet the financial obligations of the existing lease.  As previously mentioned, the asset quality is secondary in this type of investment.  This is especially true when long term contractual lease obligations remain for a property.

20




The subject is under a long term lease (21 years with (2) 14-year options) to the City of New York. The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+.  The subject is utilized as a bus depot for the Metropolitan Transit Authority (MTA).  Within this facility the tenant dispatches buses throughout the New York Metropolitan area, services and repairs the buses accordingly and stores the buses when not in use.  Buses are stored both inside the existing building and outside in fenced in parking areas.

As would be expected in the New York Boroughs sites suitable for this type of user are those that have rather large site areas and a land to building ratio that is above the typical norm for the New York Metropolitan area.  These sites are atypical due to the lack of available vacant land in the New York Boroughs.  This is what makes the subject attractive to distribution type tenants, trucking companies, Fed Ex, UPS and government departments similar to the MTA.

As such, the existing rental rate for buildings similar to the subject typically reflects an added premium associated with the excess land area for these sites.  Therefore, rental rates based on building size alone do not accurately reflect the inherent attributes of the subject which benefits from a land to building ratio that is above those of many metropolitan New York properties.

The City of New York has a corporate debt rating of A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  This reflects positively on the City of New York as the tenant at the subject property.  The long term nature of the existing lease with the two option periods is also considered a positive attribute that is attractive to potential investors.  The existence of this lease makes the property attractive to institutional grade investors that would otherwise pass on similar industrial buildings without a long term lease to a credit tenant.  The presence of the existing long-term lease to an investment grade tenant like the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the subject property.

Conclusion

The Credit Tenant Lease and Net Leased Market are expected to continue to be in demand by investors requiring secure returns.  The lack of supply for large transactions benefits sellers of these types of assets.  Furthermore, institutional investors, pension funds and REIT’s are constantly looking for quality transactions with strong tenants.  Smaller properties will continue at their current pace however, cap rates will begin to rise as interest rates increase.  In general, the market for National Investment Grade real estate is expected to remain strong throughout the foreseeable future.

21




SITE DESCRIPTION

Location:

 

85-01 24th Avenue
East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York 11369

The subject is located on the block front bordered by 23rd Avenue to the north, 24th Avenue to the south, 85th Street to the west and 87th Street to the east in East Elmhurst, Queens County, New York.

 

 

 

Shape:

 

Irregular

 

 

 

Topography:

 

The site is level and at street grade

 

 

 

Land Area:

 

6.4320 acres 280,180 square feet

 

 

 

Frontage, Access, Visibility:

 

The site has good access, frontage and visibility from 23rd Avenue, 24th Avenue, 85th Street and 87th Street.

 

 

 

Soil Conditions:

 

We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support existing and/or proposed structure(s). We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.

 

 

 

Utilities

 

 

Water:

 

New York City

Sewer:

 

New York City

Electricity:

 

Con Edison

Gas:

 

Con Edison

Telephone:

 

Verizon

 

 

 

Site Improvements:

 

The building covers only a small portion of the site. The balance of the site is used for employee and bus parking .

 

 

 

Land Use Restrictions:

 

We were not given a title report to review. We do not know of any easements, encroachments, or restrictions that would adversely affect the site’s use. However, we recommend a title search to determine whether any adverse conditions exist.

 

 

 

Flood Map:

 

National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 360497-0067B, effective November 16,1983.

 

 

 

Flood Zone:

 

FEMA Zone C

 

 

 

Wetlands:

 

We were not given a Wetlands survey. The site does not appear to be in a wetlands area.

 

 

 

Hazardous Substances:

 

We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.

 

 

 

Overall Functionality:

 

The subject site is functional for its current use.

 

22




Site Map

[OMITTED]

23




IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the building manager.

General Description

 

 

Year Built:

 

1954

Number of Buildings:

 

1

Number of Stories:

 

1

Land To Building Ratio:

 

2.37 to 1

Gross Building Area:

 

118,430 square feet

Net Rentable Area:

 

118,430 square feet

 

 

 

Construction Detail

 

 

Basic Construction:

 

Masonry and steel frame

Foundation:

 

Poured concrete slab

Framing:

 

Structural steel with masonry and concrete encasement

Column Spacing:

 

20' by 40'

Percent of Office Space:

 

6%

Percent Air Conditioned:

 

5%

Clear Ceiling Height:

 

24 feet in warehouse

Loading Doors:

 

Adequate for the existing use.

Floors:

 

Concrete poured over metal deck. Each floor is bridged by structural steel floor beams.

Exterior Walls:

 

Brick.

Roof Cover:

 

Flat roofing system consisting of built-up assemblies with tar and gravel cover.

Windows:

 

The windows in the office and warehouse areas are double hung and casement windows in steel frames.

Pedestrian Doors:

 

Glass in aluminum frames.

24




 

Mechanical Detail

 

 

Heating:

 

Heat to the office area is supplied by an oil-fired, hot air system with local zone temperature control.  The heat in the warehouse area is provided by ceiling-hung space heaters.

Cooling:

 

The office area is cooled by window air conditioning units.   The warehouse area is not air-conditioned.

Plumbing:

 

The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other industrial properties in the area with a combination of PVC, steel, copper and cast iron piping throughout the building. Adequate restrooms for men and women are situated throughout the building.

Electrical Service:

 

Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage power lines.

Elevator Service:

 

The building does not contain elevators.

Fire Protection:

 

The building is not fully sprinklered. The building has central station monitoring linked directly to the local fire department.

Security:

 

Monitors are situated along the building’s perimeter.

 

 

 

Interior Detail

 

 

Layout:

 

The subject property is a single industrial building utilized for storage and servicing of MTA buses.  There is only a small percentage of office space which is utilized for administrative personnel.  Additionally, there is a small dispatch area within the warehouse.  The warehouse area occupies the majority of the building, and is accessible from the office area, and through exterior pedestrian and overhead doors.  The building contains a bus wash area as well as a dedicated service area for repair and maintenance of the buses.

Floor Covering:

 

The warehouse areas contains sealed concrete floors.  The office areas have floors that are ceramic tile, carpet or resilient tile.

Walls:

 

The warehouse and manufacturing areas have concrete block and brick walls. The office areas have walls that are sheetrock.

Ceilings:

 

The ceilings in the office areas are 2' by 2' acoustical tile. The warehouse and manufacturing areas have ceilings that are exposed to the metal deck.

Lighting:

 

The office space contains a mixture of fluorescent and incandescent light fixtures.  The warehouse area contains sodium vapor lighting that is ceiling hung.

Restrooms:

 

The building features adequate restrooms for men and women in both the office and warehouse areas.

25




 

Site Improvements

 

 

Parking:

 

Ample open surface parking.

Onsite Landscaping:

 

Nominal

Other:

 

Concrete curbs, fencing and walkways.

 

 

 

Personal Property:

 

Personalty was excluded from our valuation.

 

 

 

Capital Improvements:

 

Other than normal routine property maintenance, there are no major capital improvement expenditures planned in the immediate future .  The tenant is responsible for routine maintenance of the building.

 

 

 

Summary

 

 

Condition:

 

Average The building has been adequately maintained for its age and provides an average appearance relative to competing buildings within its market.

 

 

We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.

Quality:

 

Average

Design and Functionality:

 

The building is a Class B industrial facility that possesses good appeal to prospective tenants.

Actual Age:

 

52 years

Effective Age:

 

20 years

Expected Economic Life:

 

45 years

Remaining Economic Life:

 

25 years

26




Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified to make a compliance survey of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials exist.

27




REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Current Property Taxes

The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Queens County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is Block: 1080, Lot(s): 1. According to the local assessor’s office, taxes are current.   The assessment and taxes for the property are presented below:

Property Tax Data (2005/2006)

 

2005/2006

 

2005/2006

 

 

 

Actual

 

Transitional

 

Assessed Value

 

 

 

 

 

Land:

 

$

2,002,500

 

$

2,163,870

 

Improvements:

 

1,332,000

 

1,288,800

 

Total:

 

$

3,334,500

 

$

3,452,670

 

Exemption:

 

$

0

 

$

38,970

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,334,500

 

$

3,413,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable A.V.

 

$

3,334,500

 

 

 

Tax Rate

 

0.11306

 

 

 

Total Property Taxes

 

$

376,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Building Area

 

118,430

 

 

 

Property Taxes per Square Foot

 

$

3.18

 

 

 

 

Total taxes for the property are $376,999, or $3.18 per square foot of building area. 

28




ZONING

The property is zoned M1-1 by the City of New York. The following is a brief description of the M1-1 zoning district:

M1 Zoning District

M1 areas range from the Garment District in Manhattan, with its multistory lofts, to areas in the other boroughs with low-bulk plants. The MI district is often an industrial front yard or a buffer to adjacent residential or commercial districts. Strict performance standards are common to all MI districts. Light industries typically found in Ml areas include knitting mills, printing plants and wholesale service facilities. In theory, nearly all industrial uses can locate in MI areas if they meet the rigorous performance standards required in the Zoning Resolution. Retail and office uses are also permitted. Use Group 4 community facilities are allowed in M1 zones by special permit but not in other manufacturing districts.

Parking and loading requirements vary with district and use, but high density districts (M1-4 to M1-6) are exempt from parking requirements. Residential development is generally not allowed in manufacturing districts.

Ml-1:    Light manufacturing – high performance these locations are generally located adjacent to low density residential areas.  The commercial FAR in these areas is 1.0 however, when a community facility is developed the FAR can be increased to as much as 2.40. 

The M1-1 permits a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) that governs building sizes of 2.4 times the lot area for community buildings.  In the Site Description section of the report, we estimated that the subject site contains approximately 280,180 square feet of land area.  The maximum allowable commercial FAR is 1.0.  However, with a community facility the maximum allowable FAR of increases to 2.4 in the M1-1 zone which equates to 672,432 square feet of building area.  

The M1-1 zone is made specifically for uses similar to the subject which require a large parking component.  These facilities are generally in demand by distribution companies, manufacturing firms, shipping companies, mail service carriers, trucking firms, car rental agencies and transportation services for government agencies.

However, the majority of industrial buildings in this zone are single story industrial buildings with high ceiling heights and only a portion of second floor office area.  In reality, many of the sites in the local area within a M1-1 zone are not developed to anywhere near the maximum building area as owners want to satisfy parking requirements for their staff or tenants. 

According to City records, the existing industrial use is a permitted use in this zone.  We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the proposed use of the site appears to be a legal, conforming use based on our review of public information. However, the determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions do exist.

29




Zoning Map

[OMITTED]

30




HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal , Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We have evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria. That use must be (1), legally permissible (2) physically possible, (3) financially feasible, and (4) maximally productive.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate office and light industrial uses . Aside from the site’s zoning regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Site Description,” section of the report, the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all urban and suburban uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are what is financially feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

Highest and Best Use of the Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s physical characteristics and location, as well as the state of the local market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is an industrial building developed to the highest density possible.

31




Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained “as is” so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

It is our opinion, the existing building adds value to the site as if vacant, therefore dictating a continuation of its current use . In conclusion, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is As it is currently utilized.

32




VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered each in this appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. The reliability of each approach is dependent upon the availability and comparability of the market data uncovered as well as the motivation and thinking of purchasers in the market for a property such as the subject. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing recent sales transactions of sites of comparable zoning and utility adjusted for differences that exist between the comparables and the subject. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of land or potential building area or acre. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject site.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements that represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few improved sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect any value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added resulting in a value estimate for the subject property.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot of building area, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the unit of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a value for the subject property.

33




Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties for the vacant space. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to derive an opinion of value for the subject property. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value. This method is referred to as Direct Capitalization.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

Summary

The subject is under a long term lease to the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant.  The existence of this lease makes the subject attractive to institutional and sophisticated investors seeking a relatively secure investment.  For these types of investors the credit worthiness of the tenant and the ability to meet their financial obligations is the primary indicator in determining yield and value. 

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

34




INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

Based upon the above, both methods are appropriate in this assignment.

Lease Summary

The details of the lease which encumbers the subject property are summarized below.

Lessor:

 

Triboro Coach Holding Corp

Lessee:

 

The City of New York (MTA)

Lease Term:

 

21 years

Start Date:

 

February 20, 2006

End Date:

 

November 19, 2027

Square Feet Leased:

 

118,430 sf (on 6.43 acres)

Base Rent:

 

Years 1-5:

$2,585,000

 

 

Years 6-10:

$2,843,500

 

 

Years 11-15:

$3,127,850

 

 

Years 16-20:

$3,440,635

 

 

Years 21:

$3,784,699

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

Triple net lease

Renewal Options:

 

Two 14-year option periods with steps every five years

Purchase Options:

 

None

Comments:

 

This is considered a credit tenant lease to the City of New York.

 

Tenant Profile

The lessee is the City of New York which is considered an investment grade tenant with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency.  The subject site is utilized as a bus depot and repair facility for the MTA.  To the tenant the land is equally as important as the improvements as the site is utilized to store buses when not in use by the MTA.  The rental rate reflects the excess land available for parking which is not found on typical industrial properties.

35




Rent Comparables

The following table summarizes rental activity in competing buildings in the market.

RENT COMPARABLES

 

Property Location

 

Lease

 

Size

 

Term

 

Rent/

 

Rent Steps

 

% Office

 

 

 

No.

 

Tenant Name

 

Date

 

(SF)

 

(years)

 

SF

 

Recoveries

 

Ceiling Height

 

Comments

 

1

 

85-01 24th Avenue
Elmhurst, NY

 

Dec-05

 

118,430

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

6

%

This building is located on a 6.43 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

49-19 Rockaway Blvd.
Rockaway Beach, NY

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

21.08

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

2

%

This building is located on a 3.03 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

114-15 Guy R. Brewer Blvd.
Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

75,800

 

21

 

$

19.99

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

7

%

This building is located on a 4.66 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

165-25 147th Avenue
Jamaica, NY

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

11

%

This building is located on a 6.57 acre site. The additional land is used to store buses for the MTA.

 

 

City of NY (MTA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triple Net

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Low:

 

Dec-05

 

28,700

 

21

 

$

18.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey High:

 

Dec-05

 

151,068

 

21

 

$

21.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Survey Mean:

 

Dec-05

 

93,500

 

21

 

$

20.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Assumes taxes of $1.50/sf.

36




Comparable Industrial Rental map

[OMITTED]

37




Conclusion of Market Rent

We have analyzed recent leases negotiated in competitive buildings in the marketplace, which range from $18.50 to $21.83 per square foot, with an average of $20.35. The leases are written on a triple net basis with all expenses being the responsibility of the tenant.  Recovery clauses for the comparable leases typically require the tenant to pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses.  Landlords have no expense obligations under the term of the existing lease. 

Greatest reliance has been placed on the recent lease signing at the subject which is closely supported by the remaining comparables.  Based upon this, we have concluded to the following market rent parameters for the subject property.

MARKET RENT ESTIMATE

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps every 5 years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

 

Expense Reimbursements

The existing lease is an absolute triple net lease.  The tenant is responsible for all real estate taxes and operating expenses associated with the property.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Due to the creditworthiness of the tenant, the City of New York with bonds rated A+ by Moody’s rating agency we have not taken any vacancy or collection loss.  This mirrors investors’ expectations for a similar investment grade tenants.  Any adjustment for vacancy and collection loss is reflected in our discount rate selection.

Operating Expenses

As previously mentioned the tenant is responsible for all operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Furthermore, many expenses are directly paid by the tenant.  We have identified some base expenses (insurance, management, and real estate taxes) which are fully reimbursed by the tenant.  Any additional expenses are assumed to be directly paid by the tenant.  We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion as to what a typical informed investor would consider normal.

The subject has been utilized as a bus facility for many years.  We have not been provided with any historical operating history for the property.  The following reflects our opinion of year one operating expenses which are presented on the following page.

38




REVENUE AND EXPENSE ANALYSIS

 

C&W Forecast(1)

 

 

 

Total

 

Per SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

21.83

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

448,057

 

3.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,033,057

 

$

25.61

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,033,057

 

$

25.61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

41,451

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

29,608

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

71,058

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

376,999

 

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

448,057

 

$

3.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

21.83

 

 


(1) Fiscal Year Beginning:

Conclusion of Operating Expenses

We analyzed each item of expense and developed an opinion of a level of expense we believe a typical investor in a property like this would consider reasonable. We made our projections on a fiscal year basis. Year 1 begins February 1, 2006. Please refer to the following chart for our Year 1 forecast of expenses.

 

C&W

 

 

 

 

 

Expense

 

Forecast

 

Per SF

 

Analysis

 

Insurance

 

$

41,451

 

$

0.35

 

Our estimate is based on the budgeted expenses, plus expense levels at competing properties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

$

29,608

 

$

0.25

 

Management fees for this type of property typically range from $0.20 to $0.30 per square foot of building area. We have utilized a management fee of $0.25 per square foot, which we consider to be market oriented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

$

376,999

 

$

3.18

 

A complete discussion of the taxes is included in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this report.

 

 

Total operating expenses excluding real estate taxes are estimated at $71,058 equating to $0.60 per square foot.

39




Income and Expense Pro Forma

The following chart is our opinion of income and expenses for Year 1.

SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

$/SF

 

POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

21.83

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

$

448,057

 

3.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,033,057

 

$

25.61

 

Vacancy and Collection Loss

 

0

 

0.00

 

EFFECTIVE GROSS REVENUE

 

$

3,033,057

 

$

25.61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

41,451

 

$

0.35

 

Management

 

$

29,608

 

0.25

 

Subtotal

 

$

71,058

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

376,999

 

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

$

448,057

 

$

3.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

21.83

 

 

40




Capitalization Rate Selection

We have considered Investor Surveys published by PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. for competitive industrial properties.

 

 

 

Going-In

 

Going-In

 

 

 

 

 

Cap Rate

 

Cap Rate

 

Survey

 

Date

 

Range

 

Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

5.50%-9.00%

 

7.29

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

6.26%-8.07%

 

7.16

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

Our observations and analysis suggest that a going-in capitalization rate of 6.50 percent represents reasonable investor criteria under current market conditions.

The subject due to its long term lease with the City of New York is considered similar to a bond transaction by most sophisticated investors.  As previously mentioned investor returns for these types of assets are primarily driven by the credit quality of the tenant.  The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s. 

The value of the subject is significantly enhanced by the existence of the current lease.  Without this long term lease to a credit worthy tenant the subject’s value based upon the physical real estate would be significantly less than our estimate of market value. 

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

In the Direct Capitalization Method, we developed an opinion of market value by dividing year 1 net operating income by a 6.50 percent overall capitalization rate. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

Direct Capitalization Method

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

21.83

 

 

Sensitivity Analysis (0.50% OAR Spread)

 

Value

 

$/SF NRA

 

Based on Low-Range of 6.00%

 

$

43,083,341

 

$

363.79

 

Based on Most Probable Range of 6.50%

 

$

39,769,237

 

$

335.80

 

Based on High-Range of 7.00%

 

$

36,928,578

 

$

311.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciled Value

 

$

39,769,237

 

$

335.80

 

Rounded to nearest $100,000

 

$

39,800,000

 

$

336.06

 

 

41




Discounted Cash Flow Method

In the Discounted Cash Flow Method, we employed Argus for Windows software to model the income characteristics of the property and to make a variety of cash flow assumptions. We attempted to reflect the most likely investment assumptions of typical buyers and sellers in this particular market segment. The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis.

Discounted Cash Flow Assumptions

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW

MODELING ASSUMPTIONS

Holding Period:

 

10 Years

 

Projection Period:

 

11 Years

 

Start Date:

 

2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

 

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT (PSF)

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

VACANCY & COLLECTION LOSS

 

 

 

Global Vacancy:

 

0.00

%

Collection Loss:

 

0.00

%

Total:

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

GROWTH RATES

 

 

 

Market Rent:

 

3.00

%

Consumer Price Index (CPI):

 

3.00

%

Expenses:

 

3.00

%

Real Estate Taxes:

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

 

RATES OF RETURN

 

 

 

Internal Rate of Return:

 

7.50

%

Terminal Capitalization Rate:

 

7.00

%

Reversiona Sales Cost:

 

3.00

%

42




 

LEASING ASSUMPTIONS

 

Warehouse

 

Market Rent Per Square Foot

 

$20.00

 

Contract Rent Increase

 

Rent Steps
every 5 years

 

Lease Type

 

Triple Net

 

Lease Term (years)

 

15

 

Free Rent on New Leases (months)

 

0

 

Free Rent on Renewals (months)

 

0

 

Downtime Between New Leases

 

6

 

Renewal Probability

 

65.00%

 

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (PSF)

 

Warehouse

 

New Leases

 

$

1.00

 

Renewals

 

$

0.50

 

 

Leasing Commissions:

 

6.00 percent for new leases 3% for renewals.

Contract Rent Increases:

 

Leases are assumed to escalate based upon the existing terms of the lease. New leases are assumed to have rent steps every five years.

Expense Reimbursements:

 

Future leases will pay a pro-rata share of real estate taxes and operating expenses. The landlord would be responsible for management and structural reserves.

Capital Expenditure:

 

The building was in average condition at the time of our inspection. We do not foresee any major capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Terminal Capitalization Rate Selection

A terminal capitalization rate was used to develop an opinion of the market value of the property at the end of the assumed investment holding period. The rate is applied to the net operating income following year 10 before making deductions for leasing commissions, tenant improvement allowances and reserves for replacement. We have developed an opinion of an appropriate terminal capitalization rate based on indicated rates in current investor surveys.

Survey

 

Date

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Range

 

Terminal
Cap Rate
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

6.00%-10.00%

 

8.04

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.26%-8.76%

 

8.01

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national leased warehouse/distribution market

 

As a result, we have applied a 7.00 percent terminal capitalization rate in our analysis.  This represents approximately a 50 basis point spread from the going in capitalization rate.

43




Discount Rate Selection

We have developed an opinion of future cash flows, including property value at reversion, and discounted that income stream at an internal rate of return (yield rate) currently required by investors for similar-quality real property. The yield rate (internal rate of return or IRR) is the single rate that discounts all future equity benefits (cash flows and equity reversion) to an opinion of net present value.

The PWC/Korpacz and Cushman & Wakefield investor surveys indicate the following internal rates of return for competitive industrial properties:

Survey

 

Date

 

IRR
Range

 

IRR
Average

 

PWC/Korpacz

 

Q4-2005

 

7.00%-11.50%

 

8.58

%

C&W Real Estate Outlook

 

Fall 2005

 

7.77%-9.52%

 

8.65

%

 

PWC/Korpacz – Refers to national warehouse market regardless of class or occupancy

C&W – Refers to national Class A leased warehouse/distribution market

 

The above table summarizes the investment parameters of some of the most prominent investors currently acquiring similar investment properties in the United States. We realize that this type of survey reflects target rather than transactional rates. Transactional rates are usually difficult to obtain in the verification process and are actually only target rates of the buyer at the time of sale. The property’s performance will ultimately determine the actual yield at the time of sale after a specific holding period.

44




The City of New York Corporate Debt is rated A+ by Moody’s.  The following is a recent survey between US Treasury rates and US Industrials reflecting Credit ratings, yields, and spreads for various terms. 

2/13/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury:

 

 

 

5 year

 

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

10 year

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

30 year

 

4.56

 

 

USD Industrial

 

Credit Rating

 

Yield

 

Spread

 

AAA

 

5 year

 

5.02

 

45

 

 

10 year

 

5.31

 

73

 

 

30 year

 

5.15

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AA

 

5 year

 

5.08

 

50

 

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

78

 

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

5 year

 

5.21

 

64

 

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

85

 

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BBB

 

5 year

 

5.55

 

98

 

 

10 year

 

5.81

 

123

 

 

30 year

 

6.07

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BB

 

5 year

 

6.36

 

179

 

 

10 year

 

6.85

 

227

 

 

30 year

 

7.03

 

248

 

45




Yield Rates

The initial lease term at the subject is for 21 years with two 14 year options.  Therefore, we can interpolate a reasonable spread for a 20 year term between “A” and “AA” credit ratings to determine a reasonable discount rate for the subject property given the credit quality of the tenant.

Rating

 

Term

 

Yield

 

AA

 

10 year

 

5.35

 

AA

 

30 year

 

5.46

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

10 year

 

5.42

 

A

 

30 year

 

5.68

 

Average

 

Interpolated 20 yr

 

5.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Average

 

“AA” & “A”

 

5.48

 

The value of the existing lease to the City of New York significantly enhances the value of the property compared to comparable industrial buildings without a credit tenant.  To account for the existing condition of the improvements, necessary management and the illiquidity of the real estate compared to a similarly rated corporate bond we believe a premium to the indicated yield is warranted when choosing a discount rate.  As such, we have discounted our cash flow and reversionary value projections at an internal rate of return of 7.50 percent.

Discounted Cash Flow Method Conclusion

Based on the discount rate selected, market value is estimated at $39,400,000, rounded. The reversion contributes 53.35 percent to this value estimate. Our cash flow projection and valuation matrix are presented at the end of this section.

46




Schedule Of Prospective Cash Flow

In Inflated Dollars for the Fiscal Year Beginning 2/1/2006

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Year 6

 

Year 7

 

Year 8

 

Year 9

 

Year 10

 

Year 11

 

For the Years Ending

 

Jan-2007

 

Jan-2008

 

Jan-2009

 

Jan-2010

 

Jan-2011

 

Jan-2012

 

Jan-2013

 

Jan-2014

 

Jan-2015

 

Jan-2016

 

Jan-2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential Gross Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rental Revenue

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

2,585,000

 

$

2,628,083

 

$

2,843,500

 

$

2,843,500

 

$

2,843,500

 

$

2,843,500

 

$

2,890,892

 

$

3,127,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scheduled Base Rental Revenue

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,628,083

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,890,892

 

3,127,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Reimbursement Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

41,554

 

42,801

 

44,085

 

45,407

 

46,770

 

48,173

 

49,618

 

51,106

 

52,640

 

54,219

 

55,845

 

Management

 

29,682

 

30,572

 

31,489

 

32,434

 

33,407

 

34,409

 

35,441

 

36,505

 

37,600

 

38,728

 

39,889

 

RE Taxes

 

377,941

 

389,280

 

400,958

 

412,987

 

425,376

 

438,138

 

451,282

 

464,820

 

478,765

 

493,128

 

507,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Reimbursement Revenue

 

449,177

 

462,653

 

476,532

 

490,828

 

505,553

 

520,720

 

536,341

 

552,431

 

569,005

 

586,075

 

603,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Potential Gross Revenue

 

3,034,177

 

3,047,653

 

3,061,532

 

3,075,828

 

3,133,636

 

3,364,220

 

3,379,841

 

3,395,931

 

3,412,505

 

3,476,967

 

3,731,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Gross Revenue

 

3,034,177

 

3,047,653

 

3,061,532

 

3,075,828

 

3,133,636

 

3,364,220

 

3,379,841

 

3,395,931

 

3,412,505

 

3,476,967

 

3,731,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

41,554

 

42,801

 

44,085

 

45,407

 

46,770

 

48,173

 

49,618

 

51,106

 

52,640

 

54,219

 

55,845

 

Management

 

29,682

 

30,572

 

31,489

 

32,434

 

33,407

 

34,409

 

35,441

 

36,505

 

37,600

 

38,728

 

39,889

 

RE Taxes

 

377,941

 

389,280

 

400,958

 

412,987

 

425,376

 

438,138

 

451,282

 

464,820

 

478,765

 

493,128

 

507,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

449,177

 

462,653

 

476,532

 

490,828

 

505,553

 

520,720

 

536,341

 

552,431

 

569,005

 

586,075

 

603,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,585,000

 

2,628,083

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,843,500

 

2,890,892

 

3,127,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing & Capital Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Reserves

 

17,764

 

18,297

 

18,846

 

19,412

 

19,994

 

20,594

 

21,212

 

21,848

 

22,504

 

23,179

 

23,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leasing & Capital Costs

 

17,764

 

18,297

 

18,846

 

19,412

 

19,994

 

20,594

 

21,212

 

21,848

 

22,504

 

23,179

 

23,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Before Debt Service & Taxes

 

$

2,567,236

 

$

2,566,703

 

$

2,566,154

 

$

2,565,588

 

$

2,608,089

 

$

2,822,906

 

$

2,822,288

 

$

2,821,652

 

$

2,820,996

 

$

2,867,713

 

$

3,103,976

 

47




Prospective Present Value

Cash Flow Before Debt Service plus Property Resale

Discounted Annually (Endpoint on Cash Flow & Resale) over a 10-Year Period

 

 

 

For the

 

 

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

P.V. of

 

Analysis

 

Year

 

Annual

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

 Period

 

Ending

 

Cash Flow

 

@ 7.00%

 

@ 7.50%

 

@ 8.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Jan-2007

 

$

2,567,236

 

$

2,399,286

 

$

2,388,127

 

$

2,377,070

 

Year 2

 

Jan-2008

 

2,566,703

 

2,241,858

 

2,221,051

 

2,200,534

 

Year 3

 

Jan-2009

 

2,566,154

 

2,094,746

 

2,065,653

 

2,037,096

 

Year 4

 

Jan-2010

 

2,565,588

 

1,957,275

 

1,921,114

 

1,885,784

 

Year 5

 

Jan-2011

 

2,608,089

 

1,859,531

 

1,816,687

 

1,775,022

 

Year 6

 

Jan-2012

 

2,822,906

 

1,881,022

 

1,829,134

 

1,778,909

 

Year 7

 

Jan-2013

 

2,822,288

 

1,757,579

 

1,701,148

 

1,646,778

 

Year 8

 

Jan-2014

 

2,821,652

 

1,642,227

 

1,582,107

 

1,524,451

 

Year 9

 

Jan-2015

 

2,820,996

 

1,534,435

 

1,471,385

 

1,411,200

 

Year 10

 

Jan-2016

 

2,867,713

 

1,457,800

 

1,391,396

 

1,328,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Flow

 

 

 

27,029,325

 

18,825,759

 

18,387,802

 

17,965,150

 

Property Resale @ 7% Cap Rate

 

 

 

43,343,064

 

22,033,416

 

21,029,791

 

20,076,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Property Present Value

 

 

 

 

 

$

40,859,175

 

$

39,417,593

 

$

38,041,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rounded

 

 

 

 

 

$

40,859,000

 

$

39,400,000

 

$

38,041,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per SqFt

 

 

 

 

 

$

345.01

 

$

332.69

 

$

321.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Value Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Income

 

 

 

 

 

46.42

%

47.00

%

47.58

%

Prospective Income

 

 

 

 

 

-0.35

%

-0.35

%

-0.35

%

Prospective Property Resale

 

 

 

 

 

53.93

%

53.35

%

52.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

100.00

%

48




Reconciliation Within the Income Capitalization Approach

SUMMARY OF INCOME CAPITALIZATION METHODS

 

 

Value

 

Value Indicated by the Discounted Cash Flow Method:

 

$

39,400,000

 

Value Indicated by the Direct Capitalization Method:

 

$

39,800,000

 

 

We have placed equal reliance on both the Discounted Cash Flow and the Direct Capitalization Method. Therefore, our opinion of market value via the Income Capitalization Approach is as follows:

Value Conclusion:

 

$

39,400,000

 

49




RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This appraisal employs only the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that this approach would be considered necessary and applicable for market participants. The subject’s age makes it difficult to accurately form an opinion of depreciation and tends to make the Cost Approach unreliable. Furthermore, public information regarding sale transaction details is generally insufficient to provide a reliable foundation for a value estimate. Therefore, we have not employed the Cost Approach or the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of market value.

The approaches indicated the following:

Cost Approach:

 

N/A

 

Sales Comparison Approach:

 

N/A

 

Income Capitalization Approach:

 

$

39,400,000

 

We have given most weight to the Income Capitalization Approach because this mirrors the methodology used by purchasers of this property type.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice , we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” market value of the leased fee estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on February 2, 2006 was:

THIRTY NINE MILLION FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

$39,400,000

The implied “going in” capitalization rate is 6.56 percent.  The implied going-in cap rate is in line with the recent surveys and reflects the credit worthiness of the tenant.

50




ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Appraisal” means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Appraisal.

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the Appraisal.

“Appraiser” or “Appraisers” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Appraisal.

General Assumptions

This appraisal is made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.                No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.

2.                The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. Some of such information may have been provided by the owner of the Property. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters.

3.                The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the Appraisal. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect property value.

4.                The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional material without C&W’s prior written consent. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited, except as it relates to the collaboration between C&W and the Appraisal Institute relative to the Real Estate Outlook publication.

5.                Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.

6.                The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and analyzed in the Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value opinion contained in the Appraisal is based.

7.                The physical condition of the improvements analyzed within the Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Appraisal. C&W assumes no

51




responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.

8.                The projected potential gross income referred to in the Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Appraiser has not reviewed lease documents and assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.

9.                The projections of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s opinion of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these projections will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, supply and demand.

10.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.

11.          Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been analyzed in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.

12.          Additional work requested by the client beyond the scope of this assignment will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate. Preparation for court testimony, update valuations, additional research, depositions, travel or other proceedings will be billed at our prevailing hourly rate, plus reimbursement of expenses.

13.          The reader acknowledges that Cushman & Wakefield has been retained hereunder as an independent contractor to perform the services described herein and nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to create any other relationship between us. This assignment shall be deemed concluded and the services hereunder completed upon delivery to you of the appraisal report discussed herein.

14.          This study has not been prepared for use in connection with litigation and this document is not suitable for use in a litigation action. Accordingly, no rights to expert testimony, pretrial or other conferences, deposition, or related services are included with this appraisal. If, as a result of this undertaking, C&W or any of its principals, its appraisers or consultants are requested or required to provide any litigation services, such shall be subject to the provisions of the C&W engagement letter or, if not specified therein, subject to the reasonable availability of C&W and/or said principals or appraisers at the time and shall further be subject to the party or parties requesting or requiring such services paying the then-applicable professional fees and expenses of C&W either in accordance with the provisions of the engagement letter or arrangements at the time, as the case may be.

52




Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no extraordinary assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis” ( USPAP ).

This appraisal employs no hypothetical conditions.

53




CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.                The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

2.                The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

3.                We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.

4.                We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

5.                Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

6.                Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

7.                Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

8.                Philip P. Cadorette, MAI made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report.

9.                No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.

10.          The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

11.          As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for Philip P. Cadorette, MAI is current.

 

s/ Philip P. Cadorette

 

 

  Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

  Director

  New York Certified General Appraiser

  License No. 46000003076

  phil_cadorette@cushwake.com

  (212) 841-7604 Office Direct

  (212).841-7849 Facsimile

54




ADDENDA

Addenda Contents

ADDENDUM A:                                                       Qualifications of the Appraisers

55




ADDENDUM A:  Qualifications of the Appraisers

56




PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Philip P. Cadorette, MAI

Director, Valuation Services

Background

Philip P. Cadorette is a Director of Cushman & Wakefield’s New York Valuation Advisory Services Group.  His responsibilities include the analysis and appraisal of commercial real estate on a national basis.  Between 1990 and 1999, Mr. Cadorette was employed by The Chase Manhattan Bank as a Vice President in their Real Estate Finance Group and the Chase Commercial Mortgage Bank.  From 1997 through 1999 Mr. Cadorette was a Senior Underwriter in Chase’s Commercial Mortgage Bank.  As senior underwriter Mr. Cadorette underwrote large loans for the mortgage conduit program and worked closely with the rating agencies during the securitization process.

Between 1990 and 1997 Mr. Cadorette was actively involved in underwriting and advisory assignments for commercial real estate projects and portfolios in connection with REIT and acquisition financing, securitization, syndications, and equity and debt placement throughout the United States.  He also provided a variety of advisory services and presentations to Chase’s corporate and real estate clients.  Mr. Cadorette was part of a team that evaluated Chase’s real estate exposure in connection with the potential acquisition of financial institutions.

Prior to his employment with Chase Manhattan, Mr. Cadorette was employed from 1988 to 1990 as a Senior Commercial Appraiser with Smith Hays and Associates, Smithtown, New York.  From 1986 to 1988 Mr. Cadorette was a staff appraiser with Kenneth E. Richards & Associates Inc., West Islip, New York.

Appraisal Experience

Appraisal, feasibility and consulting assignments have included proposed and existing regional malls, shopping centers, multi-tenanted office buildings, industrial buildings, research and development facilities, cooperatives, condominiums and rental apartment properties, vacant land, residential subdivisions, hotels, motels and proposed development.  Mr. Cadorette has also consulted institutional clients on the sale, acquisition or performance of nationwide portfolios of investment property as well as provided advisory work with regard to insurable values of single assets and portfolios.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

Member, Appraisal Institute (MAI Designation achieved 1994)

Certified New York State - General Appraiser

Certified Ohio State - General Appraiser

Education

Pfeiffer University, North Carolina

Bachelor of Science, Marketing / Economics - May, 1986

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation.  Mr. Cadorette was awarded the designation in 1994.  As of the date of this report, Philip P. Cadorette, MAI, has completed the requirements under the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Appraisal Institute Courses

Real Estate Appraisal Principles

 

Single Family Residences

Basic Valuations

 

Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation

Capitalization Theory & Techniques, A & B

 

The Complete Appraisal Review

Valuation Analysis and Report Writing

 

Standards of Professional Practice, A & B

 

57



Exhibit 99.8

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

April 13, 2006

Mr. Paul Cooper

Lighthouse Real Estate

444 Merrick Road, Suite 104

Lynbrook, New York 11563

Dear Mr. Cooper:

You have requested Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC (“Empire”) to render its opinion as to the fair market value of a minority common stock interest in GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries (“GTJ” or the “Company”) as of March 31, 2006 (the “Valuation Date”).  It is our understanding that this valuation will be used for corporate planning purposes.

Methodology

GTJ has been valued on a going concern basis.  Since the Company is closely-held, and thus without a public market for its ownership interests, this appraisal was conducted according to guidelines established by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and in conformity with appraisal practices promulgated by the American Society of Appraisers in the Principles of Appraisal Practice and Code of Ethics, and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, together with such standards as were deemed relevant to this engagement.

In defining “fair market value,” IRS Revenue Ruling 59-60 refers to Section 25.2512-1 of the Gift Tax Regulations.  Fair market value is described therein as the price at which ownership interests would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.




Sources of Information

Information used in determining the fair market value of a minority interest in the common stock of GTJ was provided by the documents and sources listed below:

·                        Telephone interviews with Stuart Sieger, Esq. of the law firm Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, PC, the Company’s legal counsel, Paul Cooper of Lighthouse Real Estate and a member of the GTJ Board of Directors, and Michael Kessman, the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer, regarding the Company’s history, operations, markets, finances, and outlook, as of the Valuation Date;

·                        Analysis of GTJ’s audited financial statements for the four years ended December 31, 2001 through 2004 as prepared by Ernst & Young, LLP, and its internally-prepared financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2005;

·                        Economic and industry data gathered from Value Line, among others; and

·                        Other reviews, analyses, and research as were deemed necessary.

Business Profile

At the Valuation Date, GTJ was primarily involved in the bus shelter cleaning and advertisement placement business through two companies located in Long Island City, New York (“NY”) and a company in Los Angeles, California (“CA”).  Additionally, the Company held (though was expected to soon divest) several real estate properties, performed electrical maintenance work in a variety of environments, and operated two businesses related to captive insurance and the administration of insurance claims.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company had revenue of $28.8 million and pre-tax income of $3.5 million.  As of December 31, 2005, GTJ’s assets totaled $22.2 million and shareholders’ equity was $6.4 million.

A.                  Operations

As noted, the Company was comprised of several subsidiaries and it performed various business functions as of the Valuation Date.  Below is a list of the primary business entities that comprise GTJ:

·                   Shelter Express Corp.: Located in Long Island City, NY, Shelter Express Corp. installs, maintains, and cleans bus shelters in New York City (“NYC”) under a contract with Viacom Outdoor.  The company also inserts advertising into these bus shelters under the same contract.

2




·                   Metroclean Express Corp.: Provides cleaning and maintenance services for various outdoor advertising displays, telephone booths, and portable toilets, and rents inspection equipment.  It also provides traffic control services for the engineering and construction community.

·                   Shelter Electric Maintenance Corp.: Provides electrical maintenance and renovation services to existing advertising signs and other commercial customers.

·                   ShelterCLEAN, Inc.: Installs, maintains, and cleans bus shelters in Los Angeles and Orange Counties, CA under contracts with Viacom Outdoor and others.  The company also inserts advertising into these bus shelters under the above contracts.

·                   Transit Facility Management Corp.: Operates a paratransit service in NYC under contract with the NYC Transit Authority (“NYCTA”).

At the Valuation Date the Company owned two pieces of real estate located in Jackson Heights, Queens, one of which was leased to Avis Rent a Car Systems, Inc. under a twenty year lease, and the other in Spring Creek, Brooklyn, that is leased to other subsidiaries of GTJ and Varsity Bus Co., Inc., an independent school bus company.  Empire has been informed that the real estate will be divested from the Company shortly after the Valuation Date.  As such, the impact of the properties on the Company’s historical income generation and on its balance sheet was not considered in the analysis to follow and the conclusion of value is on a post-real estate divested basis.

The Company had previously operated school buses under contracts principally with the NYC Board of Education (“NYCBOE”), Port Washington School District, and the Sewanhaka Central High School District of Elmont, NY.  In June 2003, these contracts were assigned to various third party operators and also to a new company formed by previous management of Varsity Transit.  Further, in September 2003, the Company exited the school bus business completely and sold the majority of its school bus runs to other contractors.  Most of the proceeds of the sale were used to reduce its interest-bearing debt.

B.                  Markets & Customers

At the Valuation Date, Viacom Outdoor and the NYCTA represented between 55% and 60% of the Company’s annual income.  Viacom represented nearly 50% of all revenue generated from the Company’s CA operation, and all revenue generated from Shelter Express Corp.  Management noted that the Company could lose some of Viacom Outdoors’ business in the near future.  Nonetheless, they were confident that the negotiations that have recently been entered into with another customer would help offset

3




this potential loss of revenue.  In sum, management estimated that the Company’s CA operation accounted for approximately 18% of total revenue in 2005, with the remaining revenue generated in the greater NYC area.  At the Valuation Date, management was continuing to attempt to diversify the Company, both from a revenue generation and a geographic perspective.  As a result of this initiative, it was expected that a new Arizona operation would become operational at some point in 2006, the financial impact of which was largely unknown as of the Valuation Date.

C.                  Facilities

GTJ and its Subsidiaries operated out of a series of six facilities including locations in Burbank, California, Brooklyn, NY, Lynbrook, NY, and Long Island City, NY.  With the exception of the Lynbrook and Brooklyn locations, all facilities are leased from unrelated parties at arms’-length lease rates.  The Brooklyn facility is currently owned by GTJ (one of the buildings to be transferred) and the Lynbrook facility is owned by a member of GTJ’s Board of Directors.  While rent is currently not being paid at the Brooklyn, NY facility, it will be paid in the near future.  Further, management noted that the lease terms at the Lynbrook, NY facility were reasonably close to market rates.

D.                  Management & Employees

The Company’s management (at the parent level) consisted of the following individuals as shown on Table I on the following page:

Table I
GTJ Co., Inc. 
Corporate Officers

Employee

 

Title

Jerry Cooper

 

President

Stan Brettschneider

 

Vice-President

Thomas Eagar

 

Secretary

As of the Valuation Date, GTJ employed a total of 419 people including 254 employees who were covered under two unions, including Local #3 and Local #1181.  The majority of the non-union employees consist of the Company’s executive team, administration, finance personnel, and clerical positions.  Of the non-union workforce, nearly half are

4




employees at the Company’s CA location.  Table II below breaks out the Company’s union employees by classification:

Table II
Employee Classification

Position

 

No. of Employees

Drivers

 

113

Cleaners

 

72

Mechanics

 

27

Inspectors

 

15

Traffic Controllers

 

14

Supervisors

 

7

Electricians

 

6

Total

 

254

According to management, relations with its employees and their unions were good as of the Valuation Date.

E.                    Capital Stock & Ownership

At the Valuation Date, GTJ had 200 common shares of stock authorized, issued, and outstanding owned by the following shareholders:

Table III
Stock Ownership

Shareholder

 

Shares (Percent)

Green Bus Lines, Inc.

 

80 (40%)

Triboro Coach Corp.

 

80 (40%)

Jamaica Central Railways

 

40 (20%)

Total

 

200 (100%)

 

5




Economic, Industry & Company Outlook

In the appraisal of any company, the general economic factors prevailing at the valuation date, as well as those foreseen then, must be considered.  Assimilation of these facts and forecasts provides insight into the economic climate in which investors are dealing.  Although individual factors may or may not have a direct impact upon a particular industry, the overall economy and its outlook have a strong influence on how investors perceive investment opportunities.

A.                  General Economy

For this analysis, the general economic climate that prevailed through the first quarter of 2006 was considered, as was the outlook for the domestic economy.  This section of the report contains an overview of selected economic factors, such as gross domestic product (“GDP”), inflation, and United States (“U.S.”) monetary and fiscal policy.

The Value Line forecast closest to the Valuation Date was utilized, as it was considered to be most reasonable.  In its Quarterly Economic Review , dated February 24, 2006, Value Line stated that the pace of economic growth decelerated markedly in 2005’s fourth quarter, with GDP held in check by sluggish housing and retailing, as well as by an unexpected drop in government expenditures.  Some of that weakness began to reverse itself, however, with data showing that many of the nation’s retailers posted strong sales gains in January.  Car sales also rose in January, and Value Line believed that government spending would also increase as global realities mandate higher military outlays.  However, data also revealed a slight falloff in industrial production, though exports, non-farm payrolls, and wage rates had risen.  Housing was mixed, with homebuilding having strengthened in January but with confidence levels among U.S. builders low enough to suggest some weakness over the course of the year.

As a result of the above factors, Value Line expected first quarter 2006 GDP growth of 3.5% to 4.0%, with further moderate growth for the rest of the year.  This forecast assumed that oil prices would remain below $60 a barrel, the Federal Reserve (the “Fed”) would stop raising interest rates by the middle of the year, and that there would be no major deterioration on the global front.  Further moderate slowing in growth was expected in 2007, with GDP likely to increase by 2.5% to 3.0%.  A modest improvement in business activity should then take hold by the closing years of the decade.

According to Value Line, inflation would continue to remain stable.  In 2004, producer prices rose by 3.6% versus a gain of 3.2% in 2003, while consumer prices rose 2.7%, up from 2.3% in 2003.  Producer prices were expected to increase by 4.9% in 2005, and consumer prices were expected to increase 3.4%, and then decline to 2.0% and 2.5%,

6




respectively, by 2010.  The change in industrial production was estimated to be 3.8% in the fourth quarter of 2005, and was expected to average 2.8% from 2006 through 2010.

Value Line expected a gradual increase in both short-term and long-term borrowing costs.  The three-month Treasury bill rate was 4.6 % at the publication date and was expected to decline slightly to 4.5% by the first quarter of 2006.  The Prime Lending Rate was 7.5% at the publication date and was forecast to slowly grow, reaching 8.2% by 2010.  However, Value Line believed that the Fed would move toward a neutral stance with regard to the Federal Funds rate by mid-year, and could even lower it somewhat by early 2007.

Corporate earnings had grown at double-digit rates over the last four years, driven by healthy demand levels and rising productivity.  However, productivity gains slowed and demand moderated in a number of sectors in 2005 as the pace of economic growth slowed, which could in turn result in single-digit income gains by 2007.  As economic growth increases in the final years of the decade, there could be some acceleration in earnings momentum.

In sum, Value Line was forecasting real, inflation-adjusted GDP to rise at a rate of 3.5% for all of 2005.  Longer-term projections continued to call for between 2.7% and 3.5% in real year-over-year GDP growth.  In the absence of any severe problems (i.e., a run-up in inflation, a sharper decline in housing activity, a marked surge in oil and gas prices, a financial crisis such as a significant corporate bankruptcy, an international incident, or a terrorist attack), Value Line believed that growth of 3.5% would be sustained through the final years of this decade.

B.                  Industry & Company Outlook

According to the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, there are currently about 4,895 buses operating on more than 200 local and 30 express routes throughout the five boroughs that make up NYC.  They account for 80 percent of the city’s surface mass transportation.  In January 2006, 60.03 million passengers used the NYC transit system, up from 58.08 million in January 2005.  The average number of weekday passengers is over 7 million.  The sum of the NYC mass transit system (which includes subways, buses, and railroads) moves approximately 2.4 billion people a year.

Transit advertising was barely visible twenty years ago, but today it consists of 17% of all outdoor advertising.  According to the Outdoor Advertising Association of America (“OAAA”), outdoor advertising expenditures reached $6.3 billion in 2005, an 8% growth rate over 2004.  Specifically, advertising on street furniture, transit, and other

7




totaled $2.4 billion in 2005, up from $2.2 billion in 2004.  There are approximately 37,205 bus shelter displays in the U.S. for advertising.

The American Public Transportation Association (“APTA”) noted that mass transit is an effective way for advertisers to reach varied demographic groups and all of those people are usually held captive for prolonged stretches.  Nevertheless, transit agencies still make a very small amount of money from selling ad space.  A study by the APTA shows that ad revenues contributed only 1.1 percent to the top line of the average transit agency.  That translates into about 3.5 cents per passenger trip, but that’s almost all profit.  “The costs to transit agencies are negligible, and anything that can add to the revenue pot in these days of economic hard times is very welcome,” says Donna Aggazio, a spokeswoman with the APTA.

Since the Company is expected to lose a sizable percentage of its profitability through the loss of its rental operation, the continued growth of bus shelters, bus riders, and transit advertising is imperative for the Company as it attempts to remain solvent on a post reorganization basis.  While the continued growth in these segments is not expected to mitigate the lost profitability, they certainly will assist the Company in its efforts to attain prolonged financial stability.

Financial Review

GTJ’s audited financial statements for the four years ended December 31, 2001 through 2004, and its internally prepared financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2005, were studied.  Given the recent cessation of the Company’s school bus operations in 2003, only the most pertinent financial data from the most recent two years will be discussed below.  The Company’s comparative historical income statements, balance sheets, cash flow statements, and selected financial ratios are presented in Exhibits A through D.

In discussing these statements, trends have been noted and various ratios and indications of financial condition have been calculated.  The purpose of this analysis is to identify underlying business phenomena through the Company’s accounting variables and to determine its ability to generate future earnings.  Many variables were considered before commenting, but only the most significant trends and ratios important to GTJ’s earnings capacity are discussed below.

A.                  Income Statement Analysis

GTJ’s total revenue increased by 6.9% from $26.9 million in 2004 to $28.8 million in 2005.  This level of growth follows an approximate 23.2% growth level achieved in

8




2003.  On a year-over-year basis, the Company’s two-year compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of total revenue was 14.8%.  On a normalized basis, i.e., eliminating the impact of the real estate and other non-recurring items, the Company’s total revenue from operations would have approximated $27 million.  Going forward, management expects total revenue growth to be dictated by its expansion into the Arizona markets as well as its ability to offset any revenue loss incurred by the potential loss of Viacom Outdoors’ NYC business.

GTJ’s operating expenses grew from $25.2 million in 2004 to $27.6 million in 2005, a net increase of 9.3%.  As with total revenue, the Company experienced significant operating expense growth between 2003 and 2004 (at 24%) resulting in a two-year operating expense CAGR of 16.4%.  The more rapid acceleration of the Company’s aggregate expense growth relative to its total revenue growth resulted in a declining operating margin.  Specifically, GTJ’s operating margin declined from 6.7% in 2003 to 6.2% in 2004, and further to 4% in 2005.

GTJ’s other income and expense in 2005 consisted primarily of service fees, net of related expenses, of $2.2 million and smaller amounts of interest income, interest expense, other non-operating expenses, and income from discontinued operations.  In sum, the Company reported pre-tax income of $524,007 in 2004 and $3.5 million in 2005.  As will be noted below, however, GTJ’s post reorganization operations will be essentially break-even over the near term.

B.                  Balance Sheet Analysis

As of December 31, 2005, GTJ’s balance sheet was financially adequate.  The Company had cash totaling $2.2 million, a working capital deficit of $2.4 million, interest-bearing debt of $1.9 million, and shareholders’ equity of $6.4 million.  However, nearly $4.2 million of the Company’s book value was in the form of intangible assets.  GTJ’s tangible asset base was $2.2 million.

The Company’s current and quick ratios were 0.8 times and 0.5 times, respectively, at year-end 2005.  Although the Company maintained a working capital deficit of $2.4 million, this actually represented over a $2 million improvement from the working capital deficit at year-end 2004.  Its accounts receivable balance of $4.4 million produced a days’ receivable of 56 days during 2005 which was in-line with its days’ receivable from 2003 and 2004.  The table below details the book value of the Company’s most significant assets as of the Valuation Date and the percentage of those assets relative to the Company’s aggregate asset base.

9




Table IV
Largest Tangible Assets

Asset

 

Value

 

Percent

 

Net Fixed Assets

 

$

5,958,817

 

26.9

%

Accounts Receivable

 

$

4,433,206

 

20.0

%

Cash

 

$

2,207,504

 

10.0

%

Prepaid Expenses

 

$

2,188,711

 

9.9

%

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s primary liabilities were due to affiliates of $9.5 million, other liabilities of $1.7 million, notes payable of $1.7 million, and accounts payable of $1.1 million.  As will be described in more detail below, the Company does not expect to fulfill several of these obligations and others will transfer with the real estate.

C.                  Financial Summary

Although the Company has experienced moderate revenue growth over the past two years, growth in operating expenses has been more significant.  This has left the Company with a decreasing operating margin.  Although 2005 was a profitable year, especially compared to the Company’s recent history, it was not expected to be sustained given the impending reorganization.

Again, the Company operates at a working capital deficit and has a minimal tangible book value compared to its revenue base.  Management was concerned about the long-term viability of the Company on a post reorganization basis and projected little more than a break-even situation going forward.  These assessments have been incorporated into our subsequent valuation analysis.

Valuation of GTJ Co., Inc.

The purpose of the valuation section is to incorporate the information considered and/or presented previously into a quantitative representation, thus assigning a value to the ownership privileges of the closely held entity.  The valuation methodology reflects the analyst’s expectation of how free and open capital markets would assign value to the economic activities of the business asset under analysis.

10




A.                  General Valuation Methods

There are a number of generally accepted methods in use for valuing a closely-held business asset, none of which is necessarily superior to the others.  It is more a question as to which of the methods or combination of methods is best suited to the business, industry, and economic circumstances of the particular company or asset being appraised at the specific valuation date.  The purpose of the engagement and the percentage of equity being valued are additional factors to be considered when selecting a valuation method.

The following discussion summarizes the most generally accepted valuation methods.

Excess Earnings Method: The excess earnings method capitalizes profits attributable to intangible assets at a rate of return selected on the basis of rates currently available for other investments with risks equal to those of the business under study.  This method is sometimes applied in the valuation of 100% of an operating company’s capital.  However, the IRS and the Tax Court have identified this as a last resort method, i.e., to be used only when no other one will reasonably work.

Given that there are more appropriate valuation methods available for the Company’s equity, this methodology was not used.

Guideline Company Method: The objective of the guideline company valuation technique is to identify business entities that have publicly traded securities and business and financial risks which are comparable to those of the entity being valued.  The pricing multiples of the selected public companies are then used to derive a market value for the owners’ capital of the company under analysis.

Using S&P’s Research Insight SM  database of public companies, a search was conducted for companies whose textural descriptions were consistent with GTJ’s.  However, given the Company’s recent and expected divestitures, its inter-company affiliations, size, capital structure, and the nature of its operations, no publicly traded companies were identified that were similar to GTJ which could be used on a comparative basis for determining its value.  Therefore, this methodology was not applied in valuing the Company’s equity.

Discounted Future Income Method : The discounted future income method can use cash flows or earnings as a basis to forecast the income which the business will generate.  Thereafter, an aggregate present value is calculated for the future cash flows using a required rate of return known as the discount rate.  The strength of this method is that it facilitates the analysis of operational practices and their impact upon the business’ value.

11




Its weakness, however, is that it relies heavily upon projections of cash flows or net income which, for some firms, are difficult to make with any accuracy.

This methodology was not used because of: (1) the lack of any projections; and (2) the structural changes which are expected to occur within the Company immediately following the Valuation Date.

Capitalization of Income Method: The capitalization of income method utilizes historical results to determine the value of a company’s owners’ capital.  An income base is first derived, and then divided (i.e., capitalized) by a separately computed required rate of return, or capitalization (“cap”) rate.  The income base can be defined variously as a company’s adjusted earnings, cash flows, or dividends.  For the cap rate to be appropriate, it must correspond to the specific inputs used in developing the income base.

A segregated approach is used when an operating company has on its balance sheet excess working capital, non-operating assets, or multiple operating lines of business or other items which are not fully or accurately captured with the capitalization of income method.  When the segregated approach is applied, all income and expense related to the segregated item(s) should be removed from the computation of the company’s earnings capacity.

Generally, this method is considered a reasonable one to use in valuing a going concern when a company’s historical income, at least if adjusted, is considered to be a good proxy for that expected in the future.

In this situation, it is our opinion that GTJ’s historical results for years 2004 and 2005 provided a reasonable starting point to use in assessing its future expectations.  Therefore, an attempt was made to use the capitalization of income method, as further discussed below.

Adjusted Net Asset Value Method: Adjusted NAV is a method that focuses primarily on the balance sheet.  It requires restatement of the company’s assets and liabilities in order to reflect their fair market values.  Application of this method is most useful in determining a fully marketable controlling (i.e., enterprise) value.  However, the method’s relevance generally weakens when valuing a minority or other ownership interest in a going concern which lacks the right to liquidate assets or sell the business.  Some exceptions are when liquidation of the business is considered highly probable or when the company’s value is directly tied to the value of its underlying investments.

Adjusted book value (“ABV”) is a variant of NAV.  It is usually used in the valuation of holding companies whose main assets are publicly traded securities or other investment assets such as real estate, notes receivable, partnership interests, or equity investments in

12




other business enterprises.  ABV is distinguished from the traditional NAV method in that it does not consider the transaction or liquidation costs necessary to realize the cash value of the holding company’s underlying assets.

At the Valuation Date, GTJ’s reported net worth (i.e., book value of its equity) was $6.4 million, which was very significant relative to the Company’s expected future (post-divestiture) earnings capacity (e.g., annual earnings of $640,000 are required to yield a 10% after-tax rate of return).  As a result, the value of GTJ’s underlying assets and any related liabilities are important to an investor.  This is true even though a minority interest is being valued, and such an interest obviously does not have the right to liquidate the Company or its assets.   Therefore, the ABV method was also applied in deriving the value of the Company’s equity.

B.                  Outline of Valuation Process

Our valuation of GTJ’s equity at the Valuation Date is based on two methods: capitalization of income and ABV.  The capitalization of income method yields an aggregate value for a company’s equity on a freely tradable minority interest basis (again, this method was considered to the extent possible, as further discussed below).  With the second valuation method, the Company’s ABV was determined on a controlling interest basis.  A discount for lack of control was then applied to the ABV as a minority interest is being valued.  Thereafter, a discount for lack of marketability appropriate to ownership of a minority interest in GTJ’s common stock was applied.

C.                  Valuation of GTJ’s Equity Using the Capitalization of Cash Flow Method

Financial theory holds the value of any asset to be a function of several interrelated factors:

·                        The stream of benefits the owner of the assets expects to receive;

·                        The timing of the receipt of these benefits; and

·                        The risk borne by the owner.

Thus, appraisal methodologies rely on the premise that the value of a business enterprise is equal to the present value of the income which it can expect to generate going forward.  From an investor’s standpoint, these future income streams represent the dividend-paying capacity of the company or, in the case of a leveraged company, monies available for all invested capital (i.e., interest-bearing debt plus owners’ capital).

13




To value GTJ’s income, it is necessary to determine both the income base and the rate of return (i.e., the cap rate) which an investor would require in order to purchase an interest in its future distributions.  Thereafter, it is simply a matter of dividing the income base by the cap rate.  As noted, this process is referred to as capitalizing.

Derivation of Cash Flow Base: As noted above, historical data covering 2004 and 2005 served as the basis for GTJ’s normalized income base.  Considering the operational transition that occurred in 2003, i.e., the liquidation of the Company’s bus lines and all school bus related activities, this timeframe was deemed satisfactory.

Salaries of the management team during this period were examined and the Company’s financial information was reviewed in an effort to identify any discretionary, unusual, or non-recurring items that affected earnings in any of the years analyzed and to account for any items not reflected in its historical expenses.  In addition, all income and expense items that were not expected to remain with the Company subsequent to its impending reorganization were also eliminated from the analysis.  It was concluded that the following adjustments were necessary, as shown on Exhibit E:

·                        Expense and income related to discontinued operations were removed from the income base in the year in which they were incurred.  This resulted in an increase in the pre-tax income base of $321,632 in 2004 and a decrease in the pre-tax income base of ($159,733) in 2005.

·                        Based on discussions with management, the net impact of the real estate assets was eliminated from the historical income bases.  This figure, based on all applicable rental income and corresponding expense items, was estimated at $1,400,000 and was eliminated from the determination of the Company’s normalized income base in each year.

·                        Service fees, net of related expenses, was considered a non-recurring income stream and was removed from the normalized income base in the year in which it was derived.

·                        Non-recurring losses relating to Transit Facility Management Corp., totaling $900,000 in 2004 and $50,000 in 2005, were added back to the income base.

·                        Likewise, management noted that non-recurring professional fees totaling $731,000 in 2004 and $240,000 in 2005 were incurred.  These items were necessarily added back to the pre-tax income base in the year in which they were incurred.

·                        According to management, 18-20 additional employees who were not on GTJ’s payroll over the two years under analysis will begin to be paid directly by GTJ.

14




Total expenses related to these employees were expected, at a minimum, to approximate $1.4 million annually.  As such, the respective pre-tax income bases were reduced accordingly.

·                        The Company books a non-cash expense, change in insurance reserves, annually.  Since this expense did not directly impact the Company’s cash flow, it was added back to the income base in 2004.

·                        Ceding commissions and other non-recurring expenses totaling $639,676 (in aggregate) in 2004 and $2,816 in 2005 were added back to the respective income bases.

·                        Finally, as will be discussed below, approximately 85% of the Company’s interest bearing debt balance will be transferring out of the Company shortly after the Valuation Date.  Given this, 85% the annual interest expense was added back to the income base as this expense will no longer occur in the future.

After making the above adjustments, an average adjusted pre-tax income base of ($295,431) was concluded for GTJ.  Next, the Company’s requirements for net capital expenditures and working capital were assessed.  It was concluded that, over the long-term, GTJ’s capital expenditure requirements (net of depreciation) and working capital to support the Company’s expected long-term growth in its ongoing operations would continue to render the Company, at best, at break-even over the near-term.  Given this analysis and the break-even expectation, the capitalization of income method was deemed unreliable as of the Valuation Date in determining the Company’s fair market value.

D.                  Valuation of GTJ’s Equity Using the Adjusted Book Value Method

As discussed above, a willing buyer would typically assess the value of GTJ’s equity on the basis of its underlying assets.  Thus, it is reasonable to utilize ABV as a valuation method.  By definition, this methodology should be based on going concern value, not on the assumption of business liquidation.  In reality, though, holders of non-controlling ownership interests can only receive their pro rata share of Company’s assets if it is liquidated.

Adjusted Book Value: Book value, unadjusted, is another name for the shareholders’ equity account as it appears on the balance sheet.  Again, ABV as a willing buyer would assess it involves determining the value of a company’s bundle of assets, less its liabilities, but before transaction costs.

This analysis began by using the Company’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet.  In doing so, each asset and liability was assessed to determine its estimated market value as of the

15




Valuation Date.  Based on discussions with management and the Company’s accountant, t he following adjustments were made:

·                        Three of the Company’s fixed asset accounts, including revenue vehicles, leased equipment, and furniture and office equipment, were decreased by 50% from their stated book values to their estimated market values of $1,801,741, $128,936, and $206,961, respectively.  The fourth fixed asset account, shop and garage equipment was decreased by 75% to an estimated market value of $211,721.

·                        As noted above, Empire has been informed that the real estate held on the Company’s balance sheet would be transferred out of GTJ soon after the Valuation Date.  Given this, the Company’s land & building account was written down to $0.

·                        The intangible assets, with a book value of $4,190,483, were adjusted down to $0 as those assets have no realizable value.

·                        Empire was informed by GTJ’s management that the amount due to affiliates totaling $9,461,629 would never be repaid.  Based on this anticipated forgiveness of debt, this account was necessarily adjusted to $0.

·                        Management estimated that approximately $1,466,201 in mortgage payable would transfer out of GTJ, as it was secured by the real estate assets.  This amount was removed from the notes payable entry.

·                        Finally, several judgments have been levied against the Company for past business practices.  Management estimated that approximately $1.5 million of liabilities related to these various judgments would not be recoverable by the opposing parties.  As such, the other liabilities account was reduced by $1.5 million to reflect this assertion.

These adjustments were necessary to more accurately address GTJ’s ABV as a willing buyer would assess it, as of the Valuation Date.  Based on discussions with management, the book value of GTJ’s remaining assets and liabilities was deemed to be a reasonable approximation for market value at the Valuation Date.  The result is an aggregate ABV for the Company’s equity of $11,025,372, on a fully marketable, controlling interest basis.  Considering 200 shares outstanding, the marketable, controlling interest value per share is reasonably stated at $55,127.  Please see Exhibit F.

Discount for Lack of Control: Publicly traded stocks are by definition freely tradeable interests.  Thus, when a bidder seeks control of a public company, a premium over its

16




stocks’ market pricing is usually paid.  This is because certain prerogatives, or levels of control, are transferred with percentages of ownership above 50%, such as the authority to:

·                        Determine management compensation and perquisites;

·                        Declare and pay dividends;

·                        Sell or acquire assets and/or liabilities;

·                        Change the articles of incorporation or by-laws; and

·                        Liquidate, dissolve, sell, or recapitalize the company.

In determining an enterprise value, then, the incremental value of control is usually recognized by a premium over the minority interest valuation, as is demonstrated by the transactions cited below.  Conversely, the use of an asset-based valuation method is implicitly assumed to generate a 100% controlling interest, or enterprise, value.  Since a minority interest is under analysis, however, the inverse of these stated premiums(1) should be considered representative of the diminution of value due to lack of control.

Mergerstat’s Ò   The Mergerstat Review 2005 (“Mergerstat”) was first surveyed for comparatively generic evidence of the discounts appropriate for lack of control in companies.  Mergerstat tracks merger and acquisition activity for public companies.  For all industries over the five years 2000 to 2004: (i) the median control premiums paid over a stock’s market pricing varied from 23% to 41%; (ii) the mean control premiums varied from 31% to 62%; and (iii) the five-year transaction-weighted average of the median premiums was 35.4%.  This latter premium corresponds to a discount for lack of control of 26.1% (100 × [1 + 35.4%] = 135.4; 135.4 × [1 – 26.1%] = 100.)

Additionally, information from Mergerstat’s 4 th   Quarter 2005 Control Premium Study (the “Premium Study”) was considered.  It reported that, between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005, there were 511 transactions across all industries in which control was acquired, with a median premium of 24.4% and a mean premium of 33.2% (excludes negative premiums); the premiums ranged from 0% to 291.5%.  These median and mean premiums mathematically correspond to respective lack of control discounts of 19.6% and 24.9%.

Conclusion of Value – Adjusted Book Value Method : As this market evidence corroborates, control over a business entity alters the nature of the benefits, both tangible and intangible, which accrue from ownership.  In this case, a minority interest is being


(1)           Implied discount for lack of control equals 1-(1/[1+control premium]).

17




valued .  Therefore, it was deemed appropriate to apply a discount to the control value derived above for GTJ’s equity using the ABV method (i.e., $55,127 per share).

In summary, a lack of control discount of 20% is considered reasonable to apply to the controlling interest value of GTJ.  This was concluded based on numerous factors, including but not limited to the above discussion and consideration of: (1) the expected divestiture of a sizable portion of its asset base and income production; and (2) the Company’s poor financial results over the past four years and expected break-even operational performance going forward.  The freely tradeable value of GTJ’s equity on a minority interest basis can thus be stated at $44,101 per share ( $55,127 × [1.0 – .20]).  Please see Exhibit F.

E.                    Discount for Lack of Marketability

By definition, ownership interests in a closely-held company cannot be considered as marketable as the equity interests of publicly traded companies.  Unlike a shareholder who owns equity in a public company, a shareholder in the securities of GTJ cannot quickly change his investment decision.  The concept of marketability as it is applied to an equity interest, therefore, deals with how quickly and certainly stock can be converted to cash at the owner’s discretion.

Studies on Lack of Marketability: A number of recognized studies exist which review the price differentials between restricted and non-restricted shares of corporate stock.  Since the restricted corporate stock is illiquid for a period of several years, the differential in price between the restricted and non-restricted shares offers evidence on discounts related to lack of marketability.  These studies cover several hundred transactions which occurred between 1966 and 2000.  The results from the studies, which are summarized in Addendum 4 as an attachment to this report, are consistent in that the range of mean or median lack of marketability discounts typically falls between 25% and 35%.

In addition, John Emory has published a series of studies on the differences in the sales price of securities prior to an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) and after their subsequent issuance.  His studies provide the most current information regarding the implied discount associated with securities which do not publicly trade.  His studies, which are also summarized in Addendum 4, are consistent in that the range of median lack of marketability discounts typically falls between 40% and 45% for shares sold.

In sum, investors reward liquidity.  An investor owning equity in a public firm can, with relative assurance, sell quickly if situations develop which are not to his liking, and this

18




capability substantially improves value.  An investor with ownership in a private company rarely enjoys such liquidity.

A lack of marketability discount is selected below for a minority interest in GTJ’s preferred and common stock.  This discount reflects data from the market studies cited above and details the other factors outlined below which impact the marketability of the shares under consideration.

Factors Which Influence the Lack of Marketability Discount: In assessing the discount applicable to the subject interest, factors were considered that are generally recognized as contributing to the magnitude of a lack of marketability discount appropriate to a minority equity interest in a private company.

In assessing the lack of marketability discount applicable to a minority equity interest in GTJ, a number of specific factors were considered, including the following: (1) dividend history; (2) ownership rights; and (3) information access and reliability.

·                        Dividend History : Dividends are very important to an investor in a closely-held company because they provide a means for him to realize a return on his investment without having to sell it.  In general, the payment of dividends mitigates the lack of marketability inherent in a private company’s stock.  As noted above, the Company was not expected to post material profits going forward.  Thus, it was not expected that significant dividends would be paid to the shareholders over the near term.  Overall, the Company’s lack of dividend payments to its shareholders along with the uncertainty of those dividend payments ever being made supports a lack of marketability discount above the middle of the established range.

·                        Ownership Rights : A controlling interest is generally considered more marketable than a minority interest because the prerogatives attached to control, e.g., the ability to liquidate, dissolve, sell or recapitalize the company, make it more attractive.  These privileges are normally unavailable to a single minority interest equity holder.  Since a minority interest in GTJ is being valued, this factor generically supports a lack of marketability in the middle of the established range.

·                        Information Access & Reliability : The seller of a controlling interest in a private company has very nearly total information access with regard to that company.  The buyer of that controlling interest has more limited access to that same knowledge.  Because of federal and state securities regulations, both the buyer and seller of either minority or controlling interests in a publicly traded company

19




have extensive, and normally reliable, information about the company.  In contrast, an owner of a non-controlling interest in a closely-held company generally has no guarantee of either access to information or that information’s reliability.  In this instance, the Company has audited financial statements which increase the accuracy and dependability of the data contained therein.  This situation supports a lack of marketability discount for a minority equity interest near the low end of the range.

Other factors that were considered which influence the size of the lack of marketability discount include, but were not limited to:

·                        The lack of historic trading activity of the stock;

·                        The minimal prospect of an IPO or sale of the company;

·                        The lack of a restrictive shareholder agreement; and

·                        Overall priority and timing of any contingent financial claims.

Lack of Marketability Discount Conclusion: The holder of a minority interest in GTJ owns an equity interest for which no market exists.  This non-marketable position is comparable to certain observable situations in the marketplace which contain elements of the same lack of marketability, i.e., restricted stocks or shares of companies which later make IPOs.  As noted, the studies regarding the marketability of restricted stocks and IPOs conclude a broad range of discounts, the mean and median of which generally fall between 25% and 45%.  Nonetheless, the securities in the studies typically had a much greater prospect of becoming fully liquid in the future than do the shares of most private companies.  Another point worth noting about the stock studies is that a high variance existed in the observed discounts — higher discounts applied when greater uncertainty existed regarding the ultimate marketability of the equity interest, such as in the IPO studies.  In contrast, the restricted stocks used in these studies enjoyed the prospect of becoming fully liquid in a two-year period.  The shareholders of GTJ have no such guarantee that their equity interests will become fully liquid.

Based on the factors discussed above, a 35% discount for lack of marketability is appropriate for a minority interest position in the shares of GTJ.  Applying a 35% discount to the fully marketable per share value of $44,101 results in a fair market value of $29,000 per share, rounded, as of the Valuation Date ($44,101 × [1.00 – .35]).  Please refer to Exhibit F.

20




LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

 

 

Valuation Summary

Given the foregoing review and analysis, and subject to the attached Statement of Limiting Conditions, it is our opinion that the fair market value of a minority interest in the common stock of GTJ Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006, is reasonably stated at $29,000 per share, on a post-real estate divested basis, for corporate planning purposes.

Respectfully submitted,

21




Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC

 

 

 

David C. Orth, ASA

Senior Valuation Associate

 

 

 

 

Robert W. Schmidt

Manager

 

 

 

 

William A. Lockwood, ASA, CBA

Senior Managing Director

 

22




EXHIBIT D

GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

HISTORY

 

HISTORY

 

HISTORY

 

HISTORY

 

HISTORY

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Ratio

 

1.0

 

0.5

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

Quick Ratio

 

0.6

 

0.3

 

0.6

 

0.5

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Days’ Receivable

 

32

 

16

 

64

 

62

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working Capital

 

(590,612

)

(10,625,005

)

(2,797,164

)

(3,059,995

)

(2,377,296

)

Sales/Working Capital

 

(132.0

)

(7.6

)

(7.8

)

(8.8

)

(12.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT/Interest

 

1.1

 

(1.9

)

(20.4

)

4.4

 

25.3

 

EBDT/Current Portion LTD

 

0.8

 

0.1

 

(1.5

)

3.9

 

19.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Fixed Assets/Tangible Net Worth

 

4.0

 

3.7

 

(151.6

)

26.8

 

2.7

 

Total Liabilities(Debt)/Tangible Net Worth

 

6.6

 

6.9

 

(481.7

)

104.4

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Profit Before Taxes/Tangible Net Worth

 

4.2

%

-65.4

%

10213.6

%

225.8

%

159.1

%

% Profit Before Taxes/Total Assets

 

0.5

%

-7.2

%

-17.6

%

1.8

%

15.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales/Net Fixed Assets

 

4.4

 

5.4

 

3.4

 

4.3

 

4.8

 

Sales/Total Assets

 

1.9

 

2.2

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

1.3

 

 




EXHIBIT E

GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CAPITALIZATION OF ADJUSTED EARNINGS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2005

 

 

HISTORY

 

HISTORY

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax Income

 

524,007

 

3,512,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus: Discontinued Operations Expense

 

321,632

 

(159,733

)

Less: Approximate Rental Profits

 

(1,400,000

)

(1,400,000

)

Less: Service Fees, Net of Related Expenses

 

(1,095,579

)

(2,209,099

)

Plus: Non-Recurring Losses (Transit Management Corp.)

 

900,000

 

50,000

 

Plus: Non-Recurring Professional Fees

 

731,000

 

240,000

 

Less: Additional Employee Expense

 

(1,400,000

)

(1,400,000

)

Plus: Change in Insurance Reserves

 

1,298,719

 

0

 

Plus: Ceding Commission

 

364,365

 

0

 

Plus: Other Non-Recurring Expenses

 

275,311

 

2,816

 

Plus: Interest Expense from Transferred Mortgage

 

130,713

 

122,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Pre-tax Income

 

650,168

 

(1,241,029

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighting

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Adjusted Pre-tax Income Base

 

 

 

$

(295,431

)

 




EXHIBIT F

GTJ CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CALCULATION OF ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE

AS OF MARCH 31, 2006

 

 

HISTORY

 

MARKET

 

ADJUSTED BOOK

 

 

 

2005

 

ADJUSTMENTS

 

VALUE

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

2,207,504

 

0

 

2,207,504

 

Accounts Receivable

 

4,433,206

 

0

 

4,433,206

 

Note Receivable

 

441,732

 

0

 

441,732

 

Assets of Discontinued Operations, Net

 

299,788

 

0

 

299,788

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

2,188,711

 

0

 

2,188,711

 

Total Current Assets

 

9,570,941

 

0

 

9,570,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Vehicles

 

3,603,482

 

(1,801,741

)

1,801,741

 

Shop and Garage Equipment

 

846,883

 

(635,162

)

211,721

 

Equipment Leased to Others

 

257,872

 

(128,936

)

128,936

 

Furniture and Office Equipment

 

413,923

 

(206,961

)

206,961

 

Land & Buildings

 

9,439,289

 

(9,439,289

)

0

 

Total

 

14,561,448

 

(12,212,089

)

2,349,359

 

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

 

(8,602,631

)

8,602,631

 

0

 

Net Fixed Assets

 

5,958,817

 

(3,609,458

)

2,349,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

4,190,483

 

(4,190,483

)

0

 

Retainage Receivable

 

387,288

 

0

 

387,288

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

747,527

 

0

 

747,527

 

Other Assets

 

342,752

 

0

 

342,752

 

Deferred Tax Asset

 

955,000

 

0

 

955,000

 

Total Other Assets

 

6,623,050

 

(4,190,483

)

2,432,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

22,152,808

 

(7,799,941

)

14,352,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lines of Credit

 

200,000

 

0

 

200,000

 

Accounts Payable

 

1,053,362

 

0

 

1,053,362

 

Accrued Expenses

 

611,246

 

0

 

611,246

 

Due to Affiliates, Net

 

9,461,629

 

(9,461,629

)

0

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

622,000

 

0

 

622,000

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

11,948,237

 

(9,461,629

)

2,486,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable - Bank

 

1,666,201

 

(1,466,201

)

200,000

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

449,000

 

0

 

449,000

 

Other Liabilities

 

1,691,887

 

(1,500,000

)

191,887

 

Total Other Liabilities

 

3,807,088

 

(2,966,201

)

840,887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

15,755,325

 

(12,427,830

)

3,327,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

900,000

 

0

 

900,000

 

Paid-in Capital

 

(1,132,037

)

0

 

(1,132,037

)

Retained Earnings

 

6,637,017

 

4,627,889

 

11,264,906

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

(7,497

)

0

 

(7,497

)

Total Equity

 

6,397,483

 

4,627,889

 

11,025,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY

 

22,152,808

 

(7,799,941

)

14,352,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

11,025,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

Adjusted Book Value per Share

 

 

 

 

 

55,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Discount for Lack of Control @

 

20

%

 

 

(11,025

)

Freely Tradeable Adjusted Book Value per Share - Minority Basis

 

 

 

 

 

44,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Discount for Lack of Marketability @

 

35

%

 

 

(15,436

)

Fair Market Value per Share, Rounded

 

 

 

 

 

29,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Market Value per Share

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,000

 

 




Addendum 2

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISERS

We the appraisers certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.      Our analyses, opinions and conclusions were developed, and this report was prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

2.      All statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

3.      The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

4.      Neither Empire nor any of its employees has, to the best of our knowledge, either a present or intended financial interest in the entity that is the subject of this report, in any affiliates that may exist, or with respect to the parties involved.

5.      We have no bias with respect to the entity that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

6.      Empire’s engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.

7.      The professional fee paid to Empire for the preparation of this report is not contingent upon its conclusion, including: developing or reporting a predetermined value or direction of value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal.

8.      No one provided significant business appraisal assistance to the persons signing this certification, unless specifically stated herein.

The American Society of Appraisers has a mandatory recertification program for all of its Accredited Senior Appraisers.  The senior members signing below, designated by the “ASA,” are in compliance with that program.

 

 

 

David C. Orth, ASA

 

Senior Valuation Associate

 

 

 

 

 

Robert W. Schmidt

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

William A. Lockwood, ASA, CBA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

April 13, 2006




Addendum 1- 1

STATEMENT OF LIMITING CONDITIONS

Confidentiality/Advertising: This report and supporting documentation are confidential.  Neither all nor any part of the contents of this appraisal shall be copied or disclosed to any party or conveyed to the public orally or in writing through advertising, public relations, news, sales, or in any other manner without the prior written consent and approval of both Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC and its client.

Litigation Support:  Depositions, expert testimony, attendance in court, and all preparations/support for same, arising from this appraisal shall not be required unless arrangements for such services have been previously made.

Management:  The opinion of value expressed herein assumes the continuation of prudent management policies over whatever period of time is deemed reasonable and necessary to maintain the character and integrity of the appraised business entity as a going concern.

Information and Data:  Information supplied by others that was considered in this valuation is from sources believed to be reliable, and no further responsibility is assumed for its accuracy.  Information used was limited to that available on or before the Valuation Date, or which could be reasonably ascertained as of that date.  We reserve the right to make such adjustments to the valuation herein reported as may be required by consideration of additional or more reliable data that may become available subsequent to the issuance of this report.

Purpose:   All opinions of market value are presented as Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC’s considered opinion based on the facts and data obtained during the course of the appraisal investigation.  We assume no responsibility for changes in market conditions which might require a change in appraised value.  The value conclusion derived in this appraisal was for the specific purpose and date set forth in this appraisal and may not be used for any other purpose.

Fee:  The fee established for the formulation and reporting of these conclusions is not contingent upon the value or other opinions presented.

Interest:   Neither the appraiser nor any officer or employee of Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC has any interest in the property appraised.

Unexpected Conditions:   We assume that there are no hidden or unexpected conditions of the assets valued that would adversely affect value.




Addendum 1-2

Non Appraisal Expertise:   No opinion is intended for matters which require legal or specialized expertise, investigation or knowledge, beyond that customarily employed by appraisers.

Hazardous Substances:  Hazardous substances, if present within the facilities of a business, can introduce an actual or potential liability that will adversely affect the marketability and value of the business or its underlying assets.  In the development of our opinion of value, no consideration has been given to such liability or its impact on value unless otherwise indicated in the report.




Addendum 3-1

EMPIRE VALUATION CONSULTANTS, LLC

 www.empireval.com

777 Canal View Blvd., Suite 200

 

350 5th Avenue, Suite 5513

Rochester, New York 14623

 

New York, New York 10118-5513

Tel: (585) 475-9260 Fax: (585) 475-9380

 

Tel: (212) 714-0122 Fax: (212) 714-0124

 

 

 

61 South Main Street, Suite 201

 

 

West Hartford, CT 06107

 

 

Tel: (860) 233-6552 Fax: (860) 521-7575

 

 

 

Valuation Services

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC provides valuations to business owners, attorneys, accountants, commercial bankers, investment bankers, trust departments, insurance agents, and financial planners, among others.  Empire’s consultants have prepared or managed the preparation of over 7,500 appraisals for the following reasons:

·

Buy/Sell Agreements

·

Redemptions

·

Gifting Programs

·

Recapitalizations

·

Estate Taxes

·

Going Private Transactions

·

Mergers & Acquisitions

·

Stock Option Plans

·

Blocks of Publicly

·

Dissenting Shareholder Suits

 

Traded Securities

·

Fairness Opinions

·

Employee Stock Ownership

·

Intellectual Property

 

Plans (ESOPs)

·

Purchase Price Allocation

 

Other Financial Services

Litigation Support & Expert Testimony

Empire can assist you with research and litigation support and its professionals are available to provide expert testimony in matters involving questions of valuation.

ESOP Feasibility Studies & Preliminary Valuations

Empire is available to work with our client’s team of financial advisors or participate in independent feasibility studies and preliminary valuation reviews in connection with ESOP formation planning.




Addendum 4- 1

Studies of Lack of Marketability Discounts

Summary of Restricted Stock Studies & Initial Public Offering Studies

Study

 

Years Covered
in Study

 

Median
Discount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEC, Overall Average (a)

 

1966-1969

 

25.8

(b)

SEC, Non-reporting OTC Companies (a)

 

1966-1969

 

32.6

(b)

Gelman (c)

 

1968-1970

 

33

(b)

Trout (d)

 

1968-1972

 

33.5

 

Moroney (e)

 

Unknown

(f)

35.6

(b)

Maher (g)

 

1969-1973

 

35.4

(b)

Standard Research Consultants (h)

 

1978-1982

 

45.0

 

FMV Opinions, Inc. (2 Year Holding Period) (i)

 

1979-1997

 

23

 

Willamette Management Associates (j)

 

1981-1984

 

31.2

 

Silber (k)

 

1981-1988

 

33.8

(b)

Management Planning, Inc.

 

1980-1985

 

30-35

(b)

Management Planning, Inc.

 

1980-1996

 

27.1

(b)

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC (l)

 

1983-1993

 

29.1

(b)

Emory (m)

 

1980-1981

 

66

 

Emory (m)

 

1985-1986

 

43

 

Emory (m)

 

1987-1989

 

45

 

Emory (m)

 

1989-1990

 

40

 

Emory (m)

 

1990-1992

 

40

 

Bruce Johnson (n)

 

1991-1995

 

20.2

 

Emory (m)

 

1992-1993

 

44

 

Emory (m)

 

1994-1995

 

45

 

Emory (m)

 

1995-1997

 

42

 

Columbia Financial Advisors (o)

 

1996-1997

 

21

 

Columbia Financial Advisors (o)(1-Year Period)

 

1997-1998

 

13

 

Emory (m)

 

1997-2000

 

52

 

Emory (m)

 

1998-2000

 

47

 

FMV Opinions, Inc. (1 Year Holding Period) (p)

 

1997-2000

 

25.9

 

 


(a)    “Discounts Involved in Purchases of Common Stock (1966-1969),” Institutional Investor Study Report of the Securities and Exchange Commission , H.R. Doc. No. 64, Part 5, 92d Congress., 1st Session. 1971, pp. 2444-2456.

(b)    Mean discounts.

(c)    Milton Gelman, “An Economist-Financial Analyst’s Approach to Valuing Stock of a Closely Held Company,” Journal of Taxation , June 1972, pp. 353-354.

(d)    Robert R. Trout, “Estimation of the Discount Associated with the Transfer of Restricted Securities,” Taxes , June 1977,
pp. 381-385.

(e)    Robert E. Moroney, “Most Courts Overvalue Closely Held Stocks,” Taxes , March 1973, pp. 144-154.

(f)     Although the years covered in this study are likely to be 1969-1972, no specific years were given in the published account.

(g)    J. Michael Maher, “Discounts for Lack of Marketability for Closely-Held Business Interests,” Taxes , September 1976,
pp. 562-571.

(h)    “Revenue Ruling 77-287 Revisited,” SRC Quarterly Reports , Spring 1983, pp. 1-3.

(i)        Lance Hall and Timothy Polacek, “Strategies for Obtaining the Largest Valuation Discounts,” Estate Planning (Jan./Feb. 1994); pp. 38-44

(j)     Willamette Management Associates study (unpublished).




Addendum 4-2

(k)    Silber, William L., “Discounts on Restricted Stock: The Impact of Illiquidity on Stock Prices,” Financial Analysts Journal , July-August 1991, pp. 60-64.

(l)     Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC study (unpublished).

(m)   Emory, John D., Business Valuation Review , ten marketability studies by the same author from September 1980 to October 2002, the latest entitled “Discounts for Lack of Marketability Emory Pre-IPO Discount Studies 1980-2000, As Adjusted October 10, 2002.” (Medians)

(n)    “Restricted Stock Discounts: 1991-1995,” Shannon Pratt’s Business Valuation Update (March 1999): 1-3, “Quantitative Support for Discounts for Lack of Marketability,” Business Valuation Review (Dec. 1999): 152-155

(o)    Shannon Pratt’s Business Valuation Update (May 2000): 1-5

(p)      Lance Hall, “Why are restricted stock discounts actually larger for one-year holding periods?”, Shannon Pratt’s Business Valuation Update (September 2003): 1-4

Numerous empirical studies on lack of marketability discounts have been conducted during the past twenty years.  The following discussion summarizes the results of the most commonly referenced studies.

1. Institutional Investors Study: The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) published study # 77-287 in 1971, called the “Institutional Investors Study.”  The Institutional Investors Study examined the amount of discount at which transactions in restricted stock, or letter stock, took place compared to the prices of identical but unrestricted stock on the open market from 1966 through 1969.  The table below segments the data observed by the SEC according to the size of the discount.

 

Number of

 

Percent of

 

Discount (Premium)

 

Transactions

 

Study Total

 

-15.0

%

to

0.0

%

 

26

 

6.5

%

0.1

%

to

10.0

%

 

67

 

16.8

%

10.1

%

to

20.0

%

 

78

 

19.6

%

20.1

%

to

30.0

%

 

77

 

19.3

%

30.1

%

to

40.0

%

 

67

 

16.8

%

40.1

%

to

50.0

%

 

35

 

8.8

%

50.1

%

to

80.0

%

 

48

 

12.1

%

-15.0

%

to

80.0

%

 

398

 

100.0

%

 

The study shows that the discounts on the letter stocks were the least for New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listed stocks, but increased, in order, for American Stock Exchange (“ASE”) listed stocks, Over-the-counter (“OTC”) reporting companies and OTC non-reporting companies.  For OTC non-reporting companies, the largest number of restricted stock transactions fell in the 30% to 40% discount range.  Slightly over 56% of the OTC non-reporting companies experienced discounts greater than 30% on the sale of their restricted stock.  A little over 30% of the OTC reporting companies experienced discounts over 30%, and over 52% experienced discounts over 20%.

The magnitude of the discount for restricted securities from the trading price of the unrestricted securities was generally related to the following factors:




Addendum 4-3

Earnings

Earnings played the most significant role in determining the discounts at which these stocks were sold from the current market price.  The degree of risk of an investment is determined more by earnings patterns, rather than sales patterns.

Sales

Companies with the largest sales volumes received the smallest discounts and the companies with the smallest sales volumes received the largest discounts.

Trading Market

Discount rates were greatest on restricted stocks with unrestricted counterparts traded over-the-counter, followed by those with unrestricted counterparts listed on the ASE, while the discount rates for those stocks with unrestricted counterparts listed on the NYSE were the smallest.

2. Gelman Study: Milton Gelman conducted a study analyzing the prices paid by four closed-end investment companies specializing in restricted securities investments.  Based on an analysis of 89 transactions between 1968 and 1970, Gelman found both the mean and median discounts to be 33%.  Almost 60% of the transactions were at discounts of 30% or more, and over one-third were at discounts of 40% or more.

3. Trout Study: Robert Trout studied 60 transactions involving the purchase of restricted stock by mutual funds between 1968 and 1972.  He observed a mean discount of 34%.

4. Moroney Study: In an article published in 1973, Robert Moroney presented the results of his study of the prices paid in 146 transactions for restricted securities by 10 registered investment companies.  The mean discount in these transactions was 35.6%, and the median discount was 33%.

5. Maher Study: In 1976, Michael Maher published the results of a study of restricted stock discounts in transactions taking place from 1969 to 1973.  He found that the mean discount was 35.4%.

6. FMV Restricted Stock Study: FMV Opinions gathered 248 transactions and a median discount of 23% was observed.  After May 1997, the holding period under SEC Rule 144 changed from two years to one. FMV Opinions gathered 182 restricted stock transactions occurring between 1997 and 2000 and surprisingly the median discount increased, although the holding period decreased, to 25.9%.

7. Standard Research Consultants Study: In 1983, Standard Research Consultants conducted a study of 28 private placements of common stock from October 1978 through June 1982.  A median discount of 45% was observed.

8. Willamette Management Associates Study: Willamette Management Associates has performed several studies on the prices of private stock transactions relative to their prices observed in a subsequent public offering of the same securities.  The median discount of its studies was 31.2%.




Addendum 4-4

9. Silber Study: In 1991, William Silber published the results of a study of restricted stock discounts in 69 transactions taking place between 1981 and 1988.  He found that the mean discount was 33.8%.  This study found larger discounts when the size of the restricted stock block was large in proportion to the total shares outstanding.  Additionally, the study indicated that firms with higher revenues, earnings and market capitalizations are associated with lower discounts.

10. Management Planning, Inc. Study: Management Planning, Inc. (“MPI”) conducted an analysis of 115 private transactions involving actively traded industrial corporations.  The vast majority of the transactions occurred at discounts to the public market prices.  The discounts ranged from 1% to 86%, with the normal distribution centered in the 30% to 35% range.

MPI found that many of the relatively high discounts observed involved the common stocks of companies that were not profitable or had very low revenues, which is consistent with the findings of the SEC Study.  MPI eliminated all transactions involving companies with revenues less than $3,000,000, thereby reducing the test population to 31 transactions.  Of these 31 transactions, 29 occurred at a discount, some of which were nearly 60%.

As in the SEC Study, MPI analyzed the pricing data in relation to several variables believed to impact the magnitude of the discounts.  MPI concluded the following:

·      Private transactions of larger companies (as measured by either revenue or earnings) have lower discounts than smaller companies, on average.

·      Private transactions of companies with stronger growth (as measured by either revenues or earnings) have lower discounts than companies with slower growth, on average.

·      Private transactions of companies with better revenue or earnings stability have smaller discounts than those of companies with less stability, on average.

·      Private transactions that involve blocks that are relatively small, compared to trading volume or the number of shares outstanding, have lower discounts than blocks of stock that are large relative to trading volume and shares outstanding, on average.

·      Private transactions that occurred in a strong market have lower discounts than transactions that took place in declining or weaker markets, on average.

·      Private transactions occur at lower discounts in cases where the publicly traded counter-part showed more price stability than in cases where there was less price stability, on average.

11. Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC (“Empire”) Study: Empire conducted an analysis of 106 private placements between February 1983 and June 1993 involving restricted shares of publicly-traded common stocks.  Its unpublished study concluded that the price differentials between the price of the restricted shares and the market price of the publicly-traded equivalent securities ranged from a 29.8% premium to a 80.0% discount, with a mean discount of 29.1%.




Addendum 4-5

12. Emory Studies: John D. Emory, previously of Robert W. Baird & Co. Inc., and now of Emory Business Valuation, LLC, conducted several studies over the past 20 years which relate the prices at which private transactions take place before the initial public offering (“IPO”) to the price at which the stock was offered subsequently to the public.  About 2,300 IPO prospectuses were reviewed from 1980 through 2000, and a total of 543 qualifying transactions were identified. These transactions involved the sale of restricted stock that was sold five months or less before the IPO transaction.  Although the median discounts varied during this period, the most recent data indicated a median discount of 47% for both options and shares sold.

Taken as a whole, the studies regarding the marketability of restricted equity interests conclude a broad range of mean and median discounts that generally falls between 26% and 45%.  While the publicly-traded counterpart of a restricted stock has a known price, the companies who later underwent IPOs had no established benchmarks at the time of their private transactions.  Therefore, the IPO studies generally produce a higher discount for lack of marketability due to the greater uncertainty regarding, if and when, the stock will ever be public.

13. Bruce Johnson Study: Mr. Johnson conducted a restricted stock study in which he examined 72 transactions that occurred between 1991 and 1995 resulting in a 20.2% median discount.

14. Columbia Financial Advisors Study: CFAI conducted a study of the sale of restricted securities in the U.S. in which they examined only private common equity placements over the period Jan. 1, 1996 through April 30, 1997. The resulting median discount was 23%. A similar study was repeated over the period May 1997 through December 1998 and the median discount was 13%.




Addendum 3-4

WILLIAM A. LOCKWOOD, ASA, CBA

Academic Degrees

M.B.A.                   St. Johns University, Finance, 1968

B.B.A.                    St. Johns University, Economics, 1963

Employment

Senior Managing Director, Empire Valuation Consultants, New York, 1989-Present

Vice President and Manager, Chase Valuation Consultants, The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., New York, 1983-1989

Vice President and Manager, Closely Held Business Department, United States Trust Co. of New York, 1961-1982

Experience

Mr. Lockwood is an Accredited Senior Appraiser (ASA) of the American Society of Appraisers and a Certified Business Appraiser.  He has over thirty-two years of experience in the valuation of closely held business interests.  He has been involved in more than 2,000 valuations of various types of companies and he has also qualified as an expert witness on valuation matters in the New York Supreme Courts of Erie, Nassau, Putnam and New York Counties, the Nassau County Surrogates Court and the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota.

Mr. Lockwood’s professional affiliations include The American Society of Appraisers, The Institute of Business Appraisers, and The American Arbitration Association.  He has lectured extensively on estate planning, employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs) and the valuation of closely held business interests.  Mr. Lockwood has also authored a chapter on valuations for Estate and Financial Planning published by Clark, Boardman, Callaghan & Co., he has contributed to The Audio Estate Planner , produced by The American Law Institute-American Bar Association Committee on Continuing Professional Education, and has completed a book entitled Valuing Closely Held Businesses for Harcourt Brace’s Personal Financial Planning Portfolio Series.




Addendum 3-3

ROBERT W. SCHMIDT

Academic Degrees

M.B.A.                                                          Rochester Institute of Technology, Finance, 1980

B.A.                                                                         University of Rochester, Political Science & History, 1971

Employment

Empire Valuation Consultants, Rochester, New York

Manager, 2003-Present

Valuation Associate, 1997-2003

The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Rochester

Vice President, Acquisition Implementation, 1995-1996

Vice President and Financial Controller, Emerging Delivery/Workplace Banking, New York City/Rochester, 1994-1995

Vice President and Finance Manager, Upstate Banking Group, 1991-1994

Chase Lincoln First Bank, N.A., Rochester

Vice President and Financial Liaison, 1985-1990

Lincoln First Bank, Rochester

Vice President and Manager, Business Planning/Financial Analysis, 1975-1985

United States Navy, Far East/California, Lieutenant, 1971-1975

Experience

Mr. Schmidt has over twenty-five years= experience in finance and financial management and strong analytical skills.  Since joining Empire, he has been involved in the valuation of various classes of equity, limited partnership interests, options and warrants.  These valuations have been for potential company and/or equity sales, stock buyback and option programs, gift and estate planning, and employee stock ownership plan administration.




Addendum 3-2

DAVID C. ORTH, ASA

Academic Degrees

M.B.A.                                                       Canisius College, Wehle Graduate School of Business Administration, 1998

B.A.                                                                    State University College New York at Buffalo, English, 1995

Employment

Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC, Rochester, NY (1998-Present)

Senior Valuation Associate (2004-Present)

Valuation Associate (1998-2004)

Marine Midland Bank, Buffalo, New York (1992-1998)

Trust Analyst (1996-1998)

Recovery Specialist (1992-1996)

Experience

Mr. Orth is an Accredited Senior Appraiser (ASA) of the American Society of Appraisers, Business Valuations and has over seven years of business valuation experience.  He joined Empire in 1998, bringing with him over six years of banking experience, along with strong analytical, financial, accounting, and technical skills.

Since joining Empire, Mr. Orth has been involved in hundreds of business valuations in a diverse array of industries.  He has been involved in the valuation of various classes of equity, family limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, intangible assets, stock options, and warrants.  These valuations have been for many purposes including gift and estate planning, employee stock ownership plan administration, reverse mergers, potential company and/or equity sales, and general Securities and Exchange (SEC) filings.



Exhibit 99.9

 

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

GREEN BUS LINES, INC.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned, revoking all previous proxies, hereby appoints Jerome Cooper and Douglas Cooper proxies with power of substitution to each, for and in the name of the undersigned to vote all of the shares of Common Stock of Green Bus Lines, Inc. (the “Company”), held of record by the undersigned on                           , 2006, which the undersigned would be entitled to vote present at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on                               , 2006 at               a.m. at the                                                                                                                , and any adjournments thereof, upon the matters set forth in the Notice of Special Meeting.

THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER. IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL 1 AND FOR PROPOSAL 2.

(Continued and to be signed on the reverse side)

PROXY

SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF

GREEN BUS LINES, INC.

                                 , 2006

PLEASE VOTE TODAY!

SEE REVERSE

SIDE FOR THREE EASY WAYS TO VOTE. ÿ

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

PLEASE MARK YOUR

VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK

INK AS SHOWN HERE Ð

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and approval of the merger of Green Bus Line, Inc. with and into Green Acquisition, Inc.

 

2. Transactions of such other business as may properly come before the Meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting, Proxy Statement and the GTJ REIT, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4.

 

Date  , 2006

Signature of Shareholder

Signature of Shareholder

 




 

Note: Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.

 

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” PROPOSALS 1 and 2.

PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and indicate your new address in the address space above. Please note that changes to the registered name(s) on the account may note be submitted via this method

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

Please take a moment now to vote your shares of Green Bus Lines, Inc. common stock for the 2006 Special Meeting of Shareholders.

YOU CAN VOTE TODAY IN ONE OF THREE WAYS:

1. Vote by Telephone— Please call toll-free at 1-866-853-9739 on a touch-tone telephone and follow the simple recorded instructions. Your vote will be confirmed and cast as you directed. (Toll-free telephone voting is available for residents of the U.S. and Canada only. If outside the U.S. or Canada, call 1-215-000-0000.)

OR

2. Vote by Internet— Please access https://www.proxyvotenow.com/bus and follow the simple instructions on the screen. Please note you must type an “s” after http.

You may vote by telephone or Internet 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Your telephone or Internet vote authorizes the named proxies to vote your shares in the same manner as if you had executed a WHITE proxy card.

OR

3. Vote by Mail— If you do not have access to a touch-tone telephone or to the Internet, please complete, sign, date and return the WHITE proxy card in the envelope provided to: Green Bus Lines, Inc., c/o Innisfree M&A Incorporated, FDR Station, P.O. Box 5154, New York, NY 10126-2375.

ÿ



Exhibit 99.10

 

 

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

TRIBORO COACH CORP.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned, revoking all previous proxies, hereby appoints Jerome Cooper and Douglas Cooper proxies with power of substitution to each, for and in the name of the undersigned to vote all of the shares of Common Stock of Triboro Coach Corp. (the “Company”), held of record by the undersigned on                               , 2006, which the undersigned would be entitled to vote present at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on                             , 2006 at              a.m. at the                                                                           , and any adjournments thereof, upon the matters set forth in the Notice of Special Meeting.

THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER

DIRECTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER. IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL 1 AND FOR PROPOSAL 2.

(Continued and to be signed on the reverse side)

PROXY

SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF

TRIBORO COACH CORP.

                               , 2006

PLEASE VOTE TODAY!

SEE REVERSE

SIDE FOR THREE EASY WAYS TO VOTE. ÿ

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

PLEASE MARK YOUR

VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK

INK AS SHOWN HERE Ð

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and approval of the merger of Triboro Coach Corp. with and into Triboro Acquisition, Inc.

 

2. Transactions of such other business as may properly come before the Meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting, Proxy Statement and the GTJ REIT, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4.

 

Date , 2006

Signature of Shareholder

Signature of Shareholder

 




 

Note: Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.

 

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

 

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” PROPOSALS 1 and 2.

PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and indicate your new address in the address space above. Please note that changes to the registered name(s) on the account may note be submitted via this method

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

Please take a moment now to vote your shares of Triboro Coach Corp. common stock for the 2006 Special Meeting of Shareholders.

YOU CAN VOTE TODAY IN ONE OF THREE WAYS:

1. Vote by Telephone— Please call toll-free at 1-866-853-9739 on a touch-tone telephone and follow the simple recorded instructions. Your vote will be confirmed and cast as you directed. (Toll-free telephone voting is available for residents of the U.S. and Canada only. If outside the U.S. or Canada, call 1-215-000-0000.)

OR

2. Vote by Internet— Please access https://www.proxyvotenow.com/bus and follow the simple instructions on the screen. Please note you must type an “s” after http.

You may vote by telephone or Internet 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Your telephone or Internet vote authorizes the named proxies to vote your shares in the same manner as if you had executed a WHITE proxy card.

OR

3. Vote by Mail— If you do not have access to a touch-tone telephone or to the Internet, please complete, sign, date and return the WHITE proxy card in the envelope provided to: Triboro Coach Corp., c/o Innisfree M&A Incorporated, FDR Station, P.O. Box 5154, New York, NY 10126-2375.

ÿ



Exhibit 99.11

 

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC.

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned, revoking all previous proxies, hereby appoints Jerome Cooper and Douglas Cooper proxies with power of substitution to each, for and in the name of the undersigned to vote all of the shares of Common Stock of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. (the “Company”), held of record by the undersigned on                                  , 2006, which the undersigned would be entitled to vote present at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on                              , 2006 at                 a.m. at the                                                    , and any adjournments thereof, upon the matters set forth in the Notice of Special Meeting.

THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER. IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR PROPOSAL 1 AND FOR PROPOSAL 2.

(Continued and to be signed on the reverse side)

PROXY

SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF

JAMAICA CENTRAL RAILWAYS, INC.

                            , 2006

PLEASE VOTE TODAY!

SEE REVERSE

SIDE FOR THREE EASY WAYS TO VOTE. ÿ

PLEASE DETACH PROXY CARD HERE AND RETURN IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED ÿ

PLEASE MARK YOUR

VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK

INK AS SHOWN HERE Ð

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and approval of the merger of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. with and into Jamaica Acquisition, Inc.

 

2. Transactions of such other business as may properly come before the Meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting, Proxy Statement and the GTJ REIT, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4.

 

Date , 2006

 

 




 

Signature of Shareholder

 

Signature of Shareholder

 

Note: Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.

 

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

 

FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” PROPOSALS 1 and 2.

PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

Please take a moment now to vote your shares of Jamaica Central Railways, Inc. common stock for the 2006 Special Meeting of Shareholders.

YOU CAN VOTE TODAY IN ONE OF THREE WAYS:

1. Vote by Telephone— Please call toll-free at 1-866-853-9739 on a touch-tone telephone and follow the simple recorded instructions. Your vote will be confirmed and cast as you directed. (Toll-free telephone voting is available for residents of the U.S. and Canada only. If outside the U.S. or Canada, call 1-215-000-0000.)

OR

2. Vote by Internet— Please access https://www.proxyvotenow.com/bus and follow the simple instructions on the screen. Please note you must type an “s” after http.

You may vote by telephone or Internet 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Your telephone or Internet vote authorizes the named proxies to vote your shares in the same manner as if you had executed a WHITE proxy card.

OR

3. Vote by Mail— If you do not have access to a touch-tone telephone or to the Internet, please complete, sign, date and return the WHITE proxy card in the envelope provided to: Jamaica Central Railways, Inc., c/o Innisfree M&A Incorporated, FDR Station, P.O. Box 5154, New York, NY 10126-2375.

To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and indicate

your new address in the address space above. Please note that changes to the

registered name(s) on the account may note be submitted via this method

ÿ